BERKELEY 
 
 LIBR/ .Y 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF 
 CALIFORNIA 
 
 EARTH 
 
 SCIENCI 
 LIBRARV 
 
. ^ v 
 
 . -.%;-.U-AA \ 
 
TREATISE 
 
 ON 
 
 MINERALOGY 
 
 BY 
 
 CHARLES UPHAM SHEPARD, A. B. 
 \\ 
 
 Lecturer on Botany in Yale College ; Member of the American Geolo- 
 gical Society ; Corresponding Member of the Academy of Nat- 
 ural Sciences of Philadelphia, of the Natural History 
 Society of Montreal, and of the French 
 Society of Universal Statistics, &c. 
 
 NEW HAVEN: 
 
 HEZEKIAH HOWE. 
 
 1832. 
 
* ^ 
 
 SCONCES 
 
 Entered according to the Act of Congress, in the year 1832, by 
 CHARLES U. SHEPARD, in the Clerk's office, of the District Court of 
 Connecticut. 
 
 Printed by Hezekiah Howe. 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 THE leading features of the present treatise are due 
 to the circumstances under which the author studied Min- 
 eralogy. Situated out of the reach of personal instruction, 
 or the facilities which a well arranged collection affords, he 
 was compelled to acquire his knowledge of Terminology 
 from the descriptions of species contained in various works 
 upon the science, with the aid of such a collection of min- 
 erals as the vicinity in which he lived principally afforded. 
 The problem of determining from books the names of his 
 minerals was frequently to be solved ; and he soon discov- 
 ered how little benefit he could enjoy in the task, from the 
 scientific process by which the Botanist and Zoologist are 
 guided to the names of objects in their respective depart- 
 ments. A complete treatise was often to be perused spe- 
 cies after species in succession^ from beginning to end in 
 order to arrive at the name of a particular mineral. A 
 method of proceeding like this, however annoying it might 
 occasionally prove to the student accustomed to the simple 
 and precise systems of Natural History, could nevertheless, 
 from the limited number of species in Mineralogy, have 
 been tolerated, but for the painful uncertainty in which it 
 often left the mind when every species had been examined, 
 and some one fixed upon perhaps, as that to which the in- 
 dividual under examination might belong. This want of 
 confidence, however, which he was continually prevented 
 from placing in the accuracy of his results, made all his 
 early studies of a nature most discouraging. Nor was it 
 
IV PREFACE. 
 
 always possible to derive the satisfaction desired, from 
 others. Doubtful minerals would come back referred to 
 two or three species, or with a name followed by that mod- 
 est sign of ignorance the well known interrogation point. 
 Or if correctly referred, the descriptions of the author 
 would not in all cases coincide with the ipse dixit of the 
 umpire, and therefore left no certain verification in the case. 
 Thus, the determination of minerals was found to be not 
 only empirical, but often impracticable. 
 
 The cause of this was sufficiently obvious. The classes 
 and subordinate divisions were founded upon such proper- 
 ties as prevented them from being available to the miner- 
 alogist, requiring the practice of a difficult department of 
 another science ; so that no one thought of employing them 
 in reducing a mineral to its place in the system. No sci- 
 entific process existed for leading the inquirer to the name 
 of an unknown mineral ; but it was left to the general de- 
 scriptions to perform a task to which, from the nature of 
 the case, they were incompetent. Indeed, it appears to 
 have been taken for granted by the authors of the minera- 
 logical treatises of that period, that students were in all 
 cases to acquire a knowledge of Mineralogy through teach- 
 ers and cabinets ; and that if, after being thus taught, it 
 should ever become necessary to determine a mineral, it 
 must be taken for that purpose to some professor of the 
 science. 
 
 That the determinative part of Mineralogy was suffered 
 to remain so long in this condition, can only be explained 
 by the fact, that the study was chiefly cultivated by Chem- 
 ists ; who, not having experienced the advantages of the 
 methods of Natural History, were in a measure unconscious 
 of the embarrassments under which they labored. 
 
PREFACE. V 
 
 The first classification available for this purpose which 
 the author met with, was that of Mr. H. J. BROOKE, at the 
 end of his "familiar introduction to Crystallography ;"* 
 where crystallized minerals are distributed into orders ac- 
 cording to their primary forms. By this scientific method 
 he was often aided in the recognition of minerals ; and so 
 well convinced was he of its judiciousness, that he has 
 adopted it, as will be seen, for the grounds of his orders 
 in two of the classes in the Analytical System advanced in 
 this work. 
 
 In the year 1826, the truly admirable treatise of Prof. 
 MOHS was made known to the American public through the 
 translation of Mr. HAiDiNGER.f This work immediately 
 caught the attention of the author, and realized in the most 
 perfect manner all he had wished for respecting the devel- 
 opement of the different departments of Mineralogy. Not 
 only the distinctions required for the determination of min- 
 erals, but a new arrangement indicating more exactly their 
 natural affinities, and a nomenclature expressive of such re- 
 lations, were all accomplished. 
 
 While, however, the treatise in question seemed to have 
 settled Mineralogy in all its great points, and to have con- 
 ferred upon it the true marks of a science, advancing it to 
 its proper place among the Natural Sciences ; still, the ab- 
 struse manner in which that part of Terminology was treat- 
 ed which relates to Crystallography, (involving as it did a 
 familiarity with the higher branches of the mathematics,) 
 and the application of his Characteristic to the Synthetical 
 
 * A Familiar Introduction to Crystallography. By HENRY JAMES 
 BROOKE. 8vo. London: 1823. 
 
 t Treatise on Mineralogy, by FREDERICK MOHS ; translated from the 
 German, by WILLIAM HAIDINGER. 3 vols. 8vo, Edinburgh : 1825 r 
 
 A* 
 
VI PREFACE. 
 
 Arrangement, precluded at once its use among the majority 
 of those who wish to acquire some knowledge of the min- 
 eral kingdom. 
 
 Under these circumstances, the author imagined that he 
 might perform a serviceable task for Mineralogy, by bring- 
 ing forward a Characteristic available to the student pos- 
 sessed of less mathematical knowledge than that presuppo- 
 sed by the system of MOHS ; and he would most willingly 
 have contented himself with this performance merely, and 
 have left it for those persons who might find it for their 
 convenience to employ it, to seek elsewhere the requisite 
 knowledge of Terminology, but that he was unable to point 
 them to any single work from which they might derive 
 this information. He has therefore collected and digested, 
 into a form the most perspicuous in his power, just that 
 amount of Terminology which he believed would answer 
 the end in view. This he has done in the order pursued 
 by MOHS ; though a different view altogether has been pre- 
 sented of the subject of Crystallography. The distinctions 
 with respect to individuality in the mineral kingdom what 
 is a simple and what a compound mineral the distinct con- 
 sideration of the properties of simple and compound min- 
 erals, as well as the treatment of the property of Hardness, 
 are in close imitation of Prof. MOHS ; whose words it was 
 so often found necessary to quote, from the impossibility of 
 condensing them more highly, that for the sake of con- 
 venience, acknowledgement for the liberty taken has been 
 reserved to be made in the present summary manner. 
 Scarcely less in conformity with the plan of the above 
 mentioned treatise, the author has drawn up a view of 
 the more theoretical, but no less important, departments 
 
PREFACE. Vll 
 
 of Classification, Nomenclature, Characteristic and Physi- 
 ography. The study of these branches of Mineralogy is 
 indispensable to the student who would comprehend the 
 true philosophy of the science. And certainly, no mind 
 possessed of a laudable spirit of inquiry can be willing to 
 rest in the mere practice of Mineralogy; it will desire to 
 understand the nature of those general ideas which facil- 
 itate this art, as well as those which are otherwise involved 
 in the pursuit. 
 
 In the treatment of Crystallography, the author has fol- 
 lowed the elementary treatise of BROOKE before alluded to, 
 whose system of primitive forms and method of illustra- 
 ting their modifications, he has adopted with very little al- 
 teration; having experienced in his own case and witnessed 
 in others, how well suited they are both to the determina- 
 tive and descriptive parts of Mineralogy. He has also 
 drawn largely from the excellent article on crystallization, 
 in the Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles, written by 
 A. J. M. BROCHANT DE VILLIERS. 
 
 It will be seen, then, that the present treatise aims es- 
 pecially to aid persons who would acquire a knowledge of 
 Mineralogy independently of personal instruction, and the 
 advantages of a completely arranged cabinet. It even 
 adapts itself to the wants of those who are unacquainted 
 with the first rudiments of Geometry ; nor does it require 
 any, the least, knowledge of Chemistry, in order to its be- 
 ing perfectly comprehended in all its parts. 
 
 It requires to be observed, however, that the department 
 of Physiography is not embraced in the present volume. 
 Those who make use of it therefore, will have occasion to 
 consult some other treatise for full descriptions of the spe- 
 cies, and the various collateral information usually found in 
 
Vlll PREFACE. 
 
 connection with this department of the science. The 
 author has, however, in the course of preparation a vol- 
 ume devoted to descriptions, drawn up in conformity with 
 the rules of Physiography, as laid down in this treatise, 
 (. 126). Each species will be described under the trivial 
 name by which it is designated in the Characteristic of this 
 work ; and the order in which they will be arranged, will be 
 alphabetical, with a view to favor easy reference ; against 
 which arrangement there can be no objection urged, since 
 the use of the descriptions always presupposes a knowledge 
 of the names. 
 
 The beginner in Mineralogy will by no means think of 
 perusing the Characteristic in order to obtain a knowledge 
 of minerals. This contrivance has for its object solely the 
 recognition of minerals, always presuming that they are in 
 our hands. Having ascertained the name, the next step in 
 course, is to arrive at a general conception of the species : 
 this is effected through the Pliysiography. It is almost 
 needless to remark, that it would be equally useless to study 
 the descriptions to effect the determination of minerals. 
 
 Still less can it be recommended to the student to arrange 
 his collection in conformity with the Artificial System herein 
 proposed. He has no interest in the classes and orders, 
 or in the succession observed among the species, except 
 so far as they relate to the naming of minerals. To ar- 
 range a cabinet of specimens according to a System invented 
 solely to conduct to their names, would be like preserving the 
 staging about an edifice after its construction was completed. 
 The t\vo Systems according to which collections of miner- 
 als will undoubtedly continue to be arranged, are the Chem- 
 ical and the Natural-historical; the former of which will 
 have its adherents among Chemists, and the latter among 
 
PREFACE. IX 
 
 Naturalists. A view of both of these, for the convenience 
 of those who possess collections, will be annexed to the 
 second part of the work alluded to above. 
 
 * 
 
 The trivial names are employed in the Characteristic as 
 has been already remarked, in all those cases where they 
 are possessed of them; in other instances, they are desig- 
 nated by their chemical or natural-historical epithets. To 
 avoid however, in two instances of recently discovered 
 American minerals, the long, chemical designations bestow- 
 ed upon them by Dr. THOMSON, the author has ventured 
 upon two new names : one case is that of the Bi-silicate of 
 Magnesia of Bolton, Mass., the other is that of the Ferru- 
 ginous silicate of Manganese of Stirling, New-Jersey ; the 
 the former, he has called Boltonite to commemorate a cel- 
 ebrated deposit of minerals, and the latter Troostite, in 
 honor of Dr. TROOST, a gentleman whose services and 
 accomplishments in Mineralogy are too well known to re- 
 quire any apology for this employment of his name. 
 
 But while the present treatise was primarily intended to 
 answer the wants of private students, the author regards it 
 as no less applicable to the circumstances of those who enjoy 
 personal instruction. No oral communications can be a sub- 
 stitute, surely, for an acquaintance with Terminology. This 
 constitutes in fact the preliminary occupation of the Lec- 
 turer on the science; and it is here chiefly, that the Instruct- 
 or who possesses the requisite models and specimens ren- 
 ders an important service to the pupil. The way in which 
 this department is treated in the present work, being that 
 of a series of connected propositions, will favor the impor- 
 tant exercise of recitation and review, which is the only 
 method by which the Teacher can satisfy himself, whether 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 the pupil is qualified to enter upon the other departments of 
 of the science. For nothing, it will readily be conceded, 
 is calculated to produce a more unhappy effect upon the 
 attainments of the pupil, than to enter upon the determina- 
 tive and descriptive parts, without the requisite familiarity 
 with the preliminary considerations of Terminology. It is 
 pursuing a course equally injudicious with that of studying 
 Trigonometrical Analysis, while ignorant of Algebra. 
 
 Such teachers as may have occasion to use this treatise, 
 and as would wish to employ it in conformity with the views 
 with which it was written, will adopt a course with their 
 pupils, considerably different from that now in use. The 
 Characteristic, instead of the general descriptions, is intend- 
 ed to succeed to Terminology. The pupil must be as- 
 sisted to determine a few minerals in each order, and then 
 be thrown upon his own resources and referred directly to 
 the mineral kingdom. Indeed the author cannot acquiesce 
 in the method so often pursued of attempting to illustrate 
 to the beginner in succession, the general descriptions of the 
 species by the exhibition of specimens. The utility of this 
 practice, it is believed cannot be made to appear. In many 
 instances, it seems to be practiced with a view to familiar- 
 ize the student with Terminology; but this should have 
 been acquired systematically by itself, as the preliminary 
 to every other knowledge of minerals. 
 
 The duty of the Teacher of Mineralogy appears to be 
 best discharged, when he has led his pupils through the 
 consideration of the properties of minerals, exercised them 
 with the Characteristic, and engaged them fully in the prac- 
 tice of the science; to which may be added, the opening 
 to them eventually of a collection of specimens, arranged 
 so as to exhibit the most important relations of the species, 
 as well as to illustrate the contents of each in all the se- 
 
PREFACE. XI 
 
 ries of its properties. A class thus instructed, it is believ- 
 ed will soon become skilful in the practice of the art, 
 and be able to form a proper conception of the contents of 
 the mineral kingdom. As to what relates to the geographi- 
 cal and geological distribution and economical uses, as well 
 as to the literature of the science, this will best be learned 
 from books ; and cannot with advantage form a part of the 
 elementary communications of the Lecturer. The same 
 may be said of the chemical composition of the species ; a 
 kind of information which may be introduced properly 
 enough into an extended course of instruction on the science 
 to which it relates, but, which should wholly be excluded 
 from early lessons on Mineralogy. 
 
 The author trusts that he has not overlooked in his Charac- 
 teristic any well authenticated species of minerals. To 
 avoid this, he has had constantly at hand not only the most re- 
 cent treatises on Mineralogy in English, French, and German, 
 but likewise the Scientific Journals in these Languages, as 
 well as those in Swedish ; and he hopes that as a recent 
 catalogue of mineralogical species, his work may afford 
 some interest to more advanced students than those for 
 whom it was expressly prepared. 
 
 CHARLES U. SHEPARD. 
 
 New Haven, June 1st, 1832. 
 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Page. 
 
 . 1. Compass of the Mineral Kingdom, 1 
 
 . 2. Different kinds of Knowledge relating to Minerals, . . 2 
 
 . 3. Principal Heads of Mineralogy, . . . . . 3 
 
 . 4. Terminology, 3 
 
 . 5. Classification, 3 
 
 . 6. Nomenclature, 3 
 
 . 7. Characteristic, 3 
 
 .8. Description, 3 
 
 . 9. Method to be followed in acquiring a knowledge of Mineralogy, 4 
 
 . 10. Individuals, 4 
 
 PART I. 
 
 TERMINOLOGY. . 
 
 Introductory. 
 
 .11. Individuals produced by Crystallization, .... 6 
 
 . 12. Imperfectly formed Minerals, 6 
 
 . 13. Decomposed Minerals, 7 
 
 .14. Simple Mineral, 8 
 
 .15. Compound Mineral, 3 
 
 B 
 
XIV TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 Page. 
 
 . 16. Mixed Mineral, 8 
 
 . 17. Properties of Minerals, 9 
 
 . 18. Division of the Natural Properties, 9 
 
 SECTION I. 
 
 . 19. Crystal, 11 
 
 .20. Object of Crystallography, 11 
 
 .21. Planes or Faces, 12 
 
 .22. Edges, 13 
 
 . 23. Plane Angle, . 13 
 
 . 24. Solid Angle, 14 
 
 .25. Similar Faces, 14 
 
 .26. Similar Edges, 14 
 
 . 27. Similar Plane Angles, 14 
 
 .28. Similar Solid Angles, 15 
 
 Considerations upon the connexion among crystals, and the rela- 
 tions upon which it depends. 
 
 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 . 29. Certain Mineral species affect peculiar crystalline Forms, 16 
 
 . 30. Different Forms in the same species, 16 
 
 . 31. Derivation of different Forms within a species, ... 18 
 
 Consideration of fundamental or primary Forms, and of some of 
 their geometrical relations. 
 
 . 32. Primary Forms, 18 
 
 .33. The Cube, 19 
 
 . 34. The regular Tetrahedron, 19 
 
 .35. The regular Octahedron, 20 
 
 .36. The rhombic Dodecahedron, 21 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS. XV 
 
 Page. 
 
 . 37. The Octahedron with a square base, 22 
 
 . 38. The Octahedron with a rectangular base, .... 22 
 
 . 39. The Octahedron with a rhombic base, .... 23 
 
 .40. The right square Prism, 23 
 
 .41, The right rectangular Prism, 24 
 
 . 42. The right rhombic Prism, 25 
 
 . 43. The right oblique-angled Prism, 25 
 
 .44. The oblique rhombic Prism, 26 
 
 . 45. The doubly oblique Prism, ...... 27 
 
 . 46. The Rhomboid, 29 
 
 . 47. The regular hexagonal Prism, 31 
 
 Consideration of the changes to which the Primary Forms of 
 Crystals are subject. 
 
 . 48. Modifications of Primary Forms, 31 
 
 . 49. Kinds of Modifications, 32 
 
 . 50. Disposition of Secondary Planes regulated by symmetrical 
 
 Laws, 33 
 
 .51. Passage of one Form into another, 48 
 
 Of the imperfections of Crystals in respect to their Form. 
 
 . 52. Kinds of Imperfection in Form, 56 
 
 . 53. Irregularities depending upon the Formation of the Individu- 
 als themselves, 56 
 
 . 54. Irregularities from contact with other Individuals, . . 58 
 
 .55. System of Crystallization, .59 
 
 . 56. Series of Crystallization, 60 
 
 . 57. Methods for ascertaining the Angles of Crystals, . . 61 
 
 .58. Structure, 68 
 
 . 59. Cleavage, 68 
 
 $, 60, Cleavage Planes, .69 
 
XVI TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 Page. 
 
 ,61. Direction of Cleavage constant, , 69 
 
 . 62. Form of Cleavage, 69 
 
 . 63. But one Form of Cleavage (generally) in the members of a 
 
 species, 72 
 
 . 64. Relation between Forms of Cleavage and Crystals, . . 72 
 
 . 65. Relation between Forms of Cleavage and Primary Forms, 75 
 . 66. Primary Form, in the Absence of Cleavage, how established, 75 
 
 . 67. Directions for ascertaining the Primary Forms of Crystals, 76 
 
 . 68. Fracture, 79 
 
 . 69. Kinds of Fracture, 79 
 
 . 70. Surface, 80 
 
 SECTION II. 
 Compound Minerals. 
 
 .71. Regular and Irregular Composition, .... 82 
 
 .72. Regular Composition of two Individuals, .... 83 
 
 . 73. Regular Composition of more than two Individuals, . . 89 
 
 . 74. Irregular Composition. Groupe and Geode of Crystals, 90 
 
 . 75. Imitative Shapes, 90 
 
 . 76. Imitative Shapes originating in the Groupes of Crystals, 91 
 
 . 77. Imitative Shapes arising out of the Geodes of Crystals, 91 
 
 . 78. Amorphous Composition, 93 
 
 . 79. Accidental Imitative Shapes, ...... 94 
 
 . 80. Regular Accidental Imitative Shapes. Pseudomorphoses, 94 
 
 .81. Irregular Accidental Imitative Shapes, .... 97 
 
 .82. Particles of Composition, 98 
 
 . 83. Single and Multiple Composition, 100 
 
 . 84. Characteristic Marks of Composition, .... 100 
 
 . 85. Structure of Compound Minerals, 102 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS. XV11 
 
 Page. 
 SECTION III- 
 
 The natural properties common to both Simple and Compound 
 Minerals. 
 
 .86. Division, 103 
 
 The Optical Properties of Minerals. 
 
 .87. Lustre, Color, Transparency, . . . . . 103 
 
 .88. Kinds and Intensity of Lustre, 104 
 
 . 89. Series in the Differences of Lustre, ..... 106 
 
 .90. Division of Colors, 106 
 
 .91. Metallic Colors, 107 
 
 . 92. Non-Metallic Colors, 107 
 
 . 93. Series of Colors, Ill 
 
 . 94. Peculiarities in the Occurrence of Colors, . . . Ill 
 
 .95. The Streak, 113 
 
 .9G. Degrees of Transparency, 114 
 
 The Physical Properties of Minerals. 
 
 . 97. State of Aggregation, 115 
 
 . 98. Hardness, 116 
 
 . 99. Specific Gravity, 120 
 
 . 100. Magnetism, 123 
 
 . 101. Electricity, 123 
 
 . 102. Taste, . .124 
 
 . 103. Odor, 124 
 
 PART II. 
 
 CLASSIFICATION. 
 
 . 104. Identity, 130 
 
 . 105. Difference, . . . . ' 132 
 
XV111 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 . 106. Species, . 132 
 
 . 107. Transitions, 133 
 
 . 108. Two kinds of Classification, ...... 134 
 
 jlnalytical System. 
 
 . 109. Division of the Mineral Kingdom into Classes, . 139 
 . 110. Division of the Crystallized Class into Orders, . .-141 
 
 .111. Division of the Semi-Crystallized Class into Orders, . 141 
 
 . 112. Division of the Uncrystallized Class into Orders, . . 142 
 
 . 113. Arrangement of the Species within the Orders, . . 153 
 
 PART III. 
 
 NOMENCLATURE. 
 
 . 114. General Object of Nomenclature, 144 
 
 . 115. Systematic Nomenclature, 144 
 
 . 116. Trivial Nomenclature, .145 
 
 . 117. Nomenclature in an Analytical System, .... 146 
 
 PART IV. 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 . 118. Definition, 147 
 
 . 119. Properties of the Characters, 147 
 
 . 120, Characters of the Classes and Orders, .' 148 
 
 .121. Characters for the Species, 148 
 
 . 122. Use of the Characteristic, 150 
 
 Characters of the Species in Class I, 154 
 
 Characters of the species in Class II, 202 
 
 Characters of the Species in Class III, 212 
 
 Alphabetical list of imperfectly examined Minerals, . . . 243 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS. XIX 
 
 PART V. 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Page. 
 . 123. Definition, 249 
 
 . 124. Objects of Physiography, 250 
 
 .125. General Description of the Species, .... 251 
 . 126. Arrangement of the General Description, . . . 252 
 . 127. Collective Descriptions independent of all Systems, . 255 
 . 128. Additional Information appended to the Collective Descrip- 
 tions, 255 
 
ERRATA. 
 
 Page. 
 
 16, 
 
 18, 
 
 103, 
 
 Omissions in a part of the edition. 
 
 214, insert between lines 21 and 22, a line of separation. 
 226, 6th line, insert fl before Dolomite. 
 238, 9th " " IT " lolite. 
 238, 16th " " IF " Dysluite, 
 
 Line. 
 
 Error. 
 
 Correction. 
 
 9, 
 
 as, 
 
 is. 
 
 16, 
 
 adapted, 
 
 adopted. 
 
 26, 
 
 characters, 
 
 properties. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 . 1. COMPASS OF THE MINERAL KINGDOM. 
 
 THE Mineral Kingdom includes all inorganic, natural pro- 
 ductions. 
 
 Natural productions are divisible into two great classes ; the one 
 consisting of organic, the other of inorganic bodies. These classes 
 have nothing in common, except the general properties of matter. 
 Organic bodies are composed of integrant parts essentially different 
 in the same individual, in their consistence and composition, no les? 
 than in their situation and use ; while inorganic bodies, on the con- 
 trary, are made up of similar particles, any of which taken sepa- 
 rately present the properties of the whole. The growth, or forma- 
 tion of inorganic bodies is dependent solely upon molecular attrac- 
 tion ; whilst in the other class, the arrangement of the particles is 
 influenced by an additional foice often conducting them by a long 
 and Circuitous route before they reach their appropriate deposits: 
 this modifying force is known under the name of vitality. When the 
 power which governs the formation of inorganic bodies has com- 
 pleted its action, the bodies remain in a passive state ; and the dis- 
 union of their molecules, by any external force, destroys their ex- 
 istence. Organic bodies, on the other hand, are never in a passive 
 state- They constantly accumulate, and part with, new molecules; 
 and cease to exist, when the acquisition of additional particles can no 
 longer take place. 
 
 Inorganic bodies are altogether comprehended under the name of 
 Minerals. An attempt has been made to divide the inorganic class 
 into two divisions, according as they constitute the solid mass of the 
 globe, or the fluid mass of the atmosphere ; and hence the distinc- 
 tion which has been proposed of Jltmospherilia and Fossils. But, 
 as it refers solely to the state of bodies, whether they are gaseous 
 or concrete, and to their situation, whether within the earth or 
 around it, it obviously possesses, too slender grounds to be proposed 
 as a logical distinction ; and has not, accordingly, been acknowledged 
 by the majority of naturalists. The term, fossil, is at present-more 
 
 1 
 
55 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 correctly applied to denote organic remains, found imbedded in the 
 earth. 
 
 . 2. DIFFERENT KINDS OF KNOWLEDGE RELATING TO 
 MINERALS. 
 
 MINERALS may be studied as so many different objects 
 with a view to their recognition : this kind of information is 
 denominated Mineralogy. Minerals may be studied again, 
 with a view to learn their composition, or their chemical 
 relations : this knowledge forms a part of Chemistry. They 
 may be studied also for the purpose of elucidating the gen- 
 eral structure and arrangements of the earth : this pertains 
 to Geology. They may be studied as respects their dis- 
 tribution over the face of the earth : this is a branch of 
 Physical Geography. Finally, they may be studied with 
 regard to tlftir applications to the arts: this is a part of 
 Economy. 
 
 The relations which exist between the different kinds of knowl- 
 edge just enumerated are very important. Mineralogy may indeed 
 be said to be independent of all the other sciences which relate to 
 minerals, having nothing to perform except their determination, and 
 the description of their natural properties. But, Chemistry requires 
 the information which it is the business of Mineralogy to supply at 
 the commencement of its inquiries concerning these bodies, in order 
 to designate the objects about which its peculiar researches are em- 
 ployed. Geology in like manner presupposes a considerable ac- 
 quaintance with Mineralogy, for it is impossible for mountain 
 masses to be distinguished except from a mineralogical knowledge 
 of their ingredients; and Economy cannot avail itself of sub- 
 stances w r hich it is unable to recognize, or Geography indicate the 
 distribution of objects who^o names are unknown. Mineralogy 
 enables us to apply to minerals whatever is taught in other sciences, 
 by determining the objects treated of by them ; and its true value 
 becomes apparent, if we reflect that whatever knowledge we may 
 possess concerning minerals, it is little better than useless, if we 
 
INTRODUCTION. 3 
 
 are unable to indicate with certainty the particular species to which 
 it belongs. 
 
 . 3. PRINCIPAL HEADS OF MINERALOGY. 
 
 THE development of Mineralogy involves the following 
 general heads: viz. 1. Terminology, 2. Classification, 3. 
 Nomenclature, 4. Characteristic, 5. Description. 
 
 . 4. TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 Terminology consists in an explanation of the natural 
 properties employed in recognizing and describing minerals, 
 and of the language or technical terms used in this expla- 
 nation. 
 
 . 5. CLASSIFICATION. 
 
 Classification settles the idea of the species, and the 
 principles upon which their arrangement depends. 
 
 . 6. NOMENCLATURE. 
 
 Nomenclature furnishes the names and denominations 
 applied to minerals. 
 
 . 7. CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 % 
 
 The characteristic is confined to certain marks, or differ- 
 ences, arranged systematically, for the purpose of enabling 
 us to distinguish the members of one division, class, or spe- 
 cies from those of another. 
 
 . 8. DESCRIPTION. 
 
 The description of minerals consists in an enumeration 
 of all their natural properties ; and is intended to produce 
 & distinct image of individuals. 
 
4 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 . 9. METHOD TO BE FOLLOWED IN ACQUIRING A KNOWL- 
 EDGE OF MINERALS. 
 
 The course to be adopted by persons aiming at a thorough ac- 
 quaintance with the inorganic kingdom, consists, in the first place, 
 in studying the properties of these bodies, and in acquiring a knowl- 
 edge of the terms by which they are designated. This will require 
 as a preliminary, a familiarity with a few definitions in geometry ; 
 and afterwards, access to a collection of minerals arranged on pur- 
 pose to illustrate the properties. in question. The remaining princi- 
 ples of Mineralogy being understood, the student should apply him- 
 self at once to the Characteristic, or the means of arriving at the 
 names of unknown minerals through the use of the artificial system : 
 the names attained, he will be led, by having recourse to an alpha- 
 betical index, without farther inconvenience, to a full account of 
 their nature from the catalogue of species', in which all the knowl- 
 edge possessed, concerning minerals, is systematically detailed. 
 
 After his acquaintance with the majority of the species is formed, 
 he will be prepared to enter upon that higher and more interesting 
 field, where the affinities of the different species are sought out with 
 a view to discover the more comprehensive unities of genera, orders 
 and classes which exist in the science, and whose survey is always 
 attended with a high degree of satisfaction, as offering to the mind, 
 at a single glance, the various degrees of resemblance with which 
 nature itself has impressed her own productions. 
 
 . 10. INDIVIDUALS. 
 
 An inorganic production which is a single body is con- 
 sidered as an Individual in the mineral kingdom. 
 
 A crystal of Quartz, Iron-pyrites, or Topaz, is an individual in the 
 highest sense of the word, since within the space occupied by its 
 form, there exists a similar kind of matter in a state of insular exist- 
 ence, being every where cut off from union with other individuals 
 of the same, or of different kinds of matter; A distinct concretion of 
 granular Limestone is also an individual, -although circumstances 
 have prevented it from assuming its regular shape. Such produc- 
 tions are to be viewed as independent wholes, and capable of con- 
 sideration without regard to their connexion with other individuals j 
 
INTRODUCTION. 5 
 
 in the same manner as an entire plant, or an entire animal is capa- 
 ble of the same process. 
 
 There are many inorganic bodies incapable of being considered 
 as wholes ; because they are not limited toward their boundaries in 
 any determinate manner. To such belong Water, Atmospheric-air, 
 and in general, those bodies which are fluid at natural temperatures. 
 They may, and undoubtedly do, consist of a great many individuals; 
 but the imperfection of our organs place them beyond the reach of 
 examination, and compel us to study them in masses. In this situa- 
 tion with respect to these bodies, we may indeed compare our case 
 with that of the botanist who is permitted to view a verdant mass of 
 vegetation only from a distance, instead of examining nearer by, 
 the individual forms of which it is composed. 
 
TERMINOLOGY, 
 
 PART I. 
 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 INTRODUCTORY. 
 . 11. INDIVIDUALS PRODUCED BY CRYSTALLIZATION. 
 
 The power which gives rise to individuals, is called Crys- 
 tallization. 
 
 When minerals assume the state of individuality, or in other words, 
 pass from the fluid to the solid state, they acquire not only regularity 
 of shape, but cohesion, weight, and different relations to light; and, 
 hence, these properties, also, must be considered as the products of 
 crystallization. Their entire assemblage in any one case, is the 
 mineral itself ; at least so far as it is an object of Mineralogy. 
 
 Minerals upon which the power of crystallization has never ex- 
 erted its force, are destitute of these properties, and accordingly not 
 possessed of individuality. They are mere shapeless masses which 
 find a place in the mineralogical system, only, because they are 
 natural productions. 
 
 Temperature exercises a controlling influence over the crystalli- 
 . zation of minerals. Water and Mercury assume the condition of in- 
 dividuality if their temperature be sufficiently reduced ; while on the 
 on the other hand, Native bismuth, Silver and many others resign 
 this state, and become liquid, if their temperature is elevated to a 
 certain point. On this account, it becomes necessary to fix the de- 
 gree of temperature in which minerals shall be considered ; and the 
 ordinary temperature, in which water is fluid, has accordingly been 
 agreed upon. 
 
 . 12. IMPERFECTLY FORMED MINERALS. 
 
 Those minerals are said to be imperfectly formed, which 
 are deficient in any of those properties, which distinguish 
 the finished productions of crystallization. 
 
INTRODUCTORY OBSERVATIONS. 7 
 
 In these bodies the power of crystallization appears to have been 
 interrupted during their formation, and they have accordingly been 
 left in an incomplete state. Examples of this kind may be seen in 
 uncrystallized Quartz, massive Garnet, and common Feldspar. Such 
 minerals are in a similar condition with the defective or monstrous 
 individuals occurring in the organic kingdom. It will not appear 
 strange, moreover, that they should on the whole be much more 
 numerous among inanimate bodies than among living beings ; since 
 the individualizing power in the former, beside being confined to a 
 single cause, viz. that of crystallization, (. 11.) is liable to be af- 
 fected by a much greater variety of accidents than the latter. 
 
 . 13. DECOMPOSED MINERALS. 
 
 Decomposed minerals are those which have lost some of 
 those properties derived from the power of crystallization. 
 
 Decomposed minerals are, either, only impaired in the color, lus- 
 ter, and hardness of their crystals, while the form is preserved, 
 as is the case with Laumonite, or they are reduced to the form of 
 powder and shapeless masses, wholly destitute of regular structure, 
 lustre, or constant degrees of hardness, and specific gravity, as in 
 the instance of Porcelain clay, derived from the decomposition of 
 Feldspar. Such bodies, obviously, are no more proper objects of 
 mineralogical determination than are the decayed portions of a plant 
 of botanical consideration. Still, it will generally be possible to dis- 
 cover what a decomposed mineral has been in its natural state, 
 though to effect this we must employ a different method from that 
 adopted in determining other minerals. 
 
 Decomposed minerals are of rare occurrence, except at the im- 
 mediate surface of the earth, where minerals are exposed to a va- 
 riety of mechanical forces in addition to the chemical agency of 
 heat, air, and moisture. Still the progress actually made by these 
 disintegrating and decomposing agents is very limited. Many min- 
 erals continue to preserve the integrity of their characters, though 
 almost impalpably reduced in size ; and immense surfaces of rock 
 remain apparently unaltered from age to age amidst this incessant 
 warfare. 
 
8 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 . 15. SIMPLE MINERAL. 
 
 A single individual, or a part of one, in the inorganic 
 kingdom is called a simple mineral. 
 
 A crystal of Quartz, or a fragment of one is therefore a simple 
 mineral : a distinct concretion of Limestone is likewise a simple 
 mineral. No allusion to the chemical composition of a mineral is 
 to be understood by the term simple : a simple mineral maybe com- 
 posed of a single element as is the fact with regard to a crystal of 
 Diamond, or it may be composed of several as in a crystal of Em- 
 erald. 
 
 . 15. COMPOUND MINERAL. 
 
 An inorganic substance consisting of more than one in- 
 dividual of the same kind is called a compound mineral. 
 
 Examples of compound minerals may be seen in specimens of Fluor 
 made up of many distinct crystalline masses, or in a mass of granular 
 Limestone or fibrous Haematite. They are produced whenever 
 several individuals of the same kind are formed within a common 
 space where the contact is too close to allow of their assuming their 
 regular form. Therefore the individuals which form a compound 
 mineral, do not possess regularity. 
 
 . 16. MIXED MINERAL. 
 
 A mixed mineral consists of two or more simple miner- 
 als of different kinds united together. 
 
 Granite, which is an aggregate formed of Quartz, Feldspar and 
 Mica, is a mixed mineral. Porphyries, Lavas and most Slaty rocks 
 are of the same denomination. With these, Mineralogy has no 
 concern ; it having already performed its duty as respects them in 
 ascertaining the nature of their ingredients, or, in other words, of 
 the simple minerals which compose them. 
 
INTRODUCTORY OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 . 17. PROPERTIES OF MINERALS. 
 
 The properties, or characters of minerals may be said to* 
 be of two kinds : the first consisting of those which miner- 
 als exhibit while in their natural state ; and the second of 
 those observed during, or after a change has been produ- 
 ced in their nature. The former of these are termed Nat- 
 ural characters ; the latter Chemical characters. 
 
 The natural characters comprehend their color, different degrees 
 of hardness and transparency, the kinds oflustre, the regular forms, 
 the various sorts of aggregation under which compound minerals 
 exist, the specific gravity and taste of minerals. The chemical 
 characters are those whose use effects the decomposition of a min- 
 eral, or which induce an obvious alteration in its state ; of this kind 
 are the fusibility of minerals, or their behavior before the blowpipe, 
 their solubility in acids and the accompanying phenomena, phos- 
 phorescence by heat, and chemical analysis with a view to learn the 
 quality of the composing ingredients and the order in which they 
 are present. 
 
 The natural characters only, are employed either in the Descrip- 
 tion or Characteristic of the science. The chemical characters ap- 
 pertain to Chemistry, and require to be enumerated and explained 
 in a mineralogical work, merely to render intelligible the results of 
 Chemistry, which are appended to the descriptions of minerals, with 
 the design of enlarging, as far as possible, our knowledge of these 
 bodies. 
 
 . 18. DIVISION OF THE NATURAL PROPERTIES. 
 
 The natural properties of minerals are divided into, 1. 
 Such as refer to simple ; 2. Such as refer to compound 
 minerals ; 3. Such as are common to both. 
 
 The first division will consist of those which can be observed only 
 in an individual itself, or in a fragment of an individual. To such 
 belong the geometrical properties, or such as refer to space ; the 
 relations of structure, of surface, and the phenomena of refraction. 
 The second division embraces the relations of composition, the 
 
10 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 forms of compound minerals, and the mode of junction of the indi- 
 viduals of these compositions. The third division relates to those 
 characters which are not affected by the simple or the compound 
 nature of the mineral ; as color, lustre, transparency, hardness, 
 specific gravity, the state of aggregation, magnetism, electricity, 
 taste and odor. 
 
 The Terminology of the science will, therefore, be treated of in 
 three sections, to which will be added, in notes, some account 
 of the chemical characters, since these fall rather within the science 
 of Chemistry than of Mineralogy . 
 
11 
 
 SECTION I. 
 
 . 19. CRYSTAL. 
 
 The term crystal is applied to a body consisting of con- 
 tinuous, similar matter, which has been formed by nature, 
 within a regularly limited space. 
 
 It is necessary to the idea of a crystal, that the entire space it oc- 
 cupies should be made up of particles, between which there is no 
 distinguishable difference, except indeed those variations which may 
 occasionally arise out of the relations of light. This limitation is 
 requisite in order to exclude certain minerals found under regular 
 shapes and composed of similar matter, but between whose particles 
 there is observed an evident distinction. Of this sort are what are 
 denominated pseudomorphous crystals, between which, and the 
 bodies intended to come under the above signification, there exist 
 too many dissimilarities to allow their being treated of together. 
 
 The term crystal cannot be extended either to such minerals as 
 require, in order to present a regular shape, to have any of their 
 parts detached : since it is requisite by the above definition that a 
 crystal should be left by nature within a regularly limited space. 
 
 The idea of transparency which* mankind in general attach to 
 crystals is of course incorrect, as the largest portion of these bodies 
 are opaque. 
 
 . 20. OBJECT or CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. 
 
 The object of Crystallography is to ascertain the form 
 of crystals, with a view to explain the relations and differ- 
 ences existing among them.* 
 
 * History of Crystallography, The knowledge of the fact, that in- 
 organic substances affect a great variety of regular shapes, appears to 
 have been prevalent at an early period. Several of the precious stones, 
 
12 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 . 21. PLANES OR FACES. 
 
 The surfaces which limit a crystal are termed its planes 
 or faces. 
 
 The surface of crystals are not always perfectly plane, being some- 
 times slightly spherical, as in some particular modifications of the 
 Diamond; although in crystallography they are considered as per- 
 fect planes. 
 
 as the Diamond, the Emerald, and the Topaz, as well as the ores of certain 
 metals, and the many earthy minerals occurring in metallic veins, as 
 Quartz, Heavy-spar and Fluor were among the instances of crystallized 
 minerals the most familiar to mankind. Notwithstanding, several of 
 these forms were known to be constant in their shape, besides being- 
 identical with some of the regular solids of geometry, still they contin- 
 ued until the time of Linnaeus, to be regarded as the results of mere ac- 
 cident or chance. This philosopher appears to have been the first to 
 consider them as the products of fixed laws, and to imagine that the study 
 of their relations might be of utility in the recognition of minerals. In 
 1772, Rome de Lisle published the first general treatise upon crystallog- 
 raphy; in which he made known a great number of crytals never be- 
 fore noticed by naturalists. He determined the angles of their planes, 
 and established the important fact, that the angles are invariable 
 among the individuals of the same variety. Afterwards, Bergmann and 
 Hatty made a contemporaneous observation relative to the internal struc- 
 ture of crystals, from which they inferred, that the direction of the 
 cleavage was constant in all crystals of the same substance, whatever 
 might be their form. From this fact Bergmann contented himself with 
 forming the supposition that the various forms assumed by the different 
 individuals of any one substance, might be conceived to flow from a sin- 
 gle parent or derivative form, through the operation of certain decre- 
 ments, upon its edges and angles. But Hatty verified the observation 
 concerning cleavage, in every species in which it was possible to dis- 
 cover the natural joints, and by connecting with it, his ingenious theory 
 relating to the forms and dimensions of the molecules, of which he con- 
 ceived the primary forms were composed, he proceeded to unfold, math- 
 ematically, the laws of decrernent by which the secondary forms might 
 be produced ; and thus elevated crystallography to the rank of a geomet- 
 rical science. 
 
OF FORMS IX GENERAL. 13 
 
 The planes, or faces of a crystal receive certain names according 
 to these faces, as for instance, triangular faces, rhombic faces, &c. ; 
 and also according to the forms which they limit, as/aces of the 
 Cube, of the Octahedron, &c. 
 
 . 22. EDGES, 
 
 The lines produced by the meeting of the planes or fa- 
 ces are termed edges. 
 
 The edges are denominated, not only according to the forms to 
 which they belong, but also as respects their peculiar situation 
 in these forms, as will be illustrated hereafter. 
 
 . 23. PLANE ANGLE. 
 The meeting of any two edges forms a plane angle.* 
 
 * Elementary definitions. The measure, or, as it is sometimes termed, 
 the value of an angle, is the number of degrees, minutes, &c. of which 
 it consists ; these being determined by the portion of a circle which 
 would be intercepted by the two lines forming the angle, supposing the 
 point of their meeting to be in the centre of the circle. For the pur- 
 pose of measuring angles, the circle is dividecUinto 360 equal parts, which 
 are called degrees ; each degree into 60 equal parts which are called 
 minutes; and each minute into 60 seconds ; and these divisions are thus 
 designated : 360, 60', 60", the signifying degrees, the ' minutes, the 
 " seconds. 
 
 If of the circle, or 90, be intercepted by the 
 two lines a o, o b, Fig. 1, which meet at an an- 
 gle a o b in the the centre, those lines are 
 perpendicular to each other, and the angle at 
 which they meet is said to measure 90, and 
 i termed a right angle. If less than 4 of the a 
 circle be so intercepted, as by the lines b 0, 
 o c. the angle b o c, will measure less than 90. 
 and is said to be acute. If it measure more 
 than 90, a^ it would if the angle were formed by the lines a o, o c, ii is 
 called obtuse. 
 
 2 
 
14 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 . 24. SOLID ANGLE. 
 
 -The meeting of three or more plane angles forms a solid 
 angle. 
 
 The solid angle is denominated according to the particular form 
 in which it is found, and also agreeably to its situation and quality. 
 Thus we say, solid angles of the Octahedron, prismatic solid angles. 
 &c. 
 
 . 25. SIMILAR FACES. 
 
 Those faces of a regular form are said to be similar to 
 one another, whose corresponding edges are proportional, 
 and whose corresponding angles are equal. 
 
 In crystals, similar faces are not always equal to each other in their 
 dimensions. Sometimes a single face is more enlarged than the rest. 
 In such a case, its similarity is inferred from its situation. Crystal- 
 lography, in developing the relations of crystals to each other, takes 
 no notice of such irregularities, inasmuch as they are accidental ; 
 but investigates their forms as they are presented in their highest 
 regularity and perfection. 
 
 . 2. SIMILAR EDGES. 
 
 Edges are said to be similar when formed by the meet- 
 ing of faces equally inclined to each other. 
 
 In crystals, the length of the edges, produced by the meeting of 
 faces respectively similar, is liable to variation from the same cause 
 which produces irregularities among similar faces. Disparity in 
 length, therefore, does not affect the idea of their similarity. 
 
 . 27. SIMILAR PLANE ANGLES. 
 
 Plane angles are similar when they are equal, and con- 
 tained within similar edges, respectively. 
 
OF FORMS IN GENERAL. 
 
 15 
 
 . 28. SIMILAR SOLID ANGLES. 
 
 Solid angles are similar when formed of an equal number 
 of plane angles, of which the corresponding ones are similar. 
 
 Similar solid angles may be wholly made up of similar plane an- 
 gles; or there may exist a degree of dissimilarity among them, pro- 
 vided this dissimilarity corresponds in both : in the former case 
 they are said to be equiangular, and in the latter unequiangular. 
 
 A solid angle, formed of three, four, five, &c. faces, is said to be 
 a solid angle of three faces, a solid angle of four faces, &c.* 
 
 * Elementary definitions. A triangle is a plane figure contained 
 within three sides. When the sides are equal it is called an equilateral 
 triangle. Fig. 2. The angles of an equilateral triangle are equal. A 
 triangle having but two equal sides is called an isosceles triangle. Fig. 
 3, and 4. In Fig. 3, the two equal sides contain an angle less than 90 ; 
 and in Fig. 4, an angle greater than 90 ; Fig. 3, is therefor. ecalled an 
 acute triangle, and Fig. 4, an obtuse triangle. The unequal side b c, 
 is termed the base of the triangle. The angles a b c and a c b, which 
 are adjacent to the base, are equal to one another. A triangle with all 
 its sides unequal is termed a scalene triangle ; Fig. 5, in which, all the 
 -angles also, are unequal. 
 
 Fig. 2. Fig. 3. Fig. 4. Fig. 5. 
 
 A square has four equal sides. Fig, 6. Its angles are right angles. 
 A rectangle has its opposite sides, only, equal ; its adjacent sides .ir 
 unequal. Fig, 7. Like the square its angles, are all right angles. 
 
 Fig. 6. Fig. 7. Fig. 8. 
 
 A rhomb has four equal sides. Fig. 8. Two of its angles, as a and c are 
 obtuse ; the other two, d and 6, aj-e acute. 
 
Iti TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 CONSIDERATIONS UPON THE CONNEXION AMONG CRYSTALS, 
 AND THE RELATIONS UPON WHICH IT DEPENDS. 
 
 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 . 29. Certain mineral species affect peculiar crystalline 
 forms. 
 
 Numerous observations have fully established the fact, that cer- 
 tain geometrical forms are constantly found in connexion with cer- 
 tain mineral substances, while others are never seen in such con- 
 nexion. Thus the Cube, as found in Common Salt, the hexagonal 
 Prism in the Emerald, the rhombic Prism in Heavy Spar, and the 
 Rhomboid in Carbonate of Lime : while the hexagonal Prism is never 
 found in Common Salt, the Rhomboid in Emerald^ or the Cube in 
 Carbonate of Lime. 
 
 . 30. Several different forms are frequently found in 
 the different individuals of the same species. 
 
 In this observation, (which limits . 29,) it must be understood, 
 that the slightest deviation between two crystals, such as would 
 arise out of the absence of the smallest perceptible portion of an 
 edge, or of an angle, and its replacement by a regular face, would 
 require these crystals to be considered as different inform. While, 
 however, many of the differences alluded to in the present observa- 
 tion, are of this sort, or such as may be considered modifications of one 
 predominating form, there exist others, which are more obvious. An 
 
 An oblique angled parallelogram^ Fig. 9, Fig. 9. 
 
 has its opposites sides, as a b and dc parallel ; & <* 
 
 but its adjacent sides, as aft and &c, and adja- \ \ 
 
 cent angles, as b and c unequal. \ \ 
 
 The term rhombic is applied as an adjective c $ 
 
 to the planes of such solids as present planes 
 
 of the figure of the rhomb, and that of rectangular to such as refer tQ 
 the rectangle. 
 
CONNEXION OF FORMS. 
 
 17 
 
 example of both these kinds of difference may be seen in the crys- 
 tals of Iron Pyrites, Figs. 10, 11, 12, and 13 ; 
 
 Fig. 10. 
 
 Fig. 11. 
 
 Fig. 12. 
 
 Fig. 13. 
 
 in those of Carbonate of Lime, Figs. 14, 15, and 16; 
 
 Fig. 14. Fig. 15. Fig. 16. 
 
 ~ c 
 
 aid in those of Uranite. Figs. 17, 18, and 19.* 
 
 Fig, 17. Fig. 13. Fig. 19. 
 
 The different forms in each of these substances have a constant 
 uniformity in the value of their respective angles; and individuals 
 belonging to them, though from the most remote situations, present 
 not the slightest variation in this respect. 
 
 * Fig. 11 is obviously, a mere modification of Fig. 10; Fig. 12 of 11, 
 the difference being, that in 12, the faces o are considerably more exten- 
 ded than in 11 ; 13 is a modification of 12, in which the faces o are pro- 
 duced so as to extinguish the planes a, seen in 11 and 12. Between Figs. 
 14 and 15, the difference is not so easily explained ; while, we have only 
 to conceive of the enlargement of c at both extremities of the prism, Fig. 
 15, in order to form Fig. 16. 
 
 2* 
 
18 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 . 31. The different crystalline forms belonging to each 
 species may be conceived to be derived, by certain laws, 
 from one type, or fundamental form. 
 
 This derivation is based upon the obvious relations presented by 
 the different forms of the same mineral species, (. 30.) as well as 
 upon certain peculiarities visible in their internal structure, to be 
 developed hereafter. 
 
 To become acquainted with the almost innumerable forms of crys- 
 tals, without the aid of some arrangement would be very difficult. 
 The preliminary study of the fundamental forms therefore, from 
 which nature appears to have produced her numerous second a- 
 ries, is no less necessary, than it is natural. And it cannot be too 
 strongly insisted upon, that the student in Mineralogy should estab- 
 lish in his mind as clearly as possible, the precise grounds of discrim- 
 ination among these few important solids, and familiarize himself with 
 the language adapted to denote the peculiar properties of each ; 
 since without a perfect familiarity with these points, he will con- 
 stantly find himself embarrassed in the systematic study of minerals. 
 
 CONSIDERATION OF FUNDAMENTAL OR PRIMARY FORMS AND 
 SOME OF THEIR GEOMETRICAL RELATIONS. 
 
 . 32. PRIMARY FORMS. 
 
 The primary form is assumed to be that particular form 
 from which all the different crystals of a mineral species 
 are derived, in consequence of certain symmetrical changes, 
 it may be supposed to have undergone, during their forma- 
 tion. The primary forms are fifteen in number; 1, the 
 Cube; 2, the regular Tetrahedron ; 3, the regular Octahe- 
 dron; 4, the rhombic Dodecahedron ; 5, the Octahedron 
 with a square base; 6, the Octahedron with a rectangular 
 base ; 7, the Octahedron with a rhombic base ; 8, the right 
 square Prism; 9, the right rectangular Prism ; 10, the right 
 rhombic Prism ; 1 1 , the right oblique angled Prism; 12, 
 
PRIMARY FORMS. 
 
 19 
 
 the oblique rhombic Prism; 13, the doubly oblique Prism; 
 14, the Rhomboid; 15, the regular hexagonal Prism. 
 
 The student must not suppose that the primary form is altogether 
 an imaginary one ; on the contrary, it is often an actua Iform among 
 the crystals of a mineral species, and when this is not the case, its 
 planes frequently form a conspicuous part of crystals, which are 
 only slightly altered at their angles or edges. This remark may be 
 exemplified in the instance of the species Uranite, three of whose 
 forms are figured in . 30. Fig. 17 is the primary form which is 
 still observable in Fig. 18 and 19, if we make an abstraction of their 
 edges and angles. There do exist, however, crystals in which it is 
 wholly out of sight ; in such cases, it is developed by mechanical 
 means, or inferred to exist according to rules hereafter to be ex- 
 plained. 
 
 . 33. THE CUBE. 
 The Cube is contained under six square faces. 
 
 All the angles of the Cube are right angles. I ig. 20. 
 
 An axis* passes through the centre and 
 through two opposite solid angles ; as a, b, 
 Fig. 20. From its equality in length, breadth, 
 and altitude, the Cube has a similar axis in 
 four directions, or passing through its centre 
 and through each pair of opposite solid angles. 
 
 It is a form very often seen among crystals, 
 
 as in Iron Pyrites, Fluor, Galena, &c. 
 
 <. 34. THE REGULAR TETRAHEDRON. 
 The regular Tetrahedron is contained under four equi- 
 lateral, triangular faces. 
 
 The mutual inclination of its faces, as P on 
 P', Fig. 21, = 70 31' 43". Its plane an- 
 gles =60. 
 
 The axis A& passes through the centres of 
 the summit and base, and in consequence of 
 its symmetrical form, it possesses a similar 
 axis in four directions. 
 
 * An axis is a line, passing through the centre of a solid, drawn 
 from any angular point formed by the meeting of equal plane angles to 
 the opposite angle or face. 
 
20 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 The Tetrahedron is the most simple of pyramids, having as many 
 bases as it has planes, and on whichever of these it is placed, it is a 
 similarly formed pyramid. It contains the least solidity under a 
 given surface of any natural or artificial solid. It is not a very fre- 
 quent form among crystals, occurring only in Grey Copper Ore, and 
 one or two other mineral species. 
 
 . 35. THE REGULAR OCTAHEDRON.* 
 
 The regular Octahedron is contained under eight equi- 
 lateral triangles. 
 
 * It may not be superfluous to the student, in Mineralogy, who has 
 had little opportunity for the study of solid geometry, to add here a more 
 general description of the properties of the Octahedron. This figure, 
 then, is a solid terminated, or bounded by eight triangular faces, disposed 
 symmetrically about an axis which they meet, four upon one side, and 
 four upon the opposite side, parallel to the first. The Octahedron may 
 be considered as formed by the reunion of two similar and equal four 
 sided pyramids, applied base to base and edge to edge. It will follow, 
 then, that the four edges, ce, ef, fd, dc, Fig. 
 22. of the junction of the two pyramids, are in 
 the same plane, and that they form a parallelo- 
 gram cefd, which is the common base of the 
 pyramids. These edges, ce, ef,fd, dc, are called 
 the edges of the base. The four solid angles c, 
 e, /, and d, are called the angles of the base ; 
 the two remaining solid angles a, and b, the an- 
 gles of the summits, and the line ab, which con- b 
 nects them within, is the axis. The edges which join the angles of the 
 summit with those of the base, are called the upper edges of the Octahe- 
 dron. These are eight in number, and are also, four and four in the same 
 plane, and these two planes, aebd and of be, are also parallelograms. 
 There are, therefore, in an Octahedron, three diagonal planes, or three 
 parallelogramic sections cefd, aebd and of be. It is obvious that any one 
 of these may be chosen for the base of an Octahedron, which being- 
 selected, the line which joins the two opposite angles, not comprised in 
 the adopted base, will be the vertical axis. There are, then, three 
 bases, and three axes in this solid ; but in the crystals which come under 
 
PRIMARY FORMS. 
 
 Fig. 23. 
 
 Its plane angles =60. The inclination of the faces united by 
 its edges, as P on P', or P", Fig. 23. = 109 28' 16". The incli- 
 nation of the faces united by their angles, 
 as P on B = 70 31' 43". 
 
 All its solid angles being similar, the regu- 
 lar Octahedron has a similar axis in three di- 
 rections. 
 
 The regular Octahedron is one of the most 
 abundant forms among crystals. It is com- 
 mon in Magnetic Iron Ore, Spinel and Red 
 Oxide of Copper. 
 
 <. 36. THE RHOMBIC DODECAHEDRON. 
 
 The rhombic Dodecahedron is contained under twelve 
 equal rhombic faces. 
 
 This solid has two kinds of solid angles, six Fig. 24. 
 
 acute, and eight obtuse ; and two varieties of 
 plane angles. The six acute solid angles, and 
 which consist each of four acute plane angle?, 
 are opposite, two and two ; and the eight ob- 
 tuse solid angles, consisting each of three ob- 
 tuse angles, are also opposite, two and two. 
 
 The mutual inclination of those faces uni- 
 ted by their edges, as P on P" Fig. 24. = 
 120. The inclination of those faces united by their acute angles, 
 as P on P' = 90. Its plane angles = 109 28' 16" and 70 31' 43". 
 
 It has two dissimilar sets of axes passing through its centre ; one 
 set, as ab y passes through the pairs of opposite, acute solid angles; 
 the other, as cd, passes the obtuse solid angles. The former are 
 three, and the latter four, in number. When either of the axes 
 passing through the acute solid angles, is in a vertical situation, the 
 solid is in position. 
 
 The rhombic Dodecahedron is of frequent occurrence among 
 crystal?, of which Garnet and Blende are examples. 
 
 this denomination, the modifications they undergo furnish reasons for 
 adopting a particular base, and a particular axis in preference to the 
 others, except in the case of the regular Octahedron. The base being 
 determined upon, when we speak of the axis, we of course refer to the 
 one which is vertical ; otherwise, we mean any one of them... 
 
TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 . 37. THE OCTAHEDRON WITH A SQUARE BASE. 
 
 The Octahedron with a square base is contained under 
 eight equal, isosceles triangular faces. 
 
 Fig. 25. 
 
 The parallelogram formed by the unequal side in each of the tri- 
 angles, is the base of the Octahedron, which, from the equality of 
 the triangles, is a square. It is obvious from the 
 nature of an isosceles triangle, that in the Octahe- 
 dron with a square base, the angle at a, Fig. 25. 
 may be less, or greater than 60 ; when it is less, 
 the Octahedron is called acute, when greater, 
 obtuse. 
 
 This form is capable of presenting a variety of 
 angles in its individuals, as respects the inclination 
 of P on P", and consequently of P on P 7 . 
 
 Its axes will be the same in number as in the 
 regular Octahedron. When the base is horizontally situated, this 
 solid is in position, and its upper and lower extremities are termed 
 its summits. 
 
 Crystals of the present form are seen in the species Zircon, An- 
 atase, &c. 
 
 . 38. THE OCTAHEDRON WITH A RECTANGULAR BASE. 
 
 Tnis Octahedron is contained under eight triangular 
 planes, and possesses one rectangular base. 
 
 The planes are generally isosceles triangles in this form, though 
 it may happen that four of them may be equilateral, without de- 
 stroying its rectangular base. It is described, or said to be in pO' 
 sition,' with its rectangular base horizontally situated. The broad 
 planes P, P', Fig. 26. meet at the edge of 
 the rectangular base, at a more obtuse angle 
 than the narrow ones M, M'. The edge D 
 may therefore be termed the greater, and the 
 edge F the lesser edge of the base. 
 
 Like the Octahedron with a square base, 
 the individuals belonging to this form will 
 differ from each other, in the inclination of P 
 on P', or of M on M'. Its axes and summits 
 are distinguished also, as in the case of that form. 
 
 Crystals of this form are found in the species Areeniate of Copper, 
 
 Fig. 26. 
 
PRIMARY FORMS. 23 
 
 . 39. THE OCTAHEDRON WITH A RHOMBIC BASE. 
 
 The Octahedron with a rhombic base is contained under 
 eight equal scalene triangles. 
 
 The crystals of this form are in position, when pjg. 27 
 
 the rhombic base is horizontal. Fig. 27 is drawn 
 with the greater diagonal* of the base horizontal. 
 The faces which meet at the edge B, form a more 
 acute, angle than those which meet at the edge C. 
 The edge B is therefore denominated the acute 
 edge of the pyramid, and the edge C the obtuse 
 edge of the pyramid. The solid angle at E is 
 termed the acute lateral solid angle, and that at I 
 the obtuse lateral solid angle. 
 
 The individuals belonging to this class will differ from each other, 
 in the inclinations of P on P', and of P on P". 
 
 This form is seen in the crystals of Sulphur. 
 
 . 40. THE RIGHT-)- SQUARE PRISM. 
 
 The right square Prism is a quadrangular J prism, whose 
 bases are equal squares, and whose sides are equal rect- 
 angles. 
 
 * A line connecting the opposite angles of any parallelogram is termed 
 a diagonal of that figure. 
 
 t Those prisms which stand perpendicularly when resting on one of 
 their bases, are called right prisms. Those which incline from the per- 
 pendicular, are called oblique prisms. 
 
 t By the use of the expression " quadrangular prism," it is apparent 
 that two faces of the solid are chosen as bases. It may be asked, how 
 are these to be distinguished ? Those crystals which come within the 
 definition of that general form, the parallelepiped (the character of which, 
 is, that it is contained under three pairs of parallel planes,) with the ex- 
 ception of the Cube and Rhomboid present themselves to us, un- 
 der an uniform appearance, as respects the modifications they undergo. 
 These are- ordered in a symmetrical manner, in relation to an imaginary 
 
TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 The lateral edges GG, Fig. 28. are always lon- 
 ger or shorter than the terminal ones BB. If these 
 edges are equal, the form becomes a cube. 
 
 The right square Prism has an axis in four di- 
 rections, similar to the Cube. It also has a line 
 connecting the centres of the bases, called the 
 prismatic axis. 
 
 The individuals of this class may differ from each 
 other in the comparative length of the edges G and B. 
 
 Scapolite, Apophyllite and Idocrase, may be mentioned 
 erals which assume this form. 
 
 28. 
 
 . 41. THE RIGHT RECTANGULAR PllISM. 
 
 The right rectangular Prism is a quadrangular prism, 
 whose bases are equal rectangles. 
 
 The lateral edges GG, Fig. 29. 
 of this form are similar ; but dif- 
 fer in length from the terminal 
 dges CB, which are not equal. 
 If G was equal to C or B, the form 
 would be a right square Prism. 
 
 The same number of axes exist 
 in this form, as in that of the right 
 square Prism. 
 
 The individuals of this class will 
 
 differ from each other in the comparative length of the three, adja* 
 cent sides C, B, G. 
 
 The present form may be seen among the crystals of Anhydrite, 
 Harmofone and Bournonite. 
 
 Fig. 29. 
 
 i r 
 
 
 BXI p 
 
 ^ 
 
 : 
 
 T 
 
 " 
 
 
 
 / 
 
 line connecting the centres of two opposite faces, and parallel to the 
 edges of four other faces between them : this line onght therefore to be 
 taken for a prismatic axis, the four face? for the lateral planes, and the 
 other two for the bases. 
 
 When the prismatic axis is perpendicular to the bases of these *oli<is, 
 they are called right quadrangular prisn.s ; when oblique, they are call" 
 ed oblique quadrangular prisms. 
 
PRIMARY FORMS. 
 
 . 42. THE RIGHT RHOMBIC PRISM. 
 
 The right rhombic Prism is a quadrangular prism, whose 
 bases are equal rhombs, and whose lateral planes are either 
 equal squares, or equal rectangles. 
 
 Fig. 30 is drawn with the greater 
 diagonal of the bases horizontal. 
 The solid angles at A are the ob- 
 tuse, and those at E the acute, so- 
 lid angles. The edge G and its 
 opposite are the acute, and the edge 
 H and its opposite 'the obtuse, lat- 
 eral edges. 
 
 The right rhombic Prism, beside 
 the prismatic axis, has two greater 
 and two lesser, axes. The greater axes pass through the solid an- 
 gles, which terminate the acute edges of the prism, as E E, and the 
 lesser through those, which terminate the obtuse edges of the prism, 
 as A A. 
 
 The individuals belonging to this class will differ from each other 
 in the inclination of M on M', or in the ratio of the edge H to the 
 edge B. 
 
 The right rhombic Prism is one of the most frequent forms of 
 crystals ; examples are found in Andalusite, Sulphate of Barytes, 
 Yenite, &c. 
 
 . 43. THE RIGHT OBLIQUE-ANGLED PRISM. 
 
 The right oblique-angled Prism is a quadrangular prism, 
 whose bases are equal oblique-angled parallelograms. 
 
 The adjacent lateral faces, 
 Fig. 31, are unequal. T is a 
 rectangle ; but M may b'e ei- 
 ther a square or rectangle. 
 
 The angles and edges of this 
 class of prisms are designated 
 as those of the right rhombic 
 Prism, (. 42.) The solid an- 
 gles at A are the obtuse, those 
 
 3 
 
 Fig. 31. 
 
TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 at E the acute, solid angles ; the lateral edges at H the obtuse, those 
 at G the acute, lateral edges ; the edges B are the greater, and C 
 the lesser, terminal edges. 
 
 The axes, also, are the same as in the right rhombic Prism. 
 
 The individuals belonging to this class will differ in the inclina- 
 tion of M on T, and in the relative lengths of the edges C,B, and H. 
 
 Sulphate of Lime, Heulandite, Wolfram, &c. are seen in crys- 
 tals of this form. 
 
 . 44. THE OBLIQUE RHOMBIC PRISM. 
 
 The oblique rhombic Prism is a quadrangular prism, 
 whose bases are equal rhombs, and whose lateral faces are 
 equal oblique-angled parallelograms. 
 
 Fig. 32 is supposed to lean in the 
 direction O, A, so that the terminal 
 plane P forms an obtuse angle with 
 the edge H. The planes M M' may 
 meet at an acute, or an obtuse angle. 
 For the convenience of description, 
 the solid angle at A will in either 
 case be called the acute solid angle, 
 that at O, the obtuse solid angle ; 
 and those at E, the lateral solid an- 
 gles. The edges B, are called the 
 acute terminal edges, and those at 
 D, the obtuse terminal edges. The 
 
 edge H and its opposite, are the oblique edges of the prism, and G 
 and its opposite, the lateral edges of the prism* 
 
 * It is obvious, that the bases of a rhombic Prism, whatever maybe its 
 inclination from a perpendicular, are capable of being disposed upon 
 that prism in a variety of ways. But as there are but two modes of 
 disposition observed by them, among the crystals belonging to the class 
 now under consideration, it will be sufficient to confine ourselves to their 
 particular elucidation. 
 
 In order to ^discover the more readily their different positions, 
 there is drawn towards the middle of the two oblique rhombic Prisms 
 
PRIMARY FORMS. 
 
 27 
 
 The oblique rhombic Prism has, beside a prismatic axis, a greater, 
 a lesser, and two transverse, axes. The greater axis is that which 
 passes through the two acute solid angles ; the lesser, that which 
 passes through the two obtuse solid angles, and the transverse, those 
 which pass through the lateral solid angles. 
 
 The planes M M f may meet at an acute or an obtuse angle: in 
 the former case, the prism is said to be oblique from an acute edge, 
 and in the latter, oblique from an obtuse edge. 
 
 The individuals of this class will differ from each other in the in- 
 clination of M on M r , and in the ratio of the edge H to the edge D. 
 
 This is a frequent form among crystals. Laumonite, Pyroxene, 
 Mica, &c., are examples. 
 
 . 45. THE DOUBLY OBLIQUE PRISM. 
 The doubly oblique Prism is a quadrangular prism, whose 
 bases are equal oblique-angled parallelograms, and whose 
 prismatic axis inclines from a perpendicular. 
 
 in Figs. 33 and 34, a plane or section perpendicular to their edges, or 
 
 prismatic axes. The relations observable between the portions of the 
 
 lateral edges of the prism situated above and below the perpendicular 
 
 Fig. 33. Fig. 34. 
 
 section xy v z, render apparent the different positions of the bases which 
 we wish to indicate. An obtuse lateral edge is supposed to be in front, 
 in both Figs. 33 and 34. In Fig. 33 the bases are so disposed that the ob- 
 tuse edge iy and e z above the plane xy v z, or the corresponding ones 
 below, y n and zr, are equal to each other ; while the acute edges ax 
 and vo, and the corresponding ones below the horizontal section xyvz, 
 x m and v s, are unequal. On the contrary, in Fig. 34, precisely the op- 
 posite takes place. It may be added, what indeed is sufficiently appa- 
 rent, perhaps, that the base avoi, Fig. 34, forma an equal angle with 
 the planes amre and erso. 
 
TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 The lateral faces of this solid are Fig. 35. 
 
 generally oblique-angled parallelo- 
 grams : two of them are always of 
 this figure ; the other two may be 
 rhombs. The only equality subsist- 
 ing among the f ices is between each 
 pair of opposite ones.* 
 
 The Figure 35 is supposed to be 
 oblique in the direction O A, so that 
 the terminal plane forms an obtuse 
 angle with the edge H. Whatever 
 may be the fact, for the purposes of description, the solid angle 
 at A, will be called the acute solid angle, that at O, the obtuse solid 
 angle, while those at E and I, will be called the lateral solid angles. 
 The edges D and F, will be called the obtuse terminal edges, B 
 and C the acute terminal edges ; each of which will also be distin- 
 guished by their respective letters, as well in the case of edges as 
 angles ; H and its opposite the obtuse lateral edges, G and its oppo- 
 site the acute lateral edges. 
 
 The doubly oblique Prism has four une- 
 qual axes passing through the pairs of opposite 
 solid angles, as a b, Fig. 36, c d, ef, and g h ; 
 it has also the prismatic axis i k. 
 
 The individuals belonging to this class will 
 differ from each other in the inclination of P 
 on M, Fig. 35, P on T and M on T, and in 
 the ratios of the edges D H andj<\ 
 
 H This class of prisms may be supposed to stand in the same relation to 
 the right oblique-angled Prisms, that the oblique rhombic Prism does to- 
 the right rhombic Prism : we have only to suppose a right oblique- 
 angled Prism to become oblique, and we have a correct idea of the 
 doubly oblique Prism. As in the case of the oblique rhombic Prism, sa 
 also in this solid, we may conceive that the bases may be disposed as re- 
 spects the prism in. a variety of ways. Crystals themselves, however, 
 present us with but two, which are different. In the first of these, they 
 are disposed in such a manner as not to make with any one of the late~ 
 ral faces an angle equal to that which they form with the prismatic 
 axis, or in such a way that the angles they form with two adjacent 
 
PRIMARY FORMS. 
 
 . 46. THE RHOMBOID.* 
 
 The Rhomboid is a solid, contained under six equal 
 rhombic planes. 
 
 faces are unequal. Fig. 37, illustrates this kind of the doubly oblique 
 Prism : the vertical projection is perpendicular, so that the transverse 
 plane xyv z is represented by a straight line. We observe in this in- 
 stance, that those portions of the lateral edges which are above this plane 
 are all unequal. The inclination of iaeo upon the two lateral planes 
 
 Fig;. 37. 
 
 Fig. 38. 
 
 erso and amre is different, and less in either case, than the inclination 
 of that base to the prismatic axis. This form is found in the Axinite and 
 in Sulphate of Copper. In the other case, arising out of the different 
 method in which the bases are disposed, the position is such, that either 
 of them, as ae oi, Fig. 38, forms with two opposite parallel lateral faces, 
 aerm and i o s n, two angles, obtuse and acute, equal to those which it 
 forms with the prismatic axis, or, what is the same thing, with the edges. 
 We may recognise this position in the figure by the equality of the upper 
 portions of the adjacent edges, which takes place two and two, a x=e z, 
 i y=o v. In the particular instance represented by the figure, and which 
 belongs to Feldspar, the section x y v z of the prism is rectangular ; then 
 the face erso, and its parallel, are perpendicular to the base. 
 
 * Weiss has proposed the name Rhombohedron for this solid, in analo- 
 gy with Tetrahedron and Octahedron. 
 
 3* 
 
30 
 
 TERMINOLOGY, 
 
 Its angular extremities are of two kinds ; one of these consists of 
 but two similar solid angles, and the line which connects them, as 
 ab Fig. 39, is the perpendicular axis of the 
 solid : when this is vertical, the Rhomboid is 
 said to be in position. The lines cd, gh, ef, 
 which connect the other similar solid angles, 
 are called the transverse axes of the Rhom- 
 boid.* 
 
 The two opposite solid angles, a and b, situ- 
 ated at the extremities of the perpendicular 
 axis, are called the solid angles of the summit, 
 or the terminal solid angles : the six remaining solid angles, and 
 which are all equal, are termed the lateral solid angles. The 
 edges ah, ac and ae, for the summit a, and the edges bd, 6/*and bg, 
 for the opposite summit 6, are called the terminal edges, or the 
 edges of the summit ; while the six other edges de, eg, gc, cf, fh 
 and hd, are denominated the lower edges, or the lateral edges of 
 the Rhomboid. 
 
 The individuals belonging to this class are distinguished from 
 each other by the inclination of P on P', Fig. 40. When P on P' 1 
 measures more than 90, the Rhomboid 
 is called obtuse; when less^ acute. 
 In the first of these, the summits are 
 formed by the meeting of three obtuse 
 plane angles, and the lateral solid an- 
 gles are formed by the meeting of one 
 obtuse and two acute plane angles. In 
 the acute Rhomboid, the summits are 
 formed of three acute plane angles, and 
 the lateral solid angles are each formed 
 by the meeting of two obtuse and one 
 acute plane angle. t 
 
 The Rhomboid is one of the most fre- 
 quent forms among crystals. Carbon- 
 ate of Lime, Bitter Spar and Chabasie, are obvious examples. 
 
 Fig. 40. 
 
 * The lines ab and cd, Fig. 39, have sometimes been called the 
 greater and the lesser axes of the Rhomboid. 
 
 t It is apparent that the Cube, taking any one of its diagonals for the per- 
 pendicular axis, may be regarded as a Rhomboid, whose &ces are square, 
 and whose inclination to each other is 90 throughout. Now if we short- 
 
MODIFICATIONS OF PRIMARY FORMS. 
 
 31 
 
 <. 47. THE REGULAR HEXAGONAL PRISM. 
 
 The regular hexagonal Prism is a right prism whose 
 bases are regular hexagons. 
 
 Fig. 41. 
 
 G M 
 
 M' 
 
 Any two of the adjacent lateral faces, 
 as M, M' Fig. 41, incline to each other 
 under angles of 120. 
 
 The hexagonal prism has as many 
 axes as it has opposite solid angles, 
 (viewed through the centre of the sol- 
 id,) but ^the prismatic axis is the only 
 one often used in the description of its 
 modifications. 
 
 The individuals of this class can dif- 
 fer from one another only in the ratio 
 of the edge G to the edge B. 
 
 The Emerald, Phosphate of Lime and Arseniate of Lead, may be 
 instanced, as among minerals which possess this form. 
 
 CONSIDERATION OF THE CHANGES TO WHICH THE PRIMA- 
 
 RY FORMS OF CRYSTALS ARE SUBJECT. 
 
 I 
 
 <. 48. MODIFICATIONS OF PRIMARY FORMS. 
 
 Primary forms are said to undergo modifications 
 ever they become more or less altered in their figure. 
 
 en this axis, the obtuse Rhomboid is immediately generated ; and when 
 the axis entirely disappears, the six faces fall into one plane of a hexa- 
 gonal figure. On the other hand, by elongating the axis of the Cube, a 
 series of acute Rhomboids is produced, which go on forming with indefi- 
 nite variations, till that axis becomes a line of indefinite extent, when 
 the solid vanishes. Thus the Rhomboid is limited in its variations, on one 
 side by a /me, and on the other by a glane; while in the intermediary 
 state, it is a solid. 
 
TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 Change in dimensions can obviously have no effect upon the form : 
 a Cube remains a Cube, so long as all its faces are squares, An al- 
 teration in the number, or relative position of the faces is requisite for 
 inducing a change of form. 
 
 . 49. KINDS OF MODIFICATION. 
 
 Primary forms suffer alteration from two kinds of modi- 
 fication ; 1. a replacement (or abstraction) of their edges : 
 2. a replacement of their angles. 
 
 1. When a face, which does not belong to a primary form, occupies 
 the place of an edge or angle of that form, such a form is said to 
 have its edge or angle replaced.* The plane thus substituted, not 
 belonging to the primary form, is denominated a secondary plane. 
 
 2. There are several varieties of modification confined to the 
 edge. 1. An edge may be replaced by a single piano inclining 
 equally upon the adjoining planes, as the lateral edge replaced by 
 the plane d, Fig. 42. whose inclination to M and M' is equal. In 
 this case, the plane d, is often called a tangent plane. 2. The face 
 substituted for an edge may incline upon the adjacent faces at une- 
 qual angles, as in Fig. 43. where the inclination of f on M' is 
 greater than /on M. 3. An edge may be replaced by two planes 
 
 Fig. 42. 
 
 Fig. 43. 
 
 * It scarcely needs to be said, that this idea of replacement is not 
 strictly speaking correct, since the edge or angle referred to never did 
 exist, and of course could not have been replaced. The result, however, 
 is precisely the same as respects the primary, form, as though such a re- 
 placement had actually taken place. 
 
MODIFICATIONS OF PRIMARY FORMS. 
 
 33 
 
 inclining equally upon the adjacent planes, as the edge in Fig. 44, 
 replaced by e and e f ; e' inclines upon M> at the same angle as eupon 
 M. An edge replaced in this manner is sometimes said to be bev- 
 illed. 4. An edge may be replaced by two planes which incline 
 unequally to their adjacent primary planes. Thus in Fig. 45, f 
 forms with M' a greater angle than e with M. 
 
 Fig. 44. 
 
 JFig. 45. 
 
 M 
 
 3. The variations among the modifications which take place at 
 the angles are still more numerous. 1. An angle may be replaced 
 by a single plane inclining equally to each one of the planes which 
 formed the angle. Thus, in Fig. 46, the secondary plane a inclines to 
 M' under the same angle which it does to M or P. 2. An angle 
 may be replaced by a plane inclining unequally to the adjacent pri- 
 mary planes. Thus, Fig. 47, b inclines to the three faces T, M 4 
 
 Fig. 46. 
 
 Fig. 47. 
 
 1 
 
 M 
 
 P 
 
 and P under different angles. 3. An angle may be replaced by two 
 planes, as in Fig. 48. The relative position of these secondary 
 planes to those of the primary is conveniently indicated by a refer- 
 ence to the direction of the edge formed by the intersection of the 
 two new planes. In the present instance, it may be said to incline 
 
34 
 
 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 upon the superior edges of the Rhomboid. In other cases, it may be 
 parallel with the perpendicular axis of $iis solid, or it may incline 
 upon the primary planes. 
 
 Fig. 48. 
 
 Fig. 49. 
 
 4. An angle may be replaced by three or more planes, according 
 as it was made up of three or more plane angles, as in Figs. 49 and 
 50. The secondary planes may repose upon the primary planes as 
 a upon P, Fig. 49, or 
 
 Fig. 50. 
 
 Fig. 51. 
 
 5. the secondary planes may repose upon the edges of the*pri- 
 mary form, as in Fig 51.* 
 
 * Additional kinds of modification might have been described ; but 
 as those mentioned above are the most frequent among crystals, and are 
 sufficient to render the subject perfectly intelligible, it was not thought 
 necessary to detain the student with the enumeration of others. 
 
SYMMETRY OF SECONDARY PLANES. 
 
 35 
 
 . 50. DISPOSITION OF SECONDARY PLANES REGULATED 
 BY SYMMETRICAL LAWS. 
 
 The same modification generally takes place upon every 
 similar edge or angle of a primary form. 
 
 In the Tetrahedron, the Cube, and the regular Octahedron, (forms, 
 among whose edges and angles there exists the most perfect similar- 
 ity,) when one edge or angle is subject to a replacement, we find all 
 similarly affected. The following figures, representing actual crys- 
 tals, illustrate this idea. 
 
 Fig. 52 exhibits the Tetrahedron, with its solid angles replaced by 
 tangent planes. 
 
 Fig. 52. 
 
 Fig. 53. 
 
 Fig. 54. 
 
 Fig. 53, the same, with its edges replaced by tangent planes. 
 Fig. 54, the same, with its angles replaced by three planes, rest- 
 ing on the primary planes. 
 
 Fig. 55. Fig. 56. 
 
 Fig. 55, the same, with its angles replaced by three planes, resting 
 on the primary edges. 
 
 Fig. 56, exhibits the Cube with its angles replaced by tangent 
 planes. v 
 
36 
 
 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 Fig. 57, the same, with its edges replaced by tangent planes. 
 Fig. 58, the same, with its edges replaced by two planes. 
 
 Fig. 57. 
 
 Fig. 58. 
 
 Fig. 59, the same, with its solid angles replaced by three planes j 
 resting on the primary planes. 
 
 Fig. 60, the same, with its solid angles replaced by six planes. 
 
 Fig. 61, represents the regular Octahedron, with its solid angles 
 replaced by tangent planes. 
 
 Fig. 59. 
 
 Fig. 60. 
 
 Fig. 61. 
 
 Fig. 62, the same, with its edges replaced by tangent planes. 
 Fig. 63, the same, with its edges replaced by two planes. 
 
 Fig. 62. 
 
 Fig. 63. 
 
 Fig. 64. 
 
 Fig. 64, the same, with its solid angles replaced by four planes, 
 resting on the primary planes. 
 
SYMMETRY OF SECONDARY PLANES. 
 
 37 
 
 The rhombic Dodecahedron (. 36.) has all its edges similar, and 
 situated at an equal distance from the centre ; but its angles are of 
 two kinds, six formed of four plane angles, and eight of three plane 
 angles. Agreeably to our proposition then, all its edges will un- 
 dergo a similar modification at once, while only a part of its solid 
 angles will be subject to the same replacement. Accordingly, 
 
 Fig. 65, exhibits the rhombis Dodecahedron, with "its edges re- 
 placed by tangent planes, 
 
 Fig. 66, the same, with its edges replaced by two planes. 
 
 Fig. 65. 
 
 Fig. 66. 
 
 Fig. 67, the same, with its obtuse solid angles replaced by tan- 
 gent planes. 
 
 Fig. 68, the same, with its acute solid angles replaced by tangent 
 planes. 
 
 Fig. 67. 
 
 Fig. 68. 
 
 The similar edges and angles of the different Octahedrons have 
 been sufficiently described in our account of these solids (. 35, 37, 
 38, 39) ; the modifications they undergo are regulated by this sim- 
 ilarity, as may be seen in the examples here given. 
 
38 
 
 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 Fig. 69, represents the Octahedron with a square base, having 
 its pyramidal edges replaced by tangent planes. 
 
 Fig. 70, the same, having the edges of the ba^e replaced by tan- 
 gent planes. 
 
 Fig. 71, the same, with the solid angles of the base replaced by 
 tangent planes. 
 
 Fig. 69. 
 
 Fig. 70. 
 
 Fig. 71. 
 
 Fig. 72, the same, having its pyramidal edges replaced by two 
 planes. 
 
 Fig. 73, represents the Octahedron with a rectangular base, hav- 
 ing the edges of the pyramids replaced by single planes. 
 
 Fig. 72. 
 
 Fig. 73. 
 
 Fig. 74, represents the Octahedron with a rhombic base, having 
 the edges of the base replaced by tangent planes. 
 
 Fig. 75, the same, with its terminal solid angles replaced by tan- 
 gent planes. 
 
SYMMETRY OF SECONDARY PLANES. 
 
 Fig. 74. Fig. 75. 
 
 Fig. 76, the same, with its obtuse laleral solid angles replaced by 
 tangent planes. 
 
 Fig. 77, the same, with its terminal solid angles replaced by four 
 planes, reposing upon the primary planes. 
 
 Fig. 76. 
 
 Fig. 77. 
 
 In the varieties of the quadrangular prism, the lateral edges hold 
 a different position from the terminal edges ; but sometimes the lat- 
 eral edges are all similar, at others, only two and two. The same 
 holds with respect to the terminal edges. * The solid angles may 
 also be either all identical in position, or they may occupy two dif- 
 ferent positions. 
 
 In the right square Prism, the four lateral edges are~similar ; the 
 four terminal edges are so also, as well as the solid angles. The 
 modifications correspond to this identity, as may be judged of from 
 the following examples. 
 
40 
 
 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 Fig. 78, exhibits the right square Prism with its lateral edges re- 
 placed by tangent planes. 
 
 Fig. 79, the same, with the terminal edges replaced by tangent 
 planes. 
 
 Fig. 78. f Fig. 79. 
 
 1C 
 
 Fig. 80, the same, with the solid angles replaced by tangent planes. 
 
 In the right rectangular Prism the lateral edges are similar, 
 likewise the solid angles; but the adjoining terminal edges are dis- 
 similar. According to the law of symmetry, therefore, the modifi- 
 cations take place in the following manner. 
 
 Fig. 81 presents the right rectangular Prism with its lateral edges 
 replaced by tangent planes. 
 
 Fig. 80. Fig. 81. 
 
 i P 
 
 ct\ 
 
 JM 
 
 Fig. 82, the same with its solid angles replaced by single scalene 
 triangular planes, which incline on the three adjacent, primary planes 
 at unequal angles. 
 
 Fig. 83, the same, with the lesser terminal edges replaced by 
 single planes. 
 
 Fig. 82. Fig. 83. 
 
 \> 
 
SYMMETRY OF SECONDARY PLANES'. 
 
 41 
 
 Fig. 84, the same, with the greater terminal edges replaced by 
 single planes. 
 
 In the right rhombic Prism, the terminal edges are similar; but 
 the two opposite, obtuse lateral edges, and the solid angles which 
 terminate them, are different from tfie acute lateral edges, and the 
 corresponding solid angles. The modifications of this form are there- 
 fore in conformity with these relations. 
 
 Fig. 85 represents the right rhombic Prism, with its obtuse later- 
 al edges replaced by tangent planes. 
 
 Fig. 84. 
 
 
 T 
 
 Fig. 86, the same, w r ith its obtuse lateral edges replaced by two 
 planes. 
 
 Fig. 87, the same, with its acute lateral edges replaced by two 
 planes. 
 
 Fig. 8G. 
 
 Fig. 87. 
 
 Fig. 88, the same, with its obtuse solid angles replaced by single 
 planes, which intersect the terminal plane parallel to its greater 
 diagonal. 
 
 Fig. 89, the same, with its acute solid angles replaced by single 
 planes, which intersect the terminal plane parallel to iU shorter 
 diagonal. 
 
 4* 
 
TERMINOLOGY* 
 
 In the right oblique angled Prism, the relations of the edges and 
 angles are the same with those of the right rhombic Prism, except- 
 ing that the adjoining edges of the base are dissimilar. 
 
 Fig. 90 represents the right oblique angled Prism, with its greater 
 terminal edges replaced by tangent planes. 
 
 Fig. 91, the same, with the acute lateral edges replaced by tan- 
 gent planes. 
 
 Fig. 90. 
 
 Fig. 91. 
 
 The oblique rhombic Prism pos- 
 sesses, in the first place, two kinds 
 of lateral edges, as in the cases of the 
 right rhombic, and the right oblique 
 angled, Prisms. The solid angles, 
 Fig. 92, E and E are equal ; but the 
 solid angles A and O are different 
 from the first, and from one another ; 
 consequently, the edges B B of the 
 base, similarly situated, differ in po- 
 sition from the edges DD. 
 
 Fig. 92. 
 
SYMMETRY OF SECONDARY PLANES. 
 
 43 
 
 From the foregoing, it necessarily results that the modifications of 
 the terminations, in order to be symmetrical, must always take place 
 in a different manner upon two halves of this solid, supposing the 
 division to be made by a vertical plane passing through the edge G 
 and its opposite. The following examples, drawn also from actual 
 crystals, are in exact coincidence with these relations. 
 
 Fig. 93 represents the oblique rhombic Prism, with the oblique 
 edges of the prism replaced by tangent planes. 
 
 Fig. 94, the same, with the lateral edges of the prism replaced by 
 tangent planes. 
 
 Fig. 93. 
 
 Fig. 94. 
 
 Fig. 95, the same, with the obtuse terminal edges replaced by 
 single planes. 
 
 Fig. 96, the same, with the acute terminal edges replaced by sin- 
 gle planes. 
 
 Fig, 95. 
 
 Fig. 96. 
 
44 
 
 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 Fig. 97, the same, with the acute solid angles replaced by sin- 
 gle planes. 
 
 Fig. 98, the same, with lateral solid angles replaced by single 
 planes. 
 
 Fig. 97. 
 
 Fig. 98. 
 
 The doubly oblique Prism presents a still more remarkable in- 
 stance of irregularity. According to the explanation given of this 
 solid, (. 45.) each one of the four edges, and each one of the four 
 solid angles of its base, is in a different position. Here also the 
 modifications, which take place, follow the general law announced 
 above ; similar replacements occurring only upon similar edges or 
 angles. 
 
 Fig. 99 represents the doubly oblique Prism, with its acute ter- 
 minal edges B,* replaced by single planes. 
 
 Fig. 100, the same, with its acute terminal edges C replaced by- 
 single planes. 
 
 Fig. 99. 
 
 Fig. 100. 
 
 * See Fig, 35. 
 
SYMMETRY OF SECONDARY PLANES. 
 
 45 
 
 Fig. 101, the same, with its obtuse terminal edges D replaced by 
 single planes. 
 
 Fig. 102, the same, with its obtuse terminal edges F replaced by 
 single planes. 
 
 Fig. 101. Fig. 102. 
 
 Fig. 103, the same, with the oblique edges of the prism replaced 
 by single planes. 
 
 Fig. 104, the same, with the lateral edges of the prism replaced 
 by single planes. 
 
 Fig. 103. Fig. 104. 
 
 Fig. 105, the same, with obtuse solid angles O replaced by single 
 planes. 
 
 Fig. 106, the same, with acute solid angles A replaced by single 
 planes. 
 
 Fig. 105. Fig. 106. 
 
46 
 
 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 Fig. 107, the same, with the lateral solid angles E replaced by 
 single planes. 
 
 According to the geometrical properties of the Rhomboid, as they 
 have been explained, (. 46.) we must look for similar modifications 
 either upon the two terminal solid angles, upon the six lateral an- 
 gles, upon the six upper edges, or upon the six lateral edges. The 
 following examples, principally from a single species, Carbonate of 
 Lime, will render this sufficiently obvious. 
 
 Fig. 108 represents the Rhomboid, with its lateral edges replaced 
 by tangent planes. 
 
 Fig- 108. Fig . 109 . 
 
 Fig. 107. 
 
 Fig. 109, the same, with its superior edges replaced by tangent 
 planes. 
 
 Fig 110-, the same, with its superior edges replaced by two planes. 
 
 Fig. Ill, the same, with its terminal solid angles replaced by 
 tangent planes. 
 
 iff. no. 
 
 Fig;. 111. 
 
SYMMETRY OF SECONDARY PLANES. 
 
 47 
 
 Fig. 112, the same, with its lateral solid angles replaced by single 
 planes, parallel to the perpendicular axis of the Rhomboid. 
 
 Fig. 113, the same, with its lateral solid angles replaced by two 
 planes, meeting at an edge which is parallel to the perpendicular 
 axis of the Rhomboid. 
 
 Fig. 112. 
 
 Fig. 113. 
 
 The relative disposition of the different parts of the regular hexa- 
 gonal Prism is too easy to conceive of, to require a recapitulation of 
 them here; and it will suffice to say, without instancing any exam- 
 ples, that all the terminal edges are modified together, and in a simi- 
 lar manner ; the same is also true of the lateral edges and of all the 
 solid angles. 
 
 The law whose application has just been 
 considered cannot be said to be universal. 
 The Tourmaline, as well as Boracite, pre- 
 sent us with two very remarkable excep- 
 tions. In the first, the primary form is a 
 Rhomboid. Yet it is found, that the three 
 edges formed by the meeting of the three 
 faces P, P, P at each extremity of the six 
 sided prism s, s, s, Fig. 114, are replaced 
 only at one end by the tangent planes n, 
 n, n. It is noticed also, that only the al- 
 ternate three of the lateral solid angles are 
 modified, the remaining three being unal- 
 
 Fig. 114. 
 
48 
 
 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 tered. In the second, we see a Cube whose 
 edges are indeed all similarly replaced, but 
 only the half of whose angles are thus af- 
 fected ; viz. one of the two which are op- 
 posite each other, at the extremities of the 
 same axis, Fi.g. 115.* 
 
 In addition to the two cases just men- 
 tioned, it is necessary to add, that in sev- 
 eral other instances crystals are met with, 
 where the modifications have not taken place at once upon all the 
 edges, or all the angles, whose position with regard to each other is 
 identical. But it is noticeable that such exceptions to the law of 
 symmetry are by no means constant, or subject to any general rule. 
 And, besides, it is rarely difficult to find other crystals of the same 
 species, in which all the faces required by symmetry are present ; 
 a fact which tends strongly to justify the opinion that these devia- 
 tions are due to accidental causes, and therefore insufficient to form 
 an objection against the principle of agreement between the symme- 
 try of modifications and that of the structure of the primary forms. 
 
 .51. PASSAGE OF ONE FORM INTO ANOTHER. 
 
 The proportions existing between the extent of the pri- 
 mary and secondary planes are very variable. Some- 
 times, the change effected by the modification is so small 
 as scarcely to be perceptible; at others, the new planes 
 are equally extended with the primary ; and, again, they 
 are produced so as wholly to obliterate the original faces, 
 and thus to give origin to new forms. 
 
 * The exceptions in the instances mentioned above were supposed by 
 the Abbe Hatty to be dependent upon electricity. These crystals are 
 electric by heat, and give two kinds of electricity in two opposite points. 
 From whence it is imagined that this anomaly of form is a result of elec- 
 tricity, and the conjecture appears to be strengthened by the observation 
 that among the crystals of Sphene, there are those which are electric 
 and those which are non-electric; in the first case, the two summits are 
 different, in the last, they are similar. 
 
PASSAGE OF ONE FORM IXTO ANOTHER. 
 
 49 
 
 The idea here intended to be expressed will become more intelli- 
 gible by a reference to the annexed figures. Fig. 116 represents a 
 regular hexagonal Prism, with its terminal edges replaced by tan- 
 gent planes, the new planes being but slightly produced. Fig. 117, 
 the same, in which the new planes ure still farther extended ; and 
 Fig. 118, in which the hexagonal summits have given place to mere 
 points, and the sides of the prism entirely disappeared, the original 
 solid having become a Dodecahedron with triangular faces. 
 Fig. 116. Fig. 117. Fig. 118. 
 
 The foregoing instance may serve to explain what is understood 
 in crystallography, when it is said one form passes into another. 
 The latter solid is said to be derived from the first. 
 
 It is requisite that the student should be made acquainted with 
 some of those forms, which may thus be derived from others accord- 
 ing to the laws of symmetry, since these derivations will explain 
 that multiplicity of forms under which the crystals of the same spe- 
 cies sometimes occur. (. 30.) 
 
 It has been seen that, in the regular Tetrahedron, the Cube, and 
 the regular Octahedron, all the faces in each are equal and similarly 
 situated ; and that the same is true as respects their solid angles and 
 edges. A similar identity has been ascribed to the faces and edges 
 of the rhombic Dodecahedron, and, also, to its six solid angles form- 
 ed from the meeting of four plane angles, and to its eight solid angles 
 of three plane angles. 
 
 The similar parts of one of these solids would be modified in a sim- 
 ilar manner, if we suppose that its similar edges or similar solid an- 
 gles are replaced by tangent planes; and if we suppose the second- 
 ary planes to be so extended as to extinguish those of the primary, 
 it is obvious a new polyhedral solid must appear, contained under 
 faces amounting in number to the edges or angles replaced in the 
 original form. 
 
 If now we collect the number of similar parts, which are similar- 
 ly situated, as respects the centre in each of the above mentioned 
 forms, we have the following result. 
 5 
 
50 
 
 Tetrahedron, 
 Cube, 
 
 Octahedron, 
 Dodecahedron, 
 
 6 edges, 
 6 faces, 
 6 angles, 
 6 angles of 
 four plane 
 angles, 
 
 4 faces. 
 12 edges, 
 12 edges. 
 12 faces, 24 edgear. 
 
 4 angles, 
 8 angles, 
 8 faces, 
 8 angles of 
 three plane 
 angles, 
 
 The faces of either of these solids must necessarily be produced 
 through the replacement, by tangent planes, (these planes being 
 continued down to the obliteration of the primary,) of the edges or 
 angles of either of the other solids, provided those edges or angles 
 equal the number of its faces. 
 
 For example, the twelve faces of the Dodecahedron may be de- 
 rived either from the tangent replacement of the twelve edges of 
 the regular Octahedron, (Fig. 62,) or from a similar replacement of 
 the twelve edges of the Cube, (Fig. 57.)* 
 
 The eight faces of the Octahedron may be the result either of the 
 tangent replacement of the eight angles of the Cube, (Fig. 56,) or 
 of the eight obtuse solid angles of the Dodecahedron, (Fig. 68.) 
 
 The six faces of the Cube may be derived from the truncation of 
 the six edges of the Tetrahedron, (Fig. 53,) or from the six acute 
 solid angles of the Dodecahedron, (Fig. 67.) 
 
 The Tetrahedron cannot be derived in the 
 same manner with the other solids; but may 
 result from the Octahedron, by the suppres- 
 sion of half of its eight faces ; or, in other 
 words, by the enlargement of one of the two 
 parallel faces, until the other is made to dis- 
 appear. Fig. 119 shews the planes of the 
 Tetrahedron in the position it occupied in 
 the Octahedron.! 
 
 Fig. 119. 
 
 * The student in crystallography who has not 
 attended to the connections subsisting between 
 the different solids, by which one form may be 
 transformed into another, is recommended to 
 verify some of the changes here described, by 
 shaving pieces of wax, or some other soft sub- 
 stance, with a knife. 
 
 t The Tetrahedron thus derived, passes again 
 to the Octahedron, by the truncation of its solid 
 angles, as seen in Fig. 120. 
 
PASSAGE OF ONE FORM INTO ANOTHER. 
 
 51 
 
 The Tetrahedron may be derived from the Cube and from the 
 rhombic Dodecahedron, by means of the tangent replacement of 
 half of the similar parts of these solids which exist to the number 
 of eight. 
 
 Many species of minerals present crystals which exemplify this 
 passage of one form into another, according to the symmetrical 
 modification^ just noticed. Thus, Fluor and Sulphuret of Silver 
 are crystallized under the different forms of the Cube, the regular 
 Octahedron and the rhombic Dodecahedron; the Diamond and Red 
 Oxide of Copper under the same; and Blende under the Octahedron, 
 the Dodecahedron and the Tetrahedron. 
 
 In the transitions into each other of the solids just enumerated, in 
 consequence of the symmetrical modifications they undergo, we 
 have seen that they were the result of tangent replacements. We 
 will now notice some of the new forms produced upon these forms 
 by the operation of other modifications. 
 
 It has been seen that the truncation of all the edges of the Cube 
 by tangent planes would result in the rhombic Dodecahedron. If, 
 however, the edges be replaced by single planes, inclining at une- 
 qual angles on the adjacent primary planes, 
 a series of Dodecahedrons with pentagonal 
 faces would be the result.* Fig. 121 illus*- 
 trates this transition of the Cube into the 
 Dodecahedron with pentagonal faces : the 
 new planes k, are not produced so as com- 
 pletely to obliterate the faces P of the ori- 
 ginal Cube. 
 
 The replacement of the edges of the Cube by two planes produ- 
 ces a series of four sided pyramids on the planes of the Cube. Fig. 
 123 shows this passage of the Cube into a form contained under 
 twenty four planes. The primary faces are represented, in the fig- 
 ure, as nearly extinguished. The new form produced in this way, 
 
 Fig. 122. 
 
 There is only one of the series, Fig. J.22, 
 to exist among crystals. 
 
TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 when complete, is bounded by twenty four isosceles triangular 
 planes, and is represented in Fig. 124. 
 
 Fig. J23. Fig. 124. 
 
 Fig. 125. 
 
 It is produced from the regular Octahedron, also, from the modifi- 
 cation of its solid angles by four planes resting on the primary edges; 
 also, from the rhombic Dodecahedron by the replacement of its acute 
 solid angles by four planes resting on the primary planes. 
 
 The replacement of the edges of the Octahedron by two planes, 
 leads to the erection of a trihedral pyramid on each primary plane, 
 as represented in Fig. 63. When the 
 primary planes P become extinct, we 
 have another isosceles triangular solid, 
 under twenty four faces, as in Fig. 125. 
 
 This form is produced in like mariner 
 from the Cube, by the replacement of 
 its solid angles by three planes resting 
 on the edges of the Cube ; and from the 
 rhombic Dodecahedron, by the modifi- 
 cation of its obtuse solid angles by three 
 planes resting on the primary planes. 
 
 Another new form,, still more fre- 
 quently met with among crystals, is 
 produced from the Cube, by the re- 
 placement of its solid angles by three 
 planes resting on the primary planes. 
 (Fig. 59.) The new form is denomina- 
 ted the Trapezohedron, and is contained 
 under twenty four equal trapezoids.* 
 Fig. 126. 
 
 * A trapezoid is a four aided figure whose opposite edges are unequal, 
 and in which, if lines be drawn through the opposite angles, they will 
 intersect each other at right angles. 
 
PASSAGE OF ONE FORM INTO ANOTHER. 
 
 53 
 
 Fig. 127. 
 
 It flows also from the regular Octahedron, through the replace- 
 ment ofits solid angles by four planes resting on the primary planes, 
 and from the rhombic Dodecahedron through the tangent replace- 
 ment of its edges. (Fig. 65.)* 
 
 If the Cube have its solid angles 
 replaced by six planes, (Fig. 60,) 
 the new figure will be contained 
 under forty eight triangular planes. 
 Fig. 127. 
 
 The replacement of the solid an- 
 gles of the regular Octahedron by 
 eight planes, leads to the same re- 
 sult; as likewise the replacement of 
 the edges of the rhombic Dodecahe- 
 dron by two planes. (Fig. 66.) 
 
 The foregoing derivations are abundantly exemplified among the 
 crystals of minerals. The passage of the Cube into the pentagonal 
 Dodecahedron occurs in Iron Pyrites and Grey Cobalt; the deriva- 
 tion of the twenty four sided isosceles triangular form, is seen in the 
 crystals of the Diamond and Sulphuret of Iron; the Trapezohedron 
 flows from the Dodecahedron in Garnet and from the Cube in Anal- 
 cime ; and the last mentioned solid under forty eight triangular 
 planes, occurs among the crystals of Fluor. 
 
 The Octahedron with a square base passes into another Octahedron 
 with a square base, by the replacement of the edges of the pyramids 
 by tangent planes, (Fig. 69); the new octahedron is more obtuse 
 than the primary. This modification occurs in Sphene. The tan- 
 gent replacement of the edges, or of the angles of the base, (Figs. 
 70, 71,) give rise to the right square Prism; a result of frequent 
 occurrence in Zircon crystals. 
 
 The Octahedron with a rectangular base is capable of giving rise 
 to an Octahedron with a rhombic base, by the replacement of the 
 edges of the pyramids by single planes. (Fig. 73.) 
 
 The Octahedron with a rhombic base passes into the rhombic prism, 
 by the replacement of the edges of the base by tangent planes, (Fig. 
 74.) We have this modification in Sulphur. 
 
 The right square Prism, according to the symmetry of its modifi- 
 cations, produces, either another similar right square Prism by the 
 
 * This, though an instance of tangent modification, was deferred to be 
 mentioned here. 
 
 5* 
 
54 
 
 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 tangent replacement of its lateral edges, or an octahedron by the 
 truncation of its terminal edges or solid angles. 
 
 The right rectangular Prism will afford a rhombic prism by the 
 replacement of its lateral edges by single planes, or an Octahedron 
 with a rectangular base, by the truncation of its terminal edges. 
 
 The right rhombic Prism may pass into an Octahedron with a 
 square base, through the replacement of its obtuse solid angles by 
 single planes, which intersect the terminal plane parallel to its 
 greater diagonal, (Fig. 88) ; portions of the primary lateral planes 
 M, M' still remain. Fig. 128. 
 
 The same new solid, Fig. 129> may also result from a similar re- 
 placement of the acute solid angles, (Fig. 89) ; but it is reversed in, 
 its position, when compared with the former one. 
 
 Fig. 128, 
 
 Fig. 129. 
 
 It passes into Octahedrons with rhombic bases, through the re- 
 placement of its terminal edges by single planes. 
 
 Crystals of Heavy Spar illustrate these transitions. 
 
 The right oblique angled Prism does not give rise to either of the 
 other primary forms, in the modifications it undergoes among crystals. 
 
 The oblique rhombic Prism gives origin to an oblique, six sided 
 prism, by the tangent replacement of the acute edges of the prism, 
 (Fig. 95,) as in the crystals of Mica. 
 
 The doubly oblique Prism does not pass by its modifications into 
 either of the geometrical solids. 
 
 The regular six sided Prism, as has been already noticed, passes 
 into the Dodecahedron with isosceles triangular faces, (Fig. 118,) by 
 the replacement of its terminal edges by similar planes. (Fig. 116.) 
 
 The Rhomboid passes into a Rhomboid more obtuse than the 
 primary, when its superior edges are replaced by tangent planes, 
 (Fig. 109.) 
 
 The replacement of the lateral edges, (Fig. 108,) or angles, Fig, 
 ISO, by tangent planes, produces a regular six sidecj Prism, 
 
 
PASSAGE OF ONE FORM INTO ANOTHER. 
 
 55 
 
 That of its lateral edges, or superior edges, (Fig. 110,) by two 
 planes, results in a Dodecahedron with scalene triangular faces, 
 Fig. 131. 
 
 Fig. 130. 
 
 Fig. 131. 
 
 The second Rhomboid of a mineral, or the first new one, may 
 itself suffer the same modification as the primary, and thus produce 
 another, still more obtuse. Carbonate of Lime presents us, in this 
 way, with four distinct Rhomboids. 
 
 Though it may appear to the student hardly possible that the 
 changes to which the primary forms are subject, are as numerous 
 as would appear from the instances enumerated, yet he will find 
 them in reality to be much more so, as his knowledge of crystals 
 becomes extended. Still, those which have just been pointed out, 
 are among those most frequently met with, and the most easily un- 
 derstood by the young student. 
 
 It will now be seen, that it is natural that most crystallized miner- 
 als should present themselves under several distinct forms, (. 30,) 
 since this variation of form is a necessary result of the symmetry of 
 structure in one primitive form, and of the laws no less symmetrical 
 to which these modifications are subject. At the same time, it must 
 be recollected, that the number and the nature of these various forms 
 of the same substance are necessarily limited, and dependant upon 
 the structure of one fundamental form. (. 31.) 
 
56 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 OF THE IMPERFECTIONS OF CRYSTALS IN RESPECT TO 
 THEIR FORM. 
 
 . 52. KINDS OF IMPERFECTION IN FORM. 
 
 The irregularities noticeable in crystals are of two kinds; 
 and originate either in the formation of the crystals them- 
 selves, or they are the consequence of the contact of these 
 with other minerals. 
 
 In the foregoing considerations of forms, the student may have 
 been led to imagine that crystals uniformly occur under planes of a 
 constant f.gure and extent. He now needs to be informed that per- 
 fect regularity, in these respects, is rarely to be found. At the same 
 time, the deviations from it, (as will presently be seen,) are of such 
 a kind as to occasion only a slight inconvenience in ascertaining their 
 relations, and too unimportant to require that they should be treated 
 of, except under the idea of perfect regularity, 
 
 In those cases where crystals are possessed of the irregularity al- 
 luded to, and where the circumstances under which they are found 
 do not indicate any external disturbance of their forms, we are natu- 
 rally led to suppose that the deviations it presents are founded upon 
 the formation of the crystals themselves. On the other hand, where 
 crystals occur in contact with each other and with other minerals, 
 or where they have been subjected to other accidents, their irregu- 
 larities are referrible to these causes. The former imperfections are 
 the most important. The latter will be more particularly treated of 
 under compound minerals. At present, it is only necessary to ex- 
 amine in what shape an individual will appear, which is prevented 
 from assuming its regular form by some external obstacle. 
 
 . 53. IRREGULARITIES DEPENDING UPON THE FORMATION 
 OF THE INDIVIDUALS THEMSELVES. 
 
 Deviations from regularity in crystalline forms appear 
 either in their size and figure, or in the physical quality of 
 their faces. 
 
IMPERFECTIONS OF CRYSTALS. 
 
 57 
 
 Thus, hexagonal crystals of Beryl frequently have their alternate 
 lateral faces so enlarged as to give them the appearance of triangular 
 prisms. The faces of a cubical crystal of Galena very often are not 
 squares. Dodecahedral crystals of Garnet are sometimes elongated 
 in the direction of one of the lesser axes, by which means it becomes 
 apparently a regular six sided prism, surmounted by trihedral sum- 
 mits, &c. 
 
 The same thing takes place with regard to the modifications of 
 simple forms. Some of the faces of the modification are irregularly 
 increased, whilst corresponding faces belonging to the same forms 
 are diminished, till they almost or wholly disappear. This remark 
 is exemplified in the crystals of Quartz. 
 
 In addition to the above irregularity, we have, in the crystals of a 
 few species, slight curvatures in the faces. If these curvatures take 
 place in simple forms, it generally affects all the faces at once, as in 
 the crystals of Diamond and Fluor, If it take place upon modify- 
 ing planes, it is confined to those which are similar, as m certain 
 crystals of Gypsum. 
 
 Notwithstanding all the irregularities arising out of the dispropor- 
 tionate extension of similar faces, the inclination of these faces to each 
 other is invariably constant, and precisely the same as though their 
 dimensions were exactly similar, and the form were possessed of the 
 highest degree of perfection. For example, in Figures 132 and 133, 
 representing crystals of Quartz, any two planes which may be se- 
 lected in Fig. 132 incline to each other under the same angle as the? 
 two similarly situated planes in Fig. 133, 
 
 Fig. 132. 
 
 Fig. 133. 
 
 This remarkable fact was first ascertained and demonstrated by 
 Rom6 de PIsle, and is at the foundation of the application of crys- 
 tallography to the discrimination of minerals. 
 
58 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 <>. 54. IRREGULARITIES FROM CONTACT WITH OTHER 
 INDIVIDUALS. 
 
 There are two sorts of contact by which the regularity of 
 crystals is affected ; viz. 1. contact on all sides, 2. contact 
 only by some of their parts. 
 
 Crystals surrounded and inclosed by the solid mass in which they 
 are found, or in which they have been formed, are in contact with 
 this mass on all sides. This mass may either be of the same sub- 
 stance with the crystals, or it may be otherwise. In the first in- 
 stance, the regularity of the form is scarcely ever perceptible. One 
 individual prevents the other individual, by their contact, from as- 
 suming that regular form, which under other circumstances, is pecu- 
 liar to it; and we see individuals in these cases assuming their regu- 
 lar shape only, when some cavity or empty space occurs in the mass, 
 which enables them to emerge from contact with -other individuals. 
 
 If the mass, which surrounds a crystal, is not of the same nature 
 with the crystal, the regularity of the latter is not so liable to be im- 
 paired. A crystal, under such circumstances, is said to be imbedded; 
 and when disengaged from its bed, is termed a loose crystal. Crys- 
 tals of this kind may be taken out of the mass which surrounds them, 
 and if they do not cohere with any particles of the mass, a smooth 
 print of their form w r ill remain. Loose crystals, if not imperfect in 
 some other, way, may be considered as the most perfect productions 
 of inorganic nature. Such crystals, however, are comparatively 
 rare. More commonly, they are imperfectly formed of themselves, 
 or they have been rendered imperfect by their contact with the sur- 
 rounding mass. Those individuals, whose dimensions are nearly 
 equal, appear as rounded or angular masses, and bear the name of 
 grains or angular masses, both of which, are nothing else but im- 
 perfectly formed crystals. Pargasite is a good example of crystals 
 of this sort. Besides these imperfectly formed crystals, there exist 
 a great many others, which likewise assume, more or less, a globu- 
 lar or angular shape. These, however, must carefully be distin- 
 guished from real grains and angular masses, because they are not 
 simple but compound minerals. (. 15.) 
 
 Crystals which are formed in an empty space, and adhere only 
 with some of their parts to the support, which in most cases is dif r 
 ferent from the mass of crystals, are termed implanted crystals. 
 
SYSTEM OF CRYSTALLIZATION. 59 
 
 We say crystals which are formed in an empty space, this is not ne- 
 cessary provided the mineral 4nto which the crystal shoots from its 
 support is different from the crystals themselves, and from the sup- 
 port generally, and is capable of being detached from the crystals 
 so as to leave them free except in their attachment to the supporting 
 mass with which their connexion is peculiar, inasmuch as they can- 
 not be removed from it so as to leave behind a print of their form ; 
 they can only be separated from the support by breaking. Of course, 
 implanted crystals are always incomplete, because those parts are 
 wanting in which the crystals are attached to the supporting mass. 
 
 Other imperfections to which crystals are liable from external 
 sources, are such as arise from disturbances in the rocks which con- 
 tain them, in consequence of which they are contorted or have 
 been subject to slips ; or from their having been acted upon by heat, 
 and thus become rounded on some of their edges and angles. 
 
 Implanted crystals as well as those which are irregular from the 
 -undue enlargement of some of their planes, or which have been 
 broken by accident, are completed according to the rules of sym- 
 metry in order to fit them for the purpose of crystallographic con- 
 sideration. For example, Quartz ordinarily occurs in regular six 
 sided Prisms, terminated at each extremity by six-sided pyramids. 
 But when these crystals occur implanted, they are usually attached 
 to the supporting mineral by one end of the prism without the in- 
 tervention of the pyramid ; we therefore complete this termination, 
 by supposing it equal and similar to that which has been observed. 
 Sometimes only one pyramid is observable among implanted crys- 
 tals of Quartz : in such a case, we have to imagine the prism and 
 other pyramids conformably to the rules of symmetry; for we can 
 never be entitled to assume or consider such crystals as simple pyr- 
 amids, because such forms do not exist among minerals, nor are they 
 capable of being obtained by any process of derivation. 
 
 A few cases however exist, in which it is necessary to allow of 
 exceptions to this general rule. Such are the crystals whose oppo- 
 site solid angles possess a different configuration, and which present 
 differences in their electric action when heated, . 50. p. 47. 
 
 55. SYSTEM or CRYSTALLIZATION. 
 
 The assemblage of forms derivable from one primary 
 form, is termed a system of crystallization. 
 
60 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 All crystals which have hitherto been discovered, are capable of be- 
 ing referred to some one of the primary forms which have been de- 
 scribed. Should a crystal be hereafter discovered, which agreea- 
 ble to the symmetrical laws of derivation could not be referred to 
 one of these, a new primary form would be necessary, and it would 
 constitute a member of a new system of crystallization. In each of 
 these systems it is customary to consider all those forms as belong- 
 ing to it, which are geometrically derivable from it, although they 
 should not as yet have been observed among minerals. 
 
 In the system of crystallization, the dimensions are not fixed, ex- 
 cept indeed where it is so from the nature of the fundamental form as 
 in the regular Octahedron, the Cube, the Tetrahedron and the rhom- 
 bic Dodecahedron. Any number of prisms, whatever may be their 
 height, will belong to the same system of crystallization ; any num- 
 ber of Rhomboids, whether acute or obtuse, will be included under 
 the same system, &c. 
 
 The system of crystallization derived from the different primary 
 forms are termed the systems of those forms respectively : thus the 
 system of crystallization belonging to the Cube, &c. 
 
 . 56. SERIES OF CRYSTALLIZATION. 
 
 The primary form being supposed to possess determined 
 dimensions, the assemblage of derived forms becomes a 
 series of crystallization. 
 
 Among the primary forms the Tetrahedron, the Cube, the regular 
 Octahedron and the rhombic Dodecahedron possess invariable dimen- 
 sions ; accordingly they will each possess but one series of crystalli- 
 zation, while the other systems of crystallization as they possess va- 
 riable dimensions will comprehend an unlimited number of such 
 series, or as many as there may be differences in the dimensions of 
 their primary forms. Thus in the system of crystallization belong- 
 ing to the right square Prism, there may be any number of series of 
 crystallization according as these prisms may be conceived to differ 
 from each other in the relation of their respective heights to the 
 length of the edge of their square base. The system of rectangu- 
 lar Prisms may contain many series according to the particular prisms 
 which vary from each other in the relative dimensions of their 
 planes. The individuals of the system belonging to right rhombic 
 
MEASUREMENT OF CRYSTALS. 61 
 
 Prism will form a great number of series of particular rhom- 
 bic prisms, varying from each other in their relative heights, and 
 in the angle at which the lateral planes incline to each other. Those 
 of the system of crystallization belonging to the Rhomboid will com- 
 prehend a great number of series, according as the Rhomboids differ 
 in the angles at which their planes incline, respectively, to each oth- 
 er, &c. 
 
 . 57. METHODS FOR ASCERTAINING THE ANGLES or 
 CRYSTALS. 
 
 From what has preceded relating to the differences among 
 the forms of crystals, and the systems of crystallization, it 
 is apparent, that in order to become acquainted with crys* 
 tals, it is requisite'we should possess the means of measuring 
 their angles with precision. This is effected by the aid of 
 instruments called Goniometers, which are of two kinds : 
 viz. the Common Goniometer, and the Reflective Goni- 
 ometer. 
 
 1. Common G-oniometer. 
 
 
 
 Figures 1, 2 and 3, give a representation of this instrument. In 
 Fig. 1, the half circle or reporter is attached to the arms; in 
 the other figures, the arms and the semicircle are separate. The 
 first of these was invented by Carangcol about fifly years ago. 
 The half circle s t r, made of brass or silver, is graduated into 180 
 degrees, each degiee being marked on the instrument by a short 
 line extending from the outer rim to the circle which is next 
 within it, and a mark for every five degrees extending still farther 
 towards the centre, until it cuts a second circle, as may be seen by 
 inspection of the figure. A plate of steel or brass extends a little 
 by the centre from r towards s, in order to support the axis c, about 
 which moves the moveable arm df. This arm may be lengthened 
 or shortened in the direction c d, by means of the slit I m. Two 
 similar slits, g h, i A:, in the fixed arm a 6, allow of its being moved 
 forwards or backwards upon the two fixed points c and e. These 
 two arms are made of steel. It is obvious that by this provision, it 
 
 6 
 
62 
 
 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 is in our power to apply a greater or less length of the arms to the 
 planes whose incidence is to be measured, according as those face* 
 Fig. 134. 
 
COMMON GONIOMETER. 63 
 
 are large or small. In either case, the number of degrees, or the 
 value of the angle, is indicated at the border/n of the moveable 
 arm, which coincides with a line coming directly from the centre of 
 the circle. It is necessary that the arms be applied to the planes 
 whose inclination is required, perpendicularly to the. edge at which 
 they meet. But it frequently happens that the crystal we are wish- 
 ing to measure is engaged along with other crystals in its gangue, 
 so that the extremity s of the semicircle prevents the application of 
 the arms to its planes : in order to remedy this obstacle the semi- 
 circle is cut into two parts at t, and reunited by a hinge. In this way 
 we are able, when it is necessary, to turn the part s f, back upon the 
 other, which we restore again to its original place, when we have 
 adjusted the arms to the planes under examination, in order to read 
 off the degrees of the measured angle. 
 
 Figures 2 and 3 represent the common goniometer, which consists ot 
 two parts; the steel arms Fig. 2, constituting one part and the semi- 
 circle Fig. 3, the other. When we have adjusted the arms to the 
 angle to be measured, they are transferred to the semicircle in or- 
 der to read off the degrees. Cut it is obvious that in using this va- 
 riety of the goniometer, it is indispensable, in adjusting the arms to 
 the semicircle, that we place the centre of them upon the centre ot 
 the semicircle, and one arm upon its diameter. This is effected with 
 ease by the following construction of the instrument. The pin 
 which connects the arms at k is allowed to project a little upon one 
 side, and a hole is made in the cross piece Fig. 3 at k y exactly large 
 enough to receive it; besides, there is a little projection upon the 
 cross piece at y, against which the lower edge of that arm may ro- 
 pose, which requires to be exactly upon the diameter of the circle, 
 when the angles are read off. The method of using it is, after hav- 
 ing applied the edges of the arms to the planes of any crystal, to 
 tighten them by means of a little screw at A;, and transfer them to 
 the cross piece of the semicircle, allowing the projection to drop into 
 the hole k, and one of the arms to rest with its under edge upon y,- 
 the other arm will then indicate upon the reporter, the number of 
 degrees which the measured angle contains. This construction of 
 the common goniometer will be found more convenient in its appli- 
 cation than that first described, and on the whole, less liable to inac- 
 curacies in consequence of the greater steadiness of the semicircle, 
 and of the greater exactness with which the arms may be fitted to 
 crystals. 
 
 In making use of the common goniometer, great care should be ex- 
 ercised in selecting erj'stals with smooth and plane faces; and when 
 
04 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 the arms are applied to a crystal, they should be previously brought 
 sufficiently near together to form a more acute angle than that about 
 to be measured. The arms being then gently pressed upon the 
 crystal, they will gradually separate until they come to fit the 
 planes so exactly, that when held between the eye and the win- 
 dow, no light can be perceived to flow between them. When the 
 crystals are well adapted to these measurements, and in the hands 
 of a person familiar with the operation, results may be obtained 
 from any number of successive trials, whose greatest difference will 
 not be above a quarter of a degree. 
 
 On the whole, the common goniometer, may be said to supply us 
 only with approximations to the real value of the angles of crystals, 
 in consequence of the frequent irregularities upon their planes, or 
 the minuteness of their planes, as well as the difficulty of applying 
 the arms in a direction perpendicular to the intersection of the planes 
 to be measured. Still, it is an instrument indispensable to the Min- 
 eralogist ; and is in general every way adequate, in point of the accu- 
 racy of its results, to be employed in the determination of minerals. 
 
 2. Reflective Goniometer. 
 
 Fig. 135. 
 
 This instrument, which is of invaluable utility to the Mineralo- 
 gist, was an invention of the late Dr. Wollaston. It is represented 
 in Fig. 135. It consists of an entire circle, divided into degree* 
 
REFLECTIVE GONIOMETER. 65 
 
 "Upon its edge, and disposed vertically upon a moveable, horizontal 
 axis ik, which is supported by the braces ran and mo, inserted into 
 the circular horizontal foot gh. This circle is furnished with a ver- 
 nier q, which is attached to the support ran. The axle ik is hollow, 
 and traversed by a second one if: both may be revolved upon them- 
 selves by means of the circular wheels v and s, with this difference, 
 that the lesser wheel turns only the inferior axis, the outer one, to- 
 gether with the circle, remaining stationary; whereas, the larger 
 wheel turns all at once, the exterior axle, the circle which is adapt- 
 ed to it, and the interior axis. 
 
 The interior axis is prolonged from/, at first by a semi-circular 
 projection, consisting of two pieces and joined together by a rivet 
 at d, so as to allow of motion in the portion Id. Its extremity I is 
 pierced and traversed by a round stem ep> capable of being moved 
 up and down, and at the same time of being turned circularly by 
 the little wheel u. The extremity;? is slit so as to receive a small 
 copper plate c. 
 
 The instrument is used as follows. It is first placed on a small 
 pyramidal stand, and the stand on a steady table. The stand should 
 be of su<5h a height above the table as to permit the experimenter to 
 sit with both elbows upon the table, while his eye shall not be ele- 
 vated above the axis ik. Tha stand should be firmly attached to the 
 table, and the goniometer to the stand. The table is now placed be- 
 fore a common flat window, at the distance of from six to twelve feet, 
 in such a manner, that the vertical wheel or circle shall be as nearly 
 as possible perpendicular to it. A black line is drawn on the wain- 
 scot, between the window and the floor, perfectly parallel with the 
 horizontal bars of the window. The crystal to be measured is at- 
 tached, by means of a piece of wax, to the plate e, or (dispensing 
 with the use of the plate c) to a piece of wax half an inch long, 
 extending horizontally in the direction of the axis ik. In attaching 
 the crystal, we endeavor to adjust it, so that the edge formed by tho 
 meeting of the two planes whose inclination is sought, shall coincide 
 with an imaginary line passing through the axis ik. It is impossible 
 to effect this simply by inspection : the following steps are therefore 
 taken to ensure the accuracy of this adjustment. One of the planes 
 forming the angle sought is brought uppermost, and so as to be as 
 nearly parallel to the table as possible, when the eye is placed so 
 near that the lower lid nearly touches it ; in this situation the crysr 
 tal is not seen, but we observe distinctly the images of objects re^ 
 fleeted from the plane under the eye, and by giving a slight motion 
 
66 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 to the lesser wheel, if necessary, we obtain reflections of some of the 
 horizontal bars of the window. One of these, which is capable of 
 being recognized, is selected to be employed in the experiment, and 
 brought down by the turning of the axle so as to coincide with the 
 black line upon the wainscot, as seen directly with the eye. It is 
 seldom or never the case that the crystal, as first adjusted, affords 
 this coincidence, the line visible in the face of the crystal almost 
 always forming an angle more or less acute with the line on the 
 wainscot seen directly. In order to effect this coincidence, we com- 
 municate to the crystal a variety of slight movements, by means of 
 the hinge at d, or of the little wheel e; by one or both of these mo- 
 tions the adjustment is brought about. This being done, the axis is 
 turned and the same arrangement effected with regard to the other 
 plane. Sometimes it happens, that in adjusting the second plane 
 we disturb the first: a little attention will, however, enable us to 
 fix them both in the requisite position. Both reflections being pre- 
 cisely arranged with regard to the black line, it is next requisite to 
 observe that the line at 180 upon the circle forms a line with that at 
 upon the vernier, at the same time that the reflection of the win- 
 dow bar is seen along the black line. Now we have only to turn 
 the exterior axis until the image of the bar reflected from the sec- 
 ond plane is in like manner observed to coincide with the same line 
 below. In this state of the instrument, the vernier at c will indi- 
 cate the degrees and minutes at which the two planes incline to 
 each other. Suppose the angle to be 105 5'. In this case, we 
 shall find 105 upon the circle, as the nearest number which touches 
 the on the vernier; still the line belonging to 105 upon the rim of 
 the circle has perceptibly passed that corresponding to on the ver- 
 nier. In order to ascertain the precise measure of this distance in 
 minutes, we notice which line on the vernier cuts, or forms but one 
 line with another" line on the principal circle, In the present case, 
 it will be the line marked 5 on the vernier. 
 
 The method above described cannot, however, be followed to the 
 best advantage by persons who are short sighted. Glasses cannot 
 be used in these experiments, and the sight of such persons will 
 not in general, allow of their observing the black line with sufficient 
 distinctness without them. By the following arrangement, how- 
 ever, near sighted persons may use the reflective goniometer with 
 the utmost accuracy. Let a cyphering slate be set up on edge 
 by means of two cross pieces of wood, so that it shall stand perpen- 
 dicularly and steadily upon the table between the goniometer and 
 
REFLECTIVE GONIOMETER. 67 
 
 the window, with its upper edge nearly on a level with the axis of 
 the instrument. Let a horizontal line be drawn with a knife across 
 the slate near its upper edge and parallel (as in the case of the black 
 line on the wainscot,) with the bars of the window. Now let the 
 slate be fixed exactly at such a distance from the observer, when his 
 eye is at c, that he can most distinctly perceive the horizontal^rnark 
 upon the slate. Here let it be made stationary upon the table. In 
 this situation, the horizontal mark on the slate i to be substituted 
 for the black mark first described. But instead of the reflection of 
 a window bar, if the table should be situated near the window, it 
 will be better to substitute a piece of wood of half the diameter of 
 a window bar, placing it across half way between, and parallel 
 with, two contiguous bars, since a window bar will give at this 
 distance an image whose diameter is greater than is requisite, and 
 thus diminish the accuracy of the coincidence we obtain with the 
 line upon the slate. 
 
 The instrument whose use has just been described has a remark- 
 able advantage over the common goniometer not only in the accu- 
 racy of its results, which in perfect crystals may be said to give the 
 value of angles within a minute of a degree, but in its application 
 to crystals of the smallest dimensions; it being estimated that it will 
 give the inclination of planes whose area is less than joVcr oir of 
 an inch. Indeed, the smaller the crystal is, in general, the more 
 eligible it becomes for the measurement of its angles by this go- 
 niometer, since in such crystals, inaccuracies are less liable to occur 
 from the curvature of the crystalline foces, than in those which are 
 of larger dimensions. 
 
 Notwithstanding the superiority of the reflective over the com- 
 mon, goniometer in most cases, both instruments are indispensable 
 in the cabinet of every Mineralogist. Occasionally, crystals are 
 too large or are deficient in polish, for the use of the reflective 
 goniometer, in which case, the common one must be resort- 
 ed to. The common goniometer has an advantage over the re- 
 flective one in being a pocket instrument, as well as in the facility 
 of its application where the crystals are of a suitable size : the re- 
 flective goniometer, however, must be employed on all occasions 
 when the crystals will allow of it, where the object is to describe 
 accurately a new form of crystal, or to establish the system of crys- 
 tallization belonging to a species not yet generally known. 
 
68 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 . 58. STRUCTURE. 
 
 The internal structure of crystals depends upon the con- 
 nexion existing among their particles. It may be observed 
 by mechanically overcoming this connexion. 
 
 In effecting this separation, smooth and polished surfaces are of- 
 ten produced in certain directions, and when a smooth surface is 
 thus produced in any direction, others may also be effected in the 
 same direction. Two or more of these being developed in a crys- 
 tal, give origin to plates or laminae, from whence the expression, 
 foliated structure or laminated structure, which has been applied 
 to such crystals.* In other directions, the application of force only 
 produces uneven faces, between any two of which thus produced, 
 no parallelism exists. 
 
 The production of even and polished surfaces, in causing the sep- 
 aration of the pai ticles of crystals, is denominated their cleavage; 
 of uneven and irregular surfaces, \\\e\v fracture. The fracture of 
 crystals will be treated of hereafter. 
 
 It is sometimes difficult to ascertain the cleavage of crystals, and 
 very often equally so, to discover their fracture. The particles of 
 Galena and Calcareous spar, separate so readily in the direction of 
 their cleavages, that it is almost impossible to effect a separation in 
 any other direction. On the contrary, others, as Quartz and Tour- 
 maline, separate in other directions with greater facility than in 
 those of their cleavage, so that it becomes difficult to observe even 
 the traces of its existence. 
 
 <. 59. CLEAVAGE. 
 
 A crystal is said to be cleavable, or to admit of cleavage, 
 if, by the application of mechanical force, it splits into par- 
 allel layers. 
 
 * Lapidaries have long been acquainted with this property in many of 
 the gems, especially in the Diamond, which possesses a laminated struc- 
 ture in four directions; a peculiarity of considerable importance in the 
 cutting of this gem, since by means of it, flaws, and badly colored por- 
 tions, are easily got rid of, without the trouble of being ground down, 
 as in other gems. 
 
CLEAVAGE. 
 
 69 
 
 Crystals of certain species cleave with the greatest facility, as 
 those of Carbonate of Lime, Fluor, and Galena, which require 
 merely a slight sho<:k from a hammer to cause their separation into 
 fragments with even and parallel faces ; while those of other spe- 
 cies, as Arragonite and Apatite, require the aid of a knife or chisel, 
 and a delicate mallet, in order to arrive at the same result. It is 
 frequently necessary to learn beforehand the direction of the cleav- 
 age, which may be done by holding the crystal in a strong light, the 
 reflection of which renders the natural joints at once visible. 
 
 A little practice is required in order to cleave minerals with neat- 
 ness. Crystals of Fluor, Calcareous Spar, Blende, and Sulphate of 
 Strontian, may be recommended to the student as good examples 
 for his early exercise. 
 
 . 60. CLEAVAGE PLANES. 
 
 The faces which result from cleaving a crystal may be 
 termed its cleavage planes. 
 
 Cleavage planes differ with respect to the lustre they exhibit. 
 Those which are parallel, in the same crystal however, are always 
 similar in this respect, while those which are not parallel often pre- 
 sent considerable diversity. That it is perfectly easy from these 
 differences to ascertain the similarity or dissimilarity of cleavage 
 planes in a crystal. 
 
 '. 61. DIRECTION OF CLEAVAGE CONSTANT. 
 
 The direction in which the crystals of a species allow 
 themselves to be cleaved is constant. 
 
 If two directions of cleavage exist at the same time, as in the 
 crystals of Sulphate of Strontian, wherever the faces corresponding 
 to them are obtained, they always intersect each other at the same 
 constant angles. This follows from the parallelism of all those fa- 
 ces of cleavage which lie in one and the same direction. 
 
 . 62. FORM OF CLEAVAGE. 
 
 A regular solid contained under cleavage planes is called 
 a form of cleavage, or a cleavage crystal. 
 
70 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 The directions of cleavage are somewhat various in crystals be- 
 longing to different species. In some crystals, but one is visible, 
 several possess two, Galena and Calcareous spar, have three, Fluor 
 four, anJ Blende six, while others sliil, possess cleavages in more di- 
 rections than six. 
 
 As the planes produced by cleavage are parallel, a form of cleav- 
 age cannot result from less than three sets of cleavages. Never- 
 theless, if cleavage takes place in but two directions, provided these 
 lead to the formation of a quadrangular prism, it may be said to pro* 
 duce a form of cleavage ; since, if we arrive at a knowledge of the 
 lateral faces of a prism, we possess independently of the cleavage, 
 means for determining the base, whether it be horizontal or oblique. 
 
 It has been remarked, ( 60,) that there exist differences among the 
 cleavage planes of a crystal, by which one cleavage or one set of 
 cleavages, are capable of being distinguished from others. The 
 importance of this fact is very great. If we attempted to consider 
 the forms of cleavage, or cleavage crystals, as they are formed 
 from the whole of their cleavages, we should sometimes have forms 
 too complicated to be understood. We therefore describe separately 
 the solids resulting fiom the meeting of cleavage planes of thesamo 
 kind, which will lead us to point out in a few instances, more than 
 one form of cleavage as belonging to the same crystal. 
 
 The following arc the different forms of cleavage which have 
 hitherto been observed. 
 
 1. The Cube, (Fig. 33.) Three cleavages, with equally brilliant 
 -and even planes, perpendicular to one another. Examples Galena, 
 
 Grey Cobalt- and Leucite. This last mineral presents, in addition to 
 the foregoing, six other cleavages, vvnich afford planes parallel to 
 the sides of a regular rhombic Dodecahedron. 
 
 2. The right square Prism, (Fig. 40.) Three cleavages, two 
 producing similar planes, and all perpendicular to each other. Ex- 
 amples Idocrase and Scapolite. 
 
 3. The right rectangular Prism, (Fig. 41.) Three cleavages, 
 perpendicular to one another; but no two of which are similar, 
 Examples Olivine and Wolfram. 
 
 4. The right rhombic Prism, (Fig. 42.) Two cleavages of equal 
 degrees of distinctness, not perpendicular to one another; and a third, 
 perpendicular or at right angles to the first. Examples Sulphate of 
 Barytes and Staurotide. 
 
 5. The right oblique angled Prism, (Fig. 43.) Two cleavages, 
 pot at right angles to each other, unequally distinct; and a third, per- 
 pendicular to the ftrst. Examples Epidote and Sulphate of Lin^o, 
 
FORMS OF CLEAVAGE. 71 
 
 6. The oblique rhombic Prism, (Fig. 4-1.) Tv/o cleavages, equal- 
 ly distinct, not perpendicular to one another; and a third, forming an 
 equal oblique angle with each of the first. Examples Hornblende 
 arid Pyroxene. 
 
 7. The doubly oblique Prism, (Fig. 45.) Two cleavages, une- 
 qually distinct, not perpendicular to one another, and a third, in- 
 clining differently to each of the first. Examples Feldspar and 
 Sulphate of Copper. 
 
 8. The regular Octahedron, (Fig. 35.) Four cleavages, equally 
 distinct, and equally inclined to an axis, (under the angle of 35 15' 
 51",) so that any two of their opposite intersections are perpendicu- 
 lar to each other, or so that the three sections through the edges are 
 squares, and that the faces are equilateral triangles. Examples 
 Fluor and Diamond. 
 
 9. The Octahedron with a square base, (Fig. 37.) Four cleav- 
 cges, equally distinct, and equally inclined to an axis, so as to form 
 equal isosceles triangles, and so that the three sections through the 
 edges are in one instance a square, and in the others, rhombs. Ex- 
 amples Zircon and Tungsten. 
 
 10. The Octahedron ivith a rectangular base, (Fig. 38.) Four 
 cleavages, disposed about an axis under two different inclinations, 
 the two on opposite sides being equally inclined and equally dis- 
 tinct ; fiom whence it follows, that the triangles are all isosceles, 
 but of two different kinds. Example Arseniate of Copper. 
 
 11. The Octahedron with a rhombic base, (Fig. 39.) Four cleav- 
 ages, equally distinct, equally inclined to an axis, but so as to form 
 scalene triangles, and that the sections through the edges are rhombs. 
 Example Sulphur. 
 
 12. The Rhomboid, (Fig. 46.) Three cleavages, equally distinct, 
 and equally inclined among one another. Examples Carbonate of 
 Lime and Corundum. 
 
 13. The regular Dodecahedron, (Fig. 3G.) Six cleavages, equal- 
 ly distinct, and uniting two and two upon an edge, under an angle 
 of 120. Example Blende. 
 
 14. The regular six sided Prism, (Fig 47.) Three cleavages, 
 equally distinct, parallel to the axis of the crystals, intersecting 
 each Other, under angles of 120; and a fourth, perpendicular to 
 the first. Examples Emerald and Phosphate of Lead. 
 
 The last substance has cleavages also, equally distinct in six di- 
 rections ; viz. parallel to the terminal edges of the prism, which re- 
 sult in a Dodecahedron with equal isosceles triangles. 
 
72 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 . 63. BUT ONE FORM OF CLEAVAGE (GENERALLY) 
 IN THE MEMBERS OF A SPECIES. 
 
 The various crystalline forms belonging to any one spe- 
 cies afford in general, the same form of cleavage. 
 
 By this we are not to understand, that but one solid in the majority 
 of cases is actually obtainable by cleavage in whatever way it may be 
 performed ; the proposition is only true, when a simultaneous cleav- 
 age is effected in every direction, in a crystal that affords similar 
 cleavage planes. For it is obvious, that if in the case of Fluor, whose 
 cleavage solid is a regular Octahedron, we omit to cleave parallel 
 with certain of its planes, and cleave only parallel with the others, 
 we may obtain a Tetrahedron or an acute Rhomboid. Likewise 
 in Blende, where the cleavage form (obtained by all the similar 
 cleavages) is a regular Dodecahedron, we may obtain by partial 
 cleavages an obtuse Rhomboid, an Octahedron, an acute Rhom- 
 boid, and an irregular Tetrahedron.* 
 
 It has been said, however, that the crystals of some minerals pos- 
 sess many cleavages, and in some instances two sets of cleavages, 
 may each result in forms of cleavage, which will disagree, as in the 
 case of Phosphate of Lead, whose crystals besides cleaving parallel 
 to the sides of a regular six sided Prism, also afford a Dodecahedron 
 with isosceles triangular faces. These instances are however, very 
 rare. In general, the additional cleavages (which rarely take place 
 in more than one direction) are of such a nature as to lead to no reg- 
 ular solid, and are therefore denominated supernumerary cleavages. 
 
 . 64. RELATION BETWEEN FORMS OF CLEAVAGE AND 
 CRYSTALS. 
 
 Forms of cleavage, either represent members of the se- 
 ries of crystallization of those species from the individuals 
 of which they have been extracted, or those individuals 
 
 * See Brooke's Crystallography, p. 40, et seq. where these results 
 are illustrated by diagrams. 
 
FORMS OF CLEAVAGE AND CRYSTALS. 73 
 
 may be conceived to be derived from their cleavage solids, 
 agreeably to the symmetrical transitions explained in . 50. 
 
 1. Thus the form of cleavage in Galena is a Cube, which corres- 
 ponds with the most common form of crystal belonging to this min- 
 eral: that in Idocrase a right square Prism, and that in Muriacite a 
 right rectangular Prism; in both of which cases, there exists the 
 same correspondence as in the first.* Additional instances among 
 
 * It may appear to the student, who has made trial of cleaving crys- 
 tals, somewhat arbitrary to dis(inguish the three kinds of quadrangular 
 prism referred to above, in all of which the angles are 90; since it is ob- 
 vious from the nature of cleavages that any crystal capable of affording 
 one, may also give rise to the other two ; from which it would naturally 
 seem, that these three forms of cleavage should rather be treated of as 
 one. But if we pay attention to the nature of the cleavages in the three 
 cases, we shall perceive there is good cause for the distinction intro- 
 duced. 
 
 For example, if (as is the case) in a crystal of Galena, a parallele- 
 piped with square faces, the three cleavages are equally distinct, it is ev- 
 ident that any one of the three faces of the prism (with its opposite) 
 sustains the same relation to the others, as the cleavage which corres- 
 ponds to it, does to the other cleavages, that is, they are all similar, and 
 may be regarded as being situated at an equal distance from a central 
 point, as is the fact with the faces of the Cube. This solid is therefore, 
 very properly denominated a Cube. 
 
 If two kinds of cleavage are equally distinct; and the third more or 
 less so than the first, or scarcely perceptible at all, as is the fact in the 
 crystals of Idocrase, the four faces w r hich result from the similar cleava- 
 ges are similar, and similarly situated as respects an imaginary line join- 
 ing the centres of the two other faces ; this line must therefore be con- 
 sidered as the prismatic axis, and then, in order to represent the similar- 
 ity of position among the lateral faces to this axis, we must consider the 
 bases (i. e. the other faces) as square ; which makes the solid in ques- 
 tion, the right square Prism. 
 
 If the three cleavages, parallel to the faces of the right quadrangular 
 prism, are unequal as respects their distinctness, as in Muriacite, then 
 each of the three sets of faces of the prism considered along with the cor- 
 responding cleavages, rsay be regarded as distinct from one another, a 
 
 7 
 
74 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 the forms of cleavage crystals arej the octahedral form of cleaV* 
 age in Fluor and the Diamond, the dodecahedral in Blende, the 
 rhomboidal in Carbonate of Lime, and Bitter Spar, and the hexago- 
 nal in Apatite ; in each of which species, the same forms occur 
 among their natural crystals. In these cases, and others which 
 are similar, it is to be understood that the faces under which the 
 form of cleavage is contained, are parallel to the faces of the crystal- 
 line form, and therefore the solids are perfectly similar in the rela- 
 tions of edges and angles. 
 
 In the correspondence above referred to, abstraction is made of 
 those slight alterations which crystals suffer in consequence of the 
 replacement of their edges and angles. 
 
 2. But there are a few instances where the solid yielded by cleav- 
 age, does not resemble the crystal from which it is obtained, or any 
 others of the same species. Of this, the form of cleavage in Corun- 
 dum which is a Rhomboid, is an example. The form possessed by 
 the crystals of this substance, is either that of an hexagonal Prism, 
 or of an hexagonal Prism surmounted by a six sided pyramid. A 
 second example of this disagreement occurs in the cleavage forms 
 of the Leucite, which (as has before been noticed) are, a Cube, and 
 a rhombic Dodecahedron, while its only crystalline form is that of 
 the trapezohedron. 
 
 According to the present proposition, the hexagonal Prism is de- 
 rivable from the Rhomboid, and the trapezohedron from the rhom- 
 bic Dodecahedron, agreeably to those transitions of one form into 
 another from symmetrical replacements upon their edges or angles, 
 or both. That this is the case, may be perceived by referring to 
 . 50. If the hexagonal Prism be shown to sustain this relation, it 
 
 peculiarity, in the right quadrangular prism, particularly denoted by the 
 right rectangular Prism. 
 
 Where the form of cleavage presents solids, contained under dissimi- 
 lar faces, as the right rectangular Prism, it is natural to infer that those 
 cleavages which are parallel to the larger faces, will take place with 
 greater difficulty than those parallel to the smaller faces, since the re- 
 sistance produced by a large surface must necessarily be greater than 
 that by a small ; accordingly, those faces which correspond to cleavages, 
 effected with the greatest facility, and which of course present the most 
 distinct planes, are regarded as the lesser, and those on the other hand 
 which are effected with more difficultly, are conceived to belong to the 
 larger faces. 
 
FORMS OF CLEAVAGE AND PRIMARY FORMS. 75 
 
 is plain, that the hexagonal Prism terminated at both extremities, 
 with six sided pyramids, (whose faces correspond to those of the 
 prism) or even the Dodecahedron with isosceles faces may be said 
 to come into the same connection ; since both these forms flow from 
 the hexagonal Prism, simply through the truncation of its terminal 
 edges. 
 
 <. 65. RELATION BETWEEN FORMS OF CLEAVAGE AND 
 PRIMARY FORMS. 
 
 The forms of cleavage and primary forms, (in those 
 systems of crystallization where the former are observa- 
 ble,) are identical. 
 
 Those forms which are obtainable by cleavage, or which may be 
 inferred to exist from certain appearances, are similar to the solids 
 which are considered as the primary forms; and among the crystals 
 of the different species, the one may be substituted for the other. 
 
 But it will no doubt be recollected, that in two or three instances, 
 the crystals of the same mineral yield two different cleavage forms. 
 In these cases, we have two primary forms, either of which may 
 be selected, the choice being regulated only by a single circum- 
 stance ; viz. the predominance of one of the forms among the sec- 
 ondary crystals of the mineral. Thus, in Phosphate of Lead, the 
 
 AlotTTo^oo <**.* ptxfcvllol *rt fVia c'tdna nf on hpiXajrOlial Pi'lSII!; Slid Of &> 
 
 dodecahedron with isosceles faces; but as the crystals are decided- 
 ly prismatic in their shape, the former is regarded as the primary 
 form. 
 
 . 66. PRIMARY FORM, IN THE ABSENCE OF CLEAVAGE, 
 HOW ESTABLISHED. 
 
 When no cleavages are observable among the crystals of 
 a mineral, the primary form is chosen from analogy. 
 
 Thus, the crystals of Native Gold, (which are Octahedrons un- 
 modified, and Octahedrons with their edges and angles truncated ; 
 Cubes and Dodecahedrons,) possess no indications of cleavage ; but 
 as they assume those forms which other minerals affect whose cleav- 
 age forms are Octahedrons, the Octahedron is presumed to be the 
 primary form in this instance, 
 
76 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 The primary form which is selected, must always allow of the 
 derivation of all the forms belonging to the series of crystallization, 
 agreeably to the rules of derivation explained in . 51. 
 
 . 67. DIRECTIONS FOR ASCERTAINING THE PRIMARY 
 FORMS OF CRYSTALS. 
 
 The rules for discovering the primary forms of crystals, 
 depend upon the indications of cleavage, where it is observ- 
 able, and upon analogy, where it is not. 
 
 1 . Crystals possessed of Cleavage. 
 
 (a.) If a crystal has the form of one of the primary solids, either 
 entire or altered by modifications, that form is its appropriate pri- 
 mary, unless the cleavages it possesses are incompatible with such 
 a form ; in which case, the particular solid developed by mechanic- 
 al means, is the true primary. For example, if the crystal be a Cube 
 of Galena, on making a trial to learn its cleavages, we perceive they 
 are three in number, and that they take place parallel to the faces 
 of the crystal with the same facility in each direction; the Cube is 
 therefore inferred to be the primary form of the crystals of Galena. 
 Again, if we seek for the cleavages in a cubic crystal of Fluor, we 
 do not find them, as in the former example, parallel to the faces of 
 the crystal, uui m an oblique direction, to the number of four, and 
 leading to a solid having the form of a regular Octahedron, which is 
 the primary form of the species. In the hexagonal prism of Corun- 
 dum also, we find no cleavages coinciding with the faces of this form, 
 but three which tend to the developement of a Rhomboid, the pri- 
 mary form in this instance, &c.* 
 
 * In consequence of the irregularity of crystals, (. 53,) considerable 
 embarrassment will occasionally be experienced in recognising the 
 planes of a primary solid, in a crystal where they exist. The secondary 
 planes, although symmetrically disposed, are nevertheless very often 
 disproportionably extended, so as greatly to disguise the true character 
 of the crystal. A little experience in reading crystals, aided by a few 
 general rules, will soon overcome the difficulty. 
 
 Several of the forms are not liable to give rise to perplexity, in their 
 determination. Such are the Tetrahedron and the rhombic Dodecahe-> 
 
METHOD OF ASCERTAINING PRIMARY FORMS. 77 
 
 (ft.) If the crystal does not occur under one of the primary forms, 
 but under one of those new figures which we have seen, in . 51, 
 are capable of being derived from the primary forms by symmetrical 
 modifications, in these cases, (from our knowledge of the relations 
 of the various new figures, as they have been called, to the prima- 
 ry solids,) we shall be able, in general, to say, that a crystal of 
 this sort belongs to some one of two or three of the primary forms, 
 and in a few cases we are sure of the identical form from which it 
 comes. Thus, if the crystal is a trapezohedron, we know it can 
 come only from the Cube, the regular Octahedron, or the rhombic 
 Dodecahedron. If a pentagonal dodecahedron, it must have for its 
 
 dron. The different varieties of octahedron are also distinguishable from 
 each other, by the angles at which their several planes respectively meet, 
 as well as by the S3'mmetry of their modifications. (. 50.) 
 
 The different species of parallelopipeds, are the most difficult forms 
 among crystals to be identified. With regard to a crystal of this denom- 
 ination, we should first observe whether it possesses a series of planes 
 whose edges are parallel to each other. If we observe such a serie?, 
 we should then hold the crystal so as to bring the parallel edges into a 
 vertical direction. When thus situated, we should observe whether 
 there be any plane at right angles to the vertical planes. 
 
 It sometimes happens that agreeably to the foregoing directions, the 
 crystal will possess two sets of vertical planes, according as one or the 
 other of two sets of parallel edges are placed upright. In such a case, 
 we should endeavor to ascertain whether the planes belonging to one set 
 are not so symmetrically arranged with respect to those of the other as 
 to possess the character of modifications of the terminal edges of the pre- 
 dominant form ; if this should be the case, we should not make them the 
 vertical planes. 
 
 If there be a series of vertical planes, and a horizontal plane, we should 
 observe whether any of the vertical planes are at'right angles to each 
 other, and whether there be any oblique planes lying between some of 
 the vertical planes and the horizontal plane. We should remark the 
 equality or inequality of the angle at which any of the vertical or ob^ 
 lique planes incline on the several adjacent planes. 
 
 We will suppose a parallelepiped with oblique planes, situated be- 
 tween the vertical and horizontal planes: if the inclination of the former 
 planes is uniform to the adjacent vertical and horizontal ones, it belongs 
 to the rigbt square Prism, provided the vertical planes are perpendicular 
 
 7* 
 
TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 primary form a Cube ; if a dodecahedron with scalene triangular 
 faces, it can come only from the Rhomboid. 
 
 Where one of these new forms is capable of being derived from 
 several primary forms, the student should seek directly for the 
 cleavages, which will at once settle the question. 
 
 2. Crystals not possessed of Cleavage. 
 
 Among crystals of this kind, which are not numerous, the student 
 will be liable to experience occasional embarrassments. In general, 
 he should endeavor to procure several forms of the same substance ; 
 
 to each other; and to the right rhombic Prism, if these planes incline to 
 each other alternately, at an acute and an obtuse angle. Again, we will 
 suppose similar oblique planes to belong only to the opposite terminal 
 edges, and the vertical planes to be at right angles to each other ; the 
 primary form, in this case, is a right rectangular Prisrn. 
 
 Let us suppose a crystal to be contained within any series of vertical 
 planes, and to be terminated, not by a horizontal plane, but by a single 
 oblique plane ; it will belong to the oblique rhombic Prism, the doubly 
 oblique Prism, or the Rhomboid. 
 
 If, instead of one oblique plane, there be four, inclining to each other 
 at equal angles, the crystal may belong to the right square Prism, or to 
 the Octahedron with a square base, if there be four oblique planes, 
 each of which inclines on two adjacent planes, at unequal angles, the 
 crystal will belong either to the right rectangular Prism or right rhom- 
 bic Prism, or to the Octahedron with rectangular or rhombic bases. 
 
 If the series of vertical planes consist of twelve, eighteen or twenty 
 four, and if there be a single horizontal plane, the crystal will probably 
 belong to the hexagonal Prism. If there should be six, nine, twelve, 
 or some other multiple of three, and three oblique planes, the primary 
 form is the Rhomboid. 
 
 It is by thus noticing the symmetrical arrangement of the vertical 
 planes, or of the oblique planes, if there be any, that we are able to re- 
 fer a complicated crystal to one of the primary solids. 
 
 Crystals belonging to the doubly oblique Prism are among the most 
 difficult to be understood; and the student, in examining them, as well 
 as very irregular crystals of other forms, will generally apply directly to 
 the cleavage, the knowledge of which, though it be but in one direction, 
 will often be sufficient to enable him to distinguish the primary planes. 
 
FRACTURE. 79 
 
 this will enable him to fix upon the primary form, agreeably to the 
 rule by which that form has been selected, (.66.) If, however, 
 all the crystals within his reach have the same form, a knowledge 
 of the relations of primary and secondary forms, and their transi- 
 tions into one another and into new forms, will enable him to decide 
 within one or two of the solid in question, which will often be suffi- 
 cient for his purpose. Thus, if the crystal is a Cube, the primary 
 form must either be identical with that of the crystal, or it must be 
 a regular Tetrahedron, a regular Octahedron or a rhombic Dodeca- 
 hedron, the only solids with which it comes into connexion. Is it 
 an Octahedron with a square base ? this form must be its primary 3 
 or the right square Prism, &c. 
 
 . 68. FRACTURE. 
 
 A mineral when broken in a direction so as to make its 
 irregular structure appear, or contrary to its cleavage, ex- 
 hibits its fracture. 
 
 Cleavage relates to the smooth and even surfaces produced by 
 breaking a mineral : fracture to those which arc uneven. The lat- 
 ter property, though in general more easily observed in a mineral 
 than the former, is nevertheless of considerably inferior conse- 
 quence on account of its want of constancy. 
 
 Fracture is considered here as a property of individuals, or of sim- 
 ple minerals in general ; accordingly, several varieties of fracture 
 frequently alluded to in works on mineralogy, will be treated of 
 under compound minerals, to which they relate. 
 
 . G9. KINDS OF FRACTURE. 
 
 The kinds of fracture are determined according to the 
 quality of the faces produced : this may be said to be of four 
 sorts; viz. 1. conchoidal, 2. even, 3. uneven, 4. hackly. 
 
 1. The Conchoidal represents that kind of irregular structure 
 where the faces resemble the inside or the outside of a common bi- 
 valve shell, as a clam; and the terms perfectly, imperfectly, large, 
 small, and flat, are sometimes appended to point out more minutely 
 the size and concavity of the surface, though in general they are 
 of but little importance. 
 
80 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 2. Even is applied to such faces as are nearly flat. It is doubtful, 
 however, whether this fracture can be said to occur except among 
 compound minerals. 
 
 3. Uneven, when the surface is irregular, without presenting any 
 shell-like concavities or elevations. 
 
 4. Hackly, which results rather from the tearing than from the 
 breaking of a mineral, is applied to surfaces covered with little hook 
 shaped filaments, very perceptible to the touch. 
 
 . 70. SURFACE. 
 
 The kinds of surface presented by minerals may be 
 considered under four heads; viz. 1, faces of crystalliza- 
 tion, 2. faces of cleavage, 3. faces of fracture, 4. faces 
 of composition. 
 
 Of all these kinds of faces, the most important are those which 
 are even, since, in the mineral kingdom, the uneven faces are not 
 subject to any constant law. The even faces are confined to the 
 faces of crystallization and the faces of cleavage. 
 
 1. Faces of crystallization. The differentjqualities of the faces 
 of crystallization depend upon their being smooth, without any reg- 
 ular elevations or depressions; upon their being striated, rough, or 
 drusy. 
 
 Smooth faces may be said to be the most abundant among crys- 
 tals. We include, however, under this term such as sometimes 
 have slight elevations and depressions, provided they are so faint 
 that the general appearance of eveness and continuity of the faces 
 is not effected by their occurrence. 
 
 Striated faces are those upon which we observe parallel grooves 
 or striae. These are frequent among minerals ; and their observa- 
 tion is of great importance, since they are confined to particular 
 planes and assume a constant direction. For example, in Quartz;, 
 the alternate lateral faces are striated horizontally; in cubic crystals 
 of Iron Pyrites, all the faces are striated with this remarkable pe- 
 culiarity, that the striae are parallel to each other upon parallel fa- 
 " ces, and perpendicular to each other upon such faces as are not 
 parallel ; in Titanite and Beryl, the prismatic faces are striated lon- 
 gitudinally, &c. 
 
SURFACE. 81 
 
 Rough or Drusy. This property of the surface of crystalline 
 forms arises from elevations projecting from the faces of the crys- 
 tals: the only difference in the application of the terms arises out 
 of the size of the elevated particles. Thus, among those octahedral 
 crystals of Fluor which consist apparently of minute cubes, we 
 have frequent instances of these varieties of faces. The faces of 
 such octahedrons cannot be planes; but they consist of the faces of 
 cubes, which are perpendicular upon each other, and so situated, 
 that a plane passing through their solid angles would be parallel to the 
 faces of the octahedron. The smaller these cubes are, the more the 
 general faces of the Octahedron will assume the appearance of exact 
 planes. They are said to be drusy, if the asperities upon the faces 
 are still easily distinguishable; they are termed rough, if they are 
 only perceived with difficulty, or if the existence of such asperities 
 can merely be inferred from the want of lustre. Instances of drusy 
 faces often occur in like manner among the crystals of Quart/. 
 A great number of prismatic crystals appear as if grouped parallel 
 to each other, or round a larger crystal of the same kind. 
 
 In the above instances those particles which project from the 
 faces of the crystals must not be considered as single individuals ; 
 and crystals with drusy faces are therefore, not compound minerals. 
 They indicate rather the gradual progress of the formation of crys- 
 tals from the interruption in which they arise. 
 
 2. Faces of cleavage, present us with very little remarkable dif- 
 ferences in their quality. Those which are smooth are frequently 
 denominated perfect. Notice is sometimes taken of striated appear- 
 ances, or parallel lines traversing cleavage faces, as in those of 
 Feldspar, Corundum, &c. They are not attended, however, as is 
 the case with striae upon faces of crystallization, by elevations and 
 depressions upon the faces, but originate in the flow of light, through 
 natural joints of the crystals, in which this property is observable 
 perpendicularly, or nearly so, to the planes in which it occurs. Its 
 observation may occasionally be employed to advantage, in discov- 
 ering the similar cleavages of a mineral. 
 
 3. Faces of fracture, differ in the greater or less smoothness of their 
 inequalities, and according to this measure in particular, the differ- 
 ent kinds of fracture are said to be more or less perfect. 
 
 4. Faces of composition, which are those in which several individ- 
 uals touch one another, are sometimes even, yet this is not common, 
 and when they are so, there is no danger of confounding them along 
 with faces of cleavage ; because those particles which are contained 
 
82 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 between two faces of composition, can no more be cleaved in the 
 same direction after their separation, unless they possess a cleavage 
 of that kind, in which event, the quality of the two kinds of faces, 
 would suffice for their distinction. 
 
 Faces of composition are rarely smooth ; and if this happens, we 
 find it only in single, and not in continuous parts of the faces. If 
 they are streaked, the markings are irregular, and without any con- 
 stant direction. Very often the faces of composition are rough, 
 their lustre being of a low degree, or wholly wanting, which ena- 
 bles us to distinguish them readily from the faces of cleavage, where 
 these two kinds happen to be parallel. They are sometimes un- 
 even, or contain more or less considerable elevations and depressions. 
 In such cases, we must avoid confounding them, with uneven faces 
 of fracture, by comparing them with real faces of fracture in the 
 same individual.* 
 
 SECTION II. 
 
 COMPOUND MINERALS. 
 
 $. 71. REGULAR AND IRREGULAR COMPOSITION. 
 
 The mode of composition in which individuals occur is 
 said to be regular, if the form produced by their union is 
 a regular one ; if the contrary takes place, the composition 
 is said to be irregular. 
 
 If two or more homogeneous individuals join in a compound form, 
 regularly and symmetrically, the composition is as much determina- 
 ble as the form of a single crystal. For we may indicate with the 
 utmost precision, in which faces of the simple forms, or in which 
 plane the individuals cohere, even though this plane should not be 
 parallel to a face of any simple form of that species to which the 
 individuals belong. A composition of this kind is said to be regular. 
 
 * The character by which the faces of composition essentially differ 
 from those of crystallization and of cleavage, consists in the circum- 
 stance, that generally they preserve no determined direction, and do not 
 produce any regular forms. 
 
COMPOUND MINERALS. 83 
 
 On the other hand the composition is irregular, if the forms are 
 not connected in the manner above described ; but rather in such 
 a manner as not to give rise to any regular or symmetrical forms. 
 Individuals joined in this way are said to be aggregated. 
 
 There are compound minerals, which affect regular external forms, 
 although their composition is in fact irregular. The regularity of 
 the form in such cases evidently does not follow from the composi- 
 tion, but it must originate from something which is foreign to the 
 mineral. Compositions of this sort cannot be called regular in the 
 sense of the word now explained. 
 
 . 72. REGULAR COMPOSITION OF TWO INDIVIDUALS. 
 
 The regular composition of two homogeneous individu- 
 als, joined in one crystalline form, has been called a Tivin 
 crystal. 
 
 The peculiar character of Twin crystals is, that the face of com- 
 position is in close and exact connexion, and that the plane in which 
 they unite is either parallel to the face, or perpendicular to the edge 
 of a form belonging to the series of crystallization of the species. 
 The situation of the two individuals connected, is conceived of, if 
 we suppose both to be in a parallel situation, and then one of them 
 to be turned round a certain line under an angle of 180, while the 
 other remains unmoved. This line is termed the axis of Rev- 
 olution, and it is possessed of a determined direction, being either 
 perpendicular to the face of composition, or it coincides with 
 this face, while it is paiallel to one of the ordinary axes of the 
 individual. The angle of 180 is the angle of Revolution. The 
 resulting form is frequently called a hemitrope; a term expressive 
 of the idea of the demi-revolution which is supposed to have taken 
 place.* The term made .was first applied to such forms by Rome 
 
 * It is scarcely necessary to say that it is not really believed that reg- 
 ular compound crystals were actually formed in this way ; our only rea- 
 son for making use of such language is the facility it affords in compre- 
 hending the structure of these crystals. 
 
 The term hemitrope, however, is rather confined in its application 
 to twin crystals, including only such as are capable of being explained, 
 by supposing a single crystal to be bisected in a determined direction, 
 and one of the halves to be turned in the plane of bisection through 180. 
 
84 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 de Lisle, a name at present but little employed, in consequence of 
 its more general application as the denomination of a species in 
 mineralogy. 
 
 This kind of structure will become apparent from a careful atten- 
 tion to the following examples. 
 
 Fig. 136. 
 
 Fig. 137. 
 
 Fig. 138. 
 
 If, in Fig. 136, the halves of a regular Octahedron, (obtained by 
 placing that solid upon one of its faces and dividing it, in this posi- 
 tion, by a horizontal section, equidistant from the upper and lower 
 parallel planes,) be applied to each other, parallel to the face of sec- 
 tion m n o p q r, Fig. 137, and then made to revolve upon an axis 
 perpendicular to the plane of junction through 60, or one sixth of 
 a circle, a twin crystal, Fig. 138, will be formed. Or we may sup- 
 pose that the crystals instead of being thus bisected, and only the 
 half of each made use of, were applied so as mutually to penetrate 
 each other, and that the revolution, above described, took place in 
 the compound crystal where the sectional planes m n o p q r, of 
 the two crystals, coalesce. The compound crystal possesses angles 
 not to be met with in either of the forms which are supposed to 
 give rise to it; as may be seen in the meeting of the two planes, 
 c m 1 r f andfop, Fig. 138, which form what is called a re-entering 
 angle; the angles also at which the two planes, a c r' q' and bf on 
 incline, are different from that at which any two faces meet in the 
 regular Octahedron. This is called a salient angle in the pres- 
 ent form. This variety of twin crystal, it will be observed from 
 an inspection of Fig. 138, has three re-entering and three salient 
 angles, which are all situated in an alternating order about the same 
 horizontal plane m n o p q r* 
 
 * Two individuals of the same form as that which gave rise to the 
 twin crystal, just described, may penetrate each other in such a manner 
 as to give rise to re-entering angles, as in Fig. 139. But here, the as- 
 
COMPOUND MINERALS. 
 
 85 
 
 Twin-crystals of this kind, are common among the forms of Octa- 
 hedral Iron Ore and Spinelle. 
 
 2. Another kind of twin crystal occurs among the crystals of 
 Hornblende, which may be conceived of in the following manner. 
 If we suppose two crystals of the form of an oblique rhombic Prism, 
 (Fig. 44,) whose lateral edges are replaced by the faces x, and whose 
 terminal edges are truncated by the planes rr and r f r lf , are made to 
 penetrate each other, so that the vertical plane abed, (which passes 
 through .the middle of the planes x, and which is a diagonal plane of 
 the rhombic Prism,) in each, shall coincide, the result will of course 
 be similar to Fig. 140. If now, the anterior portion, separated by the 
 section abed, undergoes a semi-revolution, or passes through the an- 
 gle of revolution, upon an axis perpendicular to the sectional plane, 
 the faces r 1 and r' r will come to the upper base, Fig. 141 , with a small 
 triangular portion of the lower base P, which will form a re-entering 
 angle with the remaining portion of the upper base P. The re- 
 
 Fig. 140. 
 
 Fig. 141. 
 
 semblage of the two Octahedrons cannot be con- 
 sidered as a twin crystal, because the correspon- 
 ding faces of the two forms, for example ace and 
 a' c 1 e', are exactly parallel to each other. It will 
 become obvious, on inspection, how different is 
 the case with the faces of the twin crystal above 
 described, in which it is seen that the respective- 
 ly similar parts, in the composing crystals, have 
 assumed that different, though fixed situation, 
 with respect to each other, which is the peculiar 
 character of the regular composition. 
 
 8 
 
 Fig. 139. 
 
86 
 
 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 entering angle, in this twin crystal, is not always observable ; 
 times it is effaced by the undue enlargement of the faces rr and r ! r' f 9 
 so that they join and form one termination, while the planes P P f 9 
 whose faces correspond to the obtuse lateral edges, form the oppo- 
 site termination. 
 
 3. Another twin crystal, common among the forms of Oxide of 
 Tin, may be conceived of in the following manner. Supposing, as 
 in the former instances the mutual penetration of two crystals, Fig. 
 142, is a composition of two right square Prisms, surmounted by 
 four sided pyramids, whose prismatic axes coincide : the face of 
 revolution ahey, is situated parallel to the edge om of the pyra- 
 mid. If the part situated above the plane ahey is made to under- 
 go a semi-revolution, around an axis perpendicular to that plane, 
 the twin crystal, represented by Fig. 143, is produced. 
 
 Fig. 142. 
 
 The regular composition just explained 
 is never so simple as here represented : 
 a large number of additional faces are 
 usually present, which we have omitted, 
 in order to render the explanation more 
 easy. 
 
 Fig, 144 is a twin crystal of Titanite, 
 whose formation, it will be seen, admits 
 of a similar explanation. These crystals 
 are sometimes called geniculated forms. 
 
 Fig. 144. 
 
COMPOUND MINERALS. 
 
 87 
 
 4. Fig. 145 represents a crystal, in which the face of composition 
 ar'r r b is perpendicular to the axes of the aggregated crystals. By 
 causing the part above the face of composition to revolve upon an 
 axis perpendicular to that face, through 60, the twin crystal, Fig 
 145, is generated. This form is met with among the crystals of 
 Carbonate of Lime. Setting aside the new planes tt and ft 1 at the 
 summits of this twin crystal, it may be seen, by consulting Fig. 131, 
 how it differs from the crystals to whose composition it is due. 
 
 5. If we imagine two crystals of the form of a right rectangular 
 Prism, terminated by four sided pyramids, to be placed with their 
 broad lateral planes parallel, and made to penetrate each other, so 
 that their axes shall coincide : and if one of the crystals, by revolv- 
 ing upon the common axis, through 90, be conceived to emerge 
 from its concealment in the other, it will originate the twin crystal, 
 Fig. 146, which is a very frequent composition among the crystals 
 of Harmotone. 
 
 Fig. 145. 
 
 Fig. 146. 
 
 6. Let us imagine one of the irregular six sided prisms, Fig. 147, to 
 consist of two similar individuals, whose axes (by the mutual penetra- 
 tion before described,) coalesce. Now if we suppose one of them 
 to emerge, by revolving upon an axis perpendicular to the prismatic 
 axis of the aggregated crystals, through 60, we have the twin crys- 
 tal there represented, which is a common form of Staurotide. 
 
TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 If the angle of revolution is 90, we have a different twin crystal, 
 as represented in Fig. 148, which is also a frequent composition 
 among the crystals of Staurotide.* 
 
 Fig. 147. 
 
 Fig. 148. 
 
 In detecting twin crystals, we are frequently assisted by the obser- 
 vation of the re-entering angles : though it very often happens that 
 such angles are found in simple crystals, as was just mentioned, and 
 also in irregular aggregates of crystals. The re-entering angle in 
 twin crystals is sometimes not visible, also in consequence of its be- 
 ing closely enveloped in the gangue in which the crystals are enga- 
 ged, and in other instances it is effaced, apparently by the increase 
 of the crystal upon certain planes, after the individuals have assu- 
 med their situation as a regular composition. When the re-enter- 
 ing angle does not permit us to detect such forms, we are led to their 
 discovery from the impossibility of explaining them without assu- 
 ming that they are formed from the composition of two individuals, 
 according to some one of the methods above explained. 
 
 * The two twin crystals just described, differ in other respects, than in 
 the angle of revolution. In Fig. 148, it is perceived that the face M, 
 of one crystal constantly corresponds to the face M, of the other crys- 
 tal, the face o, to the faceo'; and in Fig. 147, this correspondence does 
 not occur : in the upper part, truly, the face o, corresponds to the face o' y 
 and in the lower part, the face M, to the face M' ; but, laterally, the 
 face o' of one crystal, corresponds to the face M of the .other, and th 
 same of the rest. 
 
COMPOUND MINERALS. 
 
 89 
 
 . 73. REGULAR COMPOSITION OF MORE THAN Two 
 INDIVIDUALS. 
 
 The regular composition of three, four, five, or more 
 individuals may be reduced to, and explained by, the regu- 
 lar composition of two individuals. 
 
 For example, Fig. 149 represents a regular composition of three 
 individuals which occur in Chrysoberyl. The individual 1 forms 
 with 2 a twin crystal, as in Fig. 147, and 2 may be conceived to 
 form with 3 a second composition of the same kind. 
 
 Fig. 150. 
 
 Fig. 150 is a regular composition of Titanite, consisting of a greater 
 number of twin crystals; each of which is readily conceived of, by 
 an attention to the faces of the crystal. The face upon which the 
 crystal stands may be said to form with M one twin crystal ; M with 
 M 3 , a second ; M 2 with M 5 , a third ; M 5 with M 6 , a fourth} 
 M 6 witL MS a fifth. 
 
 In the absence of re-entering angles, the striae upon some of the 
 planes of regularly aggregated crystals, are frequently of such a 
 nature, as to enable us to understand their composition. Thus, the 
 longitudinal markings upon the broad lateral planes of Fig. 149, ren- 
 der evident the different individuals entering into the form ; and the 
 lines which connect its re-entering angles, point out the faces of 
 composition. In the crystal, whose composition is represented in 
 Fig, 150, we observe on plane M s as well as its opposite, distinct 
 lines, bisecting the angles a b c, b c d, and c d e, which meet near 
 the centre of the face at 0, and point out the faces of composition, 
 
 As respects the cleavage of compound crystals, the individual 
 crystals possess the same cleavages as individuals not thus aggre- 
 gated, 
 
 S* 
 
00 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 * 74. IRREGULAR COMPOSITION. GROUPS AND GEODE 
 OF CRYSTALS. 
 
 If several loose or imbedded crystals are merely aggre- 
 gated, so that one becomes the support of the other, 
 while there exists no general support, the assemblage is 
 termed a Groupe of Crystals; if, however, several aggre- 
 gated crystals are fixed to a common basis, so as to de- 
 rive from it a general support, the assemblage is said to be 
 a Geode of Crystals. 
 
 The difference between these two sorts of assemblages is the 
 same as that existing between an imbedded and an implanted crys- 
 tal. Both the groupes and the geodes refer only to compound min- 
 erals, never to such as are mixed. There is sometimes a degree of 
 order observable in these groupes of crystals ; it never amounts, 
 however, to a geometrical regularity, and therefore, no regular form 
 can be said to arise from the assemblage, 
 
 . 75. IMITATIVE SHAPES. 
 
 The shape of a compound mineral is called an imitative 
 or particular external shape, if it bears some resemblance 
 to the shape. of another natural or artificial body. Some 
 of these forms are produced in a space not incumbered 
 with matter, and depend upon the properties peculiar to 
 the minerals themselves, without being influenced by any 
 contiguous matter ; others owe their shape to that extra- 
 neous or foreign matter with which they are surrounded. 
 The latter of these have been called extraneous imitative 
 shapes. 
 
 The groupes and geodes are the simplest modes in which the ir- 
 regularly compound minerals appear in nature. If the individuals 
 thus connected are diminished in size, and if their number at the 
 game time increases, imitative forms are produced from the groupes 
 

 COMPOUND MINERALS. 01 
 
 of crystals ; which although they are founded in the nature of the 
 individuals themselves, yet cannot be employed to any extent in 
 the discrimination of minerals. The extraneous imitative forms do 
 not depend upon the natural forms of the individuals, but merely 
 upon the shape of the space previously existing, and are, therefore, 
 entirely accidental. 
 
 . 76. IMITATIVE SHAPES ORIGINATING IN THE GROUPES 
 OF CRYSTALS. 
 
 The imitative shapes which originate from the groupes 
 of crystals, are loose or imbedded, and more or less dis- 
 tinctly globular, or spheroidal masses. 
 
 If the individuals connected with each other become very mi- 
 nute, and at the same time unite with each other into a groupe of 
 crystals, globular forms result, which are sometimes very perfect, 
 at others very imperfect. Their surface is drusy, or covered with 
 minute asperities, where it has not been disturbed in its formation, 
 or by subsequent accidents. When broken open, the direction of 
 the constituent individuals becomes apparent, and in most instances 
 corresponds to the direction of the radii of a sphere, beginning in the 
 centre and terminating at the surface. Imbedded globular shapes, 
 like imbedded crystals, are complete on all sides, and ler.ve an im- 
 pression of their form in the mass from which they have been de- 
 tached. Instances of imbedded globular shapes occur in Iron Py- 
 rites, Chlorophaeite, &c. When globular masses are attached to 
 one another, they may produce reniform and botryoidal shapes, as 
 in Malachite ; but such instances are rare, and require to be distin- 
 guished from those described in (. 77.) 
 
 The loose or imbedded globular shapes differ from grains and an- 
 gular masses, inasmuch as they are not simple minerals. 
 
 . 77. IMITATIVE SHAPES ARISING OUT OF THE GEODES 
 OF CRYSTALS. 
 
 There are three different kinds of imitative shapes re- 
 sulting from geodes of crystals : 1. Those in which the in- 
 dividuals spring from, or are attached to, a common point 
 
92 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 of support; 2. Those in which the individuals form one 
 the support of the other; and 3. Those in which the sup- 
 port is cylindrical, sometimes a simple line, sometimes a 
 tube. 
 
 Among those of the first division, we find the implanted globu- 
 lar shapes. They arise, if very thin capillary crystals, or in gen- 
 eral, such as have one of their dimensions considerably surpassing 
 the others, are fixed with one of their ends to a common point of 
 support, from which they diverge in every direction. The mode of 
 the formation of such globular shapes is more apparent, if the num- 
 ber of the individuals is not so great that they touch each other on 
 all sides. The implanted globules must necessarily be incomplete, 
 because the implanted crystals of which they consist are themselves 
 incomplete, and therefore they leave no impression when detached 
 from their support. Globular shapes of this kind occur very fre- 
 quently in Stilbite, Gypsum, and Arragonite. 
 
 If, during the formation of several globules, they come into con- 
 tact with each other, there will arise reniform and botryoidal shapes, 
 which therefore, are nothing else than several implanted globules 
 joined together. The single globules are separated from each other 
 by faces of composition. These compositions are very frequent in 
 Haematite, Chalcedony, Wavellite, Sac. In some instances, as for 
 example in Chalcedony, the individuals become so delicate as to cease 
 to be any longer observable. 
 
 To the present class, belong also the fruticose shapes, which 
 possess some resemblance to parts of certain plants, and most of 
 those commonly called dendritic, the latter of which may penetrate 
 throughout the whole mass, or only be superficial. 
 
 The second division contains among others, the dentiform, the 
 filiform, and the ca.pillary shapes. These arise, if one implanted 
 crystal is the support of another, this of a third and so on ; so that 
 rows of such crystals are produced, as may be seen in Native Cop* 
 per and Native Silver. 
 
 Sometimes several rows of individuals thus composed, join within 
 one and the same plane in certain constant directions, so that the 
 individuals of the one of these series do not join with those of the 
 other, but remain separate. Thus the dendritic shapes are produ? 
 ced, as seen in Native Silver and Native Gold. 
 
COMPOUND MINERALS. 93 
 
 If the rows of individuals, thus arranged, approach so near each 
 other that they at last meet, so as to form a continuous mass, they 
 are said to occur in leaves or membranes ; examples of which are 
 found in Native Gold. 
 
 Compound minerals, like those of membranes, may again join in 
 a new composition, in which the individuals are arranged, for the 
 most part, at right angles to each other. This composition is de- 
 nominated the reticulated shape, and is often seen in Titanite. 
 
 The third division comprehends the stalactitic and coralloidal 
 shapes. The first of these consists of individuals which are per- 
 pendicular to every point of a straight cylindrical or linear support, 
 in its whole circumference. Examples of this composition are com- 
 mon in Carbonate of Lime, in those productions called stalactites : 
 more rarely, in Chalcedony and Iron Pyrites. The coralloidal shapes 
 consist of individuals inclined at an angle to their support, which, 
 although linear, is not straight; they are fixed upon this support in 
 every part of the circumference, exactly as is the case in the sta- 
 lactitic shapes. This kind of imitative shapes is frequently met 
 with in Arragonite. 
 
 . 78. AMORPHOUS COMPOSITION. 
 
 If the mass, formed by the junction of several individu- 
 als, is not only of an irregular shape, but if even in this, we 
 cannot trace any resemblance with the shape of another 
 body, the mineral is said to be massive. 
 
 Massive minerals are amorphous, irregular compositions of individ- 
 uals of the same species, which are in contact with each other on 
 all sides. The difference between massive minerals, and those forms 
 resulting from the groupes of crystals which deviate more or less 
 from the spheroidal shape, consists merely in the strong adhesion of 
 the former to the surrounding masses of other species. It is form- 
 ed, however, and assumes a shape corresponding to its own inherent 
 powers, and does not depend upon its support, inasmuch as we are 
 led to suppose both of them to be of contemporaneous origin. 
 
 Massive minerals, of a smaller size, are also disseminated minerals, 
 which have again been subdivided according to the size of the par- 
 ticles. Very large masses of amorphous minerals sometimes enter 
 into the composition of rocks, as Carbonate of Lime and Gypsum, 
 
94 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 &c. Under these circumstances, they assume the shape of beds, 
 veins, &c., the consideration of which forms the province of Geology. 
 
 . 79. ACCIDENTAL IMITATIVE SHAPES. 
 
 The accidental imitative shapes presuppose an empty 
 space, which has been filled up by the individuals of com- 
 pound minerals, to which is transferred the form of the 
 the pre-existing space. 
 
 In this case, the shape, which the mineral assumes, is not a con- 
 sequence of the properties inherent in the mineral, but is due solely 
 to the space in which its formation takes place, the sides of which 
 serve for a support to the individuals. Thus, at first a coating is 
 formed which consists of small, but, in many cases, very percep- 
 tible crystals, -whose apices are turned towards the inside of the 
 empty space. This accounts for the hollowness of many imitative 
 forms of this kind, of which the cavities are still lined with crystals. 
 
 The space, in which the accidental imitative shapes are produced, 
 may be either regular or irregular. A regular space cannot be 
 produced except by crystallization ; and this may be either in the 
 interior of a real crystal, or it is the cast of a crystal in the surround- 
 ing mass. The first is not uncommon, particularly in large crys- 
 tals of Quartz, where part of the space of the crystals has remain- 
 ed empty, and is regularly limited by the surrounding crytalline 
 mass. 
 
 The irregular spaces sometimes consist of accidental fissures, 
 cracks, and other similar openings; sometimes they depend upon 
 the structure of the surrounding mass; others are derived from the 
 moulds of various minerals, and also of organic bodies. 
 
 The different kinds of space above alluded to, produce a distinc- 
 tion of their forms into regular and irregular accidental imitative 
 forms. 
 
 . 80. REGULAR ACCIDENTAL IMITATIVE SHAPES. 
 PSEUDOMORPHOSES. 
 
 The regular imitative shapes have been called pseudcn 
 morphoses, or supposititious crystals. 
 
COMPOUND MINERALS. 95 
 
 The denomination of crystals to these shapes was, no doubt, first 
 applied from their external regularity ; the slightest attention to 
 their internal structure is sufficient to show the impropriety of such 
 a name, since, in this respect, they share so little in the properties of 
 real crystals. 
 
 No pseudomorphoses are formed in such impressions as originate 
 from imbedded crystals, and which are disunited on all sides from 
 the surrounding mass. But if an implanted crystal (. 54,) is cov- 
 ered over by the mass of another mineral, which has been formed 
 after the production of the first, the deposits of new individu- 
 als will at first constitute a coating, consisting of minute crys- 
 tals, and through which the form of the implanted crystal still 
 continues to be perceptible ; the mineral may yet proceed in its 
 formation, and become massive, or it may assume any other imi- 
 tative shape, in which, the form of the original implanted crystal en- 
 tirely disappears. The crystal is moulded in this mass ; and, if it 
 be taken away, or decomposed, it will leave an impression of its 
 form. Quartz often presents instances of these impressions. From 
 the form of the impression we may very often infer by what min- 
 eral it has been occasioned. Thus, what has been called the ramose 
 shape of the Meteoric Iron of Siberia, is the result of impressions 
 produced by crystals and grains of Chrysolite. 
 
 The crystals sometimes are decomposed in the place of their 
 formation, and compound minerals come in to fill the cavities thus 
 produced ; in these cases, the compound mineral assumes the shape of 
 the space already existing, since the sides of this become the support 
 of the newly formed individuals. After this manner, pseudomorpho- 
 ses are formed, which appear in the shape of implanted crystals, if the 
 mass containing the impressions, by any cause, shall happen to dis- 
 appear. 
 
 All the peculiarities of the pseudomorphoses admit of an easy ex- 
 planation from the mode of their formation above described. 
 
 The form of the pseudomorphoses, has no relation at all to the na- 
 ture of the mineral in which it occurs. For it is entirely acciden- 
 tal, from what mineral the impression is derived, in which the new 
 individuals have been deposited. Thus in Quartz we meet with 
 forms originating from Carbonate of lime, Fluor and from Gypsum; 
 which is sufficient to prove, that the forms of the pseudomorphoses 
 cannot by any means be members in the series of crystallization of 
 those species to which they belong. 
 
 The quality of the surface of the pseudomorphoses, depends only 
 upon its form, and not upon its substance, or its mode of composition, 
 
96 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 for the elevations and depressions of the mould are likewise expres- 
 sed in the cast, which in this case is the pseudomorphosis. The 
 surface sometimes bears a new coating of very minute crystals, of 
 the species of which the pseudomorphoses consists. This is frequent 
 among the pseudomorphoses of Quartz, which affect the form of Car- 
 bonate of lime. It is merely accidental however, and therefore not 
 to be classed among the peculiar and constant characters of such 
 productions. 
 
 Pseudomorphoses are frequently hollow; and their cavities are 
 lined with crystals, or with reniform and other imitative shapes of 
 that species, which constitutes the pseudomorphoses. 
 
 Pseudomorphoses are compound minerals, even though on ac- 
 count of the minuteness of the individuals, the composition should 
 no longer be perceptible. They are also very often mixed, since 
 several species may obviously be deposited in an impression at the 
 same time, in the same way in which several species may enter 
 into the composition of a geode. 
 
 Pseudomorphoses cohere immediately with the adjacent mass, and 
 therefore seem only to be implanted. 
 
 Mere coatings of crystals must not be included under pseudo- 
 morphoses, since the latter are produced by the process of subse- 
 quent formation in a mould, as it has been explained above. Nor 
 can it be allowed, to consider decomposed or otherwise destroyed 
 varieties of one species, as pseudomorphoses of another. Thus, 
 the decomposed crystals of red Oxide of Copper, can never become 
 pseudomorphoses of Carbonate of Copper, &c. 
 
 The origin of another remarkable appearance, is so nearly related 
 to that of pseudomorphoses, that there is no place more suitable than 
 the present, for its illustration. 
 
 Sometimes it happens, that the regular structure of a simple min- 
 eral is impressed into the mass of another, which enters into fissures 
 parallel, or dependent upon this structure. If now, the simple min- 
 eral, by some accident, is decomposed, the remaining compound one 
 will represent a shape which entirely depends on the structure of 
 the decomposed individuals. The same takes place if the individu- 
 als of compound minerals do not cohere from all sides, so that they 
 allow of the interposition of foreign matter. Thus, the cellular 
 shapes arise, of which the former have been called regular, and 
 the latter irregular, cellular shapes. The sides of the alveolae are 
 also sometimes lined with minute crystals of a third mineral. Thus 
 we find cellular shapes in Quartz, produced by Galena, and whose 
 sides are lined with Iron Pyrites. 
 
COMPOUND MINERALS. 97 
 
 The crystals of Steatite are considered as real crystals by some 
 mineralogists, and by others as pseudomorphoses; nothing decisive, 
 as respects this point, has as yet been brought forward. 
 
 . 81. IRREGULAR ACCIDENTAL IMITATIVE SHAPES. 
 
 According to the quality of the space, in which these 
 imitative shapes have been formed, they may be distin- 
 guished into: 1, those whose form is entirely accidental; 
 2, those whose form depends upon particular openings in 
 other minerals, which are not simple ones; and 3, those 
 whose form depends upon bodies, not belonging to the 
 mineral kingdom. 
 
 In the mass of rocks, and in that of beds and veins, we very often 
 meet with cracks and fissures, which seem to have once been open, 
 or which still continue so. Commonly, this appearance is explained 
 by supposing them to be real fissures, or that the coherence of the 
 particles in the rftcky mass has, in their case, been overcome, by 
 some means or other. If a mineral is formed in a fissure of that 
 kind, it must necessarily assume its form; and the mineral, appear- 
 ing in this shape, is said to occur in plates. These fissures are 
 sometimes so very narrow, that a fluid can scarcely enter between 
 their sides; a mineral formed in such a space is safd to occur super- 
 ficial, which in fact is nothing else than a very thin plate. 
 
 There are instances where the sides of these fissures are nearly 
 even, and possess a certain degree of polish. Fissures of this de- 
 scription very seldom seem to have been filled up with other miner- 
 als ; on the contrary, the sides are in immediate contact with each 
 other. The sides of such fissures are said to be specular. 
 
 r Several rocks contain vesicular cavities. In these cavities min- 
 erals are formed, which consequently must assume their shape, and 
 appear as more or less spheroidal masses. Such globules very often 
 consist of the varieties of more than one species, and are sometimes 
 hollow inside. They must be accurately distinguished from the 
 grains, (. 54.) and from the globules described above. (. 77.) 
 Examples of this kind exist in Agate Balls, Quartz, &c. 
 
 If this kind of globular concretion is not hollow inside, and at the 
 same time very irregular, so as to exhibit some resemblance to 
 
98 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 the roots of certain plants, the forms arising, are called tuberose, of 
 which Flint is one of the most common examples. 
 
 To this class al>o, we must refer the irregular cellular shapes. 
 (. 80.) These distinctions are of little or no importance, for the 
 most part, as characters for the recognition of minerals; though 
 necer.sary to be understood, to prepare the pupil for the full descrip- 
 tion of the species, where it is intended that the descriptions shall 
 convey as complete a picture as possible of every individual inclu- 
 ded under each species. 
 
 Those shapes which depend upon forms foreign to the mineral 
 kingdom, are the petrifactions. There is no difference between 
 the formation of the greater part of petrifactions, and of the pseudo- 
 morphoses, or the accidental imitative forms, and it does not there- 
 fore require any particular explanation. Mineralized organic re- 
 mains cannot be classed among real petrifactions. These are not 
 formed like pseudomorphoses, in which the space left empty by the 
 decomposition of one body is filled up by another, but the organic 
 mass is metamorphosed or changed into that of the mineral. Min- 
 eralized organic bodies, besides their original shape, may also retain 
 their original structure, as numerous vaiieties of Mineral Coal. 
 
 Several minerals, even after their formation, assume other forms, 
 which are accidental. Such are pebbles, formed when fragments 
 of minerals are carried along by water, until, by attrition, they ac- 
 quire a more or less rounded shape. Simple, compound and mixed 
 minerals, are found in the shape of pebbles. 
 
 .' 82. PARTICLES OF COMPOSITION. 
 
 The individuals of which a compound mineral consists 
 are called its Particles of Composition. 
 
 The particles of composition are true crystals, which, by their 
 contact, have prevented each other from assuming their regular form. 
 
 The particles of composition have also been called Distinct Con- 
 cretions. The other expression, however, is preferable, since it 
 shows their reference to compound minerals, whereas distinct con- 
 cretions may also allude to simple minerals. 
 
 The particles of composition are distinguished according to their - 
 length, breadth, and thickness, into granular, columnar, and lam- 
 ellar, particles of composition. The granular particles have all their 
 
COMPOUND MINERALS. 99 
 
 dimensions nearly equal, or at least not very different. In the co- 
 lumnar particles, the length is greater than both breadth and thick- 
 ness ; and in direction, they are either parallel or diverging. In the 
 lamellar particle?, the length and breadth surpass the thickness. 
 There are straight and curved lamellar particles of composition. 
 The latter are not individuals, but are composed already of them- 
 selves. Examples, of the first of these kinds, occur in Coccolite, (a 
 variety of Augite,) and Colophonite, (a variety of Garnet,) of the 
 second in Pycnile, (a variety of Topav.,) and in Arragonite; and of 
 the last in Tabular Spar, and Shi'e Spar, (A variety of Carbonate of 
 Lime.) 
 
 The size of tbe particles of composition varies considerably. 
 Sometimes they are so minute a.s scarcely to be observable. Yet 
 minerals, in which they are discoverable with difficulty, and even 
 others in which we are unable to detect them at all, may be shown 
 to be compound minerals. This may be illustrated by a reference 
 to a series of specimens of Galena. In one of them, the particles of 
 composition shall be of such distinctness as immediately to be visi- 
 ble to the naked eye ; a second will present them smaller, and a 
 third still more diminished; a fourth, filth, &c. may be conceived 
 of, regularly decreasing; and at length, we anive at one in which 
 the naked eye fails to discover the compound character. 13ut a mi- 
 croscope rendeis it apparent. Other specimens, still more compact, 
 will exiiibit particles of compOvsition only in particular places, even 
 when observed by the micro.scrope. From these observations, we 
 cannot avoid the conclusion, that these specimens ate all varieties of 
 the same mineral, and that they differ merely in the size of their con- 
 stituent individuals. And, when we find specimens thus connected, 
 (ho3e in which the composition ceases to be observed are still to be 
 regarded as compound. 
 
 The columnar and lamellar particles are exactly in the same case. 
 The former are very obvious in the stalactitic and re inform shapes 
 of Haematite ; but in the compact varieties of this mineral they 
 wholly disappear. Of this vanishing, and almost impalpable com- 
 position, we have good examples in the reniform and stalactitic 
 shapes of Chalcedony and Gibbsite, in whose specimens, in general, 
 we can discover no trace of composition, but others do nevertheless 
 occur, of these minerals, in which the composition is visible. 
 
100 . TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 . 83. SINGLE AND MULTIPLE COMPOSITION. 
 
 The single composition takes place, if a compound min- 
 eral consists of individuals ; but if the particles of compo- 
 sition are again composed, then the composition is multiple. 
 
 The compositions, treated of in the preceding articles, are single 
 compositions. 
 
 But there exist particles of composition, which are again compo- 
 sed of granular particles, which last only, are real individuals. 
 They join into those masses which again, on a larger scale, produce 
 a granular composition. Thus, in Dolomite we sometimes have 
 granular particles, consisting of columnar particles ; and in Carbo- 
 nate of Lime and in Chalcedony, columnar particles are observed 
 consisting again of columnar individuals. 
 
 . 84. CHARACTERISTIC MARKS OF COMPOSITION. 
 
 Imitative shapes, and the want of cleavage, are the chief 
 characters, from the presence of which composition may be 
 inferred, if this should not be observable at first sight. 
 
 An individual formed under such circumstances as lie beyond 
 the reach of foreign influence, will always assume a regular form. 
 If, therefore, we meet with minerals which evidently have not been 
 acted upon by any such circumstances, and which nevertheless do 
 not present any regular form, we may infer, with perfect security, 
 that the mineral is not a simple one, but that it is a compound of 
 several individuals. 
 
 With regard to the accidental imitative shapes, it is evident, that 
 not even those which are regular can be the forms of simple miner- 
 als, because they are altogether accidental ; whereas the forms of 
 simple minerals are founded in the nature of the individuals them- 
 selves. Hence the imitative shapes, of whatever kind they may be, 
 are, in every instance, infallible characters from which the compo- 
 sition of the minerals may be inferred. But we could suppose that 
 a compound mineral might consist of particles in a perfectly paral- 
 lel position, but so small that the composition can no longer be ob- 
 served, so that the directions of cleavage of the single particles, o,r 
 supposed individuals in, one of them are the continuation of those ift 
 
COMPOUND MINERALS. 101 
 
 the other. In this case the whole mass will be cleavable, and the 
 whole will therefore, be a single individual, and not a composition 
 agreeably to the definition in (. 70.) Hence cleavable minerals 
 are simple ; and the want of cleavage in varieties of such species 
 as commonly allow of cleavage, is a mark of their composition; be- 
 cause here one individual assumes a situation different from that of 
 another, so that their respective faces of cleavage can have no con- 
 tinuity among one another. For this reason, compact Limestone, 
 compact Fluor, and compact Heavy Spar are not cleavable, although 
 the simple varieties of the same species may be cleaved with the 
 greatest facility. 
 
 The same applies to the pseudomorphoses. 
 
 Among the other characters of composition, we may mention, that 
 compound minerals in which the composition can no longer be obr 
 served, are most intimately connected in all their properties with 
 those in which it is still visible, and that commonly they possess 
 lower degrees of transparency and lustre, than simple varieties of 
 the same species. Examples illustrative of the present remark may 
 be seen among specimens of Quartz, Carbonate of Lime and Galena. 
 
 The following observations will furnish characters in most cases 
 sufficient for distinguishing mixed and compound minerals, in both 
 of which, the particles disappear on account of their minuteness. 
 
 The different ingredients of the mixture are sometimes found sep- 
 arated from the rest in more or less pure masses, by which the mix- 
 ture ceases to be uniform. If we find an opportunity for observing 
 mixed masses of this kind, on a larger scale, we may very often 
 find those particles entirely disengaged, or separated from each oth- 
 er, as is the case with Hydrous Oxide of Iron, and Quartz in the 
 original repositories of Iron flint , which is an intimate mixture of 
 these two species. Thus, we infer Basalt to consist of Feldspar and 
 Augite, or Hornblende, because Greenstone and the Syenitic rocks 
 in which the particles of mixture have more extension only, really 
 do consist of the above mentioned species, and differ from common 
 Basalt merely by their coarser grain. 
 
 Moreover, the mixed minerals partly possess the properties of the 
 one, partly also those of the other, of the simple minerals of which 
 they consist, without entirely agreeing with any of them, as, for 
 instance, Iron flint, which possesses some of the properties of Quartz, 
 &c., or they assume such properties as never occur in simple min- 
 erals; as, for instance, the columnar shapes of Basalt, of Porphyry, 
 and the singular forms of Greenstone, which, by themselves, prove 
 
 9* 
 
102 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 these minerals to be compound, even though the component individ- 
 uals should no longer be perceptible. 
 
 . 85. STRUCTURE or COMPOUND MINERALS. 
 
 That kind of fracture which has been considered as be- 
 longing to simple minerals, does not occur in compound 
 minerals. In breaking these last, however, we produce 
 what has been called their Fracture ; and the particles of 
 the mineral separate in the Faces of Fracture. 
 
 If the particles are still distinguishable as individuals, they must 
 be considered according to their respective regular or irregular 
 structure, to their faces of composition, and to every other character 
 which they present to the observer ; in short, they must be consid- 
 ered as simple minerals. In the present place, therefore, only those 
 compound minerals will be treated of, in which on account of their 
 minuteness, the individuals are no longer distinguishable. In these, 
 the following kinds of fracture have been distinguished. 
 
 1. The Conchoidal Fracture, together with its various modifica- 
 tions, which depend upon size, perfection, relative depression, &c. 
 (.69.) 
 
 2. The Uneven Fracture, which has been subdivided according 
 to the size of the asperities, into coarse-grained, small-grained, and 
 fine-grained uneven fracture. 
 
 8. The JEven Fracture, which arises, if the elevations and de- 
 pressions upon the face of separation nearly approach to evenness. 
 These even parts of the fracture must not be confounded with faces 
 of cleavage, because they do not keep a constant direction, and are 
 only observable in compound minerals. This variety of fracture is 
 not common. 
 
 4. The Splintery Fracture, which is produced, if upon the face 
 of separation, detached scaly particles remain, joined to the mass 
 by their thicker end. These particles are rendered visible by that 
 portion of light which passes through them; and the splintery frac- 
 ture, therefore, does not occur in perfectly opaque minerals. It 
 may occur at the same time with the conchoidal, or another kind of 
 fracture. 
 
 5. The Hackly Fracture has been sufficiently explained in . 69. 
 
OPTICAL CHARACTERS OF MINERALS. 103 
 
 6. The Slaty Fracture resembles imperfect faces of cleavage, 
 and partly arises from it. It is met with in the different kinds 
 of Slate, which, for the greater part, are compound minerals, or 
 even mixed, although they appear to be simple. The slaty frac- 
 ture keeps a constant direction, and is in this respect analogous to 
 cleavage. 
 
 7. The Earthy Fracture is the same as the uneven fracture, ex- 
 cept that it occurs in decomposed minerals. 
 
 SECTION III. 
 
 THE NATURAL PROPERTIES, COMMON TO BOTH SIMPLE AND 
 COMPOUND MINERALS. 
 
 . 86. DIVISION. 
 
 Those Natural properties, which are common to both 
 the simple and the compound minerals, may be divided in- 
 to the Optical Properties, and into the Physical Properties 
 of minerals, or such as refer more particularly to their mass 
 or substance. 
 
 Optical characters are such as depend upon light, and are not ob- 
 servable except in its presence. They include lustre, color, and 
 transparency. 
 
 The physical properties of minerals, comprehend all those which 
 neither depend upon their form, and the space which they fill up, 
 nor upon the presence or absence of light. Of these are the follow- 
 ing, the state of aggregation, hardness, specific gravity, magne*> 
 tism t electricity, taste and odor. 
 
 OF THE OPTICAL CHARACTERS OF MINERALS. 
 . 87. LUSTRE, COLOR, TRANSPARENCY. 
 
 The phenomena observable in minerals, with respect to 
 reflected and transmitted light, are comprehended under 
 the heads of Lustre, Co/or, and Transparency. 
 
104 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 These subjects are treated of in mineralogy, only so far as they al- 
 low of some application in discriminating and describing minerals. 
 In order to employ them to any purpose, it is necessary to deter- 
 mine and to provide with peculiar denominations, those differences 
 which may be distinguished in these properties, both in respect to 
 their kind and intensity. This will require us to fix a certain im- 
 pression upon our mind, and always to designate this impression 
 with the same name, so as to recall it to our memory, whenever we 
 read this name, or hear it uttered. It is necessary therefore to have 
 experienced these impressions upon our own mind, since explana- 
 tions cannot be substituted in their place. An acquaintance with 
 these properties may-be acquired from the consideration of bodies, 
 which are not minerals. But it is best and most easily obtained by 
 addressing ourselves to the bodies themselves. The pupil is there- 
 fore advised to familiarize his mind with the distinctions detailed un- 
 der the present characters, by an attentive examination of a col- 
 lection of specimens arranged expressly for their illustration. 
 
 In the determination of species, the present characters are rarely 
 of much value; but in descriptive mineralogy, where the business 
 is not to distinguish objects, but to produce an image of them, the 
 optical properties of minerals are not inferior in importance to any 
 other properties. 
 
 The optical characters must therefore, hyno means, be neglected, 
 although many of them are of less importance than those derived 
 from the forms to the progress of mineralogy. Very often by their 
 assistance, the pupil may dispense with the use of the characteristic, 
 1 because they are very well calculated for recalling to his mind such 
 varieties of the same species as he has before determined. They are 
 obvious at first sight, and are capable of being observed and deter- 
 mined under whatever circumstances they may be found. 
 
 . 88. KINDS AND INTENSITY OF LUSTRE, 
 
 The lustre of minerals is considered in respect to its kind, 
 and in respect to its intensity. 
 
 The kinds of lustre are : 
 
 1. Metallic lustre, 
 
 2. Adamantine lustre, 
 
 3. Resinous lustre, 
 
 4. Vitreous lustre, 
 
 5. Pearly lustre. 
 
OPTICAL CHARACTERS OF MINERALS. 105 
 
 The Metallic Lustre, is subdivided into perfect and imperfect, me- 
 tallic lustre. The first of these occurs in the pure metals, their al- 
 loys, and occasionally in their oxides and combinations with sulphur, 
 as in Galena and Iron Pyrites ; the second is found in the oxides 
 of the metals for the most part, and is particularly exemplified in 
 Columbite. 
 
 The Adamantine Lustre, is subdivided into metallic adamantine, 
 and common adamantine. The common adamantine is nearly pe- 
 culiar to the Diamond ; the metallic adamantine is found in Red Sil- 
 ver ore and some varieties of Carbonate of Lead. 
 
 The Resinous Lustre is well understood from our knowledge of 
 it in Resin. It may further be defined as presenting the appearance 
 of a body besmeared with oil or fat. It is best seen in Pitchstone. 
 
 The Vitreous Lustre is that of glass, and may be observed in 
 common Quartz. 
 
 The Pearly Lustreis divided into common and metallic, pearly lus- 
 tre. The first which approaches the nearest that of the pearl, is 
 found in Heulandite, Stilbite, and some varieties of Mica : the se- 
 cond occurs in Bronzite and Hyperslene. 
 
 As to the intensity of lustre, the following degrees are distin- 
 guished : 
 
 1. Splendent, 
 
 2. Shining, 
 
 3. Glistening, 
 
 4. Glimmering, 
 
 5. Dull. 
 
 Splendent, applies to those faces which possess the highest degree 
 of lustre; and which produce distinct and well defined images, of 
 external objects, provided they are of sufficient dimensions and 
 evenness. Such faces are contained in Garnet, Blende, Tin ore, &.c. 
 
 Shining, is the next less degree of lustre ; it does not produce re- 
 flections equally distinct. Calcareous Spar, and Sulphate of Ba- 
 rytes often present examples of it. 
 
 Glistening, is that in which the light is reflected still less 
 distinctly ; but though it does not yield an image, it reflects it in 
 pretty well defined patches. This degree of lustre is found in most 
 of those compound minerals in which the particles of composition 
 are still observable. Examples are Copper Pyrites, and Grey Ox- 
 ide of Copper. 
 
 Glimmering does not reflect defined patches of light, but a mass 
 of undefined light seems spread over the glimmering surface. This 
 
106 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 degree of lustre is observable in the columnar composition, (often 
 called fibrous fracture,) and in other compound minerals in which 
 the composition is no longer observable, as in the varieties of Quartz 
 called Hornstone, Flint, and Chalcedony. This degree of lustre may 
 generally be taken as a sign of a compound mineral, the individuals 
 of which are so very small, as nearly to disappear. It is produced 
 by the reflection of light, from every one of the impalpable com- 
 ponent parts. 
 
 Dull, possesses no lustre at all. This perfect absence of lustre is 
 almost entirely confined to decomposed minerals, as in Kaolin. 
 
 . 89. SERIES IN THE DIFFERENCES OF LUSTRE. 
 
 In general, neither the kinds nor the degrees of lustre 
 admit of rigorous limits. It is necessary to determine them 
 in some particularly distinct examples, and to compare with 
 them such as are less distinct. 
 
 If there occur several kinds or degrees of lustre in the varieties 
 of a species, these will be in an uninterrupted connexion, and they 
 will pass insensibly into one another, so that in no place are we ca- 
 pable of observing any interruption or want of continuity. Out of 
 the succession in these gradations, the series in question arises. 
 
 If we make abstraction of what is merely accidental, similar fa- 
 ces in single individuals agree as to the kind and degree of in- 
 tensity of- their lustre; and, on the contrary, such faces as are riot 
 similar, disagree in this respect. This is equally the case as relates 
 to faces of crystallization, and to faces of cleavage, as is shown by 
 examples from Gypsum, Mica, and Stilbite. Pearly lustre is the 
 most remarkable among the different kinds; since, in a high state of 
 perfection, it appears in simple minerals only upon single faces 
 of crystallization as well as of cleavage : example, Heulandite. 
 
 . 90. DIVISION OF COLORS. 
 
 The colors are divisible into two series: 1. The metallic 
 colors ; 2. The non-metallic colors. 
 
 For the better distinction of colors, Werner was led to assume 
 eight principal colors as the foundation of all the others. These 
 
OPTICAL CHARACTERS OF MINERALS. 107 
 
 are, White, Grey, Black, Blue, Green, Yellow, Red, and Brown. 
 Each of these comprehends several varieties, the names of which 
 are either derived from such bodies as they most frequently occur 
 in, or they are formed by composition. Examples of the first are, 
 rose-red, apple-green, &c. ; of the latter, reddish-brown, yellowish- 
 brown, &c. 
 
 . 91. METALLIC COLORS. 
 
 The metallic colors are, 1. Copper-red; 2. Bronze-yel- 
 low-; 3. Brass-yellow, and 4. Gold-yellow; 5. Silver-white, 
 and 6. Tin-white ; 7. Lead-grey, and 8. Steel-grey, and 
 9. Iron-black. 
 
 1. Copper-red, the color of metallic copper. JT. Native Copper. 
 
 2. Bronze-yellow, the color of several metallic alloys, as Bronze 
 and Speise. Ex. Magnetic Iron Pyrites. 
 
 3. Brass-yellow, the color of brass. Ex. Copper Pyrites. 
 
 4. Gold-yellow, the color of pure gold. Ex. Native Gold. 
 
 5. Silver-white, the color of pure silver. Ex. Native Silver. 
 
 6. Tin-white, the color of pure tin. Ex. Native Antimony and 
 Native Mercury. 
 
 7. Lead-grey, the color of metallic lead. Ex. Galena, and Sul- 
 phuret of Molybdena. 
 
 8. Steel-grey, approaching the color of recently fractured steel. 
 . Ex. Native Platina, and Graphic Tellurium. 
 
 9. Iron-black, nearly the color of cast-iron. Ex. Octahedral 
 Iron Ore. 
 
 . 92. NON-METALLIC COLORS. 
 
 The non-metallic colors are considered in the order in 
 which the fundamental colors have been enumerated in . 90. 
 
 The following are the non-metallic colors. 
 (A.) White. 
 
 1. Snow- White. The purest white color. Ex. Carrara Marble 
 and Flos-ferri. 
 
 2. Reddish-white. White with a tinge of red. Ex. Some vari- 
 eties of Calcareous Spar and of Quartz. 
 
108 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 3. Yellowish-ivhite. White, inclining to yellow. Ex. Varieties 
 of Calcareous Spar and of Opal. 
 
 4. Greyish-white. White inclining to grey. Ex. Quartz. 
 
 5. Greenish-white. White mingled with a shade of green. Ex. 
 Asbestus and Talc. 
 
 6. Milk-white. White bordering on blue ; the color of newly 
 skimmed milk. Ex. Quartz and Opal. 
 
 (B.) Grey. 
 
 1. Bluish- grey. Grey with a slight tinge of blue. Ex. Quartz 
 and Limestone. 
 
 2. Pearl-grey. Grey with an intermixture of blue and red. Ex. 
 Porcelain Jasper. 
 
 3. Smoke-grey. Grey mixed with brown ; the color of dense 
 smoke. Ex. Quartz. 
 
 4. Greenish- grey. Grey mixed with green. Ex. Talc. 
 
 5. Yellowish- grey. Grey mixed with yellow. Ex. Limestone. 
 
 6. Ash-grey. The purest grey color; a mixture of white and 
 black. Ex. Zoisite. 
 
 (C.) Black. 
 
 1. Greyish-Hack. Black mixed with grey. Ex. Basalt and An- 
 thrakolite. 
 
 2. Velvet-Hack. The purest black color; the color of black vel- 
 vet. Ex. Obsidian. 
 
 3. Greenish-black. Black mixed with green. Ex. Augite. 
 
 4. Brownish-black. Black mixed with brown. Ex. Anthracite. 
 
 5. Bluish-black. Black mixed with blue. Ex. Black Cobalt. 
 
 (D.) Blue. 
 
 1. Blackish-blue. Blue mixed with black. Ex. Dark colored 
 varieties of Blue Malachite. 
 
 2. Jlzure-blue. A bright blue color mixed with a little red. Ex. 
 Pale varieties of Blue Malachite. 
 
 3. Violet-blue. Blue mixed with red. Ex. Amethyst. 
 
 4. Lavender-blue. Blue with a little red and a considerable grey. 
 Ex. Clays. 
 
 5. Plum-blue. A color peculiar to certain varieties of plums. 
 Ex. Spinelle. 
 
 6. Prussian-blue, or Berlin-blue. The purest blue color. Ex. 
 Sapphire and Cyauite. 
 
 7. Smalt-blue. The color of a pale variety of Smalt. Ex. An- 
 hydrite. 
 
OPTICAL CHARACTERS OF MINERALS. 109 
 
 8. Indigo-blue. Blue mixed with black and green ; the color of 
 Indigo. Ex. Blue Iron Earth. 
 
 9. Duck-blue. Blue largely mixed with green and a little black. 
 Ex. Talc. 
 
 10. Sky-blue. A pale blue color, with a little green; the color 
 of the clear sky. Ex. Fluor. 
 
 (E.) Green. 
 
 1. Verdigris- green. A green color, inclining to blue ; the color 
 of verdigris. Ex. Green Feldspar. 
 
 2. Celandine- green. A green color mixed with blue and grey. 
 Ex. Beryl 
 
 3. Mountain- green. Green with much blue. Ex. Aqua-marine. 
 
 4. Leek-green. The color of the leaves of garlick. Ex. Prase. 
 
 5. Enter aid- green. The purest green color. Ex. Emerald. 
 
 6. Jlpple- green. A light green color with a shade of yellow. Ex. 
 Chrysoprase. 
 
 7. Grass-green. The lively color of grass in the spring; green 
 mixed with much yellow. Ex. Green Diallage, Actynolite, &c. 
 
 8. Pistachio- green. Green with yellow and brown. Ex. Chry- 
 solite and Epidote. 
 
 9. Asparagus-green. Pale green, with much yellow. Ex. As- 
 paragus stone. 
 
 10. Blackish- green. Green with black. Ex. Serpentine. 
 
 11. Olive-green. Pale green, with much brown and yellow, 
 Ex. Pitchstone. 
 
 12. Oil-green. A green color still lighter, with more of yellow, 
 and less of brown ; the color of olive oil. Ex. Blende. 
 
 13. Siskin-green. A light green color, very much inclining to 
 yellow. Ex. Uranite. 
 
 (F.) Yellow. 
 
 1. Sulphur-yellow. The color of pure sulphur. Ex. Native 
 Sulphur. 
 
 2. Straw-yellow. Light yellow; nearly the color of straw. Ex. 
 Karpholite. 
 
 3. Wax-yellow. Yellow with grey and a little brown ; the color 
 of yellow wax. Ex. Common Opal. 
 
 4. Honey-yellow. Yellow with a little red and brown ; the dark 
 color of honey. Ex. Fluor. 
 
 5. Lemon-yellow. The purest yellow color ; the color of ripe 
 lemons. Ex. Yellow Orpiment. 
 
 10 
 
110 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 6. Ochre-yellow. Yellow with brown. Ex. Iron Flint. 
 
 7. Wine-yellow. A pale yellow color, with a little red and grey 5 
 the color of several sorts of white wine. Ex. Topaz and Fluor. 
 
 8. Cream-yellow. A pale yellow color ; the color of cream ; rare. 
 Ex. Molybdate of Lead. 
 
 9. Orange-yellow. Yellow, inclining to red ; the color of ripe 
 oranges. Ex. Orpiment. 
 
 (G.) Red. 
 
 1. Aurora-red. Red with much yellow. Ex. Red Orpiment. 
 
 2. Hyacinth-red. Red with yellow and brown. Ex. Hyacinth. 
 
 3. Brick-red. Red with yellow, brown and grey ; the color of 
 freshly baked bricks. Ex. Jasper. 
 
 4. Scarlet-red. The brightest red color. Ex. Cinnabar. 
 
 5. Blood-red. The color of blood. Ex. Garnet. 
 
 6. Flesh-red. A pale red color. Ex. Feldspar. 
 
 7. Carmine-red. The purest red color ; the color of carmine ; 
 rare. Ex. Oriental Ruby, capillary red Oxide of Copper. 
 
 8. Cochineal-red. Red with a little blue and grey. Ex. Garnet. 
 
 9. Rose-red. A pale red color, mixed with white ; the color of 
 the flowers of the Rosa centifolia. Ex. Rose Quartz and red Man- 
 ganese Ore. 
 
 10. Crimson-red. Red with a little blue; a very fine color. Ex. 
 Oriental Ruby. 
 
 11. Peach-blossom-red. Red with white and grey; the color of 
 peach-blossoms. Ex. Lepidolite. 
 
 12. Columbine-red. Red with a little blue and much black. Ex. 
 Garnet. 
 
 13. Cherry-red. A dark red color. Ex. Spinelle and red Sul- 
 phuret of Antimony. 
 
 14. Brownish-red. Red with much brown. Ex. Haematite. 
 
 (H.) Brown. 
 
 1. Reddish-brown. Brown mixed with much red. Ex. Zircon. 
 
 2. Clove-brown. Brown with red and a little blue. Ex. Axinite. 
 
 3. Hair-brown. Brown with a little yellow and grey. Ex. Aga- 
 tized wood. 
 
 4. Broccoli-brown. A brown color mixed with blue, red and 
 grey ; rare. Ex. Zircon. 
 
 5. Chesnut-brown. The purest brown color. Ex. Egyptian 
 Jasper. 
 
 6. Yellowish-brown. Brown with much yellow. Ex. Iron Flint 
 and Jasper. 
 

 OPTICAL CHARACTERS OF MINERALS. Ill 
 
 7. Pinchbeck-brown. Yellowish-brown with a metallic lustre. 
 Ex. Talc, and Hypersthene. 
 
 8. Wood-brown. Brown with yellow and much grey. The 
 color of old wood. Ex. Mountain wood. 
 
 9. Liver -brown. Brown with grey and a little green. Ex. Com- 
 mon Jasper. 
 
 10. Blackish-brown. Brown with much black. Ex. Bitumin- 
 ous coal. 
 
 The colors above mentioned represent so many fixed points, be- 
 tween which there exist in nature numerous shades. These are 
 indicated by the two with which they best agree. If the color, in 
 a given case, differ but little from one of these standards, it is said to 
 be that color, only inclining or passing into another. 
 
 Colors may be different in their intensity, though belonging to 
 one and the same variety. Differences of this kind are indicated by 
 the expressions pale, light, deep, dark, 
 
 . 93. SERIES OF COLORS. 
 
 The varieties of color occurring in the individuals of one 
 and the same species, form an uninterrupted series, which 
 is called the Series of Colors of that Species. 
 
 All the species in mineralogy are not equally complete in this re- 
 spect. Many offer but few varieties of color, while others present 
 us with a very great number. In these last, it is observable, that 
 they insensibly pass into each other, or that every one of them is 
 intermediate between two others. Thus they represent an unin- 
 terrupted succession of the shades of colors, and give rise to what 
 is meant by the series of colors. 
 
 The series of colors cannot be described ; they must be studied 
 from nature. An idea of them, however, is soon, and very easily 
 obtained by the examination of a few species very complete in this 
 particular, and which are arranged expressly for this end. The fol- 
 lowing are among the most eligible for the purpose ; Quartz, Tour- 
 maline, Mica, Fluor, Corundum, and Spinelle. 
 
 . 94. PECULIARITIES IN THE OCCURRENCE OF COLORS. 
 
 There exist several peculiarities in the occurrence of 
 colors among minerals, which, though from their want of 
 
112 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 constancy, are not very serviceable in mineralogy, are nev- 
 ertheless, exceedingly interesting. They have been called 
 the Play of Colors, the Change of Colors, the Opales- 
 cence, the Iridescence, the Tarnish, and the Delineations of 
 Colors. 
 
 The only use made of these properties is in the descriptive part of 
 Natural History. 
 
 1. The Play of Colors is produced, if the mineral reflects, in 
 certain directions, other colors beside its own, and these, for the 
 most part, rainbow colors of very unusual brightness and intensity. 
 They are not steady, or always observable in the same place, but 
 alter with the position of the mineral, or with the direction of the 
 rays of light. It is witnessed in the highest perfection in the Dia- 
 mond when cut : and depends in this gem upon the reflexion of re- 
 fracted light, occasioned by the artificial facets. The precious Opal 
 presents the same phenomenon, even before being cut. Candle 
 light, or sunshine is much more advantageous for the display of 
 this effect than the ordinary light of day. 
 
 2. The Change of Colors consists in the reflexion of bright hues 
 of color in certain directions, depending upon the structure of the 
 mineral. It covers larger spots than the play of colors, and they 
 do not disappear so rapidly on being moved. It is best seen in the 
 Labrador Feldspar. 
 
 3. The Opalescence consists in a kind of milky light, which cer- 
 tain minerals reflect, either when cut or in their natural condition. 
 It occurs in the Cats-eye, where it depends upon composition, this 
 substance consisting of Quartz traversed by delicate fibres of As- 
 bestus : also, in Chrysoberyl and Feldspar, (var. Adularia) in both of 
 which it depends upon the crystalline structure ; as also in the Sap- 
 phire in which it appears in the six-rayed stars of light, and has re- 
 ceived the name of Asteria. 
 
 4. The Iridescence shows the colors of the rainbow, similar to 
 those produced by the refraction of light, through a prisrn of glass. 
 It depends upon fissures in the interior of minerals. The cavities 
 present the phenomenon of the colored rings. It is most striking 
 in Quartz. 
 
 Another remarkable property of certain minerals is, that they 
 show different colors, if examined by transmitted^ light in certain 
 directions. This property of minerals has been termed their Di- 
 
OPTICAL CHARACTERS OF MINERALS. 113 
 
 chroism. Tourmaline, lolite and Mica are among the most distinct 
 examples. Several varieties of the first are nearly opaque in the 
 direction of the axis, while they show different degrees of transpa- 
 rency, and various colors, as green, brown and blue, in a direction 
 perpendicular to it. Mica is often green in the direction of the axis 
 and brown perpendicular to this line. The application of this prop- 
 erty is greatly extended by examining minerals in polarized light, 
 where many minerals show dichroism, which exhibit in common 
 light, the same color in every direction. 
 
 5. The Tarnish consists in the alteration of the color of a mineral 
 upon its surface. It is useful to attend to this peculiarity of miner- 
 als (common only to such as have a metallic lustre) in order to avoid 
 confounding it with their real colors, which are discoverable only 
 by effecting a fresh fracture. It is frequent in Copper Pyrites. 
 
 6. Simple minerals very seldom present more than one color at a 
 time. Instances occur, however, where the same crystal exhibits 
 two or more, as the red and green in Tourmaline, and the white 
 and purple in Fluor. Compound minerals, on the contrary, are 
 frequently variegated, and the Delineation of Colors, refers to the 
 figures which the different colors produce. With regard to these, 
 it is unnecessary to enter into detail. With regard to the dendritic 
 delineations, it must be recollected, however, that they are real imi- 
 tative forms, (. 77 ) and that, therefore, they do not refer to the 
 mineral upon which they are found : they may be only superficial, 
 or be distributed throughout the whole mass of the specimen. 
 
 . 95. THE STREAK. 
 
 If we scratch a mineral with a sharp instrument, either a 
 powder will be produced, or the scratched place assumes a 
 higher degree of lustre. Both these phenomena are inclu- 
 ded under the term streak. 
 
 The lustre is heightened by the streak in malleable minerals, as 
 also with clay and several other decomposed minerals. 
 
 The best method for observing the color of the powder, is to rub 
 the mineral upon a plate of porcelain biscuit, or upon a file, until 
 the powder appears. In those minerals which are too hard for a 
 process of this kind, the streak is of little importance. 
 
 Some minerals retain their color in the streak ; others change it* 
 the former are most of those minerals which possess a white 
 
 jo* 
 
114 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 color ; of the latter are ores of the metals, for the most part, as Hae- 
 matite, which changes from reddish brown to red, and Columbite, 
 which changes from black to reddish brown. The former are said 
 to be unchanged in the streak ; of the latter, the alteration of the 
 color in the streak is indicated. A white or grey streak of minerals 
 is said to be uncolored. 
 
 . 96. DEGREES OF TRANSPARENCY. 
 
 The relative quantity of light which is transmitted through 
 the substance of minerals constitutes the degrees of transpa- 
 rency. 
 
 The use of the degrees of transparency is limited to the descrip- 
 tive part of Mineralogy. 
 
 These degrees are, 
 
 1. Transparent, if the light is transmitted in sufficient quantity 
 to enable us to distinguish small objects placed behind the mineral. 
 Ex. Quartz crystals. 
 
 . 2. Semi-transparent, if it is possible to see an object behind the 
 mineral, without, however, being able to distinguish more of it 
 than its general figure. Ex. Smoky Quartz. 
 
 3. Translucent, if the light every where pervades the mineral, 
 so as to give it an uniform milky appearance, without, however, 
 permitting objects to be perceived through it. Ex. Chalcedony. 
 
 4. Translucent on the edges, when the above is only true of th'e 
 sharp edges of the mineral ; the main mass remaining perfectly 
 dark. Ex, Hornstone and Jasper. 
 
 5. Opaque, if a mineral transmits no light at all. Ex. The na- 
 tive metals. 
 
 Minerals of a non-metallic character are but very rarely entirely 
 opaque. Yet accidental impurities influence so much their trans^ 
 parency, that this property becomes almost entirely useless for the 
 determination of minerals. The best employment to be made of it, 
 seems to be, in the distinction of compound varieties from simple 
 ones, where the minuteness of the particles of composition prevents 
 them from being observed immediately. Commonly, in the same 
 species, the compound varieties possess a less degree of transparen- 
 cy than the simple ones. This is well exemplified in the varieties 
 of Quartz. Almost all its single individuals, provided they are not 
 impure, shew higher degrees of transparency than Flint, Hornstone 
 and Chalcedony, and other compound varieties. 
 
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF MINERALS. 115 
 
 THE PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF MINERALS. 
 
 . 97. STATE OF AGGREGATION. 
 
 In respect to the mode of aggregation, minerals, in the 
 first place, are either solid or fluid. The former are either 
 brittle, or sectile, or malleable, or flexible, or elastic ; the 
 latter are either liquid or expansible. 
 
 A solid mineral is said to be, 
 
 1. Brittle, if in detaching small particles of it with a knife or a 
 file, these particles lose their coherence, and separate with a gia- 
 ting noise, in a powder. Ex. Quartz, Feldspar and Iron Pyrites. 
 
 2. Malleable, if the particles detached by the knife do not lose 
 their connexion, but rather separate in slices. Ex. Native Silver, 
 Native Gold and Native Copper. 
 
 3. Sectilc, if the particles, on their separation, as above, merely 
 lose their connexion, without flying off in powder. Sectile miner- 
 als are intermediate between brittle and malleable minerals. Ex. 
 Talc and Gypsum. 
 
 4. Ductile, if it can be wrought into sheets or wire ; so that, by 
 the application of a greater or less force, the particles of the mineral 
 may change their relative situation, without absolutely losing their 
 connexion. Ex. Native Gold and Native Silver. 
 
 5. Flexible, when the particles allow of being bent in different 
 directions without breaking, and remain in the direction in which 
 they have been bent. Ex. Talc and Sulphuret of Molybdena. 
 
 6. Elastic, if the particles on being bent out of their natural po- 
 sition, resume their former situation when the disturbing force is 
 removed. Ex. Mica. 
 
 A fluid is more particularly said to be, 
 
 1. Liquid, if in pouring it out from a vessel, perfectly round drops 
 are formed. Ex. Water and Mercury. 
 
 2. Viscid, if the drops are not round, but ropy. Ex. Petroleum. 
 Expansible minerals do not shew any difference in these respects. 
 
 They comprehend the Gases and some of the Acids. 
 
 It is evident that all these properties are subject to slight variations, 
 and that they must pass into each other by insensible gradations. 
 
116 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 . 98. HARDNESS. 
 
 Hardness is the resistance of solid minerals to the dis- 
 placement of their particles, the magnitude of which con- 
 stitutes their degree of Hardness. 
 
 The character now under consideration is one of the most impor- 
 tant possessed by minerals, for the purposes of their determination. 
 We have not, hitherto, been able to ascertain the positive hardness 
 of minerals, from the difficulty of establishing an accurate scale for 
 the degrees of hardness. All the means we at present possess, for 
 arriving at this end, consist merely in the general comparison of the 
 known with the unknown. 
 
 The existence of differences in the degrees of hardness among 
 minerals, is very easily ascertained, by the simple experiment of 
 scratching one of them by the other. Thus, a sharp angle of Quartz 
 will produce a deep furrow in Calcareous Spar; whilst a sharp corner 
 of the latter species does not injure the surface of the former. ^ Ac- 
 cordingly, we conclude that Quartz is harder than Calcareous Spar; 
 and, in general, that of two minerals, the harder one scratches the 
 other, but cannot, inversely, be scratched by it. 
 
 By proceeding upon this principle, a scale for the degrees of hard- 
 ness has been made out, which possesses sufficient accuracy for the 
 purposes of mineralogy. This is effected by choosing a certain num* 
 ber of suitable minerals, and arranging them in such an order that 
 every preceding one is scratched by that which follows it, while the 
 latter does not scratch the former. 
 
 The scale is as follows : 
 
 1. Talc, The common green or greenish white varieties, 
 
 2. Gypsum. An uncrystallized variety. This degree of hard* 
 ness is exactly that of Rock Salt, which mineral, therefore, may be 
 substituted for Gypsum, in the determination of hardness, or it may 
 assist in the selection of the proper variety of Gypsum to be employ- 
 ed as a term of comparison. 
 
 3. Calcareous Spar, or a cleavable variety of Carbonate of Lime, 
 Bitter Spar cannot be employed as a substitute, its hardness being 
 somewhat greater than Calcareous Spar. 
 
 4. Fluor. Any cleavable variety. 
 
 5. Apatite. Crystals possessing a conchoidal fracture? 
 
 6. Feldspar. A cleavable variety of Adularia. 
 
 7. Quartz. Limpid and transparent, 
 
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF MINERALS. 117 
 
 8. Topaz. In crystals. 
 
 9. Corundum. The easily cleavable varieties. 
 10. Diamond. 
 
 The minerals representing the units of this scale, have been cho- 
 sen among those species which may be most readily obtained. It 
 will be perceived, however, that the intervals between the mem- 
 bers of the scale are not every where of the same magnitude. 
 Diamond is evidently much harder, if compared with Corundum, 
 than Fluor with Calcareous Spar. This however leads to no incon- 
 venience, in the case above mentioned ; for there exists no mineral 
 of a hardness intermediate between the degrees represented by the 
 two first of these species. The interval between Fluor and Feld- 
 spar is also greater than it should be ; and, in this case, it would be 
 desirable to have another mineral to substitute for Fluor, whose 
 hardness should be such as to divide more equally the interval be- 
 tween Calcareous Spar and Feldspar. Still, wilh these imperfec- 
 tions, the scale is used to the highest advantage. The degrees of 
 hardness are expressed by means of those numbers, which, in the 
 above enumeration, are prefixed to them. Thus, the hardness of 
 Feldspar is =6, that of Corundum =9. 
 
 The intervals between each two subsequent members may be 
 divided into ten equal parts ; and these tenths determined by es- 
 timate. It will very seldom be required to value the hardness to 
 more or less than 0.5; but it will always be possible to proceed so 
 far as we find It necessary to answer our purpose. 
 
 The state of liquidity may be considered as the zero of the scale. 
 
 If, in employing the scale, we endeavor to find the degree of 
 hardness of a given mineral, by trying which member of the series 
 is scratched by it, and which of them injures the surface of the 
 given one, it will appear that the specimens employed, shouH pos- 
 sess certain properties, in many cases difficult to be found. They 
 should all have faces perfectly smooth and even, and solid angles or 
 corners of the same form, and be equally hard. 
 
 As to the faces, those produced by cleavage seem the most eligible, 
 if they possess a pretty high degree of perfection. Faces of crys- 
 tallization are commonly uneven or streaked ; cut and polished fa- 
 ces, however, in many instances, shew a less degree of hardness 
 than the mineral really possesses. 
 
 It is still more difficult to obtain the corners with the constant 
 quality which is requisite. Even in a determined form, these are 
 sometimes liable to be so much influenced by structure, that they 
 give very uncertain results. In this respect, the solid angles of the 
 
118 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 Tetrahedron, and those of the octahedron of Fluor, shew quite dif- 
 ferent results. The corners of compound varieties, in which the 
 individuals become impalpable or disappear, such as Chalcedony, 
 Flint, and others, are commonly found very powerful, much more 
 so than the similarly formed corners of simple varieties. But if 
 the composition is still observable, the particles very often separate 
 in the experiment of scratching another mineral, and the corner of 
 a compound mineral cannot produce the effect of that of the simple 
 mine al. The application of the edges is subject to similar difficulties. 
 
 But the experiment of merely scratching one substance by an- 
 other, has been found not to lead to the most accurate determination 
 of the hardness of minerals. This is powerfully assisted by having 
 recourse to a file, in the manner presently to be described. 
 
 If we take several specimens of one and the same mineral, and 
 pass them over a fine file, we shall find, that an equal force will 
 every where produce an equal effect, provided, that the parts of the 
 mineral in contact with the file be of similar size, so that the one 
 does not present to the file a very sharp corner, while the other is 
 applied to it by a broad face. It is necessary also, that the force 
 applied in this experiment, be always the least possible. Every per- 
 son, however little accustomed, will experience a very marked differ- 
 ence, if comparatively trying in this w r ay any two subsequent mem- 
 bers of the above scale, and thus, the difference in their hardness 
 will be easily perceived. A little practice is sufficient for render- 
 ing these perceptions more delicate and perfect, so that in a short 
 time, it is possible to determine differences" in the hardness very 
 much less those between two subsequent members of the scale. 
 
 Upon this is founded the application of the scale ; the general 
 principle of which consists in this, that the degree of hardness of 
 the given mineral is compared with the degrees of hardness of the 
 members of the scale, not immediately, by their mutual scratching, 
 but mediately through the file, and determined accordingly. 
 
 The process of this determination is as follows: 
 
 First we try, wilh a corner of the given mineral, to scratch the 
 members of the scale, beginning from above, in order that we may 
 not waste unnecessarily the specimens representing lower mem- 
 bers. After having thus arrived at the first, which is distinctly 
 scratched by the given mineral, we have recourse to the file, and 
 compare upon it the hardness of this degree, that of the next higher 
 degree, and of the given mineral. Care must be taken to employ 
 specimens of each of them nearly agreeing in size and form, and 
 also as much as possible in the quality of their angles. From the 
 
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF MINERALS. 119 
 
 resistance these bodies oppose to the file, and from the noise occa- 
 sioned by their passing over it, we infer with perfect security, their 
 mutual relations in respect to hardness. The experiment is repeat- 
 ed with all the alterations thought necessary, till we may consider 
 ourselves as having arrived at a fair estimate, which is at last expres- 
 sed by the number of that degree with which it has been found to 
 agree nearest, the decimals being likewise added, if required. 
 
 The files answering best for the purpose are fine and very hard 
 ones. Their absolute hardness is of no consequence ; hence, every 
 file will be applicable, whose hardness is in the necessary relation 
 with that of the mineral. For it is not the hardness of the file with 
 which we have to compare that of the mineral, but the hardness 
 of another mineral by the medium of the file. From this observa- 
 tion it appears, that the application of the file widely differs from 
 the methods of determining the hardness of minerals which have 
 hitherto been in use ; as scratching glass, striking fire with steel, 
 cutting with a knife, scratching with the nail, Sac. 
 
 Besides an appropriate form, there is another necessary property 
 of the minerals to be determined, consisting in their state of purity. 
 Neither the degree of hardness, nor that of specific gravity, can 
 be correctly ascertained, if we employ impure substances. For the 
 same reason, it would be wrong to make use of minerals which 
 have undergone a total or even partial decomposition ; and in gen- 
 eral, every circumstance which might influence the hardness must 
 be duly attended to, if we hope to arrive at a useful and correct 
 result. 
 
 Minerals that cleave with more facility in one direction than in 
 any other, often shew a less degree of hardness upon the perfect 
 face of cleavage than in other directions. This is exemplified in 
 Cyanite and Mica. If we are engaged in the determination of a 
 mineral by the help of the characteristic, it will be necessary to take 
 a mean term between the two degrees measured, or rather, to lean 
 towards the higher one. 
 
 Supposing all the precautions necessary in determining the de- 
 grees of hardness to have been taken, and the circumstances well 
 attended to, which might have exercised some influence ; we find 
 that those individuals which belong to one and the same species, 
 admirably agree with each other in respect to this property ; and 
 that deviations from an exact coincidence, if they happen to occur, 
 do not take place, per saltum, but that they are joined with each 
 other by intermediate members. These members produce a series, 
 in most cases between very narrow limits. 
 
120 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 . 99. SPECIFIC GRAVITY. 
 
 By the Specific Gravity of minerals, is understood the 
 relation which subsists among them, under equal volumes, 
 as respects their absolute weights. 
 
 The determination of the specific gravity depends upon the com- 
 parison between absolute weights and volumes. They cannot be 
 instituted at all, or at least not with sufficient accuracy, except by 
 the aid of appropriate instruments. 
 
 In ascertaining the specific gravity of minerals, water has been 
 agreed upon as the fixed standard of comparison. This preference 
 has been given from the remarkable facility with which we can 
 compare its weight with that of all other minerals, under equal 
 volumes, in consequence of the discovery of Archimedes, that when 
 a body is immersed in water, it loses a portion of its weight equal 
 to that of the volume of water it displaces, which volume is pre- 
 cisely equal to its own : accordingly, if a body, after having been 
 weighed in air, be weighed in water, the loss of weight which it 
 sustains will necessarily indicate that which belongs to a volume of 
 water exactly equal to its own. Therefore, if we represent the 
 specific gravity of water by any number whatever, we shall obtain 
 the specific gravity of the body weighed, by means of the following 
 proportion: the weight lost by the body weighed, (or, what is the 
 same thing, the weight of a volume of water equal to it,) is to the 
 absolute weight of the body, as the number chosen to represent the 
 specific gravity of water, is to the specific gravity of the body 
 weighed. The number which has been selected to represent the 
 specific gravity of water is 1. 
 
 The specific gravity of water being liable to vary, from foreign 
 substances it often contains, and from an alteration of temperature, 
 it is obvious it cannot with propriety be made a standard of compari- 
 son, except when perfectly pure, and at a given temperature. For 
 these reasons, distilled water only is employed in ascertaining the 
 specific gravity of minerals, and at a temperature varying as little 
 as possible from 60 F. 
 
 Several instruments are employed in taking the specific gravities 
 of minerals, some of which have reference to the state of the min- 
 eral, whether solid, fluid or gaseous. As it will very rarely be ne- 
 cessary to resort to the use of the present character in the deter- 
 mination of liquids and expansible fluids, the arrangements adopted 
 in ascertaining it, in these bodies, will not be described in this 
 
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF MINERALS. 
 
 121 
 
 treatise. They can easily be learned by recurring to most of the 
 works on Natural Philosophy, where they are more appropriately 
 described, with every necessary detail. The instruments for deter- 
 mining the specific gravity of solid minerals, are the Hydrostatic 
 Balance and Nicholson's Jlrceometer. 
 
 The Hydrostatic Balance consists of a pair of scales, sufficiently 
 delicate to be turned with the 100th of a grain, when loaded with 
 300 or 400 grs. The scales should be set upon a stand, and pro- 
 vided with an accurate set of weights, from 100 grs. down to the 
 20th of a grain. A hook is affixed, under one of the pans, to which 
 is attached the thread or filament, intended to give support to the 
 fragment whose specific gravity is to be ascertained. The vessel 
 which holds the water should be a glass jar, seven or eight inches 
 deep ; and a thermometer should be provided for adjusting the tem- 
 perature of the water. Its delicacy after all will depend upon the 
 thinness of the thread by which the mineral is suspended in the 
 water. A human hair is sufficiently strong for supporting a weight 
 of three hundred grains, and is therefore, in most cases, admirably 
 adapted to the purpose. 
 
 Nicholson's jlrcsometer, Fig. 151, is a 
 hollow cylinder MN, made of while iron; 
 the stem Ir is a wire of brass, which sup- 
 porte the little cup A and the larger pan C. 
 This stem is marked, towards its middle, 
 by a slight impression b, made with a file. 
 From the lower part, is suspended the 
 leaden.bucket E. The weight of the in- 
 strument is such, that when we plunge it 
 into water, it swims in a vertical posture, 
 with the mark b somewhat elevated above 
 the surface of the water. In employing 
 this instrument, the same attention is re- 
 quisite, as respects the purity and tem- 
 perature of the water, as in the use of 
 the Hydrostatic Balance. Having intro- 
 duced the instrument into a tall glass jar 
 of this water, we load the pan C (placed 
 on A) with weights, until the Araeometer 
 sinks so as to make the mark b on the 
 stem exactly coincide with the surface of 
 
 the water. The amount of weight required for this is marked upon 
 the cup, for future use, and is called the balance weight of the in- 
 
 11 
 
122 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 struraent. This weight will show the capacity of the instrument; 
 no body of greater weight being capable of having its specific grav- 
 ity ascertained by it. Let us suppose the capacity of the Araeometer 
 to be known ; we proceed as follows to learn the specific gravity of 
 a mineral. A fragment of it is placed in the upper pan C, and 
 weights are added, until the mark b coincides with the surface of 
 the water. The amount of weight thus added, is subtracted from 
 the balance weight; the remainder is the weight of the mineral in 
 air. The mineral is now transferred to the bucket E. But as all 
 bodies weigh less in water than air, it will be requisite to add more 
 weight to the pan C, in order to bring the mark b to its appropriate 
 level. The amount added, in this last case, will be exactly the 
 weight of a quantity of water equal in bulk to the mineral. We 
 are thus brought acquainted with the absolute weights of equal 
 bulks of water and of the mineral, and the ratio of these weights is 
 the ratio of their specific gravities. 
 
 The Hydrostatic Balance is the most accurate, and is therefore to 
 be chosen for nice inquiries, such as determining the gravity of very 
 minute specimens, and where it is the object to fix the limits of the 
 range in the specific gravities of a new species. But for the com- 
 mon purpose of finding the specific gravity of minerals, in order to 
 find out their names by the aid of the characteristic, the Araeometer 
 will be found every way sufficient, and generally preferable, on ac- 
 count of the greater expedition with which it can be used. Besides, 
 it is much cheaper and more portable. 
 
 The minerals of which we are taking the specific gravity should 
 be perfectly pure. The greatest care must therefore be exercised, 
 in removing, as much as possible, whatever foreign substances ad- 
 here to them. And further, we must avoid employing such speci- 
 mens as contain vacuities. In order to get rid of these, the miner- 
 als must be broken down into fragments, until we can select such 
 as appear perfectly continuous, even when viewed by the micro- 
 scope. Compound varieties are more liable to contain cavities than 
 simple minerals; for this reason, the composition must be overcome, 
 at least so far that it cannot have any more influence upon the accu- 
 racy of our results. Yet the minerals must not be too much redu- 
 ced in size, since this might lead into an opposite error, in supposing 
 those minerals lighter than water, which swim upon it, when redu- 
 ced to an impalpable powder. 
 
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF MINERALS. 123 
 
 . 100. MAGNETISM. 
 
 Some minerals act upon the magnetic needle, if they are 
 brought within the sphere of its attraction. Others become 
 magnets themselves. These phenomena are made use of 
 as characters, under the name of Magnetism. 
 
 The only minerals hitherto known, which exercise a considerable 
 action upon the magnetic needle, are the Native Iron and Octahe- 
 dral Iron-ore. A few other ores of iron also act upon it, but with 
 much less energy. 
 
 Instead of a needle, the horse-shoe magnet may be employed in 
 examining minerals for this property, but in such cases the mineral 
 should be reduced to the condition of a powder. 
 
 .101. ELECTRICITY. 
 
 Several minerals produce electric phenomena ; some of 
 them by friction, others by pressure, others by communica- 
 tion, and others by heat. Some are electrics ; others are 
 conductors of electricity. 
 
 Vitreous or positive electricity is produced by friction, in a large 
 number of earthy minerals, as Quartz, Topaz, Emerald, &c. and 
 even in some salts. In the same way, the combustibles, as Sulphur, 
 Amber and Coal, present the phenomena of negative or resinous 
 electricity. As conductors of electricity, the native metals may be 
 mentioned. 
 
 Heat produces electric phenomena, in Topaz, Mesotype, Preh- 
 nite, Tourmaline, &c. The opposite extremities of the crystals 
 assume opposite kinds of electricity, and therefore possess electric 
 axes.* Boracite exhibits four electric axes, coinciding with the 
 axes of the Cube, which is the form of its crystal. This difference 
 
 * In cut and polished pieces of transparent Tourmaline, electrical ex- 
 citement is produced by natural fluctuations of temperature in the air; 
 or, in other words, this substance may be said to be spontaneously 
 electric. 
 
124 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 in the electric phenomena is very often accompanied by a different 
 configuration of the opposite terminations of crystals. (. 50, p. 47.) 
 The phenomena relating to the electricity of minerals have not, 
 hitherto, been found very useful in mineralogy : they have rather 
 excited attention, as physical curiosities, than as important charac- 
 ters. For this reason, the apparatus required for observing these 
 phenomena will not be described in the present treatise. It may be 
 found, however, in most works relating to the subject, which the 
 student can consult in case he wishes to enter upon these investi- 
 gations. 
 
 . 102. TASTE. 
 Several minerals produce a sensible taste. 
 
 All the acids and many of the salts produce some taste. The so- 
 luble salts not occuring, in general, with any of the characters re- 
 quired for their exact determination, their taste is almost the only 
 one left to which we are able to recur ; accordingly, it has been 
 found useful to provide the differences in the kinds of taste with 
 particular denominations. The following expressions have been 
 adopted : 
 
 1. Astringent for the taste of Vitriol. 
 
 2. Sweetish for the taste of Alum. 
 
 3. Saline for the taste of Common Salt. 
 
 4. Alkaline for the taste of Carbonate of Soda. 
 
 5. Cooling for the taste of Salt-petre. 
 
 6. Bitter for the taste of Epsom salt. 
 
 7. Urinous for the taste of Sal-ammoniac. 
 
 8. Sour for the taste of Sulphuric acid. 
 
 Besides, the intensity or other peculiarities of several kinds of taste 
 may be indicated, which will be done in the progress of the work 
 in a manner sufficiently plain to be understood, without farther ex- 
 planation in this place. 
 
 . 103. ODOR.* 
 
 There are minerals which, either spontaneously or when 
 rubbed, emit some odor. 
 
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF MINERALS. 125 
 
 Several varieties of Bitumen possess a bituminous odor. Iron 
 Pyrites emits a sulphureous smell when two pieces are forcibly 
 struck together so as to strike fire. Arsenical Iron under the same 
 circumstances gives the odor of garlick. Black Limestone of a ceiv 
 tain kind emits under the blow of the hammer a fetid smell : pieces 
 of Quartz likewise produce a peculiar odor when struck together. 
 
 Sulphuretted Hydrogen, Sulphurous Acid, and oilier natural gases 
 have various odors ; as that of rotten eggs, of burning sulphur, &c. 
 
 Besides the characters treated of in the foregoing pages, there 
 are still some phenomena which have been made use of in the de- 
 scription and discrimination of minerals. Among these, the Adhe- 
 sion to the Tongue is almost exclusively met with in decomposed 
 minerals ; the Unctuous and Meagre Touch are used for distin- 
 guishing certain friable minerals ; and the Phosphorescence pro- 
 duced by heat is also employed in those minerals in which the nat- 
 ural properties are not observable.* 
 
 * Chemical characters. These are made up of the use of the Blowpipe 
 and the action of acids; of which it maybe remarked, that in strictness, 
 it is no more required of a treatise like the present, to describe the man- 
 ner of examining minerals by heat and the reactions of acids, than it is to 
 give the rules observed by the analyst in ascertaining the composition 
 of minerals: the information pertaining to these subjects being the ap- 
 propriate province of Chemistry, and should, of course, be looked for, 
 when sought in detail, in the works on that science. It is only to abridge 
 the inconvenience of reference to other books, and which may not be 
 within the reach of the reader, that the following account is given of 
 these characters. 
 
 BLOWPIPE. The most simple of all blowpipes is that employed by 
 the smiths to direct the flame of a lamp upon small pieces of metal placed 
 on charcoal. It consists of a tapering metallic tube, Fig. 152, ten or 
 twelve inches long, and bent at right angles towards the smaller extrem- 
 ity, where us opening is so small as scarcely to admit a common sized 
 pin ; while at the larger end it varies from one sixth to one fourth of an 
 inch. In the operations of the artist, (which commonly consist in little 
 solders,) the small extremity, or beak, -is brought near the flame of the 
 lamp, and with the mouth, a current of air is impelled through the tube 
 upon the flame. As the blowing is anly required for a moment at a 
 time, no inconvenience arises from the moisture, which is apt to be 
 Driven along with the current of air from the lungs. But in the experv 
 
 n* 
 
126 
 
 TERMINOLOGY. 
 
 iments of the chemist, where the blowing must often be sustained for 
 several minutes at a time, a considerable embarrassment is experienced 
 from this source. Inendeav- 
 
 oring to avoid this, as well as Fig. 152. Fig. 153. Fig. 154. 
 with a view to render the in- 
 strument more portable, sev- 
 eral variations have been adop- 
 ted in its construction. One 
 of these improvements is rep- 
 resented in Fig. 153 ; at 6, to- 
 wards the center of the blow- 
 pipe, the tube enlarges into a 
 ball, three fourths of an inch 
 in diameter, in which the 
 moisture from the mouth ac- 
 cumulates, and is removed, 
 occasionally, by being un- 
 screwed at its centre and care- 
 fully wiped out. This instru- 
 ment is made of brass, and 
 furnished with a mouth piece 
 a, of ivory. Another form, 
 Fig. 154, and the one to which 
 the preference is given, was 
 introduced by Voigt. It has 
 the chamber or barrel c, for 
 the reception of moisture, sit- 
 uated at the angle of the in- 
 strument near the beak : it is 
 circular in its form, one inch 
 in diameter, and one eighth 
 of an inch across. The beak 
 issues from the centre of this 
 chamber, and is capable of being turned completely round. Upon its 
 extremity is fitted a little appendage d, pierced with a hole more or less 
 fine, through which the air escapes. Three or four of these little cones 
 accompany the instrument of different calibres, which can be substitu- 
 ted for one another at pleasure. Berzelius recommends that they bo 
 made of platina, as in using them for a little time, they become coated 
 with lampblack, and if made of this metal are at once cleansed by heat- 
 ing them to redness upon charcoal before the blowpipe. This blowpipe 
 
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF MINERALS. 127 
 
 is provided with a joint at 5, and the side of the barrel or cylinder oppo- 
 site to that from which the heak issues, comes off by unscrewing, for 
 the purpose of enabling us to wipe it dry occasionally. This barrel 
 serves to contain the little appendages of the beak, when the instrument 
 is not in use. This instrument is also made of brass with an ivory mouth 
 piece. 
 
 The flame employed in using the blowpipe may be either that of a 
 candle or lamp; though considerable choice exists among candles and 
 lamps for this purpose. A tallow or wax candle in order to answer best, 
 should be made with its wick somewhat larger than ordinary ; and of 
 lamps, one furnished with a single wick and fed by olive oil has received 
 the preference. In using the candle, the wiok is previously bent in the 
 direction to which we wish to direct the flame. 
 
 The keeping up a continual stream of air through the blowpipe is at 
 first attended with some difficulty. This, however, is best overcome 
 by an attention to the following directions. Closing the. mouth, keep 
 the cheeks distended with air during a number of inspirations and expi- 
 rations, performed through the nostrils. Next, attempt the same with 
 the mouth piece of the blowpipe between the lips : now, as this provides 
 an exit for the air in the mouth, unless a fresh supply be kept up from 
 the lungs, the cheeks will soon collapse ; in order to prevent this, at the 
 moment of expiration through the nose, a sufficient quantity of air must 
 be allowed to enter the mouth to preserve their distention. By this 
 means, the air in the mouth is constantly subject to the same compres- 
 sion, and flows in an uniform mannner from the little orifice. Having 
 acquired the habit of keeping up a continued current of air from the 
 blowpipe, the beak is now brought within the border of the flame of the 
 lamp or candle. We immediately perceive before the orifice a long 
 and conical blue flame, environed by an outer cone more resembling 
 the ordinary flame of a candle or lamp. It is at the apex of the 
 blue cone that the most intense heat is produced. Much practice, 
 however, is required in order to obtain the maximum heat of this in- 
 strument. If the current of air is too strong, the heat is dissipated 
 as soon as produced ; if too feeble, there is a deficiency of air for the 
 effect. 
 
 Oxidation takes place when we bring the matter of assay before the 
 apex of the exterior flame, where the combustible matter coining from 
 the lamp or candle has ceased to attract oxygen. The heat required in 
 the matter of assay is only that of incipient redness ; and one of the 
 larger orifices of the beak is found best for producing this temperature. 
 Reduction, on the other hand, requires a more elevated temperature, 
 
128 TERMINOLOGY* 
 
 which is best obtained by the aid of one of the finest appendages, the 
 opening of which should be introduced only within the edge of the 
 flame. A less distinctly blue cone than in the former instance, sur- 
 rounded by a more brilliant one, will be the result. The matter to be 
 deoxidized is to be supported completely within the bright flame, just 
 beyond the apex of the blue cone : this medium consists of an inflam- 
 mable gas not yet saturated with oxygen, and which, of course, will seek 
 it from the matter of assay. 
 
 The ordinary support for the substance placed before the blowpipe is 
 well burnt charcoal. In its selection, it is important to attend to the cir- 
 cumstance of its being freshly burned, and that it be of a light texture ; 
 as the more compact charcoal, besides being too good a conductor, is in- 
 convenient on account of the large quantity of ashes it produces, Gahn 
 preferred charcoal from pine wood. Platina wires three or four inches 
 in length, are employed in those cases where the reducing effect of a 
 charcoal support is liable to prevent the reaction which we wish to pro-, 
 duce. The matter of assay is easily attached to the wire, by bending 
 up one extremity into a hook, moistening it with the tongue, and dip- 
 ping it into the powdered flux we have occasion to employ, which ad- 
 heres to it in sufficient quantity : it is now brought before the flame of 
 the blowpipe where it melts into a drop, and this being brought near the 
 matter of assay, they immediately unite and are melted together. In 
 those instances where it is requisite to roast the matter of assay in or- 
 der to discover the substances with which it is engaged, little tubes of 
 glass two or three inches in length and about one tenth of an inch in di- 
 ameter, are employed. The substance to be examined is introduced into 
 the tube and placed at a little distance from one of its extremities, in- 
 clining the tube so that this extremity shall be the lowest: the flame of 
 a spirit of wine lamp i? now gradually brought to bear upon the tube 
 by means of the blowpipe, and in such a manner that the flame shall 
 play around the part containing the matter of assay : the volatile matters 
 sublime into the upper part of the tube, where they are in part con- 
 densed and capable of being recognized. Occasionally in these trials, it 
 is convenient to have a tube closed at one extremity : this is easily pre- 
 pared from open tubes by the aid of the blowpipe. 
 
 The reagents most commonly used with the blowpipe, are the sub? 
 carbonate of soda, the borate of soda, and the double salt formed of the 
 phosphate of soda and phosphate of ammonia, which, for the sake of 
 brevity, are called soda, borax, and salt of phosphorus. The objects in 
 view, when the first of these is employed, are to ascertain if the bodies 
 combined with it are fusible or infusible, and to favor the reduction of 
 
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF MINERALS. 129 
 
 the metallic oxides. With the second, we examine whether the fusion 
 of bodies along with it takes place slowly or with rapidity, without ap- 
 parent movement or with effervescence, whether the glass resulting 
 from the fusion acquires color, and whether this color is different in the 
 fire of oxidation from what it is in the fire of reduction ; and finally, we 
 notice whether the discoloration of the borax augments or diminishes by 
 becoming cold, and whether the glass preserves or loses its transparency. 
 The salt of phosphorus is employed particularly in the examination of 
 the metallic oxides, whose characteristic colors it immediately develops: 
 it is also a valuable reagent for the silicates. Charcoal is the support 
 most frequently made use of, when these reagents are employed. In 
 no instance should the quantity employed, of the flux and the mineral 
 together, exceed in size a pepper-corn ; and in those instances where a 
 mineral is used without a flux, it should not exceed, in general, the head 
 of a common sized pin. 
 
 For more complete information upon the use of the Blowpipe, the 
 reader is referred to the excellent treatise of Prof. Berzelius, the first 
 edition of whose work has been translated from the Swedish into both 
 the French and German languages, and the second edition of which was 
 published at Nttrnberg, in 1828. 
 
 Action of Acids. The acids employed most generally are the Nitric, 
 the Muriatic and the Sulphuric. When the two former are used to dis- 
 cover the carbonates of the alkalies, of the earths and the metallic oxides, 
 they are employed in a state of dilution; and the mineral to be examined 
 has a small fragment, the size of a pepper-corn, detached, which, either 
 unbroken or crushed to powder, is put into a wine glass, upon which 
 the acid is affused, when the effervescence from the liberation of the 
 carbonic acid gas becomes apparent. If the trial be to learn whether 
 the acid forms a jelly with the dissolved mineral, (and which never takes 
 place with the carbonates, or those that effervesce,) a stronger acid is 
 employed and a larger quantity of the mineral previously reduced to an 
 impalpable powder; a little heat is also requisite, and considerable time 
 is needed for the digestion of the powder : on cooling, the fluid gelatin- 
 izes. Occasionally, the color of the solution of a mineral in these acids 
 is noticed, with a view to detect their metallic ingredients. The sul- 
 phuric acid is used without dilution, for the purpose of detecting fluoric 
 acid: it is poured upon the mineral in a state of powder, in a glass tube, 
 when the fluoric acid becomes obvious, from the corrosion of the glass, 
 
130 CLASSIFICATION. 
 
 PART n. 
 
 CLASSIFICATION. 
 
 . 104. IDENTITY. 
 
 Minerals, (or Individuals,) not differing from each other 
 in any of their natural properties, are identical. 
 
 This may be considered as an axiom, not only in mineralogy, but 
 in Natural History generally, and lies at the foundation of the whole 
 theory of the systems in these sciences. 
 
 It requires, however, some limitation, or explanation. 
 
 By natural properties, must not be understood every property 
 with which these productions are endowed, since there are several, 
 which, as they are of no utility for the purposes of mineralogy, are 
 not included in the above expression. Such are, besides the size of 
 crystals, also the disproportionate enlargement of some of their faces, 
 their junction with other individuals, their being implanted, imbed- 
 ded, SLC. These are called the accidental properties of minerals ; 
 and individuals which differ only in these respects, are taken for 
 identical ones, equally with those which do not, or which are simi- 
 lar in respect to such circumstances. 
 
 Farther; individuals are allowed a certain deviation from per- 
 fect similarity in their natural properties, and are still said to be 
 identical. 
 
 The forms, for example, among several individuals, are not re- 
 quired to be the same ; provided they are members of one and the 
 same series of crystallization, (their remaining properties not being 
 dissimilar,) they are identical. Thus, in the species Fluor, indi- 
 viduals possessed of the form of the Cube, the regular Octahedron, 
 and of the Podecahedron, are of frequent occurrence, but whose 
 other properties, (as color, hardness, specific gravity, &c.) are simi- 
 lar. Such individuals are identical, because the Cube, the Octa- 
 hedron, and the Dodecahedron, are members of the same series of 
 crystallization. If we suppose an individual to occur, agreeing with 
 those just mentioned, excepting in form, which we will imagine to 
 be that of the Rhomboid; such an Individual cannot be said to be 
 identical with the others, since the difference between it and them 
 
CLASSIFICATION. 131 
 
 Cannot be removed or made to disappear by the idea of a series, and 
 accordingly tbe individual cannot be brought under the idea of 
 identity. 
 
 The same series, as respects lustre and color, have been seen to 
 exist, (. 89,93.) : with regard to specific gravity and hardness also, 
 a similar gradation is admitted, since the determination of these 
 properties in individuals of the same species does not admit of rig- 
 orous limits.* In these cases, it is to be recollected that the series 
 arises out of an uninterrupted connexion among a number of indi- 
 viduals, capable of being so arranged that any two will pass insensi- 
 bly into each other, and that the chain no where presents any in- 
 terruption or want of continuity. In the comparison of individuals, 
 this series may take place in but one of the above mentioned prop- 
 erties, while in the remaining ones there exists the most perfect 
 identity, or it may take place in two or three, or all of them, at the 
 same time. To illustrate the idea of identity by series in the char- 
 acter of hardness, for example, we will suppose the comparison of 
 four individuals of the species Beryl. Let them all agKjee, as res- 
 pects form, color, lustre and specific gravity ; but in hardness we 
 find them to be represented by 7.5, 7.6, 7.7 and 7.8. They are iden- 
 tical, for thougk differing in hardness, yet the differences are mem- 
 bers of a continuous series. If, however, an individual of the spe- 
 cies Apatite be compared with these individuals, the form, color and 
 lustre is exactly similar in both cases, but the hardness of the crys- 
 tal of Apatite we shall find to be 5, a discovery which immediately 
 destroys the idea of identity, since it is obvious that the difference 
 between 5 and 7.5 is far greater than that between 7.5 and 7.8, 
 which are the extremes of the series in the hardness of the indi- 
 viduals of Beryl. They cannot therefore be said to be identical, 
 since the numbers expressive of their hardness do not form a con- 
 tinuous series. 
 
 By the above process, extended to all those properties which form 
 series by these gradations, w r e may include the assemblage of all 
 those individuals, which, notwithstanding their differences, may yet 
 be brought under the idea of identity. At the same time, those in- 
 dividuals which do not allow the process to be applied to them, are 
 
 * The series, as respects the properties of hardness and specific gravi- 
 ty, no doubt arises, in a majority of instances, from the intermixture of 
 foreign minerals among the individuals of a species, in addition to the im- 
 perfection of our instruments for obtaining accurate results. 
 
132 CLASSIFICATION. 
 
 excluded with perfect distinctness and accuracy. An assemblage 
 of individuals, formed in this way, does not contain any thing for- 
 eign, nor does it want any thing capable of being united with it on 
 account of its natural properties. 
 
 . 105. DIFFERENCE. 
 
 Individuals which do not agree in all their properties are 
 not identical. 
 
 If two individuals agree in every one of their properties, except 
 in their crystalline forms, or in color, or in hardness, or in specific 
 gravity, so as to differ only in one of these properties, nevertheless 
 they will not be identical. For the above properties are natural 
 properties, and upon them depends the identity or difference of in- 
 dividuals. 
 
 The present proposition, being the reverse of . 104, like that, 
 requires some limitation. 
 
 Accidental differences have no more effect upon the difference of 
 individuals than upon their identity. 
 
 Difference between individuals is produced not by a difference in 
 the crystalline form, unless the forms belong to different series of 
 crystallization; nor in either or all of the remaining properties, if 
 individuals are known to exist capable of filling up the difference by 
 regular gradations. 
 
 . 106. SPECIES. 
 
 An assemblage of individuals, which fall under the idea 
 of identity, is termed a species, and the individuals belong- 
 ing to it are homogeneous individuals. 
 
 This may be said to furnish an invariable idea of the species in 
 mineralogy; one which remains constant in all sciences which con- 
 cern the productions of the mineral kingdom. It is the foundation 
 of every system, whatever may be the principles followed in its 
 construction. Its correct determination is an object of the highest 
 consequence, since it is the fixed point from which every inquiry 
 has to start, whose object it is to procure some knowledge of the 
 mineral kingdom, of whatever kind this knowledge may be, 
 
CLASSIFICATION. 133 
 
 . 107. TRANSITIONS. 
 
 The progress of the gradations, in the properties of ho- 
 mogeneous individuals, is termed a transition or passage; 
 and we say of individuals in which such a progress occurs, 
 that they pass into each other. 
 
 These transitions arise from the series of characters before con- 
 sidered ; and individuals connected by transitions are homogeneous, 
 or beloag to one and the same species; there can be no transitions, 
 in such cases, from one species to another, although examples of this 
 sort are sometimes found in minei alogical books. In such instances, 
 it is obvious, if the transition exists, the idea of the species is wrong; 
 for under such circumstances, they should coalesce and form but a 
 single species. 
 
 From the continuity of the transitions, or of the series of charac- 
 ters from which they depend, we may infer that there is a remark- 
 able connexion within the species, by which all the differences oc- 
 curring in its individuals may be joined into a whole. In this way, 
 we are assisted in comprehending the variety of the mineral king- 
 dom. For this reason, it is contrary to the interest of mineralogy, 
 to divide or subdivide the species, and to distinguish subspecies and 
 varieties. The purpose of such divisions is to facilitate the general 
 survey of the species; but this indeed would rather be promoted by 
 establishing the connexion between its individuals, if this should 
 happen to be still wanting, than by subdivisions, which render it 
 less evident. 
 
 In those treatises where this course has been adopted, the student 
 is often greatly inconvenienced, after he has settled the question 
 that an individual belongs to a certain species, to know under which 
 variety it conies ; for it is obvious, that where all the varieties of a 
 species are bound together, as they must be, by intermediary indi- 
 viduals, specimens will occur, which can no more be referred to 
 one variety than to another. Indeed, the effect of such subdivisions 
 is to produce an erroneous idea of the species, as a whole, by caus- 
 ing the pupil to lose sight of those series in the characters of which 
 it allows, and to fix only upon particular members of them, while 
 the remaining ones are wholly overlooked. Accordingly, he is in a 
 condition to recognize those individuals only which are identical 
 with such members of the series as form the varieties in question, 
 
 12 
 
134 CLASSIFICATION^ 
 
 \vhile the determination of the intermediary memhers, being unprd* 
 vided for, except in the general description, #re a perpetual source 
 of doubt and confusion. These subdivisions are, moreover, entirely 
 arbitrary, many of them coming from artists and persons whose 
 employment consists in the working of stones; and ai'e unworthy of 
 the attention of the mineralogist. They will not be found to be re- 
 tained, therefore, in the present work, any farther than the notice of 
 certain varieties which are applied to economical purposes* These 
 will be pointed out with sufficient accuracy, in the second part of 
 the work, merely for the sake of convenience to the economist. 
 
 . 108. Two KINDS OF CLASSIFICATION. 
 
 There are two kinds of classification in mineralogy, the 
 natural and the artificial, or the synthetical and the analyt- 
 ical. The artificial or analytical classification has for its 
 object, simply, the distinction and the naming of unknown 
 minerals ; the synthetical or natural system, is directed to 
 the knowledge of relations among the species with a view 
 to connect them into a system, so that those which resem- 
 ble each other the most in nature, shall be situated the near- 
 est each other in the arrangement.* 
 
 * For the gratification of the more advanced student, the following out- 
 line of the natural method is given, with the hope, that such may be led 
 by it to consultHhe profound and philosophical writings of Mohs, from 
 whence it is drawn, and where they will find this system fully developed. 
 
 The species themselves are the proper objects of classification, or the 
 things to be classified. It is necessary therefore, to regard them as 
 wholes. In taking this view of any one species, all the connexions of 
 certain properties occuring in individuals must be allowed to disappear, 
 and we must view it, not as a compound of single varieties, but as com- 
 plete as possible. 
 
 The principle of classification is the resemblance among natural 
 properties. Several bodies are similar, or resemble each other, which 
 approximate more or less in their properties; and this resemblance is 
 the greater, the higher we find the degree of approximation. 
 
CLASSIFICATION. 135 
 
 Besides the natural and the artificial systems, there exists a va- 
 riety of classifications which cannot be included under these heads ; 
 such as the arrangement of the species in an alphabetical order, 
 which, being founded upon the name, possesses no real relation with 
 
 The degrees of resemblance among the properties in different species 
 are not every where the same. We consider the species as varieties to 
 be classified, and compare them with each other in respect to their prop- 
 erties. We perceive that some of them are more, some of them less 
 allied to each other in resemblance. Common Iron Pyrites, for exam- 
 ple, is more similar to while Iron Pyrites than to Carbonate of Lime; 
 the latter species again is more similar to Arragonite than to Feldspar. 
 
 An assemblage of species united by the highest degree of resemblance 
 in its properties is termed a GENUS. The species of Iron Pyrites 
 agrees so closely with that of white Iron Pyrites,, in every character 
 except that of forms, that but for this difference, the two species would 
 coalesce. Here is an example of that degree of resemblance which 
 forms a genus. The same degree of resemblance exists between Eu- 
 clase and Emerald. In the case of Idocrase, Garnet, and Stauro'.ide, we 
 observe differences in many characters at once, and yet the resemblance 
 is seen to be as great as in the examples of Iron Pyrites and Emerald. 
 These examples prove, that there may exist differences, sometimes only 
 in a few, sometimes in many characters at a time, without having any 
 influence upon the degree of resemblance itself. On this account, it 
 becomes impossible to express this resemblance by the agreement in one 
 or a certain number of characters. This, however, does not prevent 
 the application of the idea of the genus to these natural productions alto- 
 gether; for this application does not pre-suppose the idea to be limited 
 to single characters; but it allows, and even requires, to preserve it in 
 its full generality. 
 
 The genera being thus founded upon the resemblance of the species 
 constitute a series, which it is clearly impossible should be the ca?e with 
 the species themselves. To convince ourselves of this, we have only to 
 attempt a series of species, in which those placed nearest, must (of 
 course,) resemble each other most, and where we may begin at any 
 chosen member. In forming such a series, we very soon me-et with spe- 
 cies, which render it doubtful whether the one or the other, or even a 
 third or fourth, &c. should follow the preceding species, and at last, we 
 must either entirely abandon the experiment, or we must suppose, that 
 two, three, or more species occupy the same place in the series. The 
 groupes of species thus formed, however, are the genera themselves in 
 a Natural system; in the real existence of which we discover the fact, 
 
136 CLASSIFICATION. 
 
 the object, and of consequence, is useless except to those who are 
 already acquainted with the names ;* chemical arrangements, where 
 minerals have been studied more with regard to their relations to 
 their chemical than to their natural properties, and which involve 
 
 that there exist species, between which there is a similar degree of re- 
 semblance, and which are more allied to each other than to any other 
 species out of the groupe, a discovery which lies at the foundation of the 
 idea of the genus. A demonstration of these remarks may easily be 
 acquired by any person familiar with the species in mineralogy. 
 
 The mineral kingdom is, therefore, represented by a series of genera, 
 exactly as in the animal and vegetable kingdoms, and like them it does 
 not contain a series of single species. Each of these genera contains 
 similar species, (if it contains more than one,) every one of these again 
 being the assemblage of homogeneous individuals. Their succession in 
 the series is made to depend upon their greater or less agreement, or 
 similarity. 
 
 'The order is, in respect to the genera, what the genus is to the spe- 
 cies. The idea of it is therefore obvious from the preceding remarks. 
 A few observations will illustrate its mode of application. 
 
 The genus Iron Pyrites, in the peculiar place it occupies in the gen- 
 eral series of genera, is surrounded by several other genera, which ex- 
 hibit so high a degree of resemblance to each other, that they seem to 
 have been formed after a common type or original. These are the ge- 
 nera Nickel Pyrites, Cobalt Pyrites, Arsenical Pyrites and Copper Py- 
 rites. There is not another genus to be found in the whole mineral king- 
 dom, as hitherto known, which could be enumerated along with these, 
 without destroying the idea produced by the assemblage of the above 
 mentioned genera. In a similar manner, the genus Iron-Ore is connect- 
 ed, on one side with the genus Manganese-Ore, on the other side with 
 the genera Chrome-Ore, Cerium-Ore, Uranium-Ore, Tantalum-Ore, 
 Copper-Ore, Scheelium-Ore, Tin-Ore, Zinc-Ore and Titanium-Ore. 
 Thus, likewise, around the genus Feld-Spar are assembled the other 
 genera of Spars, under similar circumstances. Every groupe of this kind, 
 which is an assemblage of genera similar to each other, is an order. 
 
 The class is an assemblage of similar orders; what the genus is to the 
 species, or the order to the genus, the class is in respect to the order. 
 The idea of the class is so comprehensive, that it becomes difficult to 
 judge of its applicability, without the direct inspection of the objects 
 themselves. This inspection proves that every one of the three classes 
 of the natural system in mineralogy does contain orders, which are con- 
 * Brooke, 
 
CLASSIFICATION. 137 
 
 the knowledge and practice of chemistry, in order to render them 
 practicable ;* mixed methods, where the order of the species is 
 made to depend partly upon the natural properties, and partly upon 
 their chemical constitution, t &c. 
 
 nected, by a greater degree of similarity, with each other, than with 
 those of other classes. 
 
 To give a recapitulation, in a descending order ; the mineral kingdom 
 contains three classes. Every class comprehends part of the series of 
 genera, collected into several orders. The classes are not of the same 
 extent ; and the orders which they contain are joined by an equal degree 
 of similarity. Every order is an assemblage of several genera in their 
 regular succession ; hence it is likewise a portion of the general series of 
 genera. The genera comprised within an order, present equal degrees 
 of similarity. Every genus is an assemblage of similar species ; it is an 
 unity in the series of genera. The species within the genera are con- 
 nected by equal degrees of similarity. Every species is an assemblage 
 of homogeneous individuals ; the individuals of a species are connected 
 by the series of characters, that is to say, by real natural transitions. 
 The individual is the simple mineral, produced by nature. It is the only 
 systematic idea which immediately refers to nature, or to which an object 
 of observation corresponds, 
 
 It is to be observed, that none of these ideas have been obtained, or 
 deduced from the others, by means of a division. For, in order to arrive 
 at them, we have not begun with the highest, but with the lowest one, 
 which is that of the individual, and then the idea of the species has been 
 determined according to the idea of homogeneity, those of the genus, 
 order, &c. according to different degrees of natural, historical resem- 
 blance ; the whole of them, by aggregation or assemblage. Besides the 
 idea of a species, a division would have pre-supposed also that of the 
 mineral kingdom ; and it would have required a principle according to 
 which it might have been effected with consistency. The present treaN 
 ise will show that these conditions in fact may be fulfilled, yet such a di- 
 vision, it will appear, cannot afford the same classes, orders and genera, 
 which have been obtained by the other process, and the degrees of class* 
 ification which will be thus obtained, while they subserve a very im- 
 portant purpose, will be altogether inadequate to the purpose of giving 
 a general view of inorganic nature, in agreement with the similarity 
 which exists among its productions, which is the last and highest aim of 
 Natural History. 
 
 Perzelius. t Abbe Hady. 
 
 12* 
 
138 CLASSIFICATION. 
 
 ANALYTICAL SYSTEM. 
 
 PRELIMINARY OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 j 
 
 The first object with the student in mineralogy being the names 
 of minerals, it becomes necessary to point out with as much clear- 
 ness as possible the course he must adopt. The most obvious meth- 
 od, and indeed the one which has hitherto been most in practice among 
 learners, is to derive them from a living Instructor ; but this be- 
 ing out of the reach of many persons, who would otherwise be glad 
 to form some acquaintance with the mineral kingdom, and where 
 enjoyed being without any certain mode of verification, is exceed- 
 ingly unsatisfactory. The second thought is to have recourse to 
 books containing descriptions of every species ; but the number has 
 now become so great, that the labor of reading them over in suc- 
 cession, in order to assure ourselves of a single mineral, is too great 
 to be encountered without considerable fatigue and loss of time, 
 and consequently, danger of disgust. An analytical method, there- 
 fore, whose sole object is, to lead us in an easy and sure manner 
 to the names of minerals, becomes desirable. Its utility in the veg- 
 etable kingdom has been abundantly tested ; and the only question 
 to be decided is, what shall become the grounds of our divisions in 
 the mineral kingdom, in order to apply to it the same benefit. 
 
 If we except the synthetical method of Prof. Mohs, no system 
 is to be found in which the requisite assistance, above alluded to, is 
 afforded. If, for example, we bestow a moments attention upon the 
 arrangement of the Abbe Haiiy, the most celebrated hitherto con- 
 structed, and which has been made the basis of several popular 
 treatises upon the science, we shall find it incapable of accomplish- 
 ing this end. It is true, it contains classes, orders and genera ; but 
 surely, neither their author nor any other person, ever supposed it 
 possible, that the learner could derive advantage from them in the 
 way in which a Botanist does from similar ideas in the determina- 
 tion of an unknown plant ; viz. by first ascertaining its class, then 
 the order, then the genus, and lastly, by reading over the essential 
 differences among the unities within this last general idea, to. ar- 
 rive at the appropriate species. Now, who avails himself of this 
 method as respects the classification of Hatty ? Who analyzes a min- 
 eral to determine its class, order and genus, with a view of arriving 
 at its name ? No one certainly. It might be asked, who can do it ( 
 
ANALYTICAL SYSTEM. 139 
 
 for how few are able! Most clearly then, it subserves no utility in 
 the determination of unknown minerals. Its sole merit consists, in 
 providing for the proficient in mineralogy, one way of arranging 
 the different objects of his knowledge in his cabinet, and the ideas 
 which relate to them in his mind. This certainty is an object of 
 much importance, but secondary in point of time to the one now 
 under consideration. Our information must first be acquired, be- 
 fore it can be philosophically arranged. 
 
 It is otherwise, however, with respect to the system first men- 
 tioned : this provides for the determination of the species in a sci- 
 entific manner, the learner' being enabled to proceed to the names 
 of minerals through the intermediate degrees of the class, order, 
 and genus, without being obliged to read over the entire catalogue 
 of species in each instance, when an unknown mineral is to be de- 
 termined. But, like the system of Natural Orders in botany, it 
 experiences frequent embarrassments from those combinations which 
 the principles of the synthetical method impose, and which render 
 it necessary, in order to distinguish the geneva within an order, 
 and the species within a genus, to descend to the observation of char- 
 acters, too nice and minute in their application, for the use of the be- 
 ginner. To the advanced student, however, this system becomes 
 more available, since it will often be in his power to determine the 
 place of a mineral by analogy, without the minute study pf its char- 
 acters, an advantage which no purely artificial system can possess. 
 Like the same system in botany, it is superior to all other methods 
 after a certain amount of knowledge is acquired, but at first, is lia- 
 ble to confuse and discourage. (D'abord, quant alafacilite, il est 
 Evident que, pour le commen$ant, une mdthode artificielle doit 
 paraitre, et est en re 1 alit6 plus facile. * * * il est done lien 
 certain que lorsqu'on ne connait encore aucune plante, et qu'on 
 est reduit a chercher par soi-meme le nom des premieres qui se 
 pre'sentent, on doit employer une mdthode artificielle ; et sous ce 
 point de vue, la plus facile de toutes est la meilleure. Des Classi- 
 fications naturelles en general co?npar6es aux artificielles. De 
 Candolle. TMorie eldmentaire de la Botanique, p. 52, et seq.) 
 
 . 109. DIVISION OF THE MINERAL KINGDOM INTO 
 CLASSES. 
 
 The Mineral Kingdom is divisible into three Classes; 
 , Minerals possessed of regular forms 5 2. Minerals yield- 
 
140 CLASSIFICATION. 
 
 ing regular forms only by cleavage ; 3. Minerals destitute 
 of regular forms, and not affording them by cleavage. The 
 first may be termed the Crystallized class, the second the 
 Semi-crystallised class, and the third the Uncrystallized class. 
 
 Minerals possessed of regular forms are crystals, and not imita- 
 tive shapes, (. 75,) though these also offer a degree of regularity. 
 Such as yield regular forms only by cleavage, consist of those min- 
 erals commonly referred to, under the expression of highly crystal- 
 line, and which afford forms of cleavage by the use of the ordinary 
 mechanical aids. Those minerals, in which heating and immersion 
 in cold water are necessary to effect cleavage, or in which the forms 
 of cleavage can be deduced in no other way than from an examina- 
 tion of their natural joints in a strong light, are not included within 
 the semi-crystallized class. Minerals destitute of regular forms 
 and not yielding forms of cleavage by the ordinary processes of 
 cleavage, consist of such as are denominated massive (in part), com- 
 pact, and amorphous minerals, besides those which are liquid and 
 gaseous. 
 
 The minerals belonging to the crystallized class, possess the 
 highest degree of perfection, under which the objects of the min- 
 eral kingdom occur. From these, the members of the semi~crys~ 
 tallized class differ, in the perfection of their characters, only as 
 respects regularity of form; and may therefore be looked upon as 
 intermediate between them and the third class ; which is made up 
 of minerals, occupying a place still lower, when viewed, in the 
 completeness of their properties. 
 
 It may require an explanation, why a mineralogical method should, 
 unlike the systems in zoology and botany, make provision for any but 
 perfect or crystallized minerals. In the vegetable kingdom it is well 
 known, that no object is considered as classifiable, unless possessed of 
 the parts of fructification ; or, in other words, of the highest degree of 
 perfection, in its characters, under which it is capable of appearing, 
 And although the majority of plants, ordinarily under our observa- 
 tion, is imperfect in these respects, no serious inconvenience arises 
 from the fact, since they are all possessed of an active principle, 
 whose operation will at length advance them to maturity; in addi- 
 tion to which, we have no difficulty in finding other individuals of 
 the same species, already in possession of the requisite perfection 
 to enable us to accomplish their determination. But it is otherwise 
 in the mineral kingdom. Semi-crystallized and uncrystallized min.* 
 
ANALYTICAL SYSTEM. 141 
 
 erals constitute by far the largest part of those requiring determina- 
 tion, and they are wholly destitute of any tendency towards a higher 
 degree of perfection. As we find them, so they remain, (unless, 
 indeed, they become, as sometimes is the case, more imperfect still, 
 from external agencies;) and, unlike the determination of imper- 
 fect plants, by the aid of those which are more perfect, it is seldom 
 passible to determine them from their association with crystallized 
 individuals of the same species. From this we see, that a method 
 which should omit to provide for such minerals as aie not fully per- 
 fect in their characters, would be extremely imperfect in general 
 practice. 
 
 As a consequence of this necessity of providing means for the de- 
 termination of imperfect minerals, lias arisen the-' frequent division 
 of the species. Thus, portions of the species Fluor are found in all 
 of the classes, according as the individuals are crystallized, cleav- 
 able or massive. It is to be remarked, however, that this division 
 within the species, (unknown in the other departments of natural 
 history,) never takes place in the crystallized individuals of the min- 
 eral kingdom ; among which only should we expect to find the rule 
 of preserving the species unbroken observed, since they alone cor- 
 respond to the classifiable objects in zoology and botany. 
 
 . 110. DIVISION OF THE CRYSTALLIZED CLASS INTO 
 ORDERS. 
 
 Crystallized minerals are divisible into orders, depending 
 upon their different systems of crystallization. 
 
 Each system of crystallization affords the basis of an order, within 
 the present class. And the division takes place throughout, without 
 impairing, in a single instance, the unities of the species it contains; 
 a circumstance obviously depending upon the fact, that all the crys- 
 tals of any one species belong to one and the same system of crystal- 
 lization. No species will therefore be found to occur, in the crystal- 
 lized class, in more than one order. 
 
 <. 111. DIVISION OF THE SEMI-CRYSTALLIZED CLASS 
 INTO ORDERS. 
 
 Semi-crystallized minerals are divisible into orders, upon 
 the same principle with the crystallized minerals. (. 110.) 
 
142 CLASSIFICATION. 
 
 It has been already seen, that there exists but one form of cleav- 
 age in a species, and that this is the same both in the crystallized and 
 semi-crystallized individuals of that species; and, moreover, that it 
 is identical with, and in reality constitutes the primary form or sys- 
 tem of crystallization in the species. Consequently, the system of 
 crystallization affords the foundation of a division among the minerals 
 of the present class, with the same facility as in the first class. And 
 we may expect to find, from the known fact that many of the species 
 in the mineral kingdom embrace both crystallized and semi-crystal- 
 lized minerals, that the same species will exist in both classes, and 
 when this takes place, the division of both being upon one principle, 
 we shall find them contained in the same order in both. For ex- 
 ample, Galena occurs in the order of the Cube in the first class, and 
 again in the order of the Cube in the second; Sulphate of Strontian 
 in the order of the right rhombic Prism in the first, and again in 
 the same order in the second, &c. 
 
 . 112. DIVISION OF THE UNCRYSTALLIZED CLASS 
 INTO ORDERS. 
 
 Uncr} stallized minerals are divisible into orders, depend- 
 ing upon the state of aggregation existing among their par- 
 ticles. 
 
 Three divisions are thus created, according as the minerals of this 
 class are solid, liquid or gaseous. 
 
 The present arrangement is not liable to any objection, on the 
 ground that the natural relations among the species have been dis- 
 regarded, much less that chemical affinities are overlooked. It is 
 to be tested only, as it does, or does not, afford the most direct means 
 in leading to the names of unknown minerals. The properties upon 
 which it is founded are of easy observation and possessed of sufficient 
 constancy : their examination does not involve a knowledge of other 
 sciences, or require an inconvenient minuteness of detail. What is 
 more easy, for example, than to settle whether a mineral be crystal- 
 lized, and if not, whether it yield a regular solid by cleavage ? These 
 are the only questions to be solved in the determination of the class. 
 And if due attention has been paid by the pupil to the section on Crys- 
 tallography, the orders in the two first classes may be ascertained 
 
ANALYTICAL SYSTEM. 143 
 
 with nearly the same degroe of ease. The system of crystallization, 
 in most cases, is a problem to which the lowest attainments in miner- 
 alogy are adequate; or rather, it is one, which, until the pupil is able 
 to master, he is unprepared to take a single step to advantage in the 
 study of the mineral kingdom. The orders in the remaining class 
 need only to be mentioned, to be recognized. 
 
 . 113. ARRANGEMENT OF THE SPECIES WITHIN THE 
 ORDERS. 
 
 The species are arranged in each order, in a series, de- 
 pending upon the property of Hardness, except in the two 
 last orders of the third class, where it depends upon the 
 property of Specific Gravity. 
 
 Where the series depends upon the property of hardness, the or- 
 ders commence with the softest species, and terminate with the 
 hardest: in the other case, it begins with the lightest and termin- 
 ates with the heaviest. 
 
 Had it promised an additional convenience, in arriving at the 
 names of minerals, through the use of this system, it would have 
 been easy to have divided the orders into genera, depending upon 
 fixed degrees of hardness and specific gravity. The idea of a series 
 within the genus, however, founded upon these properties, seemed 
 preferable, inasmuch as it possesses every possible facility which 
 would attend the division in question, besides the advantage of ren- 
 dering the arrangement considerably less complicated, both as res- 
 pects the nomenclature and practice. 
 
144 NOMENCLATURE. 
 
 PART III. 
 
 NOMENCLATURE. 
 
 . 114. GENERAL, OBJECT OF NOMENCLATURE. 
 
 The object of Nomenclature, in general, is to furnish 
 names for the objects of Natural History. . 
 
 Formerly it was the practice in Natural History to designate objects 
 by tbeir characters, or descriptions. For example, a particular 
 grass (now known by a name of two words only,) was denominated, 
 " Gramen myloicophorum carolinianum, seu gramen altissimum 
 panicula maxima speciosa, e spicis majoribuscompressiusculis utrin- 
 que pinnatis blattam molendariam quodam modo referentibus, com- 
 posita, foliis convolutis mucronatis pungentibus donatum." (Pluke- 
 net. Almag. 173.) But at present, nomenclature seeks to dispense 
 with these long phrases by the substitution of short and easily re- 
 membered names. 
 
 Nomenclature is of two kinds, Systematic and Trivial. 
 
 . 115. SYSTEMATIC NOMENCLATURE. 
 
 The object of systematic nomenclature is not only to 
 provide names for the species, but, also to construct them in 
 such a manner, as to indicate the connexion of the species 
 with one another in the system. 
 
 The systematic nomenclature has in view two things : viz. to pro- 
 vide denominations for the species, or to determine the objects of 
 which something is to be said, and to remind us of those which are 
 more or less similar to them, by indicating the places they occupy 
 in the general assemblage of the natural productions of the Kingdom. 
 
 As the systematic nomenclature is applicable only to the Natural 
 System in Mineralogy, no farther attention will be given in the 
 present treatise to its developement. The zoologist and botanist who 
 
NOMENCLATURE. 145 
 
 have been accustomed to this admirable contrivance in their re- 
 spective departments, are referred to the system of Prof. Mobs, 
 where they will find the fullest satisfaction upon this subject.* 
 
 . 116. TRIVIAL NOMENCLATURE. 
 
 The trivial nomenclature has for its object merely the 
 denomination of objects. 
 
 It is no part of the trivial nomenclature to indicate the connexion 
 which exists among the objects named. Unlike the denominations 
 in the systematic nomenclature, which are composed of several 
 words made up of the names of the order, genus, and species, to 
 which minerals belong, the names in the trivial nomenclature rest 
 
 * For the sake of those readers who may not find it convenient to con- 
 sult the work above alluded to, it may be proper to observe, that the 
 order is the highest idea expressed in the nomenclature of Mobs ; and 
 that in the selection of the names of his orders, he has invented but two 
 new words, having employed the terms used in ancient mineralogy. 
 The names receive their signification in agreement with the ideas of the 
 orders; thus Pyrites embraces the minerals hitherto called by that name. 
 Mica signifies a mineral which may be cleaved with facility into thin, 
 shining laminae ; the order Mica, therefore, contains only such species 
 as present cleavage in an eminent degree. The name of the genus 
 is compound, formed by connecting another word with the name of 
 the order: thus, we have Lead- Glance, Jlugite-Spar, Iron-Pyrites, 
 fyc. The generic name also refers to the properties of the genus, and 
 expresses as much as possible, some striking feature of its resemblance 
 to other bodies. Such is the name Garnet-Blende. The genus thus 
 designated belongs to the order Blende ; the individuals which it con- 
 tains very often look like Garnet. The denomination of the species is pro- 
 duced through the nearer restriction of the generic name by an adjective. 
 The adjective by which the species is designated within its genus, is one 
 descriptive of its natural properties; and in general, refers to one of those 
 properties of the species which is most useful in distinguishing it from 
 other species of the same genus: hence, the systems of crystallization, 
 and the relations of cleavage, are the most frequently employed ; exam- 
 ples of which are, Hexahedral, Prismatic, Rhombohedral Iron-Pyrites ; 
 Rhombohedral, Octahedral, Dodecahedral, Prismatic Iron-ore, fyc. 
 
 13 
 
146 NOMENCLATURE. 
 
 solely upon the species, and consequently, are not required to con- 
 sist of more than one word. The trivial nomenclature in mine- 
 ralogy will, therefore, have the advantage of the systematic, in the 
 conciseness of its names ; which indeed, is the only recommendation 
 it may be said to possess. They are derived, for the most part, 
 from colors, persons, localities, and other accidental circumstances ; 
 of which, the following are good examples: Kyanite, Olivine, 
 Prehnite, Wavellite, Andalusite, Arragonite, &c. 
 
 . 117. NOMENCLATURE IN AN ANALYTICAL SYSTEM. 
 
 The nomenclature in an analytical system must be a 
 trivial one. 
 
 Since, in an analytical system, we must not look for similarity 
 among the species of any one class or order, to name the species in 
 such a manner as to suggest the class and order to which they indi- 
 vidually belong, instead of serving to illustrate or simplify the gen- 
 eral survey of the mineral kingdom, would only produce confusion. 
 A designation, therefore, wholly irrespective of any such relations 
 should be employed. All that we demand of nomenclature, so far 
 as the analytical method is concerned, is the simplest designation 
 of the object possible, from which we may be pointed forward to 
 the descriptions for the remaining information of which we are in 
 search ; we have no interest in being carried back to the artificial 
 ideas by whose means we have accomplished tbis preliminary step. 
 
 It is true, provided the names employed in the analytical method 
 do not lead us back to the orders and classes of that method, it 
 would not be very objectionable what denominations were employed, 
 whether those of the systematic nomenclature, or the chemical 
 names, so far as minerals are possessed of them ; yet, as the ob- 
 ject of this method is only a preliminary step, those which are the 
 shortest and most convenient seem preferable, and these are the 
 trivial names. 
 
 At the same time, care has been taken to give, in a smaller type, 
 the systematic names of Mobs, and some of the important synonyms 
 of other authors, in order to enable the student to refer with con- 
 venience, to the general descriptions in different works upon the 
 science. 
 
CHARACTERISTIC. 147 
 
 PART IV. 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 . 118. DEFINITION. 
 
 The characteristic is the assemblage of certain natural 
 properties, arranged according to a certain system, for the 
 purpose of distinguishing the unities in that system. 
 
 The characteristic pre-supposes the system, to which it is applied, 
 to have been already developed, and therefore is not the source of 
 the system. Without a system, it cannot exist; because the dis- 
 tinction of bodies, by its means, takes place only within the unities 
 of a system. 
 
 Any single property, or a collection of several properties, if it be 
 subservient to the distinction of several species of a genus, or of 
 several genera of an order, or of several orders of a class, is termed 
 a character ; and the single properties it contains, are its character- 
 istic terms or marks. If a character contains only one characteristic 
 mark, this mark itself represents the character. 
 
 Characters are natural or artificial, according as they refer to a 
 natural or artificial system. Their denomination corresponds to 
 their object ; thus, we have characters of the orders, characters of 
 the species, fyc. 
 
 . 119. PPOPERTIES OF THE CHARACTERS. 
 
 The characters must be sufficient for a precise distinction 
 within their respective spheres, and as short as the neces- 
 sary degree of evidence in the determination of the species 
 will allow. 
 
 Character are useless, if they serve for the distinction only of 
 some of the species contained within their genus, (or order, if this 
 
148 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 be the next superior idea of the system.) The shorter the charac- 
 ter is, the more facility and certainty will it afford in the distinction; 
 hence characters should be so constructed as not to contain any thing 
 but what is required for the evidence and distinction of the species. 
 
 . 120. CHARACTERS OF THE CLASSES AND ORDERS, 
 
 The characters for the classes and orders in the analyt- 
 ical system are formed by the distribution in producing the 
 system, and consist of single marks. 
 
 In this system, minerals are formed into classes from the folio w- 
 ing considerations; viz. crystallized minerals, semi-crystallized min- 
 erals, and uncrystallized minerals. (. 109.) Now the characters of 
 the classes are, for the first class, "minerals crystallized;" for the 
 second, "minerals semi-crystallized;'* and for the third, "minerals' 
 uncrystallized." But these, it is obvious, are the grounds upon 
 which our division of minerals into classes is founded. The charac- 
 ter, moreover, for each of the classes, consists of a single character- 
 istic mark. The same is true as respects the orders, the characters 
 of which depend upon the same property as w r as employed for their 
 formation, and as these divisions are formed upon single properties, 
 so fne cnarSctefs for the orders will consist of sfngi'e terms-. 
 
 In the natural classification of the mineral kingdom, single char- 
 acteristic terms cannot be employed, as nothing short of a compound 
 character is nere found sufficient for a general distinction. It is in. 
 this respect, in particular, that the analytical method has the advan- 
 tage in practice. 
 
 . 121. CHARACTERS FOR THE SPECIES. 
 
 The characters for the species must be so arranged as to 
 effect the determination of individuals in the most sure man- 
 ner, of which the science is capable. 
 
 For this reason, the species in each of the orders, excepting the 
 two last of the uncrystallized class, are arranged in an order depend- 
 ing upon their degrees of hardness; and have this property given as 
 the first term in their characters. But hardness, by itself, is insuffi- 
 
CHARACTERISTIC. 149 
 
 for the distinction aimed at; since it so happens that in sev- 
 eral of the orders, and especially in the first order of the third class, 
 a number of species frequently coalesce so far as this property is 
 concerned, or form equal members in the series. In order for a dis- 
 tinction in these cases, additional marks require to be added. Ac- 
 cordingly, the specific gravity, sometimes the angle at which par- 
 ticular faces incline, (when the mineral is crystallized or semi- 
 crystallized,) occasionally also the lustre, streak, taste, &c. are added 
 to complete the character. In the second and third orders of the 
 third class, the property according to which the species are arrang- 
 ed is specific gravity ; and this, of course, furnishes the first term of 
 the character among these species. 
 
 It is obvious, that in distinguishing the species by characters, we 
 need more marks than are really indispensable merely to exclude 
 an individual from those species to which it does not belong ; for we 
 wish to be assured that it does belong to the species under which 
 our arrangement of characters finally brings it. For example, in. 
 the first order of the first class, the two species Horn Silver and 
 Common Salt are capable of berng distinguished from each other, 
 merely by the property of hardness, that of the first being = 1... 1-5, 
 and that of the second being = 2. But, another vineral maybe 
 found which on account of its properties comes within this order, and 
 which is possessed of the hardness of one or the other of these spe- 
 cies. Under these circumstances, provided the characters of Horn 
 Silver and Common Salt are confined to the property of hardness, 
 this mineral, though really distinct, must coalesce with the one with 
 which it agrees in its character ; whereas had the specific characters 
 of these species been extended so as to include the property of spe- 
 cific gravity, it might have easily been discovered that it was a dis- 
 tinct species. It is on this account, therefore, that the characters of 
 the species never consist of less than two marks, and sometimes they 
 are possessed of three or even four. 
 
 . 122. USE OF THE CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 The use of the characteristic in mineralogy is the same 
 as in zoology and in botany. 
 
 If a mineral is to be determined, the first step relates to its form. 
 If regular, the system of crystallization requires to be ascertained. 
 If irregular, but yielding a regular form by cleavage, the same 
 
 13* 
 
150 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 question is to be determined. If irregular, but not yielding a form 
 of cleavage, it is merely to be observed whether it be solid, liquid 
 or gaseous. In case the mineral be neither liquid nor gaseous, the 
 next question will be, the degree of hardness it possesses. 
 
 The examination being conducted thus far, the characteristic may 
 be applied, from which we learn the nature of those observations 
 still necessary to be made, before arriving at the end in view. In 
 illustration of the entire process, let us take the following example. 
 Let the mineral be crystallized under the form of the regular rhom- 
 bic Dodecahedron, the cleavage being parallel to the faces of the 
 Cube ; and let its hardness be = 2-5. The information respecting 
 the form of our mineral conducts us to Class I. and Order I. while 
 that relating to its hardness effectually excludes it from No. 1, and 
 those species below No. 7. This group of species, not differing 
 from our mineral in respect to this mark by an amount above unity 
 in the scale, are considered as possessing the same degree of hard- 
 ness. The mineral then belongs to one of these six species. The 
 next characteristic mark to be observed, for the exclusion of those 
 members of the group to which it does not belong, consists of the 
 specific gravity. Let the specific gravity of our mineral be 7-4. 
 This observation separates three of the group, at the same time that 
 it identifies the mineral under examination with one of the remain- 
 ing two, while the other is not excluded by a difference above -5 ; 
 an amount of difference always necessary for perfect exclusion in 
 specific gravity. Another mark is therefore required, to complete 
 the characters of these two species. This mark we find to be con- 
 nected with cleavage. No. 5 is easily cleavable, whereas no re- 
 mark being appended to No. 4, it is not easily cleavable. Let our 
 mineral be easily cleavable. No. 3 is of course excluded, and the 
 mineral under examination is No. 5, Galena. 
 
 Let us suppose another instance. Let the mineral be crystal- 
 lized; the system of crystallization a right rhombic Prism, and hard- 
 ness = 7-5. It belongs, therefore, to Class I, Order X ; and is one 
 of the species contained between No. 45 and the end of the order. 
 Let the specific gravity be =3-5. This excludes all but Nos. 50, 
 51, 52 and 53. The final mark is the inclination of the lateral planes. 
 Let this be M on M 129. This observation proves the mineral to 
 coalesce with Staurotide, while it excludes it perfectly from the re- 
 maining three. 
 
 These are ordinary examples. It will not frequently, however, 
 be found requisite to proceed so far in the characters of many of the 
 species, .excepting the one which comprises the individual ; since 
 
CHARACTERISTIC. 151 
 
 exclusive terms will often be met with, in the commencement of the 
 characters of those species to which the individual under examina- 
 tion does not belong. 
 
 FARTHER EXPLANATIONS RELATING TO THE CHARAC- 
 TERISTIC. 
 
 1. Wherever, in the different orders of solid minerals, a break in 
 the series of hardness occurs, it is marked by a line of separation ; 
 and the species in those cases where more than one exists between 
 every two lines, are arranged in the order of their specific gravities. 
 
 2. The minerals contained in the appendices of the orders in the 
 two first classes consist of species concerning whose systems of 
 crystallization our knowledge is yet imperfect ; it is believed how- 
 ever, that they are referred to those orders where the student would 
 most naturally be led to look for them, in a majority of cases. The 
 appendix to the first order in the third class, embraces such miner- 
 als as are yet too imperfectly described to enable us to decide wheth- 
 er they constitute independent species, or coalesce with ethers 
 already known. 
 
 3. At the conclusion of several orders in the first and second clas- 
 ses, references enclosed by a parenthesis, to members of other orders 
 will be observed, the object of which is to indicate to the inquirer, who 
 has run over ineffectually a particular order, in what other order the 
 object of his search may be found. For example, let the mineral be an 
 uncleavable crystal of the form of the regular Octahedron, whose 
 hardness = 25. ..3-0. and whose Specific gravity = 8 -4.. .8-9. Or- 
 der 111 in class I. would first be recurred to : but it would be found 
 impossible to identify it with either of its species. At the end of 
 the order, however, 'reference is made to Species 6, Order I ; by 
 turning to which, we discover an agreement between its character, 
 and the properties of the mineral in question. 
 
 4. The names in small capitals, which are preceded by the sign ?, 
 and whose characters are carried out in parenthesis are not regard- 
 ed by the author as fully entitled to stand as distinct species ; but 
 are conceived to belong to those species which they immediately 
 succeed in the arrangement. 
 
 5. Wherever, among the synonyms, a mark of interrogation fol- 
 lows a name, it is intended to indicate a doubt whether the substan- 
 ces to which it is applied, belong to the species with which such 
 name is arranged. 
 
152 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 6. When the mark of interrogation follows the numbers which 
 express the hardness, specific gravity or dimensions of particular 
 forms, it signifies that such numbers are only to be regarded as ap- 
 proximating to the truth, in the respective cases. 
 
 7. The sign IT placed before the name of a species indicates that 
 localities of it are known in the United States. 
 
 8. The sign || signifies that those species before which it is placed, 
 are of comparatively rare occurrence. 
 
 9. The number of species whose individuals never occur, except 
 in the crystallized state, being extremely small, it has been deemed 
 expedient to introduce them into the uncrystallized class; since it 
 sometimes happens that it is necessary to determine a crystallized 
 mineral, whose crystalline form we may be incapable of ascertain- 
 ing from its natural imperfection, or some artificial alteration it has 
 suffered. Such minerals will be preceded by the sign . 
 
 10. In the semi-crystallized class, those species which have already 
 occurred in the crystallized class, will be denoted simply by their 
 trivial names. In connexion with the names of such species, how- 
 ever, will be found, a reference back to the page of the crystallized 
 class where they are first mentioned. The same rule will also be 
 gbserved-in the first order of the uncrystallized class, 
 
CHARACTERS 
 
 OP THE 
 
 SPECIES. 
 
 CLASS I. 
 
154 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS I. 
 
 I. ORDER. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 HORN SILVER. 
 
 Hexahedral Pearl-Kerate. M. 
 Chloride of Silver. 
 
 COMMON SALT. 
 
 Hexahedral Rock-Salt. M. 
 Chloride of Sodium. 
 
 3. IT CUBE-ORE. 
 
 Hexahedral Lirocone-Malachite. M. 
 Arseniate of Iron. 
 
 4. VITREOUS SILVER. 
 
 Hexahedral Silver-Glance. M. 
 Sulphuret of Silver. 
 
 5. IT GALENA. 
 
 Hexahedral Lead- Glance. M. 
 Sulphuret of Lead. 
 
 6. IT NATIVE COPPER. 
 
 Octahedral Copper. M. 
 
 7. IT NATIVE SILVER. 
 
 Hexahedral Silver. M. 
 
 s. IT ANALCIMET" 
 
 Hexahedral Kouphone-Spar. M. 
 9. IT TROOSTITE. 
 
 Ferruginous Silicate of Manganese 
 Thomson. Silicate of Zinc. Va- 
 nuxem and Keating. 
 
 10. BRIGHT WHITE COBALT. 
 Hexahedral Cobalt-Pyrites. M. 
 Arsenical Cobalt. 
 
 1-0...1-5. 
 
 2-0. 
 2-0.. .2-5. 
 
 2-5. 
 2-5. ..3-0. 
 
 U it 
 
 5-5. 
 
 11. 
 
 LEUCITE. 
 
 Trapezoidal Kou phone- Spar. M. 
 12. IT IRON PYRITES. 
 
 Hexahedral Iron- Pyrites. M. 
 Bisulphuret of Iron. 
 
 5-5. ..6-0. 
 6-0.. .6-5. 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 155 
 
 CUBE. 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 5-5. 
 
 2-25. 
 2-9. ..3-0. 
 7-19. 
 
 7-4.. .7-6. 
 
 8-4. ..8-9. 
 
 10-0.. .10-5. 
 
 2-0.. .2-2. 
 
 3-8.. .4-1. 
 
 6-1. ..6-35. 
 2-4.. .2-5. 
 
 4-9...5-05. 
 
 Cleavage imperfect. 
 
 Cleavage eminent. 
 Color red. 
 
 The trapezohedron is the only occurring 
 form. 
 
 
156 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 Names. 
 
 13. || BORAC1TE. 
 
 Tetrahedral Boracite. M. 
 Borate of Magnesia. 
 
 II. ORDER. 
 
 Names. 
 
 1. FAHLERZ. 
 
 Tetrahedral Copper-Glance, M. 
 
 2. 1| KELVIN. 
 
 Tetrahedral Garnet. M. 
 
 III. ORDER. 
 
 Names. 
 
 ~L OXIDE OF ARSENIC. 
 
 Octahedral Arsenic-Jlcid. M. 
 
 2. || SAL AMMONIAC. 
 
 Octahedral Ammoniac- Salt. M. 
 Muriate of Ammonia. 
 
 3. 1T NATIVE GOLD. 
 
 Hexahedral Gold. M. 
 
 4. IT PURPLE COPPER. 
 
 Octahedral Copper-Pyrites. M. 
 Sulphuret of Copper and Iron. 
 
 5. 1T RED OXIDE OF COPPER. 
 
 Octahedral Copper- Ore. M. 
 
 6. IT FLUOR. 
 
 Octahedral Fluor-Haloide. M. 
 Fluale of Lime. 
 
 7. TENNANTITE. 
 
 8. IT 
 
 NATIVE IRON. 
 
 Octahedral Iron. M. 
 9. || PYROCHLOR. 
 
 Octahedral Titanium-Ore. M. 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 157 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 ' 
 
 2-8.. .3-0. 
 
 TETRAHEDRON. 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 
 4-4...5-2. 
 
 3-1. ..3-3. 
 
 
 REGULAR OCTAHEDRON. 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 3-6...S-7. 
 
 
 1-5. ..1-6. 
 
 
 12-0.. .20-0. 
 
 - 
 
 4-9.. .5-1. 
 
 
 5-6.. .6-0. 
 
 Color red. 
 
 3-0...3-3. 
 4-2.. .4-4. 
 
 Color lead-grey. 
 
 7-4.. .7-8. 
 
 
 4-2. 
 
 Uncleavable. 
 
 14 
 
158 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 1 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 10. ir 
 11. n 
 
 12. IT 
 
 13. IT 
 14. IF 
 15. 1T 
 
 16. 
 
 CHROMATE OF IRON. 
 
 Octahedral Chrome- Ore. M. 
 MAGNETIC IRON-ORE. 
 Octahedral Iron-Ore. M. 
 FRANKLINITE. 
 
 Dodecahedral Iron- Ore. M. 
 
 5-5. 
 5.5...G-5. 
 6-0...6-5. 
 7-5. 
 
 8-0. 
 
 u 
 
 10-0. 
 
 || DYSLUITE. 
 
 SPINELLE. 
 
 Dodecahedral Corundum. M. 
 AUTOMALITE. 
 
 Octahedral Corundum. M. 
 Gahnite, Hausmann. 
 
 DIAMOND. 
 
 Octahedral Diamond. M. 
 
 (Native Copper, Sp. 6, Ord. I.) 
 
 IV. ORDER. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 1. 
 
 2. IT 
 3. 
 
 || NATIVE AMALGAM. 
 
 Dodecahedral Mercury. M. 
 
 1-0.. .3-0. 
 3-5...4-0. 
 
 5-5...6-0. 
 
 BLENDE. 
 
 Dodecahedral Garnet-Blende. M. 
 Sulphuret of Zinc. 
 
 SODALITE. 
 
 Dodecahedral Kouphone-Spar. M. 
 Lapis-lazuli. Lazulite. Hauy. 
 Haiiyne. Bruun-Neergaard. Sa- 
 phirin. Nose. Spinellan. Nogge- 
 ralh. Nosin. Leonhard. Ittne- 
 rite? Gmelin. 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 159 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 4-4.. .4-5. 
 
 4-8...S-2. 
 
 5-0.. .5-1, 
 
 4-35...4-G. 
 
 3-5...3-S. 
 4-1. ..4-3. 
 3-4...3-G. 
 
 Cleavable. 
 
 f 
 Magnetic with polarity. 
 
 Streak deep red. 
 
 Color yellowish brown. Lustre semi- 
 metallic. 
 
 Cleavage difficult. 
 Cleavable. 
 
 RHOMBIC DODECAHEDRON. 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 10-5...12-5 
 
 4-5...4-S. 
 
 2-28...2-S5. 
 
160 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS I. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 4. ir 
 
 GARNET. 
 
 Dodecahedral Garnet. M. 
 Essonite. Hauy. Hessonite 
 Leonhard. Rothoffite. Roman- 
 zovite. Nordenskiold. 
 
 G-5...7-5. 
 
 (Native Copper, Sp. 6, Ord. I. 
 Trooslite, Sp. 9, Ord. I. 
 Native Gold, Sp. 3, Ord. III. 
 Tennantite, Sp. 7, Ord. III.) 
 
 V. ORDER. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 3. IT 
 
 MELLITE. 
 
 Pyramidal Melichr one-Resin. M, 
 Mellate of Alumine. 
 
 MOLYBDATE OF LEAD. 
 
 Pyramidal Lead-Baryte. M. 
 
 YELLOW COPPER PYRITES 
 
 Pyramidal Copper-Pyrites. M. 
 
 4. II OXAHEVRITE. 
 
 5. IT TUNGSTEN. 
 
 Pyramidal Scheelium-Saryte. M. 
 Tungstate of Lime. 
 
 2-0.. .2-5. 
 3-0. 
 
 3-5...4-0. 
 4-0.. .4-5. 
 
 6. || BLACK MANGANESE. 
 
 Pyramidal Manganese- Ore. M. 
 Hausmannite. 
 
 7. 
 8. IT 
 
 ANATASE. 
 
 Pyramidal Titanium-Ore. M. 
 TIN-ORE. 
 
 Pyramidal Tin-Ore. M. 
 Oxide of Tin, 
 
 5-0... 5-5. 
 5-5...6-0. 
 6-0...7-0. 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 161 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 S-5...4-3. 
 
 OCTAHEDRON WITH A SQUARE BASE. 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 inclination 
 of PonP" 
 Fig. 25. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 1-4...1-6. 
 
 6-5.. .6-9. 
 
 4-1...4-3. 
 2-21. 
 
 6-0.. .6-1. 
 
 4-T...4-8. 
 3-8.. .3-9. 
 6-3.. .7-1. 
 
 93 0' 
 
 130 15 
 
 125 30 
 
 128 40 
 
 117 30 
 
 136 47 
 
 67 50 
 
 Cleaves with difficulty, perpendic- 
 ularly to the axis. 
 
 Cleavage at right angles to the 
 axis. 
 
 14* 
 
162 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS I. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 9. IT ZIRCON. 
 Pyramidal Zircon. M. 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 || BRAUNITE. 
 
 Brachytipous Manganese-Ore. Hai- 
 dinger. 
 
 (Gismondin, Sp. 9, Ord. IX.) 
 
 7-5. 
 6-0...6-5. 
 
 VI. ORDER. 
 
 Name. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 1. [| LENTICULAR COPPER-ORE. 
 
 Prismatic Lirocone-Malachite. M. 
 Octahedral Arseniate of Copper. 
 Phillips. Linsenerz. Werner. 
 
 2-0.. .2-5. 
 
 VII. ORDER. 
 
 Names, 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 1. SULPHUR. 
 
 Prismatic Sulphur. M. 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 || NAPHTHALINE. 
 
 Resinous Napthaline. Koenlein. 
 
 (Libethenite, Sp. 30, Ord. X.) 
 
 1-5. ..2-5. 
 
 VIII. ORDER. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 1. || BLACK TELLURIUM. 
 
 Prismatic Tellurium- Glance. M. 
 
 1-0... 1-5. 
 1-0...2-0. 
 
 2. || HORN QUICKSILVER. 
 
 Pyramidal Pearl-Kerate, M, 
 Chloride of Mercury. 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 163 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 ncli nation 
 ofPonP" 
 Fig. 25. 
 
 | 
 
 4-5...4-T. 
 
 4-8. 
 
 84 20' 
 
 i 
 
 OCTAHEDRON WITH A RECTANGULAR BASE. 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 Inclinations. Fig. 26. 
 
 P on P>. 
 
 M on M'. 
 
 2-8.. .3-0. 
 
 60 40' 
 
 72 22' 
 
 OCTAHEDRON WITH A RHOMBIC BASE. II 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 Inclination 
 of PonP" 
 Fig. 27. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 1-9.. .2-1. 
 1-5. 
 
 106 20' 
 
 Colors white, green, and yellow 
 transparent and brittle. 
 
 RIGHT SQUARE PRISM. 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 7-0...7-5. 
 G-4...6-5. 
 
 Color greyish- white. 
 
164 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS I. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 3. 
 
 URAN1TE. 
 
 Pyramidal Euchlore-Malachite. 
 
 Partsch. 
 
 Pyramidal Euchlore-Mica. M. 
 Phosphate of Uranium. 
 [ CORNEOUS LEAD. 
 
 Murio-Carbonate of Lead. Brooke, 
 
 5. 
 
 6. 
 
 7. 1T 
 
 APOPHYLLITE. 
 
 Pyramidal Kouphone-Spar. M. 
 Albin. Werner. Tesselite. Brewstcr, 
 
 8. || 
 
 9. IT 
 
 THOMSON1TE. 
 SCAPOLITE. 
 
 Pyramidal Feld-Spar. M. 
 
 Meionite. Werner. Dipyre. Hauy, 
 Bergrnanite. Schumacher. Wer- 
 nerite. Leonhard. Gabbronite 
 Schumacher. Ekebergite. Ber- 
 zelius. Nuttallitq. Brooke. 
 FERGUSONITE. 
 
 Allanite, (in part.) Phillips. 
 
 2-0...2-5. 
 2-5. 
 
 4-5.. .5-0. 
 5-0. 
 
 IDOCRASE. 
 
 Pyramidal Garnet. M. 
 
 Egeran. Werner. Loboite and Cy- 
 
 prin. 
 10. IT RUTILE. 
 
 Peritomous Titanium-Ore. M. 
 Nigrin. Werner. 
 
 (Tin-Ore, Sp. 8, Ord. V. 
 
 Zircon, 9, " 
 
 Brachytipous Manganese-Ore, Appendix A, 
 
 Ord. V. 
 
 Bournonite, Sp. 1, Ord. IX. 
 Gehlenite, 6, " 
 Serpentine, App. A, " 
 Epsom Salt, Sp. 8, Ord. X.) 
 
 5-0...5-5. 
 5-5...6-0. 
 
 6-5. 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 165 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 3-0...3-2. 
 6-05. 
 
 2-2...2-5. 
 2-3. 
 
 2-6.. .2-7. 
 
 5-8. 
 
 3-1...3-4. 
 4-2...4-4. 
 
 Color pale yellow or pale green. 
 
 Cleavage eminent. 
 
 Long, slender, transparent crystals. 
 
 Cleavage imperfect. 
 
166 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS I. 
 
 IX. ORDER. 
 
 Names. 
 
 ) Hardness. 
 
 1. || BOURNONITE. 
 
 Diprismatic Copper- Glance. M. 
 Antimoine sulfure plumbo-cupriferes 
 Haily. Endelione. Bournon. 
 
 2. IF ANHYDRITE. 
 
 Prismatic Gypsum-Haloide. M. 
 Prismatic Orthoklase-Haloide. 
 
 Partsch. 
 
 Anhydrous Sulphate of Lime. 
 Muriacite. Werner. 
 Karstenite. Hausmann. 
 
 3. IT STILBITE. 
 
 Prismatoidal Kouphone-Spar. M. 
 
 4. HARMOTOME. 
 
 Paratomous Kouphone-Spar. M. 
 
 5. || COMPTONITE. 
 
 6. || 
 
 7.1TJ1 
 
 GEHLENITE. 
 COLUMBITE. 
 
 Prismatic Tantalum-Ore. M. 
 Tantalite. 
 
 8. PERIDOT. 
 
 Prismatic Chrysolite. M. 
 
 Olivin. Werner. Chrysolite. Wer- 
 ner. Hyalosiderite. Walchner, 
 Tautolite. Haidinger. 
 
 9. || GISMOND1N. 
 
 Zeagonite. Gismondi. Abrazite. 
 Brocchi. Aricite and Philiipsite. 
 
 2-5...3-0. 
 
 3-0...3-5. 
 
 3-5...4-0. 
 4-5. 
 
 5-0...5-5. 
 5-5. ..6-0. 
 
 6-0. 
 
 6-5...7-0. 
 
 7-5. 
 

 CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 167 
 
 RIGHT RECTANGULAR PRISM. 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 V7...5-8. 
 
 2-7.. .3-0. 
 
 2-0.. .2-2. 
 
 2-3.. .2-4. 
 
 3-02, 
 
 6-0...6-3. 
 
 3-3...3-8G. 
 
 Cleavage parallel to M (Fig. 29.) eminent. 
 
 Color white ; transparent. Lesser termi- 
 nal edges replaced by single planes so as 
 to extinguish the bases, and which incline 
 to each other, under an angle of 177 5'. 
 Color grey ; opake. 
 
 
 'The faces of the four sided pyramid, by 
 which it is terminated, incline to each 
 other, under angles of 123 30' and 
 117 30'. 
 
168 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 Names. 
 
 10. 1T CHRYSOBERYL. 
 
 Prismatic Corundum. M. 
 Forsterite. 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 A. IT SERPENTINE. 
 
 X. ORDER. 
 
 Names. 
 
 2. 
 3. 
 4. 
 
 KUPFERSCHAUM. 
 
 Prismatic Euchlore-Malachite. 
 
 Partsch. 
 
 Prismatic Euchlore-Mica. M. 
 STERNBERG1TE. 
 
 ORPIMENT. 
 
 Prismatoidal Sulphur. M. 
 GRAPHIC GOLD. 
 
 Prismatic Antimony- Glance. M. 
 Graphic Tellurium. 
 
 5. || BOTRYOGENE. 
 
 6. || KONIGENE. 
 
 7. IT GREY ANTIMONY. 
 
 Prismatoidal Antimony- Glance. M 
 Sulphuret of Antimony. 
 
 8. IT EPSOM SALT. 
 
 Prismatic Epsom-Salt. M. 
 Sulphate of Magnesia. 
 
 9. || WHITE VITRIOL. 
 
 Prismatic Vitriol-Salt. M. 
 Sulphate of Zinc. 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 169 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 
 3-65. ..3-8. 
 
 2-5. 
 
 
 RIGHT RHOMBIC PRISM. 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 ncli nation of 
 M on M' 
 Fig. 30. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 3-09. 
 4-21. 
 
 1 19 30' 
 
 Color apple-green or sky-blue ; 
 very sectile. 
 In plates ; cleavage parallel to 
 the bases ; lustre metallic. 
 
 3-4.. .3-6. 
 
 100 
 
 
 5-7.. .5-8. 
 
 107 44 
 
 
 2-03. 
 
 120 
 
 Color byacinth-red. 
 
 / 
 
 
 Color dark emerald-green; crys- 
 tals barrel-shaped, and closely 
 aggregated. 
 
 4-2.. .4-6. 
 
 91 10 
 
 
 1-7.. .1-8- 
 
 90 30 
 
 
 2-0...2-1. 
 
 90 42 
 
 
 15 
 
170 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS I. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness 
 
 10. 
 
 11. 
 
 12. 
 
 13. 
 14. 
 
 15. 
 16. 
 
 || THENARD1TE. 
 
 - Anhydrous Sulphate of Soda. 
 || HAIDINGERITE. 
 
 Diatomous Gypsum-Haloide. Hai 
 
 dinger. 
 
 Prismatic Euclase-Haloide. Partsch 
 Arseniate of Lime. 
 1T PYROLUSITE. 
 
 Prismatic Manganese- Ore. Haidin 
 
 ger. 
 || MTARGYSITE. 
 
 Hemi-prismatic Ruby-Blende. M. 
 JAMESON1TE. 
 Jlxotomous Antimony- Glance. 
 
 Partsch. 
 
 BLACK SILVER. 
 Prismatic Melane- Glance. M. 
 Sulphuret of Silver and Antimony. 
 Brittle Silver-Glance. Jameson. 
 
 2-0.. .2-5. 
 
 18. 
 
 19. 
 20. 
 
 HOPEITE. 
 
 Prismatoidal Orthoklase-Haloide. 
 
 Partsch. 
 
 WHITE ANTIMONY. 
 Prismatic Jlntimony-Baryte. M. 
 Oxide of Antimony. 
 CUPREOUS SULPHATO-CAR- 
 
 BONATE OF LEAD. 
 PERITOMOUS LEAD-BARYTE. 
 PRISMATIC OLIVINITE. 
 Prismatic Olive-Malachite. M. 
 Right Prismatic Arseniate of Cop- 
 per. Phillips. 
 
 | SULPHATE OF LEAD. 
 Prismatic Lead-Baryte. M. 
 
 2-5.. .3-0, 
 
 3-0. 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 171 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 Inclination o 
 M on M' 
 Fig;. 30. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 2-73. 
 
 125 o' 
 
 
 2-7. ..2-8. 
 
 100 
 
 
 4-94. 
 
 93 40 
 
 
 5-23. 
 
 
 Color iron-black; streak dark 
 cherry-red. 
 
 5.56. 
 
 101 20 
 
 
 5-9. ..6-4. 
 
 100 
 
 
 2-7. 
 
 98 26 
 
 
 6-2.. .6-4. 
 
 137 
 
 
 6-4. 
 7-07. 
 
 95 
 
 102 27 
 
 Color deep verdigris-green. 
 
 4-2.. .4-6. 
 
 110 50 
 
 Color yellowish green. 
 
 6-2.. .6-4. 
 
 103 42 
 
 
172 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 22. IT CELESTINE. 
 
 Prismatoidal Hal-Baryte. M. 
 Sulphate of Strontian. 
 
 23. 1T HEAVY SPAR. 
 
 Prismatic Hal-Baryte. M. 
 Sulphate of Barytes. 
 Wolnyn. Jonas. 
 
 24. || ATACAM1TE. 
 
 Prismatoidal Habronemc-Malachite. 
 
 M. 
 Chloride of Copper. 
 
 25. WITHERITE. 
 
 Diprismatic Hal-Baryte. M. 
 Carbonate of Barytes. 
 
 26. IT WHITE LEAD ORE. 
 
 Diprismatic Lead-Baryte. M. 
 Carbonate of Lead. 
 
 3-0.. .3-5. 
 
 27. 
 
 28. 
 
 29. || 
 
 30. IT 
 
 31. || 
 32. 
 
 STRONTIANITE. 
 
 Peritomous Hal-Baryte. M. 
 Carbonate of Strontian. 
 
 WAVELLITE. 
 
 Prismatic Wavelline-Haloide. 
 
 Partsch. 
 
 Lasionite. Fuchs. 
 Kakoxene ? Steinmann, 
 BROCHANTITE. 
 
 ARRAGONITE. 
 
 Prismatic Lime-Haloide. M, 
 
 Igloite. Esmark. 
 EUCHROITE. 
 
 Prismatic Emerald-Malachite. M. 
 SKORODITE. 
 
 Prismatic Fluor-Haloide. M. 
 
 3-5. 
 
 3-5. ..4-0. 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 173 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 Inclination of 
 Mon M' 
 Fi. 30. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 3-6.. .4-0. 
 
 104 
 
 
 4-1. ..4-7. 
 
 101 42 
 
 
 4-0.. .4-3. 
 
 
 
 4-2.. .4-4. 
 
 118 30 
 
 * 
 
 6-3.. .6-6. 
 
 117 18 
 
 
 3-6. ..3-8. 
 
 117 32 
 
 
 2.33. 
 
 122 15 
 117 
 
 Color emerald-green- 
 
 2-6.. .3-0. 
 
 116 10 
 
 
 3-0. 
 
 117 20 
 
 
 3-0.. .3-2. 
 
 120 10 
 
 Color bluish-green. 
 
 15** 
 
174 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS I. I 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 33. 
 
 34. 
 
 LIBETHENITE. 
 
 Diprismatic Olivine-Malachite. M. 
 Phosphate of Copper. 
 MANGANITE. 
 Prismatoidal Manganese-Ore. Hai- 
 
 dinger. 
 Grey Oxide of Manganese. 
 
 35. 1T ELECTRIC CALAMINE. 
 
 Prismatic Zinc-Baryte. M. 
 Siliceous Oxide of Zinc. 
 
 37. 
 
 38. 
 
 36. IT MESOTYPE. 
 
 Prismatic Kouphone-Spar. M. 
 
 Natrolite. Werner. 
 
 Skolezite. Fuchs. 
 POONAHLITE. 
 LAZULITE. 
 
 Prismatic Azure-Spar. M. 
 ? CHILDRENITE. Brooke. 
 39. 1T|| DATHOL1TE. 
 
 Prismatic Dystome-Spar. M. 
 
 Siliceous Borate of Lime. 
 
 Humboldite. Levy. 
 40. IT BROWN IRON ORE. 
 
 Prismatic Iron- Ore. M. 
 
 Hydrous Oxide of Iron. 
 
 Rubinglirnmer. Hausmann. 
 
 Pyrrhosiderite. Vllmann. 
 
 Sideroschisolite. Wernekink. 
 
 Gothite. Lenz. 
 
 Lepidokrokite. Ullmann. 
 
 41. || BROOKITE. 
 42. 1T|| YENITE. 
 
 Diprismatic Iron-Ore. M. 
 
 4-0. 
 
 4-0.. .4-25, 
 
 5-0, 
 
 5-0.. .5-5. 
 
 cc ce ? 
 
 (4-5)(5-0) 
 
 5-0...5-5. 
 
 5-5.. .6-0. 
 
 IT PRISMATIC ARSENICAL PYRITES. 
 
 Axotomous Arsenical-Pyrites. M. | 5-0.. .5-5. | 7-22. | 122 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 175 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 inclination of 
 M onM' 
 Fig. 30. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 3-6...3-S. 
 
 1100' 
 
 
 4-3. 
 
 99 40 
 
 Brittle ; color dark brownish- 
 black. 
 
 3-3...3-G. 
 
 102 35 
 
 
 2-2...2-3. 
 
 91 20 
 92 20 
 
 
 2-9...3-0. 
 
 121 30 
 
 Color azure-blue. 
 (Color some shade of yellow ; in 
 octahedra with rhombic bases.) 
 
 a 
 
 103 40 
 
 Color greenish-white. 
 
 3-S...4-2. 
 
 130 40 
 
 
 3-8...4-1. 
 
 100 
 112 
 
 Cleavage parallel with shorter 
 diagonal; color orange-red. 
 Color black, or greenish-black. 
 
176 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 Names. 
 
 43. IF MISPECKEL. 
 
 Prismatic Jlrsenical-Pyrites. M. 
 Arsenical Iron. 
 
 44, 
 
 45, 
 
 FAHLUNITE. 
 
 Tricklasite. Hausmann. 
 IT WHITE IRON-PYRITES. 
 
 Prismatic Iron-Pyrites. M. 
 Sulphuret of Iron. 
 
 46. || OSTRANITE. 
 
 47. POLYMIGNITE. 
 
 48. IT PREHNITE. 
 
 Jlxotomous Triphane-Spar. M. 
 Koupholite. Delametherie. 
 
 49. || HUM1TE. 
 
 50. |j GADOLINITE. 
 
 Hemi-prismatic JWelane-Ore. 
 
 Partsch. 
 
 Prismatic Gadolinite. M. 
 Ytterite. Blumenbach. 
 
 51. 
 
 ANDALUSITE. 
 
 Prismatic Jlndalusite. M. 
 ? MACLE or CHIASTOLITE. 
 52. IT STAUROTIDE. 
 
 Prismatoidal Garnet. M. 
 
 53. IT TOPAZ. 
 
 Prismatic Topaz. M. 
 Pyrophysalite. Hisinger. 
 Pycnite. Werner. 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 A. || ANTIMONY-PHYLLITE. 
 
 B. | YELLOW TELLURIUM. 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 177 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 Inclination of 
 M on M/ 
 Fig. 30. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 5-7. ..6-2. 
 
 111 12' 
 
 
 2-6. 
 
 100 28 
 
 
 4-65. ..4-9. 
 
 106 
 
 
 4-3.. .4-4. 
 
 4-8. 
 
 96 
 116 30 
 
 Very brittle. 
 Color black. 
 
 2-8. ..3-0. 
 
 100 
 
 Color greenish-white. 
 
 2- 3- ? 
 
 120 
 
 
 4-0.. .4-3. 
 
 109 30 
 
 Color black. 
 
 3-0.. .3-2. 
 
 91 20 
 
 
 (2-94.) 
 
 (91 50) 
 
 
 S-3...3-9. 
 
 129 30 
 
 
 3-4.. .4-6. 
 
 124 23 
 
 
 4-0. 
 
 
 
 10-6. 
 
 105 30 
 
 Color greyish-white. 
 
178 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 C. || ROSELITE. 
 
 
 Pharmacolite. 
 
 
 Picropharmacolite. Stromeyer. 
 
 
 Arseniate of Lime. 
 
 3-5. 
 
 D. || PEGANITE. 
 
 4-5. 
 
 XL ORDER. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 1. IT GYPSUM. 
 
 
 Prismatoidal Euclase-Haloide. 
 
 
 Partsch. 
 
 
 Prismatoidal Gypsum-Haloide. M. 
 
 
 Sulphate of Lime. 
 
 I -5. ..2-0. 
 
 2. IT VIVIANITE. 
 
 
 Dichromatic Eudase-Haloide. 
 
 
 Partsch. 
 
 
 Prismatic Iron-Mica. M. 
 
 
 Phosphate of Iron. 
 
 2-0. 
 
 3. || COBALT BLOOM. 
 
 
 Diatomous Euclase-Haloide. 
 
 
 . Partsch. 
 
 
 Prismatic Cobalt-Mica. M. 
 
 
 Arseniate of Cobalt. 
 
 2-5. 
 
 4. || CUPREOUS SULPHATE OF 
 
 
 LEAD. 
 
 2-5.. .3-0. 
 
 5. IT HEULANDITE. 
 
 
 Hemi-Prismatic Kouphone-Spar. M. 
 Euzeolite. Breithaupt. 
 
 
 Epistilbite. 
 
 3-5. ..4-0. 
 
 6. || BREWSTERITE. 
 
 5-0.. .5-5. 
 
 7. IT WOLFRAM. 
 
 
 Prismatic Scheelium-Ore. M. 
 
 
 Tungstate of Iron. 
 
 cc 
 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 179 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 Inclination of 
 M on M' 
 Fi. 30. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 2'64. 
 
 2.49. 
 
 132 48' 
 
 127 or 123 
 
 Color rose-red; in delicate fibres. 
 Color green. 
 
 RIGHT OBLIQUE ANGLED -PRISM. 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 Inclination ol 
 M onT, 
 Fig. 31. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 2-2. ..2. 4. 
 
 113 8' 
 
 
 2-6. ..2-7. 
 
 125 15 
 
 
 2-9. ..3-1. 
 
 124 51 
 
 
 5-3.. .5-43. 
 
 102 45 
 
 Color azure blue. 
 
 2-0.. .2-2. 
 
 2-1. ..2-2. 
 
 130 30 
 
 93 40 
 
 Lustre on P pearly. 
 
 7-1. ..7-4. 
 
 117 22 
 
 
180 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS I. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 8. 
 9. 
 10. 
 
 || ALLANITE. 
 
 Tetarto-Prismatic Melane-Ore. 
 Partsch. 
 Orthite. Berzelius. 
 
 6-0. 
 
 6-0.. .7-0. 
 7-5. 
 
 IT EPIDOTE. 
 Prismatoidal Jlugite-Spar. M. 
 Zoisite. Werner. Thulite. Brooke. 
 Withamite. Brewster. 
 
 || EUCLASE. 
 
 Prismatic Emerald. M. 
 
 XII. ORDER. 
 
 SECTION I. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 3. 
 
 4. 
 
 5. 
 6. 
 
 REALGAR. 
 
 Hemi-Prismatic Sulphur. M. 
 Sulphuret of Arsenic. 
 
 1-5. ..2-0. 
 
 2-0. 
 
 u 
 
 2-5. ..3-0. 
 
 U It 
 
 4-5.. .5-0. 
 
 IT COPPERAS. 
 Hemi-Prismatic Vitriol- Salt. M. 
 Sulphate of Iron. 
 || GAY-LUSSITE. 
 RADIATED ACICULAR OLI- 
 VENITE. 
 Oblique Prismatic Arseniate of Cop- 
 per. Phillips. 
 
 || GLAUBERITE. 
 Prismatic Brithyne-Salt. M. 
 || HYDROUS PHOSPHATE OF 
 COPPER. 
 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 181 
 
 Sp 
 
 . Gravity. 
 
 inclination ot 
 M on T, 
 Fi. 31. 
 
 
 
 4-0. 
 
 115 0' 
 
 3- 
 
 2...S-5. 
 
 115 40 
 
 
 2- 
 
 9...3-1. 
 
 130 50 
 
 
 
 OBLIQUE RHOMBIC PRISM. 
 
 
 PRISM OBLIQUE FROM AN ACUTE EDGE. 
 
 Sp 
 
 . Gravity. 
 
 Inclination of 
 M on M' 
 Fi. 32. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 3- 
 
 5.. .3-6. 
 
 74 14' 
 
 
 1- 
 
 8. ..1*9. 
 1-9. 
 
 82 20 
 70 30 
 
 Very brittle, colorless and transpa- 
 rent. 
 
 
 
 
 'v 
 
 
 4-19. 
 
 56 
 
 Not very brittle ; color dark ver- 
 digris-green. 
 
 2- 
 
 7.. .2-8. 
 
 83 20 
 
 Semi-transparent. 
 
 
 4-2. 
 
 37 30 
 
 
 16 
 
182 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS I. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 7. IT SPHENE. 
 Prismatic Titanium-Ore. M. 
 Silico-calcareous Oxide of Titanium. 
 
 5-0.. .5-5. 
 1-5.. .5-5. 
 
 5-0.. .6-0. 
 
 8. IT LAUMONITE. 
 Diatomous Kouphone-Spar. M. 
 9. IT PYROXENE. 
 
 Paratomous Jiugite-Spar. M. Di- 
 opside. Werner. Allalite. Bon- 
 voisin. Fassaite. Werner. Pyr- 
 gom. Breithaupt. Omphazite. 
 Werner. Hedenbergite. Ber- 
 zelius. JefFersonite. Keating. 
 Achtnite. Stromeyer. Protheeite. 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 A. || BUCKLANDiTE. 
 
 SECTION II. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 1. BORAX. 
 
 Prismatic Borax-Salt. M. 
 Borate of Soda. 
 2. || CHROJVLTTE OF LEAD. 
 
 Hemi-Prismatic Lead Baryte. M. 
 
 2-0.. .2-5. 
 
 2-5. 
 
 3-0.. .3-5. 
 3-5. ..5-0. 
 
 3. || WAGNERITE. 
 
 Hemi-Prismatic Fluor-Haloide. M. 
 Pleuroklase. Breithaupt. 
 4. IT GREEN MALACHITE. 
 Hemi-Prismatic Habroneme-Mala- 
 chite. M. 
 Carbonate of Copper. 
 
 
 . IT MICA. 
 
 Rhombohedral Talc-Mica. M. 
 . M BLUE MALACHITE. 
 
 Prismatic JLzure- Malachite. M. 
 
 2-0...2-5. 
 3-5...4-0. 
 
 2-8.. .3-0. 
 3-7...S-9. 
 
 100 
 98 50' 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 183 
 
 
 Inclination of] 
 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 M on M' 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 
 Fi. 32. 
 
 
 3-4.. .4-4. 
 
 76 2' 
 
 
 2-3.. .2-4. 
 
 
 86 15 
 
 
 3-2.. .3-5. 
 
 87 5 
 
 * 
 
 
 70 40 
 
 Black ; opake. 
 
 OBLIQ1JE FROM AN OBTUSE EDGE. 
 
 
 Inclination of 
 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 M on M' 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 
 Fig. 32. 
 
 
 1-7. 
 
 133 30' 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 6-0.. .6-1. 
 
 93 30 
 
 
 3-1. 
 
 95 25 
 
 Pon M 109 20'; crystals com- 
 
 
 
 plicated, resembling in color and 
 
 
 
 lustre, the Brazilian Topaz. 
 
 3-6.. .4-5. 
 
 107 20 
 
 
184 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS I. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 5. || BARYTO-CALCITE. 
 
 Hemi-Prismatic Hal-Baryte. M. 
 
 4-0. 
 
 4.5.. .5-0. 
 5-0.. .5-5. 
 5-5. 
 
 5-0.. .6-0. 
 
 u cc p 
 
 5-5...6-0. 
 7-5.. .8-0. 
 
 3-5.. .4-0. 
 
 6. || TURNERITE. 
 Pictite. 
 7. IT ANTHOPHYLLITE. 
 Prismatic Schiller-Spar. M. 
 
 8. || AMBLYGONITE. 
 
 9- IT HORNBLENDE. 
 
 Hemi-Prismatic Jlugite-Spar. M. 
 Byssolite. Saussure. Pargasite. 
 Bonsdorff. 
 10. [| ARFVEDSONITE. 
 Peritomous Jlugite-Spar. Partsch. 
 11. || BABINGTONITE. 
 Jlxotomous Jlugite-Spar. Partsch. 
 
 12. IT SILLIMANITE. 
 13. 1T FIBROLITE. 
 Bucholzite. Brandes. 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 A. [| PYRALLOLITE. 
 
 XIII. ORDER. 
 
 Names. Hardness. 
 
 1 . [| BLUE VITRIOL. 
 
 Tetarto-Prismatic Vitriol Salt. M. 
 Sulphate of Copper. 
 
 2-5. 
 0...5-5. 
 
 2. || DIASPORE. 
 Blattriger Hydrargillite. Haus- 
 mann. 5 
 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 185 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 Inclination o 
 M on M' 
 Fig. 32. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 3-6. 
 
 106 54' 
 
 
 
 
 3-0...3-3. 
 
 96 10 
 125 
 
 Crystals small, yellowish, semi- 
 transparent. 
 
 2-9...3-0. 
 
 106 10 
 
 
 
 
 2-8...3-2. 
 
 124 30 
 
 
 
 
 3-3...S-4. 
 3-2. 
 
 u 
 
 123 55 
 
 155 25? 
 99 30 
 100 
 
 C Color black, cleavage only par- 
 < allel with one terminal, and one 
 (^ lateral, plane. 
 Cleavage brilliant, parallel with 
 the longer diagonal. 
 
 2-6. 
 
 94 36 
 
 
 
 
 DOUBLY OBLIQUE PRISM. 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 Inclinations of primary planes, Fig. 36. 
 
 
 Pon M 
 
 PonT 
 
 M on T 
 
 2-2...2-3, 
 
 127 30' 
 
 1150' 
 
 93 30' 
 
 3-43. 
 
 108 30 
 
 101 20 
 
 65 
 
 
 16* 
 
186 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS- 
 
 Names, 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 3. l| LATROBITE. 
 
 Diploite. Breithaupt. 
 
 4. If FELDSPAR. 
 
 Prismatic Feld-spar. Mr 
 
 Ice-Spar. Werner* 
 ?ORTHOKLASTIC FELSITE. Brei- 
 
 thaupt. 
 
 ? PEGMATIC FELSITE. Breithaupt. 
 PMiKROLiNous FELSITE. " 
 ? MURCHISONITE. Levy. 
 ? RYAKOLITE. Glassy Feld-spar. 
 
 5. PERIKLIN. 
 
 Heterotomous Feld-spar. Partsch 
 ? HYPOSKLERIC FELSITE. Brei- 
 thaupt. 
 ? VALENCIAN FELSITE. Breithaupt 
 
 6. IT ALB1TE. 
 
 Tetarto- Prismatic Feld-spar. 
 Partsch. 
 
 Cleavelandite. Brooke. Tetartin 
 Breithaupt. 
 
 7. IF LABRADORITE. 
 
 Polychromatic Feld-spar. Partsch 
 Labrador Feld-spar. 
 
 8. ANORTH1TE. 
 
 Anorthotomous Feld-spar. Partsch 
 Christianite and Biotine. Mon- 
 ticelli &L Covelli. - 
 
 9. IT FOWLERITE. 
 
 Ferro-Silicate of Manganese. 
 
 Thomson. 
 
 Manganesian Feldspar. Crystalli 
 zed Siliceous Oxide of Manganese 
 Silicate of Manganese ? Thomson 
 
 5-75. 
 
 (5-75.) 
 ..6-0.) 
 
 (5-0. 
 (6-0 
 
 ..5-5.) 
 
 ..6*25.) 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 187 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 Inclinations of primary planes, Fi. 36. 
 
 H 
 
 
 
 Pon M 
 
 PonT 
 
 M on T 
 
 
 
 
 
 2-7. ..2-8. 
 
 91 9 / 
 
 98 30' 
 
 93 30' 
 
 at 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 p 
 
 2-5. ..2-6. 
 
 90 
 
 120 15 
 
 112 45 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 (2-56...2-57. 
 (2-56. 
 
 2.57 
 
 (90 ) 
 [90 j 
 
 (90 21 ) 
 
 (90 ) 
 
 (120 36 ) 
 (120 33J) 
 (118 35 ) 
 
 (112 18J) 
 (112 22 ) 
 (112 15 ) 
 (106 50?)* 
 
 1 
 
 P 
 
 P 
 O 
 
 2-54.. .2-56 
 
 93 19 
 
 
 114 45 
 
 O 
 
 (2-60.. .2-61) 
 (2-52.) 
 
 (93 32) 
 (30) 
 
 (120 5 ) 
 
 (122 30) 
 
 (111 20) 
 
 (113 ) 
 
 stre of common 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 CL 
 
 2-6. ..2-68. 
 
 93 30 
 
 117 53 
 
 115 5 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 2-69.. .2-76. 
 
 94 30 
 
 119 
 
 115 
 
 g 
 
 
 
 
 
 CD 
 
 P 
 
 2-6...2-7. 
 
 94 12 
 
 117 28 
 
 110 37 
 
 & 
 P 
 
 
 
 
 
 P 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 3-5.. .3-8. 
 
 95 
 
 121 
 
 113 0? 
 
 5* 
 
 I 
 
188 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS I. 
 
 Names. 
 
 10. 1T KYANITE. 
 
 Prismatic Disthene-Spar. M. 
 
 11. || AXINITE. 
 
 Prismatic JLxinite. M. 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 A. || HERDERITE. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 5-0...7-0. 
 
 6-5.. .7-0. 
 
 5-0. 
 
 XIV. ORDER. 
 
 SECTION I. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 1- II 
 
 2. 
 
 3. || 
 
 4. IF 
 5. 
 
 6. 
 
 COPPER MICA. 
 
 Rhombohedral Euchlore-Mica, M. 
 Rhombohedral Euchlore-Malachite. 
 
 Partsch. 
 
 Rhomboidal Arseniate of Copper. 
 CINNABAR. 
 
 Peritomous Ruby-Blende. M. 
 Sulphuret of Mercury. 
 
 SULPHATO-TRI-CARBONATE 
 OF LEAD. 
 
 Jlxotomous Lead-Bar yte. Partsch. 
 
 VITREOUS COPPER. 
 
 Prismatic Copper Glance. 
 
 LEVYNE." 
 
 Macrotypous Kouphone-Spar. 
 Partsch. 
 
 EUDYALITE. 
 
 Rhombohedral Jllmandine-Spar. 
 Partsch. 
 
 2-0. 
 2-0.. .2-5. 
 
 2-5. 
 2-5...3-0. 
 
 4-0. 
 5.. .5-5. 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 189 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 inclinations of primary planes, Fig. 36. 
 
 P on M P on T M on T 
 
 S-6...37 93 15' 100 50' 106 15 
 
 2-2. ..2-4. 126 93 40 95 15 
 
 2-98.* 1 I 
 
 * Resembles Apatite, color yellowish and greenish white : brittle, 
 lustre vitreous; strongly translucent. 
 
 RHOMBOID. 
 
 ACUTE. 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 Inclination ot 
 Pon P' 
 Fig. 40. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 2-5...3-2. 
 
 69 30' 
 
 
 6-7...S-2. 
 
 72 
 
 
 6-3.. .6-5. 
 
 72 30 
 
 Lustre resinous. Streak white. 
 
 5-5.. .5-8. 
 
 71 30 
 
 
 
 79 29 
 
 
 2-89. 
 
 73 40 
 
 
190 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 7. || CRICHTONITE. 
 
 Craitonite. 
 
 Fer oxidule titane. Hauy 
 
 8. IT SPECULAR IRON. 
 
 Rhombohedral Iron-Ore. M. 
 Red Iron-Ore. 
 Red Hematite. 
 
 9. || MOHSITE. 
 
 10. T CORUNDUM. 
 
 Rhombohedral Corundum. M. 
 
 SECTION II. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 1. NITRATE OF SODA. 
 
 2. RED SILVER. 
 
 Rhombohedral Ruby-Blende. M. 
 
 3. IT CALCAREOUS SPAR. 
 
 Rhombohedral Lime-Haloid e. M. 
 
 Carbonate of Lime. 
 ? PLUMBO-CALCITE. Turner. 
 ? ARCHIGONAL CARBON-SPAR. 
 
 Briethaupt. 
 
 ? KOUPHONE " " 
 
 ? EUGNOSTIC 
 ? POLYMORPHOUS 
 ? MEROXENE 
 ? HAPLOTYPOUS 
 ? MELTNOUS 
 ? DIASTATIC 
 
 2-0. 
 0...2-5. 
 
 3-0. 
 
 (2 
 (3-0. 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 191 
 
 nclination of 
 Pon P' 
 Fig. 40. 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 4-66. 
 
 4-8.. .5-3. 
 
 3-9. ..4-0. 
 
 61 20' 
 
 86 10 
 73 43 
 
 86 4 
 
 Streak uncolored. 
 
 Streak red. 
 
 Opake. Iron-black. Lustre high ; 
 metallic. Crystals small, flat, cir- 
 cular tables, with alternate re- 
 entering and salient angles on 
 their edges. 
 
 OBTUSE. 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 2-09. 
 
 5-4.. .5-9. 
 
 2-5. ..2-8. 
 (2-8.) 
 
 Inclination of 
 PonP' 
 Fio-. 40. 
 
 106 33' 
 
 109 56 
 
 105 5 
 (104 53J) 
 
 (2-74. ..2-75.) (105 ) 
 (2-67.) (105 
 
 (2-71. ..2-72.) 
 (2-7. ..2-71.) 
 
 (2-68.. .2-69.) 
 (2-72.) 
 (2-69.) 
 (2-77.) 
 
 (105 5 ) 
 
 (105 8 ) 
 
 (105 11 ) 
 
 (105 13 ) 
 
 (105 17 ) 
 
 (105 43 ) 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 Cleavage eminent. 
 
192 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS I. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 ? PRUNNERITE. Esmark. 
 ANKER1TE. 
 
 Paratomous Lime-Haloide. M. 
 
 Paratomous Carbon-Spar. Brei 
 
 thaupt. 
 
 CARBONATE OF MANGA- 
 NESE. 
 
 Macrotypous Parachrose-Ba- 
 ryte. M. 
 
 Rose-red Carbon-Spar. Brei- 
 
 thaupt. 
 
 ? MANGANESEOUS CARBON-SPAR. 
 Breithaupt. 
 
 6. IT MAGNESITE. 
 
 Carbonate of Magnesia. 
 
 7. BEUDANTITE. 
 
 IT DOLOMITE. 
 
 Macrotypous Lime-Haloide. M. 
 Dimeric Carbon-Spar. Breithaupt. 
 Rautenspath. Werner. 
 Chaux carbonatee ferrifere. Hauy. 
 Chaux carb. ferro-manganesifere. 
 
 Hauy. 
 
 Bitter-Spar. Pearl-Spar. 
 Mi e mite. Konite ? Schumacher. 
 ? EUMETRIC CARBON-SPAR. Brei- 
 thaupt. 
 
 ? TAUTOKLINOUS " " 
 
 ? KRYPTOSE " " 
 
 ? ISOMETRIC " " 
 
 3-5. 
 
 9. 
 
 IT CHABASIE. 
 
 RhombohedralKouphone-Spar. M. 
 Gmelinite. Brewster. Sarcolite. 
 Vauqudin. Hydrolite. De Dree. 
 
 (4-0.. .4-5.) 
 
 3-0.. .4-0. 
 3-0.. .4*0. 
 
 4-0. 
 
 3-75.. .4-0.) 
 
 (3-75.) 
 
 (4-0.. .4-5.) 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 193 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 Inclination of 
 PonP' 
 Fig. 40. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 
 
 (Color blue. Formerly call- 
 ed a cuboidal variety of 
 
 2-9...3-1. 
 
 106 12' 
 
 Calcareous Spar.) 
 
 3-3...3-G. 
 
 106 51 
 
 
 (3-3...3-S.) 
 
 (107 30?) 
 
 
 2-S...2-9. 
 
 107 30 
 
 
 
 92 32 
 
 In anall, black, closely ag- 
 
 
 
 gregated crystals. Sum- 
 
 
 
 mits of the rhomboids trun- 
 
 
 
 cated by tangent planes, 
 
 | 
 
 
 parallel to which, cleavage 
 
 ; 
 
 
 takes place. 
 
 3-0.. .3-2. 
 
 106 15 
 
 
 (2-91.) 
 
 (106 11) 
 
 
 (2-96.) 
 
 (106 10) 
 
 
 (2-8...2-81.) 
 
 (106 19) 
 
 
 (2-84...2-86.) 
 
 (106 19) 
 
 
 17 
 
194 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS I. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 Haydenite. Cleaveland. 
 ? SARCOLITE. Thomson. 
 
 4-0.. .4-5. 
 (5-0...5-5.?) 
 
 10. IT RHOMB SPAR. 
 
 Brachytypous Lime-Haloide. M. 
 Brachytypous Carbon-Spar. Brei- 
 
 thaupt. 
 
 Carbonate of Magnesia and Iron 
 Breunerite. Haidenger. Walm- 
 
 stedite. Schweigger. 
 ? HYSTATIC CARBON-SPAR. Brei- 
 
 thaupt. 
 
 11. 1T SPATHIC IRON. 
 
 Brachytypous Parachrose-Ba- 
 
 ryte. M. 
 Siderose Carbon-Spar. Brei- 
 
 thaupt. 
 
 Carbonate of Iron. 
 Sphaerosiderite. Hausmann. 
 ? KAMINOXENE CARBON-SPAR. 
 
 Breithaupt. 
 
 OLIZONE " " 
 
 ALLOTROPOSE " <c 
 
 MESITINE " " 
 
 4-0, 
 
 ..4-5. 
 (4-5.) 
 
 12. || 
 
 13. || 
 
 ALUM-STONE. 
 
 Rhombohedral Mum-Haloide. M. 
 DIOPTASE. 
 
 Rhombohedral Emerald- Mala- 
 chite. M. 
 
 14. IT CALAMINE. 
 
 Rhombohedral Zinc-Baryte. M. 
 Carbonate of Zinc. 
 
 15. || ILMENITE. 
 
 Jlxotomous Iron-Ore. M. 
 
 4-0...4-5. 
 (4-0.) 
 
 (4-0.. .4-25.) 
 (4-0.) 
 
 5-0. 
 5-0. 
 
 5-0...5-25. 
 5-0...5-5. 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 195 
 
 inclination of 
 Pon P' 
 Fig. 40. 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 2-0.. .2-1. 
 
 94 46' 
 
 (Form is described as re- 
 sembling the cube-octa- 
 hedron.) 
 
 3-0...3-11. 
 
 (3-08.; 
 
 107 22 
 )(107 28J) 
 
 (3-34...3-37.)(107 14 
 
 3-6...3-9. 
 
 107 
 
 (3-84.) (107 ) 
 (3'74.)|(107 3 
 
 (2-99.; 
 
 2-5...2-8. 
 3-2...3-4. 
 
 4-1. ..4-4. 
 4-G...4-4. 
 
 107 11J) 
 
 92 50 
 
 126 17 
 
 170 40 
 
 Color dark iron-black. 
 
196 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS I. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 16. IT 
 17. IT 
 
 A. IT 
 B. IT 
 C. IT 
 
 D. i| 
 E. || 
 
 QUARTZ. 
 
 Rhombohedral Quartz. M. 
 Amethyst. Iron-Flint. 
 TOURMALINE. 
 Rhombohedral Tourmaline. 
 
 7-0. 
 7-0.. .7-5. 
 
 1-0... 1-5. 
 1-0...2-0. 
 
 1-0... 1-75. 
 3-5. 
 5-5.. .6-0.? 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 TALC. 
 
 Prismatic Talc Mica. M. 
 PLUMBAGO. 
 Rhombohedral Graphite-Mica. M. 
 NATIVE MAGNESIA. 
 Hydrate of Magnesia. 
 ZINKENITE. 
 WILLEMITE. 
 
 XV. ORDER. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 1. IT 
 
 2. IT 
 3. || 
 
 .4. || 
 
 5. || 
 
 6. || 
 
 7. 
 8. 
 
 SULPHURET OF MOLYBDENA. 
 
 Rhombohedral Molybdena- Glance. M. 
 
 1-0...1-5. 
 2-0.. .2-5. 
 
 t( U 
 
 It U 
 
 2-5. 
 
 3-0...3-5.? 
 3-5. ..4-0.? 
 
 3-5. ..4-0. 
 
 FINITE. 
 CRONSTEDITE. 
 
 Rhomb ohedralMelane-Mica. Partsch. 
 NATIVE TELLURIUM. 
 Native Tellurium. M. 
 Gediegen Sylvan. Werner. 
 Tellure natif auro-ferrifere. Hauy. 
 POLYBASITE. 
 
 HERSHELITE. 
 ARSENIATE OF LEAD. 
 PYROMORPHITE. 
 
 Rhombohedral Lead-Baryte. M. 
 Brown Phosphate of Lead. 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 197 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 Inclination of 
 P on P', 
 Fig. 40. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 2-5...2-7. 
 
 94 15' 
 
 * 
 
 3-0...3-2. 
 
 133 20 
 
 
 2-7...2-S. 
 
 
 Lamina3 flexible. 
 
 1-8.. .2-0. 
 
 
 tn thin, six-sided tables; color iron- 
 black. 
 
 2-35. 
 5-30. 
 
 
 [n regular six-sided prisms ; color white. 
 In regular six-sided prisms, 
 [n small transparent, or translucent crystals 
 
 REGULAR HEXAGONAL PRISM. 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 4-4.. .4-6. 
 
 1 
 
 2-7. 
 
 
 3-34. 
 
 Color brownish-black ; streak dark leek- 
 
 
 green. 
 
 6-1...6-2. 
 6-2. 
 
 Color iron-black ; lustre splendent, 
 
 2-1. 
 
 5-0...6-4. ? 
 
 In six-sided prisms, whose terminal edges are 
 replaced, the new planes inclining to the base 
 under angles of 132 ; bases dull and curved* 
 
 G-9...7-3. 
 
 
198 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS f. 
 
 Names. 
 
 9. IT GREEN LEAD-ORE. 
 
 Brachytypous Lead-Baryte. Partsch, 
 Phosphate of Lead. 
 
 10. IT MAGNETIC IRON-PYRITES. 
 
 Dodecahedral Iron-Pyrites. M. 
 
 11. IT APATITE. 
 
 Rhombohedral Fluor-Haloide. M. 
 Phosphate of Lime. 
 
 13. 
 
 14. 
 
 A. 
 
 NEPHILINE. 
 
 Rhombohedral Feld-Spar. M. 
 
 Sommite. Pseudo-Nephiline. Fleu- 
 
 reau de Bcllevue. 
 ? CAVOLINITE. 
 ?DAVYNE. 
 IOL1TE. 
 
 Prismatic Quartz. M. 
 
 Peliom. Werner. Cordierite. Hauy 
 Dichroite. Cordier. Steinheilite 
 Pansner. 
 
 BERYL. 
 
 Rhombohedral Emerald. M. 
 
 Emerald. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 3-5...4-0.? 
 3-5.. .4-5. 
 
 5-0. 
 6-0. 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 CAPILLARY PYRITES. 
 
 Sulphuret of Nickel. 
 
 (Talc, App. A. Ord. XIV. 
 
 Plumbago, App.B. Ord. XIV. 
 
 Hydrate of Magnesia, App. C. Ord. XIV.) 
 
 7-0.. .7-5. 
 7-5. ..8-0. 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 199 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 6-9.. .7-3. ? 
 4-4.. .4-7. 
 
 3-0.. .3-3. 
 
 BSITY 
 
 2-5...2-6. 
 
 (* 
 
 2-25.. .2-3.) 
 
 \ Opake, white ; lustre pearly or silky. 
 Surface of the crystals dull. 
 
 2-5.. .2-6. 
 2-6...2-S. 
 
 Dichroism parallel and perpendicular to the 
 prism. 
 
CLASS II. 
 
202 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS II. 
 
 1. ORDER. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 1. COMMON SALT. C. I. p. 154. 
 
 2.0. 
 2-5. 
 
 2. IT GALENA. C. I. p. 154. 
 
 II. ORDER. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 1. 1T RED OXIDE OF COPPER. 
 C. I. p. 156. 
 
 3-5.. .4-0. 
 4-0. 
 
 5-5.. .6-5. 
 6-0.. .6-5. 
 
 2. IT FLUOR. C. I. p. 156. 
 
 3. IT MAGNETIC IRON-ORE. 
 C. I. p. 158. 
 4. IT FRANKLINITE. C. I. p. 158. 
 
 III. ORDER. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 1. IT BLENDE. C. I. p. 158. 
 
 3-5. ..4.0. 
 
 IV. ORDER. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 1, IT MOLYBDATE OF LEAD. 
 C. I. p. 160. 
 
 3-0. 
 4-0.. .4-5. 
 
 2. IT TUNGSTEN. C. I. p. 160. 
 
 V. ORDER. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 1. || BLACK TELLURIUM. C.I. p. 162. 
 
 2. || URANITE. C. I. p. 164. 
 3. 1T|| CORNEOUS LEAD. C. I. p. 164. 
 
 1-0...1-5. 
 
 2-0.. .2-5. 
 2-5. 
 
 4-5...5-0. 
 
 5-0.. .5. 5. 
 6-5. 
 
 4. APOPHYLLITE. C. I. p. 164. 
 
 5. IT SCAPOLITE. C. I. p. 164. 
 6. IT RUTILE. C. I. p. 164. 
 
 (Anhydrite. Sp. 2. Ord. VI. 
 Cryolite, Sp. 1. " " ) 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 203 
 
 CUBE. 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 ' 
 
 2-25. 
 Y-4...7-6. 
 
 REGULAR OCTAHEDRON. 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 
 5-6...6-0. 
 3-0.. .3-3. 
 
 4-8.. .5-2. 
 5-0.. .5-1. 
 
 RHOMBIC DODECAHEDRON. 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 
 4-5.. .4-8. 
 
 OCTAHEDRON WITH A SQUARE BASE. 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 inclination of 
 P on P", Fig. 25. 
 
 6-5.. .6-9. 
 6-0...6-1- 
 
 130 15 X 
 128 40 
 
 RIGHT SQUARE PRISM. 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 7-0...7-5. 
 
 3-0...3-2. 
 6-05, 
 
 2-2.. .2-5, 
 
 2-G...2-7. 
 
 4-2...4-4, 
 
 
204 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS II. 
 
 VI. ORDER. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 1. || CRYOLITE. 
 
 Prismatic Cryone-Haloide. M. 
 JLxotomous Orthoklase-Haloide. 
 Partsch. 
 
 2-5. ..3-0. 
 3-0.. .3-5. 
 3-5...4-0. 
 6-0. 
 
 2. T ANHYDRITE. C. I. p. 166. 
 
 3. 1T STILBITE. C. I. p. 166. 
 4. 1F|| COLUMBITE. C. I. p. 166. 
 
 VII. ORDER. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 1. ORPIMENT. C. I. p. 168. 
 2. IT GREY ANTIMONY. C.I. p. 168. 
 
 1-5...2-0. 
 2-0. 
 
 2-5. ..3-0. 
 
 u 
 
 3-0. 
 3-0.. .3-5. 
 
 (( U 
 
 a u 
 
 3-5...4-0. 
 4-0.. .4-25. 
 
 3. II WHITE ANTIMONY. C. I. p. 170. 
 4. || PERITOMOUS LEAD-BA- 
 RYTE. C. I. p. 170. 
 
 5. IT SULPHATE OF LEAD 
 C. I. p. 170. 
 
 6. IT CELESTINE. C. I. p. 172. 
 7. IT HEAVY SPAR. C. I. p. 172. 
 8. IT WHITE LEAD-ORE. C. I. p. 172. 
 
 9. 1T ARRAGONITE. C. I. p. 172. 
 
 10. MANGANITE. C. I. p. 174. 
 
 VIII. ORDER. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 1. H GYPSUM. C. I. p. 178. 
 2. IT VIVIAN1TE. C. I. p. 178. 
 
 1-5. ..2-0. 
 2-0. 
 
 3-5...4-0. 
 
 3. IF HEULANDITE. C. I. p. 178. 
 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 205 
 
 RIGHT RECTANGULAR PRISM. 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 
 2-95. 
 
 2.7...3-0. 
 
 
 2-1. ..2-2. 
 
 
 6-0.. .6-3. 
 
 
 RIGHT RHOMBIC PRISM. 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 Inclination of M on M', Fig. 30. 
 
 3-4.. .3-6. 
 
 4-2.. .4-6. 
 
 100 00' 
 91 10 
 
 6-2. ..6-4. 
 
 137 
 
 7-07. 
 
 102 27 
 
 6-2. ..6-4. 
 
 103 42 
 
 3-6. ..4-0. 
 4-1. ..4-7. 
 6-3.. .6-6. 
 
 104 
 
 101 42 
 117 18 
 
 2-6.. .3-0. 
 
 116 10 
 
 4-38. 
 
 99 40 
 
 RIGHT OBLIQUE ANGLED PRISM. 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 Inclination of M on T, Fig. 31. 
 
 2-2.. .2-4. 
 2-6. ..2-7. 
 
 113 8' 
 125 15 
 
 2-0.. .2-2. 
 
 130 30 
 
 18 
 
206 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS II- 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 Names. 
 
 4. IF WOLFRAM. 
 
 5. IT EPIDOTE. 
 
 C. I. p. 178. 
 C. I. p. 180. 
 
 5-0.. .5-5, 
 6-0.. .7-0, 
 
 IX. ORDER. 
 
 SECTION I. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 REALGAR. 
 
 GLAUBERITE. 
 
 3. IT LAUMONITE. 
 
 4. 1T SPHENE. 
 
 5. IF PYROXENE. 
 
 C. I. p. 180 
 C. p. p. 180. 
 C. I. p. 182. 
 C. I. p. 182. 
 C. I. p. 182. 
 
 1-5.. .2-0, 
 2-5. ..3-0, 
 1-5. ..5-5, 
 5-0.. .5-5, 
 5-0.. .6-0, 
 
 SECTION II. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 1. IT MICA. C.I. p. 182 
 
 1. 1T ANTHOPHYLLITE. C.I. p. 184 
 
 ? CUMMINGTONITE. 
 
 2. IT HORNBLENDE. 
 
 Carinthin. Werner. C.I. p. 184 
 
 3. TT SPODUMENE. 
 
 Prismatic Trip hane- Spar. M. 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 A. IT PICROSMINE. 
 
 B. || PYRALLOLITE. C.I. p. 184 
 
 C. IT BRONZITE. 
 
 Hemi-Prismatic Schiller- Spar. M. 
 
 D. IT HYPERSTHENE. 
 
 Prismatoidal Schiller- Spar. M. 
 
 2-0.. .2-5. 
 5-0.. .5-5. 
 
 5-0.. .6-0. 
 6-5.. .7-0. 
 
 2-5.. .3-0. 
 3-5.. .4-0. 
 
 4-0.. .5-0. 
 6-0. 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 207 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 Inclination of M on T, Fig. 31. 
 
 7-1. ..7-4. 
 
 117 22' 
 
 3-2.. .3-5. 
 
 115 40 
 
 OBLIQUE RHOMBIC PRISM. 
 
 OBLIQJJE FROM AN ACUTE EDGE. 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 Inclination of M on M' Fig. 32. 
 
 3-5. ..3-6. 
 
 74 14' 
 
 4-19. 
 
 56 
 
 2-3...2-4. 
 
 86 15 
 
 3-4.. .4-4. 
 
 76 2 
 
 3-2.. .3-5. 
 
 87 5 
 
 OBLIQUE FROM AN OBTUSE EDGE. 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 Inclination of M on M' Fig. 32. 
 
 2-8...3-0. 
 3-0.. .3-3. 
 
 100 0' 
 125 
 
 2-8.. .3-2. 
 
 124 30 
 
 3-17. 
 
 93 94 
 
 2-66. 
 2-5. ..2-6. 
 
 94 36 
 
 3-25. 
 
 94 
 
 3-38. 
 
 93 
 
208 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS II. 
 
 X. ORDER. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 1. || LATROBITK 
 
 2. 
 3. 
 4. 
 5. 
 
 IT FELDSPAR. 
 PERIKLIN. 
 IT ALBITE. 
 IT FOWLERITE. 
 
 6. 1T KYANITE. 
 
 C. I. p. 186, 
 
 C. I. p. 186, 
 C. I. p. 186, 
 C. I. p. 186, 
 C. I. p. 186, 
 
 C. I. p. 188 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 IT TABULAR SPAR. 
 
 Prismatic Jlugite-Spar. M. 
 
 5-5, 
 6-0, 
 
 (C 
 
 5-0.. .7-0, 
 
 4-0.. .5-0, 
 
 XL ORDER. 
 
 SECTION I. 
 
 Names. 
 
 1. || SULPHATO-TRI-CARBONATE 
 
 OF LEAD. C. I. p. 188. 
 
 2. IT SPECULAR IRON. C. I. p. 190. 
 
 3. 1T CORUNDUM. C. I. p. 190. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 2-5. 
 
 5-5...6-5. 
 9-0. 
 
 SECTION II. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 3. 
 4. 
 
 RED SILVER. 
 
 C. I. p. 190 
 
 IT CALCAREOUS SPAR. 
 
 C. I. p. 190 
 
 ANKERITE. C.I. p. 190 
 
 CARBONATE OF MAN- 
 GANESE. C.I. p. 192 
 
 IT DOLOMITE. 
 
 IT SPATHIC IRON. 
 
 7. IT RHOMB SPAR. 
 
 C.I. p. 190, 
 C.I. p. 194, 
 
 C.I. p. 194, 
 
 2-0...2-5. 
 
 3-0. 
 3-5. 
 
 4-0. 
 4-0...4-25 
 
 4-0...4-5. 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 209 
 
 DOUBLY OBLIQUE PRISM. 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 Pon M. 
 
 PonT. 
 
 M on T. 
 
 2-7.. .2-8. 
 
 91 0' 
 
 98 30' 
 
 93 30' 
 
 2-5.. .2-6. 
 2-54.. .2-56. 
 2-6.. .2-68. 
 3-5. ..3-8. 
 
 90 
 93 19 
 93 30 
 95 
 
 120 15 
 
 117 53 
 121 
 
 112 45 
 114 45 
 115 5 
 113 0? 
 
 3-6...3-7. 
 
 93 15 
 
 100 50 
 
 106 15 
 
 2-8. 
 
 126 
 
 93 40 
 
 95 15 
 
 RHOMBOID. 
 
 ACUTE. 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 Inclination of P on P', Fig. 40. 
 
 6-3.. .6-5. 
 
 72 30' 
 
 4-8...5-3. 
 
 86 10 
 
 3-9...4-0. 
 
 86 4 
 
 OBTUSE. 
 
 Sp. Gravity. 
 
 Inclination of P on P', Fig. 40. 
 
 5-4.. .5-9. 
 
 109 56' 
 
 2-5.. .2-8. 
 2-9.. .3-1. 
 
 - 
 
 105 5 
 106 12 
 
 3-3...3-C. 
 
 106 51 
 
 3-0...3-2. 
 3-6...3-Q. 
 
 106 15 
 107 
 
 3-0...3-11. 
 
 107 22 
 
 18* 
 
CLASS III. 
 
 ABBREVIATIONS EMPLOYED IN I. ORDER. 
 
 Ad. 
 
 Bot. 
 
 Capil. 
 
 Col. 
 
 Comp. 
 
 Frac. 
 
 Glob. 
 
 Gran. 
 
 Impal. 
 
 Lam. 
 
 for 
 
 adamantine. 
 
 Met. 
 
 fo 
 
 botryoidal. 
 
 Reni. 
 
 
 capillary. 
 
 Res. 
 
 
 columnar. 
 
 Stalac. 
 
 
 composition. 
 
 T. 
 
 
 fracture. 
 
 Translu. 
 
 
 globular. 
 
 Transpa. 
 
 
 granular, 
 impalpable. 
 
 Var. 
 Vit. 
 
 
 lamellar. 
 
 
 
 metallic. 
 
 re ni form. 
 
 resinous. 
 
 stalactitic. 
 
 taste. 
 
 translucent. 
 
 transparent. 
 
 varieties. 
 
 vitreous. 
 
212 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS III. 
 
 1. ORDER. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness 
 
 Sp. Grav. 
 
 1. 
 
 H SASSOLIN. 
 
 
 
 
 Prismatic Boracic-JUcid. M. 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 Boracic Acid. 
 
 1-0. 
 
 1-48. 
 
 2. 
 
 || ALUMIN1TE. 
 
 
 
 
 Sub-Sulphate of Alumine. 
 
 
 
 
 Websterite. Brongniart. 
 
 
 
 1-66. 
 
 3. 
 
 H MEERSCHAUM. 
 
 
 
 
 Sea-foam. 
 
 (C 
 
 1-6. 
 
 
 ? PHOLERITE. Guillemin. 
 
 
 
 
 ? LEJVZIJVITE. Johns. 
 
 <c 
 
 (1-8...2-10) 
 
 4. 
 
 || HUMBOLDTINE. 
 
 
 
 
 Oxalate of Iron. 
 
 ft 
 
 1-0...2-5. 
 
 5. 
 
 || ANTIMOMY-PHYLLITE. 
 
 
 
 
 Diatomous Antimony -Phyllite. Brei- 
 
 
 
 
 thaupt. 
 
 <t 
 
 4-0. 
 
 6. 
 
 NATRON. 
 
 
 
 
 Hemi-prismatic Natron- Salt. M. 
 
 
 
 
 Carbonate of Soda. 
 
 1-0...1-5. 
 
 1-42. 
 
 7. 
 
 PRISMATIC NATRON-SALT. 
 
 
 1.56 
 
 
 ? TRONA. Hausmann. 
 
 1-5. 
 
 
 8. 
 
 IT TALC. C. I. p. 196. 
 
 (C 
 
 27.. .2-8. 
 
 9. 
 
 || KUPFERSCHAUM. C. I. p. 168. 
 
 
 
 3-09. 
 
 10. 
 
 || STERNBERGITE. C. I. p. 168. 
 
 ( 
 
 4-21. 
 
 11. 
 
 H SULPHURET OF MOLYBDENA. 
 
 
 
 
 C. I. p. 196. 
 
 <C tf 
 
 4-4...46. 
 
 12. 
 
 || RED ANTIMONY. 
 
 
 
 
 Prismatic Pur pie- Blende. M. 
 
 .( (( 
 
 4S...4-6. 
 
 13. 
 
 HORN SILVER. C. I. p. 154. 
 
 (( (t 
 
 5.5. 
 
 14. 
 
 H BLACK TELLURIUM. C. I. p. 162. 
 
 
 
 7-0...7-5. 
 
 15. 
 
 OXIDE OF ARSENIC. C. I. p. 156. 
 
 15. 
 
 36..^-7. 
 
 16. 
 
 IF NATIVE MAGNESIA. C. I. p. 196. 
 
 1-0...1-75. 
 
 2-35. 
 
 17. 
 
 IT BITUMEN. 
 
 
 
 
 Black Mineral Resin. M. 
 
 
 
 
 Mineral Pitch. Phillips. 
 
 
 
 
 Asphalt. Leonhard. 
 
 
 
 
 Mineral Caoutchouc. 
 
 1-0...2-0. 
 
 0-68.. .1-6. 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 213 
 
 SOLIDS. 
 
 Lustre. 
 
 Color. 
 
 Streak. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 Pearly. 
 
 Yellowish-white. 
 
 
 T. acidulous, becoming 
 bitter & finally sweet. 
 
 Dull. 
 
 White. 
 
 
 in reni. masses, opake. 
 
 Dull. 
 
 (Nacreous.) 
 (Dull.) 
 
 White. 
 (White.) 
 (White.) 
 
 
 [lather greasy to the 
 feel. 
 (In slightly convex 
 scales.) 
 (Translucent.) 
 
 Dull. 
 
 Ochre-yellow. 
 
 
 In small flattish masses. 
 
 Pearly. 
 
 Greyish -white. 
 
 
 Translucent: greasy to 
 the feel. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 White. 
 
 
 T. pungent alkaline. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 Pearly. 
 Vit. & pearly. 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 White. 
 Green and white. 
 Apple-green, sky- 
 hlue. 
 
 Bronze. 
 
 
 Black. 
 
 T. pungent alkaline. 
 Greasy to the feel. 
 Very sectile. Thin 
 laminae flexible : in 
 reni. and bot. shapes. 
 
 Metallic- 
 Met, ad. 
 
 Adamantine. 
 Metallic. 
 
 Lead-grey. 
 Cherry -red. 
 
 Brown ; where ex- 
 posed to light 
 black. 
 Blackish lead-grey 
 
 Lead-grey. 
 Cherry-red. 
 
 Shining. 
 
 Thin lamina?, highly 
 flexible, very sectile. 
 Tufts of capil. crystals, 
 or fibres straight, anc 
 divergent from com- 
 mon centres. 
 
 Vitreous, in- 
 clining to ad 
 Pearly. 
 
 White. 
 White. 
 
 
 Translucent to opake. 
 
 Transl. opake where 
 exposed to the open 
 air. Thin laminae flex- 
 ible. 
 
 Resinous. 
 
 Reddish-brown to 
 black. 
 
 
 Sectile, elastic: after 
 exposure to the air, 
 brittle. 
 
214 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS III. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 Sp. Grav. 
 
 18. 
 
 || NAPHTHALINE. C. I. p. 162. 
 
 1-0. ..20. 
 
 15. 
 
 19. IT PLUMBAGO. C. I. p. 196. 
 
 (( (( 
 
 1-8...2-1. 
 
 20. 
 
 || HORN QUICKSILVER. C. I. p. 162. 
 
 (( (( 
 
 6-4.. .6-5. 
 
 21. 
 
 |1 RETINITE. 
 
 
 
 
 Retinasphalt. Philips. 
 
 1-5-.. .2-0. 
 
 1-35. 
 
 22. 
 
 GLAUBER SALT. 
 
 
 
 
 Prismatic Glauber- Salt. M. 
 
 
 
 
 Sulphate of Soda. 
 
 1-5.. .2-0. 
 
 1-48. 
 
 23. 
 
 1 SAL AMMONIAC. C. I. p. 156. 
 
 (( S( 
 
 1-5...1-6. 
 
 24. 
 
 SULPHATE OF ALUMINE. 
 
 
 
 
 Native Soda Alum. Thomson. 
 
 (( (( ? 
 
 1-88. 
 
 25. 
 
 SULPHUR. C. I. p. 162, 
 
 It tl 
 
 1-9...2-1. 
 
 26. 
 
 NITRATE OF SODA. 
 
 (( (t 
 
 209. 
 
 27. IF GYPSUM. C. I. p. 178. 
 
 1C (f 
 
 22...24- 
 
 28. 
 
 | COBALT BLOOM. C. I. p. 178 
 
 (t (( 
 
 2-94. 
 
 29. 
 
 ORPIMENT. C. I. p. 168. 
 
 K (( 
 
 34...S-6. 
 
 SO. 
 
 REALGAR; C. I. p. 180. 
 
 a (( 
 
 35...S-6. 
 
 si! i 
 
 | GRAPHIC GOLD. C. 1. p. 168. 
 
 
 S-7...5-8- 
 
 32, I 
 
 NATIVE LEAD. 
 
 
 
 33. | 
 
 YELLOW TELLURIUM. 
 
 
 
 
 Yellow Gold Glance. Jameson. 
 
 
 10'6. 
 
 34. | 
 
 | KONIGENE. C. I. p. 168. 
 
 2-0. 
 
 
 35. IT COPPERAS, C. I. p. 180. 
 
 <c 
 
 1-9. 
 
 36. | 
 
 | GAY LUSSITE. C. I. p. 180. 
 
 <c 
 
 1-9. 
 
 37. 11 NITRE. 
 
 
 
 
 Prismatic Nitre- Salt. M. 
 
 
 
 
 Nitrate of Potash. 
 
 M 
 
 1.9...2-0. 
 
 38. 
 
 \ BOTRYOGENE. C. I. p. 168. 
 
 cc 
 
 2-03. 
 
 39. 
 
 DERMATINE. 
 
 <c 
 
 213. 
 
 40. 
 
 COMMON SALT, C. I. p. 154. 
 
 
 
 225. 
 
 41. IF V1VIANITE. C, I. p. 178. 
 
 (( 
 
 2-6.. .2-7. 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 215 
 
 Lustre. 
 
 Color. 
 
 Streak. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 Resinous. 
 
 Greenish and yel- 
 
 
 Transpa. and brittle. 
 
 
 lowish-white. 
 
 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Iron-black. 
 
 Shining. 
 
 Lamina? very flexible. 
 
 Adamantine. 
 
 Greyish or yel- 
 
 White. 
 
 
 
 lowish-white. 
 
 
 
 Resinous. 
 
 Green, yellow, red 
 
 
 Fracture conchoidal : in 
 
 
 and brown. 
 
 
 roundish masses. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 White. 
 
 
 Efflorescent. In mealy 
 
 
 
 
 crusts. Taste cool, 
 
 
 
 
 saline and bitter. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 White or grey. 
 
 
 T. acute and pungent : 
 
 
 
 
 in a mealy powder. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Colorless. 
 
 
 In silky crystals, fi- 
 
 
 
 
 brous masses & white 
 
 
 
 
 powder. Taste like 
 
 
 
 
 alum. 
 
 Resinous. 
 
 Vellow. 
 
 
 Brittle. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Colorless. 
 
 
 Taste cooling. 
 
 Vit. & pearly. 
 
 White in most 
 
 White. 
 
 Seclile. 
 
 
 cases. 
 
 
 
 Vitreous ad. 
 
 Peach-blossom- 
 
 Pale red. 
 
 In glob. & reni. shapes. 
 
 
 red. 
 
 
 Comp. columnar. 
 
 Viet, pearly. 
 
 Lemon-yellow. 
 
 
 Sectile. Faces otcomp. 
 
 
 
 
 streaked. 
 
 Hesinous. 
 
 Aurora-red. 
 
 Orange yel- 
 
 Sectile. 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Steel-grey. 
 
 low to red. 
 
 Massive varieties im- 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 
 
 perfectly col. or gran. 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Silver-white incli- 
 
 
 
 
 ning to yellow. 
 
 
 
 Vitreous ? 
 
 Emerald or black- 
 
 
 
 
 ish-green. 
 
 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Green to white. 
 
 
 Massive varieties pul- 
 
 
 
 
 verulent. T. sweet- 
 
 
 
 
 ish astringent. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Colorless or grey- 
 
 
 Transpa. or translu. 
 
 
 ish white. 
 
 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Colorless. 
 
 
 T. saline. In crystals 
 
 
 
 
 and flakes; rarely col. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 rJyacinth red' to 
 
 
 [n reni. and bot. shapes. 
 
 
 ochre-yellow. 
 
 
 T. feebly astringent. 
 
 Grea.y. 
 
 Green or dark 
 
 
 Kidney-shaped, or glob. 
 
 
 brown. 
 
 
 pieces. Frac. con- 
 
 
 
 
 choidal. Translu. 
 
 fitreous. 
 
 
 
 Saline. 
 
 Vit. & pearly. 
 
 Blackish-green 
 
 Bluish-white. 
 
 Massive var. in small 
 
 
 and indigo-blue. 
 
 
 reni. and glob, shapes; 
 also in superficial coat- 
 
 
 
 
 ings of dusty particles. 
 
216 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS III. 
 
 [ Names. 
 
 Hardness 
 
 ISp. Grav. 
 
 42. | 
 
 COPPER MICA. C. I. p. 188. 
 
 2-0. 
 
 25...S-2. 
 
 43. IT GREY ANTIMONY. C. I. p. 168. 
 
 20. 
 
 1-0...25. 
 2-0...2-5. 
 
 4-2...4-6. 
 
 1-2...1-4. 
 
 1-08. 
 
 44. IT BITUMINOUS COAL. 
 Bituminous Mineral- Coal. M. 
 Black Coal. Brown Coal. 
 Cannel Coal. Jet. Slate Coal. 
 Bituminous Wood. Paper Coal. 
 
 45. IT AMBER. 
 Yellow Mineral Resin. M. 
 
 
 
 
 
 46. j 
 
 | MELLITE. C. I. p. 160. 
 
 ft tt 
 
 1-59. 
 
 47. BORAX. C. I. p. 182. 
 48. IT EPSOM-SALT. C. I. p. 168. 
 
 it 
 
 1-76. 
 1-7.. .1-8. 
 
 49. IF ALUM. 
 Octahedral Alum- Salt. M. 
 
 it (t 
 
 tt tt 
 
 50. 
 51. 
 52. 
 
 KEROL1TE. 
 PYRORTHITE. 
 WHITE VITRIOL. C. I. p. 168. 
 
 20...2-5. 
 
 tt ft 
 ft tt 
 
 2-0. 
 2-19. 
 2-0...2-1. 
 
 53. IT MICA. C. I. p. 132. 
 
 ft (( 
 
 2-0.. .2-5- 
 
 54. IT FINITE. C. I. p. 190. 
 
 It tt 
 
 2.7. 
 
 55. 
 
 | THENARDITE. C. I. p. 170. 
 
 tf (6 
 
 2-7. 
 
 56. 
 
 FIGURE-STONE. 
 
 Agalmatolite. 
 
 (( tt 
 
 2-81. 
 
 57. 
 
 58. 
 
 59. 
 
 | HAIDINGERITE. C. I. p. 170. 
 LENTICULAR COPPER-ORE. 
 C. I. p. 162. 
 | URANITE. C. 1. p. 164. 
 
 ft tt 
 tt ft 
 
 28...3-0. 
 
 u it 
 3-0. .3-2. 
 
 60. 1 
 
 1 CRONSTEDITE. C. I. p. 190. 
 
 tf tt 
 
 3-34. 
 
 61. IT PYROLUSITE. C. I. p. 170. 
 
 ft tt 
 
 4-S...4-9. 
 
 62. |1 MYARGYSITE. C. I. p. 170. 
 
 tt tt 
 
 5-23. 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 217 
 
 Lustre. 
 
 Color. 
 
 Streak. Various Observations. 
 
 Pearly. 
 
 Emerald and grass- 
 
 
 Sectile. Massive vari- 
 
 
 green. 
 
 
 eties, gran, uneven 
 
 
 
 
 and rough. 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Lead-grey. 
 
 Lead -grey. 
 
 Capil. crystals very mi- 
 
 
 
 
 nute. Comp. some- 
 
 
 
 
 times fine granular. 
 
 Resinous. 
 
 Black or brown. 
 
 
 Comp. lam. gran, im- 
 
 
 
 
 pal. and fibrous. 
 
 Resinous. 
 
 Yellow to red. 
 
 White. 
 
 Fracture conchoidal, 
 
 
 
 
 transpa. or translu. 
 
 
 
 
 Res. electricity produ- 
 
 
 
 
 ced by friction. 
 
 Res. to vit. 
 
 Honey-yellow. 
 
 White. 
 
 Massive varieties in 
 
 
 
 
 nodules; comp. gran. 
 
 Res. and dull. 
 
 White. 
 
 
 T. sweetish alcaline. 
 
 Vit. pearly or 
 
 White. 
 
 
 Bot. & reni. Particles 
 
 dull. 
 
 
 
 of comp. very delicate, 
 
 
 
 
 sometimes pulveru- 
 
 
 
 
 lent. 
 
 Vit. pearly or 
 dull. 
 
 White. 
 
 
 Fibrous, impal .or mealy 
 
 Vit. faint. 
 
 White & greenish. 
 
 White. 
 
 Frac. conchoidal. 
 
 Resinous. 
 
 Brownish-black. 
 
 Brownish- 
 
 Opake. Frac. splintery. 
 
 Pearly or 
 
 White, 
 
 black. 
 
 Reni. & stalac. Comp. 
 
 dull. 
 
 
 
 col. & gran. T. nau- 
 
 
 
 
 seous and metallic. 
 
 Pearly. 
 
 Various. 
 
 
 Comp. col. gran, faces 
 
 
 
 
 of comp. irregularly 
 
 
 
 
 streaked and rough. 
 
 Res. faint. 
 
 Blackish -green & 
 
 Grey. 
 
 Sectile. 
 
 
 greenish-grey. 
 
 
 
 Vit. dull after 
 
 White. 
 
 
 Pulverulent after ex- 
 
 exposure to 
 
 
 
 posure to the air. T. 
 
 the air. 
 
 
 
 cooling. 
 
 Dull. 
 
 Grey, yellow, and 
 
 White and 
 
 Comp. impal., fracture 
 
 
 reddish. 
 
 shining 
 
 uneven. 
 
 Vitreous. White. 
 
 
 
 Vitreous. 
 Ad. or pearly. 
 
 Sky-blue to green. 
 Emerald, grass or 
 
 
 Composition granular. 
 Composition granular. 
 
 
 leek-green. 
 
 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Brownish-black. 
 
 Dark leek- 
 
 Opake. Reni. Comp. 
 
 
 
 green. 
 
 columnar. 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Iron-black. 
 
 Black. 
 
 Opake. In reni. coats. 
 
 
 
 
 Comp. col. and gran. 
 
 Between met. 
 
 Iron-black. 
 
 Dark cherry- 
 
 Opake except in thin 
 
 and met. ad. 
 
 
 red. 
 
 splinters. 
 
 19 
 
218 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness 
 
 "SpTGravT 
 
 63. 
 
 RED SILVER. C. 1. p. 190. 
 
 20.. .2-5. 
 
 5-4.. .5-9. 
 
 64. 
 65. 
 
 JAMESON1TE. C. I. p. 170. 
 | BI-SELENIURET OE ZINC. 
 
 (C (t 
 
 It It 
 
 5-56. 
 5-56. 
 
 66. 
 67. 
 
 | SELENIURET OF LEAD. 
 BLACK SILVER. C. I. p. 170. 
 
 (6 ( 
 
 5-9...6-4. 
 
 68. 
 69. 
 70. 1 
 
 | NATIVE TELLURIUM. C. I. p. 190. 
 1 SULPHURET OF BISMUTH. 
 I WHITE LEAD ORE. C. I. p. 172. 
 
 u 
 
 6-1...6-2. 
 6-54. 
 63...6-6. 
 
 71. 
 
 72. { 
 73. 
 
 VITREOUS SILVER. C. I. p. 154. 
 
 (I 
 
 2-5. 
 
 1C 
 
 7-19. 
 
 2-2...2-S. 
 
 2-9.. .3-1. 
 
 \ BLUE VITRIOL. C. I. p. 184. 
 | COBALT BLOOM. C. I. p. 178. 
 
 74.' 
 
 | CRONSTEDITE. 
 
 (C 
 
 (C <C 
 
 75.H || CORNEOUS LEAD. C. I. p. 164. 
 
 M 
 
 6-05. 
 
 76, 
 
 | CHROMATE OF LEAD. C. I. p. 182. 
 
 M 
 
 6-0...6-1. 
 
 77, 
 
 78: || 
 
 | POLYBASITE. C. I. p. 190. 
 \ SULPHATO-TRI-CARBONATE 
 OF LEAD. C. I. p. 188. 
 
 (C 
 
 IS 
 
 6-2. 
 6-3...6-5. 
 
 79. IT GALENA. C. I. p. 154. 
 
 ft 
 
 7-4.. .7-6. 
 
 80. IF LAUMON1TE. C. I. p. 182. 
 
 1-5.. .5-5? 
 1-5.. .3-0. 
 2-5. ..3-0. 
 
 (S (I 
 
 2-3.. .2-4. 
 10-5.. .12-5. 
 1-73. 
 2-0.. .2-2. 
 
 81. | 
 
 NATIVE AMALGAM. C. I. p. 156. 
 
 82. || SULPHATE OF POTASH. 
 83. 'IT CHRYSOCOLLA. 
 , ; Uncleavable Staphyline- Malachite. M. 
 
 84. IT MARMOLITE. 
 
 (( (C 
 
 2-47. 
 
 85.! IT PICROSMINE. 
 Asbestus. 
 
 (( 
 
 2S...2-6. 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 219 
 
 Lustre. 
 
 Color. 
 
 Streak. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 Met. ad. 
 
 From iron-black to 
 
 Streak like 
 
 Comp. gran., strongly 
 
 
 cochineal-red. 
 
 the color. 
 
 connected, sometimes 
 
 
 
 
 impal., also in plates 
 
 
 
 
 and coatings. 
 
 Metallte. 
 
 Steel-grey. 
 
 Steel-grey. 
 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Dark lead-grey. 
 
 Blackish lead- 
 
 Composition granular ? 
 
 
 
 grey. 
 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Bluish-grey. 
 
 Blackish-grey 
 
 Comp. finely granular. 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Iron-black. 
 
 Iron-black. 
 
 Comp. gran, strongly 
 
 
 
 
 connected. Fracture 
 
 
 
 
 uneven. 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Tin-white. 
 
 Tin-white. 
 
 Comp. gran., fine. 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Lead-grey. 
 
 Lead-grey. 
 
 Comp. gran, or col. 
 
 Ad. to res., 
 
 White passing to 
 
 White. 
 
 Comp. col. and impal. 
 
 sometimes 
 
 g''ey. 
 
 
 
 pearly. 
 
 
 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Blackish lead-grey 
 
 Shining. 
 
 Malleable. Reticula- 
 
 
 
 
 ted, arborescent anc 
 
 
 
 
 capil., massive: con\p. 
 
 
 
 
 impalpable. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Sky-blue. 
 
 White. 
 
 Taste astringent. 
 
 Ad. to vit. 
 
 Crimson-red to 
 
 
 In glob, and reniform 
 
 
 grey- 
 
 
 shapes: comp. col. 
 
 
 
 
 also pulverulent. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Brownish black. 
 
 Dark leek- 
 
 Opake. In reniform 
 
 
 
 green. 
 
 masses. Comp. col. 
 
 Adamantine. 
 
 White with pale 
 
 White. 
 
 Transpa. or translu. 
 
 
 tints of grey and 
 
 
 
 
 green. 
 
 
 
 Adamantine. 
 
 Hyacinth-red. 
 
 Orange-yel- 
 
 
 
 
 low. 
 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Iron-black. 
 
 Iron-black. 
 
 Sectile. 
 
 Res. to splen- 
 
 Pale greenish, yel- 
 
 White. 
 
 Comp. lam. or gran. 
 
 dent, ad. 
 
 lowish or brown- 
 
 
 
 
 ish white. 
 
 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Lead-grey. 
 
 Lead-grey. 
 
 Composition granular. 
 
 Vit. to pearly. 
 
 Greyish or>eddish 
 
 White. 
 
 Comp. gran, or imper- 
 
 
 white. 
 
 
 fectly columnar. 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Silver-white. 
 
 Silver-white. 
 
 Comp. impal. Frac. 
 
 
 
 
 conchoidal. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 White to grey. 
 
 
 Bitter & disagreeable. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Emerald, pistachio 
 
 White. 
 
 Transpa. Comp. impal. 
 
 
 and asparagus- 
 
 
 Frac. conchoidal. 
 
 
 green to sky-blue 
 
 
 
 Pearly. 
 
 Greenish yellow. 
 
 White. 
 
 Comp. lam. Individu- 
 
 
 
 
 als large and curved. 
 
 
 
 
 C Sectile. Comp. gran. 
 
 Pearly to vit. 
 
 Greenish white. 
 
 White. 
 
 < & col. strongly cohe- 
 
 
 
 
 ( rent: in delicate fibres 
 
220 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS III. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness Sp. Grav. 
 
 86. || 
 
 87. | 
 
 HOPEITE. C. I. p. 170. 
 GLAUBERITE. C. I. p. 180. 
 
 2-5. ..3-0. 
 
 a ce 
 
 2-7. 
 2-7.. .2-8. 
 
 88. | 
 
 CRYOLITE. C. II. p. 204. 
 
 cc 
 
 2-9.. .3-0. 
 
 89.|| 
 90. | 
 
 RADIATED ACICULAR OLIVIN- 
 ITE. C. I. p. 180. 
 CUPREOUS SULPHATO CARBON- 
 ATE OF LEAD. C. I. p. 170. 
 
 ce tc * 
 
 (C (( 
 
 4-19. 
 5-3.. .5-43. 
 
 91. fl VITREOUS COPPER. C. I. p. 1SS. 
 
 cc .( 
 
 5-5.. .5-8. 
 
 92. | 
 93. | 
 94. 
 
 BOURNONITE. C. I. p. 166. 
 WHITE ANTIMONY. C. I. p. 170. 
 PERITIMOUS LEAD-BARYTE. 
 C. I. p. 170. 
 
 <C CC 
 (C CC 
 
 5-7.. .5-8. 
 6-2. ..6-4. 
 
 7.07. 
 
 95. IT NATIVE COPPER. C. I. p. 154. 
 
 cc cc . 
 
 S-4...S-9. 
 
 96. 11 NATIVE SILVER. C. I. p. 154. 
 
 CC CC 
 
 10-0.. .10-5. 
 
 97. IT NATIVE GOLD. C. I. p. 156. 
 
 cc c 
 
 3-0. 
 
 12-0.. .20-0. 
 1-4.. .2-0. 
 
 98. IT ANTHRACITE. 
 JVon- Bituminous Mineral- Coal. M. 
 Mineral Carbon, Blind Coal. 
 
 99. 
 
 ALLOPHANE. 
 
 cc 
 
 1-8...1-9. 
 
 100. IT SERPENTINE. C. I. p. 168. 
 
 cc 
 
 2-5. 
 
 101. IT DEWEYLITE. 
 
 Siliceous Hydrate of Magnesia. 
 
 cc 
 
 22.. .2-3. 
 
 102. IT CALCAREOUS SPAR. C I. p. 190. 
 Anthrakonite. Hausmann. 
 
 
 
 2-5.. .2-8. 
 
 103. 
 
 ANKERITE. C. I. p. 192. 
 
 cc 
 
 2-9.. .3-1. 
 
 104. 
 
 PRISMATIC OLIV1NITE. C. I. p. 170. 
 
 cc 
 
 4-2...4-6. 
 
 105. | 
 
 THORITE. 
 
 cc 
 
 46. 
 
 106. IT PURPLE COPPER. C. I. p. 156 
 
 cc 
 
 4-9.. .5-0. 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 Lustre. 
 
 Color. 
 
 Streak. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 Vit. & pearly. 
 
 Greyish white. 
 
 White. 
 
 Sectile. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Yellowish or grey- 
 
 White. 
 
 Semi-transpa. Brittle. 
 
 
 ish white. 
 
 
 Saline. 
 
 Vit. inclining 
 
 White. 
 
 White. 
 
 Translucent. 
 
 to pearly. 
 
 
 
 
 Pearly. 
 
 Verdigris-green to 
 
 Verdigris- 
 
 Not very brittle. 
 
 
 sky-blue. 
 
 green. 
 
 
 Resinous. 
 
 Deep verdigris- 
 
 Greenish 
 
 Translucent 
 
 
 green. 
 
 white. 
 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Blackish lead-grey 
 
 Shining. 
 
 Sectile; comp. fine 
 
 
 
 
 gran, or impal. 
 
 Metallic. 
 Ad. to pearly. 
 
 Steel -grey. 
 White, rarely red- 
 
 Steel-grey. 
 White. 
 
 Brittle ; comp. gran. 
 Comp. gran., lam. 01 
 
 
 dish grey. 
 
 
 columnar. 
 
 Ad. to pearly. 
 
 Yellowish white 
 
 
 Translucent. 
 
 
 or pale rose-red. 
 
 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Copper- red. 
 
 Copper-red : 
 
 In arborescent and fil- 
 
 
 
 shining. 
 
 iform shapes. 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Silver-white. 
 
 Silver-white : 
 
 Ductile; dentiform, fil- 
 
 
 
 shining. 
 
 form and capillary 
 
 
 
 
 shapes; also arbores- 
 
 
 
 
 cent, and in plates. 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Gold-yellow. 
 
 Shining. 
 
 Filiform, capil., reticu- 
 
 
 
 
 lated and arborescent 
 
 
 
 
 shapes ; also in leaves 
 
 
 
 
 and membranes. 
 
 Imperfect 
 
 Iron-black 
 
 Iron-black. 
 
 Comp. lam,, but oftenei 
 
 metallic. 
 
 
 
 impalpable. 
 
 Vit. to res. 
 
 Blue, green and 
 
 
 Reni. and hot. ; comp. 
 
 
 grey. 
 
 
 impalpable. 
 
 Res. faint. 
 
 Some shade of 
 
 
 Sectile. Comp, gran. 
 
 
 green. 
 
 
 and impal., veined & 
 
 
 
 
 spotted. 
 
 Vit. to resin- 
 
 White, tinged by 
 
 White. 
 
 Comp. impal. Frac. 
 
 ous, faint. 
 
 green and red. 
 
 
 even : easily frangible 
 
 Vit. inclining 
 
 Various. 
 
 White. 
 
 Comp. col. gran. lam. 
 
 to pearly. 
 
 
 
 and impalpable. 
 
 Vit. inclining 
 
 White, with tints 
 
 White. 
 
 Composition granular. 
 
 to pearly. 
 
 of led, grey and 
 
 
 
 
 brown. 
 
 
 
 Adamantine. 
 
 Various shades of 
 
 Olive-green. 
 
 Glob, shapes. Comp. 
 
 
 green, 
 
 
 columnar : fine and 
 
 
 
 
 divergent. 
 
 Resinous and 
 
 Black. 
 
 Brownish red. 
 
 Very brittle. 
 
 shining. 
 
 
 
 
 Metallic, 
 
 Copper-red to 
 
 Greyish black 
 
 Comp. gran., strongly 
 
 
 pinchbeck-brown 
 
 
 connected. 
 
 19* 
 
222 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS III. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness 
 
 Sp. Grav. 
 
 107. PRISMATIC ANTIMONY- 
 GLANCE. 
 
 Prismatoidal Copper Glance. M. 
 
 3. 
 
 5-73. 
 
 108. || POLYSPH^ERITE. 
 
 M 
 
 5-8. 
 
 109. 1T|| SULPHATE OF LEAD, C. I. p. 170. 
 
 U 
 
 6-2...6-4. 
 
 110. fi|[ MOLYBDATE OF LEAD. C. I. p. 160. 
 
 tt 
 
 6-5...6-9. 
 
 111. l| HERSHELITE. C. I. p. 196. 
 
 3-0...3-5. 
 
 2-1. 
 
 112. || POLYHALLITE. 
 113. fi ANHYDRITE. C. I. p. 166. 
 
 ft It 
 
 ft (( 
 
 2-7. 
 2-7.. .3-1. 
 
 114. || WAGNERITE. C. I. p. 182. 
 115. fi CELESTINE. C. I. p. 172. 
 
 {( if 
 
 <t (I 
 
 3-1. 
 36..4-0. 
 
 116. || ATACAMITE. C. I. p. 172. 
 
 ft ft 
 
 4-0...4-3. 
 
 117. fi HEAVY SPAR, C. I. p. 172. 
 
 ft tf 
 
 4-1. ,.4-7. 
 
 118. B HEDYPHANE, 
 119. WITHERITE. C. I. p. 172. 
 
 120. fi WHITE LEAD-ORE. C. I. p. 172. 
 121. H NATIVE ANTIMONY. 
 
 Khombohedral Antimony* M. 
 
 ft ft 
 
 tf 
 ft ft 
 
 tt ft 
 
 3-5. 
 
 540. 
 6-3...6-6. 
 
 tt. tt 
 6-5.. .6-8. 
 
 2-4. 
 
 122. fi|| GIBBSITE. 
 Hydrate of Alumine, 
 
 123. I) ROSELITE. C. I. p. 178. 
 124. || CARBONATE OF MANGANESE. 
 C. I. p. 192. 
 
 tt 
 ft 
 
 2-64. 
 3-3...3-5. 
 
 125. || STRONTIANITE. C. I. p. 172. 
 126. || ZINKENITE. C. I, p. 196. 
 Haidingerite. Berthier. 
 Berthierite. Haidinger. 
 127. || NATIVE ARSENIC. 
 Native Arsenic. M, 
 
 tt 
 tt 
 
 3-6...3-S. 
 
 5-3. 
 5-7..,5-8. 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 223 
 
 Lustre. 
 
 Color. 
 
 Streak. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Blackish lead- 
 
 Blackish lead- 
 
 Brittle. Comp. gran. 
 
 
 grey- 
 
 grey. 
 
 strongly connected. 
 
 Greasy. 
 
 Clove- brown and 
 
 
 In rounded balls made 
 
 
 yellowish grey. 
 
 
 up of concentric lay- 
 
 
 
 
 ers. 
 
 Ad. to res. 
 
 Yellowish, grey- 
 
 White. 
 
 Comp. lamellar : often 
 
 
 ish or greenish 
 
 
 strongly connected. 
 
 
 white. 
 
 
 
 Resinous. 
 
 Wax-yellow. 
 
 White. 
 
 Comp. gran., strongly 
 
 
 
 
 coherent. 
 
 
 White. 
 
 
 Terminal faces of the 
 
 
 
 
 crystals dull & curved. 
 
 
 
 
 Fracture conchoidal. 
 
 Resinous. 
 
 Grey to red. 
 
 
 Composition columnar. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 White, or tinged 
 
 Greyish white 
 
 Translu. Comp. col., 
 
 
 with pink or blue. 
 
 
 granular, sometimes 
 
 
 
 
 impalpable. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Yellow. 
 
 White. 
 
 Translucent. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 White tinged with 
 
 White. 
 
 Brittle. Comp. lam., 
 
 
 blue. 
 
 
 col. and gran. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Grass and emerald 
 
 Apple-green. 
 
 Reniform. Comp. col., 
 
 
 green. 
 
 
 also in the form of 
 
 
 
 
 sand. 
 
 Vit. to res. 
 
 Grey to blue, yel- 
 
 White. 
 
 Glob, and reni. shapes. 
 
 
 low and white. 
 
 
 Comp. lam. col. or 
 
 
 
 
 granular. 
 
 Ad. greasy. 
 
 Greyish -white. 
 
 
 Comp. gran, and impal. 
 
 Vit. or res. 
 
 White or yellow- 
 
 White. 
 
 Composition columnar. 
 
 
 ish grey. 
 
 
 
 Ad. to res. 
 
 White to grey. 
 
 
 Comp. col., but oftener 
 
 
 
 
 gran. : rarely impal. 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Tin-white. 
 
 
 Comp. of flat grains col- 
 
 
 
 
 lected into curved 
 
 
 
 
 lamellae, or granular. 
 
 Feeble. 
 
 Greyish white. 
 
 
 In irregular stalac. and 
 
 
 
 
 tuberous masses. 
 
 
 
 
 Comp. col. The fibres 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 White or pink. 
 
 
 scarcely perceptible. 
 In capil. fibres, having 
 
 
 
 
 a glob, aggregation. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Rose-red. 
 
 White. 
 
 Glob, shapes. Comp. 
 
 
 
 
 gran. col. and impal. 
 
 Vit. to res. 
 
 Greenish white & 
 
 White. 
 
 Comp. col., divergent. 
 
 
 yellowish brown. 
 
 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Steel-grey. 
 
 Steel-grey. 
 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Tin-white to lead- 
 
 Shining. 
 
 In reni. and stalactitic 
 
 
 grey. 
 
 
 shapes. Composition 
 
 
 
 
 gran, and impalpable. 
 
221 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS III. 
 
 1 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 Sp. Grav. 
 
 128. ANTIMONIAL SILVER. 
 
 3-5. 
 3-0...4-0. 
 
 8-9. ..10-0. 
 2-S...2-9. 
 
 129. IF MAGNESITE. C. I. p. 192. 
 
 130. FAHLERZ C. I. p. 156. 
 
 tt 
 
 4-4...5-2. 
 
 131. IT RED OXIDE OF COPPER. C. I. p. 156. 
 
 tt t( 
 
 3-5...4-0. 
 
 5-6...6-0. 
 20. 
 
 132. || PYRALLOLITE. C. II. p. 184. 
 
 133. TF STILBITE. C. I. p. 166. 
 
 (t tt 
 
 2-0...22. 
 
 ? MESOLE. Berzelius. 
 
 (3-5.) 
 
 (2-37.) 
 
 134. IF HEULANDITE. C. I. p. 172. 
 
 c 
 
 20.. .2-2. 
 
 135. WAVELLITE. C. I. p. 172. 
 
 
 
 2-33. 
 
 136. IF SCHILLER-SPAR. 
 Diatomous Schiller-Spar. M. 
 
 tt tt 
 
 2-6.. .2-8. 
 
 137. || KARPHOLITE. 
 
 tt p 
 
 293. 
 
 138. IT ARRAGONITE. C. I. p. 172. 
 
 CC (C 
 
 2-6. ..3-0. 
 
 139. || EUCHROITE. C. I. p. 172. 
 
 (t <( 
 
 3-0. 
 
 140. || SCORODITE. C. I. p. 172. 
 
 ft 
 
 3-0.. .3-2. 
 
 141. || BROCHANTITE. C. I. p. 172. 
 142. IF BLUE MALACHITE. C. I. p. 182. 
 
 CC (I 
 
 It It 
 
 S7...39. 
 
 143. IF GREEN MALACHITE. C. I. p. 182. 
 
 tt tt 
 
 3-6.. .4-5. 
 
 144. SULPHURET OF MANGANESE. 
 
 Hexdhedral Glance- Blende. M. 
 145. IF YELLOW COPPER PYRITES. 
 C. I. p. 160. 
 
 tt tt 
 
 4-01. 
 4-1. ..4-3. 
 
 146. IF BLENDE, C, I. p. 158. 
 
 tf tt 
 
 4'5...4-8. 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 225 
 
 Lustre. 
 
 Color. 
 
 Streak. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Silver to tin- white. 
 
 Silver-white. 
 
 Composition granular. 
 
 Dull. 
 
 Yellowish or 
 
 White. 
 
 Comp. impal. adheres 
 
 
 greyish white. 
 
 
 to the tongue. 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Steel-grey to iron- 
 
 Brownish 
 
 Comp. gran., strongly 
 
 
 black. 
 
 grey or black 
 
 connected: often im- 
 
 
 
 
 palpable. 
 
 Ad. or imper- 
 
 Between cochi- 
 
 Brownish red 
 
 Brittle. Comp. gran. 
 
 fect met. 
 
 neal-red & lead- 
 
 and shining. 
 
 impalpable, sometimes; 
 
 
 grey. 
 
 
 earthy. 
 
 Res. faint. 
 
 Greenish white. 
 
 White. 
 
 Composition granular : 
 
 
 
 
 fracture earthy. 
 
 Vit. & pearly. 
 
 White, brown and 
 
 White. 
 
 Implanted globules. 
 
 
 red. 
 
 
 Comp. imperfectly col. 
 
 
 
 
 & strongly cohering. 
 
 
 (White.) 
 
 
 (Implanted globules. 
 
 
 
 
 Comp. broad col., ra- 
 
 
 
 
 diating from a centre.) 
 
 Vit. & pearly. 
 
 White, red and 
 
 White. 
 
 Comp. gran, of various 
 
 
 grey. 
 
 
 sizes, and strongly co- 
 
 
 
 
 hering. 
 
 Between 
 
 White, green, yel- 
 
 
 Implanted globules : 
 
 pearly & vit. 
 
 low and grey. 
 
 
 composition thin col. 
 
 
 
 
 and radiating. 
 
 Met. pearly & 
 faintly vit. 
 
 Olive and blackish 
 green to pinch- 
 
 Greyish white 
 
 Rather sectile. Comp. 
 gran, of various sizes. 
 
 
 beck-brown. 
 
 
 
 Silky. 
 
 Bright straw-yel- 
 
 
 Comp. thin col. scopi- 
 
 
 low. 
 
 
 form and stellular. 
 
 Vit. to res. 
 
 White to yellow, 
 
 Greyish white 
 
 Glob, and coraUoidal 
 
 
 green and blue. 
 
 
 shapes. Comp. col. 
 
 
 
 
 delicate, parallel, or 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Emerald-green. 
 
 Pale apple - 
 
 divergent. 
 
 
 
 green. 
 
 
 Vit., resinous 
 
 Leek-green to ol- 
 
 White. 
 
 Semi-transparent to 
 
 within. 
 
 ive-green. 
 
 
 translucent. 
 
 
 Emerald-green. 
 
 
 Transparent. 
 
 Vit., almost 
 
 Azure, blackish, & 
 
 Streak paler. 
 
 Glob. bot. and stalac. 
 
 adamantine. 
 
 Berlin-blue. 
 
 
 Comp. col., rarely 
 
 
 
 
 granular. 
 
 Ad. to vit. 
 
 Grass, emerald & 
 
 Streak paler. 
 
 Tuberose, botryoidal & 
 
 
 verdigris-green. 
 
 
 stalac. shapes. Comp. 
 
 
 
 
 col. rarely impal. 
 
 Imperfect 
 
 Iron-black. 
 
 Dark green. 
 
 Composition granular. 
 
 metallic. 
 
 
 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Brass-yellow. 
 
 Greenish 
 
 Rather sectile. Comp. 
 
 
 
 black, 
 
 impalpable, Fracture 
 
 
 
 
 flat-conchoidal. 
 
 Adamantine. 
 
 Reddish brown, 
 
 White to red- 
 
 Comp. curved lain. col. 
 
 
 black, yellow and 
 
 dish brown. 
 
 gran, and impal. 
 
 
 green. 
 
 
 
226 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS III, 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness 
 
 Sp. Grav. 
 
 147. ARSENiATE OF LEAD. 
 
 C. 1. p. 196. 
 
 3-5.. 4-0. 
 
 50.. .6-4. 
 
 148. IF PYROMORPHITE. 
 149. IT GREEN LEAD-ORE. 
 
 C. I. p. 196. 
 C. I. p. 198. 
 
 C( (( 
 
 (C 
 
 3-5.. .45. 
 4-0. 
 
 69.. .7-3. 
 6-9.. .7-3 ? 
 
 3-0.. .31. 
 4-4.. .4 7. 
 
 3-0.. .3-2. 
 
 150. || MARGARITE. 
 J151. 1i MAGNETIC IRON PYRITES. 
 C. I. p. 198. 
 
 152. IT DOLOMITE. 
 
 C. I. p. 192. 
 
 153. IT FLUOR. 
 154. || BARYTO-CALCITE. 
 
 C. . p. 156. 
 r C. . p. 184. 
 
 
 
 30 ..33. 
 3-6. 
 
 155. || LIBETHENITE. 
 156 I) LEVYNE. 
 157. TENNANTITE. 
 !158. || TIN-PYRITES. 
 Sulphuret of Tin. 
 
 C. . p. 172. 
 
 C. . p. 188. 
 C. . p. 156. 
 
 C. I. p. 194. 
 
 <C 
 
 ft 
 
 (C 
 
 4-0.. .4-25 
 
 36.. .38. 
 42.. .4-4. 
 4-35. 
 36...S9. 
 
 159. IT SPATHIC IRON. 
 
 160. MANGANITE. 
 
 C. I. p. 174 
 C. I. p. 194 
 
 tt t( 
 4-0.. .4-5. 
 
 4-3. 
 2-0.. .2-1. 
 
 161. IT CHABASIE. 
 
 162. || OXAHEVRITE. 
 
 C. I. p. 160. 
 
 (C (f 
 
 cc <c 
 
 163. PEGANITE. 
 164. || PYROSMALITE. 
 Muriate of Iron. 
 
 C. I. p. 178. 
 
 (C (C 
 
 (( (( 
 
 2-49. 
 3-0. 
 
 165. IT RHOMB SPAR. 
 
 C. I. p. 194 
 
 ,f t( 
 
 3-0...3-1. 
 
 166. IT RED OXIDE OF ZINC. 
 Prismatic Zinc Ore. M. 
 
 
 <( 
 
 5-4.. .5-5. 
 
 167. 1T TUNGSTEN. 
 168. NATIVE PLATINA. 
 Native Platina. M. 
 
 C. I. p. 160. 
 
 (f (( 
 11 (t 
 
 4-5. 
 
 6-0...6-1. 
 16-0. ..200. 
 
 169. || BEUDANTITE. 
 
 170. || HARMOTOME. 
 
 C. I. p. 166. 
 
 a 
 
 2S...2-4. 
 
 171. || OSMELITE. 
 
 
 
 2-7.. 2-8. 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 227 
 
 Lustre. 
 
 Color. 
 
 Streak. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 Resinous. 
 
 Hair-brown. 
 
 
 Bot. Comp. col and 
 
 
 
 
 impalpable. 
 
 Res. and dull. 
 
 Brown, 
 
 Greyish white 
 
 Comp. col. and gran. 
 
 Resinous. 
 
 Green. 
 
 Yellowish 
 
 Comp. col. and gran. 
 
 
 
 white. 
 
 
 Pearly. 
 
 Pearl-grey to 
 
 White. 
 
 Rather brittle. Comp. 
 
 
 white. 
 
 
 gran, of various sizes. 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Between bronze- 
 
 Dark greyish 
 
 Brittle. Slight action on 
 
 
 yellow and cop- 
 
 black. 
 
 the magnetic needle. 
 
 Vit. to pearly. 
 
 per-red. 
 White, grey and 
 
 White. 
 
 Glob, and bot. shapes. 
 
 
 brown. 
 
 
 Comp. granular. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Various. 
 
 White. 
 
 Brittle. 
 
 Vit. to res. 
 
 Greyish, yellowish 
 
 White. 
 
 Transpa. or translu. 
 
 
 or greenish white 
 
 
 
 Resinous. 
 
 Dark olive-green. 
 
 Olive-green. 
 
 Translu. on the edges. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 White. 
 
 White. 
 
 Semi-transparent. 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Blackish lead-grey 
 
 Reddish grey. 
 
 Opake. Brittle. Comp. 
 
 
 
 
 gran; impalpable. 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Steel-grey incli- 
 
 Black. 
 
 Comp. gran, strongly 
 
 
 ning to yellow. 
 
 
 coherent. 
 
 Vit. inclining 
 
 Yellowish grey & 
 
 White. 
 
 Brittle. Comp. col., 
 
 to pearly. 
 
 reddish-brown. 
 
 
 gran, and impal. 
 
 Imperfect 
 
 Brownish black in- 
 
 Reddish 
 
 Minute splinters trans- 
 
 metallic. 
 
 clining to iron- 
 
 brown. 
 
 lucent. Comp. col., 
 
 
 black. 
 
 
 rarely granular. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 White. 
 
 
 Semi-transpa. Comp. 
 
 
 
 
 granular. 
 
 Vitreous ? 
 
 Light grey, green 
 
 
 Composition granular. 
 
 
 & reddish brown. 
 
 
 
 Vit., greasy 
 
 Emerald, pistachio 
 
 White. 
 
 Transparent or translu. 
 
 within. 
 
 and grass-green. 
 
 
 
 Pearly. 
 
 Grey and green. 
 
 White. 
 
 Comp. lam. Rather 
 
 
 
 
 brittle 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Green, white and 
 
 Greyish white 
 
 Translu. Comp. col. 
 
 
 brown. 
 
 
 and granular. 
 
 Adamantine. 
 
 Blood-red. 
 
 Orange-yel- 
 
 Comp. gran., strongly 
 
 
 
 low. 
 
 connected. 
 
 Vit. to ad. 
 
 White and yellow- 
 
 White. 
 
 Composition granular. 
 
 
 ish white. 
 
 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Steel-grey. 
 
 
 In small rolled masses. 
 
 Greasy. 
 
 Black. 
 
 Greenish grey 
 
 Crystals small, and 
 
 
 
 
 closely aggregated. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 White, passing to 
 
 White. 
 
 Composition granular. 
 
 
 yellow and red. 
 
 
 
 Vit. & pearly. 
 
 Greyish white and 
 
 
 Translu. Comp. col., 
 
 
 brown. 
 
 
 in thin fibres, stellu- 
 
 
 
 
 larly arranged ; when 
 
 
 
 
 moist, emits an earthy 
 
 
 
 
 odor. 
 
228 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS III. 
 
 Names. 
 
 (Hardness 
 
 Sp. Grav. 
 
 172. IT || NATIVE IRON. 
 
 C. I. p. 156. 
 C. II. p. 208. 
 
 4-5. 
 4-0.. .5-0. 
 
 tt 
 
 7-4.. .7-8. 
 
 25. 
 
 2-8. 
 
 173. || KARPHOSIDERITE. 
 i74. IT TABULAR SPAR. 
 
 175. IT BRONZITE. 
 
 C. II. p. 206. 
 
 tt tt 
 
 3-2. 
 
 176. APOPHYLLITE. 
 
 C. I. p. 164. 
 
 4-5.. .50. 
 
 2-2.. .2-5. 
 
 177. || TURNERITE. 
 
 C. I. p. 184. 
 
 a tt 
 
 
 178. [| ERINITE. 
 179. [| HYDROUS PHOSPHATE OF COP- 
 PER. C. I. p. 180. 
 
 it (t 
 
 (C ft 
 
 5-0. 
 
 4-04. 
 4-2. 
 237 
 
 180. THOMSON1TE. 
 
 C. I. p. 164. 
 
 181. || POONHALITE. 
 
 C. I. p. 174. 
 
 ft 
 
 
 182. ALUM STONE. 
 
 C. I. p. 194. 
 
 
 
 2-5.. .2-8. 
 
 183. || HERDERITE. 
 
 C. I. p. 188. 
 
 
 
 2-9. 
 
 184. IT APATITE. 
 
 C. I. p. 198. 
 
 H 
 
 333. 
 
 185. || DIOPTASE. 
 
 C. I. p. 194. 
 
 M 
 
 32.. .3-4. 
 
 186. If CALAM1NE. 
 
 C. I. p. 194. 
 
 50...5-25. 
 
 4-1. ..45. 
 
 187. IT ELECTRIC CALAMINE 
 
 C. I. p. 174. 
 
 6-0. 
 
 3-3...S-6. 
 
 188. || PYROCHLOR. 
 
 C. I. p. 156. 
 C. I. p. 174. 
 
 4-5...55. 
 5-0...5-5. 
 
 42. 
 20.. .2-3. 
 
 189. IT MESOTYPE. 
 
 190. || COMPTONITE. 
 191. || BREWSTERITE. 
 
 C.J. p. 166. 
 C. I. p. 178. 
 
 t( tt 
 tt tt 
 
 2-1. ..2-2. 
 
 192. IT SCAPOLITE. 
 
 C. I. p. 164. 
 
 tt tt 
 
 2-6.. .2-7. 
 
 193. || EUDYALITE. 
 194. IT DATHOL1TE. 
 
 C. I. p. 188. 
 C. I. p. 174. 
 
 it te 
 tt tt 
 
 2-89. 
 2-9...3-0. 
 
 195. || BOTRYOL1TE. 
 
 
 tt tt 
 
 tt tt ? 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 Lustre. 
 
 Color. Streak. Various Observations. 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 C In delicate radiating 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Straw-yellow. 
 
 
 I fibres. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 White tinged with 
 
 
 Comp. lam., longish & 
 
 
 grey and red. 
 
 
 strongly coherent. 
 
 Met. pearly. 
 
 Leek-green, hair- 
 
 Like the color 
 
 Comp. gran. ; but of 
 
 
 brown and grey. 
 
 
 tener lam., sometime? 
 
 
 
 
 affording a metalloid 
 
 
 
 
 appearance. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 White tinged with 
 
 White. 
 
 Brittle. Comp. lam. 
 
 
 blue and red. 
 
 
 
 Adamantine. 
 
 Yellow, inclining 
 
 White. 
 
 Transpa. cr translu. 
 
 
 to brown. 
 
 
 
 Res. almost 
 
 Emerald or grass- 
 
 t'ahr than the 
 
 fn small crested aggre- 
 
 dull. 
 
 green. 
 
 color. 
 
 gations. 
 
 Ad., inclining 
 
 Emerald or verdi- 
 
 Pale green. 
 
 In reni. masses. Comp. 
 
 to vitreous. 
 
 gris-green. 
 
 
 imperfect col. 
 
 Vit. inclining 
 
 White. 
 
 
 Transpa. or translu. 
 
 to peaily. 
 
 
 
 Comp. columar. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 White. 
 
 
 Transparent. Comp. 
 
 
 
 
 col. radiating. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 White tinged with 
 
 White. 
 
 Comp. small gran., of- 
 
 
 red & gi'ey. 
 
 
 ten impalpable. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Yellowish and 
 
 White. 
 
 Strongly translucent. 
 
 
 greenish white. 
 
 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 White tinged with 
 
 White. 
 
 Composition granular. 
 
 
 various colors. 
 
 
 
 Vit. inclining 
 
 Emerald & black- 
 
 Green. 
 
 Transparent, or trans- 
 
 to resinous. 
 
 ish green. 
 
 
 lucent. 
 
 Vit. inclining 
 
 White tinged with 
 
 White. 
 
 Glob, and bot. shapes. 
 
 to ad. 
 
 yellow, green & 
 
 
 cornp. col., gran. & irn- 
 
 
 
 blue. 
 
 
 pal. Strongly cohering. 
 
 Vit. inclining 
 
 White tinged with 
 
 White. 
 
 Stalac. and imitative 
 
 to pearly. 
 
 grey, green or 
 
 
 
 shapes. Comp. gran.. 
 
 
 brown. 
 
 
 sometimes impal. 
 
 Vit. to ad. 
 
 Reddish brown. 
 
 Clear brown. 
 
 Opake. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 White. 
 
 White. 
 
 Glob, shapes; comp. 
 
 
 
 
 col . delicate, radiating. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 White. 
 
 White. 
 
 Transparent. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 White to yellow- 
 
 
 Transparent and trans- 
 
 
 ish grey. 
 
 
 lucent. 
 
 Vit. inclining 
 
 White to grey, 
 
 Greyish white 
 
 Comp. gran, and impal.: 
 
 to res. and 
 
 green, red, and 
 
 
 individuals strongly 
 
 pearly. 
 
 blue. 
 
 
 coherent. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Brownish-red. 
 
 White. 
 
 Translu. on the edges. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 W^hite to green & 
 
 White. 
 
 Composition granular. 
 
 
 yellow. 
 
 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Greyish white. 
 
 White. 
 
 In bot. shapes of very 
 
 
 
 
 thin individuals. 
 
230 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness.j Sp. Grav. 
 
 196. 
 
 || LAZULITE. C. I. p. 174 
 
 5-0.. .5-5. 
 
 2-9.. .3-0. 
 
 197. IT ANTHOPHYLLITE. C. I. p. 184 
 
 tt t. 
 
 30...3-3. 
 
 198. 
 
 |l DIASPORE. C. I. p. 184 
 
 a ft 
 
 3-43, 
 
 199. If SPHENE. C. I. p. 182 
 
 tt tt 
 
 S-4...4-4. 
 
 200. U MANGANESE SPAR. 
 
 
 
 
 Siliceous Oxide of Manganese. Phillips 
 Rubinspath. Hydropite, Rhodonite, Pho 
 
 
 
 
 tizite, Hornmangar. Jascheand. Germar 
 
 tt tt 
 
 3-5.. .3-6. 
 
 201. U RBOWN IRON ORE. C. I. p. 174 
 
 
 
 
 Brown Hematite. Compact Clay-iron 
 
 
 
 
 stone. Pea-ore. 
 
 tt tt 
 
 3S...4-2. 
 
 202. IT PHOSPHATE OF MANGANESE. 
 
 tt tt 
 
 34...S-7. 
 
 
 ? HURAUL.ITE. 
 
 (" " ) 
 
 (2-27.) 
 
 
 ? HETEPOSITE. 
 
 (" " ) 
 
 (3-5.) 
 
 203. 
 
 | CRICHTONITE. C. I. p. 190 
 
 (t tt 
 
 4-6...4-7. 
 
 204. 
 
 ILMEN1TE. C.I. p. 194 
 
 
 
 
 Menakenite ? 
 
 
 
 
 Iserine ? 
 
 tt tt 
 
 4-6...4-7. 
 
 205. 
 
 | BLACK MANGANESE. C. I. p. 160 
 
 tt tt 
 
 4-7...4-S. 
 
 206. 
 
 | NICKELIFEROUS GREY ANTI- 
 
 
 
 
 MONY. 
 
 tt tt 
 
 6-45. 
 
 207. IT WOLFRAM. C. I. p. 178 
 
 tt tt 
 
 7-1...7-4. 
 
 208. TT ARSENICAL IRON PYRITES. 
 
 
 
 
 C. I. p. 174 
 
 tt tt ' 
 
 7-2. 
 
 209. 
 
 COPPER NICKEL. 
 
 
 
 
 Prismatic Nickel Pyrites. M. 
 
 
 
 
 Arsenical Nickel. Phillips. 
 
 tt tt 
 
 7-S...7-7. 
 
 210. IT ANALCIME. C. I. p. 154 
 
 5.5. 
 
 2 0...2-2. 
 
 211. | 
 
 GLAUCOLITE. 
 
 tt 
 
 2-7...2-9. 
 
 212. | 
 
 LATROBITE. C. I. p. 186 
 
 tt 
 
 2-7...2-S. 
 
 213. || 
 
 AMBLYGONITE. C. I. p. 184. 
 
 ft 
 
 2-9.. .3-0. 
 
 214. 
 
 SAUSSURITE. 
 
 
 
 
 Jade. Saussure. Dyskolite. JBrei- 
 
 
 
 
 thaupt. Variolite. Werner. 
 
 ft 
 
 32...3S. 
 
 215. 1T TROOSTITE. C. I. p. 154. 
 
 ct 
 
 4-0...4-1. 
 
 216. IT CHROMATE OF IRON. C. I. p. 158. 
 
 tt 
 
 4-4...4-S. 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 231 
 
 Lustre. 
 
 Color. 
 
 Streak. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Azure-blue. 
 
 White. 
 
 Comp. granular,strong- 
 
 
 
 
 ly connected. 
 
 Pearly inclin- 
 
 Yellowish grey & 
 
 White. 
 
 Composition columnar, 
 
 ing to met. 
 
 clove-brown. 
 
 
 divergent. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Greenish grey. 
 
 
 Comp. lam. curved. 
 
 Adamantine 
 
 Brown, yellow, 
 
 White. 
 
 Composition granular 
 
 to resinous. 
 
 grey and green. 
 
 
 or lamellar. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Rose- red, brown- 
 
 W T hite. 
 
 Comp. columnar, of- 
 
 
 ish red. 
 
 
 tener gran. & impai.: 
 
 
 
 
 strongly cohering. 
 
 Adamantine. 
 
 Brown. 
 
 Yellowish 
 
 Glob, and stalac. shapes, 
 
 
 
 brown. 
 
 comp. col. or impal. 
 
 Res. inclining 
 
 Blackish brown. 
 
 Yellowish 
 
 Composition lamellar. 
 
 to ad. 
 
 
 grey. 
 
 
 (Vitreous ?) 
 
 (Reddish.) 
 
 
 
 (Greasy.) 
 
 (Greenish or bluish 
 
 
 (After exposure to the 
 
 
 grey.) 
 
 
 air its color is violet) 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Iron-black. 
 
 
 
 Imperfect 
 
 Dark Iron-black. 
 
 Black. 
 
 Comp. lam. or impal. 
 
 metallic. 
 
 
 
 
 Imperfect 
 
 Brownish black. 
 
 Reddish 
 
 Comp. granular, finely 
 
 metallic. 
 
 
 brown. 
 
 connected. 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Steel-grey to sil- 
 
 
 Brittle. 
 
 
 ver-white. 
 
 
 
 Met. ad. 
 
 Brownish black. 
 
 Reddish 
 
 Comp. lam. and impal. 
 
 
 
 brown. 
 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Silver-white to 
 
 Greyish black 
 
 Comp. col. divergent. 
 
 
 steel-grey. 
 
 
 also granular. 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Copper-red. 
 
 Brownish 
 
 Comp. impal. 
 
 
 
 black. 
 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 White to grey and 
 
 White. 
 
 Composition granular, 
 
 
 flesh-red. 
 
 
 strongly cohering. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Lavender-blue, to 
 
 
 Fracture splintery and 
 
 
 green. 
 
 
 uneven. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Pale rose-red. 
 
 White. 
 
 
 Vit. inclining 
 
 Greenish white. 
 
 White. 
 
 Translucent. 
 
 to pearly. 
 
 
 
 
 Pearly to vit. 
 
 White to moun- 
 
 White. 
 
 Comp. gran, to impal. 
 
 
 tain-green. 
 
 
 strongly cohering. 
 
 
 
 
 Frac. uneven, splin- 
 
 
 
 
 tery. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Greenish & grey- 
 
 White. 
 
 Semi-transparent. 
 
 
 ish white. 
 
 
 Composition granular. 
 
 Imperfect 
 
 Between iron and 
 
 Brown. 
 
 Composition granular: 
 
 metallic. 
 
 brownish black. 
 
 
 strongly connected. 
 
232 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS III. 
 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 Sp. Grav. 
 
 217. 
 
 || CERITE. 
 
 
 
 
 Uncleavable Cerium-Ore. M. 
 
 
 
 
 Cerine. Berzelius. 
 
 5-5. 
 
 49. 
 
 218. 
 
 NICKEL GLANCE. 
 
 
 
 6-0. 
 
 219. 
 
 BRIGHT WHITE COBALT. 
 
 
 
 
 C.I. p. 154. 
 
 M 
 
 6-1...6-3. 
 
 220. 
 
 || PITCHBLENDE. 
 
 
 
 
 Uncleavable Uranium- Ore. M. 
 
 cc 
 
 6-4.. .66. 
 
 221. 
 
 If BOLTONITE. 
 
 
 
 
 Bi -silicate of Magnesia. Thomson. 
 
 5-0...6-0. 
 
 2-S...2-9. 
 
 222. 
 
 IT HORNBLENDE. C. 1. p. 184, 
 
 
 
 
 Asbestus (in part). Amianthoid. Per- 
 
 
 
 
 thite. Thomson. Hydrous Anlhophyl- 
 lite. Thomson. 
 
 cc cc 
 
 2S...32. 
 
 223. 
 
 || ARFVEDSONITE. C. I. p. 184. 
 
 cc cc 
 
 2-8. ..3-2. 
 
 224. 
 
 1F PYROXENE. C. I. p. 182. 
 
 
 
 
 Asbestus (in part). Mussite. 
 
 cc it 
 
 32...S-5. 
 
 225. 
 
 PSILOMELANE. 
 
 
 
 
 Uncleavable Manganese- Ore. Hai- 
 
 
 
 
 dinger. 
 
 CC (C 
 
 4-1...4-2. 
 
 226. 
 
 || SODALITE. C. I. p. 158. 
 
 5-5-...6-0. 
 
 22.. .2-3. 
 
 227. 
 
 || BROOKITE. 
 
 (6 CC 
 
 
 228. 
 
 LEUCITE. C. I. p. 154. 
 
 CC CC 
 
 2-4.. .2-5. 
 
 229. 
 
 WILLEMITE. C. I. p. 196. 
 
 CC CC ? 
 
 
 230. 
 
 || BABBINGTONITE. C. I. p. 184. 
 
 CC CC 
 
 
 231. 
 
 ISOPYRE. 
 
 CC CC 
 
 
 232. 
 
 || ELAOLITE. 
 
 CC CC 
 
 2-5.. .2-6. 
 
 233. 
 
 BLUE SPAR. 
 
 
 
 
 Prism atoidal Azure-Spar. M. 
 
 
 
 
 Blue Feldspar. Phillips. 
 
 C CC 
 
 3-0...3-1. 
 
 234. 
 235. 
 
 || GEHLENITE. C. I. p. 166. 
 || BROOKITE: C. I. p. 174. 
 
 CC CC 
 
 
 236. 
 
 || ANATASE. C.I. p. 160. 
 
 CC CC 
 
 3-S...3-9. 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 333 
 
 Lustre. 
 
 Color. 
 
 Streak. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 Adamantine. 
 
 Between clove- 
 
 White. 
 
 Comp. gran. & impal. 
 
 
 brown and cher- 
 
 
 
 
 ry-red. 
 
 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Steel-grey. 
 
 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Tin-white to steel- 
 
 Greyish-black 
 
 Comp. gran., small and 
 
 
 grey. 
 
 
 strongly connected. 
 
 Imperfect 
 
 Greyish, iron, or 
 
 Black. 
 
 Comp. gran. & impal. 
 
 metallic. 
 
 greenish black. 
 
 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Greyish white and 
 
 \Vhite. 
 
 Composition granular. 
 
 
 yellowish grey. 
 
 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Green, brown and 
 
 
 Comp. gran, and col. : 
 
 
 black. 
 
 
 individuals long, par- 
 
 
 
 
 allel and diverging. 
 
 Vitreous ? 
 
 Black. 
 
 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Green inclining to 
 
 
 Comp. lam. and gran. 
 
 
 brown and black. 
 
 
 
 imperfect 
 
 Bluish and grey- 
 
 Brownish- 
 
 Opake. Reni., bot. & 
 
 metallic. 
 
 ish black. 
 
 black. Shi- 
 
 fiuticose. Comp. gran. 
 
 
 
 ning. 
 
 col. and impalpable. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 White, grey, 
 
 
 Com p. gran., impal. 
 
 
 greenish white, 
 
 
 
 
 azure-blue. 
 
 
 
 Met. ad. 
 
 Hair-brown, yel- 
 
 
 
 
 low arid reddish 
 
 
 
 
 tints. 
 
 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Ash.-grey, with a 
 
 White. 
 
 Composition granular. 
 
 
 reddish and yel- 
 
 
 
 
 lowish tinge. 
 
 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 White. 
 
 
 Transparent. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Black. 
 
 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Greyish-black and 
 
 Greenish- 
 
 Tracture conch oidal. 
 
 
 velvet-black. 
 
 grey. 
 
 
 Resinous. 
 
 Duck-blue, green, 
 
 White. 
 
 Translucent. Frac. 
 
 
 red and brown. 
 
 
 conchoidal. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Smalt-blue. 
 
 White. 
 
 Composition granularin 
 
 
 
 
 large individuals. 
 
 Res. to vit. 
 
 Grey and greyish- 
 
 White. 
 
 
 
 yellow. 
 
 
 
 Met. ad. 
 
 Ht air- brown. 
 
 fellowish- 
 
 Translucent to Opake. 
 
 
 
 white. 
 
 Brittle. 
 
 Met. ad. 
 
 Dark-brown and 
 
 White. 
 
 Composition granular. 
 
 
 indigo-blue. 
 
 
 ' 
 
234 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC- 
 
 CLASS 111. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness. 
 5-5.. .6-0. 
 
 Sp. Grav. 
 
 237. IT || YENITE. C.I. p. 174. 
 
 3-8.. .4-1. 
 
 238. || FERGUSONITE. C. I. p. 164. 
 
 tt tt 
 
 5-8. 
 
 239. IT MISPECKEL. C. I. p. 176. 
 
 t 
 
 6-0. 
 
 5-7...6-2. 
 2-S...2-6. 
 
 240. IT FELDSPAR. C. I. p. 186. 
 
 241. || NEPHELINE. C. I. p. 198. 
 242. PERIKLIN. C. I. p. 186. 
 
 tt 
 (( 
 
 tt tf 
 2-54...2-56. 
 
 243. 11 ALBITE. C. I. p. 186. 
 
 t( 
 
 2-6...2-6S. 
 
 244. ANORTHITE. C. I. p. 186. 
 245. IT LABRADORITE. C. I. p. 186. 
 Indianite. Bournon. 
 
 tt 
 tt 
 
 2-6...2-7. 
 2-69...2-76. 
 
 246. || TURQUOISE. 
 Calaite. Agaphite and Johnite. Fischer. 
 
 tt 
 
 2-8...3-0. 
 
 247. TF HYPERSTHENE. C. II. p. 206. 
 
 tt 
 
 3-38. 
 
 248. H FOWLERITE. C. I. p. 186. 
 
 tt 
 
 3-5.. .3-8. 
 
 249. || ALLANITE. C. I. p. 180. 
 
 tt 
 
 4-0. 
 
 250. 1T|| COLUMBITE. C. I. p. 166. 
 
 tt 
 
 5-5...6-S. 
 
 (C tt 
 
 6-0...6-3. 
 
 1-9...2-2. 
 4-S...5-3. 
 
 251. TT OPAL. 
 Uncleavable quartz. M. 
 Hyalite. Hydrophane. Menilite. 
 Cacholong. Siliceous Sinter. Chlo- 
 ropal. Sernhardi. Fiorite. Thomson. 
 252. IT SPECULAR IRON. C. I. p. 190. 
 Compact red Iron-ore. Scaly red Iron- 
 ore. Clay Ironrore. Reddle. Jaspery 
 Iron-ore. Columnar and Lenticular 
 Iron-ore. 
 
 253. IT MAGNETIC IRON-ORE. C. I. p. 155. 
 
 tt tt 
 
 6-0...65. 
 
 tt tt 
 2-4...2-5. 
 
 254. IT PETALITE. 
 Prismatic Petaline Spar. M. 
 
 255. FAHLUNITE. C. I. p. 176. 
 
 tt tt 
 
 2-6...2-7. 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 235 
 
 Lustre. 
 
 Color. 
 
 Streak. 
 
 Various Observations, j 
 
 Imperfect 
 
 Greenish to iron- 
 
 Black. 
 
 Gomp. col., thin and 
 
 metallic. 
 
 black. 
 
 
 straight: also granular 
 
 
 
 
 and impalpable. 
 
 Imperfect 
 
 Brownish-black. 
 
 Pale -brown. 
 
 
 metallic. 
 
 
 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Silver- white to 
 
 Greyish- 
 
 Comp. col., straight or 
 
 
 steel-grey. 
 
 black. 
 
 divergent, and impal. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 White, grey, red, 
 
 White. 
 
 Comp. lam., gran, and 
 
 
 and green. 
 
 
 impalpable. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 White. 
 
 White. 
 
 Composition granular. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 White, tinged with 
 
 White. 
 
 Comp. gran, and lam. 
 
 
 red. 
 
 
 
 Vit. inclining 
 
 White to grey, red 
 
 White. 
 
 Comp. lamellar, rarely 
 
 to pearly. 
 
 and green. 
 
 
 granular. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 White. 
 
 White. 
 
 Translu. Comp. lam. 
 
 
 
 
 Semi-transparent. 
 
 Vit. with iri- 
 
 Greyish and green- 
 
 White. 
 
 Comp. gran. : individ- 
 
 descent tints. 
 
 ish-white, and 
 
 
 als of various sizes, 
 
 
 bluish-black. 
 
 
 strongly cohering. 
 
 
 Blue to green. 
 
 White. 
 
 Comp. impal. Frac. 
 
 
 
 
 conchoidal. 
 
 Met. pearly. 
 
 Greyish or green- 
 
 Greenish- 
 
 Composition gran, of 
 
 
 ish-black. ' 
 
 grey. 
 
 considerable size. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Rose-red. 
 
 White. 
 
 Composition granular, 
 
 
 
 
 individuals large. 
 
 Imperfect 
 
 Brownish or 
 
 Greenish- 
 
 Composition lamellar. 
 
 metallic. 
 
 greenish-black. 
 
 grey. 
 
 
 Imperfect 
 
 Iron-black. 
 
 Brownish- 
 
 Composition granular. 
 
 metallic. 
 
 
 black. 
 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Various : play of 
 
 White. 
 
 Reni. and bot. shapes. 
 
 
 colors in some. 
 
 
 Comp. impalpable. 
 
 
 
 
 Frac. conchoidal. 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Steel-grey and 
 
 Reddish- 
 
 Opake. Glob., reni., 
 
 
 iron-black. 
 
 brown. 
 
 bot. & stalac. shapes. 
 
 
 
 
 Comp. col., gran, and 
 
 
 
 
 impalpable. 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Iron-black. 
 
 Black. 
 
 Opake. Comp. gran. 
 
 
 
 
 and impalpable. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 White with a tinge 
 
 
 Comp. col. and impal. 
 
 
 of pink or blue. 
 
 
 strongly coherent. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Green, brown, & 
 
 Greyish white 
 
 Comp. impalpable. 
 
 
 black 
 
 
 
236 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS III. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness 
 
 Sp. Grav. 
 
 256. || HELVJN. 
 
 C. I. p. 156 
 
 6-0. ..6-5. 
 
 3-1. ..33. 
 
 257. IF WHITE IRON PYRITES 
 
 . C. I. p. 176 
 
 < 
 
 46...4-9. 
 
 258. 1F BRAUNITE. 
 
 C. I. p. 162 
 
 f< tt 
 
 4-8. 
 
 259. 11 IRON PYRITES. 
 
 C. I. p. 154 
 
 (( CC 
 
 4-9.. .5-0. 
 
 '260. || MOHSITE. 
 
 C. I. p. 190 
 
 .< CC 
 
 
 261. IF FRANKLINITE. 
 
 C. I. p. 158 
 
 (( ft 
 
 5-0...5-1. 
 
 262. IF BRLTCITE. 
 
 
 
 
 Chondrodite. d'Ohrson. 
 
 
 6-5. 
 
 3-1. 
 
 263. TF IDOCRASE. . 
 
 C. I. p. 164 
 
 (t 
 
 3-1. ..3-4. 
 
 264. IF RUTILE. 
 
 C. I. p. 164 
 
 
 
 Nigrine ? 
 
 
 cc 
 
 4-2.. .4-4. 
 
 265. || OSTRANITE. 
 
 C. I. p. 176 
 
 it 
 
 4-S...4-4. 
 
 266. || POLYMIGNITE. 
 
 C. I. p. 176 
 
 (t 
 
 4-8. 
 
 267. || YTTRO-TANTALITE. 
 
 
 (( 
 
 5-39. 
 
 268. IT KYANITE. 
 
 C. I. p. 188. 
 
 5-0...7-0. 
 
 S-6...3-7. 
 
 269. PITCH STONE. 
 
 
 
 
 Empyrodox Quartz. M. Obsidian. Wer- 
 
 
 
 ner. Sphaerulite. Werner 
 
 . Pearl-stone. 
 
 
 
 Werner. Marekanite. Kirwan. Pseudo- 
 
 
 
 Chrysolite. Klaproth. Pumice Stone. 
 
 
 
 Werner. 
 
 
 6-0.. .7-0. 
 
 2-2.. 2-4^ 
 
 270. IF PREHNITE. 
 
 C. I. p. 176. 
 
 CC CC 
 
 2-8.. .3-0. 
 
 271. IF NEPHRITE. 
 
 
 
 
 Jade. Haiiy. 
 
 
 CC (C 
 
 2-9...3-0. 
 
 272. IF EPIDOTE. 
 
 C. I. p. 180. 
 
 CC CC 
 
 32.. .3-5. 
 
 273. IF TIN-ORE. 
 
 C. I. p. 160. 
 
 CC CC 
 
 6-3.. .7-1. 
 
 274. || AXINITE. 
 
 C. I. p. 188. 
 
 6-5.. .7-0. 
 
 22.. .2-4. 
 
 275. || HUMITE. 
 
 C. I. p. 176. 
 
 CC .C 
 
 2-0.. .3-0. 
 
 276. IF SPODUMENE. 
 
 C. II. p. 206. 
 
 CC CC 
 
 3-0.. .3-1. 
 
 277. PERIDOT. 
 
 C.I. p. 166. 
 
 CC CC 
 
 3-S...3-8. 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 237 
 
 Lustre. 
 
 Color. 
 
 Streak. 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 Vit. to res. 
 
 Yellow, or green- 
 
 White. 
 
 
 
 ish-grey. 
 
 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Bronze-yellow. 
 
 Greyish black 
 
 Glob. & stalac. shapes.! 
 
 
 
 
 Comp. columnar. 
 
 [mperfect 
 
 Dark brownish- 
 
 Dark brown- 
 
 Comp. gran., individu- 
 
 metallic. 
 
 black. 
 
 ish-black. 
 
 als strongly coherent. 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Bronze-yellow. 
 
 Brownish- 
 
 Comp. gran, sometimes 
 
 
 
 black. 
 
 impalpable. 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 'ron-black. 
 
 
 Brittle. 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 iron-black. 
 
 Dark brown. 
 
 Composition granular. 
 
 Vit. to res. 
 
 Yellow to red and 
 
 White. 
 
 Composition granular. 
 
 
 brown. 
 
 
 
 Vit. to res. 
 
 frown, green and 
 
 White. jComposition columnar.' 
 
 
 yellow. 
 
 
 
 Met. ad. 
 
 [{eddish-brown. 
 
 Pale brown. 
 
 Composition granular, 
 
 
 
 
 strongly connected. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Liver-brown. 
 
 Pale brown. 
 
 Fracture uneven. 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Black. 
 
 Brown. 
 
 Fracture conchoidal. 
 
 [mperfect 
 
 Black. 
 
 Grey. 
 
 Composition granular. 
 
 metallic. 
 
 
 
 
 Pearly incli- 
 
 White, tinged with 
 
 White. 
 
 Comp. broad col. 
 
 ning to vit. 
 
 blue & green. 
 
 
 ' 
 
 Vit. and res. 
 
 Black, brown, red, 
 
 White. 
 
 Comp. gran., strongly 
 
 
 yellow, green, 
 
 
 connected ; often im- 
 
 
 grey and white. 
 
 
 pal. Frac. uneven & 
 
 
 
 
 conchoidal. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Various shades of 
 
 White. 
 
 In reni. & glob, shapes. 
 
 
 green. 
 
 
 composition granular, 
 
 
 
 
 strongly coherent. 
 
 Dull. 
 
 Leek-green to 
 
 White. 
 
 Comp. impal., very 
 
 
 white. 
 
 
 tough. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Green and grey. 
 
 White. 
 
 Composition granular, 
 
 
 
 
 rarely impalpable. 
 
 Adamantine. 
 
 Grey, yellow, red, 
 
 Pale grey. 
 
 Cornp. col. divergent; 
 
 
 brown & black. 
 
 
 also gran, and impal. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Clove-brown. 
 
 White. 
 
 Comp. lamellar, rarely 
 
 * 
 
 
 
 gran, and impalpable. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Yellow to reddish - 
 
 
 Transpa. to translu. 
 
 
 brown. 
 
 
 
 Pearly & vit. 
 
 White, greyish, 
 
 White. 
 
 Composition lamellar, 
 
 
 greenish and red- 
 
 
 individuals large. 
 
 
 dish-white. 
 
 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Various shades oi 
 
 White. 
 
 Comp. gran., individu- 
 
 
 green. 
 
 
 als easily separated. 
 
238 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS III. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Hardness 
 
 Sp. Grav. 
 
 278. || GADOLINITE. 
 
 C. I. p. 176. 
 C. I. p. 160. 
 
 6-5.. .7-0. 
 6-5. ..7-5. 
 
 7-0. 
 
 4-0.. .4-3. 
 3-5.. .4-3. 
 
 2-5.. .2-7. 
 
 279. IT GARNET. 
 
 280. 11 QUARTZ. C. I. p. 196. 
 Rose Quartz. Prase. Siderite. Horn- 
 stone. Lydian Stone. Flint. Chalcedony. 
 Carnelian. Jasper. Agate. Heliotrope. 
 Chrysoprase. Plasma. Swimming-stone. 
 
 281. || BORACITE. 
 
 C. I. p. 156. 
 C. I. p. 198. 
 
 M 
 
 7-0.. .7-5. 
 
 2-8. ..3-0. 
 2-5.. .2-6. 
 
 282. IF IOLITE. 
 
 283. IT TOURMALINE. 
 
 C. I. p. 196. 
 
 (i tt 
 
 3-0.. .32. 
 
 284. TF STAUROTIDE. 
 
 C. I. p. 176. 
 C. I. p. 166. 
 
 tt tt 
 75. 
 
 33.. .3-9. 
 
 285. UGISMONDIN. 
 
 286. IT ZIRCON. 
 
 C. 1. p. 162. 
 C. I. p. 180. 
 
 tt 
 tt 
 
 4-5. ..4-7. 
 2-9.. .3-1. 
 
 287. || EUCLASE. 
 
 288. IT ANDALUSITE. 
 
 C. I. p. 176. 
 
 tt 
 
 3-0.. .3-02. 
 
 289.1T||DYSLUITE. 
 
 C. I. p. 158. 
 C. I. p. 198. 
 
 tt 
 7-5...8-0. 
 
 4-0.. .4-6. 
 2-6.. .2-8. 
 
 290. IT BERYL. 
 
 291. IT SILLIMANITE. 
 292. IT FIBROL1TE. 
 Bucholzite. Brandes 
 
 C. I. p. 184. 
 C. I. p. 184. 
 
 t( tt 
 tt a 
 
 32. 
 
 293. IF TOPAZ. 
 
 C. I. p. 176. 
 
 8-0. 
 
 3-4.. .4-6. 
 
 294. 1F SPINELLE. 
 
 C. I. p. 158. 
 
 (C 
 
 35...S-8. 
 
 295. IF AUTOMALITE. 
 
 C. I. p. 158. 
 C. I. p. 168 
 C. I. p. 190. 
 C. I. p. 188. 
 
 (C 
 
 8-5. 
 9-0. 
 10-0. 
 
 4-1. ..4-3. 
 3-6.. .3-8. 
 3-9.. .4-05. 
 3'4"-3-6. 
 
 296. IT CHRYSOBERYL. 
 
 297. IF CORUNDUM. 
 
 298. DIAMOND. 
 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 239 
 
 Lustre. 
 
 Color. 
 
 Streak. v 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 Vit. to res. 
 
 Dark greenish- 
 
 Greenish- 
 
 l*omp. impal. Frac. 
 
 
 black. 
 
 grey. 
 
 conchoidal. 
 
 Vit. to res. 
 
 Various shades of 
 
 White. 
 
 Comp. gran, and impal. 
 
 
 brown, green, & 
 
 
 
 
 red. 
 
 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 White, blue, red, 
 
 White. 
 
 Comp. col., gran, and 
 
 
 brown & green. 
 
 
 impalpable. 
 
 Vit. to ad. 
 
 White, grey, yel- 
 
 White. 
 
 {Comp. fine gran, and 
 
 
 low, and green. 
 
 
 strongly connected : 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Shades of blue & 
 
 White. 
 
 generally exhibits 
 
 
 black. 
 
 
 dichroisin. 
 
 Vit. to res. 
 
 Brown, blue, 
 
 White. 
 
 Composition columnar. 
 
 
 green, red, yel- 
 
 
 
 
 low and black. 
 
 
 
 Vit. to res. 
 
 Reddish-brown. 
 
 White. 
 
 
 Adamantine. 
 
 White, smalt-blue, 
 
 
 
 
 pearl-grey and 
 
 
 
 
 rose-red. 
 
 
 
 Adamantine. 
 
 Red, brown, yel- 
 
 White. 
 
 
 
 low, grey and 
 
 
 
 
 white. 
 
 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Mountain-green, 
 
 White. 
 
 
 
 or pale blue. 
 
 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Flesh-red and 
 
 White. 
 
 Comp. col. and gran. 
 
 
 pearl-grey. 
 
 
 
 Vitreous, 
 
 Yellowish-brown. 
 
 Paler than 
 
 
 
 
 the color. 
 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Green, blue, yel- 
 
 White. 
 
 Comp. large granular. 
 
 
 low and while. 
 
 
 
 Vit. to ad. 
 
 Hair- brown to 
 
 White. 
 
 Composition columnar: 
 
 
 greyish-white. 
 
 
 in thin fibres. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Greyish- white. 
 
 White. 
 
 Comp, col. in thin fi- 
 
 
 
 
 bres, curved &, strong- 
 
 
 
 
 ly connected. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 White, yellow, 
 
 White. 
 
 Comp. columnar, and 
 
 
 green and bluish. 
 
 
 easily overcome. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Red, blue, green, 
 
 White. 
 
 
 
 and black. 
 
 
 
 Vit. to res. 
 
 Dirty-green, black 
 
 White. 
 
 Composition granular, 
 
 
 and blue. 
 
 
 easily overcome. 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Olive-green and 
 
 White. 
 
 
 
 yellowish- white. 
 
 
 
 Vitreous. 
 
 Blue, red, brown, 
 
 White. 
 
 Composition granular, 
 
 
 grey and white. 
 
 
 often impalpable. 
 
240 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS III. 
 
 Names. Hardness Sp. Grav. 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 (Consisting of species whose hardness has 
 not been ascertained.) 
 A. |] BUCKLANDITE. C. I. p. 182. 
 
 B. || CAPILLARY PYRITES. C. I. p. 198. 
 
 II. ORDER. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Sp. Grav. 
 
 1. IT BITUMEN. C. III. Ord. I. p. 212. 
 
 Mineral-oil. Naphtha. 
 
 2. IT WATER. 
 Atmospheric Water. M. 
 3. 1T SULPHURIC ACID. 
 Sulphuric Add. M. 
 4. NATIVE MERCURY. 
 Native Mercury. M. 
 
 0-7.. .0-83. 
 
 1-0. 
 1-1. ..1-8. 
 13-581. 
 
 III. ORDER. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Sp. Grav. 
 
 1. IT HYDROGEN. 
 Pure Hydrogen-gas. M. 
 2. IT CARBURETTED HYDROGEN. 
 Empyreumatic Hydrogen-gas. M. 
 3. IT NITROGEN. 
 Azote. 
 4. IT ATMOSPHERIC AIR. 
 Atmospheric air. M. 
 5. IT OXYGEN. 
 6. IT SULPHURETTED HYDRO- 
 GEN. 
 Sulphuretted Hydrogen-gas. M. 
 
 0-069. 
 0-555. 
 0-969. 
 
 1-000. 
 Mil. 
 
 1-1805. 
 
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 241 
 
 Lustre, 
 
 Color, 
 
 c 
 I 
 
 Various Observations. 
 
 Metallic. 
 
 Dark-brown, 
 nearly black. 
 Brass-yellow to 
 bronze-yellow & 
 steel-grey. 
 
 pake. (It resembles 
 Augite.) 
 n delicate, capillary 
 crystals. 
 
 LIQUIDS. 
 
 Color. 
 
 Taste. 
 
 Various observations. 
 
 Yellowish or reddish 
 brown to black. 
 
 
 
 Odor, peculiar. 
 Transparent to 
 opake. 
 
 Colorless. 
 
 
 Tasteless. 
 
 
 Colorless. 
 
 
 Intensely acid. 
 
 
 Tin white. 
 
 
 Tasteless. 
 
 Lustre metallic. 
 
 GASES. 
 
 Odor. 
 
 Taste. 
 
 Various observations. 
 
 Peculiar. 
 
 
 Tasteless. 
 
 
 Empyreumatic. 
 
 Tasteless. 
 
 
 Odorless. 
 
 
 Tasteless. 
 
 
 Odorless. 
 Odorless. 
 
 
 Tasteless. 
 Tasteless. 
 
 Respirable. 
 Respirable. 
 
 Strongly fetid, like rot- 
 ten eggs. 
 
 
 
 
242 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC. 
 
 CLASS III. 
 
 
 T3 . T3 
 
 
 
 "3 rs *s 
 
 
 o 
 
 co o cd 
 
 .^ CO .^ 
 
 
 75 
 
 
 
 - a 
 
 "73 ,^r* "S 
 
 
 
 S'rt S S 
 
 
 
 -*-> ^ *-* -2 
 
 
 
 5 ^ H nS 
 
 
 
 ^3 
 
 
 Q 
 
 bJO 
 
 
 s 
 
 .S 
 K^J G 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^=J 0) i r^ 
 
 D b/D n r 
 
 
 
 o c T: _S 
 
 
 
 cu 3 co r 
 
 
 
 PH O, O J 
 
 
 
 
 * . . 06 
 
 
 u 
 
 ^ i> o 
 
 i 
 
 O 
 
 00 G^ t* G^ 
 
 
 G* 
 
 < i-H i I (f^ 
 
 
 6 *' 
 
 
 
 
 
 .Q 
 
 
 ' rs o ico -"s 
 
 . .dH *y 
 
 !t 
 
 loi'io^g ^w^ 
 ^S^il^B grt^ 
 
 H^ogooffi^^Dco 
 SH ^ JLO SCL^^SH 
 
 |ilsilgJi 
 
 g^agag S| 
 
 
 *> 00 Ci O 
 
 T-H 
 
 
IMPERFECTLY EXAMINED MINERALS. 243 
 
 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF PROPOSED SPECIES WHICH ARE 
 NOT YET FULLY ESTABLISHED.* 
 
 AESCHYRITE. Sp. Gr. above 4. ? Color blackish. 
 
 ARSENICAL ANTIMONY GLANCE. H. 2-0...3-0. Sp. Gr. 6-2. L. 
 
 pale vit. C. tin-white. 
 ARSENICAL BISMUTH, Werner. Soft. Heavy. C. dark hair-brown. 
 
 L. res. 
 ARSENIC GLANCE, Breit. H. 2-0. Sp. Gr. 5-2...5-S. C. lead-grey. 
 
 Compact. 
 
 B. 
 
 BISMUTH BLENDE, Breit. 
 
 BISMUTH COBALT-ORE. H. 4-0.. .5-0? Sp. Gr. 4-5.. .4-7. L. met. 
 C. lead or steel-grey. 
 
 BISMUTHIC SILVER. Soft. Sectile. L. met. C. light lead-grey 
 In acicular crystals, massive and compact. 
 
 BREISKLAKITE, Monticelli. In delicate, reddish brown, capillary 
 crystals. 
 
 BUSTAMITE, Brongniart. H. 6-0. ..6-5. Sp. Gr. 3-1. ..3-3. C. light- 
 grey, greenish or reddish. In reniform masses. 
 
 C. 
 
 CALCAREOUS HEAVY SPAR, Breit. Sp. Gr. 4-0. ..4-2. Effloresces. 
 CARBONATE OF BISMUTH. Sp. Gr. 4-3. C. grey and brown. Earthy. 
 CHALKOSIDERITE, Ullmann. 
 CHAMOISITE, Berthier. Sp. Gr. 3-4. C. dark greenish-grey. Earthy. 
 
 An impure Magnetic Iron-ore ? 
 CHLOROPHJEITE, Me Culloch. H. 1-5. Sp. Gr. 202. C. dark-green. 
 
 Dull. In small imbedded globules. 
 COBALT VITRIOL, Kopp. L. vit. to pearly. C. flesh or rose-red. 
 
 Trans. Taste astringent. 
 
 * ABBREVIATIONS. 
 
 Berzel. for Berzelius. C. for color. L. for lustre. 
 
 Breit. " Breithaupht H, " hardness. Strom. " Stromeyer. 
 
S44 IMPERFECTLY EXAMINED MINERALS, 
 
 CONDURRITE, Phillips. H. 5-0 ? Brittle. C. brownish-black. Streak 
 dark lead-grey; powder-black. Comp. impalpable. 
 
 COTTUNITE (CHLORIDE OF LEAD). Monticelli and Covelli. 
 
 CUPREOUS BISMUTH. Soft. Seclile. L. met. C. pale lead-grey to 
 tin-white. Comp. col. and impal. 
 
 CUPREOUS MANGANESE. Sp. Gr. 3-1...3-2. L. res. C. bluish -black. 
 Composition impalpable. 
 
 D. 
 
 DYSODILE, Cordier. Soft: scratched by the nail. Sp. Gr. 1-1...1-2. C. 
 greenish and yellowish to liver-brown. Frac. earthy. Streak vit, 
 
 E. 
 
 EARTHY COBALT. Soft. Earthy. Sp. Gr. 22. C bluish and brown- 
 ish-black. Streak shining. Bot. arid stalac. shapes. 
 
 EDINGTONITE, Haidinger. H. 45. Sp. Gr. 2-7. L. vit. C. green- 
 ish-white. In small crystals. 
 
 ERLAN, Breit. H. 5 5. ..6-5. Sp. Gr. 3-0.. .3-1. L. feebly vit. C. 
 greenish-grey. Streak white.. 
 
 FERRUGINOUS PL.ATINA, Schwetzau. Sp. Gr. 14-6. ..15-7. Less 
 
 malleable than Native Platina. Magnetic. 
 FLUEL.LITE, Wollaston. C. white. Transparent. In minute crys- 
 
 tals. Probably Wavellite. 
 FLUOUTE, Breit. 
 FL.UATE OF CERIUM, Berzel. Sp. Gi\4'1...4'7. C. reddish. In plates 
 
 and masses. 
 
 GALACTITE. 
 
 GIESECKITE, Sowerby. H. 2-5. ..3 0. Sp. Gr. 2-83. L. faint res. C. 
 
 olive-green, grey and brown. 
 
 GLAUCOL.ITE. H. 5-5. Sp. Gr. 2-72. L. vit. C. blue to green. 
 GMEL.INITE, Brewster. Crystals small rhomboids. H. 4*5. Sp. Gr. 
 
 2-05. L. vit. C. white to red. 
 GREEN IRON-ORE. 
 
 H. 
 
 HALLOYITE, Berthier. H. 1-5. ..2-0. L. waxy. C. white, or slightly 
 blue. Adheres to the tongue. 
 
IMPERFECTLY EXAMINED MINERALS. 245 
 
 HARD COBALT PYRITES, Breit. H. 5-0., .6-0. Sp. Gr. 6-7.. .6-8. L. 
 
 met. C. dark tin- white. Massive. 
 HATCHETINE, Conybeare. Very soft. Very light. L. glistening and 
 
 pearly. C. yellow. In flakes. 
 HERRENITE, Del Rio. (Carbonate of Tellurium and Bi-carbonate of 
 
 Nickel.) 
 HISINGERITE, BerzeL Sectile. Soft. Sp. Gr. 3-04. C. black. 
 
 Streak, greenish, grey. Fracture earthy. 
 HYDRO-CARBON, Scherer. Sp. Gr. 0-65. L. nacreous. White, or 
 
 yellowish-white. Crystals acicular. 
 HYDROFHYLLITE, Hausmann. 
 HYDROSILICITE, Kuh. C. white, without lustre ; feels greasy, is soft 
 
 and translucent : does not adhere to the tongue. 
 
 I. 
 
 IODIDE OF MERCURY, Del Rio. Resembles dark colored Cinnabar. 
 
 IODIDE OF SILVER, Vauquelin. 
 
 IRID-OSMIUM, Schwetzau. In low six-sided prisms. H. 5-0. ..6-0. 
 
 Sp. Gr. 17-9.. .18-5. C. lead-grey. 
 IRON-SINTER. Sp. Gr. 2-4. L. res. C. yellowish and blackish-brown. 
 
 Brittle. Fracture conchoidal. 
 
 K. 
 
 KNEBILITE, Lenz. Hard. Sp. Gr. 3*7. L. glistening. C. grey, red, 
 brown and green. Opake. Fracture imperfectly conchoidal. 
 
 KORNITE, Breit. 
 
 KUPFERINDIG, Breit. Soft. Sp. Gr. 3-8. L. faint res. C. blue. In 
 plates forming spheroidal shapes, and impalpable. 
 
 L. 
 
 LEELITE, Clark. Sp. Gr. 2-7. Lustre and translucency like horn. 
 
 Massive. Fracture splintery. 
 LIGURITE, Viviani. Crystallized. H. above 50. Sp. Gr. 3'49. L. 
 
 between vit. and res. C. apple-green. Frac. uneven, 
 
 M. 
 
 MELLILITE. In crystalline grains. H. 6-0...6'5. C. yellowish or 
 
 reddish-brown. 
 MINERAL HYDRO-CARBON, In acicular crystals, Sp. Gr. 65 ? L. 
 
 nacreous. C. yellowish-white. 
 
 21* 
 
246 IMPERFECTLY EXAMINED MINERALS, 
 
 MOLYBDATE OF SILVER. (Silfer-phyllinglans,) Breit. Sp. Gr. 5-89. 
 
 L. met. In flexible, bladed masses of a dark lead-grey color, 
 MONAZITE, Breit. Sp. Gr. 4-92. L.vit. C. brick-red. Streak flesh-red. 
 MOJVOPHANE, Breit. Sp. Gr.2-15. H. below Feldspar* L.vit. C. white. 
 
 N. 
 
 NATIVE IRIDIUM. 
 
 NATIVE PALLADIUM. 
 
 NICKEL GLANCE, Pfaff. H. 5-5. Sp. Gr. 6-09. C. like Arsenical 
 
 Pyrites. Cleavage parallel to the faces of the cube. 
 NONTRONITE, Berthier. Soft; opake: unctuous and tender. C. pale 
 
 straw-color. In onion-shaped masses : compact. 
 
 O. 
 
 OKENITE, Kdbel. H. 4 t 5...6-0. ? In almond-shaped masses ; allied to 
 
 the Zeolites. 
 OLIGOKLASE, Breit. 
 
 P. 
 
 PECTOLITE, Kobel. H. 4-5.. .6-0 ? Sp. Gr. 2-69. In spheroidal masses, 
 consisting of delicate diverging individuals. 
 
 PETROSILEX (of Sahlberg.) C. deep flesh-red. Trans. Compact. 
 Frac. fine grained. 
 
 PHASTINE, Breit. 
 
 PICOTITE, Charpentier. 
 
 PINGUITE, Breit. H. 1-0. Sp. Gr. 2-31. Resembles green Iron-earth. 
 
 PLOMB-GOMME, Gillet-Laumont. H. 5-0? C. yellowish and reddish- 
 brown. Reniform. Composition thin columnar. 
 
 PRISMATIC MELANE-GLAJVCE. Sp. Gr. 6-2. ..6-3. 
 
 PRISMATOIDAL BISMUTH-GLANCE, Wehrle. H. 2-4. Sp. Gr. 7-8. 
 Crystals prismatic. 
 
 PYROPHYLLITE, Hermann. 
 
 PYRORTHITE, Berzel. Soft. Sp. Gr. 2-19. L. res. C. brownish- 
 black. Opake. Massive, 
 
 R. 
 
 RADIOLITE, Bremg. H. above 4-0. Sp. Gr. 2-2. C. white, L, silky. 
 
 Massive, with a radiating fracture. 
 REUSSIN, Kirwan. 
 RUBELLAN, Breit. H. 3. L. vit. to res. C. brownish-red. Brittle. 
 
IMPERFECTLY EXAMINED MINERALS. 247 
 
 S. 
 
 SAPPARITE, Schlotheim. H. above 4-0. L. vit. C. pale berlin-blue. 
 
 Streak greyish-white. 
 
 SAPHIRIN, Strom. H. above 7-0. Sp. Gr. 3-4. L. vit. C. sapphire- 
 blue. Streak white. Trans. 
 SCHEERERITE, Strom. Rather heavier than water. Very friable. C. 
 
 whitish. L. pearly. In loosely aggregated grains and folia. 1 
 SELENIURET OF LEAD AND COBALT, Rose. Resembles Galena. 
 
 Frac. granular. 
 SELENIURET OF LEAD AND COPPER, Rose. C. lead-grey. Frac. 
 
 granular. 
 
 SELENIURET OF LEAD AND MERCURY, Rose. Sp. Gr. 7*8. 
 SELENIURET OF SILVER, Berzel. 
 Cuivre seleni6 argental, Hatiy. 
 Eukairite, Berzel. 
 
 C. lead-grey. In small six sided tables with truncated angles. 
 SELENIURET OF SULPHUR, Strom. 
 SILICATE OF IRON, (Bodenmais.) 
 SKORIAN, Breit. 
 SORDAWALLITE, NordenskiMd. H. 5-0.. .6-0? Sp. Gr. 253. L. vit. 
 
 C. greenish or greyish-black. Massive. Frac. conchoid. 
 STROMNITE, Traill. Sp. Gr. 3*7. C. yellowish-white. L. feeble, but 
 
 pearly. 
 
 SULPHURET OF SlLVER AND COPPER, Phillips. Soft. Sp. Gr. 6'25. 
 
 L. met. C. blackish lead-grey. Massive. Comp. impal. 
 
 T. 
 
 TELLURIC BISMUTH, Berzel. L. met. C. silver-white. Massive, 
 broad foliated. 
 
 TEPHROITE, Breit. H. 5-0. ..6-0. Sp. Gr. 4-1. L. adaman. C. ash-grey. 
 
 TESSERALKIES, Breit. 
 
 TUNGSTATE OF LEAD, Phillips. L. res. C. yellowish-grey. Crys- 
 tals acute four sided pyramids, aggregated in bunches. 
 
 U. 
 
 URANIUM VITRIOL, Johns. L. vit. C. emerald and apple-green. In 
 capillary crystals. 
 
 V. 
 
 VAUQUELINITE, Leonhard. H. 2-5. ..3-0. Sp. Gr. 5-5, ..5-78. L. ada- 
 man. C. some dark green. In minute crystals, and massive. 
 
248 IMPERFECTLY EXAMINED MINERALS. 
 
 VELVET BLUE COPPER. L. pearly. C. bright smalt-blue. In short 
 
 capillary crystals. 
 VIGWITE. 
 
 (Blue Magnetic Iron-ore.) Sp. Gr. 3-71. C. dark greenish-blue. 
 
 W. 
 
 WHITE IRON-SINTER. 
 
 WILLEMITE, Levy. C. white, yellowish, or reddish. Trans. In small 
 rhomboidal crystals. 
 
 Y. 
 
 YTTRO-CERITE, JBerzel. H. between 4-0 and 5-0 ? Sp. Gr. 3-44. C. 
 
 violet-blue. Massive. Opake. 
 YTTRO-TANTALITE. H. 5-5 ? Sp. Gr. 5-3. ..5-8. L. imperfect met. 
 
 C. blackish-brown, or black. Opake. Massive. 
 
 Z. 
 
 ZURLITE, Ramondini. H. 6-0. Sp. Gr. 3-27. L. res. C. green to 
 grey. In rectangular four sided tables. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 249 
 
 PART. V. 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 . 123. DEFINITION. 
 
 Physiography is the description of natural productions, 
 and consists in the enumeration of all their natural proper- 
 ties. It is intended to produce a distinct image of those 
 objects which we distinguish from each other by means of 
 the Characteristic, and denominate conformably to the rules 
 laid down in the Nomenclature. 
 
 Physiography is not adapted to the purpose of distinguishing min- 
 erals. We cannot therefore, by its assistance, find the place of a giv- 
 en mineral in the system, or in other words, recognise it ; for it is 
 independent of that connexion among natural productions upon 
 which systems are founded, and considers them singly, every one 
 by itself. Physiography, therefore, cannot acquiesce in consider- 
 ing single characters or characteristic marks; but it must exhibit 
 them all, if the image it produces is meant to be a complete and 
 satisfactory one. Its difference from the Characteristic founded 
 upon these properties, is as obvious as the impossibility of substitu- 
 ting the one instead of the other. A description, therefore, is not 
 a character ; since the peculiarity of every character consists in its 
 being composed of a smaller number of characteristic terms that 
 may be observed in the objects characterized. 
 
 The descriptions presuppose nothing but Terminology. It is per- 
 fectly indifferent what nomenclature is adopted in Physiography, 
 provided only the names and denominations to which the descrip- 
 tions of the species refer, answer the purpose of keeping separate 
 those objects, which really differ from each other. 
 
 The system of Prof. Mohs, is the only one which has hitherto 
 presented a separate view of the Determinative and the Descrip- 
 tive parts of Mineralogy. The greater part of the mineralogical 
 works have given to the characters such an arrangement, that they 
 may at the same time represent the general descriptions of the spe- 
 
250 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 cies, and to the general arrangement of the species, such an arrange- 
 ment that they may in like manner, serve the purpose of charac- 
 ters. Neither of these plans entirely answers the purpose ; and 
 those who wish to become acquainted with minerals, or to acquire 
 some knowledge of their natural properties, are still under the ne- 
 cessity of proceeding upon the old empirical method. They must 
 content themselves with a superficial and broken sort of knowledge, 
 to which they themselves do not attach any security; whereas the 
 systematic way of proceeding leads to information, that is solid, con- 
 nected, and as complete as possible. 
 
 . 124. OBJECT OF PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 The object to which Physiography refers, in the mine- 
 ral kingdom, in as far as it produces a MERE description, is 
 the INDIVIDUAL. 
 
 Any description, containing the indication of all the properties, 
 will suffice for determining a particular individual. In the animal 
 and vegetable kingdoms, homogeneous individuals are in most cases 
 at the same time identical, excepting their sexual differences ; or 
 at least the deviations occurring in their single characters may be 
 considered as merely accidental. One individual, therefore, or in. 
 the case of an existing difference in the sexes, two of them, will 
 represent the whole species. In the mineral kingdom, the homo- 
 geneous individuals in most cases differ so widely from each other, 
 that a description of the one does not by any means apply to an- 
 other ; one, or a few of them, therefore, cannot represent the whole 
 species, nor can their description be substituted instead of the de- 
 scription of the species. The description of all the varieties of a 
 species does not produce a clear idea of the species itself; because 
 the species is not a single body, but the assemblage of all the ho- 
 mogeneous individuals or varieties. Individuals, only, therefore, 
 (or compositions of individuals) admit of being described; and this 
 is effected by indicating all their natural properties. In enumera- 
 ting these, it is important to adopt some order of succession, which, 
 for the sake of the greater perspicuity, should remain unaltered. 
 All prolixity should be carefully avoided : every superfluous word, 
 every ambiguous expression, in short, every thing foreign to the 
 purpose should be rejected ; and such terms employed as are ex- 
 plained in the Terminology. Abbreviations of frequently occurring 
 
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE SPECIES. 251 
 
 words and expressions should uniformly be adopted, when not in- 
 consistent with an easy comprehension of their meaning. 
 
 Descriptions are required, whenever there occur new varie- 
 ties of a species which is either already known, or entirely new ; 
 they are also useful in such varieties as are distinguished by a par- 
 ticular application, or any remarkable property, or such as have 
 been provided with particular names in the arts of life. In these 
 last instances it is only requisite to indicate those properties, by 
 which the variety in question differs from other varieties of the same 
 species. It is also very useful to give an accurate description of 
 such varieties as are subjected to a chemical analysis. 
 
 <. 125. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE SPECIES. 
 
 In representing the species in the mineral kingdom, it is 
 necessary to construct a Collective, or General Description. 
 
 The problem to be resolved in constructing a General Description 
 is, to give a correct idea of all, or at least of the known varieties of 
 a species, in their proper connexion ; it must therefore contain at 
 once all the descriptions of these varieties without its being itself, 
 in a strict sense, a description at all. It is evident, that the only 
 means of arriving at this end, will be the employment of the series 
 of characters. 
 
 The method of constructing a general description t>f a species is 
 as follows. First, any suitable variety of the species is chosen, and 
 described with all possible accuracy, the single characters succeed- 
 ing each other agreeably to the order fixed upon, as abovemen- 
 tioned. The description will contain only single characters, con- 
 sisting of a certain form, a certain color, a certain kind of lustre, 
 a certain degree of hardness or of specific gravity, &c., all of these 
 being members of their respective series. If, in the place of every 
 one of these single characters, we substitute the complete series to 
 which it belongs, the Description of the Individual, or of the va- 
 riety, is transformed into the Collective or General Description of 
 the Species 
 
 The characters contained in the general description are expressed 
 in series, produced either by immediate observation, or by deriva- 
 tion. The characters in the descriptions of determined varieties 
 consist of single members of these series. Evidently, the col- 
 lective description not only produces a complete idea of the spe- 
 
252 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 cies itself, but it also contains the individual description of every 
 one of its single varieties ; for as to the latter, if we choose arbi- 
 trarily any single member from every one of the mentioned series, 
 and join these members in the adopted order of succession, the re- 
 sult will be the description of a variety, belonging to the species. 
 
 The representation of the species as contained in the general de- 
 scription, is far more complete, than it could be obtained by imme- 
 diate observation ; for it unites all the varieties which may be pro- 
 duced by all possible combinations of the single properties, (the 
 members of different series.) It would contain all the varieties pos- 
 sible in a species if the series themselves were complete, which 
 can be maintained only of those produced by derivation from given 
 forms. Thus the considerations referring to the mineral kingdom 
 become both fertile and interesting ; because, by means of the gen- 
 eral description, we obtain from every newly discovered variety, 
 though it should differ from those already known, only in a single 
 character, an almost endless number of new varieties, which may 
 be produced by uniting the newly discovered property with every 
 combination of the members of the other series which the general 
 description contains. 
 
 The pure, or properly so called, general description, refers only 
 to the individuals of the species, because it is from these that we 
 derive the most perfect of the characteristic marks employed in 
 mineralogy. If the compound varieties are to be noticed, this must 
 be done without mixing them up with the simple ones. 
 
 From the preceding remarks, it appears that the general descrip- 
 tion presupposes the correct idea of the species. 
 
 . 126. ARRANGEMENT OF THE GENERAL DESCRIPTION. 
 
 The general or collective descriptions require to be so 
 arranged, as to facilitate their use as much as possible, and 
 to produce, in fact, a complete general view of the species. 
 
 In order to determine the series of crystallization of a species, it 
 becomes necessary to indicate the primary form, with its dimensions, 
 except in those cases where these are always the same as in the 
 regular Octahedron, Cube, &c. Accordingly, in the second part of 
 this treatise, this will first be given, along with the information 
 whether it be deduced from calculation, observed in the crystals 
 themselves, or obtained from cleavage. In forms of variable dimen- 
 sions, notice is also appended whether the value of their angles was 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 253 
 
 obtained by means of the Reflective Goniometer, or by the Common 
 Goniometer. 
 
 The primary form being known, the series of forms to which it is 
 capable of giving rise, may, in general, be easily inferred from the 
 known laws of derivation (. 51). Still, it is necessary for us to 
 present in the general description, as far as possible, the forms that 
 actually do occur : since this information is peculiarly important and 
 interesting, and without it, the picture of the species would indeed 
 be deficient. Commencing, therefore, with the primary form, pro- 
 vided it exists unmodified among the crystals of the species, we pro- 
 ceed to enumerate the most frequent of the occurring forms. Next 
 to the primary, (or in the absence of this, the one most closely allied 
 to it,) we mention that modification which may be considered next 
 in remove from it, and so on in a series, terminating with the most 
 complicated and irregular forms ; illustrating such of them as are 
 conceived of with difficulty from mere description by diagrams, and 
 occasionally adding the mutual inclinations of particular faces. To 
 this enumeration will also be annexed, in many instances, remarks 
 to point out the localities of particular forms, as well as their com- 
 parative rarity or abundance. 
 
 The phenomenon of cleavage being in the nearest relation to the 
 crystalline forms, the next place in the collective description will 
 be assigned to it. The forms of cleavage, so far as obtainable, are 
 described ; and particular notice bestowed upon the degree of per- 
 fection in the different faces of cleavage. 
 
 Fracture, so far as it is contained in the collective description it- 
 self, refers only to simple minerals. It cannot be deemed however, 
 very important. Several varieties of fracture, if mentioned in one 
 and the same place, denote the limits between which the varieties 
 range, which occur in the species. Also, it is indicated whether the 
 fracture be obtained easily, or with difficulty. 
 
 The physical quality of the surface of the crystals is far more im- 
 portant than fracture, since it is in close connexion with the crys- 
 talline forms themselves. These faces are expressed by the letters 
 appropriated to the faces of the different forms. 
 
 The characters depending upon the presence of light, contribute 
 very much to enliven the image or representation of the species. 
 The kinds of lustre must every where be mentioned ; and if there 
 should be found a difference as to its occurrence upon different faces, 
 in which different kinds of lustre may be observed, this must be 
 pointed out, 
 
 22 
 
254 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 . 
 
 In order to express the series of colors, more room is required in 
 the general description than can well be allowed, since to do this 
 fully requires that all the single members be mentioned. As a sub- 
 stitute, however, an outline of these series is given, by indicating 
 their principal points. This mode of treating the subject does by 
 no means injure the use of the series of colors, nor diminish their 
 importance in enlivening the collective descriptions. Colors produ- 
 ced by occasional admixtures of minerals foreign to the species, do 
 not properly belong to the collective description ; because they are 
 not members of the series of colors of the species described. Yet 
 they are indicated by themselves, at least the common shades, in 
 order to exclude them from those with which they are not connect- 
 ed by transitions within the same series. 
 
 The color of the powder, or streak, is next indicated. To which 
 follow the limits for the degrees of transparency, and notice of action 
 on light, (or refraction.) 
 
 Lastly the general descriptions contain the indication of the form 
 of aggregation, of hardness, specific gravity, and other character- 
 istic marks, derived from, or respecting, the substance of minerals, 
 as odor, taste, &c., which may be useful in the description of varie- 
 ties ; all of them expressed with the utmost degree of brevity, 
 possible. 
 
 A great number of the different varieties of certain species is 
 produced by the composition of their individuals. The collective 
 description of the simple varieties, having already been drawn up 
 with considerable minuteness, it will now be the easier to survey the 
 compound varieties. The general consideration of the twin crystals 
 (. 72 & 73), contains the principles of the method, according to 
 which, those belonging to any particular species, may be indicated 
 with precision and convenience. These compositions will also be 
 illustrated, where necessary, by diagrams. 
 
 It will be sufficient only to mention the imitative forms, in order 
 to recal their properties to the memory, these being commonly so 
 much alike in every instance, that they allow of a general explanation, 
 which has been given in its proper place. The condition of their 
 surface, or of the faces of composition in their interior, the shape of 
 the particles of composition, and the mode of that composition itself, 
 may likewise be indicated. The same applies also to amorphous 
 compositions, or, as they are called, to the massive varieties. As to 
 these, the most important properties to be mentioned will be, the 
 shape of the component particles, their size, mode of aggregation, 
 and fracture. Thus we are capable of expressing in a few words> 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 255 
 
 much that has been described with great prolixity ; while we enjoy 
 the advantage of arriving at an idea of the subject, correct and gen- 
 eral, and conformable to nature. 
 
 The pseudomorphoses need nothing more than to be mentioned. 
 If other properties should happen to occur beside those above allu- 
 ded to, they will be inserted in a proper order, provided they con- 
 tribute to our knowledge of the natural properties of the species to 
 which they belong; whereas, if any of the foregoing are wanting 
 they will be passed over in silence. In general, some one or other 
 of the natural properties may be rendered more prominent, the more 
 it contributes to a clear and distinct image of the species. 
 
 The collective descriptions of the species form one of the most im- 
 portant subjects of the Natural History of the mineral kingdom. 
 Although they represent the mineral species by themselves, not 
 regarding their resemblance to others, yet they effect this in the 
 minutest detail, and to the greatest possible completeness, and hence 
 they contain all the natural historical information, properly so call- 
 ed, relative to mineral productions. 
 
 . 127. COLLECTIVE DESCRIPTIONS INDEPENDENT OF 
 ALL SYSTEMS. 
 
 The collective descriptions do not depend upon the sys- 
 tems ; but are applicable in every system. 
 
 The collective description represents the natural historical species 
 developed in the minutest detail. This species is the basis of every 
 method, or in fact of every science, which refers to the productions 
 of the mineral kingdom : it is the object, not the product of classifi- 
 cation. It may be applied in a natural or artificial system, whether 
 drawn up in conformity with the principles of Natural History, or 
 to those of any science : nor is it less applicable in an alphabetical 
 arrangement, since descriptions are consulted very much after the 
 manner of a dictionary of words. 
 
 . 128. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION APPENDED TO THE 
 COLLECTIVE DESCRIPTIONS IN THE SECOND PART OF 
 THIS TREATISE. 
 
 The general descriptions limited as above (. 126), ne- 
 cessarily exclude a variety of important information (most- 
 
256 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 ly, indeed, foreign to Mineralogy) ; this is arranged in a 
 systematic order, and forms an appendage to the collective 
 description of each species. 
 
 The rules adopted in forming the general description, required 
 the omission of several facts relating to crystallography, the history 
 of the species as connected with its division into sub-species and 
 varieties by other writers, &c., information, nevertheless, which is 
 requisite to be understood: this will be collected together and placed 
 immediately after the general descriptions in a smaller type. 
 
 The collective descriptions being thus rendered as complete as 
 possible, mineralogy, as a pure science, may be said to have dis- 
 i charged its duty ; and its species are now fit to be subjected to in- 
 vestigation in other sciences, each of which will produce a mass of 
 information concerning them, according to its peculiar nature. This 
 information the student in mineralogy will desire to become ac- 
 quainted with. He will seek, for example, to know the chemical 
 properties of the mineral, whose name and natural properties he has 
 just ascertained ; its geological position likewise, and its applica- 
 tion to useful purposes. To save him the inconvenience of consult- 
 ing other works in which this various knowledge is contained, the 
 results of the different sciences to which it belongs, are introduced 
 into the present treatise, and form the conclusion of the appendage 
 to the general descriptions. 
 
 These results will be introduced in the following order : 1. Those 
 derived from Chemistry, as the properties of the species before the 
 blowpipe, or when acted upon by acids, one or more analyses by 
 the most celebrated chemists, to which will be added such facts as 
 are known concerning the artificial production of the species, by 
 mingling the ingredients in the proper proportions in our Laborato- 
 ries : 2. Geological information, or facts relating to the mode in 
 which the species occurs in nature, as the particular rock in which 
 it is engaged, the manner of its engagement, whether in veins, beds 
 or disseminated, &c. : 3. The Geographical distribution, which is 
 much less important than that of plants or animals, in which so 
 much depends upon climate, soil and other accidental circumstan- 
 ces ; American localities, however, are carefully designated : 4. 
 Application and uses of the species in the arts. To which is some- 
 times added another head for the purpose of introducing miscella- 
 neous observations, which do not, strictly speaking, fall under any 
 of the above provisions. 
 
 END OF PART FIRST. 
 
TREATISE 
 
 MINERALOGY 
 
 SECOND PART, 
 
 CONSISTING OF 
 
 DESCRIPTIONS OF THE SPECIES, AND TABLES ILLUSTRATIVE OF 
 THEIR NATURAL AND CHEMICAL AFFINITIES. 
 
 WITH FIVE HUNDRED WOOD CUTS. 
 
 BY 
 
 CHARLES UPHAM SHEPARD, A. B. 
 
 Lecturer on Natural History in Yale College ; Member of the American 
 
 (ieological Society ; Corresponding Member of the Academy of 
 
 Natural Sciences of Philadelphia ; of the Natural History 
 
 Society of Montreal, and of the Geological 
 
 Society of France, &c. 
 
 IN TWO VOLUMES. 
 VOLUME I 
 
 NEW HAVEN: 
 
 HEZEKIAH HOWE& CO. 
 
 AND 
 
 HERRICK & NOYES. 
 
 1835. 
 
Entered according to an Act of Congress, in the year 1835, 
 
 by CHARLES UPHAM SHEPARD, 
 in the Clerk's office, of the District Court of Connecticut. 
 
 Printed by Hczekiah Howe & Co. 
 
TO 
 
 IENJAMIN SILLIMAN, LL. D. 
 
 PROFESSOR OF CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY AND GEOLOGY" 
 IN YALE COLLEGE, 
 
 &c. <fcc. 
 
 DEAR SIR, 
 
 The distinguished services you have rendered to the 
 cause of Mineralogy and Geology in America, not merely 
 in contributing to their early introduction, but to their 
 efficient cultivation among us, prompt me to dedicate the 
 present work to you. 
 
 The wisdom and zeal of those exertions which secured 
 to l[ale College the most splendid collection of minerals in 
 the country, the valuable instruction and enthusiasm im- 
 parted by your lectures to a great body of young men now 
 dispersed through the whole nation, and the public spirit 
 which has led you at a po- nal sacrifice to maintain in the 
 American Journal of Sri e a free medium for the dif- 
 fusion of this kind of kno \ r e. are too well known and 
 justly appreciated to r he feeble acknowledgment 
 
of this tribute ; but as the work was undertaken at your 
 suggestion, and has been aided in its progress by your ad- 
 vice, I may perhaps be permitted the pleasure of improving 
 this occasion to express publicly the sense I feel of the 
 value of your labors, and to acknowledge the many kind 
 services for which I stand indebted to your friendship. 
 
 I have the honor to be, 
 
 Your very faithful 
 
 And obliged Servant, 
 
 CHARLES U. SHEPARD 
 
 New Haven, May, 1835. 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 The eclectic character of my introductory volume, 
 which was intended to give a view of all the departments 
 of Mineralogy excepting Physiogra'phy, rendered it difficult 
 for persons employing it to avail themselves of other treatises 
 for full descriptions of the species- The inapplicability was 
 principally owing to my adoption of the improvements of 
 MOHS in relation to simple and compound varieties and to 
 the numerical scale for expressing the hardness, and to my 
 following BROOKE in the treatment of the regular forms'; 
 not to mention the circumstance, that my artificial tables 
 enumerated a mrnber of species whose descriptions had 
 not found their way into any English work. This was 
 foreseen in the preparation of that volume ; and notice was 
 accordingly given in it, that a second part, devoted exclu- 
 sively to descriptions, and constructed in accordance with 
 the principles of the first, was in preparation. 
 
 In addition to the desire of supplying what was thus 
 wanting to carry out the plan of study which had appear- 
 ed to me to possess the greatest advantages, I was stimula- 
 ted to the attempt, in the hope of being able to contribute 
 something towards the more satisfactory determination of 
 American localities; an undertaking for which my rniner- 
 alogical travels had afforded me considerable facilities- In- 
 deed, so numerous had been the discoveries in important 
 mineral depositories since the last edition of CLEAVELAND'S 
 
 B 
 
VI PREFACE. 
 
 Mineralogy and the publication of ROBINSON'S Catalogue, 
 and so many doubtful points existed in relation to many of 
 those quoted in these works not a few having been erro- 
 neously announced, either through inaccurate determina- 
 tions of the species, or their occurrence in trifling and ac- 
 cidental quantitity that the proposed work seemed justi- 
 fiable solely on this ground, provided there was a reasona- 
 ble hope of placing the subject in a more just light. Be- 
 sides, it was had in view to indicate the crystalline forms 
 noticeable among our minerals, a point which had been so 
 much overlooked as to have created a very unfavorable 
 impression of the mineralogical riches of the country. 
 There seemed room also, to perform a desirable service 
 by appropriating to the work the latest discoveries of the 
 German mineralogists, to whom the science is indebted for 
 its most important advances during the last ten years. 
 
 The general rules according to which the descriptions 
 have been drawn up, are those laid down in . 126, of the 
 Introductory volume- The trivial names to the species 
 having been adopted in the analytical tables for the reasons 
 given in 117, it became necessary to employ them also 
 in the present work. Indeed so small is the number of 
 species in the mineral kingdom compared with the species 
 in the other departments of Natural History, and so defi- 
 cient in fixity are many of the still accounted species, that 
 it is, and probably for some time to come will be, most 
 prudent to call them by these names- The chemical de- 
 signations having by general usage been dropped where 
 other names existed, BF.UDANT in his system of Mineralo- 
 gy has attempted by the invention of new names, where 
 it was necessary, to render universal the application of the 
 
PREFACE. Vll 
 
 trivial nomenclature. Approving of this reform, I have 
 adopted his names in numerous instances ; and where spe- 
 cies were still left unprovided with trivial epithets, I have 
 ventured in a few instances to propose them- 
 
 To the trivial name, the systematic denomination is add- 
 ed in a smaller type, as it appeared to me important not to 
 lose sight of what in its other branches, is conceded to be one 
 of the greatest advantages of Natural History ; viz. that of 
 expressing in the names, the connexion in natural proper- 
 ties, subsisting among the species. Whether the names 
 here employed, which are mostly those contrived by MOHS, 
 will ultimately be approved of by Naturalists, is not at pres- 
 ent certain ; but their use in the intercourse of Mineralo- 
 gists will often be found to possess important convenience, 
 and though compelled in the future and more perfected 
 state of the science to give place to simpler expressions 
 perhaps to those, constructed according to the genius of 
 the Latin language by which means the difficulty of their 
 translation from one language into another will be avoid- 
 ed they still appeared to me to be worthy of being re- 
 tained, especially as they are introduced merely as syno- 
 nyms. 
 
 The alphabetical arrangement of the species has been 
 adopted because it seemed most likely to subserve the con- 
 venience of students using my characteristic, or any other, 
 in the determination of specimens ; as well as that of per- 
 sons having occasion to refer to the descriptions for less 
 general purposes, as for example, to learn only the crystal- 
 line form of a particular species, or to obtain information 
 respecting its locality. Had the natural-historical arrange- 
 ment, the chemical, or any mixture of the two, been em- 
 
Vlil PREFACE. 
 
 ployed, the inconvenience of consulting an index must ne- 
 cessarily have been encountered. 
 
 But while the alphabetical distribution has the advantage 
 at least, of being independent of all scientific arrangement 
 concerning whose present existence many entertain doubts, 
 the two tabular views, one at the commencement of this 
 volume, and the other at the conclusion of the second, will 
 present the species grouped in accordance with two classes 
 of affinities, the first, the natural-historical, the second, the 
 chemical, resemblance. In the construction of these tables, 
 I cannot, of course, suppose that I have acquitted myself 
 to the satisfaction of all, when I have but so imperfectly 
 satisfied myself. 
 
 The chemical arrangement, however, is such as the pres- 
 ent state of chemical science seemed to force upon me 
 without much choice. A more extensive and accurate 
 analysis of minerals, however, will undoubtedly produce 
 in it many changes, while also it will permit the composi- 
 tion of a considerable number of species, now left in un- 
 certainty, to be expressed with atomic precision. 
 
 Both in this tabular view, and elsewhere in the work, I 
 have refrained from adopting the algebraical language of 
 BERZELIUS for denoting the chemical constitution of min- 
 erals, although it would have afforded much convenience 
 in the present state of chemical nomenclature, more par- 
 ticularly in relation to isomorphous compounds, because 
 I have every where sought to exclude whatever has 
 an abstruse and forbidding air ; knowing that many have 
 been discouraged from entering upon this pleasing and fa- 
 
PREFACE. IX 
 
 cile pursuit by the discovery of even the occasional use of 
 unintelligible language in a professedly elementary treatise 
 of its principles. 
 
 The natural-historical arrangement of the species is 
 principally that brought forward by MOHS. I have never- 
 theless ventured, though not without considerable hesita- 
 tion, to propose a number of alterations, which will be ob- 
 vious on a comparison of the two systems. In making 
 these changes, I have endeavored so to constitute the ge- 
 nera that the species of each should be bound together by 
 a similar amount of resemblance. If in the execution of 
 this difficult task, I have not violated the affinities of the 
 species, an important advantage will have been secured in 
 the simplification of the nomenclature by the great reduc- 
 tion of genera, especially in the orders, Ore, Pyrites, 
 Glance and Blende. 
 
 The formation of the new order, Picrosmine, appeared 
 to be indispensable in providing a place for a number of spe- 
 cies, which MOHS had declined incorporating with his sys- 
 tem from their deficiency in regular forms. The produc- 
 tion of the genus Lusine-Ore was rendered necessary for 
 a similar reason, in order to receive such species of the re- 
 quisite structure and specific gravity, as are believed to 
 owe their formation to the decomposition of other species. 
 The above mentioned writer does not allow such minerals, 
 provided they are in a friable state, to constitute distinct 
 species; remarking of them, that "it is in direct opposition 
 to the principles of Natural History, to consider decompo- 
 sed varieties of one species as varieties of another." To 
 the correctness of this as a general rule I readily assent, 
 allowing it full force when the resulting mass is not homo- 
 
 B* 
 
X PREFACE. 
 
 geneous in its mechanical composition and at the same time 
 destitute of a fixed chemical constitution. 
 
 The general order observed in the particulars of the de- 
 scriptions is that adopted by MOHS, whose language in re- 
 lation to a number of the properties .has been employed, 
 verbatim. The description of the regular forms, however, 
 is quite different and requires some explanation. In many 
 instances, all the observed forms are represented ; in oth- 
 ers, where the number was too great to admit of this, such 
 a selection has been made as appeared best adapted to give 
 a correct idea of the entire series of modifications within 
 the species. The locality is sometimes subjoined, when 
 the form represented is not common, or when it is known 
 to occur at a particular spot in unusual perfection. 
 
 The primary forms of BROOKE have been adhered to, 
 more for the reason that they are still in such common use 
 in English works and from their expressing in general the 
 cleavage forms with correctness, than because they are in 
 every instance the most simple solids from which the sec- 
 ondaries are capable of being derived. In the last men- 
 tioned view, they would certainly admit of a very important 
 reduction. The tetrahedron, cube, regular octahedron 
 and rhombic dodecahedron might form a single system, 
 the right square prism and the octahedron with a square 
 base, another, the right rectangular prism and the octahe 
 dron with a rectangular base, a third, and the right rhom- 
 bic prism and the octahedron with a rhombic base, a fourth 
 system. 
 
 For the sake of easy intelligibility also, the angles and 
 faces of the crystals are described without adopting an al- 
 
PREFACE. XI 
 
 gebraical system of notation. Nor have I thought it best 
 to quote the corrected angles in place of such as were ob- 
 tained by observation, except in those crystals depending 
 upon forms of invariable dimensions. In other cases, it 
 would no doubt have been safe to have employed such an- 
 gles in the great majority of instances, yet the slight varia- 
 tions occurring in die constancy of angles in the individuals 
 of several species, still leaves us in doubt what dimensions 
 to assume as the most free from error by which to correct 
 the others. Until this confusion is removed, the student 
 will not suffer much inconvenience by adopting the present 
 somewhat circuitous method of becoming acquainted with 
 crystals. And besides, to have adopted the mathematical 
 treatment of crystals alluded to, would have prevented a 
 large number of persons from understanding the subject, 
 to whom in its present popular fo/rn, it is perfectly intel- 
 ligible. 
 
 In the preparation of this work it has been necessary to 
 examine a great number of doubtful minerals, as well as 
 newly proposed species with which the Scientific Journals 
 abound. It may therefore be expected that something 
 should be said in this place concerning the disposition which 
 has been made of these materials. But a single new spe- 
 cies, the Microlite, has been proposed; though a number of 
 observations have been made, calculated to place the spe- 
 cific claims of a few minerals before proposed in a strong- 
 er light. 
 
 If, however, my investigations have not led me to in- 
 crease the number of species, they have on the other 
 hand, compelled me to treat a number heretofore regarded 
 distinct, as varieties only of older species, examples of 
 
XH PREFACE* 
 
 which are the Fibrolite^ Sillimanitc, Finite, Fowlerite, 
 Deweylite, Marmolite, &tc. 
 
 But while I have constantly been concerned to find good 
 reasons for reducing the number of the species, I cannot 
 concur in the proposal of ROSE for uniting Pyroxene and 
 Hornblende, notwithstanding the ingenious reasons he uses 
 in favor of this procedure. To overlook their marked dis- 
 agreement in crystalline structure and to cause them to co- 
 alesce, would shake to the foundations the most secure sup- 
 port of all specific distinction. These species as they oc- 
 cur in the United States do not at all favor his conclusion, 
 inasmuch as they exist together at several places in dolo- 
 mite, preserving their peculiar angles and cleavages. 
 
 The proposed union of Schiller Spar with Pyroxene by 
 KOBELL, is equally in violation of two of the best specific 
 properties in the absence of crystalline form ; viz. specific 
 gravity and hardness. Indeed, all conclusions in case of 
 such complex compounds, drawn from chemical composi- 
 tion, must necessarily be indecisive. 
 
 The introduction of historical matter, as well as a notice 
 of the authorities quoted, has been avoided, excepting 
 only the mention of the author to the systematic name of 
 the species, and occasionally the source whence the angles 
 and the specific gravity have been derived.* To have car- 
 ried these acknowledgments farther, would have swelled 
 the dimensions of the work to an inconvenient size, without 
 having proportionably enhanced its value as an elementary 
 treatise. The more accomplished mineralogist will of 
 
 * The works to which I have been most indebted in the preparation 
 of this Treatise, are mentioned at the conclusion of the preface. 
 
PREFACE. X1I1 
 
 course always have at hand the requisite works for consult- 
 ation when information of this kind is desired. The best 
 single work adapted to the purpose, with which I am ac- 
 quainted, is the Handbuch of LEONHARD. 
 
 It will not be demanded of me to pronounce a panegyric 
 upon Mineralogy. When systematically and thoroughly 
 pursued, it does not yield in rational interest to any depart- 
 ment of Natural History ; but if its fundamental principles 
 are overlooked, or but imperfectly acquired, the pursuit 
 can afford no satisfaction to a sound mind. A degree of 
 excitement may indeed attend the accumulation of rari- 
 ties, but this is usually of temporary duration ; and if a 
 good cabinet should be acquired, the perpetual conviction 
 of ignorance, which its inspection is calculated to force up- 
 on the possessor, is sufficient to produce ultimate indiffer- 
 ence, if not disgust. When on the contrary, the prelimina- 
 ry principles are acquired, the progress of the pupil is uni- 
 form, rapid and delightful. Every acquisition to his col- 
 lection supplies some link in the chain of his knowledge. 
 His cabinet will exhibit the symmetry and beauty of his 
 attainments. Every specimen worthy of possession, will 
 have its location defined beforehand, from which it cannot 
 be removed without a palpable violation of order. A cab- 
 inet thus formed becomes of itself an expression of the prin- 
 ciples of the science, by means of which its possessor is en- 
 abled to corroborate the accuracy of its details, to correct 
 its errors, and to extend its limits. Nature here becomes 
 the guide and teacher, at the same time permitting the pu- 
 pil to experience the enthusiasm, and to sustain the dignity, 
 of an original investigator. 
 
XIV PREFACE. 
 
 But though mineralogy thus pursued, fully rewards her 
 devotees, its numerous connected inquiries and pursuits con- 
 fer upon it, also, a high and deserving interest. 
 
 To the chemist who proposes to extend his knowledge 
 to the productions of the mineral kingdom, this science be- 
 comes indispensable in order to enable him to know what he 
 has analyzed, or how to distinguish and describe the body 
 whose composition he has studied. To the geologist also, 
 it is a collateral study of no small importance ; since the 
 discrimination of many rocks, and the description of all, 
 depend upon a knowledge of no inconsiderable number of 
 mineral species. 
 
 Of connected inquiries, however, the most fertile and 
 highly interesting, is that arising out of the regular forms as- 
 sumed by crystals, where, considering the absence of the 
 living principle, a most surprising mixture of simplicity and 
 complexness exists. To trace out the geometrical and nu- 
 merical laws by which the secondary forms are derived from 
 a few fundamental solids, though essential as a part of de- 
 terminative and descriptive mineralogy, still leaves out of 
 the question numerous, shorter and more beautiful modes of 
 treating the subject, in consequence of the circuitous route 
 by which it is necessarily effected in popular treatises. The 
 invention, therefore, of new and more scientific methods 
 of studying the geometry of crystals will always afford en- 
 tertainment and delight to those who possess the adequate 
 mathematical knowledge. The theoretical consideration 
 of the shapes possessed by the elementary particles as con- 
 nected with the same subject, though without any positive 
 means of verification and utility in the practice of mine- 
 ralogy, will afford to such inquirers a pleasing occupation. 
 
PREFACE. XV 
 
 As a collateral pursuit, that of Optics is perhaps one of 
 the most beautiful and productive, as seems to be evinced 
 by the rich harvest of discoveries made by BREWSTER in 
 relation to the polarization of light and double refraction, 
 discoveries which are fruitful in new and highly curious ex- 
 perimental phenomena, as well as useful in affording an un- 
 expected method for detecting in ambiguous cases, the pri- 
 mary forms of crystals. In addition to which mention may 
 be made of HERSCHEL'S ingenious explanation relative to 
 the deviation of the succession of colors, which many crys- 
 tals exhibit, from that scale of tints established by NEWTON, 
 by conceiving the axis of double refraction to be different 
 for different colors; and of another discovery of the same 
 philosopher, concerning the circular polarization of light to 
 the right or left, and the plagihedral crystallization of 
 Quartz; (see figures 371 and 373,) from which it appears 
 that right handed polarization always accompanies right 
 handed plagihedral faces, and left handed polarization, left 
 handed faces. Very interesting observations are likewise 
 connected with the origin oMhe various kinds of lustre as 
 dependent on structure, and the phenomena of colors in 
 Labradorite as the result of internal cavities having the 
 shape of the primary solid. 
 
 Not the least curious developement is that made by SA- 
 VART, from which it appears that the acoustical phenomena 
 depending on the elasticity of the parts of the crystal lead 
 to information connected with the internal structure of min- 
 erals. The elasticity of all the diametral lines in transverse 
 plates cut from a common crystal of Quartz, parallel to the 
 axis, having similar optical properties, is equal ; but though 
 all the plates cut parallel to the axis have similar optical 
 relations, their acoustical properties have a relation to the 
 
XVI PREFACE. 
 
 edges of the prism; such however, that any three plates at 
 angles of 120 have an equal acoustical elasticity. He 
 found also that by the acoustical properties he could deter- 
 mine the cleavage planes of Quartz, and in general whether 
 a given portion of a mineral belongs to a simple crystal, or 
 to a mass of compound individuals, as the vibration in the 
 different cases gives corresponding differences of note, 
 amounting to a full tone. 
 
 Besides its own peculiar attractions, and the recommen- 
 dations it possesses from its affiliation with many branches 
 of general Physics, there is necessarily superadcied to min- 
 eralogy in this country a strong interest arising out of the 
 unexplored state of its mineral riches. By far the largest 
 part of our territory still waits for the first labors of the Min- 
 eralogist ; and as proof that the full harvest of discovery has 
 not yet been gathered in even in the New England states, 
 New York, New Jersey and Pennsylvania, in which mine- 
 ralogical inquiries commenced, and where they have been 
 followed up with the greatest activity, it needs only to be 
 mentioned that these stales still continue to develope with 
 each passing year, discoveries of increasing interest. Should 
 the present work contribute to promote investigations so in- 
 viting in themselves, and so important to mankind, whereby 
 the science may reap fresh acquisitions, and the country 
 increased resources, I shall experience a reward greatly be- 
 yond the merits of such imperfect labors. 
 
 CHARLES U. SHEPARD. 
 New Haven, May, 1835. 
 
XVli 
 
 LIST OF THE PRINCIPAL WORKS CONSULTED IN THE PREPA- 
 RATION OF THIS TREATISE. 
 
 Treatise on Mineralogy, by FREDERICK MOHS, translated from the 
 German, with considerable additions, by WILLIAM HAIDINGER. 
 Edinburgh, 1825. 
 
 Traite elementaire de Mineralogie par F. S. BEUDANT. Paris, 1830. 
 
 Vollstandige Charakteristik des Mineral-Systems, von AUGUST BREI- 
 THAUPT. Dresden and Leipzig, 1832. 
 
 Charakteristik der Minsralien, von FRANZ von KOBELL. Nurenberg, 
 1831. 
 
 Traite de Mineralogie, par L'ABBE' KAUY. Paris, 1823. 
 
 Die Mineralogie in sechs urid Zwanzig Vorlesungcn, von Dr. CARL 
 FRIEDH. ALEX. HAHTMANN. Ilmenau, 1829. 
 
 Handbuch der Oiyktognosie von CARL CAESAR von LEONHARD. Hei- 
 delberg, 1826. 
 
 Die Anwendung des Lothrohrs in der Chemie und Mineralogie, von 
 T. JACOB BERZELIUS. Niimberg, 1828. 
 
 An Elementary Introduction to the Knowledge of Mineralogy, by WIL- 
 LIAM PHILLIPS. London, 1823. 
 
 An Elementary Treatise on Mineralogy and Geology, by PARKER 
 CLEAVELAJND. Boston, 1322. 
 
 Nouveau Systeme de Mineralogie, par J. J. BERZELIUS. Paris, 1819. 
 
 Elementos de Orictognosia, por el C. ANDRES DEL Rio. Filadeliia, 
 1832. 
 
 Mineralogie appliquee aux Arts, par C. P. BRARD. Paris, 1821. 
 
 Der NaUrgeschiehte des Mineraireiches, von FRIEDERICH MOHS. 
 Wien, 1832. 
 
 A Manual of Mineralogy, by ROBERT ALLAN. Edinburg, 1834. 
 
 Numerous works devoted to Crystallography, among which may be 
 mentioned those of HAUY, BOURNON, BROCHANT, BROOKE and 
 NAUMANN. 
 
 Various Memoirs in the different English, French and German Jour- 
 nals, and Transactions of Academies and Learned Societies; the Year- 
 ly Account of the Progress of Chemistry and Mineralogy, by BER- 
 ZELIUS ; the American Journal of Science; the Transactions of the 
 Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, and of the New York 
 Lyceum. 
 
 C 
 
XV111 
 
 BREITHAUPT'S SCALE OF HARDNESS. 
 
 1. Foliated Talc. 2. Foliated Gypsum. 3. Foliated Mica. 4. Cal- 
 careous Spar, distinctly foliated. 5. Fluor, distinctly foliated. 6. Apa- 
 tite. 7. Sodalite, vitreous Actynolite and foliated Scapolite. 8. Adula- 
 ria. 9. Quartz. 10. Topaz. 11. Foliated Corundum. 12. Diamond, 
 
 ERRATA. 
 
 VOL. I. 
 
 Page 12, line 31, for Yttria read Lithia. [and dele PARTSCH. 
 
 " 43, " 20, for Habron erne-Malachite read Copper-Baryte 
 
 " 51, " 7, after P insert on do. 
 
 " 83, " 21, for 930 40' read 136 50'. 
 
 " 83, " 23, for 87 8' read 133 34'. 
 
 " 101, " 2, far 1350 ren d 127 27'. 
 
 " 122, " 10, for 80 read 60. 
 
 " 143, " 25, for 107 05' read 177 05'. 
 
 " 147, " 25, for 49 -00 read 58 71. 
 
 " 147, " 26, for 14-00 read 21 -3 1. 
 
 " 147, " 27, for 35-00 read 19-98. 
 
 " -159, " 30, for Cupreous read Euotomous. 
 
 " 160, " 20, for Prismatoidal read Cupreous, 
 
 " 178, " 1, for Pyramidal read Prismatic. 
 
 " 188, " 10, for 54-44 read 59-44. 
 
 " 233, " 5, for ISO 3 read 130. 
 
 " 233, " 18, for Antimony read Tellurium. 
 
 " 256, " 10, for 115 53/ read 64 51'. 
 
 " 281, " 26, for Iron read Chlnrune. 
 
 VOL. II. 
 
 Page 31, line 28, for protoxide read peroxide. 
 
 " 32, " 9, insert color black. 
 
 " 48, " 13, /or Molybdic read Plombic. 
 
 " 128, " 24, for Brachytypous read Pyromorphous, 
 
 " 176, " 14, for SCHEEVERITE read SCHEENERITE. 
 
 " 186, " 28, after Rome insert and. 
 
 " 279, " 24, for WOLCHOUSKOIT read WOLCHONSKOIT, 
 
 " 288, " 19, for Prismatic read Hemi-Prismatic. 
 
 " 293, " 9, for rather read rarely. 
 
 " 296, " 16, for affixed read prefixed. 
 
XIX 
 
 TABULAR VIEW 
 
 OF THE 
 
 CLASSES, ORDERS, GENERA AND SPECIES 
 OF THE NATURAL SYSTEM.* 
 
 GENERAL PROPERTIES OF THE CLASSES. 
 
 CLASS I. 
 
 G. under 3-8. 
 
 No bituminous odor. 
 
 CLASS II. 
 
 G. above 1-8. 
 Tasteless. 
 
 * The following abbreviations are employed in the tabular view: 
 G. for Specific Gravity. 
 H. for Hardness. 
 BEU. for BEUDANT. 
 B. for BREITHAUPT. 
 H. for HAIDIJVGER. 
 M. for MOHS. 
 P. for PARTSCH. 
 S. for SHEPARD. 
 
XX TABULAR VIEW OF 
 
 CLASS III. 
 
 G. under i-S. 
 
 GENERAL PROPERTIES OF THE ORDERS 
 OF CLASS I. 
 
 Order I. GAS. (M.) 
 
 G. 0-0001... 0-0014. 
 
 Gasiform. 
 
 Not acid. 
 
 Order II. WATER. (M.) 
 G. 1-0. 
 
 * Liquid. 
 Tasteless. 
 
 Order III. ACID. (M.) 
 G. 0-0015... 3-7. 
 Acid. 
 
 Order IV. SALT. (M.) 
 G. 1-2... 2-9. 
 
 Solid. 
 Not acid. 
 
 GENERAL PROPERTIES OF THE ORDERS 
 OF CLASS II. 
 
 Order I. HALoiDE. 1 (M.) 
 
 Unmetallic. Streak uncolored. 
 H. 2-0... 5-0. 
 G. 2-2... 3-5. 
 
 , salt, and jxo, like. 
 
THE NATURAL ARRANGEMENT. XXI 
 
 Order II. BARYTE.' (M.) 
 Unmetallic. Streak uncolored, or orange-yellow. 
 H. 2-5... 6-0. 
 G. 3-3... 7-3. 
 
 Order III. K E RATE. 3 (M.) 
 Unmetallic. Streak uncolored. 
 H. 1-0. ..2-0. 
 G. 5-5... 6-5. 
 
 Order IV. MICA. (M.) 
 
 Cleavage monotomous. 4 
 H. 1-0... 4-5. 
 G. 1-8... 3-4. 
 
 Order V. PICROSMINE. S (S.) 
 When moistened, emits an argillaceous odor. 
 H. 2-0... 3-0. 
 
 G. 2-0... 2-8. 
 
 Order VI. SPAR. (M.) 
 Unmetallic. 
 H. 3-5... 7-0. 
 G. 2-0... 3-7. 
 
 2 Boeder, heavy. 
 
 3 Ks'gac;, horn. 
 
 ' 4 M6vo, single, and TSJAVGJ, / cleave, implying that the 
 cleavage is distinct only in a single direction. 
 
 5 IIxo, bitter, and otf^, odor, in allusion to the smell 
 when moistened. 
 
TABULAR VIEW OF 
 
 Order VII. GEM. (M.) 
 Unmetallic. Streak uncolored. 
 H. 5-5... 10-0. 
 G. 1-9... 4-7. 
 
 Order VIII. ORE. (M.) 
 H. 1-0... 7-0. 
 G. 3-4... 7-4. 
 
 Order IX. METAL. (M.) 
 Metallic. 
 
 H. 0-0... 5-0. 
 G. 5-7... 20-0. 
 
 Order X. PYRITES. (M.) 
 Metallic. 
 H. 3-0... 6-5. 
 G. 4-1 ...7-7. 
 
 Order XI. GLANCE. (M.) 
 Metallic. Color grey, black. 
 H. 1-0... 4-0. 
 G. 4-2 ... 7-6. 
 
 Order XII. BLENDE. (M.) 
 H. 1-0... 4-0. 
 G. 3-9... 8-2. 
 
 Order XIII. SULPHUR. (M.) 
 Unmetallic. 
 H. 1-0... 2-5. 
 G. 1-9...2-OK 
 
THE NATURAL ARRANGEMENT. XX11I 
 
 GENERAL PROPERTIES OF THE ORDERS 
 OF CLASS III. 
 
 Order I. RESIN. (M.) 
 
 H. 0-0... 2-5. 
 G. 0-7... 1-6. 
 
 Order II. COAL. (M.) 
 Streak brown, black. 
 H. 1-0... 2-5. 
 G. 1-2... 1-6. 
 
 GENERAL PROPERTIES OF THE GENERA 
 OF CLASS I. with an enumeration of the Species 
 they contain. 
 
 I. GAS. 
 
 Gen. I. HYDROGEN GAS. (M.) Odor disagreeable. 
 Sp. 1. Pure (M.) Hydrogen. 
 
 2. Empyreumatic (M.) Car bur etted Hydrogen. 
 
 3. Sulphuretted(M.) Sulphur etted Hydrogen. 
 
 4. Phosphuretted(M.) Phosphuretted Hydrogen. 
 
 Gen. II. OXYGEN GAS. (S.) 
 Sp. 1. Pure (S.) Oxygen. 
 
 Gen. III. NITROGEN-GAS. (S.) 
 Sp. 1. Pure (S.) Nitrogen. 
 
 Gen. IV. ATMOSPHERIC-GAS. (M.) 
 Sp. 1. Pure (M.) Atmospheric Mr, 
 
 II. WATER. 
 
 Gen. I. ATMOSPHERIC-WATER. (M.) 
 
 Sp. 1. Pure (M.) Water. 
 
XXIV TABULAR VIEW OF 
 
 III. ACID. 
 
 Gen. I. CARBONIC-ACID. (M.) 
 Sp. 1. Aer i for m (M.) Carbonic Acid. 
 
 Gen. II. MURIATIC-ACID. (M.) 
 Sp, 1. Aeriform (M.) Muriatic Acid. 
 
 Gen. III. SULPHUROUS-ACID. (M.) 
 Sp. 1. Aeriform (M.) Sulphurous Acid. 
 
 2. Liquid (M.) Sulphuric Acid. 
 
 Gen. IV. BORACIC-ACID. (M.) 
 Sp. 1 . Prismatic 6 (M.) Sassolin. 
 
 Gen. V. ARSENIC-ACID. (M.) 
 Sp. 1. Octahedral 7 (M.) White Arsenic. 
 
 IV. SALT. 
 
 Gen. I. NATRON-SALT. (M.) Taste pungent, alkaline, 
 H. 1-0... 1-5. G, T4...1-5. 
 
 Sp. 1. Peritornous 8 (S.) Gay Lussite. 
 
 2. H e m i-p r i s m a t i c 9 (M.) Natron. 
 
 3. T e t a r t o-p r i s m a t i c > ( S. ) Trona. 
 
 6 Applied to crystals derived from the right rhombic prism. 
 
 7 Applied to crystals derived from the regular octahedron. 
 
 8 Il5i, around, and TSJUWW, / cleave, implying that the 
 cleavage takes place in more th?n one direction parallel to 
 the axis, and that the faces are all of the same quality. 
 The result of the cleavage is a vertical prism. 
 
 9 'H/JLJ, half, applied to oblique rhombic prisms. 
 
 10 TraTocr, fourth, applied to oblique rhombic prisms. 
 
THE NATURAL ARRANGEMENT. XXV 
 
 Gen. If. EARTHY-SALT. (S.) Deliquescent. 
 
 Sp. 1. Calcareous (S.) Nitrocalcile. (S.) 
 
 2. M a g n e s i a n (S.) Nitro-Magnesite. (S.) 
 
 Gen. III. GLAUBER-SALT. (M.) Taste cool, then saline 
 
 and bitter: weak. H. 1-5... 2-0. G. 1-4...T5. 
 Sp. 1. Prismatic (M.) Glauber-Salt. 
 
 2. P r i s m a t o i d a 1 l ' (S.) Aphthitalite ' 2 (BEU.) 
 
 Gen. IV. NITRE-SALT. (M.) Taste saline and cool. H.2'0. 
 G. 1'9... 2-0. 
 
 Sp. 1 . Prismatic (M.) Nitre . 
 
 2. Rh o in b o h e d r a I 1 * (S.) Soda Nitre. (S.) 
 
 Gen. V. ROCK-SALT. (M.) 
 Sp. 1. Hexahedral 14 (M.) Common Salt. 
 
 Gen. VI. AMMONIA-SALT. (M.) 
 Sp. 1. Octahedral (M.) , Sal-Ammoniac. 
 
 Gen. VII. VITRIOL-SALT. (M.) Taste astringent. H. 2*0 
 ...2'5. G. T8...2-3. 
 
 Sp. 1. H e m i-p r i s m a t i c (M.) Copperas. 
 
 2. White Copperas. 
 
 3. Paratomous 15 (S.) Botryogene. (HAID.) 
 
 4. T e t a r t o-p r i s m a t i c (M.) Blue Vitriol. 
 
 1 T Alluding to a single cleavage, parallel to the axis. 
 12 A<p$iro, unalterable, and aXcr, salt. 
 1 3 Implying the connexion of the forms with the rhom- 
 boid. 
 
 14 Implying the connexion of the forms with the cube. 
 
 15 Ila^a, about* and TS/JLVW, / cleave, referring to faces of 
 cleavage of an indeterminate number. 
 
XXVI TABULAR VIEW OF 
 
 5. Prismatoidal (S.) Brochantite. (LEVY.) 
 
 6. Prismatic (M.) White Vitriol 
 
 7. S t a p h y 1 i n e ' (S.) Cobalt Vitriol 
 
 8. H a b r o n e m e ' 7 (S.) Uranium Vitriol. 
 
 Gen. VIII. URANIUM S/LT. (S.) 
 Sp. 1. C u p r i c (S.) Johannite. 
 
 Gen. IX. BITTER-SALT. (M.) Taste saline, bitter. 
 
 H. 2'0... 2'5. G. 1-7... 1'8. 
 
 Sp. 1. Prismatic (M.) Epsom Salt. 
 
 2. Volatile(S.) Mascagnine. (REUSS.) 
 
 Gen. X. ALUM-SALT. Taste sweetish, astringent. H. 2'0. 
 
 2'5. G. 1-7... 1-8. 
 Sp. 1. Octahedral (M.) Alum. 
 
 2. Prismatic (S.) Solfatarite. l 8 (S.) 
 
 Gen. XL BORAX-SALT. (M.) 
 Sp. 1. Prismatic (M.) Borax. 
 
 Gen. XII. BRiTHYNE 1 9 -SALT. (M.) Taste saline, feebly 
 astringent. H. 2'5 . . . 3'0. G. 2*75 . . . 2'85. 
 
 Sp. 1. P e r i t o m o u s (S.) Thenardite. 
 
 2. Prismatic (M.) Glauberite. 
 
 3. S t e 1 e n e 2 (S.) Polyhallite. 
 
 1 6 2<ra<puXr ; , a bunch of grapes, alluding to botryoidal 
 shapes. 
 
 1 7 'A/3o, delicate, and vjjj&a, a thread or fibre. 
 
 1 8 From the solfataras, in which the mineral is chielly 
 found. 
 
 1 9 B^idOs, dense, (heavy.) 
 
 2 Sr^X-yj, a column, in allusion to the columnar structure 
 of the mineral. 
 
THE NATURAL ARRANGEMENT. XXVII 
 
 GENERAL PROPERTIES OF THE GENERA 
 
 OF CLASS II. 
 HALOIDE. 
 
 Gen. I. CRYONE 21 -HALOIDE. (M.) 
 Sp. 1. O r t h o t y p o u s 2 2 (M.) Cryolite. 
 
 Gen. II. ALUM-HALOIDE. (M.) 
 Sp. 1 . Rhombohedral Mum-Stone. 
 
 Gen. III. MALACHITE-HALOIDE. (S.) Color green, or blu- 
 ish green. H. 2'0 . , . 3'0. G. 2*3 . . . 3'0. 
 
 Sp. 1 . Staphyline(S.) Chrysocolla. 
 
 2. Lirocone 23 ( S. ) Liroconite. 
 
 3. H e x a h e d r a 1 (S.) Cube Ore. 
 
 4. P r i s m a t i c (S.) Skorodite. 
 
 5. H a b r o n e m e (S.) Nickel Green. 
 
 Gen. IV. FLUOR-HALOIDE. (M.) H. 4'0 . . . 5'0. G. 3-0 
 . . . 3'3. 
 
 Sp. 1. Octahedral (M.) Fluor. 
 
 2. Rhombohedral (M.) Apatite. 
 
 3. Pr i sm atic (S.) Herderite. 
 
 4. Fluellite. 
 
 5. H e m i-p r i s m a t i c (S.) Yttrocerite. 
 
 Gen. V. LIME-HALOIDE. (M.) H. 3'0 . . . 4*5. G. 2'5 
 
 . . . 3'2. 
 Sp. 1. Prismatic (M.) Arragonite. 
 
 21 Kpyo, ice, in allusion to the easy fusibility of the min- 
 eral. 
 
 23 Opdo, straight, and TU^O^, form, in allusion to the per- 
 pendicular cleavage of the mineral. 
 
 2 * Afjpfe, pale, and xovia, powder, or dust. 
 
XXVI11 TABULAR VIEW OF 
 
 2. Rhombohedral (M.) Calcareous Spar. 
 
 3. Macro typous 24 (M.) Dolomite. 
 
 4. Brachy typous 25 (M.) Rhomb Spar. 
 
 5. Paratomous (M.) Ankerite. 
 
 6. Microtine 26 (S.) Plumbocalcite. (TURNER.) 
 
 7. S tap byline (S.) Magnesite. 
 
 BARYTE. 
 
 Gen. I. PARACHROSE 2 7 -BARYTE. (M.) H. 3'5 . . 6-0. 
 
 G. 3'3 ... 3'9. 
 
 Sp. 1. Macrotypous (M.) Dlallogite. 
 
 2. B r a c hy ty pou s (M.) Spathic Iron. 
 
 3. Rhombohedral (S.) Troostite. (S.) 
 
 4. Prismatic (S.) Triplite. 
 
 5. T e t a r t o-p r i s rn a t i c (S.) Manganese Spar. 
 
 6. Staphy line (S.) Bustamite. 
 
 Gen. II. ZINC-BARYTE. (M.) H. 5'0. G. 3'3...45. 
 
 Sp. 1. Prismatic (M.) Electric Calamine. 
 
 2. Axotomous 2 8 (S.) Willemite. 
 
 3. Rhombohedral (M.) Calamine. 
 
 24 Maxpos, long) and 
 
 25 Bpa^ug, ^ori, and ruroj:, form. 
 
 26 Mixpoc:, small, alluding to the minuteness of the crys- 
 tals. 
 
 27 napaxpwtfis, change of color, from the alteration in 
 color which the species undergo from exposure to the 
 weather. 
 
 2 8 A|wv, ^e axis, and <rs t avw, / cleave ; the cleavage con- 
 sisting of a single face, which is perpendicular to the axis. 
 
THE NATURAL ARRANGEMENT. XXIX 
 
 Gen. III. TUNGSTIC BARYTE. (M.) H. 4'0...5'5. 
 
 G. 4'5... 6'J. 
 Sp. 1. Pyramidal 29 (M.) Tungsten. 
 
 2. P r i s m a t i c (S.) Xenotime. 3 (BEU.) 
 
 3. O c t a h e d r a 1 (S.) Microlite. (S.) 
 
 4. Perilomous (S.) Thorite. 
 
 5. Rhombohedral (S.) Flucerine. 
 
 6. Tetarto-prismatic(S.).M0tta:^e. (B.) 
 
 Gen. IV. HAL-BARYTE. (M.) Prismatic and hemi-pris- 
 
 matic. H. 3 ... 4*0. G. 3'6 . . . 4'7. 
 
 Sp. 1. P e r i t o m o u s (M.) Strontianite. 
 
 2. Hem i-p r i s m a t i c (M.) Baryto- Calcite. 
 
 3. D i-p r i s m a l i c 3 1 ' (M.) Witherite. 
 
 4. Prismatic (M.) Heavy Spar. 
 
 5. Prisrnatoi d al (M.) Celestine. 
 
 Gen. V. LEAD-BARYTE. (M.) H. 2'5...4'0. G. 54 
 
 ...7-3. 
 
 Sp. 1. P e r i t o m o u s i^M.) Kerasite. 
 
 2. K e r a s i n e (S.) Corneous Lead. 
 
 3. D i-p r i s in a i i c (M.) White Lead Ore. 
 
 29 Applied to crystals derived from the riglit square 
 prism, and from the octahedron with a square base. 
 
 30 Ksvos, vain, and TIJULTJ, honor; in allusion to the cir- 
 cumstance that the phosphate of yttria, of which this mine- 
 ral consists, was for a time regarded as the oxide of a new 
 metal, the Thorium. 
 
 31 When the cleavages are parallel to the sides of a four- 
 sided vertical prism, and at the same time to a horizontal 
 prism. 
 
 D 
 
XXX TABULAR VIEW OF 
 
 4. Hedy ph anous (S.) Hedyphane. 
 
 5. P y r o m o r p h o us 3 3 (S.) Pyromorphite. 
 
 6. S t a p h y 1 i n e (S.) Plumbo-Gummite. (S.) 
 
 7. He mi-prismatic (M.) Red Lead- Ore. 
 
 8. Pyramidal (M.) Yellow Lead- Ore. (S.) 
 
 9. Tung stic (S.) Schceletine. (BEU.) 
 
 10. Prismatic (M.) Anglesite. (BEU.) 
 
 11. Axotomous (M.) Leadhillite. (BEU.) 
 
 12. Prismatoidal (S.) Dyoxylite. 3 * (B.) 
 
 13. Cupreous (S.) Caledonite. (BEU.) 
 
 14. Euotomous 35 (S.) Cupreous Anglesite. 
 1 5* Vauquelinite. 
 
 Gen. VI. COPPER-BARYTE. (S.) Color blue and green. 
 
 H. 25. ..5-0. G. 3-2... 4-6. 
 Sp. 1. Prismatic (S.) Olivinite. 
 
 2. Di-prismatic (S.) Libethenile. 
 
 3. Aplvanistic 36 (S.) Jlpha-nesite. 
 
 4. Azure (S.) R he Malachite. 
 
 5. Rhombohedral (S.) Dioptase. 
 
 6. Peritomous (S.) Euchroite. 
 
 7. H e m i - p r i s m a t i c (S.) Pseudo Malachite. 
 
 33 IIu, fire, and f*op9^, form, referring to it? crystalliza- 
 tion from fire. 
 
 84 A-, twice, and ogu^, acicZ, from Us containing two 
 acids. 
 
 35 Eu, wellj and rg/uivw, I cleave ^ from the distinctness of 
 the cleavages. 
 
 36 A9av^, indistinct. 
 

 THE NATURAL ARRANGEMENT. XXXI 
 
 8. Habroneme (S.) Green Malachite. 
 
 9. Prismatoidal (S.) Jltacamite. 
 10. Dystome 37 (S.) Erinite. 
 
 Gen. VII. TELLURIUM-BARYTE. (S.) 
 Sp. 1. Staphyline (S.) Herrerite. 
 
 Gen. VIII. BISMUTH-BARYTE. (S.) 
 Sp. 1 . T e t r a h e d r a 1 (S.) Bismuth-Blende. 
 
 Gen. IX. ANTIMONY-BARYTE. (M.) 
 Sp. 1 . Prismatic (M.-) White Antimony. 
 
 KERATE. 
 
 Gen. 1. PEARL KERATE. (M.) H. 1-0... 2-0. G. 
 5-5... 6-5. 
 
 Sp. 1. Hexahedral (M.) Horn Silver. 
 
 2. Pyramidal (M. ) Horn Quick Silver. 
 
 3. Monotomous (S.) lodic Silver. 
 
 MICA. 
 
 Gen. I. EucHLORE 38 -MicA. (M.) Color green and 
 
 yellow. H. 1-0... 2-5. G. 2-5 . . . 3-2. 
 Sp. 1. Rhombohedral (M.) Copper Mica. 
 
 2. Prismatic (M.) Kupaphrite. (S.) 
 
 3. Pyramidal (M.) Uranite. 
 
 37 Au, with difficulty, and T^AVW, I cleave. 
 3 8 Eu, well, and ^XWPO^, green, from the distinctness of 
 the green color. 
 
XXXU TABULAR VIEW OF 
 
 Gen. II. COBALT-MICA.. (M.) 
 Sp. 1. Diatomous 39 Cobalt Bloom. 
 
 Gen. III. Pyrosmalite-MicA. (B.) 
 Sp. 1. Hexagonal (B.) Pyrosmalite. 
 
 Gen. 17. IRON-MICA. (M.) H. 2-0... 2-5. G. 2-6 
 
 ...2-7. 
 
 Sp. 1 . Prismatic (M.) Vivianite. 
 
 2. Rhombohedral (S.) Cronstedite. 
 
 Gen. V. GRAPHITE-MICA. (M.) 
 Sp. 1. Rhombohedral (M.) Plumbago. 
 
 Gen. VI. TALC-MICA. (M.) H. 1-0... 2-5. G. 2-4 
 
 ...3-0. 
 
 Sp. 1. Prismatic (M.) Talc. 
 
 2. Rhombohedral (M.) Mica. 
 
 Gen. VII. GYPSUM-MICA. (S.) H. 1-0... 3-5. G. 
 
 2-3... 3-0. 
 Sp. 1. Rhombohedral (S.) Native Magnesia. 
 
 2. Prismatoidal (S.) Gypsum,. 
 
 3. Prismatic (S.) Anhydrite. 
 
 4. Diatomous (S.) Haidingerite. 
 
 5. Hemi-prismati c (S.) Pharmacolite. 
 
 Gen. VIII. PEARL-MICA. (M.) 
 Sp. 1. Rhombohedral (M.) Margarite. 
 
 39 Aiot, through, and T^/XVW, I cleave, implying that the 
 crystals possess one distinct diagonal-cleavage. 
 
THE NATURAL ARRANGEMENT. XXX111 
 
 PICROSMINE. 
 
 Gen. I. ATELENE* -PiCRosMiNE. (S.) Lustre dull. 
 H. 2-5... 3-0. G. 2-2... 2-6. 
 
 Sp. 1. Prismatic (S.) Serpentine. 
 
 2. Fibrous (S.) Picrolite. 
 
 3. Prismatoidal (S.) Picrosmine. 
 
 4. Nernaline 41 (S.) Nemalite. 
 
 5. Brittle (S.) Kerolite. 
 
 6. Glyptic (S.) Figure Stone. 
 
 SPAR. 
 
 Gen. I. SCHILLER-SPAR. (M.) Cleavage monotomous. 
 
 H. 3 5... 5-0. G. 2-6... 3-3. 
 Sp. 1. D i a t o m o us (M.) Schiller Spar. 
 
 2. H emi-pr i sra a tic (M.) Bronzite. 
 
 Gen. II. DISTHENE-SPAR. (M.) H. 5-0... 7-0. G. 
 3-0... 3-7. 
 
 Sp. 1 . Prismatic (M.) Kyanife. 
 
 2. Prismatoidal (S.) Spodumene. 
 
 Gen. III. DYSTOME-SPAR. (M.) H. 5-0 . . . 7-0. G. 
 2-8... 3-0. 
 
 Sp. 1. Prismatic (M.) Datholite. 
 
 2. Pyramidal (S.) Gehlenite. 
 
 3. Periotomous (S.) Edingtonite. 
 
 ^gr, imperfect; in allusion to the want of regular 
 forms in the genus. 
 
 4 * NSjfJux, a thread^ from the fibrous structure. 
 
 D* 
 
XXXIV TABULAR VIEW OF 
 
 Gen. IV. WAVELLINE-SPAR. (S.) Botrybidal, and co- 
 lumnar. H. 3-0 ... 4-5. G. 1-85 . . . 3-00. 
 Sp. 1. Staphyline (S.) Gibbsite. 
 
 2. Uncleavable (S.) Mlophane. 
 
 3. Prismatic (S.) Wavellite. 
 
 4. Prismatoidal (S.) Karpholite. 
 
 5. Hemi-prismat i c (S.) Cummingtonite. 
 
 6. T e t a r t o-p r i s in a t i c (S.) Dlaspore. 
 
 Gen. V. KOUPHONE-SPAR. (M.) H. 3-5... 6-0. G. 
 
 2-0... 2-5. 
 Sp. 1. Axotomous (M.) Prehnite. 
 
 2. Abrazitic 42 (S.) Gismondm. 
 
 3. Trapezohedral (S.) Leucite. 
 
 4. Dodecah'edral (M.) Sodalite. 
 
 5. Hexahedral (M.) Analdme. 
 
 6. Paratomous (M.) Harmotome. 
 
 7. Vesuvian (S.) Comptonite. 
 
 8. Staurotypous 43 (M.) Phillipsite. 
 
 9. Rhom bohed ral (M.) Chabasie. 
 
 10. Sarcoline 44 (S.) Gmelinite. 
 
 11. Macrotypous (M.) Levyne. 
 
 12. Diatomous (M.) Laumonite. 
 
 13. Prismatic (M.) Mesotype. 
 
 14. Orthotornous (M.) Thomsonite. 
 16. Prismatoidal (M.) Stilbite. 
 
 42 A and B^a^w, to bubble, from the fact that it does not 
 effervesce when melted before the blow-pipe. 
 
 43 2<rauo, a cross, and ruVop, a form, in allusion to the 
 cross form of its macles. 
 
 44 2otf,jfe*, from its reddish white color. 
 
THE NATURAL ARRANGEMENT, XXXV 
 
 16. H e rn i-p r i s rn a t i c (M.) Heulandite. 
 
 17. Diplogenous (M.) Epistilbite. 
 
 18. Poly prismatic 45 (S.) Brewsterite. 
 
 19. Pyramidal (M.) Apophyllite. 
 
 Gen. VI. AZURE-SPAR. (M.) Color blue. H. 5-0 . . . 
 
 6-0. G. 2-83... 3-10. 
 Sp. 1. Prismatic (M.) Lazvlite. 
 
 2. Prismatoidal (M.) Blue Feldspar. 
 
 3. Uncleavable(S.) Turquoise. 
 
 Gen. VII. FELD-SPAR. (M.) H. 5-0... 6-0. G. 2-5 
 ...3-1. 
 
 Sp. 1. Rhombohedral (M.) Nepheline. 
 
 2. Orthotomous (M.) Feldspar. 
 
 3. Heterotomous 4 6 (M.) Periklin. 
 
 4. T e t a r t o-p r i s m a t i c ( M.) Mbite. 
 
 5. Anorthotomous (M.) Anorihite. 
 
 6. Polychromatic 47 (M.) Labradorite. 
 
 7. Eru throne 48 (S.) Latrobite. 
 
 Gen. VIII. ANDALUSITE-SPAR. (M.) 
 Sp. 1 . Prismatic (M.) Jlndalusite. 
 
 45 IIoXu?, many* in allusion to the numerous prisms its 
 crystals present in a single form. 
 
 46 'E<rs(xr, another, and TS'JXVW, I cleave, in allusion to its 
 having a different cleavage from Feldspar. 
 
 47 IloXtV, many, and x^ a > c l r i ^ n allusion to the play 
 of colors it presents. 
 
 4 8 Efudo, red. 
 
XXXVI 
 
 TABULAR VIEW OF 
 
 Gen. IX. PETALINE-SPAR. (M.) H. 5-0 ... 6-5. G. 
 
 2-8 ... 3-2. 
 Sp. 1. Uncleavable (S.) Nephrite. 
 
 2. Dusclaone (S.) Saussurile. 
 
 3. Prismatic (M.) Petalite. 
 
 4. Rhombohedral (S.) Eudyalite. 
 
 5. Pyramidal (S.) Scapolite. 
 
 6. P e r i t o m o u s (S.) Fahlunite. 
 
 7. Prism atoidal (S.) Jlmblygonite. 
 
 Gen. X. AUGITE-SPAR. (M.) H. 4-5 . . . 7-0. G. 2-7 
 ...3-5. 
 
 Sp. 1. Prismatoidal (M.) Epidote. 
 
 2. D y s t o m-e ( H.) Bucklandite. 
 
 3. Paratomous (M.) Pyroxene. 
 
 4. A c h rn i i i c (S.) Jlchmite. 
 
 5. A x o t o m o u s ( M.) Babingtonite. 
 
 6. He mi-prismatic (M.) Hornblende. 
 
 7. Peritomous (M.) Jlrfwedsonite. 
 
 8. M'etalloidal (S.) Hypersthene. 
 
 Gen. XL TABULAR-SPAR. (S.) H. 3-5 ... 6-0. G. 2-0 
 ...2-9. 
 
 Sp. 1. Teta r to-prismatic (S.) Tabular Spar. 
 
 2. Prismatic (S.) Pyrallolite. 
 
 3. Parachrose (S.) Boltonite. 
 
 GEM. 
 
 Gen. 1. CORUNDUM. (M.) H. 7-0... 9-0. G. 3-5 . . . 4-6. 
 Sp. 1. Dodecahedral (M.) Spinel. 
 
 2. Octahedral (M.) Jlutomolite. 
 
 3. Rhombohedral (M.) Corundum. 
 
t 
 
 THE NATURAL ARRANGEMENT. XXXV11 
 
 Gen. II. DIAMOND. (M.) 
 Sp. 1. Octahedral (M.) Diamond. 
 
 Gen. III. TOPAZ. (M.) 
 Sp. 1. Prismatic (M.) Topaz. 
 
 Gen. IV. EMERALD. (M.) H. 7-5... 8-0. G. 2-6... 3-2. 
 
 Sp. 1. Prismatic (M.) Euclase. 
 
 2. Rhombohedral (M.) Emerald. 
 
 3. Pyramidal (S.) Chrysoberyl. 
 
 4. Phenakine (S.) Phenakite. 
 
 (NORDENSKIOLD.) 
 
 Gen. V. QUARTZ. (M.) H. 5-5 ... 7-5. G. 1-9 . . .2-7. 
 Sp. 1. Prismatic (M.) Mite. 
 
 2. Rhombohedra] (M.) Quartz. 
 
 3. Uncleavable (M.) Opal 
 
 4. Em py rod ox 49 (M.) Pitchstone. 
 
 5. Isopyric (H.) Isopyre. 
 
 Gen. VI. AXINITE. (M.) Color brown. H. 6-5 ... 7-0. 
 G. 3-0... 3-3. 
 
 Sp. 1. Tetarto-pr i s m a tic (S.)xinite. 
 2. Pr is'matoid al (S.) Bucholzite. 
 
 Gen. VII. CHRYSOLITE. (M.) 
 Sp. 1. Prismatic (M.) Peridot. 
 
 Gen. VIII. BORACITE. 
 Sp. 1. Tetrahedral (M.) Boracite. 
 
 49 E(jwruo, belonging 1 to fire, and ^oga, opinion. 
 
XXXVlll 
 
 TABULAR VIEW OF 
 
 Gen. IX. TOURMALINE. (M.) H. 7-0 ... 7-5. G. 3-0 
 
 . . . 3-2. 
 Sp. 1. Rhombohedral (M.) Tourmaline. 
 
 2. Hemi-prismatic (S.) Brucite. 
 
 3. Pyramidal (S.) Idocrase. 
 
 Gen. X. GARNET. H. 60... 7-5. G. 3 1 . . . 4'3. 
 Sp. 1. Tetrahedral (M.) Helvin. 
 
 2. Dodecahedral (M.) Garnet. 
 
 3. Pyramidal (M.) Zircon. 
 
 4- Prismatoidal (S.) Staurotide. 
 
 ORE. 
 
 Gen. I. MELANE SO -ORE. (P.) H. 60...7-0. G. 4'0 
 
 . '. . 43. 
 
 Sp. 1. Tetarto-prismatic (P.) Jlllanite. 
 2. Hemi-prismatic (P.) Gadolinite. 
 
 Gen. II. ERUTHRONE-ORE. (S.) 
 
 brown. H. 3 5 . . . 7'0. 
 Sp. 1. Prismatic (S-) 
 
 2. Pyramidal (S.) 
 
 3. Prismtoidal (S.) 
 
 4. Pyrochlore (S.) 
 
 5. Mela nous (S.) 
 
 6. D iatomous (S.) 
 
 7. Peritomous (S.) 
 
 8. Octahedral (S.) 
 
 9. Hemi-prismatic (S.) 
 
 Some shade of red or 
 G. 3 4... 7-1. 
 
 Sphene. 
 
 Jlnatase* 
 
 Jlischynite- (BERZ.) 
 
 Pyrochlore. 
 
 Polymignite. (BERZ.) 
 
 Brookite* 
 
 Rutile. 
 
 Red Copper-Ore. 
 
 Red Zinc-Ore. 
 
 Ms'Xocf, Black, 
 
THE NATURAL ARRANGEMENT. 
 
 10. Uncleavable (S.) Cerite. 
 
 11. Monotomous (S.) Yttro-Tantalite. 
 
 Gen. III. IRON-ORE. (M.) H. 5'0 . . . 65. G. 3-8 . . . 5-3. 
 
 Sp. 1. Octahedral (M ) Magnetic Iron. 
 
 2- C h r o m a t e d (S.) Chrome-Ore. 
 
 3. Dodecahedral (M.) Franklinite. 
 
 4. A x o t o m o u s (M. ) Crichlomte. 
 
 5. Uncleavable (S) Mohsite. 
 
 6. Rhombohedral (M.) Specular Iron. 
 
 7. Prismatic (M ) Limonite. 
 
 8. Di-prismatic (M.) Yetiite. 
 
 Gen. IV. BARYTE-ORE. (S.) H. 50..,6'6. G. 6'0 
 ...74. 
 
 Sp. 1 . P e r i t o m o u s (S ) Tin-Ore. 
 
 2. Prismatic (S ) Wolfram. 
 
 3. P y r a rn i d a 1 ( S ) Columbite. 
 
 4. Uncleavable (S.) Pitchblende. 
 
 Gen. V. MANGANESE-ORE. (M.) Color black. H. 2'0 
 
 ...65. G. 3 1 ...49- 
 
 Sp. 1. Pyramidal (M ) Black Manganese. 
 
 2. Brachytipous (M) Braunite. 
 
 3- Uncleavable (M ) Psilomelane. 
 
 4. Prism atoidal (M.) Manganite. 
 
 5. Prismatic (iM ) Pyrolusite. 
 
 6. S t a p h y 1 i n e (S ) Cupreous Manganese. 
 
X TABULAR VIEW OF 
 
 Geh. VI. LUSINE SI -ORE. (S.) Pulverulent. 
 
 Sp. 1. Bismuthic (S.) Bismuth Ochre. 
 
 2. Tungstic (S.,) Tungslic Ochre. 
 
 3. Molybdic (S.) Molybdic-Ochre. 
 
 4. Uranic (S.) Uranic-Ochre. 
 
 5. Chromic (S.) Chrome-Ochre. 
 
 6. Cobaltic (S.) Earthy Cobalt. 
 
 7. Cupric (S.) Melaconite. 52 (BEU.) 
 
 8. Plumbic (S.) Minium. 
 
 .9. Antimonic (S.) Antimony- Ochre. 
 
 METAL. 
 
 Gen. I. MALAcoNE 53 -METAL. (S.) Color white, red- 
 dish and yellow. H. 0-0 ... 3-5. G. 6-0 ... 14-8. 
 Sp. 1. Auro-tellu riu m (S.) MuUerile. 5 * (BEU.) 
 
 2. Tellurium (S.) Native Tellurium. 
 
 3. Bismuth (S ) Native Bismuth. 
 
 4. Mercury (S ) 'Native Mercury. 
 
 5. Argent o-rn ercury(S) Native Amalgam. 
 
 6. Argent o-a ntimony (S) Jlntimonial Silver. 
 
 7. Silver (S.) Native Silver. 
 
 8. Copper (S-) Native Copper. 
 
 9. Gold (S.) Native Gold. 
 
 10. Arsenic (S.) Native Arsenic. 
 
 11. Antimony(S-) Native Jlntimony. 
 
 5 1 A'jtf, decomposition, from the circumstance that the 
 species of this genus result from the decomposition of other 
 species. 
 
 52 JVL'Xacr, black, and xovict, powder. 
 
 53 MaXaxoc:, soft. 
 
 54 The discoverer's name. 
 
THE NATURAL ARRANGEMENT. xli 
 
 Genus II. SCLERONE* 5 METAL. (S.) H. 4'0...5'0. 
 
 G. 7-31 ...18-5. 
 Sp- 1. Iron (S-) Native Iron. 
 
 2. Platina(S-) Native Platina. 
 
 3. I r i d i u m (S.) Native Indium. 
 
 4. I r i d-o s mi u m (S.) Irid-Osmine. 
 
 5. P a 1 1 a d i u m (S.) Native Palladium. 
 
 PYRITES. 
 
 Gen. I. ERUTHLEUcoNE 5 8 -PYRiTES. (S.) Color white 
 
 to red. H. 5-0... 6-0. G. 5-7... 7-0. 
 
 Sp. 1. Cupreous (S.) Copper Nickel. 
 
 2. E uotomous (S.) Nickel Glance. 
 
 3. A n t i m o n i a 1 (S.) Nickel Stibine. (BEU. ) 
 
 4. A x o t o m o u s ( S. ) Leucopyrite. 51 ( S. ) 
 
 5. P r i s m a t i c (S.) Mispickel. 
 
 6. C o b a 1 1 i c (S.) Cobalt Pyrites. 
 
 7. Octah e d r al (S.) Smaltine. (BEU.) 
 
 8. Hexahedral (S.) Cobaltine. (BEU.) 
 
 Gen. II. CHLORONE 58 -PyRiTEs. (S.) Color greenish yel- 
 low. H. 3-0... 6-5. G. 4-1... 5-1. 
 Sp. 1. Hexahedral (S.) Iron Pyrites. 
 
 2. P y r a rn i d a 1 (S.) Yellow CopperPyrites. 
 
 3. Prismatic (S.) White Iron-Pyrites. 
 
 4. Capillary (S.) Capillary Pyrites. 
 
 55 2xX>jpo, hard. 
 
 5 6 Epudpoc;, red, and Xsuxos, white, the color being a mix- 
 ture of red and white. 
 
 57 Aeuxos, white, and flrupiTrjs, a storce emitting fire. 
 5 8 XXwpoj, yellowish green. 
 
 VOL. I. E 
 
xlii 
 
 TABULAR VIEW OF 
 
 Gen. III. BRONZE-PYRITES. (S.) Color bronze. H. 3-5. 
 
 ...40. G. 4-1... 4-7. 
 
 Sp. 1. R h o m b o h e d r a 1 (S.) Magnetic Iron Pyrites. 
 2. Octah ed r a I (S.) Variegated Copper* 
 
 GLANCE. 
 
 Gen. 1. COPPER-GLANCE. 
 G. 43... 
 
 Sp. 1. Hexahedral(M-) 
 
 2. Tetrahedral (M.) 
 
 3. D i-p r i s m a t i c (M.) 
 
 4. Prismatic (M.) 
 
 (M.) H. 2-5... 4-0. 
 
 5'8. 
 
 Tin Pyrites. 
 Fahlerz. 
 Bournonite- 
 Vitreous Copper. 
 
 Gen. II. PoLYPoioNE 5 -GLANCE. (S.) H. 1-0 . . . 2-5. 
 
 G. 4-5.. .8-5. 
 
 Sp. 1. Prism atoi d al (S.) 
 2. Dodecahedral (S.) 
 .3. Hexahedral (S.) 
 
 4. Selenious (S.) 
 
 5. Paratornous (S.) 
 
 6. Prismatic (S.) 
 
 7. Telluric (S.) 
 
 8. Bismuthic (S.) 
 
 9. Uncleavable (S.) 
 
 10. Cu preo us (S.) 
 
 11. Monotornous (S.) 
 
 Black Silver. 
 Vitreous Silver. 
 Galena- 
 EuJcairite. 
 
 Clausthalite. 60 (BEU.) 
 Black Tellurium* 
 Telluric Silver. 
 Bornite. 61 (BEU.) 
 Stromeyerite. 
 Cupreous Bismuth. 
 Sternbergite. 
 
 * 9 IIoXuc;, many, and qroisw, to make, in allusion to the 
 number of species in the genus, 
 
 60 From the locality. 
 
 61 Named from DE BORN, 
 
THE NATURAL ARRANGEMENT. xllll 
 
 12. Rhombohedral (S.) Molybdenite. 
 
 13. A xo to in o u s (S.) Pelybasite. 9 * 
 
 Gen. III. ANTIMONY-GLANCE. (M.) H. 1 5 . . . 2-5. 
 
 G. 4-2... 5 8. 
 Sp. 1. Prismatic (M.) Graphic Gold. 
 
 2. Prism atoidal (M.) Grey Antimony. 
 
 3. Axotomous (M.) Jamesorite. 
 
 4. P e r i t o m o u s (P. ) Zinkenite. G 3 
 
 BLENDE. 
 
 Gen. I. SCLERONE-BLENDE. (S.) H. 3-5 ... 4'0. 
 
 G. 3-9 ... 4-2. 
 
 Sp. 1. Hex abe d ra 1 (S.) Manganblende. 
 
 2. Dodecahedral (S.) Blende. 
 
 Gen. II. MALACONE-BLENDE. (S.) 4 H. 1-0.. .2-5. 
 
 G. 4-5... 8-2. 
 Sp. 1 . P r i am a t ic (S.) Red Antimony. 
 
 2. Rhombohedral (S.) Red Silver. 
 
 3. Aphotistic 64 (S.) Proustite. (BEU.) 
 
 4. H e m i-p r i s m a t i c (S.) Myargyrite. 
 
 5. Peritomous (S.) Cinnabar. 
 
 6. S ele n i ou s (S.) Rionite. 65 (S.) 
 
 7. Yellow(S.) Orpiment. 
 
 8. Red (S.) Realgar. 
 
 62 IIoXOs, many, and Batf^, Sa^e, having many bases in its 
 composition. 
 
 63 Named from ZINKEN, its discoverer. 
 
 s 4 A and <pw, rozW o/ Zzg-Af, from its dark color. 
 65 Named from DEL Rio. 
 
XV TABULAR VIEW OF THE NATURAL ARRANGEMENT. 
 
 SULPHUR. 
 
 Gen. I. BRITTLE SULPHUR. (S.) 
 Sp. 1. Prismatic (S.) Sulphur. 
 
 2. S e 1 en i o u s (S.) Sulpho-Sdenite. (S.) 
 
 GENERAL PROPERTIES OF THE GENERA IN 
 
 CLASS III. 
 RESIN. 
 
 Gen. I. MELICHRONE^-RESIN. (M.) 
 Sp. 1 . P y r a m i d a 1 ( M.) Mellite. 
 
 Gen. II. MINERAL RESIN. (M.) H. 0-0 ... 2-5. 
 
 G. 0-8... 1-2. 
 
 Sp. 1. Yellow(M.) Amber. 
 
 Black (M.) Bitumen. 
 
 COAL. 
 
 Gen. I. MINEBAL-COAL. (M.) H. 1-0. 
 
 Sp. 1. Bituminous (M.) Bituminous Coal. 
 
 2. Non-bituminous (M.) Anthracite. 
 
 66 MsXr^pwv, having the color of honey. 
 
GENERAL DESCRIPTIONS 
 
 OF THE 
 
 SPECIES. 
 
 I 
 
 ABRAZITE. (See Gismondin.) 
 ACHMITE. Achmitic Augite-Spar. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. MonM=934'. 
 
 Secondary form. The primary, having the obtuse lat- 
 eral edges deeply truncated, together with the edges of the 
 base in such a manner as to give rise to a very acute 
 4-sided summit : the acute lateral edges also slightly trun- 
 cated in some instances. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with M distinct; traces, parallel with 
 the diagonals. Fracture imperfectly conchoidal. Surface, 
 broad secondary lateral planes streaked longitudinally ; the 
 rest, smooth and shining. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color brownish-black, with a tinge of 
 yellow or green. Streak pale yellowish-grey. Translu- 
 cent on the edges, to opake. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =6-0. . .6-5. Sp. gr. =3-2. . .3-3. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe it melts into a black globule, which move* 
 the magnetic needle. It affords no moisture by calcination, and is not 
 
 attacked by the acids. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By BERZELIUS. 
 
 Silica 55-25 
 
 Peroxide of iron 31-25 
 
 Soda 10-40 
 
 Lime 0.72 
 
 Protoxide of manganese, 1*08 
 1 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Achmite. Aischynite. 
 
 3. It is found engaged in Quartz near Kongsberg in Norway. 
 
 4. This mineral has been referred to Pyroxene by several mineralo- 
 gists, from which substance, however^ it appears sufficiently distinct. 
 
 ACHYRITE. (See Dioptase.) 
 
 ACICULAR BISMUTH GLANCE. (See Needle-Ore.) 
 
 ACTINOTE. (See Hornblende.) 
 
 ACTYNOLITE. (See Hornblende.) 
 
 ADAMANTINE-SPAR. (See Corundum.) 
 
 ADINOLE. (See Petrosilex.) 
 
 ADIPOCIRE MINERAL. (See Hatchetine.) 
 
 ADULARIA. 
 
 The most transparent and pure varieties of JLlbite and Feld- 
 spar, q. v. 
 
 AE^UINOLITE. (See Pitchstone.) 
 
 AEROSITE. (See Red Silver.) 
 
 AGALMATOLITE. (See Figure-stone.) 
 
 AGARIC MINERAL. (See Calcareous Spar.) 
 
 AGATE. (See Quartz.) 
 AISCHYNITE. Prismatoi dal Eru throne-Ore. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. 
 
 Secondary form. The primary, terminated by 4-sided 
 pyramids. 
 
 Lustre sub-metallic. Color black. Streak dark grey to 
 black. 
 
 Hardness =5-0... 7-0. Sp. gr. =5-14. ..5-55. 
 
 1. In the matrass, it yields a little moisture, without altering its appear- 
 ance. In an open tube it affords distinct traces of Fluoric acid. At an 
 incipient red heat, upon charcoal, or in the pJatina forceps, it puffs up 
 and enlarges in all its dimensions, especially in the direction of its cleav- 
 age, curls over to one side and remains without fusing of a dull yellow 
 color. With borax, it is dissolved in large quantities; the glass present- 
 ing a dark yellow color both in the oxidation and reduction fire of the 
 blow-pipe. When the mineral is added in excess, the glass after cool- 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Aischynite. Albite. 
 
 ing becomes opake. It is easily soluble into a clear and colorless glass 
 with the salt of phosphorus. With soda, it is decomposed, without suf- 
 fering fusion. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By HARTWALL. 
 
 Titanic acid 56-00 
 
 Zirconia 20-00 
 
 Oxide of cerium IS'OO 
 
 Lime - - 3-80 
 
 Oxide of iron - - - - - - 2-60 
 
 Oxide of tin 0-50 
 
 3. It was brought from Mias in the Ural mountains of Siberia, by 
 MEXGE. 
 
 ALBIN. (See Apophyllite.) 
 ALBITE. Te tar to-prismatic Feldspar. 
 
 PARTSCH. 
 Primary form. Doubly oblique prism. 
 
 MonT - - - - 117 53' 
 M on P - - - - 93 30 
 T onP - - - - 115 5 
 
 M 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 2. 
 
 
 (C p ^?\ 
 
 M on 1 - - - - 
 
 119 52' 
 
 ^ 
 
 -"" 
 
 P on / - - - - 
 
 119 51 
 
 
 1 M 
 
 P on x - - - - 
 
 127 23 
 
 T 
 
 
 T on x - - - - 
 
 110 29 
 
 T 
 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Albite. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel to P perfect; parallel to the faces M 
 and T less perfect, though frequently obtained with suffi- 
 cient precision to admit of the application of the reflective 
 goniometer. 
 
 Fracture uneven, imperfectly conchoidal. 
 
 Surface slightly rough or streaked upon some of the pri- 
 mary faces, but even. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, often inclining to pearly upon perfect 
 faces of cleavage. Color white, passing into grey, red and 
 green. Streak white. Transparent in small crystals,... 
 translucent on the edges. A bluish opalescence is some- 
 times observable. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 2*613 (small transparent crystals 
 from Datiphiny.) Limits 2-61 . . . 2-68. 
 
 Compound varieties. Twin-crystals. Axis of revolu- 
 tion perpendicular to the prismatic axis. 
 
 Fig. 3. 
 
 Fig. 4. , 
 
 Mnn 9 
 
 ... 149 12 
 
 M'on/ - - - - 
 P ong - - - - 
 
 ... 148 30 
 - - - 150 5 
 Q7 Q7 
 
 on y 
 
 T on 11 
 
 1 fU 39 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Albite. 
 
 Twin-crystals, like the above figures, and others still 
 more complicated, are of frequent occurrence, compared 
 with simple forms. 
 
 Massive : composition granular ; individuals of various 
 sizes, commonly compressed parallel to T, in which case 
 the composition assumes a lamellar appearance ; the lam- 
 ellae being arranged somewhat in a stellular manner. The 
 composition rarely approaches the impalpable, in which 
 case it becomes strongly coherent. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe on charcoal, it becomes glassy, semi-transpa- 
 rent and white ; but rneits with difficulty only on its edges into a semi- 
 transparent, vesicular glass. It is dissolved by borax, but slowly and 
 without effervescence. If the borax be previously mingled with oxide 
 of nickel, the resulting globule will present a brown color. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By EGGERTZ, By ROSE, By STROMEYER, 
 
 from Finbo. from Arendal. from Chesterfield, Mass. 
 Silica . 70-48 . 68-84 . . 70-68 
 
 Alumina . 18-45 . 20-53 . . 1980 
 
 With a little oxide of 
 
 iron and liine. 
 Soda . 10-50 9-12 . . 9-06 
 
 Lime . 55 . 0-00 . . 023 
 
 Oxide of iron & ^ 
 
 manganese 
 
 3. Albite is found entering into the composition of granite, either along 
 with quartz and mica, or accompanied by feldspar. In general, it 
 would appear, that in those granite veins and beds, where Tourmaline 
 abounds, Albite is substituted for feldspar. Albite is also one of the con- 
 stituents of sienile and greenstone. 
 
 4. The largest crystals of Albite hitherto known, are from Kerabinsk 
 in Siberia. Crystallized varieties are found also in the highest districts 
 of St. Gothard, and the Alps of Savoy. The foliated, massive, and near- 
 ly impalpable varieties, occur at Chesterfield and Goshen, (Mass.) asso- 
 ciated with Tourmalines of various colors, as also at Paris in Maine ; at 
 the former places, small transparent crystals, lining cavities ift the ma- 
 shre variety, rarely present themselves : in Middletown, Con., at Ha*i 
 
 i* 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Albite Allanite. 
 
 dain, Con., in two different localities ; the one along with Chrysoberyl 
 and Columbite, where it is almost impalpably massive ; the other, one 
 mile and a half S.W., where it occurs in large granular individuals of a 
 greenish white color, associated with Quartz, black Tourmaline, and 
 rarely with the variety of mica called Finite. A variety similar to that 
 occurring along with the Columbite of Haddam, comes from Finbo and 
 Brodbo in Sweden. 
 
 ALLAGITE. (See Red Manganese-Ore.} 
 ALLANITE. Te tar to-Prismatic Melane- 
 Ore. PARTSCH. 
 
 Primary form. Right oblique-angled prism. M on T 
 = 115. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Mon r - .... 116 00- 
 Ton r ------ 129 00 
 
 s on r -.-.-- 135 30 
 
 y on r ..... 109 01 
 
 s on a? ----- 156 
 
 t on x ----- 164 
 
 y on a; - - - - - 151 
 
 y on t 166 
 
 45 
 30 
 00 
 30 
 
 ivi 
 
 Cleavage, parallel to r and M distinct. Fracture imper- 
 fectly conchoidal. 
 
 Lustre imperfectly metallic to resinous. Color brown- 
 ish or greenish-black. Streak greenish-grey. Opake. 
 Faintly translucent and brown in thin splinters, to opake. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 6-0. Sp. gr. 4-001. 
 
 Compound varieties. In acicular aggregations. Mass- 
 ive. Composition impalpable. Lustre vitreous. Color 
 passing into brown if the mineral be decomposed. Sp. gr. 
 =.3-1. ..4*0. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Allanite. 
 
 1. Several minerals, proposed by different authors as distinct, appear 
 to fall within the present description. Of these the Allanite of THOM- 
 SON presents us with the most distinct crystals. The Orthite of BER- 
 ZELIUS owes its diminished sp. gr. to its state of partial decomposition. 
 The Cerine of the same author, or the Cerium oxide siliceux noir of 
 HAUY, is usually compact and black. 
 
 2. Allanite froths before the blow-pipe, and melts imperfectly into a 
 black scoria, and it gelatinizes in nitric acid. Orthite froths, becomes 
 yellowish brown, and melts with effervescence into a black vesicular 
 globule; with borax into a transparent one, and gelatinizes in heated acids. 
 The Cerine behaves in a similar manner, but Us globule acts upon the 
 magnetic needle. 
 
 3. Analysis. 
 
 Oxide of cerium 
 
 By THOMSON, 
 
 Mlanite, 
 from Greenland. 
 
 33-90 
 
 By BERZELIUS, 
 
 Orthite, from Got- 
 from Finbo. tliebsgang. 
 17-39 . 19-44 
 
 Oxide of iron 
 
 25-40 
 
 11-42 . 12-44 
 
 Silica 
 
 35-40 
 
 18-83 . 32-00 
 
 Lime 
 
 920 
 
 4-89 . 7-84 
 
 Alumina 
 
 4-10 
 
 14-00 . 14-80 
 
 Yttria 
 
 00-00 
 
 3-80 . 3-44 
 
 Oxide of manganese . 
 Water 
 
 00-00 
 00-00 
 
 1-36 . 3.40 
 8-70 . 5-36 
 
 By WOLLASTON. 
 JLllanite, from Myssore. 
 Silica . 34-00 
 
 By HISINGER. 
 Cerme,from Riddarhytta. 
 30-17 
 
 Alumina 
 
 9-00 
 
 11-31 
 
 Oxide of cei'ium 
 
 1980 
 
 28-19 
 
 Oxide of iron 
 
 32-00 
 
 20-72 
 
 Lime 
 
 00-00 
 
 9.12 
 
 Oxide of copper 
 Water 
 
 00-00 
 00-00 
 
 0-89 
 0-40 
 
 4. Allanite was first found at Alluk in East Greenland, accompanied 
 by Zircon and Quartz. Orthite occurs at Finbo, near Fahlun in Swe- 
 den, along with Quartz, Feldspar and Albite, in gneiss. The Cerine ex- 
 ists in the copper mines of St. Gorans at Riddarhytta. 
 
 ALLOCHROITE. (See Garnet.) 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Allophane Alum. 
 
 ALLOPHANE. Uncleavable Wa velline-Spar 
 
 Reniform, botryoidal, massive ; composition impalpable. 
 
 Fracture conchoidal. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to resinous. Color blue, green, 
 brown and grey. Transparent . . . translucent on the edges. 
 
 Hardness = 3-0 nearly. Sp. gr. = 1 -85 ... 1-88. 
 
 1. Alone upon charcoal before the blow-pipe, it does not melt, though 
 it swells up, becomes feebly coherent, and communicates to the flame a 
 copper green color. With borax, it fuses with great difficulty into a col- 
 orless glass. It is not soluble in soda ; but the mass becomes green in 
 the oxidation heat, and red in the reduction flame : on the addition of bo- 
 rax, a speck of metallic copper may be obtained. 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By 
 
 STROMEYER, 
 
 By FICIJVUS, 
 
 from Saalfeld. 
 
 from Schneeberg. 
 
 Alumina 
 
 32.202 
 
 Hydrate of alumina . 34-30 
 
 Silica 
 
 21-922 
 
 Silica . 30- 
 
 Lime 
 
 0730 
 
 Hydrate of copper . 23-70 
 
 Sulphate of lime 
 
 0517 
 
 Carbonate of lime . 2-80 
 
 Carbonate of copper 
 
 3-058 
 
 Oxide of manganese . 1-80 
 
 Hydrate of iron 
 
 2-270 
 
 Water . 7.80 
 
 Water 
 
 41301 
 
 
 3. It is found at Saalfeld in Thuringia, Schneeberg in Saxony, and at 
 Taune in the Hartz. 
 
 ALMANDIN. (See Garnet.) 
 ALUM. Octahedral Alum-Salt. MOHS. 
 
 Stalactitic : composition columnar or granular, often im- 
 palpable. Mealy efflorescence. 
 
 Lustre vitreous ; if delicately fibrous, pearly ; sometimes 
 dull. Color white or greyish white. Transparent . . . 
 translucent or opake. 
 
 Hardness=2-0 . . . 2-5. Sp. gr.= l-75. Taste sweet- 
 ish astringent. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Alum Alum-stotie. 
 
 1. Alum is very soluble in water, melts before the blow-pipe iu its 
 water of crystallization, and is converted into a spongiform mass. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 Potash 9-94 
 
 Alumina 10-82 
 
 Sulphuric acid .... 33-77 
 Water 45-47 
 
 3. It occurs in a state of efflorescence upon minerals and rocks which 
 contain alumina, potash and sulphuret of iron ; as upon alum-stone, alum- 
 slate and mica-slate : it is also found accompanying brown-coal, and is 
 contained in the waters of certain mineral springs. 
 
 4. Alum occurs on the alum-slate rocks near Christiania in Norway, 
 and under the same circumstances as near Moffat in Dumfries-shire, and 
 Ferry-town of Cree in Galloway ; on bituminous shale and slate-clay at 
 Hurlet near Paisley in Scotland : in coal mines in Bohemia, Bavaria and 
 Italy ; and in various places, too numerous to be mentioned, in New- 
 England, upon mica-slate. * 
 
 5. This salt, as produced by nature, requires first to be purified, in or- 
 der to be fitted for the purposes of the arts. Its artificial solution affords 
 it in regular crystals, having the form of the regular octahedron. A 
 great quantity of alum is obtained by the aid of chemical processes. Its 
 uses are various ; as for instance, in dyeing, in medicine, for the manu- 
 facture of leather and paper, and the prevention of putrefaction. 
 
 ALUMINITE. (See Websterite.) 
 
 ALUM-STONE. Rhombohedral Alum-Halo- 
 id e. MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Rhomboid. P on P 92 50' r. g. 
 
 Secondary form. The primary form with one or more 
 of its lateral solid angles replaced by tangent planes. 
 
 Cleavage parallel with the tangent secondary planes rath- 
 er perfect, that parallel with the primary faces indistinct. 
 The primary faces sometimes streaked parallel to the edges 
 of the secondary faces. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to pearly upon the more dis- 
 tinct faces of cleavage. Color white, sometimes reddish 
 or greyish. Streak white. Transparent . . . translucent. 
 
10 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Alum-stone Amber. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =5-0. Sp. gr. =2-694 (a crystal- 
 lized Variety from Tolfa.) 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition small 
 granular, often impalpable ; fracture uneven, flat conchoi- 
 dal, splintery, sometimes earthy. 
 
 1. Alone, in the matrass, before the blow-pipe, it at first disengages 
 moisture ; but a more intense heat occasions a sublimate of sulphate of 
 ammonia. The crystals decrepitate with great energy when heated, and 
 become reduced to powder like Diaspore. Upon charcoal in a strong 
 heat it contracts, but does not melt. It dissolves however, in borax, 
 with effervescence, and gives rise to a colorless and transparent glass. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By VAUQUELIN. ByCoRDiER, 
 
 of the crystals. 
 
 Alumina . . 43-92 . . . 39-654 
 
 Silica . . 24-00 . . . 0-000 
 
 Sulphuric acid . . 25-00 . . . 35-495 
 Potash . . 3-08 . . . 10-021 
 
 Water . . 4-00 and loss 14 380 
 
 a trace of oxide of iron. 
 
 3. Alum-stone is found at Tolfa near Civita Vecchia,in the vicinity of 
 Rome ; also in Tuscany in the kingdom of Naples, and in the county of 
 Beregh in Hungary. According to CORDIER, it exists in almost all 
 burning volcanoes. It seems to form beds of greater or less extent, chief- 
 ly made up of the massive varieties, in which small cavities occasionally 
 present themselves lined with the crystals, which are always very mi- 
 nute. 
 
 * 4. It is employed in the manufacture of alum ; and the superior qual- 
 ity of that from Tolfa has been ascribed to this mineral. 
 
 AMALGAM. (See Native Amalgam.) 
 AMAZON STONE. (See Feldspar.) 
 AMAUSITE. (See Petrosilex.) 
 AMBER. Yellow Mineral-Resin. MOHS. 
 Irregular forms, grains and spheroidal masses. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 11 
 
 Amber. 
 
 Cleavage none. Fracture conchoidal. Surface une- 
 ven and rough. 
 
 Lustre resinous. Prevalent color yellow, passing into 
 red, brown and white. Streak white. Transparent . . . 
 translucent. 
 
 Not very brittle. Hardness = 2-0. . .2-5. Sp. gr. 
 = 1-081. 
 
 Resinous electricity produced by friction. 
 
 1. Two sub-species have been distinguished in Amber, according to 
 their lustre and transparency. Yellow Amber contains yellow and red 
 varieties, and which possess the highest degrees of transparency to be 
 met with in the species. White Amber refers to white and pale yel- 
 low, faintly translucent varieties. Often, however, both kinds are join- 
 ed in one and the same specimens, passing insensibly into each other, 
 which demonstrates their identity. 
 
 2. Amber burns with a yellow flame, giving out an agreeable odor, 
 and leaves a carbonaceous residue. It is soluble in alcohol. 
 
 3. Analysis. 
 By DRAPPIER. 
 
 Carbon 80-59 
 
 Hydrogen 7-31 
 
 Oxygen 6-73 
 
 Lime ..... 1*54 
 
 Alumina 1-10 
 
 Silica 0-63 
 
 4. Amber, without doubt owes its origin to the vegetable kingdom ; an 
 opinion sufficiently established by the insects and other organic bodies 
 which it often includes, by the analogous substance known in commerce 
 under the name of Gum Copal, which is afforded by a family of trees 
 growing in India, as well as by the circumstances under which Amber 
 is known to occur, it being found in beds of bituminous wood, from 
 which it is disengaged by the action of the waves on the sea coast. 
 
 5. The principal places from whence Amber is obtained are: the 
 Prussian borders of the Baltic Sea, (where it is collected by the govern- 
 ment, either during or immediately after storms, which rake it up from 
 its bed and throw it on shore,) Denmark, Spain, Sicily, Greenland, Chi- 
 
12 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Amblygonite. 
 
 na and other countries. It has repeatedly been met with in various parts 
 of the Green sand formation of the United States, either loose in the soil, 
 or engaged in marl or lignite, as at Gay Head on Martha's Vineyard, 
 near Trenton in New Jersey, at Camden in Pennsylvania, and at Cape 
 Sable (near Magothy river) in Maryland. 
 
 6. The more transparent and handsomely colored specimens are cut 
 into various ornaments and works of art ; more common varieties are em- 
 ployed in the formation of certain kinds of varnish. It is also used for 
 fumigation. The oil and acid of amber were formerly articles of medi- 
 cine. 
 
 AMBLYGONITE. Prismatoidal Petaline- 
 Spar. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. M on M' = 
 106 10'. 
 
 Cleavage parallel to the prismatic faces, apparently with 
 greater facility in one direction than in the other. Frac- 
 ture uneven. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to pearly. Color greenish- 
 white, passing into light mountain and celandine-green. 
 Streak white. Semi-transparent . . . translucent. 
 
 Hardness = 6-0. Sp. gr.^3-00 . . . 3-04. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition columnar. 
 
 1, Heated by itself in a matrass, it affords a little moisture, which in a 
 high heat is perceptibly acid, and corrodes the glass. Upon charcoal, 
 before the blow-pipe, it easily melts into a clear glass, which however 
 becomes opake on being suffered to cool. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By BERZELIUS. 
 
 Phosphoric acid . , . . 54-12 
 Alumina .... 38'96 
 
 Yttria .... 692 
 
 3. It is found only at Chursdorf near Penig in Saxony, where it occurs 
 in granite along with Tourmaline and Topaz. 
 
 AMETHYST. (See Quartz.) 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Analcime. 
 
 13 
 
 AMIANTHUS. 
 
 Silky fibrous varieties of Hornblende, Pyroxene, Picrosmene and 
 Nemolite. q. v. 
 
 AMPHIBOLE. (See Hornblende.) 
 AMPHIGE'NE. (See Leucite.) 
 AMPHODELLITE. 
 
 Crystalline ; the form of the crystals said to resemble those of 
 Feldspar. Cleaves in two directions, whose mutual inclina- 
 tion is 94 9'. 
 
 Fracture resembles that of Scapolite. Color reddish. 
 Hardness = 4-5. Sp. gr. = 2-793. 
 1. Analysis. 
 
 By NORDENSKOLD. 
 
 Silica 45-SO ^ 
 
 Alumina 3545 
 
 Lime 1015 
 
 Magnesia 5-05 
 
 Protoxide of iron . 1-70 
 
 Moisture and loss . . . 1'85 
 
 2. It is found in the lime quarries of Lozo in Finland. 
 
 3. There does not appear to be any sufficient reason why Amphodcl- 
 lite should not be included under Scapolite, except the indications of 
 crystalline form, which however do not appear to have received much 
 attention. 
 
 ANALCIME. HexahedralKouphone-Spar. MOHS. 
 Primary form. Cube. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 7. 
 Fig. 6. 
 
 P, P' or P" on b 
 
 b on b 
 
 - 1440 44/ 3/7 
 
 - 146 26 33 
 
14 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Analcime. 
 
 Cleavage parallel with the primary form obtained with 
 difficulty ; and even when most distinct, of a very inter- 
 rupted appearance. 
 
 Fracture, imperfectly conchoidal, uneven. 
 
 Surface in general smooth, sometimes faintly streaked. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color white, passing into grey, more 
 frequently into reddish-white and flesh-red. Streak white 
 transparent . . . translucent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 5-5. Sp. gr. =2-068 (crystals 
 from the Tyrol.) 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 of various sizes of individuals, more or less strongly coher- 
 ent. Faces of composition uneven and rough, and often 
 irregularly streaked. 
 
 1. When first heated, Analcime becomes milk-white, and affords a lit- 
 tle moisture : in a more intense heat upon charcoal, it melts without in- 
 tumescence or ebullition into a clear, slightly vesicular, glassy globule. 
 It gelatinizes in muriatic acid. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By BERZELIUS. 
 
 Silica 55-84 
 
 Alumina 22-55 
 
 Soda 13-73 
 
 Water 7-90 
 
 3. Analcime chiefly belongs to trap and basalt, in the amygdaloidal va- 
 rieties of which it mostly abounds. It has also been found, but more 
 rarely, in lavas and in gneiss. Associated with it, are Calcareous spar 
 and the zeolitic minerals, particularly Chabasie and Mesotype. When 
 fqund in gneiss, it has occurred in beds, or metalliferous veins, along 
 with Garnet and Pyroxene. 
 
 4. Large and handsome crystals of Analcime are found at the Seiser 
 Alp in the Tyrol, at Dumbarton in Scotland, near Almas and Tokoro in 
 Transylvania. Other localities are, the western isles of Scotland, Faroe 
 Islands and Iceland, Partridge Island in the Basin of Mines, (Nova Sco- 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Anatase. 
 
 15 
 
 tia.) and Monte Somma where from its being of a flesh-red color it has 
 received the name of Sarcolite. It is met with in the iron-stone beds of 
 Arendal in Norway, and in the silver veins of Andreasberg in the Hartz. 
 
 ANATASE. Pyramidal Titanium-Ore. MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Octahedron with a square base. P on 
 P (over the base) =136 47'. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 Fig. 8. 
 
 Fig. 9. 
 
 P on o 
 
 r on o 
 r on s 
 P on 5 
 
 - 111 17' 
 
 152 -27 
 166 30 
 132 5 
 
 Cleavage parallel to the primary faces and to b, both 
 perfect. 
 
 Fracture conchdidal, scarcely observable. 
 
 Surface smooth and shining. 
 
 Lustre metallic adamantine. Color various shades of 
 brown, more or less dark, also indigo-blue. Streak white. 
 Semi-transparent . . . translucent. 
 
 Hardness^ 5-5 ... 6-0. Sp. gr. = 3-826. 
 
16 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Anatase Andalusite. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it behaves like pure oxide of titanium. It 
 dissolves, with difficulty, in the salt of phosphorus, and the portion not 
 melted becomes white and semi-transparent. The experiments of VATJ- 
 QTJELIN prove it to be a pure oxide of titanium. 
 
 2. It occurs in narrow, irregular veins, consisting of those species 
 which constitute the rocks themselves, viz. Albite, Quartz, Mica and 
 Augite, and is sometimes accompanied by Axinite and Crichtonite. 
 
 Its chief localities are Bourg d'Osians, in Dauphiny and Switzerland ; 
 but it is also found in Cornwall, in Norway, in Spain and Brazil. 
 
 ANDALUSITE. Prismatic Andalusite. MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. MonM'=912Q' 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 10. 
 
 Fig. 11. 
 
 M 
 
 M on M' - - - 91 20' 
 
 P on M' or M - 90 00 
 
 P on c - 140 00 
 
 d on c - 145 00 
 
 g ong - 125 00 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with M and M 7 distinct; parallel with 
 P scarcely perceptible. 
 Fracture uneven. 
 
 Surface uneven and rough. Generally covered with 
 plates of Mica or Talc. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color flesh-red passing into pearl- 
 grey. Streak white. Translucent on the edges. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Andalusite. 
 
 17 
 
 Hardness = 7-5. Sp. gr. = 3'104 (of a cleavable va- 
 riety.) 
 
 Compound varieties. Massive : composition indistinctly 
 granular and columnar. 
 
 1. The mineral long known under the name of Made or Chiastolite 
 appears to be a mixed mineral, consisting of Andalusite and some of the 
 minerals entering into the formation of clay slate ; the Andalusite assum- 
 ing a crystalline form and being subject to a remarkable composition, 
 which will be understood from the annexed figures representing cross 
 sections of the twin-crystals. The twin crystal in each instance, it will 
 be seen, results from the juxta-position of four single crystals, whose 
 nearest point of contact, as respects any two of them, is formed by 
 Fig. 12. Fig. 13. Fig. 14. 
 
 
 17 
 
 20 
 
 2* 
 
18 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Andalusite. 
 
 their lateral edges. It is not common to find the edges of the bases 
 equal, as in fig. 12 ; two of the sides being more frequently unduly ex- 
 tended, as in figs. 13 and 14. Cross-sections made in different parts 
 of one crystal sometimes afford the different appearances of figs. 12, 
 13, and 14. But the more common mode of aggregation is represented by 
 * figs. 15, 16 X 17 and 18, which results from the greater or less replacement 
 of the angles that are adjacent in the composition. Rarely, we are pre- 
 sented with a parti-colored aspect, as in figs. 19 and 20, the inner por- 
 tion a exhibiting a milk-white color, while the exterior &, is of a green- 
 ish grey color. The hardness of these crystals varies from 3-D to 7-5, 
 according to the preponderance of Andalusite in their composition. 
 Those which possess the hardness of 7-5 have the color, lustre and cleav- 
 ages of Andalusite. The circumstance which determines to the forma- 
 tion of these twin-crystals pertains apparently to the gangue ; for the 
 Macle occurs only in clay slate, while a similar aggregate, varying in 
 hardness from 3-0 to 7-5, is found imbedded in single crystals of the form 
 of fig. 12, in veins of Quartz, at the same locality. Before the bjow- 
 pipe, Macle affords a little moisture without suffering any alteration. In 
 a white heat, its color becomes white, but it does not undergo the slight- 
 est fusion. With borax, it is with much difficulty dissolved into a trans- 
 parent glass. According to a recent analysis of LANDGREBE, it con- 
 sists of Silica 68-497, Alumina 30-109, Magnesia 1-125, Water and Car- 
 bon 0-269 ; and another by JACKSON, of Silica 33-0, Alumina 61.0, pro- 
 toxide of iron 4-0, and Water 1-50. 
 
 2. Alone, before the blowpipe, it whitens in spots, but does not melt. 
 With borax, it dissolves with great difficulty into a transparent and col- 
 orless glass. 
 
 3. Analysis. 
 By VAUQTJELIJY, By BRANDES, 
 
 from Spain. from Tyrol. 
 
 Silica . . 3246 . . . 34-000 
 
 Alumina . . 52-24 . . . 55-750 
 
 Potash . . 8-10 . . . 2-000 
 
 Oxide of iron . . 200 . . . 3-375 
 
 Loss . . 6-00 . . . 0-000 
 
 Lime 2-125 
 
 Magnesia 0-375 
 
 Oxide of manganese 3-625 
 
 Water 1-000 
 
 4. Crystals of Andalusite are found imbedded in mica slate, or im- 
 planted in the cavities of rocks forming irregular beds or nodules in gra 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Andalusite. Anglesite. 
 
 19 
 
 nite and primitive slate. It is generally associated with Quartz, some- 
 times with a decomposing Mica. 
 
 5. This species was first discovered in the province of Andalusia in 
 Spain. Crystals of very considerable magnitude are found in the valley 
 of Lisenz near Inspruck in the Tyrol. It also occurs near Braunsdorf in 
 Saxony, at Herzogau in the Upper Palatine, at Forez in France, in grey 
 dolomite containing Hornblende in the Simplon, and in black limestone 
 with granular Iron-Pyrites at Coulepeux in the valley of Ger, (Haut Ga- 
 ronne.) in mica-slate in Aberdeenshire in Scotland, in the counties of 
 Wicklow and Dublin in Ireland. In the United States at Westford, 
 Mass, it occurs abundantly both crystallized and massive. A few hand- 
 some crystals have also been found at Litchfield, (Con.) 
 
 6. The Chiastolite or Macle is found at a great number of places ; but 
 no where so plentifully, or under such a diversity of forms, as in the 
 towns of Lancaster and Sterling, (Mass.) It is in Lancaster that the 
 single crystals of Macle imbedded in Quartz have been found, and which 
 occur under the common form of Andalusite. Foreign localities of 
 Chiastolite are the following : St. Jago di Corapostella in Spain, Bareges 
 in the Pyrenees, the Bayreuth, Hartz, and Cumberland in England. 
 
 ANDREOLITE. (See Harmotome.) 
 (See Vivianite.) 
 Prismatic Lead-Baryte. 
 
 ANGLARITE. 
 ANGLESITE. 
 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. 
 103 42'. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 Fig. 21. 
 
 Right rhombic prism. M on M' = 
 
 Fig. 22. 
 
20 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Anglesite. 
 
 Fig. 23. 
 
 Fig. 24. 
 
 Fig. 25. 
 
 Mon M' 
 P on a 
 P on e 
 P on/ 
 P on A 
 M on c 
 Mon/ 
 
 M on 
 M on cl 
 M on i 
 a on a 1 
 a on f 
 cl on cl' 
 cl on c2 
 
 128 10' 
 127 56 
 160 42 
 
 79 
 129 
 104 
 142 
 
 30 
 28 
 30 
 20 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with M and / imperfect and inter- 
 rupted. Fracture conchoidal. Surface, M and / often 
 striated parallel to the axis, a in a horizontal direction. In 
 general the faces are smooth, and often of high degrees of 
 lustre. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 21 
 
 Anglesite. Anhydrite. 
 
 Lustre adamantine, inclining to vitreous and resinous. 
 Color yellowish, greyish, or greenish white, also yellow- 
 ish, smoke and ash-grey. Sometimes faintly tinged green 
 or blue. Streak white. Transparent. . . translucent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 2-5 ... 3-0. Sp. gr. = 6-298. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition lamellar, 
 also granular, of various sizes of individuals, often strongly 
 connected. Faces of composition rough. 
 
 1 . It decrepitates in the flame of a candle,, and frequently assumes a 
 slight reddish tinge on the surface. Reduced to powder it melts easily 
 before the blow-pipe into a white slag, which is reduced to metallic 
 lead by the addition of soda. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By STROMEYER. 
 
 Oxide of lead . . . 72-47 
 
 Sulphuric acid . . . 26-09 
 
 Water . . . 0-12 
 
 Hydrous oxide of iron . . . 0-09 
 Oxide of manganese . . . 0-06 
 Silica . . . 0-51 
 
 3. It is found in lead and copper veins, traversing clay-slate and grey- 
 wacke slate, along with various ores of lead and copper. 
 
 4. It is found at the Lead hills and Wanlockhead in Scotland, Pary's 
 mine in Anglesea, Mellanoweth in Cornwall ; also at Clausthal and Zel- 
 lerfeld in the Hartz, near Freiberg in Baden, at Siegen in Prussia, in 
 Spain, and Siberia. 
 
 It occurs along with Galena in the lead mines of Missouri : also in the 
 lead mine of Southampton, (Mass.) 
 
 ANHYDRITE. Prismatic Gypsu m-H a 1 o i d e. 
 
 MOHS. 
 Primary form. Right rectangular Prism. 
 
22 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Anhydrite. 
 
 Fig. 27. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 26. 
 
 M d 
 
 P on M, or T 
 MonT 
 M on d 
 Ton d 
 
 Cleavage parallel with M and T perfect ; less easily ob- 
 tained parallel with P, yet quite distinct. 
 
 Fracture imperfectly conchoidal, uneven. Surfaces M 
 and T smooth ; P rough. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining a little upon the most distinct 
 faces of cleavage to pearly. Color generally white, some- 
 times passing to flesh-red, violet-and smalt-blue or ash-grey. 
 Streak greyish-white. Transparent . . . translucent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 3-0 ... 3-5. Sp. gr.=2'89. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Contorted ; composition colum- r 
 nar in thin fibres, parallel and variously bent. Massive : 
 composition granular, of different sizes, sometimes impalpa- 
 ble, and then the fracture is splintery ; in other massive va- 
 rieties, the composition is columnar, commonly thin and 
 parallel. Faces of composition rough. 
 
 1. This species has been divided into several subspecies in the earlier 
 treatises on mineralogy. Thus the Cubic Muriacite, also called Cube 
 spar, comprehends simple varieties, and easily cleavable compound ones, 
 in which the individuals possess a considerable size. The name Anhy- 
 drite was appropriated to varieties of a smaller granular composition, and 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 23 
 
 Anhydrite. 
 
 that of Tripe stone (Gekr&ssteiri) to the contorted compositions, consist- 
 ing of thin columnar individuals. Compact and fibrous Muriacite were 
 the denominations of compound varieties of very small individuals, the 
 one granular and impalpable, the other columnar. The Vulpinite of 
 Italy, so named from its locality, is composed of granular individuals, a 
 little longer in one direction, of a greyish white or grey color, and very 
 much resembling a coarse grained, primitive marble. 
 
 2. When heated alone in a matrass, it yields no moisture. Before the 
 blow-pipe in platina forceps, it is converted, with difficulty, into a white 
 enamel, the heated mass affording when moistened an alkaline reaction. 
 With borax, it dissolves, accompanied by effervescence, into a transpa- 
 rent glass, which on cooling assumes a yellow or brownish yellow color. 
 3. Analysis. 
 
 By KLAPROTH, 
 
 a cleavable variety from Hall in the Tyrol. 
 Sulphuric acid .... 55-00 
 Lime .... 41-75 
 
 Muriate of soda .... 1-00 
 
 Except the muriate of soda, the other varieties which have been ana- 
 lyzed, have presented nearly the same proportions, 
 
 By a peculiar process, which is natural, Anhydrite attracts water, loses 
 its transparency, becomes diminished in hardness and specific gravity 
 and approaches in these properties common Gypsum. The cleavage of 
 this altered substance still enables us to distinguish it from Gypsum. It 
 has been called Chaux sulfatee epigtne by HAUY. 
 
 4. Anhydrite is found in beds of gypsum, and of clay along with com- 
 mon salt. It al o occurs with metallic minerals, as Galena and Blende. 
 
 5. Splendid g< les of large and well denned crystals (fig. 11.) of An- 
 hydrite have been found at Aussee in Stiria; other crystallized varieties 
 at Hall in the Tyrol, at Hallein in Salzburg, in Switzerland, &c. The 
 blue variety is fc ud at Sulz on the Neckar, and at Bleiberg in Carin- 
 thia. Foliated Anhydrite, transparent and of a fine blue color, is fre- 
 quently met with in geodes in the black limestone at Lockport, (N.Y.) 
 associated with crystals of Calcareous spar and Gypsum. Columnar va- 
 rieties occur at Ischel and Berchtesgaden ; compact ones, in the Hartz, 
 in Mansfeld, &c. ; the contorted varieties are found at Wieliczka and 
 Bochnia in Poland. The decomposed Anhydrite occurs in considerable 
 quantities at Aussee in Stiria, at Bex in Switzerland, and in other places. 
 It is observed at Lockport in thin coatings upon the foliated variety above 
 alluded to,~and also filling up crevices among the foliae. 
 
24 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Anhydrite Ankerite . 
 
 6. The blue varieties, in which the granular particles of composition 
 cohere more firmly than in others, are cut and polished for various or- 
 namental purposes, and are known in the arts by the name of Marmo 
 bardiglio di Bergamo. 
 
 ANHYDROUS SILICATE OF IRON. 
 
 Massive : foliated. 
 
 Cleavage, divides easily into four-sided prisms. 
 Color dark brown, opake. 
 Hardness = 4. Sp. gr. = 3-884. 
 Brittle. Attracted by the magnet. 
 
 1. Heated in a glass-tube, it emits ammoniacal vapors, and loses 1-97 
 of its weight. Alone before the blow-pipe, it is infusible, but in the re- 
 ducing flame acquires a metallic lustre, and assumes the appearance of 
 magnetic iron. Dissolves in muriatic acid by the aid of heat, without 
 effervescing, leaving behind a quantity of silica in flakes. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By THOMSON. 
 
 Silica 29-600 
 
 Protoxide of iron . . . 68-605 
 Protoxide of manganese . . 1-857 
 
 3. It is found at Sclavcorrach, one of the Morne mountains, in the 
 north-east of Ireland. 
 
 4. Not enough is known concerning the foregoing mineral to pro- 
 nounce upon its specific character with certainty. It scarcely differs 
 from Yenite except in being aUi^cted by the magnet, and in its infusi- 
 bility. 
 
 ANKERITE. Paratomous Lime-Haloid e. 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Rhomboid. P on P= 106 12. 
 
 Cleavage parallel with the primary faces perfect. Frac- 
 ture uneven. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, slightly inclining to pearly. Color white, 
 with various tints of grey, red and brown. Streak brown, 
 Translucent, often very faintly. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 3-5 . . . 4-0. Sp. gr. = 3-080. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals. Face of com- 
 position parallel with the vertical axes. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Ankerite Anorthite. 
 
 Fig. 28. 
 
 Massive : composition granular, individuals in most cases ea- 
 sily discernible, often mixed with Calcareous Spar. Faces 
 of composition uneven and rough. 
 
 1. It becomes black before the blow-pipe without melting, and acts 
 upon the magnetic needle. With borax it melts into a pearl. The color 
 is darkened on the surface by being exposed to the air. 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By SCHROTTER. 
 
 Carbonic acid with oxide of iron 
 
 Lime .... 
 
 Magnesia .... 
 
 Oxide of manganese . 
 3. The Ankerite occurs in the Rathhausberg in Salzburg upon beds in 
 mica-slate, and in many places upon the beds of Heavy Spar, extending 
 from Stiria along the whole chain of the Alps. The Ankerite forms veins 
 in the transition limestone about the city of Quebec, and in the U. States 
 it occurs in connexion with the coal formation at West Springfield, (Mass.) 
 
 35-308 
 50-113 
 11-846 
 
 3-084 
 
 ANORTHITE. 
 
 PARTSCH. 
 
 Primary form. Doubly oblique 
 prism. 
 
 Anorthotomous Feldspar. 
 
 Fig. 29. 
 
 MonP 
 MonT 
 P onT 
 
 94 12' 
 117 28 
 110 57 
 
26 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Anorthite Anthophyllite. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 MonZ 
 T on I 
 P on e 
 P on n 
 P on t 
 
 Fig. 30. 
 
 117 25' 
 120 30 
 
 137 32 
 133 13 
 
 138 46 
 
 Cleavage, parallel to P and M ; none parallel to T. 
 
 Fracture conchoidal. 
 
 Surface of T more smooth than of I. 
 
 Lustre pearly upon cleavage planes, vitreous in other di- 
 rections. Color white. Streak white. Transparent . . . 
 translucent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 6-0. Sp. gr. = 2-763 (massive) ; 
 = 2' 656 (small crystals, apparently not entirely free from 
 Augite.) 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe it behaves like Feldspar, except that with so- 
 da it does not give a clear glass. It is entirely decomposed by concen- 
 trated muriatic acid. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By ROSE. 
 
 Silica .... 44-49 
 
 Alumina .... 34-46 
 
 Oxide of iron . . . . 0-74 
 
 Lime .... 15-68 
 
 Magnesia .... 5-26 
 
 3. The only locality of Anorthite is Mount Vesuvius. It is found lin- 
 ing cavities in Limestone, along with a green variety of Augite. 
 
 ANTHOPHYLLITE. Prismatic Schiller-Spar. 
 MOHS. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 27 
 
 Anthopbyllite. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. P on P x = 
 125. 
 
 Cleavage parallel to the sides of the primary form and 
 both its diagonals, the cleavage parallel to the longer di- 
 agonal being more distinct and easily obtained. 
 
 Fracture uneven. 
 
 Surface streaked parallel to the axis. 
 
 Lustre pearly, inclining to metallic, particularly upon the 
 perfect face of cleavage. Qolor between yellowish-grey 
 and clove-brown. Streak white. Translucent, sometimes, 
 only on the edges. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 5-0 . . . 5-5. Sp. gr. =3-129. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive ; composition columnar, 
 straight, sometimes divergent and rather broad ; faces of 
 composition irregularly streaked. They are often aggre- 
 gated in a second composition, which is angulo-granular 
 and wedge-shaped. 
 
 1. Alone before the blow-pipe, it is unalterable except in very thin 
 fragments, when it fuses on the edges into a black slag. With borax, it 
 melts with difficulty into a glass, colored by iron. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By JOHW. By THOMSOX. By GMELIN. 
 
 Silica 56-00 56-290 - 56-00 
 
 Alumina - 13-30 1-545 - 3-00 
 
 Magnesia - 14-00 19-665 - 23-00 
 
 Lime 3-33 0-000' - 2-00 
 
 Oxide of iron 6-00 7-280 - 0-00 
 
 Oxide of manganese 3-00 0-000 - 4-00 
 
 Water 1-43 1-685 - 0-00 
 
 Potash 0-00 13-500 - 12-00 
 
 3. Anthophyllite occurs in beds of mica-slate, accompanied by Gar- 
 net, Talc, Augite, lolite, &c. 
 
 4. It has been brought from the cobalt and copper mines of Kongsberg 
 and Modum in Norway. It is found with Augite in Greenland ; and 
 
28 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Anthracite. 
 
 with Tourmaline and lolite at Haddam, (Con.) It also occurs with 
 Quartz in mica-slate, at Chesterfield and Bhndford, (Mass.) 
 
 ANTHRACITE. Non-Bituminous Mineral- 
 Coal. MOHS. 
 
 No regular form or structure. Massive, generally im- 
 palpable ; rarely vesicular, and sometimes divided into co- 
 lumnar masses, meeting in rough faces. 
 
 Fracture conchoidal, often perfect. 
 
 Lustre imperfect metallic. Color iron-black, sometimes 
 inclining to greyish black, often beautifully tarnished. 
 Streak unchanged. Opake. 
 
 Not very brittle. Hardness = 2-0 ... 2*5. Sp. gr. = 
 1-4. 
 
 1. The Columnar Glance- Coal of JAMESON, and the Mineral Car- 
 bon, or Mineral Charcoal, are both varieties of Anthracite. The for- 
 mer is remarkable for its irregular columnar composition, which is prob- 
 ably produced by fissures, and the low degree of lustre in its fracture : 
 the latter occurs in thin layers and massive specimens of a very delicate 
 columnar composition, and presenting a silky lustre. 
 
 2. The varieties of the present species do not contain any bitumen, but 
 consist wholly of carbon, occasionally mixed with a small proportion of 
 oxide of iron, silica and alumina. They are inflamed with difficulty, and 
 burn without smoke or bituminous smell and with little or no flame, 
 leaving a more or less considerable earthy residue. 
 
 3. Anthracite is found occasionally in more ancient rocks ; but its prin- 
 cipal deposits are in secondary strata, consisting of coarse sand stones, 
 greywacke and slate. It is sometimes met with in veins traversing trap 
 rocks. 
 
 4. Vast deposits of Anthracite are found in the United States. The 
 most celebrated of these is the anthracite region, so called, of the Sus- 
 quehanna, situated chiefly in Luzerne county, (Pen.) It is between 
 sixty and seventy miles long, and about five broad, constituting a trough 
 or elongated basin, through which the Susquehanna river and Lacka- 
 wanna creek, flow. The Anthracite breaks out throughout this region 
 in precipices and hills, forming in some places the beds of the rivers and 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Anthracite. Antimonial Silver. 
 
 smaller streams which descend from the mountains ; and the whole of 
 this extent is completely overlaid by coal beds of various thicknesses, re- 
 peated again and again with their attendant rocks. The neighboring 
 counties of Schuylkill and Lehigh abound in this species also, where it 
 occurs under similar circumstances. The Anthracite of Pennsylvania is 
 distinguished by its sub-slaty and conchoidal fracture. Very frequently 
 also, it is liable to the most splendid tarnishes which this species ever 
 presents. A second Anthracite region is Rhode Island, where a forma- 
 tion exists at Portsmouth ; and a third in Worcester, (Mass.) The An- 
 thracite of these last mentioned districts is remarkable for its irregular 
 columnar composition, dull grey color, and low degree of lustre. This 
 last variety is found on the Meissner in Hessia, forming the uppermost 
 division of a bed of bituminous wood, covered by basalt. It also occurs 
 in Scotland. The slaty Anthracite is found at Schonfield in Saxony, in 
 Savoy, at Kongsberg in Norway, at Staffordshire in England, in Ayr- 
 shire Scotland, and at Kilkenny in Ireland. 
 
 5. On account of the difficult inflammability of this species of coal, and 
 its scarcity in Europe, it appears to have attracted little attention for eco- 
 nomical purposes. Its abundance in this country however, and the 
 cheapness with which it is raised, (it being worked in open quarries,) 
 have brought it into extensive use. At present, it forms the principal 
 fuel in the maritime cities of the northern states, and is applied to nearly 
 every purpose of raising temperature. 
 
 ANTHRAKONITE. 
 
 An impure Calcareous Spar, which owes its prismatic concretion- 
 ary form to some species of Favosites. 
 
 ANTIMONIAL SILVER. Prismatic Antimony. 
 
 MOHS. 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism ? 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 31. 
 
 M on M - 
 
 - 120 0' 
 
 3* 
 
30 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Antimonial Silver. 
 
 Cleavage parallel to o and P distinct ; cleavage parallel 
 to M imperfect. 
 
 Fracture uneven. 
 
 Surface in general smooth. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color silver-white, inclining to tin- 
 white. Streak unchanged. 
 
 Hardness = 3-5. Sp. gr. = 9-44 . . . 9-8. 
 
 Compound Varieties. - Twin-crystals like those of Ar- 
 ragonite and White Lead-Ore. Massive : composition 
 granular, individuals of various sizes, and easily separated. 
 
 Pseudomorphic six-sided prisms. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it yields a globule of silver, while the anti- 
 mony is driven off. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 Silver - ... . 76-5 
 
 Antimony 23-5 
 
 3, It is found accompanied by Native Silver, Native Arsenic, Galena 
 and various other species. Its localities are Altwolfach in Fiirstenberg, 
 and Andreasberg in the Hartz. 
 
 4. The Arsenical Silver is considered as a more or less intimate me- 
 chanical mixture of Native Arsenic, or of Mispickel with Antimonial Sil- 
 ver. It possesses the color of Native Silver, hut is commonly tarnished 
 externally of a blackish color. It occurs in small, curved lamellar com- 
 positions, consisting of very thin crystalline coats. It is harder than An- 
 timonial Silver. Before the blow-pipe, the arsenic and antimony are for 
 the most part volatilized, leaving a globule of impure silver, surrounded 
 by a slag. A specimen from Andreasberg afforded Klaproth, 
 
 Arsenic - - - - 35-00 
 
 Antimony ..... 4 00 
 
 Silver 12-75 
 
 Iron 44-25 
 
 Its localities are the same as those mentioned for Antimonial Silver, 
 and in addition, it comes from Guadalcaual in Estremadura in Spain, 
 
 5. It is valuable for the extraction of silver. 
 
 ANTIMONY PHYLLITE. 
 
 Primary form. Rhombic prism. Dimensions unknown, and like- 
 wise whether the prism be right or oblique. 
 

 
 Secondar 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Apatite. 
 
 31 
 
 Secondary form. A thin, six-sided prism derived from a rhombic 
 prism, through the truncation of the acute edges. 
 
 Cleavage parallel with the lateral planes of the primary form, and 
 with its shorter diagonal. 
 
 Fractare scarcely observable. 
 
 Surface uneven. 
 
 Lustre pearly, inclining to adamantine. Color greyish-white. 
 Translucent. 
 
 Sectile. Thin laminae are flexible, like Talc. 
 
 Hardness = 1-0 . . . 1-5. Sp. gr. = 4-025. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it conducts like white Antimony. A copious 
 precipitate of oxide of antimony is thrown down from its solution in mu- 
 riatic acid, by water. 
 
 2. But two specimens of this mineral, the one at Dresden and the other 
 at Halle, have been seen ; and their locality is unknown. 
 
 APATITE. Rhombohedral Fluor-Haloide. 
 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary fonrio Regular hexagonal prism. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 32. 
 
 Fig. 33. 
 
 M 
 
 M 
 
 M 
 
 M on a? 
 P on x 
 x on x 
 
 M on e 
 M on r 
 P on r 
 
 129 13' 53") 
 
 140 46 7 V 
 
 143 7 48 ) 
 
 150 00 00 
 
 112 12 28 
 
 157 47 32 
 
32 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Apatite. 
 
 Fig. 34. 
 
 Fig. 35. 
 
 M 
 
 f on s 
 e on 5 
 M on 5 
 r on a? 
 M or M 7 on rf 
 M on e 
 P on cl 
 P on c2 - 
 P on c3 
 P on a 
 M on cl 
 M on c2 
 M on c3 
 M^n&orZ/ 
 6 on a 
 The planes bb are rarely seen together on the same crystal. 
 
 
 Fig. 36. 
 
 L 
 
 ^^^ ~^_^^ 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 \ 
 
 
 I 
 
 i 
 
 125 15' 52") 
 
 144 44 8 f TT 
 135 00 00 ( * 
 
 162 58 33 J 
 
 J50 00 00 ^ 
 
 
 169 2 00 
 
 
 157 00 00 
 
 
 134 43 00 
 
 
 120 38 00 
 
 
 124 16 00 
 
 >PHILLIPS. 
 
 112 48 00 
 
 
 130 30 00 
 
 
 139 48 00 
 
 
 149 40 00 
 
 
 162 18 00 
 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 33 
 
 Apatite. 
 
 Cleavage parallel with the planes of the primary form, 
 that parallel with the base obtained with most difficulty. 
 
 Fracture conchoidal, more or less perfect, uneven. 
 
 Surface, the secondary faces generally very smooth ; the 
 primary lateral ones striated in a longitudinal direction. 
 Sometimes all the edges are rounded. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to resinous. Color white, fre- 
 quently violet-blue, mountain-green, or asparagus green ; 
 also yellow, grey red and brown colors, though none of 
 .them are bright. Transparent Or translucent. A bluish 
 opalescence appears upon the faces parallel to the principal 
 axis in some crystals, particularly the white varieties. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 5-0. Sp. gr. = 3-225 (asparagus- 
 green crystals from Spain) ; =3' 180, from Salzburg. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Implanted globular and reniform 
 shapes : composition imperfectly columnar ; faces of composi- 
 tion rough. Massive : composition granular, individuals of 
 different size, not impalpable; faces of composition uneven 
 or rough. 
 
 1. Several varieties of the present species which are decidedly sepa- 
 rate from others and connected among themselves, were formerly con- 
 sidered as forming two or even three distinct species. The distinctive 
 marks between them, however, are so slight, that they are incapable of 
 being indicated with certainty, and it would therefore be superfluous to 
 attempt their explanation. 
 
 2. Certain varieties are phosphorescent upon ignited charcoal and be- 
 fore the blow-pipe ; in particular those crystals which are terminated by 
 a single plane, some of which phosphoresce when rub"bed with hard bod- 
 ies. In a very strong heat of the blow-pipe, the edges and solid angles 
 are rounded off; but it does not melt without addition. With borax, it 
 dissolves slowly into a clear glass. With salt of phosphorus it dissolves 
 in great quantities, affording a transparent glass, which, when nearly 
 saturated, becomes opake in cooling, and presents crystalline faces, sim- 
 ilar, but less distinct than phosphate of lead. Apatite has been artificial- 
 
34 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Apatite. 
 
 ly formed by exposing a mixture of phosphoric acid and sulphate of lime 
 to a high temperature. It exhibits a lamellar texture, and shows by heat 
 on opposite ends, opposite kinds of electricity, a property not hitherto 
 observed in the natural crystals of Apatite. 
 
 3. Analysis. 
 
 By KL.APROTH. By VAUQUELIN, By PELLETIER & 
 from Spain. DojvADEi,fr. Spain. 
 
 Lime 55-0 . 54-28 . 59-0 
 
 Phosphoric acid 45-0 45-72 . 34-0 
 
 Carbonic acid . .1-0 
 
 Muriatic acid , . 0-5 
 
 Fluoric acid . . 2-5 
 
 Silica . .2-0 
 
 Iron . .1-0 
 
 4. There are examples of Apatite entering as an occasional admixture 
 into the composition of rocks, as granite and limestone. But it more fre- 
 quently appears iji beds and veins, consisting chiefly of ores of iron and 
 tin, or of crystallized varieties of those species of which the rocks them- 
 selves are composed. The crystallized variety, called Asparagus-stone 
 from Spain, is found in an ancient volcanic rock, along with Specular 
 Iron and compact Calcareous-spar. The compound varieties, called 
 Phosphorite, of the same country, form particular beds. 
 
 5. Ehrenfriedersdorf in Saxony, Schlackenwald in Bohemia, the Grei- 
 ner mountain in Salzburg, Cabo de Gata in Spain, Devonshire and Corn- 
 wall, are some of the most distinguished localities of this species. Aren- 
 dal in Norway affords the bluish green and reddish brown crystals, 
 
 t^Moroxite} ; St. Gothard in Switzerland, and Heiligenbluter Tauern in 
 Salzburg, furnish remarkable white, transparent crystals ; and Estrema- 
 dura in Spain, and Schlackenwalk in Bohemia, produce massive varie- 
 ties, while a pulverulent variety is found at Marmarosch in Hungary. 
 Small yellow r crystals occur at Partridge Island in Nova Scotia. 
 
 Apatite has been found in many places in the United States ; but we 
 possess but one locality which affords it in any considerable quantity, or 
 in well crystallized specimens, and this is at Governeur, St. Lawrence 
 Co. (N.Y.) where it occurs crystallized in granular limestone, the crys- 
 tals being very abundant, large, (sometimes 4 or 6 inches in length,) well 
 defined, having the form of fig. 35, (except r,) and possessing a rich sea- 
 green or mountain-green color. Crystals several inches long, of the prima- 
 ry form have been obtained at Amity, (N.Y<) where it occurs of a green 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 35 
 
 Apatite. Aphanesite. 
 
 color in white limestone, associated with brown Augite and Scapolite. 
 At Bolton, (Mass.) it occurs crystallized and massive, of a bluish green 
 color, under similar circumstances, with the addition of Petalite and 
 Sphene. Handsome green crystals have been found at Monroe, (Con.) 
 in granite : but they are scarce. Very distinct crystals an inch or 
 more in length, of a reddish brown color, are occasionally met with in 
 a vein of granite at Greenfield, (N.Y.) acccompanied by Chrysoberyl, 
 Tourmaline and Garnet. The following localities of Apatite in small 
 green or yellowish green crystals, imbedded in granite, are quoted in 
 Cleaveland's Mineralogy, viz., near Baltimore, (Maryland,) near Wil- 
 mington, (Delaware,) near Philadelphia, New York and New Haven ; 
 also the following in Iron Pyrites : near Green Pond, Morris co. (N.Y.) 
 and at Anthony's Nose in the Highlands of New York. 
 
 APHANESITE. Aphanistic Copper-Bary te. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. M on M'= 
 56. PonM=99 30'. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 37. Fig. 38. 
 
 P on al 125 00' 
 
 P on cl 80 30 
 
 P on c2 99 30 
 
 / on / 62 30 
 
 Lustre pearly upon the face of perfect cleavage. Color 
 
 dark verdigris-green, inclining to sky-blue, still darker on* 
 
 the surface. Streak verdigris green. Translucent on the 
 
 edges. 
 
 Not very brittle. Hardness = 2-5 ... 3-0. Sp. gr. = 
 
 4-192. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe it deflagrates and emits arsenical vapors. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By CHENEVIX. 
 
 Oxide of copper . . . 54-00 
 
 Arsenic acid . . . 30-00 
 
 Water . . 16-00 
 
 n 
 
36 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Aphthitalite. Apophyllite. 
 
 3. It has hitherto been found only in Cornwall, with several other 
 species of the salts of copper, and with Copper Pyrites and Quartz. 
 
 APHRITE. (See Calcareous- Spar.) 
 
 APLOME. (See Garnet.) 
 
 APHTHITALITE. Prismatoidal Glauber- 
 Salt. 
 
 Massive $* rnammillary, apparently formed in successive 
 layers. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color white, with certain bluish or 
 greenish stains. Translucent. 
 
 Rather brittle. Hardness = 2-5... 3-0. Sp. gr. = 
 1-731. 
 
 Taste saline and bitter, disagreeable. 
 
 1. It has not been analyzed, but probably will be found to be a sulphate 
 of potash, with a trace of sulphate and muriate of copper. 
 2. It occurs at Mount Vesuvius. 
 
 APOPHYLLITE. Pyramidal Kouphone- 
 Spar. MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Right square prism. 
 
 * The artificial crystals are right rhombic prisms of 112 &, having 
 their acute angles replaced so as to form dihedral summits of 106 46', 
 and having the lateral edges truncated. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 4pophyllite. 
 
 37 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 39. 
 
 Fig. 40. 
 
 Fig. 41. P 
 
 127 59') 
 119 30 V 
 '104 2 ) 
 
 120 5') 
 
 128 20 V PHILLIPS* 
 
 104 18 ) 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with the primary faces, most perfect 
 at right angles to the axis. 
 
 Fracture uneven. 
 
 Surface smooth and shining. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. The natural and cleavage face P pos- 
 sess pearly lustre. Color several shades of white, greyish, 
 bluish or reddish. Streak white. Transparent . . . translu- 
 cent. 
 
 4 
 
38 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Apophyllite. Arfwedsonite. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 4' 5 . . . 5-0. Sp. gr. = 2-335. 
 Compound varieties. Massive : composition lamellar, 
 straight, or slightly curved. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it first exfoliates, then intumesces like borax, 
 and melts at last into a white vesicular globule. It is easily dissolved 
 by borax. It is positively electrified by friction, but not by heat. It 
 likewise exfoliates in acids ; and its. powder forms with them, a jelly. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By BERZELIUS, By STROMEYER, 
 
 fromUtoen. from Faroe. 
 
 Silica . . 53-13 . . 52-38 . . 51-26 
 
 Lime . . 24-71 . . 24-98 . . 25-20 
 
 Potash . . 527 .. 5-27 . . 5-14 
 
 Fluoric acid . 0-82 . . 0-64 . . 0-00 
 
 Water . . 16-20 . . 1620 . . 16-04 
 
 3. The natural repositories of Apophyllite are the vesicular cavities 
 of amygdaloidal rocks, or metalliferous beds with Augite, Calcareous 
 Spar and Copper Pyrites. 
 
 4. Some of the finest varieties are from the amygdaloid of Iceland and 
 the Faroe islands. Likewise near Indore in India. Under similar cir- 
 cumstances it occurs at Mariaberg, near Aussig in Bohemia, and the va- 
 riety from thence has been called Jllbin. It has been found occupying 
 drusy cavities of a very extensive bed of limestone in gneiss, containing 
 ores of copper, at Czcklowa, near Oravvitza in the Bannat. Other local- 
 ities are New South Shetland, and several iron-mines in Sweden and 
 Norway. 
 
 The only known localities in North America are Peter's Point and Par- 
 tridge Island in the Basin of Mines, Nova Scotia. 
 
 ARFWEDSONITE. Peritomous Augite-Spar. 
 PARTSCH. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. M on M'= 
 123 55', from cleavage. 
 
 Cleavage parallel with the sides of the prism/ producing 
 brilliant faces. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Arragonite. 
 
 39 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color black. Opake. 
 Hardness inferior to Hornblende. Sp. gr. =3'44. 
 
 1. It melts easily before the blow-pipe into a black globule. With 
 borax, it gives a glass colored by iron ; with salt of phosphorus, likewise, 
 but paler, and becoming colorless on cooling, whilst a dark grey silica- 
 skeleton remains undissolved. 
 
 2. It occurs along with black Augite and black Sodalite in Greenland, 
 and has generally been considered as a ferruginous variety of Horn- 
 blende, from which, however, its brilliant cleavages, the inclination of 
 its lateral faces and inferior hardness, seem sufficiently to distinguish it 
 as a new species. 
 
 The mineral generally taken for a variety of Hornblende in a porphy- 
 ritic trap from Plymouth, (Vt.) appears to agree with the above descrip- 
 tion. 
 
 ARRAGONITE. Prismatic Lime Haloide. 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M' = 
 116 10'. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 43. Fig. 44. 
 
 M on cl 
 Mon M 7 
 M'onA 
 h on cl 
 cl on cl 
 M on b 
 cl on c2 
 cl on c3 
 cl on b 
 b on b 
 
 1 QQO 1 Q/ "^ Bilin, Bohemia. 
 
 116 10 I 
 
 121 38 ^ PHILLIPS. 
 
 125 55 
 
 108 18 J 
 
 144 oon 
 
 150 30 
 
 141 00 VPHILLIPS. 
 
 136 30 I 
 
 129 33 J 
 
40 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Arragonite. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with the lateral faces of the primary 
 form. 
 
 Fracture conchoidal, uneven. 
 
 Surface generally smooth. The curvature of the sides 
 parallel to the prismatic axis very often produces acicular 
 crystals, variously aggregated. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to resinous upon faces of frac- 
 ture. Color white, prevalent ; sometimes passing into grey, 
 yellow, mountain-green and violet blue. Streak greyish 
 white. Transparent . . . translucent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 35 . . . 4-0. Sp. gr. =2-931, (the 
 transparent crystals from Bohemia.) 
 
 Compound varieties. 
 
 Fig. 45. Fig. 46. Fig. 47. 
 
 Arragon. 
 
 Fig. 45. Formed from the composition of two individu- 
 als, like fig. 43, the angle of revolution being 90. 
 
 Fig. 46. Formed from the composition of three individ- 
 uals of the same form, as explained in 73. Part I. 
 
 Fig. 47. The dotted lines represent the cracks observa- 
 ble down each plane,-arising from the contact of the planes 
 forming the dihedral summits of the several individuals of 
 which fig. 46 is composed ; and hence the six lateral planes 
 of this apparently regular hexagonal prism are not flat; but 
 each presents a slightly re-entering angle. 
 
 Globular, reniform, coralloidal shapes ; surface drusy, 
 composition columnar, the individuals being often very del- 
 icate, but also occurring of various dimensions ; faces of 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 41 
 
 Arragonite. 
 
 composition irregularly streaked. Massive : composition 
 columnar, either parallel, or divergent, or irregular ; and of 
 different sizes of individuals. 
 
 1. Thin fragments of transparent crystals decrepitate in the flame of a 
 candle ; other varieties lose their transparency, and become friable. It 
 phosphoresces upon red-hot iron, and is soluble in nitric and muriatic 
 acid, with effervescence. 
 
 2. .Analysis. 
 By STROMEYER. 
 
 Carbonate of lime . . 95-2965 . 99-2922 
 Carbonate of strontites . 0-5090 . 4-1043 
 
 Water .... 0-1544 . 05992 
 
 The carbonate of strontites does not exist in constant proportions, and 
 has not been found at all in the coral loidal varieties. 
 
 3. Imbedded crystals, generally twins, o; consisting of a greater num- 
 ber of individuals, are found in compound varieties of Gypsum, mixed 
 and colored with oxide of iron, accompanied by crystals of Quartz, 
 which have likewise suffered a similar admixture. Other varieties oc- 
 cur in the cavities of basalt and other trap rocks, also in irregular beds 
 and veins. It is found in beds of iron-ores, in those coralloidal varieties 
 which have been called Flos-ferri, in which the component individuals 
 are so minute that their form and structure is undistinguishable. It is 
 also found in various repositories, along with several species, as Copper 
 and Iron Pyrites, Galena and Malachite. It likewise occurs in lava. 
 
 4. The most beautiful crystals occur near Bilin in Bohemia, in a vein 
 traversing basalt, and filled with a massive variety of the same species, 
 consisting of large columnar particles of composition. The varieties of 
 twin-crystals imbedded in Gypsum, are found in the kingdom of Arragon 
 in Spain, from whence the name of the species has been derived. The 
 greenish colored specimens are brought from Marienberg in Saxony, 
 and Sterziog in the Tyrol. The finest varieties of Flos-ferri are found 
 in the mines of Eisen-ertz in Stiria; it also occurs atSchemnitz, St. Ma- 
 rie mines, and in those of Baygorri and Vicdessos in the Pyrennees. In 
 England, the Dufton lead mines furnish beautiful specimens in acicular 
 crystals, and finely columnar masses of a satin lustre. Other localities 
 are Mount Vesuvius, Iglo in Hungary, France, Scotland, Iceland and 
 Silesia. 
 
 4* 
 
42 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Arsenic-glance. 
 
 The Flos-ferri has been met with at Lockport, (N. Y.) coating gypsum 
 in geodes, at Edenville, (N.Y.) lining cavities of Mispickel and Cube ore, 
 and at Haddam, (Con.) and its vicinity, in thin seams between layers of 
 gneiss. A fibrous variety occurs at Scoharie, (N.Y.) It also exists in 
 numerous limestone caves of the south western states. 
 
 . ARSENIATE OF COBALT. (See Cobalt-Bloom.} 
 ARSENIATE OF COPPER. (See Jlphanesite, Copper-Mica , 
 
 Erinite, Euchroite, Liroconite and Olivenite.) 
 ARSENIATE OF IRON. (See Cube-ore.) 
 ARSENIATE OF LIME. (See PharmaJcolite.) 
 ARSENIATE OF NICKEL. (See Nickel- Ochre.) 
 
 ARSENICAL ANTIMONY GLANCE. 
 
 In reniform masses, consisting of thin and curved individuals. 
 Fracture uneven. 
 
 Lustre shining to faint. Color tin-white to steel-grey. 
 Hardness = 2-0... 3-0. Sp. gr. =6-2. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe it melts, and during fusion emits fumes of An- 
 timony and Arsenic. Decomposed by nitric acid, affording a white pre- 
 cipitate, soluble in muriatic acid. 
 
 2. It is found at Przibram in Bohemia, Allemont in.Dauphiny, Poul- 
 laouen in Brittany, and Andreasberg in the Hartz. 
 
 ARSENIC-GLANCE. 
 
 Massive, botry oid al; composition columnar, individuals radia- 
 ting. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color dark lead-grey. 
 Hardness = 20... 2-5. Sp. gr. = 5-2 . . . 5-5. 
 
 1. Fragments of it, held in the blaze of a lamp, take fire, and dissem- 
 inate, amidst continual sparks, a greyish, arsenical vapor. Heated on 
 platina foil, it is surrounded by a ring of crystallized arsenic acid ; and 
 as it diminishes perceptibly, the vapor is partly deposited in the form of 
 a blackish-grey powder. Before the blow-pipe, upon charcoal, it burns, 
 at first with a bluish flame, and disappears in a dense smoke. It does 
 not melt, until just before it disappears, when a white metallic globule 
 is obtained. In the matrass it gives, at first crystallized arsenic acid : 
 afterwards, a grey smoke and metallic arsenic, without any perceptible 
 residuum. It is soluble in nitric acid, and the solution (when the acid is 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Atacamite. 
 
 43 
 
 not in excess) gives a white precipitate on the addition of water. With 
 hydriodic acid, it at first gives a blackish brown, and then a citron-yel- 
 low, precipitate. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KERSTEJV, 
 
 from Marienberg. 
 
 Arsenic . ' . . . . 96785 
 Bismuth 3-001 
 
 3. It occurs in small quantises only, at Palmbaum in Marienberg, ac- 
 companied by Native Arsenic, Red Silver, Fluor, Heavy Spar, Calca- 
 reous Spar, Copper Nickel, Native Silver, &c. 
 
 4. It is not probable that the bismuth is a necessary ingredient in this 
 mineral, which might with more propriety be included under Native 
 Arsenic. 
 
 AsBESTUS. 
 
 Silky varieties of Hornblende, Pyroxene, Picrosmene and JYV- 
 molite : q. v. 
 
 ASPARAGUS-STONE. (See Apatite.) 
 ASPHALTUM. (See Bitumen.) 
 ATACAMITE. Prismatoidal Habroneme- 
 
 Malachite. PARTSCH. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M / = 100 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 48. 
 
 M on M> 
 P on al 
 P on a2 
 P on c 
 P one 
 a2 on a'2 
 a2 on c 
 a2 on e 
 c on c' 
 c on d 
 c on e 
 e on e 
 
 100' 
 
 142 40 
 123 25 
 127 12 
 116 20 
 112 45 
 110 30 
 
 143 25 
 107 10 
 159 00 
 137 40 
 127 07 
 
 'PHILLIPS. 
 
 
44 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Atmospheric-air. 
 
 The planes M M' are the result of cleavage. Among the minute crys- 
 tals are to be observed some in which the planes 2, 2> and c, c f of fig. 
 48 prevail to the exclusion of the rest, converting them to the form of an 
 octahedron with a square base. 
 
 Cleavage parallel to P, less distinct parallel to M and M 7 . 
 
 Colors, olive, leek, grass, emerald, and blackish-green. 
 Streak apple-green. Nearly transparent . . . translucent on 
 the edges. 
 
 Rather brittle. Hardness = 3-0 . . . 3*5. Sp. gr. = 
 
 4-43. 
 
 
 
 1. It communicates bright blue and green colors to the flame of a can- 
 dle, or if exposed to the blast of the blow-pipe, it develops vapors of mu- 
 riatic acid, and melts at last into a globule of copper. It is soluble with- 
 out effervescence in nitric acid. 
 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 
 
 By PROUST. 
 
 By KLAPROTH. 
 
 Oxide of copper 
 
 76-595 
 
 73-00 
 
 Muriatic acid 
 
 10.638 
 
 10.10 
 
 Water 
 
 12-767 
 
 16.90 
 
 3. It is found at Remolinos in Chili, on Brown Iron-Ore; sometimes 
 with Red Oxide of Copper and Malachite: it occurs also in Peru with some 
 of the ores of silver. It is found in the form of fine sand in the river Li- 
 pas, in the desert of Atacarna, (and hence the name of the species,) sepa- 
 rating Chili from Peru. Other localities are, Schwarzenberg in Saxony, 
 and Mount Vesuvius. 
 
 ATELESTITE. 
 
 Crystalline, in structure resembling Sphene. 
 
 Lustre resinous to adamantine. Color pure sulphur-yellow. 
 
 Transparent to translucent. 
 
 Hardness about 3. Heavy. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it affords the indications of bismuth. 
 
 2. It is found at Schneeberg. 
 
 ATMOSPHERIC-AIR. Pure Atmospheric-gas. 
 MOHS. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 45 
 
 Atmospheric- Water. 
 
 Gaseous. Transparent. 
 
 Sp. gr. =1-0. Nearly 800 times lighter than distilled 
 water. 
 
 1. It is tasteless and without odor, except that of electricity, which it 
 sometimes very manifestly exhibits. Though transparent, it neverthe- 
 less reflects a blue color when in large masses, as in the sky above us. 
 The lower atmosphere is contaminated in a greater or less degree by ev- 
 ery kind of air or vapor which can be formed by the various bodies that 
 compose the earth's surface. Over the land espe<yaUy, carbonic acid is 
 mingled with it in a proportion generally equal to 0-001. 
 2. Analysis. t 
 
 Nitrogen 79-00 
 
 Oxygen 21-00 
 
 8. Atmospheric-air constitutes the atmosphere, and surrounds the 
 whole globe to the height of forty or forty-five miles. 
 
 ATMOSPHERIC WATER. P u r-e A t m o s p h e r i c- 
 Water. MOHS. 
 
 Liquid. Transparent. 
 Sp.gr. =1-0. 
 
 1. Its form of aggregation is continually liable to fluctuation from 
 changes of atmospheric temperature ; and instead of water there appears 
 aqueous vapor, or steam, and ice and snow. Ice is commonly produced 
 with too much rapidity to permit the separate crystals of which its mass- 
 es are composed, to be distinctly visible. They have been observed, 
 however, by SCORESBY and HERixcAtrT DE THTJRY, under the form 
 of hexahedral prisms, of which the terminal faces presented striae paral- 
 lel to the faces of the prism, and in some instances with truncated termi- 
 nal edges. The sp. gr. of ice = '92. The crystals of snow present an 
 almost endless variety of forms, which are perfect geometrical figures. 
 They are usually lamellar, and transparent ; often in regular hexagons, 
 having six points radiating from their centres, with parallel collateral 
 ramifications in the same plane : in slender six-sided needles, or spines ; 
 and in combinations of hexagons and spines, producing stelliform, or 
 wheel-shaped compositions. Dr. BREWSTER has observed quadrangu- 
 lar plates in the hoar-frost crystallized upon leaves and stones; which 
 
46 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Automolite. 
 
 leads to the conclusion that the system of crystallization in ice is a quad- 
 rangular prism, and not a rhomboid, as was formerly supposed. It is 
 well known that no species in mineralogy, whose primitive form is the 
 rhomboid, presents crystallizations similar to the star-like figures of snow. 
 The hail-stones which fall in the spring have the form of spheric sec- 
 tions, consisting of opake, thin prisms, radiating from the centre : those 
 formed during heavy thunder storms in summer, generally, affect the 
 shape of irregular, flattish globules, consisting of columnar particles of 
 composition, but often perfectly transparent, and sometimes enclosing 
 air bubbles. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By BERZEI.IUS. 
 
 Oxygen 88-94 
 
 Hydrogen . . . . . 11-06 
 
 When pure, it is destitute of taste or odor. But water which flows 
 within or upon the surface of the earth, contains various earthy, saline, 
 metallic, vegetable, or animal particles, which often materially affect its 
 taste and smell, and sometimes considerabty augment its specific gravity. 
 Thus from the accidental presence of salts and acids are formed the dif- 
 ferent kinds of hard water, of acidulous and bitter waters, and sea water. 
 3. Pure atmospheric water descends from the atmosphere in the form 
 of rain, mist, dew, snow or hail ; it is also emitted from springs, and ac- 
 cumulated all over the globe in lakes, seas, &c. : in these last instances, 
 however, it is contaminated with variable proportions of saline sub- 
 stances. 
 
 AUTOMOLITE. Octahedral Corundum. MOHS. 
 Primary form. Regular octahedron. 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 49. 
 
 Cleavage parallel with the primary faces. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 47 
 
 Axinite. 
 
 Fracture conchoidal. 
 
 Surface rough, sometimes covered with Mica or Blende. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to resinous. Color dirty green 
 tinges, inclining to black and blue. Streak white. Trans- 
 lucent on the edges . . . nearly opake. 
 
 Hardness = 8-0. Sp. gr. =4-232. 
 
 Fig. 50. 
 
 Compound varieties. Twin-crystals. 
 The octahedral hemitrope. Massive: com- 
 position granular. 
 
 1. Alone before the blowvpipe, it is infusible, and nearly so with borax, 
 or with salt of phosphorus. With soda, it melts imperfectly into a dark 
 scoria, which being melted again with soda, deposits upon the charcoal 
 an areola of oxide of zinc. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By ECKEBERG. 
 
 Alumina 60-00 
 
 Oxide of zinc .... 24-25 
 Oxide of iron .... 9-25 
 Silica .... 4-75 
 
 3. Automolite generally occurs imbedded in talcose slate and quartz, 
 and is accompanied by Galena, Blende, Garnet, Gadolinite, &c. It is 
 thus found at Fahlun and Brodbo in Sweden. 
 
 In the United States, it occurs at Haddam, (Con.) along with Chryso- 
 beryl, Garnet and Columbite in granite. 
 
 AXINITE. Tetarto-prismatic Axinite. 
 
 Primitive form. Doubly oblique prism ? P on M= 
 134 40', P on T=115 17', M on T-= 135 10' (PHIL- 
 LIPS.) 
 
48 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Axinite. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 51. 
 
 M on al 
 
 179 
 
 00' 
 
 M on/3 - 
 
 90 isn 
 
 M on a2 
 
 150 
 
 3 
 
 T on A: 
 
 147 55 
 
 M on h 
 
 146 
 
 35 
 
 T on A 
 
 152 5 
 
 M on dl - 
 
 130 
 
 30 
 
 T on dl 
 
 149 30 
 
 M'ond2 - 
 
 100 
 
 45 
 
 T ond2 - 
 
 130 5 
 
 M on </3 
 
 72 
 
 38 
 
 T ondS - 
 
 94 12 
 
 M on il 
 
 179 
 
 20 
 
 P on al 
 
 133 25 
 
 M on t2 
 
 174 
 
 40 
 
 P on c 
 
 136 22 
 
 M on iS 
 
 152 
 
 25 
 
 P on /I 
 
 173 20 
 
 M on i4 
 
 142 
 
 28 
 
 P on A 
 
 143 20 
 
 M on i5 
 
 138 
 
 10 
 
 P on dl 
 
 139 30 
 
 M on k 
 
 120 
 
 00 
 
 P ond,2 
 
 121 30 
 
 M on c 
 
 112 
 
 25 
 
 P on d3 - 
 
 110 20 
 
 M on/2 - 
 
 135 
 
 12 
 
 
 j 
 
 Cleavage indistinct and interrupted. 
 
 Fracture conchoidal, uneven. 
 
 Surface of M and T irregularly streaked. The secon- 
 dary faces are smooth and shining. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color clove-brown, various shades in- 
 clining to plum-blue and pearl-grey. Green from an ad- 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 49 
 
 Axinite. 
 
 mixture of Talc. Streak white. Transparent . . . trans- 
 lucent, sometimes only on the edges. It exhibits the prop- 
 erty of dichroism. 
 
 Hardness=6-5 . . . 7-0. Sp. gr.=3-271. 
 
 Compound varieties. Massive : composition lamellar, 
 generally a little bent ; faces of composition irregularly 
 streaked. Sometimes the composition is granular and im- 
 palpable. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe it melts easily, and with intumescence, into a 
 dark-green glass, which becomes black in the oxidating flame. Some 
 varieties are differently electrified by heat, contiguous to opposite ends 
 of the crystals, and in these also a difference has been observed by 
 HAUY. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KL.APROTH. By WIEGMANN. 
 
 Silica . . . 50-50 ... 45-00 
 
 Lime . . . 17-00 . . . 12-50 
 
 Alumina . . . 16-00 . . . 1900 
 Oxide of iron . . 950 . . . 12-25 
 Oxide of manganese . 5-25 . . . 9-00 
 
 Potash . . . 0-25 . . . 0-00 
 
 Magnesia . . . 0-00 . , . 0-25 
 
 Boracic acid . . 00 . . . 2-00 
 
 3. Axinite occurs in beds and veins in primitive countries. It is ac- 
 companied in the former situations by Calcareous Spar, Blende, &c. ; in 
 the latter, chiefly byAugite, Quartz, Feldspar and various metallic min- 
 erals. 
 
 4. It is found in beds at Thum near Ehrenfriedersdorf in Saxony, from 
 whence it has sometimes been called Thumite or Thumerstone. At 
 Kongsberg in Norway, it occurs in veins with Vitreous Silver. Beau- 
 tiful crystals are met with in the veins of various places near Bourg 
 d'Oisans in Dauphiny, at Bareges in the Pyrenees, in Savoy, in the 
 county of Gb'mor in Hungary, and in large, well defined crystals at Bo- 
 tallack in Cornwall. In the latter place, it is found in a massive state, 
 forming a peculiar kind of rock with Garnet and Tourmaline. It is also 
 found at several places in the Hartz. 
 
 5 
 
50 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Babingtonite. 
 
 AZOTE. (See Nitrogen.) 
 * AZURLTE. (See Lazulite.) 
 
 BABINGTONITE. Axotomous Augite-Spar. 
 PARTSCH. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. Dimensions 
 unknown. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 92 34' 
 
 88 00 
 
 25 
 
 Fig. 52. 
 
 thin 
 
 p on m 
 p on t 
 t on h 
 m on t 
 
 m on h - - - 
 p on d 
 
 fon m 
 on g 
 
 Cleavage distinct, parallel to p and t. 
 
 Fracture imperfectly conchoid al. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color black, often greenish ; 
 splinters are faintly translucent, and of a green color, per-, 
 pendicular to p, of a brown color parallel to it. In large 
 crystals, it appears opake. 
 
 Hardness = 5*5 . . . 6-0. 
 
 1. According to Mr. CHILDREN, it is composed of silica, iron, man- 
 ganese and lime, with a trace of titanium. 
 
 2. It occurs at Arendal in Norway, in small crystals, (resembling dark 
 colored crystals of Pyroxene,) disposed on the surface of crystals of Albite ; 
 and at Governeur, (N.Y.) coating crystals of Feldspar. 
 
 BARYTO-CALCiTE. He m i-Pri smatic Hal- 
 B a r y t e. MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. M on M'= 
 106 54'. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Baryto-Calcite. 
 
 51 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 53. 
 
 M on 
 
 M' 
 
 - 
 
 106 
 
 54' ^~r\ 
 
 M on 
 
 P 
 
 - 
 
 102 
 
 54 ff%^\ 
 
 b on 
 
 b 
 
 - 
 
 95 
 
 15 
 
 \ 
 
 / 
 
 
 h on 
 
 the 
 
 edge between b and 6 
 
 119 
 
 00 
 
 f 
 
 l/ 
 
 c 
 
 P 
 
 - 
 
 . 
 
 135 
 
 00 
 
 
 * 
 
 
 c on 
 
 c 
 
 . 
 
 145 
 
 54 
 
 
 
 / 
 
 Cleavage perfect parallel to M and M 7 ; less easily ob- 
 tained, though perfect, parallel to P. 
 
 Fracture uneven, imperfectly conchoidal. 
 
 Surface h striated parallel to the edges of combination 
 with M ; the vertical planes parallel to the axis. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to resinous. Color white, 
 greyish yellowish, or greenish. Streak white. Transpa- 
 * rent . . . translucent. 
 
 Hardness =4-0. Sp. gr. =3'66. 
 
 Compound varieties. Massive : composition granular. 
 
 1. It does not melt alone before the blow-pipe, but gives a clear glob- 
 ule with borax. Like Witherite, it is soluble in muriatic acid. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By CHILDREN. 
 
 Carbonate of barytes . . . 65-9 
 Carbonate of lime . . . 33-6 
 
 It sometimes gives traces of iron and manganese. 
 3. It occurs at Alston moor in Cumberland, both massive and crystal- 
 lized. 
 
 BATRACHITE. 
 
 Massive, with traces of a rhombic prism of 115. Composition 
 impalpable. 
 
52 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Beryl. 
 
 Cleavage parallel with the sides and shorter diagonal of the 
 above prism, but mostly indistinct. Fracture small conchoidal. 
 Lustre resinous or vitreous ; more inclined to the latter. 
 Color light greenish-grey, to almost white. Streak white. 
 Hardness = 5-0. Sp. gr. = 3-038. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it is fusible alone, without any perceptible 
 change in the color of the flame. It affords a little moisture when heat- 
 ed in the matrass. It is slowly dissolved in phosphoric salt, leaving be- 
 hind flocculi of silica. With soda, it is with difficulty dissolved into a 
 dark colored pearl. From these and other experiments, it has been in- 
 ferred by MERLET to be a silicate of magnesia. 
 
 2. It is found at Rizoni, a mountain in southern Tyrol. 
 
 BERGMANITE. (See Scapolite.) 
 BERYL. Rhornbohedral Emerald. MOHS. 
 Primary form. Regular hexagonal prism. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 55. 
 Fig. 54. 
 
 M 
 
 P ous 
 
 Mons 
 Ponzf 
 Mont 
 
 135 00 ") 
 
 127 45' 40" I 
 150 00 
 120 00 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 53 
 
 Beryl. 
 
 Fig. 57. 
 
 M 
 
 M on n 
 n on s 
 s on t 
 
 P on 
 P on c2 
 cl on c'l 
 Mon d 
 
 150 00 
 
 135 00 
 
 156 42' 
 
 135 14' 
 
 159 10 
 
 179 40 
 
 150 00 
 
 59" 
 
 HAUY. 
 
 I 
 
 PHILLIPS. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel to all the primary planes, but not dis- 
 tinct. 
 
 Fracture conchoidal, uneven. 
 
 Surface, the prisms striated parallel to the axis. 
 
 The pyramidal faces smooth. 
 
 * Lustre vitreous. Color green, passing into blue, yellow 
 and white : the brightest of these colors is emerald green ; 
 .the greater part of the species, however, exhibits only pale 
 colors. Streak white. Transparent. . . translucent. 
 
 Hardness=7-5 . . . 8-0. Sp. gr. =2-732 of a perfectly 
 emerald green variety ; 2*678, of an apple-green crystal. 
 
54 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Beryl. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition generally 
 large granular, sometimes imperfectly columnar. 
 
 1. The only important differences between Emerald and Beryl are in 
 the colors ; which, since they produce an uninterrupted series, are alto- 
 gether insufficient for a division of the present species. The color of 
 Emerald is emerald green ; all the varieties of other colors are Beryl. 
 
 2. In a strong heat of the blow-pipe, the edges are rounded off, and a 
 shapeless vesicular scoria is produced. Transparent varieties become 
 milky. It is dissolved by borax. 
 
 3. Analysis. ^ 
 
 By BERZELITTS, By KLAPROTH. 
 
 from Broddbo. The Emerald of Peru, 
 
 Silica . . 68-35 . . . 68-50 
 
 Alumina . . 17-60 . . . 15-75 
 
 Glucina . . 13-13 . . . 1250 
 
 Oxide of iron . _. 0-72 . . . 1-00 
 
 Oxide of columbium ". 0-27 . . . 0-00 
 
 Oxide of chrome . 0-00 . . . 030 
 
 Lime . . . 0-00 . . . 0-25 
 
 4. Beryl occurs in imbedded crystals in various rocks, most generally, 
 however, in granite. It is also found in implanted crystals in veins and 
 in beds. It is associated with Feldspar, Chrysoberyl, Topaz, Tin-ore, 
 Garnet, &c. It is met with, likewise, in fractured crystals and rolled 
 masses in secondary repositories. 
 
 5. The finest crystals of the emerald-green colors, or the true Eme- 
 rald, come from Peru, where, according to HUMBOL.DT, it forms druses 
 with Calcareous Spar, and occurs in veins traversing hornblende-slate, 
 clay-slate and granite. It is sometimes accompanied by Quartz and 
 Iron Pyrites. Less beautiful varieties are found imbedded in mica-slate 
 in the valley of Heerbach, district of Pinzgau, Salzburg. The ancients 
 procured their Emeralds from Egypt. Their localities have been re- 
 discovered, and are situated in granite and mica-slate, in Mount Zalara, 
 seven leagues from the Red Sea in Upper Egypt. Transparent crystals 
 of bluish-green Beryl (called Aquamarine} are found in Siberia and 
 Brazil. In Siberia it occurs in the granitic district of Nertschinsk, on 
 the confines of China in compact ferruginous clay; also in the Uralian 
 nnd Altai mountains, often in large crystals : in Brazil, it is found in frac- 
 tured crystals in the sand of rivers. More common varieties are met 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 55 
 
 Beryl Beudantite. 
 
 with at Limoges in France, near Zwiesel on the Rabenstein in Bavaria, 
 at Finbo and Broddbo in Sweden, and in some of the tin mines of Sax- 
 ony and Bohemia. 
 
 The Beryl is an abundant mineral throughout New England ; and 
 many of its localities are distinguished for the size and perfection of the 
 crystals which they afford. The most remarkable of these is Acworth, 
 (N.H.) about fifteen miles from Bellows' Falls. They occur at this 
 place in a powerful vein of granite traversing gneiss. The largest crys- 
 tals weigh from two to three hundred pounds, and measure four feet in 
 length. Their form is that of tolerably perfect hexagonal prisms. The 
 prevailing color of the large crystals is a pale bluish green : the smaller 
 crystals are pale yellow, rarely a deep honey, or wax-yellow. At Bow- 
 doinham and Topsham, (Me.) this species is found in veins of graphic 
 granite in small but exceedingly regular crystals, of a pale greenish or 
 yellowish white color. They are mostly imbedded in a brown Quartz ; 
 and sometimes present the form of fig. 55. A few crystals of the eme- 
 rald green color have been met with at Topsham. The Albite granite of 
 Goshen and Chesterfield afford small and irregular crystals of pale green 
 colors, some of which are transparent. In Connecticut at Haddam, 
 large crystals of the yellow and yellowish-green varieties, occur at the 
 chrysoberyl vein, many of which contain implanted crystals of Chryso- 
 beryl and Columbite. A seam of Brown Quartz in a vein of mica slate 
 in the same town, has afforded very beautifully transparent crystals of the 
 form represented in fig. 56 : the quarries of gneiss in the neighborhood on 
 both sides of the Connecticut river, produce green prisms of the common 
 variety. At Monroe, a vein of graphic granite furnishes uncommonly 
 handsome crystals as respects their regularity and the number of crys- 
 tals of different sizes implanted within a small mass of the rock. 
 
 6. Beryl, when clear and transparent, and of a fine emerald green 
 color, is highly valued as a gem : the bluish colored crystals are not so 
 highly prized, but are employed for the same purpose. 
 
 BEUDANTITE. 
 
 Primary form. Rhomboid. P on P'=92 30'. 
 
56 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Beaudantite Bismuth-Blende. 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 58. 
 
 Cleavage parallel with a. 
 
 Surfaces curved ; generally brilliant. 
 
 Lustre resinous. Color black ; in thin fragments, trans- 
 lucent, and of a deep brown color. Streak greenish-grey. 
 
 Hardness =4-0... 4-75. 
 
 Compound varieties. Massive : composition not descri- 
 bed. 
 
 1. It consists of the oxides of iron and lead. 
 
 2. Its locality is Horhausen on the Rhine, where it seems associated 
 with Brown Iron-Ore. 
 
 3. The want of a knowledge of the specific gravity of this mineral 
 prevents us from referring it to its natural historical genus. The prop- 
 erties above enumerated, however, prove it with sufficient distinctness to 
 be a peculiar species. 
 
 BI-SELENIURET OF ZINC. (See Rionite.) 
 
 BISMUTH BLENDE. Tetrahedral Bismuth 
 
 B ary te. 
 
 Primary form. Unknown.* Implanted globular shapes. 
 Massive : composition thin columnar, impalpable, also cur- 
 ved lamellar. 
 
 k 
 
 " HARTMANN gives the Tetrahedron as the primary form of this species, and de- 
 scribes its crystals as occurring in tetrahedra, with their edges deeply bevelled, and 
 like fig. 55, P. I. 
 
Frac 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Bismuth-Blende Bismuthine. 
 
 57 
 
 Fracture imperfectly conchoidal or uneven. 
 
 Lustre resinous. Color dark hair-brown, yellowish-grey 
 and straw-yellow. Streak yellowish-grey. Translucent 
 DF opake. 
 
 Rather brittle. Hardness = 3-5 ... 4-0. Sp. gr. = 
 5-9... 6-0. 
 
 1. It decrepitates briskly before the blow-pipe, emits an arsenical odor, 
 and is finally converted into a glass, which effervesces with borax. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By HUNEFELD. 
 
 Carbonate of bismuth ..... 58-8 
 
 Arsenic acid 2-2 
 
 Silica 23-8 
 
 Arsenic, cobalt, copper and iron . . . 5-ft 
 
 Gangue 9-1 
 
 3. It occurs with Quartz at Schneeberg in Saxony. 
 
 BISMUTHIC COBALT-ORE. 
 
 The description of this species, as put forth by KERSTEN, is 
 too defective to enable us to decide whether it is entitled to rank 
 as a distinct species. It is described as massive, having a lead or 
 steel-grey color, a feebly metallic lustre and a sp. gr. from 6-0 . . . 
 7-8. It is believed to consist of arsenic, cobalt and bismuth. It 
 occurs with other ores of cobalt at Schneeberg in Saxony. 
 
 BISMUTHINE. Prismatic Polypoione-Glance. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M= near- 
 ly 91. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 The lines parallel to the plane/, rep- 
 resent the striae constantly observed on 
 the crystals, but which in reality are a 
 series of planes. 
 
58 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Bismuthine Bismulh-Ochre. 
 
 Cleavage parallel to the planes P and /, most perfec 
 parallel with the latter, and at right angles to /, affording 
 the measurement of 90 by the reflective goniometer 
 Fracture scarcely observable. Surface of the prisms deep- 
 ly streaked parallel to the axis. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color lead-grey, inclining a little tc 
 steel-grey. Streak unchanged. 
 
 Rather sectile. Hardness = 2*0 . . . 2-5. Sp. gr. = 
 6-549. 
 
 Compound varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 the individuals being of various sizes; or columnar, indi- 
 viduals straight and aggregated in various directions. 
 
 1. It is volatilized before the blow-pipe, and covers the charcoal with 
 a yellow areola. It is easily fusible, and emits continually small drops 
 in a state of incandescence. It is easily soluble in nitric acid, and the 
 solution yields a vrhite precipitate on^being further diluted. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By SAGE. 
 
 Bismuth 60-00 
 
 Sulphur 40-00 
 
 8. It occurs principally in veins, but is also found in beds, and is gen- 
 erally associated with Native Bismuth. 
 
 4. It is a rare mineral. Its localities are, Altenberg, Schneeberg, 
 Joachimsthal, Rezbanya, Cornwall, Riddarhyttan in Sweden, Beresof in 
 Siberia, at Canock in Cumberland. 
 
 It has been noticed at a single spot in the United States, in the cele- 
 brated Chrysoberyl locality of Haddam, (Con.) 
 
 BISMUTH-OCHRE. Bismuthic Lusine-Ore. 
 
 Massive: composition impalpable; earthy and pulver- 
 ulent. Fracture conchoidal to earthy. 
 
 Color straw-yellow, or greyish yellow. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 59 
 
 Bismuth-Ochre Bitumen. 
 Soft. Sp. gr.=4-36. 
 
 1. Upon charcoal, it is easily reduced to the metallic state, attended 
 y a peculiar odor. It is soluble in nitric acid, the solution throwing 
 3wn a white precipitate on the addition of water. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 Oxygen 10-13 
 
 Bismuth 89-87 
 
 It frequently occurs mixed with carbonate of bismuth and iron. 
 3. It is found in small quantity upon the ores of bismuth, cobalt and 
 .ickel, at Schneeberg in Saxony, Joachimsthal in Bohemia, Saint Agnes 
 i Cornwall, Siberia ; and at Haddam, (Con.) in the chrysoberyl rock, 
 vhere it is sometimes accompanied by Bismuthine. 
 
 BITTER-SPAR. (See Dolomite.) 
 3ITUMEN. Black Mi n era 1- Resin. MOHS. 
 
 Aggregation solid or fluid, and all the intermediate sta- 
 ges. No regular form. Stalactilic shapes: surface smooth. 
 Massive. 
 
 Fracture conchoidal, more or less perfect, uneven. 
 
 Lustre resinous. Color black, passing into various brown 
 Hid red tints. Fluid varieties are sometimes perfectly col- 
 orless. Streak commonly unchanged, sometimes lighter 
 than the color. Translucent on the edges, opake ; some 
 fluid varieties are transparent. 
 
 Sectile, malleable, elastic. Bituminous odor. Hard- 
 ness = 0-0 . . . 2-0. Sp. gr. = 0-S2S, brown, malleable ; 
 1-073, black, slaggy ; 1*160, hyacinth-red, slaggy. 
 
 1. Mineral Oil and Mineral Pitch have been treated as two species; 
 the former embracing under it as varieties Naphtha and Petroleum, and 
 the latter Earthy Bitumen, Elastic Bitumen, and Compact Bitumen or 
 Asphaltum ; but all these varieties differ in nothing except their state of 
 aggregation, which, however, forms an uninterrupted series from those 
 which are perfectly fluid to such as are perfectly solid. The Mineral 
 
60 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Bitumen. 
 
 Oil is first inspissated, and then it is changed into Mineral Pitch by fur 
 ther exposure to the air. Naphtha embraces yellowish and nearly trans 
 parent varieties of the fluid Bitumen, while Petroleum consists of thos 
 which have the consistence of tar, together with a black color. Elasti 
 Bitumen is distinguished by its elasticity. Earthy Bitumen has an ear 
 thy fracture, while Asphaltum possesses a more or less conchoidal frac 
 ture. Still, all these varieties are joined by transitions, which prove 
 that they form but a single natural historical species. 
 
 2. Mineral oil is easily inflammable, and burns with a white flam< 
 and much smoke. Also the Mineral Pitch is very inflammable, an< 
 burns with a bituminous smell ; some varieties melt in a higher tempe 
 rature. 
 
 8. Analysis* 
 By THOMSON, 
 
 of Naphtha. of Elastic Bitumen 
 
 Carbon . . 82-20 .... 52-25 
 
 Hydrogen , 14-80 .... 7-49 
 
 Azote . 0-00 .... 0-15 
 
 Oxygen . 0-00 .... 40-11 
 
 4. The fluid varieties of Bitumen ooze out of several rocks, as sand 
 stone, slaty clay, &c., or they are found on the surface of springs anc 
 lakes. The elastic variety is found in limestone rocks along with Gale- 
 na ; the earthy in beds with limestone, but associated with members o: 
 the coal formation. The Asphaltum is imbedded in nodules in limestone, 
 in agate balls, in veins with Galena, Fluor, Sec. ; also in beds, and on the 
 shores and waters of certain lakes. 
 
 5. Fluid varieties have been found in various districts of Italy, in Si- 
 cily, in Zante, in the Caspian Sea, in Persia and other countries in Asia, 
 Elastic Bitumen (sometimes called mineral Caoutchouk) occurs at Cas- 
 tleton in Derbyshire. Earthy Bitumen is found near Neufchatel in 
 Switzerland, at Grund in the Hartz, in Dalmatia, &c. Asphaltum forms 
 nodules in limestone at Bleiberg in Carinthia, in sandstone in Albania, in 
 great abundance in the island of Trinidad, and in large pieces on the 
 shores, or floating on the surface of the Asphaltic lake in Judea, called 
 the Dead Sea. 
 
 The United States and the Canadas afford numerous localities of the 
 more fluid and soft varieties of Bitumen. Petroleum occurs on the Ken- 
 hawa in Virginia, on a spring of water five miles from Scottsville, Allen 
 co. (Ken.) at several places in the western part of Pennsylvania, at Duck 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 61 
 
 Bituminous Coal. 
 
 Creek in Munroe co. (Ohio,) and in Liverpool in the same state, where 
 a salt well, while boring, yielded about fifteen gallons per day. In New 
 York, it is found floating upon the surface of Seneca Lake, and is hence 
 known in commerce under the name of Genesee or Seneca-Oil. In Wood- 
 bury, and some other places in Connecticut, the Elastic Bitumen is found 
 in connexion with a bituminous limestone. The black limestone in the 
 vicinity of Quebec affords exudations of Petroleum. 
 
 6. The different varieties of Bitumen allow of considerable application 
 for illuminating, for fuel in fire-works, in the manufacture of varnish and 
 of black sealing-wax. Mingled with grease or common pitch, it is used 
 for paying the bottoms of ships. The ancients employed Bitumen in the 
 construction of their buildings; the bricks of which the walls of Baby- 
 lon are built are cemented with hot bitumen. The Egyptians are also 
 said to have employed it for the embalming of bodies. 
 
 BITUMINOUS COAL. Bituminous Mineral 
 Coal. MOHS. 
 
 No regular form or structure. Fracture conchoidal, un- 
 even. 
 
 Lustre resinous, more or less distinct. Color black or 
 brown, passing in earthy varieties into greyish lints. Some- 
 times exhibits tarnished colors. Streak unchanged, except 
 that it sometimes becomes shining. Opake. 
 
 Sectile, in different degrees. Hardness =!(). .. 2-5. 
 Sp. gr. = 1-223, moor-cod from Teplitz ; = 1-270 com- 
 mon brown coal from Eibiswald in Stiria ; =-1-271, black 
 coal from Newcastle ; =1-288, bituminous wood; 1-423, 
 cannel coal from Wigan in Lancashire. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition lamellar, 
 faces of composition smooth and even, different gradations; 
 granular texture often impalpable, in which case fracture is 
 uneven, even or flat conchoidal. Ligniform shapes, the 
 structure of which resembles that of wood, sometimes very 
 distinct, but often obliterated, with the exception of some 
 
 6 
 
62 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Bituminous Coal. 
 
 slight traces, when the fracture becomes conchoidal across 
 the fibres. There are some earthy varieties of a loose fri- 
 able texture. 
 
 1. The present species is treated by some writers as forming four sep- 
 arate species : viz. Brown Coal, Black Coal, Cannel Coal and Jet ; 
 and the two first mentioned varieties have been again divided into seve- 
 ral sub-species. The color of Brown Coal is brown, as its name imports. 
 It possesses a ligneous structure, or consists of earthy particles. Its va- 
 rieties are as follows : Bituminous Wood, which presents a ligneous 
 texture, and very seldom any thing like a conchoidal fracture, and is 
 without lustre ; Earthy Coal, consisting of loose friable particles ; Moor 
 Coal, or Trapezoidal Brown Coal, distinguished by the want of ligne- 
 ous structure, and by the property of bursting and splitting into angular 
 fragments, when removed from its original repository ; Common Brown 
 Coal, which, though it still shows traces of ligneous texture, is of a more 
 firm consistency than the rest of the varieties, and possesses higher de- 
 grees of lustre upon its more perfect conchoidal fracture. The color of 
 Black Coal is black, without inclining to brown, and it is destitute of the 
 ligneous texture. Some of its varieties immediately join those of Brown 
 Coal. They are : Pitch Coal, of a velvet black color, generally inclin- 
 ing to brown, strong lustre, and presenting in every direction a large and 
 perfect conchoidal fracture ; Slate Coal, possessing a more or less coarse, 
 slaty structure, which, however, seems to be rather a kind of lamellar 
 composition, than real fracture ; Foliated Coal, which is similarly com- 
 pounded, only the laminae are thinner ; Coarse Coal has a composition 
 resembling it, only the component particles are smaller, and approach to 
 a granular appearance. Cannel Coal is without visible composition, 
 and has a flat conchoidal fracture in every direction, but with little lus- 
 tre, by which it is distinguished from Pitch Coal. It most resembles the 
 Moor Coal, but the difference in their specific gravity is greater than be- 
 tween almost any other two varieties of coal. Jet occurs in elongated 
 reniform masses, and sometimes in the shape of branches with a regular 
 woody structure. Its lustre is brilliant, and its fracture perfectly con- 
 choidal. All these kinds, however, are united by numerous transitions, 
 so that it continually becomes doubtful to which of them we should refer 
 certain specimens, though thoy are undoubtedly Bituminous Coal. 
 
 2. Bituminous Coal is more or less easily inflammable, and burns with 
 flame and a bituminous smell. Several varieties become soft; and others 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 03 
 
 Bituminous Coal. 
 
 coak when kindled. They have a more or less considerable earthy res- 
 idue. 
 
 3. Analysis. 
 By THOMSON. 
 
 Newcastle or caking coal. Cannel Coal. 
 
 Carbon . . . 75-28 . . . 64-72 
 
 Hydrogen . . 4-18 '. . . 21-56 
 
 Azote . . 15-96 . . . 10-72 
 
 Oxygen . . 4-58 . . . 0-00 
 
 4. The varieties called slate coal, foliated coal, and pitch coal, occur 
 chiefly in the coal formation ; some varieties of pitch coal, also the moor 
 coal, bituminous wood, and common brown coal, are met with in the for- 
 mations above the chalk ; the earthy coal, and some varieties of bitumin- 
 ous wood and common brown coal, are often included in diluvial and al- 
 luvial detritus. The coal seams alternate with beds of slaty clay and 
 common clay, sandstone, limestone, sand, &c. They are often associated 
 with vegetable organic remains in slaty clay, sometimes also with shells. 
 Generally there is more or less Iron Pyrites and White Iron Pyrites 
 mingled along with them, and they are sometimes traversed by veins of 
 Galena. 
 
 The present species is so universally distributed, that only a few lo- 
 calities can here be mentioned as examples. Bituminous wood is found 
 in considerable quantity in Iceland, and is called Surturbrand; in the 
 Meissner mountain in Hessia, in the Westerwald, at Voitsbey in Stiria, 
 and at Bovey in Devonshire. Earthy coal is found at Merseberg, Halle, 
 Bernburg, and at Eislben in Thuringia. Moor coal occurs in the north- 
 ern districts of Bohemia. Common brown coal occurs in immense quan- 
 tities on the river Sau, and on the foot of the Schwaneberg Alps. Pitch 
 coal is likewise found in the Meissner, in Saxony, Silesia, on the Rhine, 
 and in France. Slaty coal occurs at Potschappel in Saxony, in Silesia, 
 in Westphalia, and particularly at Newcastle, White haven, and other 
 places in England and Scotland. Paper Coal, which occurs in thin pa- 
 per-like seams, is found in Saxony and Sicily. Cannel coal exists abun- 
 dantly in Lancashire and Shropshire in England and in Scotland. Jet is 
 brought from the Prussian amber mines, and is met with at a considera- 
 ble depth, between beds of sandstone, at several places in France. 
 
 Bituminous Coal exists in the greatest quantity throughout extensive 
 portions of the States of Pennsylvania, Virginia and Ohio. From Galli- 
 opolis to the Falls of the Ohio, coal of the best quality may be bought for 
 
64 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Bituminous Coal Black Manganese. 
 
 ten cents the bushel ; and at Pittsburg, where it is most abundant, its 
 price is six cents the bushel. According to Maclure, the independent 
 coal formation extends from the waters of the Ohio to the waters of the 
 Tombigbee. The coal of this region is chiefly a very pure slate coal ; 
 and is often beautifully tarnished with the richest iridescence. At some 
 places upon the Ohio, however, extensive deposits of the purest pitch 
 coal are found. The secondary region of the Connecticut river affords 
 occasionally traces of Bituminous Coal, not only in its sandstones and 
 slates, but in its trap ; but is no where likely to be found in sufficient 
 quantity to be explored. 
 
 5. The important uses of this species for fuel are well known. Can- 
 nel coal and jet are wrought for ornamental purposes. 
 
 BLACK MANGANESE. Pyramidal Manga- 
 nese-Ore. MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Octahedron with a square base. P on 
 P"=]17 30'. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 60. 
 
 a on a - 139 56' 
 
 Cleavage, parallel to the base of the primary form per- 
 fect ; less distinct and interrupted parallel with the octahe- 
 dral faces. 
 
 Fracture uneven. 
 
 Lustre imperfect metallic. Color brownish black, 
 Streak dark reddish or chesnut-brown. Opake, 
 * 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 65 
 
 Black Manganese. 
 
 Hardness = 5-0 ... 5*5. Sp. gr. = 4-722 of a crys- 
 tallized variety. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin crystals. Common octa- 
 hedral hemitrope ; also repeated a second time, 
 Fig. 61. 
 
 Massive : composition granular, firmly connected. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe on charcoal, in a strong heat, it fuses on the 
 edges ami assumes a blackish-grey color. With borax, it is easily dis- 
 solved, giving in the exterior flame an amethystine blue color, and in 
 the interior a feeble tinge of iron. With salt of phosphorus, it dissolves 
 rapidly with effervescence, and attended with a deep blue color, which 
 disappears in the reduction -fire of the instrument. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 It is not absolutely certain that the Black Manganese has as yet been 
 subjected to analysis, although it is extremely probable that the variety 
 of Manganese from Piedmont, analysed by BERZEL.IUS, belongs to this 
 species. It consisted of 
 
 Oxide of manganese .... 75-80 
 Silica . . . . 13-17 
 
 Oxide of iron . . . . 4-14 
 
 Alumina .... 2-80 
 
 3. It has been found in veins in porphyry, along with other ores of 
 manganese, at Ochrenstock, near Ilmenau in Thuringia, and at IhlefeJd 
 in the Hartz. In the United States, it occurs at Lebanon, (Penn.) It is 
 yet a rare substance. 
 
 6* 
 
66 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY, 
 
 Black Silver. 
 
 BLACK SILVER. Prismatoidal Polypoione- 
 Gla nee. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. MonM'=100 
 O 7 . The dimensions of the primary form, however, can- 
 not be considered as fixed, since LEONHARD and HART- 
 MANN describe crystals of this species, which appear to 
 have a primary form of 107 47'. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 100 0' 
 
 135 15 
 110 
 
 170 10 
 
 160 30 
 
 146 30 
 
 120 12 
 
 145 24 
 
 143 25 
 
 122 15 J 
 
 M on M' 
 
 M or M' on a or a 4 
 
 M on cl 
 
 M on gl 
 M on g2 
 M on g3 
 a on cl 
 a on c2 
 a on c3 
 c3 on c3 
 
 Fig. 62. 
 
 Himmelsfurst mine r Freiberg-. 
 Fig. 63. 
 
 - 72 13' HARTMANN. 
 p, s and o are tangent planes. 
 
 The mutual inclinations of the pyra- 
 midal faces P, which correspond to the 
 lateral edges of the primary form, are 
 130 16 r and 104 19'. It also oc- 
 curs in crystals, destitute of the faces o 
 p and a. 
 
 Przibram, Bohemia. 
 
 Cleavage parallel to M and M 7 easy, and in other direc- 
 tions, of the variety from Freiberg. The variety from 
 Przibram has indistinct cleavages. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY* 67 
 
 Black Silver. 
 
 Surface of the prisms striated vertically. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color iron-black. Streak unchanged. 
 
 Sectile. Hardness =2-0 . . . 2*5. Sp. gr. = 6-269 from 
 Przibram ; =5-5, from Freiberg. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals like those of Ar- 
 ragonite. (q. v.) Massive : composition granular, individ- 
 uals strongly connected ; fracture uneven. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, upon charcoal, it yields a dark colored metal- 
 lic globule, which may be reduced either with soda and silver, or with 
 nitre. It is soluble in dilute nitric acid. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KLAPROTH. By BRANDES, 
 
 from Freiberg. 
 
 Silver - - - 66-50 - - - 65-50 
 Antimony - - 10-00 ... 0-00 
 
 Arsenic - - 0-00 - -. - 3-30 
 
 Iron 5-00 - - - 5-46 
 
 Sulphur - - 12-00 - - - 19-40 
 
 Copper and arsenic - 0-50 ... 0-00 
 
 Copper - - 0-00 - - - 3-75 
 
 3. Black Silver occurs in silver-veins along with other ores of silver, 
 also with Galena, Blende, Copper and Iron Pyrites, Heavy Spar, &c. It 
 is sometimes associated with Native Arsenic and Native Gold. Its com- 
 pact varieties are often intimately mixed with Galena and with Stibine, 
 a mixture designated by the name of White Silver, the Weiss geltigerz 
 of WERNER. The richer it is in silver, the more it approaches in its 
 properties to the pure varieties of Black Silver ; while in the contrary ca- 
 ses, it presents more nearlylhe characters of compact Galena and of com- 
 pact Stibine, or of a mixture of both. It occurs in the silver veins of 
 Saxony. 
 
 4. Black Silver is found chiefly in Saxony, Bohemia and Hungary ; in 
 the last of which countries it is called Roschgewachs. Its chief locali- 
 ties in Saxony are the mining districts of Freiberg, Schneeberg, and 
 Johanngeorgenstadt ; in Bohemia, those of Przibram and Ratieborzitz ; 
 and in Hungary those of Schemnitz and Cremnitz. It is found also in 
 small quantities in Andreasberg in the Hartz ; and at Zacatecas in Mex- 
 ico, and in Peru, as well as in Siberia. 
 
68 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Black Tellurium. 
 
 5. On account of the large proportion of silver which it contains, it is & 
 valuable ore for the extraction of that metal. 
 
 BLACK TELLURIUM. Prismatic Polypoione- 
 
 Glan c e. 
 
 Primary form. Right square prism. 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 64. 
 
 x on x 90 00' c. g.) 
 
 x on x f - - 135 00 c. g.f 
 Pona - - 118 35 I PHILLIPS. 
 
 Pone .- 110 00 c. g.J 
 
 Cleavage parallel with P, perfect. * 
 
 Fracture not observable. 
 
 Surface P smooth. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color blackish lead-grey. Streak un- 
 changed. 
 
 Highly flexible in thin laminae. Very sectile. Hard- 
 ness = 1 -0 ... 1-5. Sp. gr. =7-085. 
 
 Compound varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 of various sizes of individuals, sometimes longish, 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, upon charcoal, it melts easily, emits white 
 fumes, whicji are deposited upon the charcoal, and gives a metallic glob- 
 ule. With borax, it gives a bead of gold containing a little silver. It is 
 easily soluble in nitric acid. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By KLAPROTH. 
 
 Tellurium .... 32-20 
 
 Lead 54-00 
 
 Gold .... 9-00 
 
 Silver .... 0-50 
 
 Copper * 1-30 
 
 Sulphur .... 3-00 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Blende. 
 
 69 
 
 3. It has been found only in veins with Native Gold, Galena, Blende 
 and Carbonate of Manganese. 
 
 4. Its chief locality is Nagyag in Transylvania, from whence it ob- 
 tained its old name of Nagiaker-Erz. It is found also with Graphic 
 Tellurium at Offenbanya in the same country. 
 
 BLENDE. DodecahedralSclerone-Blende. 
 Primary form. Rhombic dodecahedron. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 65. 
 
 Four of the obtuse solid 
 angles are replaced by tan- 
 gent planes, while the re- 
 maining four are unaltered, 
 except that they are formed 
 from six instead of three 
 plane angles, as may be seen 
 in the angle at o. 
 
 P on e 
 
 S on $ - 
 
 144 44' 08 
 129 31 18 
 
 TT v 
 
 r 
 
70 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Blende. 
 
 3. Fig. 67. 
 
 Pon a 135 00' 00" ) 
 
 a on e 125 15 52 > HAUY. 
 
 c on c 109 18 16 ) 
 
 4. Dodecahedron with the obtuse solid angles deeply trun- 
 cated, so as to give rise to an octahedron with its edges re- 
 placed by tangent planes, (fig. 62. P. I.) 
 
 5. Regular octahedron. 
 
 6. Tetrahedron. 
 
 7. Regular octahedron with its edges and angles replaced 
 by tangent planes. 
 
 8. Cube. 
 
 9. Tetrahedron with its angles replaced by tangent 
 planes. 
 
 10. Tetrahedron with its angles replaced by three planes 
 resting on its edges, (fig. 55. P. I.) 
 
 Cleavage parallel to the primary faces, perfect. 
 
 Fracture conchoidal. Some yellow varieties are phos- 
 phorescent by friction. 
 
 Lustre adamantine. Color green, yellow, red, brown, 
 black, none of these bright. Streak white to reddish- 
 brown, corresponding to the color, Transparent. . . trans- 
 lucent, 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 71 
 
 Blende. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 3-5 ... 4-0. Sp. gr. = 4-078, a 
 cleavable variety; =4*027, a columnar, compound variety. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals. Octahedral he- 
 mitrope. (fig. 50.) This composition is repeated, as in 
 fig. 61, and sometimes for a number of times. Reniform 
 and other imitative shapes : surface rough ; composition 
 columnar, often almost impalpable ; straight, divergent, and 
 frequently producing a second curved lamellar or granular 
 composition. Massive: composition columnar, or granular, 
 sometimes impalpable, often very distinct. The fracture of 
 impalpable compositions is uneven or even. 
 
 1. Although the subspecies distinguished by the earlier writers on 
 mineralogy among the varieties of Blende, have been denominated after 
 their colors, yet they do not depend entirely or solely upon these colors. 
 Yellow Blende includes the more transparent varieties, whether of a 
 *reen, yellow or reddish-brown color. Brown Blende consists of the 
 more opake red and brown varieties. Black Blende is either black and 
 opake, or blood-red. Brown Blende has been further divided into folia- 
 ted, radiated and fibrous brown Blende : simple varieties and compound 
 ones, consisting of granular individuals, are contained in the first of these 
 divisions ; columnar compositions, in which the individuals are still dis- 
 cernible in the second ; and very thin .columnar or impalpable composi- 
 tions originating from them, which assume various imitative shapes, are 
 comprehended in the third division. The exact distinction of the above 
 varieties, requires much practice, and can be acquired only empirically ; 
 and even then many varieties will occur that render the distinction im- 
 possible, which is proof that the distinction itself is useless. 
 
 2. When strongly heated in the oxidating flame of the blow-pipe, it 
 gives off vapors of zinc, which form a coating on the charcoal, but it does 
 not melt. It is soluble in nitric acid, during which process sulphuretted 
 hydrogen is evolved. 
 
 3. Analysis. 
 
 By THOMSOX. By GUENIVEAU. 
 
 Zinc . . 59-09 . . 62-00 
 
 Iron . . 12-05 . . 1.50 
 
 Sulphur . 28-86 . . 34-00 
 
72 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Blende Bloedite. 
 
 4. Blende is an abundant and widely diffused ore ; but all its varieties 
 are not equally common. It is found in beds and veins, accompanied by 
 Galena, Copper Pyrites, Heavy Spar, Fluor, Spathic Iron, &c. It also 
 occurs in silver veins associated with Native Silver and other ores of that 
 metal. 
 
 5. Yellow Blende principally occurs in fine varieties at Schenmitz in 
 Lower Hungary, and at Kapnick in Transylvania ; also in Saxony, at 
 Ratieborzitz in Bohemia, at Gummesud in Norway, and other places* 
 Brown Blende is found at Freiberg and other localities in Saxony, Bohe- 
 mia, the Hartz, Sweden, and in great quantities in Derbyshire, Cumber- 
 land and Cornwall in England. The radiated variety, in particular, is 
 found at Przibram ; it is this variety in which STROMEYER detected the 
 metal Cadmium. The fibrous Blende occurs at Geroldseek in the 
 Brisgau, and at Raibel in Carinthia. Black Blende comes from Frei- 
 berg, Annaberg, Breiten brunn, and Schwarzenberg in Saxony, and mar 
 ny places in Bohemia, Hungary, Silesia and other European countries. 
 
 The localities of Blende in the United States are very numerous ; a 
 few of these only therefore can be indicated. The yellowish-brown fol- 
 iated variety is found abundantly along with Galena at North and South 
 Hampton, (Mass.) ; the black Blende occurs at Monroe, (Con.) associa- 
 ted with Wolfram, Tungsten, Native Bismuth and Arsenical Iron ; the 
 yellow Blende in transparent crystals is met with occasionally through- 
 out the secondary limestones of New York and Ohio. The Missouri 
 lead mines, and the Perldomcn lead mine near Philadelphia, abound with 
 the present species. 
 
 BLOEDITE. 
 
 Crystalline. Primary form unknown. Massive : imperfectly 
 foliated, and stalactitic. Fracture uneven. 
 Color between flesh and brick red. 
 
 Taste sharp bitter and astringent. Becomes moist in the air. 
 1. Analysis. 
 
 By JOHN. 
 
 Sulphate of soda . . . 33-34 
 
 Sulphate of magnesia . . . 36-66 
 
 Sulphate of manganese . . . 0-33 
 
 Sulphate of iron . . . 034 
 
 Chloride of sodium . . . 0-33 
 
 Water 22-00 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 73 
 
 Blue Malachite. 
 
 2. It is found in the salt mines oi'Jschel in Lower Austria. 
 
 3. The foregoing description is too inadequate to pronounce upon the 
 pecific character of Bloedite. If it shall prove to be a new species, it 
 vill probably take its systematic place within the genus Glauber-Salt. 
 
 4. Under this mineral must be included the Sulphate of soda and 
 nagnesia of Schemnitz, which occurs in little crystalline fibres or 
 leedles, that appear to be rhombic prisms. It is not efflorescent like 
 he Glauber-Salt. 
 
 According to BEUDANT, it contains 
 
 Sulphuric acid .... 44-7 
 Soda . A . . . 17-6 
 
 Magnesia .... 11-4 
 
 Water .... 25-4 
 
 Earthy matter . . . . 09 
 
 5. The Reussine of KARSTEN may also be introduced here, until 
 omething further is determined respecting its properties. It occurs in 
 ix-sided acicular crystals, which probably come from a rhombic prism : 
 .Iso in flakes. Fracture conchoidal. Taste bitter, astringent. It con- 
 ists of 
 
 Sulphate of soda . . . 66-04 
 
 Sulphate of magnesia . . . 31-35 
 Sulphate of lime . . . 0-42 
 
 Chloride of magnesium . . 2-19 
 
 According to BEUDANT, the Reussine is a mixed mineral, consisting 
 
 f effloresced Glauber-Salt and small crystalline particles of the double 
 
 alt of sulphate of soda and magnesia. 
 
 BLUE MALACHITE. Azure C oppe r-Bary te. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. M on M' = 
 )8 50'. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 1. Primary form. 2. Primary form, having the obtuse 
 erminal edges replaced by single planes, (fig. 95. P. I.) 
 *. Primary form, having both the obtuse and acute termi- 
 lal edges replaced by single planes. 4. Form 2d, with 
 he oblique edges of the prisms replaced by tangent planes. 
 >. Form 2d, with the lateral solid angles replaced by sin- 
 
 7 > 
 
74 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Blue Malachite. 
 
 gle planes. 6. Form 4th 3 with lateral solid angles replaced 
 by single planes. 
 
 Fig. 68. 
 
 91 30'^ 
 
 
 'M on gl or M' on g f l 
 
 142 56 
 
 98 50 
 
 
 M on g2 or M' on g'2 
 
 131 4 
 
 135 15 
 
 
 M on h or M' on h 1 
 
 139 15 
 
 149 20 
 
 
 M on / or M' on V 
 
 179 26 
 
 138 12 
 
 
 a on /or/' 
 
 139 30 
 
 119 30 
 
 ha 
 
 a on h 
 
 136 45 
 
 115 30 
 
 
 
 el on e2 
 
 169 2 
 
 112 15 
 
 H 
 
 el on e4 
 
 141 6 
 
 92 15 
 
 E 
 
 el on / 
 
 129 00 
 
 123 40 
 
 h3 
 
 e3 on e3' over P 
 
 120 30 
 
 111 5 
 
 * 
 
 e3 on eo 
 
 157 5 
 
 116 55 
 
 
 #1 on #2 
 
 168 15 
 
 149 5 
 
 
 #1 on e6 
 
 164 24 
 
 156 5 
 
 
 h on cl 
 
 154 ,4 
 
 138 30 
 
 
 7t on c2 
 
 134 55 
 
 159 50 
 
 
 h on c3 
 
 115 00 
 
 PonMorM' 
 
 MonM 
 
 P on a 
 
 P on el or e'l 
 
 P on e2 or e'2 
 
 P on e3 or e'3 
 
 P on e4 or e'4 
 
 Pon/or// 
 
 Pon A 
 
 M or M' on a 
 
 M on el or M' on e'l 
 
 M on e2 or M' on e'2 
 
 M on e4 or M r on e'4 
 
 M on e5 or M' on e'5 
 
 M on e6 or M' on e'6 
 
 M on /or M on/' 
 
 Cleavage parallel to M and M' perfect; parallel to P 
 very difficult. Cleavage may be effected also parallel with 
 both diagonals of the primary form. 
 
 Surface of P striated in the direction of the longer diag- 
 onal. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, almost adamantine. Color various 
 shades of azure-blue, passing into blackish blue and berlin- 
 blue. Streak blue, lighter than the color. Transparent . .. 
 translucent on the edges. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 75 
 
 Blue Malachite. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 3-5 ... 4-0. Sp. gr. = 3-831, 
 crystals from Chessy. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Globular, reniform, botryoidal, 
 stalactitic shapes, implanted and imbedded; surface drusy 
 and rough ; composition columnar, more or less perfect and 
 distinct, faces of composition rough. Massive : composi- 
 tion columnar, more rarely granular. Sometimes in an 
 earthy state. 
 
 1. Blue Malachite is soluble with effervescence in nitric acid, becomes 
 black if exposed alone to high decrees of temperature, melts upon char- 
 coal, and colors glass of borax green in the oxidating flame. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KLAPROTH. By VAUQUELIN. 
 Copper . . 56-00 . . 56-00 
 
 Oxygen . . 14-00 . . 12-50 
 Carbonic acid . 24-00 . . 25-00 
 Water . . 6-00 . . 6-50 
 
 3. It is met with in veins and beds, included in rocks of different ages. 
 It is generally accompanied by Green Malachite and some other ores of 
 copper. Occasionally it is so intimately connected with Green Mala- 
 chite, that crystals of the form of the Blue Malachite consist entirely, or 
 at least with only the exception of a thin film on the surface of the deli- 
 cate green fibres, of Green Malachite. It is often engaged in ochrey va- 
 rieties of Limonite, and associated with White Lead-ore, Galena and 
 Cobalt-bloom. 
 
 4. The most beautifully crystallized varieties are found in a bed in sec- 
 ondary mountains at Chessy near Lyons in France. Fine crystals are 
 brought from Siberia. Very delicate, but small crystals, are found at 
 Oravitza in the Bannat. Blue Malachite occurs also in Thuringia, Hes- 
 sia, the Hartz, Silesia, Tyrol, Spain, Chili, Peru, and at several places in 
 England and Scotland. 
 
 The United Stales afford no very interesting deposits of this species. 
 The best specimens are found in Pennsylvania at the Perkiomen lead 
 mine, where it occurs in small crystals along with Galena, Blende and 
 White Lead-Ore. 
 
76 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Blue Spar. 
 
 BLUE SPAR. Prismatoidal Azure-Spar. 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Doubly oblique prism ? of unknown di- 
 mensions. 
 
 Cleavage indistinct, sometimes pretty obvious in one di- 
 rection, with traces in other directions, making oblique an- 
 gles with the easily observed cleavage. Massive. Com- 
 position granular, often in large individuals ; strongly co- 
 herent. Fracture uneven, often splintery. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, slightly inclining to pearly upon faces of 
 cleavage. Color smalt-blue, inclining sometimes to white 
 and green. Streak white. Translucent on the edges, of- 
 ten nearly opake. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 5-5 ... 6-0. Sp. gr. = 3-024. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe it loses its color, but does not melt. It is 
 slowly and with difficulty dissolved in borax. With boracic acid and 
 iron- wire, it yields a globule of phosphuret of iron. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By R. BRAITDES. 
 
 Phosphoric acid . . . 43-32 
 
 Silica . . . 6-50 
 
 Alumina . . . 34-50 
 
 Magnesia . . . 13-56 
 
 Lime . . . 0-48 
 
 Protoxide of iron . . . 0-80 
 
 Water . . . 0-50 
 
 3. It occurs in masses, sometimes six or eight inches over; also in 
 large indistinct crystals imbedded in Quartz and mixed with Mica. The 
 rock embracing it, however, has no where been found in place. 
 
 4. It is found in the valley of Freschnitz near Krieglach, on the Mtlrz 
 in Upper Stiria ; also at Therenberg at the foot of the Wechsel mountain 
 in Lower Austria. 
 
 5. The near agreement of Blue Spar with Sodalite in hardness and 
 specific gravity, and the want of certainty in our knowledge respecting 
 the system of crystallization to which Blue Spar belongs, render it pos- 
 sible that the two substances may hereafter be shown to be identical. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Blue Vitriol. 
 
 77 
 
 Fig. 69. 
 
 BLUE VITRIOL. Tetarto-Prismati c Vitriol- 
 Salt. MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Doubly oblique prism. P on M 127 
 30'. P on T 108. M on T 123 10'. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 M on T - 123 10' 
 
 r on M 126 
 
 r on T 110 
 
 r on n - - 100 
 
 r on P 103 
 
 n on P - 120 
 
 P on T - 127 
 
 t on r - - 1 39 
 
 K on n - - 109 
 
 K on r 114 
 
 s on n - 92 
 
 s on r 139 
 
 Cleavage very imperfect. Fracture conchoidal. Sur- 
 
 face : the faces n commonly deeply striated parallel to 
 their edges of combination with M and T, which faces are 
 also sometimes striated, though not so generally as n. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color sky-blue, in different shades, 
 commonly deep. Streak white. Semi-transparent . . . 
 translucent. 
 
 Rather brittle. Hardness =2-5. Sp. gr.=2'213. 
 
 Taste astringent and metallic. 
 
 1. It is easily soluble in water, and gives a blue solution: a polished 
 surface of iron when immersed in this solution is covered with a film of 
 metallic copper. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By BERZELIUS. 
 
 Oxide of copper . . . 32-13 
 
 Sulphuric acid . . . 31-57 
 
 Water . . . 36-30 
 
78 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Blue Vitriol Boltonite. 
 
 3. Blue Vitriol owes is existence to the decomposition of Copper Pyr- 
 ites; and is found dissolved in water issuing from mines, and which has 
 received the name of Water of Cementation. From this, it deposits itself 
 spontaneously in certain places, and presents itself in large masses, occa- 
 sionally associated with other ores. 
 
 4. Its chief localities are the Rammelsberg near Goslar, Neusohl in 
 Hungary, Anglesey in the Pary's mine, Cornwall at the Consolidated 
 mines, and at the copper mines in Wicklow, Ireland. Its occurrence 
 maybe expected at the copperas mine in Stafford, (Vt.) 
 
 5. As it occurs in nature, it requires first to be purified, before it can 
 be employed in the arts, where it is used in dyeing, in printing of cot- 
 ton, linen, &c. The oxide of copper, separated from its acid, is likewise 
 used in painting. 
 
 BOLTONITE. Parachrose Tabular- Spar. 
 
 Massive. Composition granular .: individuals large. 
 Cleavage in one direction pretty distinct, in two others ob- 
 lique to the first, indistinct, but affording indications of a 
 doubly oblique prism for the primary form. Fracture un- 
 even or small conchoidal. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color bluish grey, yellowish grey, wax 
 yellow to yellowish white. The darker colors change to 
 yellow on exposure to the weather. Streak white. Trans- 
 parent or translucent. 
 
 Hardness = 5-0 ... 6-0. Sp. gr. = 2-8 ... 2*9. 
 
 1. This mineral when first discovered was regarded as Pyrallolite. It 
 is believed to be identical with the substance described by Dr. THOM- 
 SON, (Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist, of N.York, Vol. III. p. 50,) under the name 
 of Bisilicate of Magnesia ; and accordingly the analysis there given is 
 here quoted. 
 
 2. Alone before the blow-pipe, it becomes white and transparent, but 
 does not melt. With borax, it dissolves slowly into a transparent glass. 
 
 3. Analysis. 
 By THOMSON. 
 
 Silica .... 56-64 
 
 Magnesia .... 36-52 
 
 Alumina .... 6-07 
 
 Protoxide of iron .... 2'46 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Boltonite Boracite. 
 
 79 
 
 4. Boltonite occurs thickly disseminated through white limestone, 
 associated occasionally with Petalite. 
 
 5. It is found abundantly at Bolton, (Mass.) and has also been detect- 
 ed in the neighboring quarries of Boxborough and Littleton. 
 
 BOMBITE. 
 
 Massive : composition impalpable. 
 - Color bluish black. 
 Hardness = 7-5. 
 1. Fusible before the blow-pipe with ebullition into a yellowish glass. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By LAUGIER. 
 Silica 
 Alumina 
 Oxide of iron 
 Magnesia 
 Lime 
 
 Carbon . . . 
 
 Sulphur 
 3. Its geological situation is unknown. 
 
 50-0 
 
 10-5 
 
 250 
 
 3-5 
 
 0-5 
 
 - . 3-0 
 
 0-3 
 It has been found only in 
 
 Bombay. It appears to be a variety of flinty-slate. 
 
 BORACITE. Tetrahedral Boracite. MOHS. 
 Primary form. Cube. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 71. 
 Fig. 70. 
 
 Segeberg Holstein. 
 
 LOneberg. 
 
 Cleavage, traces parallel to the faces of the octahedron. 
 Fracture conchoidal, uneven. 
 
80 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Boracite Borax. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to adamantine. Color white, 
 inclining to grey, yellow and green. Streak white. Semi- 
 transparent, translucent. 
 
 Hardness =7'0. Sp. gr. = 2*974 of an isolated crystal. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, on charcoal, it intumesces, and melts into a 
 glassy globule, which becomes white and opake on cooling. It is elec- 
 tric by heat, four alternating terminal points of its cubic axes being 
 positive, and those which are opposite to them, negative. 
 2. Analysis. 
 By PFAFF. 
 
 Boracic acid .... 54-55 
 
 Magnesia .... 3O68 
 
 Oxide of iron . . . . 57 
 
 Silica .... 2-27 
 
 3. Boracite is found in remarkably distinct crystals, about the size of a 
 pea and under, imbedded in compound varieties of Gypsum, and rarely 
 in Anhydrite. 
 
 4. The only known localities are Ltineberg in Brunswick and Sege- 
 berg in Holstein. 
 
 BORAX. Prismatic Borax-Salt. MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. M on M' 93 
 30'. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 P on M or M' 
 M or M' on h 
 Mon& 
 Mone 
 P on A 
 P ongl 
 P on g2 
 P on e 
 e on 0-2 
 
 101 30 
 
 133 20 
 
 136 
 
 138 
 
 106 
 
 139 
 
 115 
 
 114 
 
 141 
 
 Fig. 72. 
 
 45 
 12 
 30 
 15 
 30 
 28 
 52 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 81 
 
 Borax Bornite. 
 
 Cleavage parallel to M and M' perfect, also to both the 
 diagonals of the primary form. Fracture conchoidal. 
 
 Lustre resinous. Color white, inclining to grey and 
 green. Streak white. Transparent . . . translucent. 
 
 Rather brittle. Hardness = 2-0 . . . 2-5. Sp. gr. = 
 1'716. Taste sweetish alkaline, feeble. 
 
 1. It is soluble in water; the solution changes vegetable blues to 
 green. It intumesces before the blow-pipe, and then melts into a trans- 
 parent globule. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 Soda 167 
 
 Boracic acid . . ' . . . 36-4 
 Water 46 9 
 
 3. Borax occurs in different districts of Persia and Thibet, where it is 
 found on the surface of the soil, in the vicinity, and sometimes at the bot- 
 tom, of several lakes, and in a state of solution in the waters of mineral 
 wells. It is found also in Ceylon and at Potosi. 
 
 4. The natural salt is employed in manufacturing the artificial one by 
 the addition of a greater quantity of soda. The artificial salt is made use 
 of as a flux, in the production of imitation gems, and in the process of sol- 
 dering. 
 
 5. The natural historical properties above described apply to the 
 manufactured salt : concerning the natural salt but little is known, al- 
 though perfect crystals of the form here figured are sometimes found 
 among it. In general, it is understood, that it is found mingled up with 
 Common Salt and some excess of boracic acid. The locality in Thibet, 
 which is 15 days from Tisvolumbo, the capital, is a lake supplied by 
 springs, the waters of which contain both borax and common salt. The 
 edges and shallows of this lake are covered with a stratum of Borax, 
 which is dug up from time to time, and the holes thus made are gradu- 
 ally filled by a fresh deposition. 
 
 BORNITE. Bismuthic Poly po ion e -Glance , 
 Primary form. Rhomboid. Angles not determined. 
 Cleavage perfect parallel with the primary form. 
 Lustre metallic. Color pale steel-grey. 
 Elastic. Not particularly sectile. Soft. Sp. gr. =8-0, 
 
82 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Bornite Botryogene. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe it melts very easily into a globule, that can 
 be entirely volatilized, during which the supporting charcoal is covered 
 with yellow oxide. If dissolved in the state of powder in nitric acid, a 
 precipitate of sulphur is formed. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KL.APROTH. By WEHLE. 
 
 Bismuth . . 95-01 . . 6M5 
 Sulphur . . 5-00 . . 1 2-33 
 
 Tellurium 2974 
 
 Silver 2-07 
 
 3. It has been found at Deutsch-Pilsen in Hungary, accompanied by 
 several species of the genus Lime Haloide, Iron Pyrites, &c. 
 
 4. Other varieties have been examined from different localities, which 
 require to be mentioned in this place. One from Hungary, for example, 
 has the following properties: 
 
 It occurs in imbedded masses, having a general resemblance to 3 and 
 6 sided prisms. Cleavage perfect in the direction of the bases. Frac- 
 ture imperfectly conchoidal, uneven, scarcely perceptible. Lustre metal- 
 lic. Color intermediate between tin-white and steel-grey. Streak un- 
 changed or rather darker ; its place becomes shining in the mineral. 
 Opake. Very sectile. Thin laminae perfectly flexible. Hardness = 
 1-5. Sp. gr. =7-408. Before the blow-pipe it gives the reactions of 
 sulphur, tellurium and bismuth. It occurs accompanied by Native Gold 
 and Yellow Copper Pyrites, imbedded in Quartz, at Schemnitz. It con- 
 tains according to WEHLE, 
 
 Bismuth . . . . . 59 84 
 Tellurium . . , . . 35-24 
 Sulphur 4-92 
 
 5. Another variety, examined by BERZELITJS, which had been com- 
 municated to him by WEISS of Berlin, was found to contain only telluri- 
 um and bismuth. 
 
 BOTRYOGENE. Paratomous Vitriol-Salt. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. M on M = 
 119 56'. 
 
 Cleavage distinct in the direction of M and M'. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color hyacinth-red. Streak yellow 
 and shining. Translucent, 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Botryogene Bournonite. 
 
 83 
 
 Hardness =2-0 . . . 2-5. Sp. gr. =2-039. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Reniform and botryoidal shapes; 
 the individuals are often regularly terminated at the surface 
 of these shapes. Color ochre-yellow. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, in a glass tube, it intumesces, and gives off 
 water, leaving a reddish yellow earth behind. It is very slowly soluble 
 in water, to which it imparts a much more feebly astringent taste than 
 sulphate of iron. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By BERZELIUS, 
 
 Sulphate of iron . . . 48-3 
 
 Sulphate of magnesia . . . 20-8 
 Water . . . 309 
 
 8. It is found coating Gypsum and Iron Pyrites, associated with Epsom 
 salt and Copperas in the great copper mine at Fahlun. 
 
 BOTRYOLITE. (See Datholite.) 
 
 BOURNONITE. Diprismatic Copper-Glance. 
 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Right rectangular prism. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 73. 
 
 M 
 
 P on d 93 40' 
 
 P on o 87 8 
 
 Cleavage distinct parallel with M and T, and with both 
 diagonals of the prism. Fracture conchoidal, uneven. 
 
84 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Bournonite. 
 
 Surface nearly equal, often highly smooth and splendent: 
 longitudinal striae sometimes visible on the secondary planes, 
 replacing the lateral edges of the prism. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color steel grey, inclining to blackish 
 lead grey or iron black, according to the physical quality 
 of the surface. Streak unchanged. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =2-5 . . . 3-0. Sp. gr. =5-763. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals : axis of revolu- 
 tion perpendicular, face of composition parallel to M, or the 
 broader face of the primary form. The individuals are 
 generally continued beyond the face of composition. The 
 axes of the individuals cross each other at angles of 93 40' 
 and 86 20'. Massive : composition granular ; individu- 
 als strongly connected. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it generally decrepitates, emits a white sul- 
 phureous vapor ; after which there remains a black globule, consisting 
 of a crust of sulphuret of lead, within which is a mass of copper. It is 
 easily soluble in heated nitric acid. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By HATCHETT. Ey KLAPROTH. 
 
 Antimony . . 24-23 . . 20769 
 
 Lead , . . 42-62 . . 42-50 
 
 Copper . .. 1280 . . 11-75 
 
 Iron . . 1-20 .. 5-00 
 
 Sulphur . . 17-00 . . 18-00 
 
 3. Bournonite is found in veins, associated with Stibine, Galena, and 
 Blende. 
 
 4. It was first found in the parish of Endellion, Cornwall, at Huel 
 Boys. Another locaUty, very early known, was Kapnik in Transylva- 
 nia. It is now known to exist at Neudorf, in Anhalt, in large and mag- 
 nificent crystals; also at Andreasberg in the Hartz. Still other deposits 
 of this ore are BraQnsdorf in Saxony, Neusohl in Hungary, and OfFen- 
 banya in Transylvania. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Braunite. 
 
 85 
 
 BRAUNITE. Brachytypous Manganese-Ore. 
 HAIDINGER. 
 
 Primary form. Octahedron with a square base. P on 
 P over the base, 108 39'. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 1. Primary form, with the summits replaced by tangent 
 planes. Wunsiedel, Bayreuth. 
 
 Fig. 76. 
 
 Wunsiedel. 
 Elgersburg. 
 
 Bt. Marcel, Piedmont. 
 
 s on s over the summit 96 33' 
 
 s on s at the base - 140 30' 
 
 P on x and x, alternately - 144 4' and 128 IT 
 
 xon x at the base - 154 25' 
 
 Cleavage very distinct parallel with the primary faces. 
 Fracture uneven. Surface o possesses less lustre than P, 
 but is even, and sometimes faintly streaked parallel to the 
 edges of combination with P. Primary faces often a little 
 rounded ; faces s uneven, rough, and horizontally streaked 5 
 faces x smooth and even. 
 
 Lustre imperfectly metallic. Color dark brownish black, 
 Streak of the same color. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 6-0 ... 6-5. Sp. gr. = 4-818. 
 8 
 
86 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Braunite Brewsterite. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular 
 individuals strongly coherent. 
 
 1. Analysis. 
 
 By TURNER. 
 
 Protoxide of manganese . . . 86*940 
 
 Oxygen 9851 
 
 Water 0-949 
 
 Baryta < . , . , 2-260 
 
 Silica a trace. 
 
 2. It is yet a rare mineral, having been brought only from a few pla- 
 ces in Thuringia, (Elgersburg, Ehrenstock and Friedrichsrode,) and from 
 Wunsiedel in the Bayreuth. 
 
 BREISLAKITE. 
 
 Acicular and capillary crystals ; bent and grouped like wool. 
 
 Color reddish, or chesnut brown. 
 
 1. Nitric acid, when heated, reduces it to a most impalpable powder 
 of a yellow color. In the flame of a lamp, the crystals suffer no change ; 
 but before the blow-pipe they melt into a black enamel. It gives with 
 salt of phosphors a green globule in the oxidating flame, which be- 
 comes red in the reducing flame of the blow-pipe, thus indicating a con- 
 siderable quantity of copper. 
 
 2. Analysis. Dr. WOLLASTON is said to have made a chemical ex- 
 amination of this species ; the result of which was-, that it consisted of si- 
 lica, alumina, and a little iron. 
 
 3. Breislakite lines the small cavities in the lava of Scalla, where it is 
 accompanied by Atacamite and Nepheline. It is also found under simi- 
 lar circumstances in the lava of Olebano, near Pozzuoli. 
 
 BREUNERITE. (See Rhomb-Spar.} 
 
 BREWSTERITE. Polyprismatic Kouphone- 
 
 Sp a r . 
 
 Primary form. Right oblique angled prism. M on 
 T = 93 40'. 
 

 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Brewsterite. 
 
 87 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 77. 
 
 P on d - 93 50' P on c4 - 92 00' 
 
 Pond - 119 30 d on c2 - 95 00 
 
 Ponc2 - 114 30 d on d' - 175 00 
 
 PoncS - 112 00 (172 HAIDINGER.) 
 
 Cleavage, perfect parallel to P, traces parallel to T. 
 Fracture uneven. 
 
 Faces slightly streaked parallel to their common inter- 
 sections. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, pearly upon P. Color white, inclining 
 to yellow and grey. Transparent . . . translucent. 
 
 Hardness =5-0 . . . 5-5.' Sp. gr. =2-12 . . . 2-20. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it loses first its water and becomes opake, 
 then it froths and swells up, but is with difficulty fusible. It gives a skel- 
 eton of silica with salt of phosphorus. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By THOMSON. 
 
 Silica .... 58-800 
 
 Alumina - ... 18912 
 
 Lime - - - - 12-384 
 
 Potash 1-500 
 
 Water .... 11-700 
 
 103-296. (The excess 
 of 33 p. c. was attributed lo soda employed in the analysis.) 
 
 3. It is found lining cavities in a granitic rock at Strontian, in Argyll- 
 shire in Scotland. 
 
 BRIGHT WHITE COBALT. (See Smaltine.) 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Brochantite Bronzhe. 
 
 BROCHANTITE. Prism atoi d al Vitriol-Salt. 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M' 117. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 78. 
 
 Cleavage ; traces parallel to m. Surface m blackish and 
 dull, the remaining faces smooth and shining. 
 Color emerald green. Transparent. 
 Hardness =3-5 . . . 4-0, nearly. Sp. gr. == 3*7 ... 3-8. 
 
 1. Analysis. 
 By MAGJVTJS. 
 
 Sulphuric acid . . . 17-426 
 
 Oxide of copper . . . 66-935 
 
 Water . . . 11-917 
 
 Oxide of tin . . . 3-145 
 
 Oxide of lead . . . 1-048 
 
 2. It is found in small, but well denned crystals, on Green Malachite, 
 at Ekatherinburg, Siberia; also in a pulverulent form in France and 
 Hungary. 
 
 BRONZITE. Hemi-prismatic Sch iller- Spar. 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism/ Mon M 7 94. C. 
 
 Cleavage ; parallel with P very perfect, though in gene- 
 ral a little curved ; and sometimes having almost impercep- 
 tible layers of Calcareous Spar interposed between the la- 
 minae. In the direction of M and M 7 less distinct ; with 
 traces also in to the diagonals of the cleavage form. Frac- 
 ture uneven and splintery. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 89 
 
 Bronzite. 
 
 Lustre metallic pearly upon P; for the rest, low degrees 
 of an imperfectly vitreous lustre. Color dirty shades of leek 
 green and blackish green ; also liver-brown, hair-brown and 
 clove-brown, greenish and ash-grey. These colors are 
 heightened by a metalloidal appearance upon P, "and often 
 incline to pinchbeck-brown. Streak corresponding to the 
 color. Translucent, sometimes only on the edges. 
 
 Rather sectile. Hardness = 4'0 . . . 5-0. Sp. gr. = 
 3-251, a brown variety from Bayreuth. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 of various sizes of individuals, strongly connected. 
 
 1. By the action of fire it assumes a lighter color, and loses its water ; 
 but is by itself infusible before the blow-pipe. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By KOHLER. 
 
 From Stempel near Marburg. Ulten Valley, Tyrol. 
 
 Silica . . 57 193 .... 56-813 
 
 Magnesia . . 32-669 .... 29677 
 
 Lime . . 1-299 .... 2-195 
 
 Protoxide of iron 7-4(>l .... 8-464 
 
 Protoxide of manganese 0-349 .... 0-616 
 
 Alumina . . 0698 .... 2-068 
 
 Water . . 631 .... 217 
 
 3. Bronzite is found in imbedded crystalline particles, either simple or 
 compound, in serpentine and greenstone rocks. It sometimes presents 
 itself in beds in the serpentine formation, mingled with massive Horn- 
 blende. 
 
 4. It is found in considerable quantity in and near the Gulsen moun- 
 tain, in the vicinity of Kraubat in Stiria, where it forms beds in serpen- 
 tine. It occurs near Hof in Bayreuth, and probably at the Baste in the 
 Hartz, in the Bacher mountain in Lower Stiria, near Marburg, the Ul- 
 ten Valley in the Tyrol, at Lizard district in Cornwall, and in various 
 other countries. 
 
 A variety of this species has been discovered within a few years at 
 Amity, in Orange county, (N.Y.) It occurs in limestone beds, which 
 
 8* 
 
90 . PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Bronzite Brookite Brucite. 
 
 are associated with serpentine ; and is immediately connected with mass- 
 ive and crystallized Hornblende, Augite, and Plumbago. Its color is a 
 fine reddish brown, attended with a metallic lustre. It has been ana- 
 lyzed by Mr. T. G. CLEMSOIST, who, under the impression of its be- 
 ing a new species, has bestowed upon it the name of Seybertite, after 
 the American analyst, Mr. SEYBERT. But its identity in form, hardness 
 and sp. gr. with Bronzite, does not appear to justify the attempted dis- 
 tinction. Mr. CLEMSOIT found it to consist of 
 
 Alumina .... 37-60 
 
 Magnesia .... 24-30 
 
 Lime .... 10-70 
 
 Silica .... 17-00 
 
 Protoxide of iron .... 5-00 
 
 Water .... 3-60 
 
 BROOKITE. Diatomous Er ut hron e-Or e. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M' 100. 
 
 Secondary form. Low hexagonal prism. 
 
 Cleavage parallel with the shorter diagonal. 
 
 Lustre metallic adamantine. Color hair-brown, passing 
 into a deep orange-yellow, and some reddish tints. Streak 
 yellowish white. Translucent . . . opake, the brighter col- 
 ors are observed by transmitted light. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 5-5 ... 6*0. 
 
 1. It contains oxide of titanium, with traces of iron and manganese ; 
 but has not yet been analyzed. The first varieties were noticed among 
 the minerals accompanying Anatase from Dauphiny ; but much finer 
 crystals, some of them half an inch in diameter, have lately been found 
 at Snowdon, in Wales. In both places they are accompanied by Quartz ; 
 and in Dauphiny, besides Anatase, it is attended by Crichtonite and Albite. 
 
 BROWN IRON ORE. (See JLimonite.) 
 BRUCITE. Hem i -prismatic Tourmaline. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. M on M' 
 112? from cleavage. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 91 
 
 Brucite. 
 
 Secondary form. In very short prisms, apparently hav- 
 ing all the edges and solid angles replaced so as to oblite- 
 rate the lateral and terminal planes. The secondary ter- 
 minal planes much rounded ; the most distinct crystals 
 affording angles over the summit of between 130 and 140 
 with the common goniometer. 
 
 Cleavage parallel with M, M' indistinct ; that parallel 
 with P very indistinct. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, to resinous. Color yellow, brown and 
 red. Transparent . . . translucent. 
 
 Hardness = 6-5. Sp. gr. = 3-199. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 of various sizes of individuals. 
 
 1. It is fused with difficulty before the blow-pipe. It loses its color 
 almost entirely, becomes opake, and shows traces of fusion on very thin 
 edges. The brown and grey varieties act upon the magnetic needle, 
 where the double magnetism is employed. 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By D'OnssoN. By SEYBERT. , 
 
 Silica . . 38-00 . . 32-666 
 
 Magnesia . . 54-00 . . 54-000 
 Oxide of iron . 5-10 . . 0000 
 
 Peroxide of iron . 0-00 . . 2 333 
 
 Alumina . 1-50 . . 0-000 
 
 Potash . 0-86 . . 0-000 
 
 Fluoric acid . 0-00 . . 4-086 
 
 Water . 0-00 . . 1-000 
 
 3. Brucite is found disseminated through Calcareous Spar, associated 
 with Hornblende, Spinel and Mica. 
 
 4. It occurs at Ersby in the parish of Pargas in Finland, where it was 
 first discovered : but its most abundant localities are in the U. States, 
 in the adjoining counties of Sussex, (New-Jersey.) and Orange, (New 
 York,) where it exists under the circumstances above described, and also 
 accompanied by Spinel, and rarely by Pyroxene and Bronzite. In 
 Sussex county, it is particularly abundant at Newton ; and in Orange 
 county, at Amity and Edenville. 
 
92 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Bucbolzite. 
 
 BUCHOLZITE. P r i s m a t o i d a 1 A x i n i t e. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. M on M' 99 
 30' ? Only the primary crystal with curved faces has been 
 observed ; and this without regular terminations. 
 
 Cleavage parallel with the longer diagonal perfect ; par- 
 allel with P and M, visible, but indistinct. Fracture con- 
 choidal to uneven. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color shades of greyish white and 
 hair-brown; sometimes presenting a metalloidal appearance 
 upon M. Bluish opalescence rarely observed upon cleav- 
 age faces parallel to M. Streak white. Translucent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 7-5 . . . 8-0. Sp. gr. = 3-2. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition columnar, 
 consisting of delicate, straight or slightly curvilinear indi- 
 viduals, strongly coherent, and sometimes nearly impalpa- 
 ble. Viewed in the longitudinal fracture the lustre is silky ; 
 but in the cross fracture, which is even and splintery, it is 
 resinous. 
 
 1. The identity of Sillimanite with the present species appears proba- 
 ble, not only from the resemblance in the properties of hardness and 
 specific gravity, but in that of crystalline structure ; the perfect crystals 
 of the former often becoming compound and fibrous at one end; and the 
 less impalpable masses of Bucbolzite, exhibiting crystals which afford 
 the brilliant cleavage surfaces parallel with the longer diagonal of Silli- 
 manite. The disagreement in chemical composition, it is presumed will 
 disappear on searching for zirconia in future analyses of Bucholzite. 
 Before the blow-pipe, alone, and with borax, infusible. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 ByBowEN, ByMuiR, ByBRANDEs, By HILTON & 
 from from from MITCHELL, 
 
 Chester, Ct. Chester, Ct. Tyrol, fr. Chester, Pen. 
 
 Silica . 42-666 38-670 46-00 46-40 
 
 Alumina . 54-111 
 Zirconia . 0-000 
 
 Oxide of iron 1999 
 Water . 510 
 
 Potash . 0-000 
 
 35-106 
 
 18-510 
 
 7-216 
 
 0-000 
 
 0-000 
 
 50-00 
 000 
 2-50 
 0-00 
 150 
 
 52-92 
 
 0-00 
 a trace. 
 
 0-00 
 
 0-00 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Bucklandite Bustamite. 
 
 93 
 
 3. The distinctly crystallized variety, or Sillimanite, occurs in veins 
 >f Quartz at Chester, (Conn.) in a quarry of gneiss. The compactly 
 ibrous variety was discovered originally in the Tyrol. It exists in the 
 United States, at Chester, (Penn.) near Philadelphia, and at Hum- 
 jhreysville, (Conn.) 
 
 BUCKLANDITE. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism ? M on M 109 20'. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 79. 
 on M or M' ... 103 56' 
 
 MonM' 
 
 VI on p ... 
 
 on p ... 
 
 on e ... 
 
 o on o ... 
 
 M on e' ... 
 
 Cleavage not observable. Color dark brown, nearly black. 
 Opake. It appears to be harder than Pyroxene. 
 
 1. It was discovered in small crystals on a specimen from Neskiel 
 mine, near Arendal in Norway, where it occurs with black Hornblende, 
 Scapolite. and Calcareous Spar. It resembles Pyroxene. 
 
 2. It is not sufficiently described to settle the question of its specific 
 character, t 
 
 BUSTAMITE. Staphyline Parachrose-Baryte. 
 
 Massive : in reniform and botryoidal groupes. 
 
 Color, light grey, passing into a greenish or reddish 
 color. Nearly opake. 
 
 Hardness = 6-0 . . . 6-5. Sp. gr. = 3-1 ... 3-3, 
 
 1. Analysis. 
 
 By DUMAS. 
 
 Silica .... 48-90 
 
 Protoxide of manganese . . 36-06 
 
 Lime .... 14-57 
 
 Protoxide of iron .... 0-81 
 
94 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Calamine. 
 
 2. It occurs at Real de Minas in Mexico. 
 
 CALAMINE. Rhombohedral Zinc-Baryte 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Rhomboid. P on P' =107 40'. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 80. 
 
 Fig. 81. Fig. 82. 
 
 Siberia. 
 
 gong 137 8 / 
 
 Rezbanya. 
 
 monm 113 31'. 
 
 Cleavage^ parallel with the primary form perfect, ofter 
 curved. Fracture uneven, imperfectly conchoidal. Sur- 
 face of the primary faces generally curved, and often rough, 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to pearly. Color white, though 
 seldom pure : generally grey, green, or brown. Streak 
 white. Semi-transparent . . . translucent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =5-0. Sp. gr.=4-442. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Reniform, botryoidal, stalactitic, 
 and other imitative shapes ; surface generally rough, com- 
 position columnar. Massive : composition granular, some- 
 times impalpable ; strongly coherent. By decomposition, 
 it becomes friable and earthy. Crystalline coats and pseu- 
 domorphoses formed after crystals of Calcareous Spar. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 95 
 
 Calamine Calcareous Spar. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe it loses its transparency, but is infusible ; the 
 ;arbonic acid is driven off, and the residue acts like pure oxide of zinc, 
 t is soluble in nitric acid with effervescence. It is negatively electrifi- 
 jd by friction. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By SMITHSOX. 
 
 Oxide of zinc .... 65-20 
 Carbonic acid .... 34-80 
 
 3. Calamine is found, often associated with Electric Calamine, in 
 reins and beds belonging to various classes of rocks, but chiefly in those 
 ivhich are calcareous ; and they are usually accompanied by ores of 
 ead, copper, iron and zinc. 
 
 4. It occurs in the Bannat of Temeswar in Hungary, at Raibel and 
 31eiberg in Carinthia, at Tarnowitz in Silesia, at Medziana in Poland, at 
 \ix la Chapelle ; also in France, and in Leicestershire, Derbyshire, 
 Flintshire, Somersetshire, in England, and at Wanlockhead and Lead 
 lills in Scotland. Calamine exists in the United States in .great abun- 
 iance, in Jefferson county, Missouri, at a lead mine called Valle's Dig- 
 gings. Other localities of this species less remarkable, are the Perkio- 
 nen lead mine, Pennsylvania, and the iron mine at Franklin, New Jer- 
 ?ey : at the latter place, however, it only occurs in a pulverulent form, 
 rom the decomposition of Red Zinc-Ore. 
 
 CALCAREOUS HEAVY SPAR. 
 
 This mineral, imperfectly distinguished by BREITHAUPT from 
 Heavy Spar, is described as follows : Crystals, right rhombic 
 prisms; surmounted by pyramids ; the lateral planes inclining un- 
 der angles of 101 53'. Cleavable parallel with the base with 
 great distinctness, and nearly as much so with the lateral faces of 
 the rhombic prism. Lustre pearly to vitreous. Sp. gr. = 4*02 
 . . . 4-29. Locality is not mentioned. 
 
 CALCAREOUS SPAR. Rhombohedral Lime 
 
 Haloide. MOHS. 
 Primary form. Rhomboid. P on P = 105 5'. 
 
96 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Calcareous Spar. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 83. 
 
 Fig. 84. 
 
 Derbyshire and Cumberland. 
 
 Fig. 85. 
 
 Fig. 86. 
 
 Cadiz, Spain. 
 
 Fig. 87.- 
 
 Fig. 88. 
 
 Hartz. 
 
 Hartz. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Calcareous Spar. 
 
 97 
 
 Fig. 89. 
 
 Hartz, Cumberland and Derbyshire. 
 
 Fig. 93. 
 
 Fig. 90. 
 P 
 
 Fig. 92. 
 
 Dauphine and Derbyshire. 
 
 Fig. 94. 
 
98 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Calcareous Spar. 
 
 Fig. 95. 
 
 Leyden, (N.Y.) 
 Fig. 99. 
 
 IX 
 
 Hart* and Cumberland. 
 
 Fig. 96. 
 
 Near Montreal, (Lower Canadi 
 
 Fig. 98. 
 
 Fig. 100. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Calcareous Spar. 
 
 99 
 
 Fig. 102. Fig. 103. 
 
 Fig, 101. 
 
 f] f 
 
 Hartz and England gouthbury, (Conn.) 
 
 
 Fig. 106, 
 
 Westmoreland, 
 (England.) 
 
100 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Calcareous Spar. 
 
 Fig. 108. Fig. 109. 
 
 Fig. 113. 
 
 Fig. 114. 
 
 Fig. 110. 
 
 Derbyshire and Cumberland. 
 Tig. 112. 
 
 Fig. 115. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 101 
 
 Calcareous Spar. 
 
 Fig. 83. The primary with its lateral edges replaced by 
 tangent planes, a: P on *-.= 135. The crystals of this 
 modification differ in the length of the new planes a. Fig. 
 84. The primary with its lateral angles replaced by tangent 
 planes, b. Fig. 85, has the planes elongated : this is the 
 most common modification of the species. The planes P 
 are often irregularly extended ; and sometimes one or two 
 of them are wholly wanting from each extremity of the 
 prism. P on 6 = 135. Fig. 86. The primary, having its 
 summit replaced by a tangent plane. Fig. 87 and 88, the 
 same, with the new plane more extended : these form the 
 basees of HAUY. P on c=135. The faces c are liable to 
 a pearly lustre. Fig. 89 unites the modifications of Figs. 
 84 and 86. Fig. 90, the same, with the faces b more ex- 
 tended so as to produce an elongated prism. Fig. 91, the 
 regular hexagonal prism, produced from Fig. 90 by the ex- 
 tension of c : the prismatique of HAUY. Occasionally, the 
 prism is reduced in length to a mere table. Hartz. Some- 
 times this modification is affected by the undue enlarge- 
 ment of certain of the lateral faces, so as to convert it into a 
 trihedral, tetrahedral or pentagonal prism. Fig. 92. Pri- 
 mary, with its upper edges replaced by tangent planes. P 
 on d=149 2'. Fig. 93, the same, more deeply replaced. 
 Fig. 94, d on c/=13426'. This is called the equilateral 
 rhomboid : it is the equiaxe of HAUY. It is a very abun- 
 dant form of Calcareous Spar. Fig. 95, the same, having 
 the lateral angles replaced by tangent planes. donbl=z 
 116 34'. Figs. 96 and 97, the same, in which b I is va- 
 riously produced. Fig. 98, the equilateral rhomboid, with 
 its lateral edges replaced by tangent planes. These prisms 
 are sometimes elongated. Fig. 99, the same as Fig. 97, 
 9* 
 
102 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Calcareous Spar. 
 
 but having the summit replaced by a tangent plane, d on 
 cl = 153 26'. Four other rhomboids, of the following 
 dimensions: viz. 115 42', 129 54', 151 48', and 156 
 24', derivable from the primary by tangent replacements 
 of its upper edges, the new planes inclining differently to 
 the vertical axis, undergo many of the modifications above 
 described with respect to the primary and the equilateral 
 rhomboids ; but their forms are not common. 
 
 In addition to the foregoing rhomboids, Calcareous Spar 
 presents a great variety of acute rhomboids, of which Fig. 
 100 is one of the most common. It is the contrastant of 
 HAUY. Its localities are numerous. This rhomboid goes 
 through the modifications above described ; and in addition 
 to them, it occurs having the summits replaced by three 
 new planes : in one instance, the new planes resting upon 
 the rhornboidal planes ; and which incline under angles of 
 105 5', being portions of the primary form: and in the 
 other, resting upon the edges and inclining towards the axis. 
 e on e = 65 41'; Fig. 101, a rhomboid still more acute, 
 / on /=60 34'. Fig. 102, the same, with the upper 
 edges replaced by tangent planes ; the contractee of HAUY. 
 /on dl = 112 9' 59". dl on dl = 134 25' 38". Fig. 
 103 is a rhomboid slightly acute, g on g=S7 48. It ap- 
 proaches the cube in form ; and is called by HAUY, the 
 cuboide. It is not common. It suffers the same modifica- 
 tions as the last described rhomboid. Figs. 104 and 105 
 explain the passage of the primary into an acute rhomboid, 
 called the inverted rhomboid, in consequence of its being a 
 complete inversion of the primary rhomboid. P on A= 
 129 13' 53". h on A = 78 27' 47". This form is found 
 undergoing all the modifications above described, and many 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 103 
 
 Calcareous Spar. 
 
 others; amounting in all to more than forty. Fig. 106, a 
 still more acute rhomboid, the cleavage of whose crystals 
 takes place at the summits, directly upon the edges. It is 
 the mixte of HAUY. ion i=63 44' 55". It is common. P 
 on i=ll9 2' 11". Fig. 107 is the same, having the pri- 
 mary planes at the summit, and having the upper edges re- 
 placed by the planes c?2. Pond2 = 1492' II' 7 , iond2 = 
 149 2' II", i on d'2 154 39' 14". Fig. 108 is the most 
 acute of all the rhomboids of Calcareous Spar. It is called 
 the dilatce of HAUY. It is not very rare, either perfect, or 
 suffering the modifications above described, k on & = 60 
 24'. Fig. 109 represents the primary rhomboid having its 
 upper edges replaced by two planes, the commencement of 
 the dodecahedron with scalene triangular planes, as repre- 
 sented in Fig. 110. m on m over the summit =121 26'. 
 Fig. Ill has the lateral solid angles replaced by tangent 
 planes ; and Fig. 1 12 has in addition, the upper edges of bl 
 replaced by the planes w, which forms the soustractive of 
 HAUY. Numerous other faces, in addition to these, occur 
 in some of the varieties, won 61 = 152 6' 52'', n on n 
 = 161 48' 18". Fig. 113 is the primary rhomboid, having 
 its lateral edges replaced by two planes n. It is very com- 
 mon in this condition ; and with the new planes more ex- 
 tended, as in Fig. 114, it forms the binaire of HAUY; and 
 when they are still more so, as in 115, it forms the meta- 
 tastique of the same author. Fig. 1 13 undergoes more than 
 one hundred modifications. P on n = 151 2' 40". n on 
 n over the summit =48 22'. n on n over the base = 104 
 28' 40". n on n over a pyramidal edge = 144 20' 26". 
 bl on =152 6' 52". 
 
104 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Calcareous Spar. 
 
 Cleavage parallel to the primary rhomboid, easily ob- 
 tained, even and highly perfect. Fracture, perfectly con- 
 choidal, but difficult to be obtained. 
 
 Surface generally even : rarely, curved faces appear in 
 certain rhomboids and pyramids. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. The lustre of c is sometimes pearly. 
 Color white, prevalent. Also different shades of grey, red, 
 green, yellow ; all of them pale. Dark brown and black 
 colors owing to foreign admixtures. Streak greyish white. 
 Transparent . . . translucent ; double refraction very con- 
 siderable, and easily observed. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =3-0. Sp. gr. =2*721, a transpa- 
 rent crystal. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals. 
 Fur. 116. 
 
 Fig. 117. 
 
 Fig. 119. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. J 05 
 
 Calcareous Spar. 
 
 Fig. 121. 
 Fig. 120. 
 
 In Fig. 116 and 117 the face of composition is perpen- 
 dicular to the axis of the aggregated crystals ; and the an- 
 gle of Revolution =60. In Fig. 119 the face of compo- 
 sition is represented by the dotted lines in Fig. 118. In 
 Fig. 120 it coincides with a plane passing through its verti- 
 cal axis : in both, the angle of revolution = 180. The 
 regular composition in faces parallel to the plane indicated 
 in Fig. 118, takes place also in massive varieties ; and then 
 more or less thick laminae of the two individuals alternate 
 with each other, as in Fig. 121. The frequent occurrence 
 of those well known striae (here delineated) upon the faces 
 of cleavage, parallel to the horizontal diagonal of the 
 rhombs, depehds upon this mode of regular composition. 
 
 Implanted globules ; stalactitic, botryoidal, fructicose 
 shapes : surface uneven, drusy, rough or smooth, composi- 
 tion columnar, more or less distinct, straight diverging, and 
 of various sizes. Sialactitic and botryoidal varieties are of- 
 ten composed a second time of curved lamellar particles, 
 conformably to the surface of the imitative shapes, the faces 
 of composition being uneven and rough, or irregularly 
 streaked in a longitudinal direction, 
 
106 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Calcareous Spar. 
 
 Massive: 1. Composition columnar, the individuals be- 
 ing straight, parallel, or diverging, very often of remarka- 
 ble delicacy. In a second composition, globular masses are 
 produced, consisting of curved lamellar particles, the faces 
 of composition between the latter often being smooth. 
 These globules are again joined in a third composition, pro- 
 ducing granular masses, between which the faces of compo- 
 sition are uneven and rough. 2. Composition granular, 
 the individuals being of various sizes, and even impalpable ; 
 faces of composition irregularly streaked, uneven and 
 rough. The individuals cohere more or less firmly. If 
 the composition be impalpable, fracture becomes splintery, 
 uneven, flat, conchoidal, or even ; on a large scale it is 
 sometimes slaty. The fracture is earthy in those varieties 
 in which the individuals cohere but slightly. 3. Composi- 
 tion lamellar ; the indviduals more or less thin, and often 
 bent ; face of composition sometimes rough, and possessing 
 a pearly lustre. Globules formed in cavities ; plates, of 
 various kinds of composition. 
 
 1. The species of Calcareous Spar, as at present regarded by the ma- 
 jority of mineralogists, probably embraces several distinct species, sepa- 
 rated from one another by constant differences of form, hardness and 
 specific gravity. An attempt has been made within a few years by 
 BREITHAUPT, to determine, by some of the nicest mineralogical re- 
 searches of modern times, a number of such species. But as the differ- 
 ences upon which he founds his conclusions are so slight, in comparison 
 with specific differences in general in the mineraal kingdom, it seems 
 most judicious for the present to introduce his results in the form of an 
 appendix to this species, where they will be found given in sufficient de- 
 tail to enable the mineralogical student to appreciate their value. 
 
 The division of Calcareous Spar into several sub-species and varieties, 
 in the older treatises on the science, depends chiefly upon the mode of 
 composition, and upon admixtures and impurities, with which the indi- 
 viduals have been affected in their formation. Of these Limestone rep- 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 107 
 
 Calcareous Spar. 
 
 resents the greater part of the pure varieties of the species. The sim- 
 ple varieties, and such compound ones in which the indviduals are of 
 considerable size, and easily cleavable, have been called Calcareous 
 Spar ; compound varieties of granular, still discernible individuals, are 
 granular Limestone, both comprehended under the head of foliated 
 Limestone. If the granular composition disappear, compact Limestone 
 is formed ; under which denomination also, Oolite or Roestone was in- 
 cluded ; the roundish grains, however, of the latter, consist of columnar 
 individuals, disposed like the radii of a sphere, and frequently showing 
 distinct traces of cleavage. Common fibrous- Limestone is produced by 
 columnar composition in massive varieties; the fibrous Calcs inter by 
 the same, but appearing in various imitative shapes. Pea-stone or Pi- 
 solite consists of diverging columnar individuals, collected into cuived 
 lamellar ones, forming globular masses, which are again agglutinated by 
 a calcareous cement. Each of the globules generally contains a grain, 
 of sand, which is of Quartz or Feldspar. Compact limestone passes into 
 Chalk, if the individuals are more loosely connected with each other, so 
 that the whole assumes an earthy appearance ; and Hock milk or Agaric 
 mineral is formed, if the mass contains so many interstices, that it seems 
 to possess but a sinall degree of specific gravity. Calcareous tufa, a 
 recent deposit formed on the suiface of the earth, is often cleavable, and 
 thus possesses all the properties of the variety called Calcareous Spar. 
 Slate spar or Argentine, is produced by a lamellar composition in mass- 
 ive varieties, in the direction of the face ol composition Fig. 119 of twin- 
 crystals, contained in thin parallel layers. Swinestone, Anthracoliite, 
 Marl and Bituminous Limestone* are impure and mixed varieties, part- 
 ly of calcareous spar, partly of compact limestone. 
 
 The pure vaiieties of Calcareous Spar are entirely soluble, with effer- 
 vescence in nitric or muriatic acid. In the common fire they are infu- 
 sible, but part with carbonic acid, and become converted into quick-lirne. 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 According to the analyses of several of the first chemists, Calcareous 
 Spar consists of Lime - - 56-0 . . . 57-0 
 
 Carbonic acid - - 43 ... 44 
 
 The varieties very often contain a small portion of oxide of iron, silica, 
 magnesia, alumina, carbon or bitumen. 
 
 3. Calcareous Spar rarely enters into the composition of rocks. In 
 most ca.ses, the more considerable masses of it form particular beds in 
 other rocks, or constitute rocks themselves: the latter consist chiefly of 
 
108 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Calcareous Spar. 
 
 compact limestone ; the former of granular limestone. The simple vari- 
 eties occur in drusy cavities, more frequently in veins than in beds, ac- 
 companied with the varieties of different species. Columnar composi- 
 tions have been observed to form veins by themselves, and a great num- 
 ber of varieties are met with in the cavities of several rocks. Slate spar 
 is generally a product of beds of granular limestone; calcareous tufa 
 and rock-milk, being of a sintery formation, occur upon the surface, and 
 in fissures of limestone rocks, and rock-rnilk in particular is generally a 
 very pure carbonate of lime. Stalactitic and pisiform varieties are pro- 
 duced by calcareous springs and other waters. The original repository 
 of Anthracolite is not known, it having as yet been found only in large 
 boulders. The impure varieties occur in particular strata, between those 
 ef compound varieties of other species. This species is very common in 
 petrifactions, imbedded in compact varieties of the same species. 
 
 4. Calcareous Spar is one of the most widely diffused species. Seve- 
 ral of its varieties have a considerable share in the constitution of moun- 
 tains in many countries. This is particularly true in Switzerland, Italy, 
 Carniola, Carinthia, Salzburg, Stiria, and in several parts of the United 
 States. Beds of granular limestone in gneiss and mica slate, abound in 
 all the New England States ; also in New York, New Jersey and Penn- 
 sylvania ; also, of the compact limestone, in Upper and Lo*ver Canada, 
 upon Lake Chanoplain, and throughout the vast district contained be- 
 tween the Alleghany mountains, the lakes and the Mississippi. Of crys- 
 tallized varieties, the most remarkable occur in Derbyshire and Cum- 
 berland, in the mining districts of Saxony and Bohemia, in the Hartz, in 
 Carinthia, Stiria, Hungary, and France; and in North America, at By- 
 town, (Lower Canada,) Kingston, (Upper Canada,) Lockport and Ley- 
 den, (New York,) and the Silver mines of Mexico. Iceland is the lo- 
 cality of its finest and most transparent varieties, from whence come the 
 best pieces of the doubly refracting spar. The crystallized sandstone of 
 Fontainbleau in France, (Chaux carbonatde quartzifere O/*HAUY,) is a 
 variety of calcareous spar, mechanically mixed with sand. When crys- 
 tallized, it assumes the form of the inverted rhomboid. Argentine 
 occurs in Saxony, Norway and Cornwall, and in the United States 
 at Williamsburg and Southampton, (Mass.,) in the lead veins, as well as 
 in the iron mine of Franconia, (N. H.) Picrolite is found in Carniola, 
 and at Carlsbad in Bohemia. Anthracolite is found in Salzburg. Calca- 
 reous Tufa abounds in the States of New York and Ohio, where its for- 
 mation at the surface of the ground, or in cavities of compact limestone, 
 is constantly progressing. Stalactitic varieties are particularly abundant 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 109 
 
 Calcareous Spar. 
 
 in the caves of Virginia and Kentucky. Most of the varieties are so 
 common as to render the mention of their localities unnecessary. 
 
 5. Several varieties of Calcareous Spar are usually employed for vari- 
 ous purposes, partly depending upon their mechanical, partly upon their 
 chemical composition. Those used in sculpture, and in ornamental arch- 
 itecture, are called marble; the more common or coarse varieties are 
 used for the common purpose of building. A peculiar variety of very 
 fine grained, compact limestone, is used for plates in lithography. The 
 best sort is found near Pappenheim and Sohlenhofen in Bavaria. Quick 
 lime is obtained from the calcination of this species. Carbonic acid for 
 chemical purposes, as well as for the impregnation of artificial mineral 
 waters, is obtained from chalk and from marble powder. Chalk is allo 
 used for writing and for whitewashing. Calcareous Spar is likewise a 
 valuable addition in several processes of melting ores, and in producing 
 certain kinds of glass. 
 
 APPENDIX TO CALCAREOUS SPAR. 
 i. Jlrchigonal Carbon- Spar. BREITHAUPT. 
 
 Pon P = 105 0'. 
 
 Cleavage parallel to the primary rhomboid, perfect. 
 
 Hardness (scale of BREITHAUPT) = 4-0 . . . 4-25. 
 
 Sp.gr. = 2.7348, a cleavable fragment from Neue Hoffhung 
 
 Gottes at Bi aunsdorf, west of Freiberg. 
 2-7362, a similar variety, but less cleavable. 
 2-7426, cleavage forms, from Hirnmelsftlrst inFreiberg. 
 2-7485, cleavage forms, very clear and beautiful, from 
 
 the Tuuge hohe Birke in Freiberg. 
 2-7500, dull crystalline fragments, from HimmelsfQrst. 
 Other localities of the Archigonal Carbon-Spar at Freiberg, are the 
 Beschert GlQck and Himmelfahrt mines. Besides, it occurs at Johann 
 Georgenstadt, at Schneeberg in the Erzgebirge, and at Przibram in Bo- 
 hemia; and on the whole is a frequently occurring species. 
 
 ii. Kouphone Carbon- Spar. BREITHAUPT. 
 
 p on P = 105 2' 30". 
 
 Cleavage parallel to the primary rhomboid, perfect. 
 Hardness (scale of BREITHAUPT) =3-75. 
 gp. gr. = 2-6788, cleavage forms, from Kornial-Hole at Trieste, 
 in mountain limestone. 
 
 10 
 
110 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Calcareous Spar. 
 
 Color, brick-red, like the Heulandite from Fassa, Tyrol. 
 Its only locality is Trieste. 
 
 iii. Eugnostic Carbon-Spar. BREITHAUPT. 
 
 Pon P = 105 5'. 
 
 .Cleavage parallel to the primary rhomboid, very distinct. 
 Hardness (scale of BREITHAUPT) =3-75. ..4-00. 
 Sp.gr. = 2-7170, a clear cleavage crystal from Iceland. 
 
 2-7171, a clear cleavage crystal, but of a flesh-red 
 
 color, from Iberg in the Hartz. 
 
 2-7177, a clear cleavage crystal, from the same place. 
 2-7179, a cleavage crystal, from Rotluf in Chemnitz, 
 
 in the Erzgebii ge. 
 
 2*7190, a clear crystal, from Ahren in Tyrol. 
 2-7190, three clear cleavage crystals, from Boiza in 
 
 Siebenburgen. 
 
 2-7203, cleavage crystal, from a beautiful white Cal- 
 careous Spar from Moderstolln, Schemnitz. 
 
 1. A variety analyzed by STROMEYER, from Iceland, contained 
 Carbonic acid - 43-70 
 
 Lime - 56-15 
 
 ^ Oxide of manganese and iron - 0-15 
 
 iv. Polymorphous Carbon- Spar. BREITHAUPT. 
 
 P on P = 105 8'. 
 
 Cleavage parallel to the primary rhomboid very distinct. 
 
 Hardness = (scale of BREITHAUPT) =0-4. 
 
 Sp.gr. = 2-7088, locality not known. 
 
 2'7089, a cleavage crystal. Maxen at Dresden. 
 2-7100, a cleavage crystal. Braunsdorf in Tharand. 
 2-7110, a cleavage crystal, of a pale wine-yellow col- 
 or, locality unknown. 
 
 2 7111, a cleavage crystal, of a pale wine-yellow col- 
 or, from Derbyshire. 
 2-7122, a cleavage crystal, milk-white to blue, from 
 
 Cziklowa in the Bannat. 
 2 7125, a cleavage crystal, white and transparent, from 
 
 StanowskiGorni in Karczowka. 
 The following varieties probably belong to this species. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. Ill 
 
 Calcareous Spar. 
 
 Sp.gr. = 2-7081, milk-white, translucent Calcareous Spar, from 
 
 Scheibenberg in the Erzgebirge. 
 2-7084, milk-white, from Krodendorf in the Erzge- 
 birge. Lustre resinous, or oily. 
 
 This is the most abundant species of the family ; and occurs in forma- 
 tions of nearly every age. A variety from Andreasberg, analyzed by 
 STROMEYER, afforded 
 
 Carbonic acid - 43-5635 
 
 Lime 55 9802 
 
 Oxide of manganese and iron - 0-3563 
 Water 0-1000 
 
 v. Meroxene Carbon-Spar. BREITHAUPT. 
 PonP = l05 11'. 
 
 Cleavage perfect parallel with the primary rhomboid. 
 Hardness (scale of BREITHAUPT) = 4'0. 
 Sp.gr. = 2 6895, a fragment of a crystal, from Tharaud in Dres- 
 den. 
 
 2-6903, cleaved from massive variety, associated with 
 Natrolite, from Mariaberg in Aussig, Bo- 
 hemia. 
 
 Most of the zeolitic druses from Iceland are supposed to ccr^aia thia 
 species. 
 
 vi. Haplotypous Carbon-Spar. BREITHAUPT. 
 P on P == 105 13' 40". 
 
 Cleavage, less perfect than in the foregoing species. 
 Hardness (scale of BREITHAUPT) =4-25. 
 Sp.gr. = 2-7280, > fragments of crystals of a wine-yellow color, 
 2-7294, 5 from the galleries of Verlorne Hoffimng and 
 Neue Hoffnung Gottes at Braunsdorf, 
 west from Freiberg. 
 
 The following Calcareous Spars have a similar specific gravity and a 
 similar hardness : 
 
 2-7259, greyish white, in large compact masses from Alten Au- 
 gust in Freiberg. 
 
 2-7260, translucent, yellowish white, cleavage masses inter- 
 mingled with Vitreous Copper, from Sangerhausen, 
 Thuringia. 
 
 2-7272, smoke-grey, large crystals, from Neu Gliickin Schnee- 
 berg in the Erzgebirge. 
 
112 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Calcareous Spar. 
 
 2-7284, white cleavage crystals, at Zaukerode near Dresden. 
 2-7300, a crystal from Northumberland. 
 
 The most of these varieties are too imperfectly cleavable to admit of 
 accurate measurement. 
 
 vii. Melinous Carbon- Spar. BREITHAUPT. 
 P on P = 105 17'. 
 
 Cleavage perfectly obtained parallel with the primary rhomboid. 
 Hardness (scale of BREITHAUPT) = 4 . . . 4-25. 
 Sp.gr. =2-6958, honey yellow, cleavage crystals from Neu- 
 
 dorf at Borna. 
 
 2-6968, from Mont Martre near Paris. 
 
 It is found in green-sand and in' planerkalkstein in Saxony. It also 
 occurs at Cotta, at Naundorf in Borna, and again on the lower portions 
 of Zehista in the region of Pirna. Under similar circumstances at Dux 
 in Bohemia. 
 
 viii. Diastatic Carbon-Spar. BREITHAUPT. 
 PonP=105 43>. 
 
 Cleavage parallel with primary rhomboid perfect. 
 Hardness (scale of BREITHAUPT) =4. . .4-25. 
 Sp.gr. =2 7698, massive variety from Seegen Gottes, Freiberg. 
 2-7758, cleavage crystals from Habacht, Freiberg. 
 2'7870 common fibrous limestone, from Adam Heber 
 in Schneeberg. 
 
 ix. Plumbo- Calcite. TURNER. Carbonate of Lime and Lead. 
 P on P = 104 53' 30". 
 Hardness. It is scratched by Iceland Spar. 
 Surface of crystals slightly rounded. 
 Lustre pearly. Sp.gr. =282. 
 Massive and opake. 
 
 Heated in a platina crucible, or in a glass tube, it decrepitates, and af- 
 ter some time assumes a brownish, or pale reddish tint. It consists of 
 Carbonate of lime . . . . 92-2 
 Lead .... 7-8 
 
 x. Prunnerite. ESMARK. 
 
 The violet blue variety of Calcareous Spar, occurring with Apophyl- 
 lite in the Island of Hestoe, one of the Faroes, and hitherto arranged as a 
 variety of cuboidal Calcareous Spar, has been established into a distinct 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Calcedonite. 
 
 113 
 
 species by ESMARK; the grounds of this distinction however, are not 
 as yet made known. 
 
 CALCEDONY. (See Quartz.) 
 
 CALEDON1TE. Cupre-ous Le ad-Bary te . 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M / = 95. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 122. 
 
 95 00 X> 
 
 
 r M on el 
 
 144 00' 
 
 90 00 
 
 
 M on h 
 
 132 30 
 
 108 00 
 
 Bd 
 
 a2 on 02' 
 
 143 42 
 
 126 00 
 
 > o * 
 
 2 on e2 
 
 140 40 
 
 126 00 
 
 P 
 
 c on h 
 
 144 30 
 
 115 30 
 
 
 
 el on el' 
 
 108 00 
 
 90 00 
 
 I e2 on e2' 
 
 128 35 
 
 M on M' 
 
 P on M or M 
 
 P on <?2 
 
 P on c 
 
 P on el or el 7 
 
 P on e2 or e2' 
 
 Ponh 
 
 Cleavage, parallel to M and T indistinct, but parallel to 
 h more obvious. Fracture uneven. Surface streaked. 
 
 Lustre resinous. 
 
 Color deep verdigris-green; inclining to mountain-green, 
 if the crystals are very delicate. Streak greenish-white. 
 Translucent. 
 
 Rather brittle. Hardness =2-5 , 
 
 . 3'0. Sp. gr.=6*4. 
 
 1. Analysis. 
 By BROOKE. 
 Sulphate of lead . 
 
 Carbonate of lead . 
 
 Carbonate of copper . 
 10* 
 
 55-8 
 32-8 
 11*4 
 
114 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Capillary Pyrites Carbonate of Bismuth. 
 
 2. It is found along with other ores of lead at the Lead Hills of Scot- 
 land. 
 
 CANNEL COAL. (See Bituminous Coal.) 
 
 CAOUTCHOUC MINERAL. (See Bitumen.) 
 CAPILLARY PYRITES. Capillary Chlorone- 
 Py r ite s. 
 
 Delicate, capillary crystals. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color brass-yellow, inclining to bronze-- 
 yellow and steel-grey. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it melts into a brittle metallic globule ; it col- 
 ors glass of borax, violet-blue. In nitric acid, it is dissolved without 
 leaving a residue, forming a pale green solution. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By ARFWEDSOIV. 
 
 Nickel 64-35 
 
 Sulphur 34-26 
 
 3. It occurs at Johanngeorgenstadt in Saxony, Joachimsthal in Bohe- 
 mia, St. Austle in Cornwall, and in the Westerwald, accompanied by 
 several species of Pyrites, and by Calcareous Spar. 
 
 CARBOCERINE. 
 
 The composition of this mineral, as carbonate of cerium, given 
 by BERZELIUS, is all the information we possess concerning it. 
 
 CARBONATE OF BARYTES. (See Witherite.) 
 CARBONATE OF BISMUTH. 
 
 Earthy. 
 
 Color grey and brown. 
 
 Sp. gr. =4-3. 
 
 1. Analysis. 
 By MCGREGOR. 
 
 Carbonic acid . . . 51-50 
 
 Oxide of bismuth . . . 2880 
 
 Oxide of iron . . . 2-10 
 
 Alumina . . . 7-50 
 
 Silica . . . 6-70 
 
 Water . , . 3-60 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 115 
 
 Carbonic-Acid. 
 
 2. It was found at St. Agnes in Cornwall. 
 
 3. From the inconsistency of the chemical results obtained above, with 
 :he known laws of chemical combination, it seems probable that some 
 nistake has been committed in the analysis. 
 
 CARBONATE OF COPPER. (See Blue Malachite and 
 Green Malachite.) 
 
 CARBONATE OF IRON. (See Spathic Iron.) 
 CARBONATE OF LEAD. (See White Lead-ore.) 
 CARBONATE OF LIME. (See Calcareous Spar.) 
 CARBONATE OF LIME AND MAGNESIA. (See Dolo- 
 mite.) 
 
 CARBONATE OF MAGNESIA. (See Magnesite.) 
 CARBONATE OF MAGNESIA AND IRON. (See Rhomb 
 Spar.) 
 
 CARBONATE OF MANGANESE. (See Diallogite.) 
 CARBONATE OF SODA. (See Natron and Trona.) 
 CARBONATE OF SODA AND LIME. (See Gay-Lussite.) 
 CARBONATE OF STRONTIAN. (See Strontianite.) 
 CARBONATE OF ZINC. (See Calamine.) 
 
 CARBONIC-ACID. Aeriform Carbonic-Acid. 
 MOHS. 
 
 Gaseous. Transparent. 
 
 Sp. gr. =1*51961. BIOT and ARAGO. Taste slightly 
 acidulous ; pungent. 
 
 1. It extinguishes burning bodies of all kinds, and is incapable of sup- 
 porting the respiration of animals. It reddens the vegetable blues ; but 
 the original color is restored by heating, or exposure to the air. Lime 
 and barytic-water, become turbid when brought into contact with it ; 
 and it is absorbed by recently boiled water at the common pressure and 
 temperature, in a quantity equal to the volume of the water. Under a 
 pressure of 36 atmospheres, carbonic acid becomes converted into a li- 
 quid. 
 
116 PHYSIOGRAPHY, 
 
 Carbonic-Acid. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By BJERZELIUS. 
 Carbon 27-40 
 
 Oxygen 72-60 
 
 3. It is found in the largest quantity and highest degree of purity upor 
 the surface of carbonated springs, and in caves; in which cases it issue; 
 directly from the earth. Of the most remarkable of these sources of the 
 present species in the United States, are the springs of Saratoga anc 
 Ballstown near Albany. An ingenious hypothesis to account for the or- 
 igin of the carbonic acid in these localities, and many others of less im- 
 portance in the vicinity, has been proposed by Prof. EATOK. The rock 
 through which the waters rise is an argillite, containing large quantities 
 of iron-pyrites and carbonate of lime. The iron-pyrites, he conceives, i< 
 decomposed by water, the sulphuric acid thus formed being in contact 
 with the carbonate of lime, gypsum is produced, and carbonic acid dis- 
 engaged ; which being situated at great depths in the earth, and conse- 
 quently under great pressure, combines with water in large proportions; 
 and when the waters thus charged issue from the earth, the pressure be- 
 ing removed, they part with their superabundant carbonic acid. The 
 well known mineral springs of Tunbridge and Carlsbad are remarkable 
 for the evolution of this acid gas. It issues from a small cave in the side 
 of a mountain near Naples, the floor of which, to the depth of a foot or 
 more, is covered with a stratum of this noxious fluid, into which, if a 
 dog be introduced, he is immediately suffocated. It has hence been 
 called the grotto del cane. Another cave of a similar character exists 
 in the Bttdb's hegy, a porphyry mountain in Transylvania. Carbonic 
 acid is also emitted from certain marshes, and from the solfataras. In ad- 
 dition to the foregoing sources of this species, it is formed abundantly by 
 the combustion of all substances that contain carbon, the respiration of 
 animals, and the spontaneous changes to which dead animal and vegeta- 
 ble matter is subject. Accordingly, it is always present in the atmos- 
 phere, even at the highest elevations. All kinds of spring and well- 
 water contain it dissolved in them, and to the presence of which they are 
 partly indebted for their agreeable flavor. Where carbonic acid is evol- 
 ved in low situations, it is liable from its gravity to accumulate ; a cir- 
 cumstance which often happens in deep mines and wells, in which it 
 forms an atmosphere known in English by the name of choke-damp, in 
 German by the name of Schwaden or Swath. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 117 
 
 Carburetted Hydrogen Celestine. 
 
 4. Carbonic acid is applied to a variety of purposes in medicine aod th 
 irtt. 
 
 CARBURETTED HYDROGEN. Empyreumatic 
 
 Hydrogen Gas. MOHS. 
 Amorphous. Transparent. Expansible. 
 Sp. gr.=0*5707. Odor empyreumatic. 
 
 1. It burns with a bright flame, sometimes tinged with blue. 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 Carbon 74-87 
 
 Hydrogen 25-13 
 
 3. It is developed from marshes and stagnant pools, and is also found 
 n volcanic countries. But its greatest source is certain coal mines and 
 salt springs. 
 
 4. It is particularly abundant at Newcastle and Liege, where it is de- 
 nominated fire-damp. Numerous localities of it might be cited in Ohio 
 
 land New York ; the more remarkable of which, however, is Fredonia, 
 40 miles from Buffalo, where it was first observed to bubble up from a 
 small stream ; but on boring a hole 1 inch in diameter through a soft fe- 
 tid limestone rock, of no great thickness, the gas left the stream, and was 
 discharged by this orifice. The brilliancy of the flame led to its being 
 adopted as a means of illuminating the village. A gazometer collects 30 
 cubic feet in 14 hours. 
 
 CARBURET OF IRON. (See Plumbago.) 
 CARNELIAN. (See Quartz.) 
 CAVOLINITE. (See Ncphiline.) 
 CEYLANITE. (See Spinel.) 
 
 CELESTINE. Prismatoidal Hal-Bar yte. 
 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M' =? 
 104. 
 
118 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Celestine. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 123. 
 
 Fig. 124. 
 
 Fig. 125. 
 
 Fig. 126. 
 
 Fig. 123, the primary with its acute solid angles replaced 
 by single planes. P on = 128 31'. Fig. 124, the same, 
 in which the terminal plane of the primary is extinguished. 
 o on 0=102 58'; o on o over the summit = 77 2'. Fig. 
 125, like Fig. 124, but having the obtuse solid angles re- 
 placed by planes c?; d on d = 78 28'. Fig. 126, P on 
 J=140 46'; M on z=154 6'. 
 
 Cleavage parallel to the sides of the primary form, high- 
 ly perfect ; that of the bases less distinct. Fracture imper- 
 fectly conchoidal, uneven. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 119 
 
 Celestine. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to resinous ; sometimes also, a 
 little to pearly on the perfect faces of cleavage. Color 
 white prevalent, passing into bluish-grey, sky-blue and 
 smalt-blue. Also reddish-white and flesh-red. Transpa- 
 rent . . . translucent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 3*0 ... 3-5. Sp. gr. = 3-858, a 
 white translucent, cleavable variety, from the Tyrol. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Imperfect globular shapes, sur- 
 face drusy, composition columnar. Plates more or less 
 thin : surface rough, composition columnar, thin and par- 
 allel. Massive : composition either lamellar and aggrega- 
 ted into larger granular masses ; or columnar, generally 
 straight and divergent ; or granular, the individuals being of 
 various sizes. Faces of composition smooth, rough or ir- 
 regularly streaked. 
 
 1. The varieties of the present species have been variously divided in 
 the mineralogical systems into subspecies and kinds, notwithstanding they 
 are connected among themselves by immediate transitions. Tabular 
 crystals, and lamellar compound masses, were called foliated Celestine; 
 others of columnar crystallizations and compositions, prismatic Celestine. 
 Among the massive varieties were distinguished radiated Celestine, con- 
 sisting of thin columnar compositions, radiating from a centre ; fibrous 
 Celestine, comprehending the thin plates, formed by delicate columnar 
 particles of composition; and compact Celestine, which is a mechanical 
 mixture of Celestine and Calcareous Spar. 
 
 Before the blow-pipe, Celestine decrepitates and melts, without per- 
 ceptibly coloring the flame, into a white friable enamel. It loses its 
 transparency on being heated, and acquires a caustic taste different from 
 that of Heavy Spar under similar circumstances. Reduced to powder, 
 it phosphoresces upon red hot iron. 
 
 2. Jlnalysis. 
 By KLAPROTH. 
 
 Strontia .... 56-00 
 
 Sulphuric acid . . . . 44 00 
 
120 PHYSIOGRAPHY* 
 
 Celestine Cerite. 
 
 3. Celestine is rarely found in greywacke : its usual localities are in 
 transition limestone, sandstone and trap rocks ; in which it occurs in sin- 
 gle kidney-shaped masses, in large massive concretions, and in vesiculai 
 cavities. Other deposits are in gypsum beds, alternating with marl and 
 clay, and associated with sulphur. 
 
 4. The handsomest prismatic-shaped crystals, and massive columnar 
 varieties, occur in the Sulphur mines of Sicily ; also under the same cir- 
 cumstances at Bex in Switzerland, and Conil near Cadiz in Spain. Tab- 
 ular crystals and lamellar compositions are found in beautiful varieties al 
 Monte Viale, near Verona, and in the Bristol Channel in England. Fine 
 varieties occur in the Seiseralpe in the Tyrol. The bide varieties occur 
 in greywacke at Leogangin Salzburg, and at Meudon, near Parrj. The 
 blue columnar varieties occur at Dornburg near Jena. The compact is 
 found in the tertiary of Montmartre near Paris. Magnificent crystalli- 
 zations of Celestine of a delicate blue color have been found in the sec- 
 ondary limestone bordering on lake Erie : particularly at a place called 
 Stroniian Island in that lake. Columnar, as well as lamellar, varieties, 
 are found under similar circumstances at Lockport and Scoharie, (N.Y.) 
 
 CEREOLITE. (See Kerolite.) 
 
 CERINE. (See Jlllamte.) 
 CERITE. U n c 1 e a v a b 1 e Eruth rone-Ore. 
 
 Regular forms and cleavage unknown. 
 
 Lustre adamantine. Color intermediate between clove- 
 brown and cherry-red, passing into grey. Streak white. 
 Translucent on the edges. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness 5-5. Sp. gr. =4-912. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 individuals not distinguishable ; fracture uneven and splin- 
 tery. 
 
 1. Alone before the blow-pipe, it is infusible ; but with borax forms an 
 orange-yellow globule, which becomes paler on cooling. Wiih soda it 
 does not perfectly dissolve ; but forms a semi- fused, dark yellow mass. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 12 
 
 Cerite Chabasie. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 
 By HISINGER. 
 
 
 Oxide of cerium ... 
 
 68-59 
 
 Silica 
 
 18-00 
 
 Oxide of iron ... 
 
 2-00 
 
 Lime ... 
 
 1-25 
 
 Water and carbonic acid 
 
 9-60 
 
 3. This rare mineral occurs in a bed of gneiss at the copper mine of 
 Nya Bastnaes, near Riddarhyttan, Westmoreland, in Sweden. It is ac- 
 companied by Bismuthine and Mica. 
 
 CHABASIE. Rhombohedral Kou phone-Spar. 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Rhomboid. P on P = 94 46'. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 127. Fig. 128. 
 
 A. 
 
 Fig. 127, the primary, having the upper edges and the 
 lateral angles replaced by tangent planes. P on r = 120 
 5'. n on r=143 59'. Fig. 128, the same, in which the 
 edges between P and r are replaced by the planes x. x on 
 a?' = 173 32'. x on x' (over the base) =96 40'. P on 
 = 175 30'. 
 
 Cleavage parallel to the primary rhomboid, but not dis- 
 tinct. Fracture uneven. The faces P are generally stri- 
 ated parallel with the upper edges of the rhomboid. 
 11 
 
122 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Chabasie. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color white or reddish white : rarely 
 yellowish white. Streak white. Semi-transparent . . . 
 translucent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =4-0 ... 4-5. Sp. gr.= 2- 100, crys- 
 tals from Bohemia. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals. 
 
 In this figure the face of Fig. 129. 
 
 composition coincides with 
 the vertical axis ; and the 
 angle of revolution = 80. 
 Fig. 127, in place of the pri- 
 mary, sometimes enters into 
 composition in the same way. 
 Massive : composition granu- 
 lar, of various sizes ; faces of 
 composition uneven. 
 
 1. Alone before the blow-pipe, it melts into a white blebby mass. It 
 is not acted on by the acids. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By BERZELIUS, By ARFWEDSOJV, 
 
 from Gustavusberg. from Fassa. 
 
 Silica 
 
 5065 
 
 48-38 
 
 49-07 
 
 Alumina . 
 
 1790 
 
 19-28 
 
 1890 
 
 Water 
 
 1990 
 
 21-40 
 
 19-73 
 
 Lime 
 
 9-37 
 
 8-70 
 
 
 Potash 
 
 1-70 
 
 2-50 
 
 12-19 
 
 with soda. 
 
 3. Chabasie chiefly occurs in the cavities of amygdaloidal rocks. It 
 has been found also in seams between the layers of gneiss and mica- 
 slate. It is accompanied by Stilbite, Laumonite, Calcareous Spar and 
 Quartz. 
 
 4. The largest and most distinct crystals are found in Iceland, the Fa- 
 roe islands, and the vicinity of Aussig in Bohemia. Other localities are 
 Altenberg near Oberstein in Saxony, Talisker in the isle of Skye, Glen 
 Fary in Perthshire in the north of Ireland, and near Swan's creek in the 
 Basin of Mines, Nova Scotia. At this last named place it occurs of a 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. . 123 
 
 Chabasie. 
 
 wine yellow or flesh-red color, in crystals of various sizes, and often 
 highly modified : they exist in the cavities of amygdaloidal rocks, accom- 
 panied by Analcime, Calcareous Spar and Heulandite. In the United 
 States, Chabasie is occasionally met with in the trap region of the Con- 
 necticut river; also in seams between the layers of a mica slate rock at 
 Chester, (Mass.) and at Baltimore, (Maryland,) under similar circum- 
 stances. It occurs on gneiss with Stilbite, at Hadlyme, (Ct.) 
 
 CHALKOLITE. (See Uranite.) 
 CHALKOPYRITE. (See Yellow Copper-Ore.} 
 CHALKOSIDERITE. 
 
 In very thin tabular crystals : stalactitic and drusy. Frac- 
 ture fibrous and foliated. Color green, mostly yellowish. Lus- 
 tre pearly. " Half-hard." Sp. gr. =3-392. 
 
 CHALKOSINE. (See Vitreous Copper.) 
 
 CHALKOTRICHITE. 
 
 The capillary variety of Red Copper-ore, q. v. 
 
 CHAMOISITE. 
 
 Massive ; composition impalpable, or oolitic. 
 
 Color greenish-grey. 
 
 Scratched by the point of a knife. Sp. gr. == 3-0 ... 3-4. 
 
 1. It yields moisture when heated in a glass tube, at the same time 
 assuming a blacker color, and becoming more magnetic. It dissolves in 
 the strong acids, leaving behind a portion of gelatinised silica. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By BERTHIER. 
 
 Silica .... 14.3 
 
 Alumina .... 7.3 
 
 Protoxide of iron .... 60-5 
 Water .... 17.4 
 
 In addition to the above, it contains variable proportions of carbonate 
 of lime and magnesia. 
 
 3. It occurs in beds of moderate thickness in the limestone mountain 
 of Chamoison in the Vallais, France. 
 
 4. It is explored with profit as an ore of iron. 
 
 5. The Chamoisite appears to be an impure variety of Magnetic Iron- 
 Ore. 
 
124 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Childrenite Chlorophaeite. 
 CHILDRENITE. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M' = 92 48'. 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 130. 
 P on cor e" - - 114 50' 
 
 P on a 
 
 Pon/ 
 
 e on e' - - 130 20 
 
 Cleavage, imperfect, parallel fo P. Fracture uneven. 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to resinous. Color yellowish 
 white, wine-yellow, ochre-yellow, and pale yellowish-brown. 
 Streak white. Translucent 
 Hardness = 4-5 . . . 5-0. 
 
 1. Dr. WOLL.ASTON found this mineral to be a compound of phospho- 
 ric acid, alumina, and iron. 
 
 2. It has hitherto been found only in the neighborhood of Tavistock, 
 disposed in rough crystals and crystalline coats on Spathic Iron, Iron Py- 
 rites and Quartz, occasionally accompanied by Fluor. 
 
 3. Childrenite approaches in several of its properties the species La- 
 zulite, the planes a a of whose crystals may be considered as corres- 
 ponding to M M of Childrenite. 
 
 CHLORITE. (See Talc.) 
 CHLOROMELAN. (See Cronstedite.) 
 CHLOROPAL. (See Opal.) 
 
 CHLOROPHJEITE. 
 
 Massive : in small grains, imbedded in basalt or trap, and 
 sometimes hollow. Fracture conchoidal . . . nearly earthy. 
 
 Color pistachio green, and translucent or opake ; but soon 
 turning into brown and black on being exposed to the air, with- 
 out losing its lustre : the same effect takes place in a longer 
 time, to the depth of an inch or two, into the rock. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness, scratched by a quill. Sp. gr. = 2-020. 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it remains nearly unchanged, altering nei- 
 ther its color nor transparency. Besides silica, it contains iron and a little 
 alumina. It occurs in Scuirmore cliff in the island of Rum, also in Fife- 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 125 
 
 Chrome-Ochre Chrome-Ore. 
 
 shire and in Iceland. It has been found at several places in the United 
 States, among which may be mentioned those of Gill, (Mass.) and South- 
 bury, (Conn.) 
 
 2. It appears to be decomposed Mesotype. 
 
 CHONDRODITE. (See Brucite.) 
 
 CHRISTIANITE. (See Jlnorthite.) 
 
 CHROMATE OF LEAD. (See Red Lead-Ore.) 
 CHROME-OCHRE. Chromic Lusine-Ore. 
 
 Massive : composition impalpable : earthy and pulveru- 
 lent. 
 
 Color dark green. 
 
 1. Infusible before the blow -pipe, but changes to a lighter green. 
 With borax, it gives a fine green color. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 Oxygen 29-89 
 
 Chrome 70-11 
 
 3, It sometimes occurs pure, but more frequently mingled with earthy 
 matters, as in the mountains of Ecouchets, between Conches and Creu- 
 zot, Saone and Loire. Also with Feldspar at Elfdalen in Dalecarlia, and 
 in serpentine rocks in the Alps of Savoy and Piedmont. 
 
 CHROME-ORE. Chromated Iron-Ore, 
 Primary form. Regular octahedron. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 131- 
 
 Floboken, (New Jersey,) and Bare Hills, (Maryland.) 
 
 Cleavage parallel with the primary form rather imper- 
 fect. Fracture uneven, or imperfectly conchoidal. 
 11* 
 
126 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Chrome-Ore. 
 
 Lustre imperfectly metallic. Color between iron-black 
 and brownish-black. Streak brown. Opake. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 5-5. Sp. gr. =4'498, a variety 
 from Stiria. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 the individuals being of various sizes, and generally firmly 
 connected. 
 
 1. Alone before the blow-pipe, it is infusible, but acts upon tbe mag- 
 netic needle after having been exposed to the reducing flame. It is with 
 difficulty wholly soluble in borax, to which flux it imparts a beautiful 
 green color. 
 
 2. Analysts. 
 
 By VAUQTJELIJN". By KLAPROTH. 
 Oxide of chrome - - 43-00 - - 55-50 
 Protoxide of iron - - 34-70 - - 33-00 
 Alumina - - 20-30 - - 6-00 
 
 Silica 2-00 - - 2-00 
 
 3. The varieties of Chrome-Ore have been hitherto found only in 
 serpentine, in irregular veins and beds, which appear to be of contempo- 
 raneous formation with the rock itself. 
 
 4. This species was first found in the department of du Var in France, 
 where it formed nodules and kidney shaped masses. In Stiria it occurs 
 in the Qulsen mountain near Kraubat, in serpentine, in very irregular 
 veins. Other localities are, Portsoy in Banffshire, and at Buchannan in 
 Stirlingshire, in Scotland ; in the latter place imbedded in limestone : at 
 Unst and Fetlar in the Shetland isles, in Silesia, Bohemia and the Ural- 
 ian mountains. In the United States a^very abundant deposit exists at the 
 Bare Hills near Baltimore, where it occurs in veins or masses in serpen- 
 tine. The crystals are found at the same place in channels worn by 
 water about the base of the hill. At Hoboken in New Jersey, it is found 
 both massive and in crystals, imbedded in Serpentine and Dolomite ; and 
 under similar circumstances at Milford and West Haven, (Conn,) 
 
 5. The Chrome-Ore is highly valuable for extracting the oxide of 
 chrome, which is employed either alone, or in various combinations 
 with the oxides of other metals, as cobalt, lead, mercury, &c., both 
 for painting on porcelain, and for painting in oil. It yields green, yellow 
 and red pigments. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Chrysoberyl. 
 
 127 
 
 CHRYSOBERYL. Prismatic Emerald. 
 Primary form. Right rectangular prism. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 132. 
 
 Fig. 133. Fig. 134. 
 
 Haddam, (Conn.) 
 
 Siberia. 
 
 Fig. 132, the primary having the terminal plane oblite- 
 rated by the extension of the planes i, which replace the 
 shorter terminal edges, i on i = 120, anamorphique of 
 HAUY. Fig. 133, in addition to the new planes i, the ter- 
 minal angles and the lateral edges are replaced, o on i = 
 133 19', H. o on M =136 41', H. M on s = 125 
 16'. Fig. 134 is the octovigesimale of HAUY. n on o = 
 163 53' H. T on n=126 8' H. 
 
 Cleavage distinct parallel to the primary form ; effected 
 with ease parallel to M, but with difficulty in the direction of 
 T and P. Traces of a diagonal cleavage. Fracture con- 
 choidal. Surface, the vertical planes striated longitudinal- 
 ly ; the remaining ones generally smooth and even. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color asparagus-green, passing into 
 greenish-white, olive green, and yellowish-grey. Streak 
 white. Transparent . . . translucent : sometimes exhibiting 
 
128 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Chrysoberyl. 
 
 a bluish opalescence when viewed perpendicular to the nar- 
 row lateral plane of the primary. 
 
 Hardness = 8-5. Sp. gr. =3'754, a transparent variety. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals : face of composi- 
 tion perpendicular, axis of revolution parallel to the edge 
 formed by the meeting of planes i and T, Fig. 132 ; an- 
 gle of revolution = 60. 
 
 - 136. 
 
 In Fig. 135, the crystals project beyond the face of com- 
 position only at one extremity ; it is rare to find them pro- 
 jecting at both extremities, although these do sometimes oc- 
 cur at Greenfield, (N.Y.) Occasionally the sides 1 are so 
 deeply replaced as to convert the made into a triangular 
 prism; and when this is the case, the re-entering angle at a is 
 not visible, the composition being detected only by the striae. 
 In Fig. 136, three prisms cross each other, or the compo- 
 sition is repeated ; and the prisms project at each end be- 
 yond the faces of composition. Rarely crystals are found, 
 in which they project only at one end, in which case the 
 form which results is represented by the upper half of Fig. 
 136; and still more rarely they are found in which they 
 project at neither extremity, when a regular hexagonal ta- 
 ble is produced. 
 
 1. It remains unchanged, if exposed alone or with soda to the heat of 
 the blow-pipe, only the surface in the latter case becomes dull. It is 
 with difficulty fusible with borax and salt of phosphorus. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 129 
 
 Chrysoberyl Chrysocolla. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By SEYBERT, By THOMSON and MUIR, 
 
 fr. Haddam. fr. Brazil. fr. Brazil. 
 
 Alumina 7360 68-666 - 76-752 
 
 Glucina 15-80 16-000 - 17-791 
 
 Silica 4-00 3999 - 0-000 
 
 Protoxide of iron 3-38 4-733 - 4-494 
 
 Oxide of titanium 1-00 2666 - 0-000 
 
 Moisture 0-40 0-666 - 0-480 
 
 3. Chrysoberyl is found in granite veins associated with Tourmaline, 
 Beryl and Garnet : also in the alluvial deposits of i ivers, along with other 
 species of gems. 
 
 4. It occurs in Brazil along with Diamond and Topaz, also in Ceylon ; 
 in which places it has been found only in sand. The most interesting 
 deposits of this species are in the United States, at Haddam, (Conn.) and 
 Greenfield, near Saratoga, (N.Y.) At the former place it is associated 
 with Garnet, Beryl, Automalite and Columbite ; and at the latter with 
 Tourmaline, Garnet and Apatite. In both cases it exists in granite, 
 traversing gneiss in veins. 
 
 CHRYSOCOLLA. Staphyline Malachite- 
 Haloid e. 
 
 Regular forms unknown. Cleavage none. Fracture 
 conchoidal. 
 
 Color emerald-green, pistachio-green, asparagus-green, 
 passing into sky-blue. If they incline to brown, the mine- 
 ral is impure. Streak white, a little shining. Semi-trans- 
 parent . . . translucent on the edges. 
 
 Rather sectile. Hardness = 2-0 . . . 3'0. Sp. gr. = 
 2*031, a semi-transparent variety. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Botryoidal, reniform shapes or 
 massive varieties : composition impalpable ; fracture more 
 or less perfectly conchoidal. Pseudomorphoses in the 
 shape of Red Copper-Ore and of Copper-Mica. Im- 
 pure varieties are often earthy. 
 
130 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Chrysocolla. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, upon charcoal, it first becomes black ; and in 
 the inner flame, red, without melting. With borax, it melts into a green 
 glassy globule, and is partly reduced, as the metallic particles which 
 this globule contains, evince. If pure it is soluble in nitric acid, with- 
 out effervescence, and leaves a residue of silica. 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KJLAPROTH. By JOHN. By BOWEKT, 
 
 from N. Jersey. 
 Copper 40-00 - 42 00 > 
 
 Oxygen 10-00 - 7-635 
 
 Silica - 26-00 - 28-37 - 37-250 
 
 Water 17t)0 - 17-50 - 17-000 
 
 Carbonic acid 7-00 - 3-00 0-000 
 
 Sulphate of lime 000 - 1-50 0-000 
 
 3. The natural repositories of Chrysocolla are those of other ores of 
 copper, where it is found along with them, and also with Brown Iron- 
 Ore and Quartz. 
 
 4. It occurs at Saalfield in Thuringia, at Lauterberg in the Hartz, at 
 Saska and Moldawa in the Bannat, at Herrengrund in Lower Hungary, 
 at Falkenstein and Schwatz in the Tyrol, in the Lizard district in Corn- 
 wall ; in Norway, Siberia, Mexico and Chili. In the United States, at a 
 copper mine in Sommerville, (New Jersey,) Chrysocolla is found accom- 
 panying Red Copper-Ore, Native Copper, and Green Malachite. In 
 Nova Scotia, at the Basin of Mines, associated with other ores of copper, 
 and with Brown Iron-Ore. 
 
 CHRYSOLITE. (See Olivine.) 
 CHRYSOPRASE. (See Quartz.) 
 CHUSITE. (See Olivine.) 
 
 ClMOLITE. 
 
 A pearl, or reddish grey clay, tender to the feel, and falling 
 to pieces in water. It consists, according to KLAPROTH, of 
 Silica .... 63-00 
 
 Alumina .... 23-00 
 
 Water .... 12-00 
 
 Oxide of iron .... 1-25 
 
 It is not known from the decomposition of what mineral it is derived. 
 It occurs at Argentiera, (Cimolis,) an island in the Grecian Archipelago, 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Cinnabar. 
 
 131 
 
 Fig. 137. 
 
 CINNABAR. Peritomous Melacone-Blende. 
 Primary form. Rhomboid. P on P' =72. 
 Secondary form. 
 
 P on P' - 
 
 P on 62 
 P on 63 
 P on e 
 a on bl 
 a on 62 
 a on 63 
 a on 64 
 e' on 61 
 e on 63 
 
 - 
 
 71 
 
 48^ 
 
 
 - 
 
 157 
 
 20 
 
 
 - 
 
 152 
 
 8 
 
 
 - 
 
 159 
 
 18 
 
 
 - 
 
 127 
 133 
 
 5 
 25 
 
 a 
 
 v > 
 
 f 3 
 
 - 
 
 138 
 
 34 
 
 
 - 
 
 146 
 
 31 
 
 
 - 
 
 142 
 
 55 
 
 
 - 
 
 131 
 
 26 
 
 
 Cleavage parallel to the primary form, highly perfect. 
 Fracture conchoidal. Surface of the crystals horizontally 
 streaked, sometimes very deeply. 
 
 Lustre adamantine, inclining to metallic in dark colored 
 varieties. Color several shades of cochineal-red, the dar- 
 ker varieties inclining to lead-grey. Streak scarlet-red. 
 Semi-transparent . . . translucent on the edges. 
 
 Sectile. Hardness=2'0 . . . 2-5. Sp. gr. =8-098, the 
 cleavage variety from Neurrnarktel. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals, like Fig. 84, of 
 the compound varieties of Calcareous Spar. Rarely in 
 some indistinct imitative shapes. Massive : composition 
 granular, of various sizes of individuals, generally small and 
 often impalpable. In the last case, fracture becomes une- 
 ven, even, or flat conchoidal. Plates, superficial coatings. 
 There is sometimes a tendency to thin columnar composi- 
 tion, the mass being friable, and the color scarlet red. 
 
132 PHYSIOGRAPHY* 
 
 Cinnabar. 
 
 1. The Hepatic Cinnabar is a compound variety of Cinnabar, which 
 is impure, and having on that account a streak inclining to brown. The 
 dark red Cinnabar includes the crystals, and those compound varieties 
 in which the individuals are still discernible ; it is generally cochineal- 
 red. The bright red Cinnabar is friable, and of a scarlet-red color. The 
 compact Hepatic Cinnabar contains reniform massive varieties of a gran- 
 ular composition, consisting of impalpable individuals. The slaty Hepat- 
 ic Cinnabar is the same thing, only interrupted by irregularly streaked 
 smooth faces, which possess a slaty appearance. These however are 
 accidental, not having any relation to the composition itself. The Bitu- 
 minous Cinnabar consists of Cinnabar, intermixed with coarse coal or 
 bituminous shale. 
 
 Before the blow-pipe, the pure varieties are easily volatilized. It is 
 soluble in nitric acid. On being sublimated, it crystallizes in columnar 
 masses. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KL.APROTH. 
 
 Mercury . . 84-50 . . 85-00 
 Sulphur . . 14-75 . . 14-25 
 
 3. Cinnabar chiefly occurs in beds, accompanied by Native Mercury, 
 Native Amalgam, and sometimes only by Calcareous Spar and Quartz. 
 Some of its varieties have been found in veins, where they occur along 
 with several ores of iron. 
 
 4. It occurs in beds in gneiss, at Richenaw in Upper Carinthia, and 
 at Hartenstein in Saxony ; also at Dumbrawa in Transylvania, in grey- 
 wacke. It is found included in irregular veins, situated in beds of lime- 
 stone, at Harmagor, Windisch-Kappel, and other places in Carinthia, but 
 particularly at Neumarktel in Carniola, the Palatinate, and Almaden in 
 Spain. At Idria. it occurs in beds of bituminous shale, with Bitumen 
 and dark grey sandstone, associated with limestone. Other localities are 
 Schemnitz, Cremnitz, and Rosenau in Hungary, at Horzowitz in Bohe- 
 mia, in tlie Erzberg, near Eisenerz in Stiria. The Hepatic Cinnabar 
 has been found only at Idria ; the bright-red Cinnabar at Wolfstein in 
 the Palatinate. Cinnabar likewise abounds in Mexico and Peru, in Chi- 
 na and Japan. 
 
 5. It is used for the extraction of mercury ; if very pure, it is employ- 
 ed as a pigment in its natural state. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 133 
 
 Clausthalite. 
 
 CLAUSTHALITE. Paratomous Polypoione- 
 
 Gl an c e. . 
 
 Massive: individuals granular :* the larger ones having 
 one bright cleavage ; also in minute lamellar masses. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color lead-grey, with a tinge of blue. 
 Streak dark grey. 
 
 Hardness, below Galena. So. gr. =6 '8. 
 
 1. Heated in a glass tube before the blow-pipe, the selenium sublimes 
 and fills the upper part of the tube with crystals of selenic acid. Upon 
 charcoal it smokes, and tinges the flame of the blow-pipe blue. Cold ni- 
 tric acid, after some time, causes the mass to assume a red color in conse- 
 quence of the separation of selenium. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By ROSE. By STROMEYER. 
 
 Lead - 72-3 - - 70-98 
 
 Selenium - 27-7 - - 28-11 
 Cobalt - 00-0 - - 0-83 
 
 3. It is found in the eastern part of the Hartz, at several places not far 
 apart, one of which is Lorenz, near Klausthal; another is near Zorge, 
 in the. veins of iron-ore which traverse the argillite ; and another still is 
 near Tilkerode. The mineral is contained in a dolomite or argillite, 
 accompanied by Malachite and Quartz. 
 
 APPENDIX TO SEL.ENITJRET OF LEAD. 
 i. Seleniuret of Lead with Seleniuret of Cobalt. 
 Sp. gr. = 7 697. Found by ROSE to contain 
 
 Lead 63-92 
 
 Cobalt 3-14 
 
 Selenium 31-42 
 
 Iron 0-45 
 
 Loss 1'07 
 
 It is found near Klausthal, engaged in dolomite. 
 
 ii. Seleniuret of Lead with Seleniuret of Copper. 
 Sp. e;r. = 5-0 ... 7-0. Analysis by ROSE. 
 
 5 Selenium - - - 29-96 
 
 Iron with traces of lead 0-44 
 
 Lriad - - - 59-67 
 
 Iron - - * 033 
 
 Copper 7-86 
 
 Undecomposed and loss - 1*74 
 12 
 
134 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Clausthalite Cobalt-Bloom. 
 
 Another sample gave, 
 Selenium 
 Copper 
 Lead 
 Silver 
 Oxide of lead and iron 
 
 34-26 
 
 15-45 
 
 47-43 
 
 1-29 
 
 2-OS 
 
 From Tilkerode, in veins of dolomite with Malachite, 
 iii. Seleniuret of Lead and Mercury. 
 
 Sp. gr. = 7-3. 
 
 Selenium - - - 24-97 
 
 Lead ... 55-84 
 
 Mercury ... 10-94 
 
 Loss ... 2-25 
 
 It gives when heated in an open tube a yellow sublimate of the 
 seleniate of mercury. 
 
 It is found at the mine Tilkerode, engaged in dolomite. 
 
 CLEAVELANDITE. (See Albite.) 
 COBALT-BLOOM. Diatomous Cob alt -Mica. 
 
 Primary form. Right oblique-angled prism. M on T 
 = 124 51'. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 138, 
 
 The greater terminal edges are replaced by single 
 planes, and the lateral edges by two planes, k on k = 
 130 10'. s on 5 = 94 12'. / on /=11S 23'. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 135 
 
 Cobalt-Bloom. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel to P perfect : that parallel with M 
 and T scarcely visible. Surface, P and T streaked ver- 
 tically. 
 
 Lustre upon P pearly, particularly if produced by cleav- 
 age. The rest of the faces possess adamantine lustre in- 
 clining to vitreous. 
 
 Color, crimson-red, cochineal-red, peach blossom-red, 
 sometimes pearl-grey or greenish grey. The red tints of 
 the former, by transmitted light, incline much more to blue 
 if seen in a direction perpendicular to P. Streak corres- 
 ponding to the color, though a little paler. If the mineral 
 be crushed into powder in a dry state, this powder pos- 
 sesses a deep lavender-blue tinge, which is not the case if 
 the powder be comminuted in water. Transparent to trans- 
 lucent on the edges. Crystals are least transparent in a di- 
 rection perpendicular to P. 
 
 Sectile ; thin lamina? are flexible in one direction. Hard- 
 ness:^ '5 ... 2-0; the lowest degrees are upon P. Sp.gr. 
 =2*948, a red crystallized variety from Schneeberg. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Implanted globular and reniform 
 shapes ; surface drusy ; composition more or less perfectly 
 columnar of various sizes of individuals, faces of composi- 
 tion either smooth or rough. Massive, composition colum- 
 nar, often stellularly divergent, and aggregated in a second 
 granular composition, faces of composition rough. Some- 
 times in a state of powder,- as a coating upon other mine- 
 rals. 
 
 1. Alone, before the blow-pipe, it assumes a darker hue. Upon char- 
 coal, it emits copious arsenical fumes, and melts in the inner flame, into 
 a bead of arseniuret of cobalt. With borax and other fluxes, it yields a 
 fine blue colored salt. 
 
136 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Cobalt-Bloom Cobaltine. 
 
 Oxide of cobalt 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By BUCHOL.Z. 
 39-00 
 
 Arsenic acid 
 
 - . - - 37-00 
 
 Water 
 
 2200 
 
 3. Cobalt-bloom occurs in veins, traversing rocks of various ages, and 
 also in beds. It is accompanied by Copper Nickel, Smaltine, Native 
 Bismuth, Malachite, Quartz and Calcareous Spar. 
 
 4. The principal localities of this species are Schneeberg and Anna- 
 berg in Saxony, and Flatten in Bohemia, where it occurs in veins in 
 primitive rocks ; Saalfeld in Thuringia, Riegelsdorf and Bieber iir Hes- 
 sia, where it is found in veins in secondary mountains. Other locatities 
 are WUrtemberg in Prussia, Tyrol, Norway, Sweden, Cornwall and 
 Scotland. 
 
 5. When in sufficient quantity, it is employed in the manufacture of 
 smalt. 
 
 COBALTINE. Hexahedral E ruthl e u cone- 
 Pyrites. 
 
 Primary form. Cube. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 1 . Cube with its angles replaced by tangent planes. 
 
 2. Regular octahedron. 
 
 3. Regular octahedron with its solid angles replaced by 
 tangent planes. 
 
 Fig. 139 
 
 Fig. 140. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Cobaltine. 
 
 137 
 
 Differing from fig. 139 by the re- 
 duction of the irregularly six-sided 
 planes 7c, to small triangles. 
 
 
 90 
 109 
 125 
 166 
 153 * 
 140 
 163 
 126 
 
 00' 
 
 28 
 15 
 30 
 26 
 
 46 
 
 27 
 52 
 
 00" 
 16 
 52 
 00 
 5 
 17 
 00 
 
 11 
 
 00"' 
 00 
 00 
 00 
 30 
 00 
 00 
 00 
 
 H. 
 
 p. 
 p. 
 p. 
 
 H. 
 P. 
 P. 
 H, 
 
 P on P' or P ' . 
 
 a on a' or a" ... 
 
 P or P" on a 
 
 Ponil, P'on/.-T, orP'on&2" 
 
 P on 2, P' on &2', or P '' on 7c2" 
 
 a or a on &2 
 
 a on i 
 
 2' on /&' 
 
 The above crystal.?, all from Tunaborg, (Sweden.) 
 
 Cleavage parallel with faces of the cube, perfect. Frac- 
 ture imperfectly concboidal, uneven. Surface, the faces of 
 the cube streaked in three directions perpendicular to each 
 other. The remaining faces smooth. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color silver-white, inclining to red, 
 Streak greyish-black. 
 
 12* 
 
138 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Cobaltine Cobalt Vitriol. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 5-5. Sp. gr. = 6-298. 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 generally small, but easily discernible. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, upon charcoal, it gives a large quantity of 
 arsenical fumes, and melts only, after having been roasted. It imparts a 
 blue color to borax and other fluxes. It affords a pink solution with ni- 
 tric acid, leaving a white residue, which is itself dissolved on further 
 digestion. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By 
 
 fr. 
 Cobalt 
 
 KLAPROTH, By TASSAERT, BySTROMEYER, 
 Tunaberg. fr. Tunaberg. fr. Modum. 
 44-00 . 36-00 . 33-10 
 
 Arsenic* 
 
 55-50 
 
 49-00 
 
 43-46 
 
 Iron 
 
 0-00 
 
 5-66 
 
 323 
 
 Sulphur 
 
 0-50 
 
 6-50 
 
 20-08 
 
 3. It occurs in beds in primitive rocks, and in veins. It is accompa- 
 nied chiefly by Iron Pyrites, Mispickel, and Copper Pyrites ; in beds, 
 it is also associated with Magnetic Iron-Ore, Pyroxene, Hornblende, 
 and Feldspar ; in veins it is sometimes found with limestone and Heavy- 
 Spar. The crystals found in beds are terminated on all sides. 
 
 4. This species occurs in the parish of Modum in Norway, at Tuna- 
 berg in Siidermanland in Sweden, at Querbach in Silesia, and Bottallack 
 near St. Just in Cornwall. 
 
 5. It is a valuable ore of cobalt, which metal is employed for painting 
 in porcelain and the manufacture of smalt. 
 
 COBALT VITRIOL. Staphyline Vitriol- Salt. 
 
 Stalactitic and coralloidal shapes : composition columnar, 
 in most cases impalpable. Friable. 
 
 Lustre vitreous : in very thin columnar compositions, it 
 becomes pearly. Color flesh-red and rose-red . ..reddish 
 white. Semi-transparent . . . translucent. 
 
 Taste astringent. 
 
 1 1. It communicates to borax a blue color; and is soluble in water. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Cobalt Vitriol Colurnbite. 
 
 139 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By KOPP. 
 
 Oxide of cobalt . . . 38-71 
 
 Sulphuric acid . . . 19-74 
 
 Water . . . 41-55 
 
 3. 'it occurs in the rubbish of old mines at Bieber in the neighborhood 
 of Hanau. 
 
 (See Pyroxene.) 
 
 COCCOLITE. 
 
 COLLYRITE. 
 
 Massive : composition impalpable. Color white. More or 
 less translucent. Fracture conchoidal, with resino-vitreous 
 lustre. Easily impressed by the nail, and shining when cut 
 with the knife. Adheres strongly to the tongue. 
 1. Infusible before the blow-pipe, affording water by calcination, and 
 at the same time becoming pulverulent. Forms a jelly in the acids. 
 2. Analysis. 
 By KL.APROTH, 
 from Chemnitz. 
 
 Silica . . . 14-0 
 
 Alumina . . . 45-0 . . . 44-5 
 
 ttater .. . . 42-0 . . . 40-5 
 
 3. It occurs in narrow seams in porphyry at Schemnitz, in the lead 
 mines of Esquera in the Pyrenees, and at Weissenfels in Saxony. 
 
 COLOPHONITE. (See Garnet.) 
 COLUMB1TE. Pyramidal Barjte-Ore. 
 
 Primary form. Right rectangular prism. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 P on M orT - 90 OOO Fi ff , 144. 
 
 By BERTHIER, 
 
 from Esquera. 
 
 15-0 
 
 MonT 
 
 90 
 
 00 
 
 /> 
 
 P on al or al' - 
 P on c 
 
 136 
 120 
 
 30 
 00 
 
 /v 
 
 >\Ll>A 
 
 Ton dl 
 
 156 
 
 30 
 
 H 
 n 
 
 
 // 
 
 
 Tond2 
 
 114 
 
 30 
 
 
 T 
 
 d 
 1 
 
 \ 
 
 
 Tone 
 
 150 
 
 00 
 
 
 
 
 
140 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Columbite. 
 
 Cleavage parallel with M and T rather distinct, espe- 
 cially that of M : the cleavage parallel with P less obvious. 
 Fracture imperfectly conchoidal, uneven. Surface, M and 
 T vertically streaked. 
 
 Lustre imperfectly metallic. Color greyish and brown- 
 ish-black. Streak dark brownish-black, on the file a little 
 shining. Opake. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 6-0. Sp. gr. =6-038. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular. 
 
 1. Upon charcoal, it suffers no change before the blow-pipe, but it 
 melts with borax, and is partly soluble in heated sulphuric acid. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By BERZELIUS. By VOCEL. By BORXOWSKY, 
 
 fr. Kimito. fr.Finbo. fr.Brodbo. fr. Bodenmais. 
 
 Columbicacid 83-2 66-99 GS-22 75-00 75-00 
 
 Tungsticacid 00 000 6-19 0-00 0-00 
 
 Protoxide of iron 7-2 7-06 8-80 17-50 20-00 
 
 Protoxide of manganese 7-4 7-44 6-62 109 4-00 
 
 Oxide of tin 0-G 16-75 8-2G 1-00 0-50 
 
 Lime a trace. 2-40 1-19 0-00 0-00 
 
 The Columbite of Chesterfield, (Mass.) consists of the oxides of co- 
 Juiiibium, tin, iron and manganese, with a trace of lime. 
 
 3. Columbite occurs in granite veins, usually attended by Beryl. 
 
 4. It is found at Bodenmais in Bavaria, associated with Beryl and 
 Uranite, where it exists in very distinct crystals. Also at Finbo and 
 Brodbo near Fahlun in Sweden, with Topaz, Albite, and Quartz. It 
 has been met with at several other places in Sweden and Finland. 
 
 Columbite was first discovered near New London, (Conn.) and- the 
 specimens sent by Gov. Winthrop to Sir Hans Sloane. The original lo- 
 cality has never since been re-discovered ; but the mineral was subse- 
 quently found at Haddamin the well known Chrysoberyl deposit, which 
 place still affords fine specimens of it, though in very limited quantity. 
 More distinct crystals, arid of greater magnitude, come from Chester- 
 field, (Mass.) where it exists along with variously colored Tourmalines 
 and Beryl in granite. The most perfect crystals, as well as the largest 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Columbite Common Salt. 
 
 141 
 
 of this species which the United States have afforded, have been found 
 atAcworth, (New Hampshire,) but the locality appears to be exhausted. 
 
 APPENDIX TO COLUMBITE. 
 Brown Tantalite of Kimito. BERZELIUS. 
 Sp. gr. = 79. Powder cinnamon-brown. 
 When heated with borax, in a very fine powder, it is with dif- 
 ficulty dissolved. The glass does not possess the color of the ox- 
 ides of iron, except a dark green color, which exists only during 
 the experiment. With salt of phosphorus, it is readily dissolved. 
 It becomes minutely divided with soda, but does not dissolve, giv- 
 ing in the reduction flame a little tin, and upon platina-foil the re- 
 action of manganese. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By BERZELIUS. 
 Columbic acid . . . 82-56 
 
 Protoxide of iron . . . 14-41 
 
 Protoxide of manganese . . 1-79 
 
 Oxide of tin ... 0-56 
 
 Silica . . . 0-72 
 
 It is probable that future researches may render it necessary to divide 
 the species Columbite, but at present our knowledge of the properties of 
 its varieties do not justify the procedure. 
 
 COMMON SALT. Hexahedral Rock-Salt. 
 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Cube. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 145. Fig. 146. 
 
 3. Octahedron. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with the cube, perfect; rarely also 
 the crystals cleave parallel with the diagonals of this form. 
 
 V 
 
142 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Common Salt. 
 
 Fracture conchoidal. Surface generally smooth. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, somewhat inclining to resinous. Color 
 generally white, passing into yellow, flesh-red and ash-grey. 
 Sometimes beautifully violet, Berlin or azure-blue. Streak 
 white. If scratched with the nail, it does not -yield any 
 powder, but receives an impression, and becomes a little 
 shining. Transparent . . . translucent. 
 
 Rather brittle. Hardness = 2-0. Sp. gr. = 2-257, a 
 yellowish-white transparent variety. Taste saline. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Dentiform and some other imi- 
 tative shapes, rare. Commonly massive. Composition 
 granular or columnar, the latter in most cases parallel, 
 sometimes curved. Size of the component individuals va- 
 rious. Faces of composition rough. 
 
 1. Several varieties in the geological relations, and some differences in 
 the chemical composition, have given rise to the subdivision of Common 
 Salt into subspecies in the older books. Thus the varieties found in beds 
 have been called Rock-salt ; such as are found at the bottom of salt 
 lakes, or on their shores, Sea-salt ; and the former again have been di- 
 vided into foliated and fibrous Rock-salt, according to their granular or 
 columnar mode of composition. 
 
 Common salt is very easily soluble in water. It remains unaltered, if 
 exposed to the dry atmosphere, and decrepitates upon glowing charcoal, 
 or before the blow-pipe. It crystallizes, both from solutions in water, 
 and from fusion. It undergoes a remarkable change if exposed to a 
 moist atmosphere, in consequence of the absorption of w"ater. The solu- 
 tion of a mass of a cubical shape begins regularly at its edges, and trans- 
 forms the cube first into a cube with its edges bevelled, and finally into 
 the icositelrahedron with triangular faces, (fig. 124. Part I.) In the lat- 
 ter form, Ihe mass of the salt diminishes in size, till at last it is entirely 
 dissolved. 2. Analysis. 
 
 By HEJVRY. [Rock-salt variety.] 
 Muriate of soda . . . 983 25 
 
 Sulphate of lime . . . 6-50 ' 
 
 Muriate of magnesia . . . - 19 
 
 Muriate of lime . . . 0-06 
 
 Undissolved matter . 10-00 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Common Salt Comptonite. 
 
 143 
 
 3. Common salt occurs chiefly in beds, some of which are of conside- 
 rable dimensions, though commonly of an irregular form, and is met 
 with in secondary rocks, accompanied by gypsum, sandstone and clay. 
 It is likewise found at the bottom and in the vicinity of salt lakes, in the 
 waters of which it is dissolved. It is contained in the waters of salt 
 springs, of several mineral wells, and of the sea, though in variable quan- 
 tities. It occurs upon certain varieties ot lava, and in some volcanic 
 lakes. 
 
 4. In the solid state, it exists in large quantity in Poland, Hungary, 
 Transylvania, Moldavia, and Walachia, in Stiria, Upper Austria, Salz- 
 burg, the Tyrol, Bavaria, Wurtemberg and Switzerland ; also in Eng- 
 land and Spain, and numerous other countries in and out of Europe. In 
 several of these countries, and also in several of the United States, Com- 
 mon Salt exists abundantly in salt springs, from which it may be obtain- 
 ed by means of evaporation. The variety sea-salt is found in the Cri- 
 mea, in the deserts of the Caspian Sea, in Egypt, and in several places 
 in Southern Africa and America. 
 
 5. The employment of common salt for culinary purposes, in differ- 
 ent arts and manufactures, is too familiar to need enumeration. 
 
 COMPTONITE. Vesuvian Ko u p hon e- S p ar.' 
 Primary form. Right rectangular prism. 
 Secondary form. 
 
 MonT - 90 00' ' 
 
 Fig. 147. 
 
 T on c' 
 c on c' 
 M on d' 
 
 93 00 
 
 - 107 05 
 
 35 
 
 ^PHILLIPS. 
 
 M 
 
 d 
 
 Cleavage parallel to T and M, the first a little more dis- 
 tinct ; also parallel to the diagonal. Fracture small con- 
 choidal, uneven. Surface d striated parallel to the edges 
 of combination with M and T. The remaining faces 
 smooth. 
 
144 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Comptonite. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color white. Streak white. Trans- 
 parent . . . semi-transparent. 
 Hardness =5-0... 5-5. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe it gives off water, intumesces a little, and be- 
 comes opake ; then it melts imperfectly into a vesicular glass. The 
 globule obtained with borax is transparent, but vesicular ; that obtained 
 with salts of phosphorus contains a skeleton of silica, and becomes opake 
 on cooling. With a little soda, it melts imperfectly ; but with a larger 
 quantity, it becomes infusible. The glass, with solution of cobalt, is 
 dirty bluish-grey. It forms a gelatine when exposed in the state of pow- 
 der to the action of nitric acid. 
 
 2. It occurs in the cavities of an amygdaloidal rock, along with Har- 
 raotome, at Mount Vesuvius. 
 
 CONDURRITE. 
 
 Massive : composition columnar, dividing into irregular por- 
 tions like starch. Fracture flat conchoidal. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color brownish-black. Sometimes highly 
 polished, with a tinge of blue. In powder, soot black. 
 
 Hardness, does not scratch glass ; is brittle, but yields to the 
 knife, leaving a polished metallic-looking surface nearly of a lead- 
 grey color. 
 
 1. A fragment placed on a red-hot coal, affords a copious white vapor, 
 leaving behind a metallic substance, in a semi-fluid state of a yellowish 
 color. It dissolves entirely in nitric acid. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By FARADAY. 
 
 Water . . . 8-98 
 
 Arsenious acid . . . 25 944 
 
 ^Copper . . . 60-498 
 
 Alloy of } Sulphur . . . 3-064 
 
 v Arsenic . . . 1 ( 504 
 
 Iron . . .a trace. 
 
 It is probably a mechanical mixture of metallic arsenic, arseniate of 
 copper, oxide of copper, and a little Copper Pyrites, one or more of these 
 substances being in combination with water. Should this suggestion 
 prove correct, it will not deserve to be ranked among the species of 
 mineralogy. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Copperas. 
 
 145 
 
 3. It was discovered in the Condurrow mine at Cornwall. 
 
 CONITE. (See Dolomite.) 
 
 COPPERAS. Herni-Prismatic Vitriol-Salt, 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. M on M'= 
 82 20'. P on M or M' = 99 20'. 
 
 Secondary forms. The primary is almost invariably af- 
 fected by slight replacements of the acute and obtuse solid 
 angles, as well as of the acute and obtuse terminal edges.* 
 More rarely the lateral edges are removed also. 
 
 Fig. 148. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel to P perfect ; that parallel to M less 
 perfect. Fracture conchoidal. Surface generally smooth. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color, several shades of green, pass- 
 ing into white. Streak white. Semi-transparent., .trans- 
 lucent. A faint bluish opalescence sometimes observable 
 parallel to the faces M. 
 
 Rather brittle. Hardness =2-0. Sp. gr. =1-832 of a 
 variety containing about 0*1 of sulphate of copper. Taste 
 sweetish astringent and metallic. 
 
 13 
 
146 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Copperas Copper Mica. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Slalactitic, botryoidal, reniform : 
 composition columnar ; if the particles become very thin, 
 the lustre approaches to pearly. Massive : composition 
 granular. Pulverulent. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe it becomes magnetic, arid colors glass of bo- 
 rax, green. It is easily soluble in water, and the solution becomes black 
 on being mixed with tincture of galls. If exposed to the open air, it 
 soon becomes covered with a yellow powder, which is persulphate of 
 iron. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By BERZELIUS. 
 
 Oxide of iron .... 25-7 
 
 Sulphuric acid .... 28-9 
 
 Water .... 45-4 
 
 3. In most cases, the present species is produced by the decompositions 
 of other minerals, particularly of Iron Pyrites and White Iron Pyrites; 
 and it is therefore commonly found in such places, in which artificial 
 heaps, constructed for that purpose, mines, or other circumstances 
 brought about by art, have given occasion to its formation. It is also 
 found dissolved in the waters of several mines. 
 
 4. It occurs in the Rammelsberg near Goslar in the Ilartz, at Schwar- 
 zenberg in Saxony, in several mines in Schemnitz in Hungary ; also in 
 Sweden, in Spain, in different coal mines in England ; at Hurlet in Ren- 
 frewshire in Scotland. In the United States, numerous localities of 
 Copperas have been discovered, especially in New England, in which 
 section of the country it exists in the form of crusts upon the surfaces of 
 those mica-slate rocks, which happen to abound ia Iron Pyrites. 
 
 5. Both the natural and the aitificial Copperas are used in dyeing, in 
 making ink and Prussian blue, and also for producing sulphuric acid; 
 the residue from the distillation being red oxide of iron, is employed as a 
 color, and for a polishing substance. 
 
 COPPER MICA. Rhombohedral Euchlore- 
 Mica. MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Rhomboid. P on P = 69 30'. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 147 
 
 Copper Mica. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 The annexed figure is the pri- 
 mary, having the summits repla- 
 ced by single planes. Tingtang, Cornwall. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with P, or the primary, only in traces; 
 but parallel with o, with great ease. Surface, o smooth, 
 sometimes striated in triangular directions. P often a little 
 uneven. 
 
 Lustre pearly upon o, both as faces of cleavage, and as 
 faces of crystallization. The faces P possess a lustre in- 
 termediate between vitreous and adamantine. Color, em- 
 .erald-green and grass-green. Streak emerald-green to 
 apple-green, rather paler than the color. Transparent . . . 
 translucent. 
 
 Sectile. Hardness =2-0. Sp. gr. = 2*5488. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular 
 of various sizes of individuals ; faces of composition uneven 
 and rough. 
 
 1. Before the blow- pipe, it loses both color and transparency, emits 
 fumes of arsenic, and is changed into a friable scoria, containing some 
 white metallic globules. With borax it yields a green globule, and is 
 partly reduced. In nitric acid, it is soluble without effervescence. - 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By CHENEVIX. 
 
 Oxide of copper . . . 49-00 
 
 Arsenic acid . 14-00 
 
 Water . 35-00 
 
 3. The present species occurs in copper veins, along with various 
 other ores of copper, particularly with the Liroconite, and with Brown 
 Iron-Ore and Quartz. 
 
 4. It is found only in some of the copper mines near Redruth in Corn- 
 wall ; and in minute crystals at Herrengrund in Hungary. 
 
148 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Copper Nickel. 
 
 COPPER NICKEL. Cupreous Eruthleucone- 
 Py rites. 
 
 Massive : composition granular, individuals being small, 
 and strongly connected : reniform, composition columnar, 
 generally impalpable. Fracture uneven. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color copper-red. Streak pale brown- 
 ish-black. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =5-0 . . . 5*5. Sp. gr. =7-655. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it melis upon charcoal, and emits an arsen- 
 ical smell. The remaining metallic bead is white and brittle. In ni- 
 tric acid, it soon becomes covered with a green coating. It is soluble in 
 nitro-muriatic acid. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By PFAFF. 
 
 Nickel . 44-206 (with a little cobalt.) . 48-96 
 
 Arsenic . 54-726 .... 46-42 
 
 Iron . 0-337 .... 0-34 
 
 Lead . 320 .... 0-56 
 
 Sulphur . 0-401 . . . ' . 0-80 
 
 3. The Copper Nickel chiefly occurs in veins in various classes of 
 rocks, occasionally occurring in them as beds. It is almost always ac- 
 companied by Smaltine ; sometimes also by ores of silver and lead, and 
 often invested by Nickel-ochre. 
 
 4. The present species is found in veins at Schneeberg, Annaberg, 
 Marienberg, Freiberg, Gersdorf and other places in Saxony; at Joach- 
 imsthal in Bohemia ; at Saalfeld in Thuringia ; at Riegelsdorf in Hes- 
 sia; in the Hartz and Black Forest ; also at Allemont in Dauphiny, and 
 in several of the mines of Cornwall. In beds, it occurs at Schladming 
 in Upper Stiria, and in the neighborhood of Orawitza, in the Bannat. It 
 occurs in the United States at Chatham in Connecticut, accompanied by 
 Smaltine in gneiss. 
 
 5. DOEBEREINER has observed that the metallic alloy, consisting 
 chiefly of arsenic and nickel, which is obtained from the process of fab- 
 ricating smalt, often crystallizes in four-sided tabular crystals, and is in 
 every respect similar to Copper Nickel. 
 
 CORDIERITE. (See lolite.) 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 149 
 
 Corneous Lead Corundum. 
 
 CORNEOUS LEAD. Kerasine Lead-Baryte. 
 
 Primary form. Right square prism. 
 
 Secondary form. The primary form having its lateral 
 and terminal edges replaced by single planes. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel to the lateral planes of the primary ; 
 cross fracture conchoidal. 
 
 Lustre adamantine. Color white and pale tints of grey, 
 yellow and green. Streak white. Transparent to trans- 
 lucent. 
 
 Sectile. Hardness below 3-0. Sp. gr. =6-056. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it melts quickly into a yellow globule, which 
 becomes white and crystallizes upon the surface, when cooling. Upon 
 charcoal, it is reduced. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KLAPKOTH. By BERZELIUS, 
 
 I'r. Mendip. 
 
 Oxide of lead 85-5 . Lead 25-85 
 
 Muriatic acid 8-5 . Oxide of lead 57-07 
 
 Carbonic acid 6-0 . Carbonate of lead 6-25 
 
 Chlonne 00 , 8-84 
 
 Silica 00 . V46 
 
 Water 0-0 . 0-54 
 
 3. It is found at the Mendip hills in Somersetshire, at Matlock in Der- 
 byshire, Hausbaden near Badeuweiler in Germany, and in the United 
 States at Southampton, (Mass.) 
 
 CORUNDUM. Rhombohedral Corundum, 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Rhomboid. P on P'=86 4'. 
 
 Secondary forms. 1. Regular six-sided prism. 2. The 
 same, having the terminal edges replaced. 3. Dodecahe- 
 dron with isosceles-triangular faces, the upper pyramid in- 
 clining to the lower under 121 34'. 4. The same, with 
 the summits replaced by single planes. 
 
 13* 
 
150 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Corundum. 
 
 Fig. 151. 
 
 Pon P' 
 P on a 
 P on o 
 p on o 
 p on a 
 o on a 
 p on P 
 h on h 
 h on a 
 h on o 
 Pon A 
 
 = 86 4' 
 
 122 30 
 
 137 30 
 
 151 30 
 
 118 30 
 
 90 00 
 
 154 7 
 
 128 20 
 
 118 56 
 
 151 17 
 
 154 2 
 
 PHILLIPS. 
 
 Cleavage parallel with a perfect : but sometimes inter- 
 rupted by conchoidal fracture. The faces obtained in the 
 direction of P are commonly the result of composition. The 
 faces of cleavage and regnlar composition are striated par- 
 allel to their common edges of intersection. Fracture con- 
 choidal to uneven. Surface a striated parallel to the edges 
 of combination with P. The isosceles pyramids are often 
 deeply striated in a horizontal direction. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, much inclining in some varieties to pearly 
 upon a. Color, blue, red, green, yellow, brown, grey and 
 white. Some of the blue, red and yellow colors, very 
 lively and beautiful. Streak white. Transparent . . .trans- 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 151 
 
 Corundum. 
 
 lucent. In several varieties, if cut round, a six-sided opa- 
 lescent star is observable in the direction of the axis. 
 Hardness 9-0. 
 Sp. gr. = 3-979, blue, transparent (Sapphire.) 
 
 3-949, green, translucent (Corundum.) 
 3-921, brown, faintly translucent (Adamantine- 
 Spar.) 
 
 3-909, red, transparent (Ruby.) 
 
 Compound Varieties. Regular composition parallel to 
 one or more faces of P, repeated in parallel layers, very 
 frequent. Massive : composition granular, often impalpa- 
 ble, and then the fracture becomes splintery and uneven. 
 
 1. Most of the transparent simple varieties have been designated Sap- 
 phire, while the compound ones have been called Emery. The varie- 
 ties of Sapphire, generally possess an indistinct cleavage, and a conchoi- 
 dal fracture; the surface of its crystals is smooth, though not always 
 even. The remaining varieties differ almost only in color, Corundum, 
 comprehending those whose color is green, blue or red, and in most ca- 
 ses inclining to grey, while those of Adamantine- Spar are hair-brown 
 and reddish-brown. Both of them are easily cleavable, or at least show 
 faces of composition parallel to the primary form ; and the crystals pos- 
 sess a rough and uneven surface, There are many crystals, part of 
 which is Sapphire and part Adamantine-Spar. 
 
 Before the blow-pipe it is infusible, whether alone or with soda ; it is 
 with difficulty soluble in borax, and if previously reduced to powder, al- 
 so, in salt of phosphorus. It is not acted upon by acids. 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KLAPROTH. By TENN ANT. 
 
 Sapphire. Corundum. Emery. 
 
 Alumina - . 98-50 . 89-50 . 86-00 
 
 Silica . 0-00 . 5-50 . 3-00 
 
 Oxide of iron . 1-00 . 1-25 . 4-00 
 
 Lime 0-50 . 0-00 . 0-00 
 
 3. Corundum is found in imbedded crystals, and in massive varieties. 
 Sapphire is chiefly met with in the sands of rivers, and is accompanied 
 
152 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Corundum. 
 
 by crystals and grains of Magnetic Iron-Ore, and several species of gems. 
 The variety Corundum occurs in imbedded crystals in a rock, which 
 consists, according to BOURNOJV, of Feldspar and Fibrolite, several spe- 
 cies of gems and Magnetic Iron-Ore. Adamantine-Spar occurs with 
 Magnetic Iron-Ore and Fibrolite (Kyanite) in a sort of granite, con- 
 taining no Quartz. Some varieties have been found imbedded in com- 
 pact Feldspar, Magnetic Iron-Ore, Calcareous- Spar and talcose-slate. 
 
 4. The finest varieties of Sapphire come from Pegu, where they oc- 
 cur in the Capelan mountains near Syrian. It has also been found at 
 Hohenstein in Saxony, at Bilin in Bohemia, at Puy in France, and in 
 several other countries. Corundum occurs in the Carnatic in the East 
 Indies ; Adamantine-Spar in the neighborhood of Canton in China, and 
 on the coast of Malabar. In St. Gothard, red and blue varieties exist im- 
 bedded in dolomite. Those from Gellivara in Sweden, imbedded in Mag- 
 netic Iron-Ore, are of a yellowish-white color. Emery is found in the 
 higher part of Saxony, in the mountain called Ochsenkopf near Schnee- 
 berg, and is of a dark blue color, inclining to grey; it approaches to the 
 appearance of blue Corundum, whenever its individuals are of conside- 
 rable size. In the island of Naxos, and in several other islands of the 
 Greek Archipelago, also at Smyrna, Emery is found in large boulders on 
 the 'surface of the earth, mixed with other minerals. 
 
 Very beautiful blue Corundum is found at Newton, (N.J.) disseminated 
 through an aggregate of brown Hornblende, Mica, Feldspar, Tourmaline, 
 Iron Pyrites, Talc and Calcareous-Spar, the whole of which is connect- 
 ed with an extensive bed of white limestone. The majority of the spe- 
 cimens are found in detached boulders of various sizes, distributed through 
 the soil in a kind of basin, or valley of moderate extent, between two 
 small limestone ridges. The ctystals of Corundum are often several 
 inches in length, though deficient in perfection of form. They are 
 also found loose in the soil. Very well defined crystals of Corun- 
 dum of a bluish, and also of a pink color, are found under somewhat 
 similar circumstances in the vicinity of Warwick, (N.Y.) where they 
 sometimes occur in cavities of large crystals of Spinel. Pale blue crys- 
 tals of this species occur in Connecticut at West Farms, near Litchfield, 
 associated with Kyanite ; and single crystals have been found loose in 
 the soil in the State of North Carolina. 
 
 5. The pure and transparent varieties of Corundum, when finely col- 
 ored, are in great estimation as ornamental stones. The red varieties 
 are most highly valued ^ and go by the name of Oriental Ruby. The 
 violet- blue are called Oriental Amethyst, the green Oriental Emerald, 
 

 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 153 
 
 Couzeranite. 
 
 the yellow Oriental Topaz, and the blue Oriental Sapphire. Jlsteria 
 is a variety of Sapphire, not perfectly transparent, and shewing a star- 
 like opalescence in the direction of the axis, if cut in oval. Much use is 
 made of Corundum and Adamantine-Spar, particularly in India and Chi- 
 na, for cutting and polishing steel and gems, and it is said even of Dia- 
 mond, which has given occasion to the name of Adamantine-Spar. Em- 
 ery yields a well known polishing material. 
 
 COTTUNITE. 
 
 In acicular crystals. 
 Lustre adamantine, shining. 
 Color white. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, on charcoal, it melts very easily, coloring 
 the ilame blue, arid affords a white smoke, which adheres to the coal, 
 turns into greenish yellow flakes, and is chiefly converted into metallic 
 lead. Heated in a matrass, it melts and sublimes. It dissolves in wa- 
 ter ; and the nitrate of silver throws down from the solution, a precipitate 
 of chloride of silver. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 Chlorine 25-48 
 
 Lead . . . . . 74-52 
 
 3. Its locality is believed to be Mount Vesuvius. 
 
 4. Additional information is requisite before we can pronounce with 
 confidence as to* its specific rank. 
 
 COUZERANITE. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. M on M = 96. 
 p on M = 92 or 93. 
 
 Cleavage parallel with the shorter diagonal. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color greyish black, black and indigo-blue. 
 
 Hardness = 70. Sp. gr. = 26 . . . 2-7. 
 
 1. Heated before the blow-pipe, it fuses into a white enamel. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By DUFRESNOY. 
 
 Silica 52-37 
 
 Alumina 24-02 
 
 Lime . 11-85 
 
 Magnesia ..... 2-40 
 
 Potash 5-52 
 
 Soda 3-96 
 
154 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Crichtonite. 
 
 3. It is found in many places in the Pyrenees, but chiefly comes fiorr 
 the valley of Vicdessos, passage of Aulus, at the bridge of the Taule, &c 
 
 4. Further investigation is necessary to establish it as a distinct spe 
 cies. It resembles Feldspar. 
 
 CRICHTONITE. Axotom ous Iron-Ore. MOHS, 
 Primary form. Rhomboid. P on P = 85 59'. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 152. Fig. 154. 
 
 PonP 
 
 P on a 
 
 Pon b 
 P on V 
 
 m on m 
 m on o 
 
 85 59' 
 127 40 
 
 128 
 
 122 
 61 
 97 
 
 1 
 
 28 
 20 
 12 
 
 Irregular forms and grains. 
 
 Cleavage, perfect parallel to , less distinct parallel with 
 P, and not always observable. Fracture conchoidal. Sur- 
 faces generally more rough than smooth, and nearly all oi 
 them alike. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 155 
 
 Crichtonite. 
 
 Lustre imperfectly metallic. Color dark iron-black. 
 Streak black. Opake. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =5-0 ... 5-5 Sp. gr. = 4-661 . 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals : axis of revolu- 
 ion perpendicular, face of composition parallel to a : angle 
 )f revolution = 60. (See fig. 129.) 
 
 The compositions of tbis kind hitherto observed are not 
 juite regularly formed, but consist generally of several al- 
 ;ernating laminse. The situation of the individuals is, how- 
 ever, recognizable from the direction of their faces. 
 
 1. The foregoing description is principally derived from the species 
 Jlxototnous Iron- Ore of MOHS, under which it is believed that the 
 Crichtonite falls; and within the present species also must be included 
 the Ilmenite of Prof. KUPFER, who describes it as occurring in various- 
 y modified oblique four-sided prisms, and as having a black color, brown- 
 ish streak, shining lustre and a conchoidal fracture ; without cleavage, 
 fragments sharp-edged and opake. Hardness = 4. Sp. gr. =4-75. 
 
 2. Alone before the blow-pipe, it does not suffer any alteration what- 
 soever. With the fluxes it acts in general like pure oxide of iron ; 
 but when dissolved in salt of phosphorus and the glass is reduced, there 
 appears as the color of the oxide of iron vanishes, a more or less distinctly 
 red color, the depths of the color depending upon the relative quantity of 
 the titanium in the variety employed. 
 
 3. jlnatysis. 
 Variety Ilmenite. 
 
 Titanic acid . . . 46-67 
 
 Oxide of iron . . . 47-08 
 
 Oxide of manganese . . . 2-39 
 
 Magnesia . . . 0-60 
 
 Lime . . . 0-25 
 
 Oxide of chrome . . . 0-38 
 
 Silica . . . 2-80 
 
 4. It occurs in imbedded grains and crystals, in several varieties of 
 Mica and dolomite, in the valley of Gastein in Salzburg, and frequent- 
 ly along with the crystals of Rutile, over which it often forms a black 
 coating, as at Kluttau in Bohemia, in the gold streams of Ohlapian in 
 
156 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Crichtonite Cronstedite. 
 
 Transylvania, &c. The only locality of the Crichtonite variety is the 
 department of the Isere in France, where it occurs in narrow vein 
 along with Anatase. 
 
 The variety Ilmenite is found in the Ilmen mountains in the Urals. 
 
 The black metallic crystals found accompanying the Spinel, Brucite 
 Rutile, &c., imbedded in Serpentine and white limestone at Amity 
 (N.Y.) belong to the present species. They have the form denominate) 
 Fer oligiste imitatifby HA.TJY. They are distinguished from Specula 
 Iron by color, fracture, streak, and a diminished specific gravity. Itals< 
 occurs in broad laminated, imperfectly hexagonal masses, at Washing 
 ton, (Conn.) imbedded in a vein of Quartz, traversing primitive rocks 
 and likewise in the eastern part of the same state. 
 
 5. The Crichtonite presents us in its crystallization a nearer approxi 
 mation to perfect isomorphism with Specular Iron, than exists betweei 
 any other two species where the composition is equally diverse. 
 
 CRONSTEDLTE. Rhombohedral Iron-Mica 
 
 Primary form. Rhomboid, of unknown dimensions. 
 
 Secondary form. Hexagonal prism. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with terminal planes of the hexagona 
 prism perfect; with the lateral, imperfect. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color brownish-black. Streak darl 
 leek-green. Opake. 
 
 Thin laminae are elastic. Hardness =2-5 nearly. Sp 
 gr. = 3-348. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Reniform and massive : compo 
 sition columnar. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it froths a little without melting: with bo 
 rax, it yields a- black, opake and hard bead. Reduced to powder, it ge 
 latinizes in concentrated muriatic acid. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By STEINMANW. 
 
 Silica 
 Oxhide of iron 
 Oxide of manganese 
 Magnesia 
 Water 
 
 22-452 
 
 58.853 
 2-885 
 5-078 
 
 10-700 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 157 
 
 Cryolite. 
 
 3. It occurs at Przibram in Bohemia, in veins containing silver-ores, 
 along with Brown Iron-Ore, Spathic Iron, White Iron-Pyrites and 
 Calcareous Spar. It has also been found at Wheal Maudlin in Corn- 
 wall. 
 
 CRYOLITE. " Prismatic Cry on e-Haloide . 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Right-rectangular prism. C. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with P perfect, with M and T less 
 perfect, or coherent. Fracture imperfect or conchoidal. 
 uneven. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, a little inclining to pearly upon the faces 
 of P. Color white, sometimes verging upon red or yel- 
 lowish-brown. Streak white. Semi-transparent ... trans- 
 lucent. On account of its low refractive power, it appears 
 more transparent when immersed in water. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 2-5 . . . 3-0. Sp. gr.=2-963 of a 
 white variety. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 the individuals being of considerable size. 
 
 1. It is very fusible, and melts even in the flame of a candle. Before 
 the flame of the blow-pipe, it is first perfectly liquified ; but soon be- 
 come? hard again, and assumes at last a s'aggy appearance. It is inso- 
 luble in water, though it suffers cleavage more readily after having 
 been immersed in it far some time. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By K LAP ROTH. By VAUQUELISF. 
 
 Alumina - - 21-0 - .- - 24-0 
 
 Soda - - 32-0 - - - 36-0 
 
 Fluoric acid and \vater 47-0 ... 40-0 
 
 3. It occurs at Arksut-fiord, (West Greenland,) in two small layers in 
 gneiss, one of which contains orjjy the white varieties, whereas the other 
 contains the colored ones, accompanied by Galena, Irjii- Pyrites, Spathic 
 Iron and Feldspar. 
 
 14 
 
158 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Cube-Ore. 
 
 CUBE-ORE. HexahedralMalachite-Haloide. 
 Primary form. Cube. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 1. The cube with the alternate solid angles replaced by 
 triangular planes. 
 
 2. The same, but replaced by four planes, three of 
 which rest upon the primary edges, the fourth upon the 
 apex of the new planes. 
 
 3. The cube with its edges and angles truncated. 
 Cleavage, parallel with the primary form difficult and 
 
 imperfect. Fracture conchoidal, uneven. Surface of the 
 cube sometimes streaked parallel to the edges of the sec- 
 ondary faces situated upon the solid angles. The other 
 faces, with the exception of the secondary planes situated 
 upon the edges of the cube, often curved. 
 
 Lustre adamantine, not very distinct. Color olive-green, 
 passing into yellowish-brown, bordering sometimes upon 
 hyacinth-red and blackish-brown ; also into grass green and 
 emerald green. Streak, olive-green . . . brown, commonly 
 pale. Translucent on the edges. 
 
 Rather sectile. Hardness = 2-5. Sp. gr. ^3-000. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 rare. 
 
 1. Exposed to a gentle heal, its color is changed into red. In a high- 
 er degree of temperature, it intumesccs, gives little, or no arsenic, and 
 leaves a red powder. Upon charcoal, it emits copious fumes of arsenic, 
 and melts in the inner flame into a metallic scoria, which acts upon tha 
 magnetic needle, 2. Analysis. 
 
 By CHENEVIX. By VAUQXJEL.IJW. 
 Oxide of iron - - 45-50 - 48-00 
 
 Arsenic - - 31-00 
 
 Oxide of copper - - 9-00 
 
 Silica - - 4-00 
 
 Carbonate of lime - - 000 
 
 Water - - 1050 
 
 18-00 
 000 
 000 
 200 
 
 3200 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 159 
 
 Cube-Ore Cummingtonite Cupreous Anglesite. 
 
 3. Cube-Ore is chiefly found in veins of copper ores in the older class- 
 i of rocks, where it is accompanied by Vitreous Copper, Fahlerz, Whit* 
 
 Iron-Pyrites and Quartz. 
 
 4. It is principally found in Cornwall, in several copper-mines, in the 
 neighborhood of Red ruth, but has also been found at St. Leonhard in 
 France, and at Schwarzenberg in Saxony. 
 
 In the United States, it has been met with in drusy coatings, along 
 with Mispickel, Iron, and Copper Pyrites, at Edenville in Orange coun- 
 ty, (N. Y.) where these minerals exist in gneiss ; and under similar cir- 
 cumstances in Derby, (Conn.) 
 
 CUMMINGTONITE. Hemi-prismatic Wavel- 
 line-Spar? 
 
 Massive : composition thin columnar, scopiform and stel- 
 lular, rather incoherent; fibres somewhat curved. 
 
 Cleavage parallel to an oblique rhombic prism. 
 
 Lustre silky, color ash-grey. Translucent to opake. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =6-,5. Sp. gr. =3-2014. 
 
 1. Alone before the blow-pipe, it is infusible, except on very thin 
 edges. With carbonate of soda it fuses with effervescnce into a dark 
 glass. With borax it fuses into a black glass. 
 2. Analysis. 
 By MUIR. 
 
 Silica .... 56-543 
 
 Protoxide of iron - - - 21.669 
 Protoxide of manganese - - 7-802 
 
 Soda 8-439 
 
 Volatile matter .... 3-178 
 
 8. Cummingtonite is found at Plainfield and Cummington, (Mass.) 
 in mica-slate, associated with Garnet and White Iron- Pyrites. 
 
 CUPREOUS ANGLESITE. Cupreous Lead- 
 
 Bary te. 
 
 Primary form. Right oblique-angled prism. M on T 
 =102 45'. 
 
160 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Cupreous Anglesite Cupreous Bismuth. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 MonT 102 45' w 
 P on /I 90 00 / 
 
 T on /I 161 30 I jj 
 
 M on d 120 30 ' p 
 
 Cleavage, parallel to M and T very perfect. Surface 
 generally smooth and shining, some of the faces rough. 
 
 Lustre, adamantine. 
 
 Color deep and beautiful, azure-blue. Streak, pale blue. 
 Faintly translucent. 
 
 Rather brittle. Hardness =2-5 . . . 3-0. Sp. gr.=5-30 
 , . . 5*43. BROOKE. 
 
 1. Analysis. 
 By BROOKE. 
 
 Sulphate of lead ... 74.4 
 
 Oxide of copper ... jg.0 
 
 Water 4-7 
 
 2. It is found along with other ores oT lead, at Lead Hills in Scotland : 
 also at Linares in Spain. 
 
 CUPREOUS BISMUTH. Prismatoidai Poly- 
 poi o n e - Gl an c e . 
 
 Crystalline. Primary form not known ; probably pris- 
 matic. Massive : composition columnar, the individuals 
 being long and slender ; also impalpable. 
 
 Cleavage, in one direction parallel with the prismatic 
 axis. Fracture uneven, or imperfectly conchoidal. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color steel-grey, light copper-red, 
 passing to yellowish. Streak blackish grey. 
 
 Hardness =2-0 . . . 2-5. Sp. gr. =6-125. 
 
 1. It melts very easily before the blow-pipe, coloring the flame of the 
 lamp, blue ; and leaving, after the fumes have subsided, a whitish, or sul 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Cupreous Bismuth Cupreous Manganese. 
 
 phur, yellow slag, which, on being heated with soda, yields metallic 
 copper. The powder is dissolved in nitric acid, with evolution of red 
 fumes, and the precipitation of sulphur and sulphate of lead. The solu- 
 tion affords with water a white precipitate of oxide of bismuth, or with 
 aulphuric acid, one of sulphate of lead. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By JOHX, By KLAPROTH, 
 
 from Ecathcrineburg. from Baden. 
 
 Sulphur . . . 11-58 16-3 
 
 Bismuth . . . 43-20 . . 27-0 
 
 Lead . . . 24-32 . . 33-0 
 
 Copper . . . 12-10 . . 09 
 
 Nickel . . . 1-58 . . 0-0 
 
 Tellurium . . . 1'32 
 
 Silver . . . 000 . . 15-0 
 
 Iron . . . 0-00 . . 4-3 
 
 8. It is. found in the mines of Pyschminskoi and Klutschefskoi in the 
 district of Ecatherineburg in Siberia, in Quartz, accompanied by Native 
 Gold and Galena. The variety analyzed by KLAPROTH occurs in 
 Quartz and Fluor, with Iron Pyrites, Copper Pyrites and Galena, at 
 Schapbach in Baden. 
 
 APPENDIX TO CUPREOUS BISMUTH. 
 
 i. Cupreous Sulphur et of Bismuth. 
 Crystalline in fibrous masses and capillary crystals. 
 Lustre metallic. Color light steeNgrey to tin-white. Streak 
 
 white, 
 
 1. Analysis. 
 
 By KLAPROTH. 
 Sulphur .... 12-58 
 
 Bismuth 47-24 
 
 Copper . . . . . 34.66 
 
 1. It occurs at Gallenbach in the principality of Farstenberg, in a dis- 
 integrated granite with Heavy Spar, Native Bismuth and Copper Py- 
 rites. 
 
 CUPREOUS MANGANESE. Staphyline Man- 
 ganese-Ore. 
 
 Small reniforra and botryoidal groupes, massive. Com- 
 position impalpable. Fracture imperfectly concboidal. 
 14* 
 

 162 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Cupreous Manganese Datholite. 
 
 Lustre resinous. Color bluish-black. Streak unchan- 
 ged. Opake. 
 
 Hardness =3-5. Sp. gr. = 3.197 . . . 3-216. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it becomes brown, but is infusible. To bo- 
 rax and salt of phosphorus, it communicates the colors of copper and 
 manganese. 2, Analysis. 
 
 By LAMPADIUS. 
 
 Black oxide of manganese . . 82-00 
 Brown oxide of copper . . 13-50 
 
 Silica . . 2-00 
 
 BERZELITJS found it to contain a considerable quantity oft water, 
 3. It occurs in the tin mines at Schlaggenwald in Bohemia, and at Ar- 
 marilla in Chili. 
 
 CYANITE. (See Kyanite.) 
 
 CYMOPHANE. (See Chrysoberyl.) 
 
 CYPRIN. (See Idocrase.} 
 
 DAVYNE. (See JYcphiline.} 
 
 DATHOLITE. Prismatic Dystome-Spar. 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M' = 
 
 102 30'. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 156. Fig. 157. 
 
 P on s 
 P on a 
 
 Seiseralp. 
 
 122 00' 
 
 115 45 
 
 177 04 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 163 
 
 Datholite. 
 
 Cleavage, very indistinct parallel to s, but somewhat 
 more easily observed parallel to P. Fracture uneven, im- 
 perfectly conchoidal. Surfaces, several faces much streak- 
 ed, and others altogether rough. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, and particularly in the fracture inclining 
 to resinous. Color white, inclining to green, yellow, and 
 grey; sometimes of a dirty olive green, or honey-yellow 
 tinge. Streak white, more or less translucent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 5-0 . , . 5-5. Sp. gr. = 2-989, a 
 rariety from Arendal. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Botryoidal and implanted globu- 
 lar shapes, surface drusy, composition columnar. Mas- 
 sive : composition columnar, consisting of delicate, straight 
 and generally diverging individuals, radiating from a cen- 
 tre ; also granular, of various sizes of individuals, faces of 
 composition rough and irregularly streaked. 
 
 1. Owing to the variation of position in which the crystals of this spe- 
 cies were at first described, they were referred to two different specie*, 
 Datholite and Humboldtite, the latter of which is now abandoned. Still 
 another species or^sub-spccies, according lo some authors, the Botryo- 
 lite, requires also to be united with Datholite. It embraces the reni- 
 fonn and globular shapes, consisting of thin individuals ; but specftnens 
 have lately been discovered, which clearly prove, by transition, their 
 connexion with Datholite. 
 
 > Exposed to the flame of a candle, it becomes friable ; before the blow- 
 pipe, it loses its transparency, intutrjesces, and melts into a glassy glob- 
 ule. It is easily soluble in nitric acid, and leaves a siliceous jelly. 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KLAPROTH. 
 
 of crystals. of Botryolite. 
 
 Silica - - S6-50 - - 36-00 
 
 Lime 3550 3950 
 
 Boracic acid - - 24 00 - - - 13-50 
 
 Oxide. of iron - - 0-00 - - - I'OO 
 
 Water - - 400 6-50 
 
164 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Datholite Diallogite. 
 
 3. It occurs in beds of iron-ore, in primitive rocks, accompanied by 
 Calcareous Spar; sometimes also by Fluor, Hornblende, Quartz and 
 Prehnite : with the latter species, and several others of the Zeolite fam- 
 ily, it is found in agate balls and irregular veins in trap-roeks. 
 
 4. Upon the beds of iron-ore at Arendal in Norway, are found the va- 
 rieties of Datholite and Botryolite. The Humboldtite occurs in agate 
 balls in the Seiseralp in the Tyrol, and in irregular veins in greenstone 
 in Stlisbury-craig near Edinburgh. 
 
 In the United States, in New Jersey at Paterson, the Datholite ha 
 been met with in large and well denned forms, in trap ; and at Middle- 
 field in Connecticut, the variety Humboldtite occurs under similar cir- 
 cumstances, and in cavities; also on Mt. Carmel, at Hainden, (Conn.) 
 with Prehnite. 
 
 DERMATIN, (See Kerolite.) 
 DEWEYLITE. (See Kerolite.) 
 
 DIALLOGITE. Macrotypous Parachrose- 
 Baryte. MOHS. 
 
 Primary form, a rhomboid. P on P=106 51'. 
 
 Secondary form, the primary having the upper edges re- 
 placed by tangent planes. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel to the primary form. Fracture une- 
 ven, imperfectly conchoidal. Surface streaked parallel 
 with* the edges of the new planes, thus producing lenticular 
 crystals. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to pearly. Color various 
 shades of rose-red, partly inclining to brown. Streak 
 white. Translucent in different degrees. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =3*5. Sp. gr. =3-592 of the crys- 
 tallized variety from Kapnik. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Globular and botryoidal shapes : 
 surface sometimes smooth, at other times rough ; compo- 
 sition columnar, often indistinct. Massive : composition 
 granular, sometimes small, and even impalpable ; some- 
 times it is columnar. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Diallogite. 
 
 1. The varieties of the present species have often been confounded 
 wtth other minerals, one of which has been proposed by BREITHAUPT 
 A* a distinct species, an account of which will be given at the close of 
 (his description. 
 
 Before the blow-pipe, its color is changed into grey, brown and black, 
 and it decrepitates strongly ; but is infusible without addition. It is ea- 
 sily fusible in glass of borax, which thereby becomes of a violet blue 
 color. If exposed to the air, its natural color is changed into brown. 
 Many bright rose-red varieties become paler on being exposed in a sim- 
 ilar manner. It effervesces briskly in nitric acid. 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By DuMENiL. By BERTHIIR, 
 
 fr. Nagyag. 
 
 Oxide of manganese - 54-60 '- - 56-00 
 
 Carbonic acid - 33-75 - - 38-60 
 
 Oxide of iron 1'87 -, - 0-00 
 
 Silica 4-37 - - 0-00 
 
 Lime 2-50 - 5-40 
 
 S. It occurs for the most part in metalliferous veins, with various ores 
 of Iron and Copper, and with Quartz. It is also found in beds with oth- 
 er minerals containing manganese. 
 
 4. It is found in several of the Saxon mines, particularly in the neigh- 
 borhood of Freiberg ; also at Nagyag and Kapnik in Transylvania, near 
 Elbingerode in the Hartz, and in other countries. 
 
 i. Manganeseous Carbon- Spar. BREITHAUPT, 
 
 Pon P = 107 30'. 
 
 Cleavage parallel to the primary, easily effected. 
 Hardness (scale of BREITHAUPT) = 5-75 . . . 6-0. Sp. gr. 
 3-592. 
 
 BREITHAUPT includes in this species the mineral from Kapnik only, 
 .This variety was analyzed by BERTHIER, and found to contain, 
 Carbonic acid .... 30-4 
 
 Protoxide of manganese ... 41-0 
 Lime 43 
 
 Quartz ... - 21 
 
 96-7 
 
166 PHYSIOGRAPHY, 
 
 Diamond. 
 
 DIAMOND. Octahedral Diamond. MOHS. 
 Primary form. Regular octahedron. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 1. Primary form, having its solid angles replaced by tan- 
 gent planes. 
 
 2. Primary form, having its edges replaced by tangent 
 planes. 
 
 3. Cube. 
 
 4. Cube, having its edges replaced by tangent planes. 
 
 5. Rhombic dodecahedron. 
 
 The annexed figure repre- Fi g- 158 - 
 
 sents in planes P P' P" and 
 P'" the primary faces of the 
 octahedron, and in a a' a" 
 those of the cube, which are 
 generally flat and brilliant. 
 The numerous faces di and 
 d2, are uniformly convex; 
 each of which is, in reality, a 
 series of planes, as is mani- 
 fest on other crystals, but in no instance sufficiently perfect 
 for the use of the reflective goniometer. 
 
 Irregular forms and grains. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with the primary octahedron, perfect. 
 Fracture, conchoidal. Surface, the octahedron sometimes 
 faintly streaked parallel to its edges of combination, but in 
 general very smooth. Also the dodecahedron, if often 
 streaked, rough and uneven ; the tetraconta-octahedron, 
 curved and smooth. Grains possess a rough and granula- 
 ted surface. 
 
 Lustre bright adamantine. Color white, prevalent ; al- 
 so various shades of blue, red, yellow, green, brown, grey, 
 
\L 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 167 
 
 Diamond. 
 
 and even black. Generally pale. Streak white. Trans- 
 parent . . . translucent, dark colored varieties only on their 
 edges. If cut and polished, it shows a most lively play of 
 color. 
 
 Hardness =10*0. Sp. gr. = 3*520, of a white variety. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals. Axis of revolu- 
 tion perpendicular to a face of the octahedron ; angle of 
 revolution =60. (See fig. 50.) Also-, axis of revolution 
 parallel to one of the axes of the rhombic dodecahedron 
 which passes through the obtuse solid angles. (See the 
 annexed figure.) Angle of revolution =60. 
 
 Fig. 159. 
 
 1. Diamond is perfectly combustible at a temperature of about 14 
 Wedgewood, and yields with oxygen, carbonic acid gas. His not acted 
 iipon by acids or alkalies. 
 
 2. The rocks hitherto considered as the gangue of Diamond are secon- 
 dary ones, as several kinds of sandstone, consisting of aggiegated quartz 
 pebbles. It Is also found in strata of iron-shot sand and clay, and in the 
 loose sand of plains and rivers. In a specimen from Brazil, in the pos- 
 session of Mr. HEULAND, it is associated with Skorodite, and imbedded 
 in a compact variety of Brown Iron-Ore. 
 
 8. The Diamond was first discovered in the East Indies, where it ha 
 been worked for many centuries, and in Brazil. They are found in va- 
 rious places on the eastern coast of the British peninsula in India, btit 
 particularly between Golconda and Masulipatam ; also near Panna in 
 Buodelcund, It also occurs in the peninsula of Malacca, and the isle of 
 
 
168 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Diaspore Dioptase. 
 
 Borneo. In Brazil, they occur in the district of Serro do Frio in the ca- 
 pitania of Minas Geraes, and were first discovered in the Riacho Fundo, 
 then in the Rio do Peixe, and also in the Terra de St. Antonio. 
 
 4. Diamond is the most valuable of all the gems. It is employed also 
 in cutting glass, and for engraving, cutting and polishing other hard 
 stones, and the Diamond itself. 
 
 DIASPORE. Tetarto-prismatie Wavelline- 
 Spar? 
 
 Primary form. Doubly oblique prism, according to 
 PHILLIPS. M on T=64 54'. P on T=101 20'. P 
 on M = 108 30'. According to MOHS, it is a rhombic 
 prism of about 130. 
 
 Lustre vitreous and pearly. Color greenish-grey. 
 
 Translucent on the edges. 
 
 Scratches glass. Sp. gr. = 3*4324. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it decrepitates most violently, and splits into 
 many small scaly particles, possessing a feeble alkaline reaction. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By VATJQTJELIN. By CHILDREN. 
 
 Alumina - - 80-00 - - 76-06 
 
 Protoxide of iron - - 3 00 7-78 
 
 Water - - 17-30 - - 1470 
 
 BERZELITJS is of opinion that besides these, it also contains some alka- 
 line substance. 
 
 3. Its locality is unknown. 
 
 4. Its reference to the genus Wavelline-Spar is made with hesita- 
 tion, from the limited knowledge possessed of its properties. Unlewi 
 some clue to the discovery of its locality shall ere long be made, it will 
 become doubtful whether it is not an artificial production. 
 
 DICHROITE. (See loliie.) 
 DIOPSIDE. (See Pyroxene.) 
 
 DIOPTASE. Rhombohedral C opper-Bary te. 
 Primary form. Rhomboid. P on P=126 17'. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 1 OU 
 
 Dioptase. 
 
 Secondary form 
 
 Fig. 160. 
 
 .S / X. 
 
 g on g' 
 
 95 33' /X 
 
 j sr' \ 
 
 o' on o or o 
 
 - 120 04 
 
 <7 
 
 ^? 7 (? 
 
 g on o, or g' 
 
 on o' -173 00 
 
 kri 
 
 y* X 4 / ^ 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with the primary form, perfect. Frac- 
 ture conchoidal, uneven. ^ 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to resinous. Color emerald 
 green, also blackish-green, and verdigris-green. Streak 
 green. Transparent . . . translucent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =^5.0. Sp. gr. =3*278. 
 
 1. It decrepitates before the blow-pipe, and upon charcoal it becomes 
 black in the exterior flame, and red in the interior one, without melting. 
 It is easily soluble in glass of borax, and imparts to it a green color. It 
 is soluble without effervescence in muriatic acid. 
 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 
 
 
 By LOWITZ. 
 
 By VAUQUEI.IM-. 
 
 Oxide of copper 
 Carbonate of lime 
 
 65-00 
 (> JO 
 
 2557 
 
 42-85 
 
 Silica 
 
 33-00 
 
 28-57 
 
 Water 
 
 12-00 
 
 0;00 
 
 3. It has been found accompanied by Green MalacJiHa and Calcare- 
 ous Spar, but the nature of its original repositories is hot known. It oc- 
 curs in the Kirghese steppes in Siberia. Minute crystals are said to ac- 
 company the Electric Calamiae of Rezbanya in Hungary, 
 
 DIPLOITE. (See Latrobite.) 
 DIPYRE. (See Scapolitc.) 
 15 
 
170 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Dolomite. 
 
 DOLOMITE. Macrotypous Lime-Haloide . 
 Primary form. Rhomboid. PonP=106 15'. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 1 . An acute rhomboid of 79 36' from Gotha in Saxony. 
 
 2. One still more so, of 66 7', from Hall, Tyrol. 
 
 Fig. 161. 
 
 3. The same, having its summits sur- 
 mounted by three pyramidal faces of 
 the primary rhomboid, whose apices 
 are replaced by tangent planes, as in 
 the annexed figure. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with the primary rhomboid, perfect, 
 with traces of a cleavage at right angles to the vertical axis. 
 Fracture conchoidal. Surface, faces m streaked parallel 
 to the edges of combination with P. The rest of the faces 
 generally smooth, and of nearly the same physical quality. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to pearly in several varieties. 
 Color white, seldom pure, generally inclining to red or 
 green. Various shades of red, among which is a fine rose- 
 red. Also green, brown, grey, black, very often owing to 
 foreign admixtures. Streak, greyish-white. Semi-trans- 
 parent . . . translucent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 3-5 ... 4-0. Sp. gr. =2-884, a 
 greenish white cleavable variety, from Mexico. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 171 
 
 Dolomite. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals. 
 
 Fig. 162. 
 
 Piedmont. 
 
 Sometimes variously repeated. Implanted globules; bo- 
 tryoidal, fructicose, and other imitative shapes : surface 
 drusy and rough, composition columnar. Massive : com- 
 position granular, of various sizes of individuals, generally 
 easily distinguishable, and often but slightly cohering. The 
 composition is often columnar, also of different sizes of in- 
 dividuals. These compositions are again variously com- 
 pounded, as the granular composition in a coarser kind of 
 granular composition, of which the component particles may 
 be easily separated, and present an uneven surface. It oc- 
 curs often in crystalline coatings upon other crystals, im- 
 pressions, &tc. 
 
 1. The remark which was made under Calcareous Spar, respecting its 
 comprehension of several distinct species, separated from one another by 
 constant differences of form, hardness and specific gravity, may be appli- 
 ed to Dolomite with nearly the same propriety. Arid the mineralogist 
 there referred to, who has attempted to distinguish those species, has oc- 
 cupied himself also with the varieties of the present species. Some ac- 
 count of his labors will be introduced as an appendix to Dolomite. 
 
 The division of this species into sub-varieties and sub-species, accord- 
 ing to the older mineralogists, depended upon slight variations of compo- 
 sition, color, lustre, and upon chemical and mechanical mixtures. 
 Rhomb-spar and Bitter-spar are the names applied to crystallized vari- 
 
1 72 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Dolomite. 
 
 eties, provided their faces are not curvilinear or unusually pearly ; also 
 to large grained and easily cleavable varieties, chiefly of greenish colors. 
 Brown-spar comprehends those varieties which possess a reddish brown 
 color. Pearl-spar included crystallized varieties with curved faces, and 
 possessed of a pearly lustre. The massive varieties of granular compo- 
 sition were called Dolomite. 
 
 Before the blow- pipe, some of the varieties assume a darker color, and 
 a higher degree of hardness. They are soluble in acids, but much more 
 slowly than Calcareous Spar, and attended with less effervescence. 
 
 2. It is difficult to judge of the chemical composition of Dolomite. It 
 contains carbonate of lime and carbonate of magnesia ; but the relative 
 quantity of the two has not been accurately settled. From several anal- 
 yses by KLAPROTH, the proportion appears to be nearly as 54*18 ; 
 45-82, which corresponds to 
 
 Lime - 30-55 
 
 Magnesia - - - - 22-18 
 
 Carbonic acid .... 47-26 
 
 Several analyses of brown-spar give very similar results ; others de- 
 viate more or less from them. In general, brown-spar seems to contain 
 more o^-ide of iron and manganese, than either the old varieties dolomite 
 or rhomb-spar. 
 
 3. The different varieties of Dolomite differ in respect to their locali- 
 ties. The granular variety (dolomite) constitutes beds in other rocks, 
 and therefore belongs, itself, to the class of rocks. Rhomb-spar occurs 
 in imbedded crystals and compound masses, in several kinds of rocksj 
 particularly in common Talc, and less frequently in compact varieties of 
 g3J r psum that are mixed with clay. Brown-spar is principally found in 
 metalliferous veins. 
 
 4. The variety called Dolomite occurs in St. Gothard, in the Appen- 
 ines, and in Carinthia ; Rhomb-spar in various districts of Salzburg, the 
 Tyrol and Switzerland, at Miemo in Tuscany, (from which the name of 
 Miemite has been derived,) and in many other countries ; beautiful crys^ 
 tals at Traversella in Piedmont. Brown-spar and Pearl-spar are very 
 frequent at Schemnitz in Hungary, Kapnik in Transylvania, Freiberg 
 ind elsewhere in Saxony, at Clausthal in the Hartz, in Norway arid 
 Sweden, at Alston Moor in Cumberland, in the greywacke quarries of 
 the same country, in Derbyshire, Baeralston and other places in Devon- 
 shire. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 173 
 
 Dolomite. 
 
 In the U. States the Rhomb-spar variety or bitter-spar, occurs abun- 
 dantly at numerous places in R. Island, Massachusetts and Vermont, im- 
 bedded in common Talc or its variety, steatite ; as at Roxbury, (Vt.) where 
 it occurs in large, yellow, transparent crystals, imbedded in greenish 
 transparent Talc ; at Srnithfield, (R. I.) where it occurs in large grained, 
 easily cleavable individuals, associated with white Talc in Calcareous 
 Spar or limestone, and rarely in very perfect implanted rhomboids of 
 small dimensions. The Pearl-spar exists abundantly both of a white 
 color, and with a delicate pink tinge, at Lockport. (N.Y.) where it is as- 
 sociated with Calcareous Spar, Celestine, and Gypsum in geodcs, 
 occurring in transition limestone. The brown-spar is found at nume- 
 rous places in New York and Ohio, where it occurs in greywackes and 
 secondary limestones, in the form of veins and seams. The massive va- 
 riety of Dolomite constitutes extensive beds in Litchfie'd county, (Conn.) 
 and in the south western towns of Massachusetts. 
 
 6. Dolomite is often employed as a marble, and rarely in the produc- 
 tion of quick lime. 
 
 APPENDIX TO DOLOMITE. 
 i. Eumetric Carbon- Spar. BREITHAUPT. 
 Pon P=106 11'. 
 
 Cleavage parallel with P uncommonly perfect and easy. 
 Hardness = 5-0, (scale of BREITHAUPT.) 
 Sp. gr. =2-9177, a cleavage crystal. 
 
 The Eumetric Carbon-Spar embraces only the beautifjl twin-crystals, 
 above alluded to, from Traversella in Piedmont. 
 
 ii. Tautoklinous Carbon- Spar. BREITHAUPT. 
 Pon P=10S 10' 40". 
 Cleavage parallel with P perfect. 
 Hardness = 4-75 ... 5. (scale of BREITHAUPT.) 
 Sp. gr. =2-9633. ) Fragments of cleavage crystals from the 
 
 2 9644. 5 mine of Beschert GlQck in Freiberg. 
 Color reddish, or greyish-white. 
 
 It occurs at Freiberg, Johann-Georgenstadt, and probably the brown- 
 apar of Schnecberg belongs to the present species. 
 
 Hi. Kryptose Carbon- Spar. BREITHAUPT. 
 Pon P = 106 19'. 
 Cleavage parallel with P, but not very perfect. 
 
 15* 
 
174 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Dolomite Dyoxylite. 
 
 Hardness = 4-50 . . . 4-75. (scale of BREITHAUPT.) 
 Sp. gr. = 2-809, reddish-white, cleavage crystal. 
 2-810, brownish red, cleavage crystal. 
 2-827, dark brownish red and brown, with delicate^ 
 
 black stripes ; both from Freiberg, 
 1. It consists, according to KARSTEN, of 
 
 Carbonate of lime - 96-40 
 
 Carbonate of protoxide of manganese 2-10 
 
 Carbonate of iron - 0-95 
 
 Water and loss 0-55 
 
 It is found only at two mines in Freiberg. 
 
 iv. Isometric Carbon-Spar, BREITHAUPT, 
 PonP = 106 19 ; . 
 Cleavage parallel with P perfect. 
 Hardness = 5-50 . . . 5-75. (scale of BREITHAUPT.) 
 Sp. gr =a 2-847, minute, ash-grey crystals in gypsum, from Hall. 
 
 in Tyrol. 
 
 2-849, greenish white masses of a compound variety, 
 from Koloseruck in Bilin, (Bohemia,) where 
 it occurs in seams in basalt. 
 
 ^ 853, minute, but possibly not perfectly pure cleav- 
 age crystals, of the above variety, from HalK 
 2-857, minute, pure, and white cleavage crystals, 
 
 from Dinz. 
 
 2-859, asparagus green, cleavage crystals, from 
 Schweinsdoif. (Tharaudite.) 
 
 The variety from Hall afforded, to KLAPROTH, 
 
 Carbonate oflime .... gg-0 
 
 Carbonate of magnesia .... 25*5 
 
 Carbonate of protoxide of iron - TO 
 
 Water .... 2-0 
 
 Foreign matter .... 2-0 
 
 DYOXYLITE. Prismatoidal Lead-Baryte.' 
 HAIDINGER. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M and M'*= 
 120 45'. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 175 
 
 Dyoxylite. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 163. 
 
 a on b 
 
 111 
 
 00/ 1 tf 
 
 /d> i 
 
 r~7~^ 
 
 b on b 
 
 J30 
 
 00 
 
 P- 
 
 X v ^ x^^V 
 
 a on c 
 
 106 
 
 45 
 
 ? / 
 
 7\ ^ \ 
 
 a on d 
 
 73 
 
 45 
 
 " / ^ 
 
 A 
 
 \ 
 
 a on e 
 
 123 
 
 20 
 
 5 
 
 i 
 
 / t 
 
 
 conf 
 
 133 
 
 00 
 
 
 
 
 
 d on e 
 
 136 
 
 54 , 
 
 
 
 
 
 Cleavage parallel with M and P, but more perfectly par- 
 allel with the shorter diagonal. The lamina? resulting from 
 cleavage are flexible, like Gypsum. 
 
 Lustre adamantine, inclining to resinous, pearly upon the 
 perfect face of cleavage. Color greenish-white, or yellow- 
 ish white, sometimes inclining to grey. Streak white. 
 Translucent. . 
 
 Sectile. Hardness ^2-0. . .2-5. Sp. gr. = 6-8.. .7-0. 
 
 1. Analysis. 
 By BROOKE. 
 
 Carbonate of lead - - - 46-9 
 
 Sulphate of lead - - - 53-1 
 
 The effervescence while dissolving in nitric acid is scarcely perceptible. 
 2. It 19 found in columnarly aggregated crystals, at the Lead hills in 
 Scotland. 
 
 DTSCLASITE. 
 
 Massive ; imperfectly fibrous ; the fibres sometimes direr- 
 gent. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color white. Translucent. It possesses 
 double-refraction. 
 
 Tough. Hardness above Fluor. Sp. gr. = 2-362. 
 1. Heated to redness, it emits moisture. Before the blow-pipe, it 
 fuses only on the edges. With soda it forms a semi-transparent glass, 
 and with borax and salt of phosphorus it gives colorless glasses. It ge- 
 latinizes readily with muriatic acid. 
 
170 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Dysluite. 
 
 Silica 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By CONN ELL. 
 
 57-69 
 
 Lime 
 
 . 
 
 26-83 
 
 Water ^ 
 
 . 
 
 1471 
 
 Soda 
 
 - 
 
 0-44 
 
 Potash 
 
 _ 
 
 023 
 
 Oxide of iron 
 
 . 
 
 0-32 
 
 Oxide of manganese ... 
 
 0-22 
 
 3. Its locality is Faroe. 
 
 DYSKOLITE. (See Saussurite.) 
 DYSLUITE. 
 
 Primary form. Regular octahedron. 
 
 Secondary form. Regular octahedron, with its edges trun- 
 cated. 
 
 Cleavage parallel with the primary rather imperfect. Frac- 
 luie sub-conchoidal. Surface rough. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclinirfg to resinous. Color yellowish- 
 brown or greyish brown. Streak paler than the color. Trans- 
 lucent on the edges ... to opake. 
 
 Hardness = 7-5 ... 8-0. Sp. gr. 40..: 4'6. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it is infusible. 
 
 2. It is found in small quantity, at Sterling, (New Jersey,) dissemi- 
 nated through laminated Calcareous Spar, and associated with Franklin- 
 ite and Trooslitc. 
 
 3. There is nothing but the unimportant property of color to distin- 
 guish this mineral from Automalite,to which it should, without doubt, be 
 referred. 
 
 DYSODILE. 
 
 Massive ; compact or laminated. Extremely fragile. 
 
 Fracture earthy. 
 
 Soft, scratched by the nail. Sp. gr. =^r 1-1 . . . 1-2. 
 
 Color greenish and yellowish, to liver-brown. Streak vitre- 
 ous. Macerated in water, it becomes translucent, and its lami- 
 na acquire elasticity. When breathed upon, it emits an argil- 
 laceous odor. 
 
 1, It burns with a considerable flame and smoke, and an almost insup- 
 portably fetid odor, leaving a residue of nearly half its weight, and unal- 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 177 
 
 Earthy Cobalt. 
 
 tered in form. It occurs at Melili, near Syracuse in Sicily, in the form 
 of a bed of inconsiderable thickness, between beds of a secondary lime- 
 stone. 
 
 2. It probably belongs to the species Bitumen, so far as it is a simple 
 mineral. 
 
 EARTHY COBALT. Cobaltic Lusine-Ore. 
 
 Pulverulent, investing ores of iron and of cobalt, and in- 
 termingled with these, and with earthy matters. 
 
 Color black. 
 
 1. Heated upon charcoal, it gives no arsenical odor; and fused with 
 soda, gives no indication of manganese. With borax, it forms a very in- 
 tensely blue glass. 
 
 2. BEUDANT suggests its composition to be, 
 
 Oxygen - - - - 2890 
 
 Cobalt .... 71-10 
 
 3. It is probably derived from the decomposition of the arseniurets of 
 cobalt, being found in small quantity with these ores. ' 
 
 4. Its principal localities are WOrtemberg, Saalfeld, Joachimsthal and 
 the Tyrol. 
 
 5. The botryoidal and the stalactitic Earthy Cobalt, whose sp. gr. = 
 2-24, and which afford moisture when heated, and the smell of arsenic, 
 appear to be mixtures of the above mineral with Brown Iron-Ore, some 
 of the ores of cobalt and of manganese, together with accidental earthy 
 ingredients; of which character appear to be the following minerals: 
 
 From Riechelsdorf. 
 
 
 
 Analyzed by KLAPROTH. 
 
 Peroxide of cobalt with oxide of manganese - - 97-0 
 
 Oxide of manganese .---- 80-0 
 
 Oxide of copper 1-0 
 
 Water - 85-0 
 
 Silica 124-0 
 
 Alumina 102-0 
 
 From Saalfeld. 
 
 Analyzed by DOBEREINER. 
 
 Oxide of cobalt and of manganese - - ' - - 76-9 
 
 Water - 231 
 
178 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Edingtonite. 
 
 EDINGTOiNITE. Pyramidal Dy stom e-Spar. 
 
 Primary form. Right rectangular prism ? 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 164. 
 
 Cleavage, pretty distinct parallel to the primary faces. 
 In other directions a small and conchoidal fracture. Sur- 
 face^ M and T generally smooth, the rest curved and with- 
 out lustre. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color greyish white. Semi-transpa- 
 rent, but oftener translucent. Streak white. 
 
 Hardness =-4-0 . . . 4-5. Sp. gr. =2-71. 
 
 1. It yields moisture when calcined. It is fusible before the blow- 
 pipe into a transparent glass. It gelatinizes in the acids. 
 
 Silica 
 Alumina 
 Lime . 
 Water 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By TURNER. 
 
 35-09 
 27-69 
 12-68 
 13-32 
 
 3. It occurs at Kilpatrick near Dumbarton, (Scotland,) where it is 
 accompanied by Harmotome and Thomsonite, being implanted upon the 
 latter mineral in crystals, the largest of which is only two lines in diam- 
 eter. 
 
 EKEBERGITE. (See Scapolite.) 
 ELAOLITE. (See Nepheline.) 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Electric Calamine. 
 
 179 
 
 ELECTRIC CALAMINE. Prismatic Zinc- 
 Baryte. MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M=102 
 35'. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 165. 
 
 M on M 
 M on a 
 a on h 
 a on c or e 
 c on c' 
 
 102 30' 
 
 132 35 
 
 128 40 
 
 115 00 
 
 126 36 J 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with the primary lateral planes, per- 
 fect ; traces of cleavage parallel with the terminal planes. 
 Fracture uneven. Surface of lateral planes streaked par- 
 allel with their common intersections. The rest of the 
 faces generally smooth, sometimes rounded. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to pearly, sometimes to ada- 
 mantine upon curved faces of crystallization. Color white, 
 prevalent : occasionally blue, green, yellow or brown. 
 Streak while. Transparent . . . translucent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 5-0. Sp. gr. = 3-379, crystals 
 from Rossegg in Carinthia. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Globular, botryoidal shapes : sur- 
 face drusy. Massive : composition either granular or co- 
 lumnar ; the former of them often impalpable and strongly 
 coherent, and then the fracture becomes uneven ; the lat- 
 ter straight and divergent. 
 
180 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Electric Calamine. 
 
 1. la some of the crystals of Electric Calamine, dissimilar modifica- 
 tions have been observed upon the opposite extremities of the same crys- 
 tals, as in Tourmaline ; attended also with the evolution of different 
 kinds of electricity, as in that mineral. Like the Tourmaline, the elec- 
 tric excitation is occasioned by common changes of atmospheric tempe- 
 rature ; and is not destroyed in the crystals, even after their exposure to 
 a red heat. 
 
 Before the blow-pipe, it decrepitates a little, loses its transparency, 
 intumesces, and emits a green phosphorescent light. It is infusible with- 
 out addition, but is dissolved by borax into a clear glassy globule, which 
 becomes opake on cooling. It is phosphorescent by friction. Reduced 
 to powder, Jt is soluble in heated sulphuric or muriatic acid, and when 
 cooled, it forms a jelly. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By BERTHIER. By BERZEL.ITJS. 
 Oxide of zinc . 06-00 . . 68-37 
 Silica . . . 25-00 . . 26-23 
 Water . . 9-00 . . 7-40 
 
 This species has been found artificially produced, lining the throats 
 of iron furnaces, in Salisbury, (Conn.) where the ore employed is the 
 Brown Iron-Ore. The furnaces are constructed of mica-slate. The 
 mineral presents itself in coatings, quarter of an inch in thickness, having 
 botryoidal shapes with drusy surfaces. Its color is a delicate straw- 
 yellow. 
 
 3. Electric Calamine is found along with Calamine in veins belong- 
 ing to various classes of rocks, but chiefly calcareous* ones. It is usually 
 associated with Blende and Galena. 
 
 4. Considerable quantities occur at Bleiberg and Raibel in Carinthia, 
 Rezbanya in Hungary, Freiburg in Brisgau, Altenberg near Aix-la- 
 Chapelle, near Tarnowitz in Silesia, at Olkuzk and Medziana Cora in 
 Poland and in Siberia, It occurs in Leicestershire, Derbyshire, Flint- 
 shire, Somersetshire, &c., in England; at Wanlockhead and Lead-Hills 
 in Scotland. 
 
 In the United States, it has of late been discovered in Jefferson co. 
 (Missouri) at a lead mine called Valle's diggings, where it is associated 
 with Calamine. 
 
 EMERALD. (See Beryl.] 
 EMERY. (See Corundum.) 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Epidote. 
 
 181 
 
 ENDELLIONE. (See Bournonite.) 
 EPIDOTE. Prismatoidal Augite-Spar. 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Right oblique-angled prism. M on T 
 = 115 40'. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 MonT 
 Ton b 
 b on M' 
 a on a 
 a on b 
 
 Fig. 167. 
 
 Fig. 166. 
 
 * 
 
 115 36' 
 
 f 
 
 \ 
 
 
 128 35 
 
 
 
 
 116 26 
 
 M 
 
 T 
 
 ^ 
 
 109 24 
 
 
 
 
 125 32 
 
 *<*. 
 
 ^^ 
 
 / 
 
 ^xj 
 
 Francor 
 
 ^^ 
 
 iia ; (N.H.) 
 
 Fig. 168. 
 
 Mono - 121 23') 35 ( P on o - 148 37 r 
 M on T - 116 40 \ g <^ P onw(fig.!67)125 35 
 T on u - 144 25 ) r ( P on z - 145 3 
 
 16 
 
182 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY, 
 
 Epidote. 
 
 Fig. 169. 
 
 
 x> 
 
 \ 
 
 1 
 
 T 1 
 T 
 
 e 
 
 I 
 
 M on e 
 
 15 
 
 15' 1 
 
 
 r 
 
 Pon 
 
 6? - 145 V 
 
 T on e - 145 24 
 
 B 
 
 P on cl - 148 30 
 
 Ton/1 - 145 39 
 Ton/2 - 114 40 
 Mond - 125 2 
 
 ILLIPS. 
 
 T on cl - 121 50 
 Ton bl - 104 30 
 w T on 62 - 142- 35 
 
 Cleavage, perfect parallel to M ; less so parallel to T. 
 Fracture, uneven. Surface, the lateral planes sometimes 
 streaked vertically : in general, the faces are smooth. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to pearly upon perfect faces of 
 cleavage, and the corresponding faces of crystallization. 
 Color, green and grey, prevalent. Among the most com- 
 mon shades of the first, is pistachio-green ; in general, the 
 green lints are more inclined to yellow than in Pyroxene 
 and Hornhlende. The grey colors pass into white and a 
 very pale flesh-red. Streak greyish-white. Semi-trans- 
 parent . . . translucent on the edges. Viewed in a direction 
 parallel to the axis, the color of the crystals contains less 
 yellow than in the directions perpendicular to it. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =6-0 ... 7-0. Sp. gr. =3-269, va- 
 riety Zoisite, from the Saualpe; =3-425, Pistazite, from 
 Arendal. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals : axis of revolu- 
 tion parallel to the prismatic axis, as represented in the an- 
 nexed figure ; angle of revolution = 180, 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Epidote. 
 
 183 
 
 Fig. 170. 
 
 M 
 
 Franconia, (N. H.) 
 
 M on T 
 T on T' 
 
 115 36' 
 129 35 
 
 a on a' 
 
 109 24' 
 
 Several varieties consist of concentric coats, the outer 
 ones of which being pealed off, leave a crystal with smooth 
 faces. Massive : composition granular, of various sizes of 
 individuals, sometimes impalpable, strongly connected : co- 
 lumnar, straight, and either parallel or divergent, or irregu- 
 lar, and of various sizes of individuals. 
 
 1. Epidote includes Zoisite, or the grey and whitish colored varieties 
 oC the present species, and which by some mineralogists have been treat- 
 ed of, as constituting a separate species. The light reddish-black variety 
 from Piedmont, called the Manganesian Epidote, is Zoisite tinged by ox- 
 ide of manganese. 
 
 2. Before the blow-pipe, the varieties of Epidote intumesce, and part- 
 ly exfoliate, but are with difficulty brought to the condition of a transpa- 
 rent glass. Those with much iron are more easily fused than the rest. 
 With borax, Epidote first intumesces, and then yields a clear globule. 
 
 3. Analysis. 
 
 
 fr. the Saualpe. 
 Zoisite. 
 
 By DESCOTILS 
 
 fr. Dauphiny. 
 Epidote. 
 
 1, ByVAUQUELIJT, 
 
 fr. Norway. 
 Epidote. 
 
 Silica 
 
 45-00 
 
 37-00 
 
 37-00 
 
 Alumina . 
 
 29-00 
 
 27-00 
 
 21-00 
 
 Lime 
 
 21-00 
 
 14-00 
 
 15-00 
 
 Oxide of iron 
 
 3-00 
 
 17-00 
 
 24-00 
 
184 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Epidote Epistilbite. 
 
 4. Epidote is found variously disseminated in nearly all the primitive 
 rocks, without however entering into their composition as a regular in- 
 gredient, but rather occurring in single, drusy cavities, narrow seams 
 arid veins. The finer crystallizations belong to beds of Magnetic Iron- 
 Ore. The variety Zoisite occurs in single crystals and crystalline masses 
 in beds, with Hornblende, Kyanite, Garnet and Zircon. 
 
 5. Magnificent crystals of Epidote are found in the iron-mines of 
 Arendal, Norway. Similar varieties occur also in Sweden. Very 
 handsome crystallizations of the present species are found in Switzer- 
 land, Piedmont, the Pyrenees and the Upper Palatinate. Less remark- 
 able varieties come from the Saualpe, where the transition of the green 
 colored crystals into the grey, or Zoisite, is observed. The grey col- 
 ored Epidote, or Zoisite, is found in the Bache mountain and Schwam- 
 berg Alpe in Lower Stiria; in the Fichtelgeburge, and in the Tyrol. 
 The red mangariesian varieties occur at St. Marcel in the valley of Aosta 
 in Piedmont. 
 
 Crystals, resembling in size, color and form, those from Norway and Swe- 
 den, occur in the iron- mine of Franconia and in its vicinity, in the state of 
 New Hampshire. Very beautiful grey crystals, though of small diam- 
 eter compared with their length, have been found at Hawley, penetrating 
 small beds of quartz in hornblende-rock. The pistachio-green crystals 
 occur at Cumberland, (R. I.) in veins and drusy cavities, in a species of 
 trap-rock. A variety precisely similar to that from Piedmont has been 
 found in small quantity at Haddam, (Con.) forming a vein in gneiss about 
 one inch wide. But the greyish white colors, or Zoisite varieties, are the 
 most frequent in the U.S. These occur in columnar compositions, in which 
 the individuals are large, at Wardsborough, (Vt.) Milford, (Conn.) but 
 particularly at Goshen and Williamsburg, (Mass.) In the last mentioned 
 places they exist in veins and beds of quartz situated in mica slate. In 
 the eastern part of Maine, a radiating variety has been discovered, which 
 Ls purplish red at the centres of the fibrous masses, but assumes the pis- 
 tachio-green where the fibres diverge most. A variety of Zoisite in 
 long, nearly impalpable fibres, of a dark bluish grey color, occurs with 
 Calcareous Spar in mica slate, at Montpelier, (Vt.) 
 
 EPISTILBITE. Diplogenous Kouphone-Spar. 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism, M on M=135 
 10', 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Epistilbite. 
 
 185 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 171. 
 
 Fig. 172. 
 
 M 
 
 M on t - - - - 122 9' 
 
 t on * 109 46 
 
 t on w 154 51 
 
 t on 5 - - - - 141 47 
 
 s on s 147 40 
 
 Cleavage, perfect parallel with the shorter diagonal of 
 
 the prism. In other directions only an uneven fracture. 
 
 Surface, the faces M shining, but uneven, not admitting of 
 
 the use of the reflective goniometer ; the faces s are dull ; 
 
 t are smooth and shining. 
 
 Lustre, on M vitreous ; that of r pearly. Color, white. 
 Transparent, to translucent on the edges. 
 Hardness ==4-5. Sp. gr. = 2-249 . . . 2-50. 
 
 Fig. 173. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crys- 
 tals : axis of revolution perpendicular : 
 face of composition parallel to one of 
 the primary lateral faces : angle of rev- 
 olution = 180. Massive : composi- 
 tion granular. 
 
 16* 
 
 M 
 
 M 
 
186 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Epistilbite Epsom Salt. 
 
 1. Epistilbite, according to Dr. BREWSTER, is destitute of the two 
 systems of colored rings, which are visible in Heulandite. The double 
 refraction of the former mineral is also vastly greater than that of the lat- 
 ter ; it also gives the white light of fixed polarization, and exhibits at its 
 edges many orders of colors. 
 
 2. Before the blow-pipe, on charcoal, it froths up, and forms a vesic- 
 ular enamel, but cannot be melted into a globule. In the matrass, it 
 intumesces considerably, and gives off water. Borax dissolves a great 
 quantity of it, and forms a clear globule. It is also soluble in salt of 
 phosphorus, with the exception of a skeleton of silica. With solution of 
 cobalt the enamel becomes blue. It is soluble in concentrated muri- 
 atic acid, with the exception of a fine granular residue of silica. 
 
 3. Analysis. 
 
 By ROSE. 
 
 Silica , . . ' . . 58-59 
 
 Alumina ..... 17*52 
 
 Lime . ... . . 7-56 
 
 Soda ..... 1-78 
 
 Water 14-48 
 
 4. It occurs in amygdaloidal rocks in Iceland and the Faroe Islands, 
 along with Heulandite, and at Poonah in India. 
 
 EPSOM SALT. Prismatic Epsom-Salt. 
 JAMIE SON. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M / = 90 
 30'. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 1. The primary, having the terminal edges deeply re- 
 placed, so as to form pyramids at each extremity, and like- 
 wise having the acute lateral edges truncated. 
 
 2. The same form, with the addition of tangent trunca- 
 tions of the obtuse lateral edges, and of the upper edges of 
 the pyramidal terminations. 
 
 Cleavage, perfect parallel to the shorter diagonal of the 
 primary form ; less so, parallel with the faces formed by the 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 1ST 
 
 Epsom Salt Erinite. 
 
 truncation of the pyramidal edges. Fracture, conchoidal. 
 Surface, crystals striated vertically upon their lateral planes. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color white. Streak white. Trans- 
 parent . . . translucent. 
 
 Rather brittle. Hardness2-0 . ..2-5. Sp.gr. = l-751. 
 Taste saline and bitter. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Botryoidal, reniform, and in the 
 shape of crusts: composition columnar, if the particles are 
 very delicate, the lustre becomes pearly. Pulverulent. 
 
 1. It deliquesces before the blow-pipe, but is with difficulty fusible, 
 if its water of crystallization has been driven off. It dissolves very rea- 
 dily in water. 
 
 2. Analysis, 
 
 By VOGEL. 
 
 Water .... 48-0 
 
 Sulphuric acid .... 33-0 
 Magnesia '. 18-0 
 
 ."5. It effloresces from several rocks, both in their original repositories, 
 and iu artificial walls. It forms the principal ingredient of certain min- 
 eral waters. 
 
 4. It occurs in Freiberg, and in its neighborhood, efflorescent upon 
 gneiss; likewise in Scotland, in the Hartz, in Berchtesgaden, in Salz- 
 burg, at Idria in Carniola, in Bohemia and in Hungary. 
 
 It abounds in the limestone caves of Kentucky and Indiana, whose 
 floors are often covered with it in delicate crystals, intermingled with 
 dry earth to a considerable depth. In New York also, ten miles from 
 Coeymans, on the east face of the Helderberg, it effloresces from the 
 calcareous sandstone. 
 
 5. After having been purified, it is employed in medicine, as well as 
 for the production of magnesia. 
 
 ERINITE. Dystome Copper-Baryte. 
 
 Highly crystalline : the individuals arranged in concen- 
 tric coats, with rough surfaces, produced by the termina- 
 tion of exceedingly minute crystals ; the layers often not 
 
188 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Erinite. 
 
 firmly cohering, so that they may easily be separated from 
 one another. These layers themselves are very compact, 
 exhibiting an uneven or imperfectly conchoidal fracture, and 
 traces of cleavage.* 
 
 Color, a beautiful emerald green, slightly inclining to 
 grass-green. Streak green, but paler. It is slightly trans- 
 lucent on the edges. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =4-5 . . . 5-0. Sp. gr.=4-043. 
 
 1. Analysis. 
 By TURNER. 
 
 Oxide of copper . . . 54-44 
 
 Alumina . . . 1-77 
 
 Arsenic acid . . . 33-78 
 
 Water . . . 5-01 
 
 2. It is associated with other species of arseniate of copper, and occurs 
 in the county of Limerick in Ireland. 
 
 ERLAN. 
 
 Massive : composition granular, also impalpable and slaty. 
 Fracture splintery and uneven. 
 
 Color greenish grey. Lustre feebly vitreous to dull. Streak 
 white, and possessing a resinous or oily lustre. 
 
 Hardness = 5-5 ... 6-5. Sp. gr. = 3-0 . . .3-1. 
 
 1. Analysis. 
 By GMELIN. 
 
 Silica . . ^ . . . 59-8 
 
 Alumina ..... 15-9 
 
 Lime ...... 15-7 
 
 Oxide of manganese . . 5-6 
 
 Soda 3-0 
 
 2. It occurs associated with Mica at Schwarzenberg in Saxony, form- 
 ing a mountain mass. 
 
 * These plates form crest-like aggregations. A circumstance which 
 greatly increases the difficulty of observing the regular forms, is the 
 want of lustre ; the surface of the concentric layers being quite dull, 
 while there is only a slight degree of resinous lustre on the fracture. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Euchroite. 
 
 189 
 
 3. From the foregoing description, Erlan would appear to be only a 
 variety of argillite. 
 
 ESSONITE. (See Garnet.) 
 
 iUCHROITE. Peritomous C o p p e r-Baryte. 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M=117 
 
 |20'. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 M on M 
 / on I 
 s on s 
 ?i on n 
 
 Cleavage, parallel to the primary lateral planes, distinct; 
 indistinct parallel to n. 
 
 Fracture small conchoidal, uneven. Surface, the verti- 
 al faces of the prism streaked parallel to their common 
 dges of combination. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color bright emerald-green. Streak 
 >ale apple-green. Double refraction considerable. Trans- 
 arent . . . translucent. 
 
 Rather brittle. Hardness = 3-5 ... 4-0. Sp, gr. = 
 3-389. 
 
 1. In the matrass, it loses its water, and becomes yellowish green and 
 riable. When heated to a certain point upon charcoal, it is reduced in 
 n instant with a kind of deflagration, leaving a globule of malleable cop- 
 er, with white metallic particles dispersed throughout its mass, which 
 re entirely volatile upon a continued blast. 
 2. Analysis. 
 By TURNER. 
 
 Peroxide of copper . . . 47-85 
 Arsenic acid . . . 33-02 
 
 Water . . 18-80 
 
 S. It was discovered at Libethen in Hungary, in quartzose mica slate. 
 
190 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Euclase. 
 
 EUCLASE. Prismatic Emerald. MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Right oblique-angled prism. MonT= 
 130 50'. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 175. 
 
 P on M or T 
 M on M or T 
 bl on M or T 
 62 on M or T 
 
 P 
 P 
 P 
 P 
 P 
 P 
 P 
 P 
 P 
 P 
 P 
 P 
 P 
 
 on c 
 on d 
 on el 
 on e2 
 on c3 
 on e4 
 on c5 
 on c6 
 on c7 
 on e8 
 on c9 
 on clO 
 on ell 
 
 90 0' ~. 
 
 ^ 
 
 * P on c!2 
 
 130 52 
 
 
 P on e!3 
 
 98 50 
 
 
 Pon61 
 
 100 00 
 
 
 P on 62 
 
 124 30 
 
 
 Pon61 
 
 124 24 
 
 
 Pon62 
 
 122 28 
 
 >-d 
 
 Pon63 
 
 121 30 
 
 f 
 
 felon 62 
 
 120 10 
 
 P 
 * t-< < 
 
 62 on 62' 
 
 116 05 
 
 *5 
 
 61 on 62 
 
 112 50 
 
 GO 
 
 62 on 63 
 
 111 50 
 
 
 62 on 61 
 
 109 40 
 
 
 d ond 
 
 108 46 
 
 
 clon d 
 
 107 20 
 
 
 el on 61 
 
 106 22 
 
 
 el on 61 
 
 105 14 
 
 
 
 103 C 
 
 100 
 
 123 
 
 108 
 
 130 
 
 112 
 
 139 
 
 165 
 
 143 
 
 162 
 
 169 
 
 143 
 
 105 
 
 140 
 
 148 
 
 115 
 
 Cleavage, highly perfect, and very easily obtained par 
 allel to P ; less distinct parallel to T. Fracture perfect!; 
 conchoidal, and very easily obtained. Surface, the face 
 between T and P streaked parallel to their common inter 
 
 section. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 191 
 
 Euclase Eudyalite. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color mountain-green, passing into 
 >lue, and white, always pale. Streak white. Transpa- 
 ent . . . semi-transparent, generally the first. 
 
 Very brittle and fragile. Hardness = 7-5. Sp. gr. = 
 5*098, a greenish-white crystal. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it intumesces in a strong heat, and becomes 
 vhite. If the heat be still farther increased, it melts into a white ena- 
 nel. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By BERZELIU*. 
 
 Silica .... 43-22 
 
 Alumina .... 30-56 
 
 Glucina .... 21-78 
 
 Oxide of iron .... 2-22 
 
 Oxide of tin .... 0-70 . 
 
 3. Nothing as yet is known with sufficient accuracy, of the mode of 
 ts occurrence in nature. The first varieties of it were brought by DOM- 
 BEY from Peru. It was afterwards found at Capao in the mining dis- 
 rict of Villa-Ricca in Brazil, where it occurs in beautifully crystallized 
 r arieties in a chloritfc slate, resting on sandstone, along with Topaz. It 
 s generally brought to Europe in fractured crystals. 
 
 EUDYALiTE. Rhombohedral Petali n e-Spar. 
 I Primary form. Rhomboid. P on P ; = 73 40'. 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 176. 
 
 P on tc - 106 36' P on z - 126 
 
192 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Eudyalite Eukairite. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel to o distinct ; parallel to z less so : 
 traces of cleavage parallel with the faces of the primary 
 rhomboid. Fracture conchoidal or uneven. Surface 
 smooth, but often rather uneven. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color brownish-red. Streak white. 
 Translucent on the edges . . . opake. 
 
 Hardness =5-0 . . . 5-5. Sp. gr. =2-898. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it melts into a leek-green scoria. If redu- 
 ced to powdsr, it gelatinizes with acids. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By STROMEYER. 
 
 Silica .... 52-00 
 
 Zhconia . . . 10-89 
 
 Lime .... 10-14 
 
 Soda .... 13-92 
 
 Oxide of iron . 6-85 
 
 Oxide of manganese . . . 2-57 
 
 Muriatic acid . . . . 1-03 
 
 3. It is found in Greenland, mixed with Sodalite,* Hornblende, and 9 
 mountain green variety of Feldspar. 
 
 EUKAIRITE. Selenious Poly poine-Glance 
 Massive : composition granular or impalpable. 
 Lustre metallic. Color lead-grey. Streak white, wher 
 
 impressed with the nail. 
 
 Ductile. Hardness =2-0 . . . 2*5. 
 
 1. When heated alone before the blow-pipe, it emits a strong smell o 
 selenium, and yields greyish white, and hard metallic globules. Heatec 
 with lead upon bone-ashes, it gives a globule of silver. In an open tube 
 it affords a precipitate of selenium and selenious acid. It prevents the 
 reaction of copper with fluxes, and is soluble in nitric acid. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By BERZEL.IUS. 
 
 Selenium , . . 31-58 . . . 26-00 
 Silver . . . 43-16 . . . 38-93 
 
 Copper . . . 25-26 , . . 23-05 
 Earthy matters . . 000 . . . 8-90 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Fahlerz. 
 
 193 
 
 3. It occurs disseminated through Calcareous Spar, in the mine of 
 Skrickerum in Smoland. 
 
 FAHLERZ. Tetrahedral Copper-Glance. 
 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Tetrahedron. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 177. Fig. 178. 
 
 2. 
 
 Fig. 180. 
 
 4. 
 
 Kapnik. 
 
 Schwatz, (Tyrol.) 
 
 5, Rhombic dodecahedron. 
 
 6, Icosatetrahedron. 
 
 7, Trigonal dodecahedron, resulting from the extension 
 of the bevelling planes in Fig. 179. 
 
 Cleavage, not visible, except traces of the octahedron. 
 Fracture conchoidal, of different degrees of perfection 
 Surface, the tetrahedron and the trigonal dodecahedron 
 17 
 
194 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Fahlerz. 
 
 generally streaked irregularly, parallel to their common edg- 
 es of combination, not rough ; the dodecahedron some- 
 times a little rough. Some varieties are subject to tarnish. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color steel-grey . . . iron-black. Streak 
 unchanged, sometimes inclining to brown. 
 
 Rather brittle. Hardness = 3-0 ... 4-0. Sp. gr. = 
 4-104, from Cremnitz ; = 4*950 from Kapnik $ =4-798, 
 from Schvvatz-. 
 
 Oompound Varieties. Twin-crystals : face of compo- 
 sition parallel to a face of the octahedron ; the individuals 
 continued beyond the face of composition. 
 
 Fig. 181. 
 
 Dillenburg. 
 
 Massive : composition granular, of various sizes of indi- 
 viduals, strongly connected, and often impalpable ; fracture 
 uneven. 
 
 1. Schwarzerz has been distinguished as a subspecies under Fahlerz. 
 but differs only in having a deeper black color, and a more conchoida! 
 fracture. 
 
 The varieties of the present species differ somewhat in their behavior 
 before the blow-pipe, arising chiefly, it may be concluded, from acci- 
 dental mixtures, depending upon the substances with which they occur 
 associated. Some jyeld arsenic when roasted, others antimony, and the 
 residue melt in different ways. After roasting, (hey yield a globule of 
 copper. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 195 
 
 Fahlerz Fahlunite. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KLAPROTH. 
 
 of Fahlerz. of Schwarzcrz. 
 
 Copper . . 4800 . . 40-25 
 
 Arsenic . . 14-00 . . 0-75 
 
 Antimony . . 0-00 . . 23-00 
 
 Sulphur . . 1000 . . 18-50 
 Iron . . 25-50 . , 13-50 
 
 Silver . . 0-50 . . 0-30 
 
 Other varieties contain the same ingredients in other proportions. 
 Some, moreover, contain zinc, mercury, or lead ; and in some varieties 
 as much as 13 p. c. of silver has been discovered : in others again, a 
 small quantity of gold is detected. 
 
 3. Fahlerz is found in beds and veins. It is accompanied by Copper 
 Pyrites, Spathic Iron, and Quartz. 
 
 4. The varieties of a steel-grey color are found in veins near Frei- 
 berg in Saxony, and in beds in Anhalt in the county of Gomor in Hun- 
 gary, in Stiria, &c. ; varieties called Schwarzerz are met with in veins 
 at Schwatz and other places in Tyrol, at Kapnik in Transylvania, at 
 Cremnitz in Hungary ; also at Clausthal and Andreasberg in the Hartz. 
 It occurs also in the neighborhood of Dillenburg ; in Mansfield ; in small 
 quantities at Airthrie, and other places in Scotland ; in Cornwall, and in 
 South America. 
 
 FAHLUNITE. Peritomous Petaline-Spar. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. M on M = 
 109 28'. MonP=101 30'. Reniform massive. 
 
 Cleavage parallel to the primary form. Fracture con- 
 choidal . . . uneven, splintery. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color olive-green and oil green, pass- 
 ing into yellow, grey, brown, and black. Streak greyish- 
 white. Feebly translucent on the edges . . . opake. 
 
 Hardness =6-0 . . . 6-5. Sp. gr. =2-61 . . . 2-66. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it becomes pale-grey, and melts on its thin- 
 nest edges. It is but slowly dissolved in glass of borax, and communi- 
 xates to it the 'color produced by oxide of iron. 
 
196 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Fahlunite Feldspar. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By TROLLE-WACHTMEISTER. 
 
 A black m 
 Sp. 
 
 Silica 
 Alumina 
 Oxide of iron 
 Magnesia 
 
 Protoxide of manganese 
 do. mixed with ox. of iron 
 Soda 
 Potash 
 
 Fluoric acid with silica 
 Lime 
 Water 
 
 3. It occurs at Fahlun in Sweden, in a talcose or chloritic slate, with 
 Galena and Copper Pyrites. 
 
 FASSAITE. (See Pyroxene.} 
 FELDSPAR. Orthotomous Feld-spar. MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Doubly oblique prism. * M on T = 
 120. PonM=90. P on T =67 15', 
 
 Fig. 182. 
 
 issive var. Crystallized grey v 
 gr. =2-68. Sp.gr. =274 
 43-51 . . 44-60 
 
 ar. Blackish grey van 
 Sp. gr. = 2-79 
 44-95 
 
 25-81 . 
 
 30-10 
 
 30-70 
 
 6-35 . 
 
 3-86 
 
 7-22 
 
 6-57 . 
 
 6'75 
 
 6-04 
 
 0-00 . 
 
 o-oo 
 
 1-90 
 
 1-72 . 
 
 2-24 
 
 0-00 
 
 4-45 
 0-94 . 
 
 I 1-98 
 
 o-oo 
 
 1-38 
 
 0-16 . 
 
 0-00 
 
 o-oo 
 
 0-00 . 
 
 135 
 
 0-95 
 
 11-66 
 
 935 
 
 8-05 
 
 * In the description of this species, it has been found the most conven- 
 ient to represent the crystals after the method of HATJY, in preference 
 to that of BROOKE, whose projections have generally been adopted in 
 (he present work. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Feldspar. 
 
 19T 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 183. 
 
 Fig. 184. 
 
 Fig. 185. 
 
 M 
 
 St. Gothard. Rossie, (N.Y.) 
 
 \ 
 
 Fig. 18G. Fig. 187, 
 
 Fig. 188. 
 
 Isere. 
 
 Middlcfield and Becket, (Mass.) 
 
 17* 
 
198 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Feldspar. 
 
 Fig. 189. 
 
 In order to render more easily intelligible the changes 
 suffered by the primary form, ihe planes M and T have the 
 same position given them in the secondary forms, as in the 
 figure by which the primary is illustrated. Fig. 183. (uni- 
 taire. HAUY.) M on y = 90. H. P on */ = 99 29'. H. 
 Fig. 184. (prismatique. HAUY.) M on 7 = 120. H. 
 Pon/=lll 40'. H. Fig. 185. (binaire. H.) Ton/ 
 = 60. Fig. 186. (ditetraedre. H.) P on #=128 51'. H. 
 Fig. 187. (sexdecimal H.) x on y = 150 45' 28". H. 
 M on s=H6 20'. H. Fig. 188. (synoptique. H.) 
 T or M on z = 1 50. M or P on n = 1 35. q on x = 
 164 40'. H. q on a = 149 10 7 . P. This is a reunion of 
 all the modifications of Feldspar. Crystals agreeing with 
 it, with the deficiency of planes n q and y, are found at 
 Greenfield, near Saratoga, (N.Y.) ; also at Haddam, (Conn.) 
 Others, only wanting planes n and </, occur at Governeur, 
 St. Lawrence co. (N.Y.) Fig. 189. This is an elonga- 
 tion of Fig. 187, in the direction of the edge between P ajid 
 M. Fig. 188, suffers the same elongation in the direction 
 of the plane n. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Feldspar. 
 
 199 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with P highly perfect, and easily ob- 
 tained ; parallel with M perfect, with T obscure, though 
 sometimes obvious. Fracture conchoidal to uneven. Sur- 
 face frequently streaked in a horizontal direction ; most of 
 the other faces are smooth. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, sometimes inclining to pearly upon per- 
 fect faces of cleavage. Color white, prevalent, inclining to 
 grey, green and red ; sometimes grey, flesh-red, verdigris 
 green. Streak greyish white. Transparent, translucent 
 on the edge. A bluish opalescence observable in the di- 
 rection of T, most distinctly in transparent varieties. The 
 variety called moonstone, from Ceylon, appears considera- 
 bly more red, and of a lower degree of transparency, if 
 viewed perpendicularly to T, than in any other direction. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 6-0. Sp. gr. = 2-558, a white 
 transparent variety ; limits of the species 2.53 . . . 2'60. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals. 1. Face of 
 composition parallel with the edge between P and M. 
 (Fig. 189.) Axis of revolution perpendicular to the plane 
 d gfl k h u of the same figure. Angle of revolution = 
 180. See annexed figure. 
 
 Fig. 190. 
 
 If this mode of composition be repeated on all the faces 
 of the same form, four sided prisms, consisting of four indi- 
 
200 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Feldspar. 
 
 viduals, will be formed, which are nearly rectangular, and 
 bounded on their extremities by the faces P P and x x. 
 This composition is seen in the annexed figure. 
 
 Fig. 191. 
 
 It is a frequent form, from St. Gothard. 
 
 2. Two crystals, like Fig. 187, excepting planes x and 
 s. Axis of revolution parallel to the principal axis, face of 
 composition parallel either to the right (Fig. 192.) or to the 
 left faces (Fig. J93.)ofM. 
 
 Both are found near Elbogen in Bohemia. 
 
 3. Axes of revolution perpendicular, face of composi- 
 tion parallel to P, angle of revolution =180. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 201 
 
 Feldspar. 
 
 Fig. 194. 
 
 LaClayette and Loire in France. 
 
 Sometimes there occurs a composition according to sev- 
 eral of these laws at once. Massive : composition granu- 
 lar, of various sizes ojf individuals, sometimes lamellar. 
 
 1. Several distinct species were formerly included under the name of 
 Feldspar, and variously subdivided into subspecies and varieties. First, 
 those gray varieties which possess bright iridescent colors, were establish- 
 ed into a particular subspecies, under the name nt Labrador Feldsnar, 
 These are now known to comprehend varieties of Feldspar and of Labra- 
 dorite. The most transparent and pure varieties, generally in implanted 
 crystals, lining the walls of narrow veins in ancient rocks, were likewise 
 considered as a particular subspecies, and called JLdularia. It is made 
 up of Feldspar and Albite. The less transparent varieties were divided 
 into common and compact Feldspar ; the first of which contained, though 
 not exclusively, easily cleavable crystals ; the second, imbedded crys- 
 tals, having no distinct cleavage, and compound masses of small, or im- 
 palpable and strongly connected individuals. Common Feldspar con- 
 tains varieties of all the species enumerated above. From it, Clinkstone, 
 which is commonly a mixed mineral, and forms the mass of porphyry- 
 slate, was distinguished as a particular species ; so also was Variolite, 
 consisting of small globular masses, imbedded in a mixed rock. It has 
 not been exactly ascertained to what species Clinkstone and Variolite be- 
 long. Imbedded crystals of considerable degrees of transparency, in por- 
 phyry slate, occurring also in various other trachytic and volcanic rocks, 
 were called glassy Feldspar. Ice-spar occurs in white transparent 
 crystals, greatly resembling Adularia and glassy Feldspar, but implanted 
 in the drusy cavities of rocks ejected by Mount Vesuvius. In regard to 
 
202 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Feldspar. 
 
 the particular state, in which the varieties of common Feldspar occur, 
 those which are more or less decomposed, were designated by the denom- 
 ination of earthy common Feldspar, and considered as a particular sub- 
 species. If the decomposition has arrived at its limits, so that the whole 
 is converted into a more or less firmly coherent powder, Porcelain- 
 Earth is formed. It is possible that porcelain-earth arises from the de- 
 composition of several species of the Feldspar family. . 
 
 Before the blow-pipe, upon charcoal, Feldspar becomes glassy, semi- 
 transparent and white, but melts with difficulty, and only upon its edges, 
 into a semi-transparent, vesicular glass. It is dissolved by borax, but 
 slowly and without effervescence, into a clear globule. It is not acted 
 upon by acids. 
 
 Analysis. 
 By VAUQTJELIJY. By KLAPROTH. 
 
 Adularia. Common Feldspar fr. Carlsbad. 
 Silica . 64 JO . . 64-50 
 
 Alumina . 20-00 ! . 19-75 
 
 Potash . 14-00 . . 11-50 
 
 Lime . 2-00 . , a trace. 
 
 Oxide of iron . . 0-00 . . 1 75 
 Water . 0-00 . . 0-75 
 
 Feldspar frequently enters into the composition of rocks, and consti- 
 tutes, with Quartz and Mica, the different kinds of granite and gneiss ; 
 with Hornblende, it forms syenite and greenstone ; and with Augite, the 
 Augite-rock. To several of these rocks, large crystals of Feldspar im- 
 part a porphyritic appearance ; and it is a characteristic mark of the dif- 
 ferent kinds of porphyry more properly so called, to have isolated crys- 
 tals of this species distributed throughout their compact mass. Basalt, 
 and some other allied rocks, must be considered as most intimate mix- 
 tures of Feldspar with Hornblende or Pyroxene, or with both these spe- 
 cies, the individuals being so small as to be no longer recognizable. In 
 several of these rocks which contain Feldspar as one of their ingredients, 
 larger masses of it frequently form concretions separated from the rest, 
 and assume the shape of more or less extended beds. If these be de- 
 composed by the action of the atmosphere, and their situations be favora- 
 ble, Porcelain earth is formed, among the most remarkable of which we 
 notice those in gneiss, at Aue near Schneeberg in Saxojiy, and at Haf- 
 nerzell in the district of Passau. At Carclaise and Cligga in Cornwall, 
 the porcelain earth originates in the decomposition of granitic rocks. It 
 occurs frequently in beds along with ores of iron and titanium, with sev- 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 203 
 
 Feldspar. 
 
 eral species of the Hornblende and Garnet families ; but it may be con- 
 sidered as a rarity in veins, except in those which are composed of the 
 same species of which the rocks consist which they traverse. In these, 
 its varieties are accompanied by Axinite, Quartz, several ores of titani- 
 um, Calcarious Spar and other species ; and have their surface some- 
 times covered with scaly particles of Talc. Sometimes the crystals have 
 their surfaces, particularly the planes M, covered with crystals of Al- 
 bite, disposed in parallel position. 
 
 The finest crystals of Adularia are found in the highest districts of St. 
 Gothard, and the Alps of Savoy ; several varieties occur also in Salzburg, 
 the Tyrol, Bavaria, Dauphiny, the isle of Arran, in Cornwall and Wales. 
 Very large crystals of Feldspar are found in Siberia, which are general- 
 ly penetrated by Quartz, sometimes of considerable transparency. Am- 
 azon stone, a verdigris- green variety, associated with small white crys- 
 tals of Albite, occurs near Fort Troitzk in the Uralian mountains. Com- 
 pact Feldspar, forming the body of clinkstone-porphyry, is found in the 
 Bohemian Mittelgebirge, in the western isles of Scotland, at Sahla in 
 Sweden, in the Hartz, &c. Variolite has been noticed from Piedmont 
 and Corsica. The finest varieties of porcelain earth are those from Chi- 
 na, where it is called Kaolin, from Saxony, from Passau, and from Li- 
 moges in France. 
 
 The United States have thus far afforded few handsomely crystallized 
 specimens of the present species, although they have been quoted from 
 a number of localities. The most interesting of these are Rossie and 
 Governeur in St. Lawrence co. (N.Y.) Greenfield near Saratoga in the 
 same state, and Haddam, (Conn.) At the first mentioned place it is as- 
 sociated with crystallized, white Hornblende and Scapolite in limestone, 
 and at the two last with Chrysoberyl, Garnet and Tourmaline in a gra- 
 nitic vein. A few crystals have been afforded, apparently belonging to 
 this-specics, at Franconia, (N.H.) in a vein made up chiefly of large crys- 
 tals of Epidote and Quartz. Crystallized Feldspar in-small quantity, fre- 
 quently accompanies Beryl in N. England ; and is met with also in loose 
 masses, lining small cavities in a rock made up of Hornblende, Au- 
 gite, and massive Feldspar. The crystals are often deeply imbedded 
 in Calcareous Spar. Under these circumstances, it has been found 
 at Middlefield and Becket, (Mass.) Feldspar exists in very large im- 
 perfect crystals, disseminated through gneissj and imparting to it a por- 
 phyritic appearance, throughout the primitive region of New England. 
 It is found of a verdigris green color, crystallized and massive, at Bever- 
 ly, (Mass.) The flesh-colored varieties appear to abound more in the 
 
204 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Feldspar. 
 
 granite which accompanies the Atlantic coast from Connecticut to 
 Maine, though often met with in the interior. Adularia, or opalescent 
 varieties, though not the most strongly marked, occur in Worcester co. 
 (Mass.) and in the granite bordering upon Lake George, near Ticonde- 
 roga, (N.Y.) as well as at Haddam, (Conn.) and Paris in Maine. Feld- 
 spar in very large, perfectly cleavahle individuals, and suited to all the 
 purposes of porcelain manufacture, abound in Charles co. (Penn.,) Dela- 
 ware, in the Highlands of New York, and at several places in N. Eng- 
 land, too numerous to be mentioned. Decomposed Feldspar is met 
 with occasionally in granite beds, as at Andover, (Mass.) ; in Cheshire, 
 (Conn.) a deposit was discovered in digging the Farmington Canal, 
 which appears to have owed its origin to the red sandstone formation. 
 
 Several varieties of this species are used in the arts and manufactures. 
 The purest opalescent varieties of Adularia are cut round and polished, 
 and worn as ring stones, &c. The finest of them are from Ceylon, and 
 are called moon-stones. The sun-stone is also used in jewellery : it 
 exhibits, reddish and variegated patches of light, in the shape of ob- 
 lique-angled parallelograms on the cleavage face T. This variety is 
 found at Lyme, (Connecticut.) Graphic granite is cut for snuff- 
 boxes, &c. : it consists of a simple variety of the present species, reg- 
 ularly mixed with long parallel crystals of Quartz, whose transverse 
 angular sections bear some resemblance to certain letters. The pure 
 varieties of Feldspar are used in the composition of the paste of 
 porcelain, also for the enamel with which it is covered ; and the decom- 
 posed variety, or porcelain earth itself, is the most important material in 
 that department of manufactures. 
 
 APPENDIX TO FELDSPAR. 
 i. Mikrodinous Felsite. BREITHAUPT. 
 
 Pon M=~112 15'. PonT=902l/. M on T = 118 35', 
 
 Cleavages very perfect. 
 
 Hardness = 7-75 . . . 8-0. (scale of BREITHAUPT.) 
 
 Sp. gr. = 2 562, reddish to liver-brown, from Arendal. 
 
 2-565, reddish white, from Arendal. 
 
 2 567, g*rey, with blue opalescence, from Friedrichs- 
 vairn. 
 
 2-568, do. in small pure cleavage forms. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Feldspar Fergusonite. 
 
 205 
 
 The composition of Mikroclinous Felsite is, according to KLAP- 
 ROTH, 
 
 Silica .... 65-00 
 
 Alumina - - - - 20-00 
 
 Potash .... 12-25 
 
 Oxide of iron - 1-25 
 
 Magnesia - - - a trace. 
 
 Water - 0-50 
 
 99-00 
 
 P on g' 
 g on h 1 
 
 ii. Murchisonite. LEVY. 
 
 90 00' 
 
 - ' - 90 
 
 The two cleavages which are at right angles, are like Feld- 
 spar ; the third has a nacreous lustre, and is as easily obtained as 
 the others. The plane P of this figure is not afforded by cleav- 
 age in common Feldspar. 
 
 Color white, with a tinge of red. Opake. 
 
 It occurs at Heavitree near Exeter, forming a compact rock, associa- 
 ted with Quartz, Mica and black Tourmaline ; and is connected with the 
 red marl. 
 
 ih\ Ryakolite. ROSE? 
 
 The experiments of G. ROSE upon the glassy Feldspar, are said to 
 have rendered it apparent that its angles are different from those of Feld- 
 spar, and from the above enumerated varieties, proposed as species. Its 
 sp. gr. = 2-576. It occurs in the lava of Vesuvius, and in that of the 
 Lacher Lake. 
 
 FERGUSONITE. 
 
 Primary form. Right square prism. 
 
 18 
 
206 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Fergusonite. 
 
 Secondary form. Fig. 196. 
 
 s on s - 100 30' | z on *' 159 
 
 Cleavage, traces parallel to s. Fracture perfectly con- 
 choidal. Surface rather uneven. 
 
 Lustre imperfectly metallic, inclining to resinous. Color 
 dark brownish black ; in thin splinters, pale. Streak very 
 pale brown, like Rutile. Opake : in thin splinters, translu- 
 cent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 5-5 ... 6-0. Sp. gr. = 5*838. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it loses its color and becomes pale greenish- 
 yellow, but alone, is infusible. It is entirely dissolved in salt of phospho- 
 rus, but some particles remain a long time unaltered. The pale green- 
 ish globule becomes opake by flaming, or on cooling, when very much 
 saturated. Before the whole portion has been dissolved, it assumes a 
 pale rose color in the reducing flame. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By HARTWALL. 
 
 Columbic acid . - - 47-75 
 
 Yttria - - - 41-91 
 
 Oxide of Cerium - - - 4-68 
 
 Zirconia - - 3 02 
 
 Oxide of tin 1-00 
 
 Oxide of uranium 0-95 
 
 Oxide of iron - - - 0-34 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 207 
 
 Figure-stone. 
 
 3. It is found imbedded in Quartz at Kikertaursak, near Cape Fare- 
 well in Greenland. 
 
 FERRUGINOUS PLATINA. 
 
 In crystals and grains. The form of the crystals described as 
 cubical. 
 
 Color dark platina-grey. Surface tarnished, like meteoric iron. 
 
 Hardness == 8-0 ... 8-5. (Scale of BREITHAUPT.) 
 
 Malleable. Sp. gr. = 14-6 . . . 15-7. It is magnetic ; and in 
 some cases not only attracts, but repels the needle. 
 
 1. It gives, by chemical trials, evidence of a considerable portion of 
 iron. 
 
 2. It is found in the platina sand from Nijnotaguilsk in the govern- 
 ment of Perme in Siberia. 
 
 3. Whether it be specifically distinct from Native Platina, stijl admits 
 of a doubt. 
 
 FETTBOLE. 
 
 Massive ; composition impalpable. Fracture conchoidal. Color 
 liver-brown. Lustre resinous. Opake. Hardness =1-50 .. .2-0. 
 Sp. gr. = 2-249. It falls to pieces in water, attended with a crack- 
 ling noise. According to KERSTEN, it consists of a tri-silicate of 
 iron, with 9 proportionals of water. It is, without doubt, an acci- 
 dental mixture of these principles, resulting from the decomposi- 
 tion of some one or more mineral species, 
 
 FETTSTEIN. (See Nepheline.) 
 FIBROLITE. (See Kyanite.) 
 
 FIGURE-STONE. Glyptic Atelene-Picros- 
 mine. 
 
 Massive : composition impalpable. Fracture coarse 
 splintery, imperfectly slaty. 
 
 Color white, grey, green, yellow, red and brown; none 
 of them bright. Acquires some lustre in the streak. Trans- 
 lucent, in most cases, only on the edges. 
 
 Hardness =20 . . . 2-5. Sp. gr. =2.815 . . . 2-9. 
 
208 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Figure-stone Flucerine. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it is infusible, but becomes white. It is part- 
 ly soluble in sulphuric acid, leaving a siliceous residue. 
 
 2. Analysis* 
 
 By KLAPROTH. By THOMSON. 
 
 Silica - - 54-50 - 49-816 
 
 Alumina - - 34-00 - - 20*596 
 
 Potash 6-25 - - - 6-800 
 
 Lime - - 0-00 - - - 6-000 
 
 Oxide of iron - - 0'75 - - - 1-500 
 
 Water 4-00 - - - 5-000 
 
 3. It is brought from China, gj^ess characteristic varieties have been 
 found also in Transylvania and in Saxony. 
 
 4. It is cut by the Chinese into various ornaments and grotesque shapes. 
 
 FIORITE. (See Opal.) 
 FLINT. (See Quartz.) 
 
 FLUCERINE. Rhombohedral Tungstic- 
 Bary te. 
 
 Primary form. Rhomboid, of unknown dimensions. 
 
 Six-sided prisms, plates and amorphous masses. 
 
 Cleavage most distinct perpendicular to the axis, or par- 
 allel with the base of the hexagonal prism. 
 
 Fracture uneven and splintery. 
 
 Color reddish white to yellow. Streak white to yellow* 
 Opake or translucent on the edges. 
 
 Hardness =5-50 . . . 5-75. Sp. gr. =4-7. 
 
 1. Heated in the matrass, or the glass-tube, it corrodes the glass. 
 Alone, it does not fuse, but its color changes to brown ; with borax and 
 salt of phosphorus, it gives a red or orange colored globule, which be- 
 comes pale on cooling. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By BERZELITJS. 
 
 Fluoric acid 16-24 
 
 Peroxide of cerium ------ 82-64 
 
 Yttria - M2 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 209 
 
 Flucerine Fluellite Fluor. 
 
 3. It occurs at Finbo and Brodbo, near FahluD, imbedded in Albite 
 and Quartz. 
 
 APPENDIX TO FLUCERINE. 
 
 i. Fluate with excess oflase. 
 Traces of crystalline structure. Color yellow. 
 
 It resembles porcelain jasper. Before the blow-pipe, it scarcely dif- 
 fers from the foregoing description. If heated alone on charcoal, it turns 
 black, at an incipient redness ; but assumes on cooling, successively, 
 dark brown, red and orange tints. It is composed, according to BER- 
 ZELIUS, of 
 
 Fluoric acid - - - 10 85 
 
 Peroxide of cerium - - - 84-20 
 Water 4-95 
 
 It is found at Finbo. 
 
 ii. Fluate of Yttria and Cerium. 
 
 Earthy ; fc'jnd in masses seldom exceeding the size of a pea. 
 Color pale red, sometimes deep red, yellow or white. Easily 
 scratched by the nail. 
 
 According to BERZEL.ITJS, it is a mechanical mixture of fluate of 
 yttria with fluate of cerium and silica. It gives nearly the same reac- 
 tions as the neutral fluate, first described. 
 
 FLUELLITE. Fluor Haloid e? 
 
 Octahedron, with a rhombic base. P on P / =144. 
 P on P" over the summit =109. 
 
 Color white. Transparent. 
 
 1. It occurs in minute crystals of the form above mentioned, having 
 its most acute solid angles replaced, along with the Wavellite from 
 Cornwall. It has been found to contain alumina and fluoric acid. 
 
 2. Its hardness and specific gravity require to be known, before its 
 place in the natural system can be correctly determined. 
 
 FLUOR. OctahedralFluor-Haloide. MOHS. 
 Primary form. Regular octahedron. 
 18* 
 
210 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Fluor. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 1. Fig. 197. 2. Fig. 198. 
 
 3. Cube. 
 
 The most common 
 form. 
 
 St. Gallen, Stiria. 
 
 4. Fig. 199. 
 ^ A ~^\ 
 
 <r~^ 
 
 ^ h 
 
 d 
 
 St. Gallen. 
 
 5. Rhombic 
 dodecahedron. 
 
 Ehrenfriedersdorf, Sax. 
 
 Derbyshire. 
 Trumbull, (Conn.) 
 
 7. Fig. 201, 
 
 Derbyshire. 
 Trumbull, (Conn.) 
 
 St. Agnes, Cornwall, 
 9. Fig. 203. 
 
 Zinnwald, Saxony. 
 
 10. Fig. 204. 
 
 ; \ 
 
211 
 
 Fluor. 
 
 In addition to the foregoing, are found crystals in the 
 form of a cube, with its edges replaced by three planes, 
 and also having the additional planes of Fig. 202. PHIL- 
 LIPS describes a crystal in his possession, whose general 
 form is that of a cube, but whose edges are replaced by 
 seven planes, and whose solid angles are replaced by 
 more than four times this number, and resulting in a form 
 bounded by 322 planes. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with the faces of the regular octahe- 
 dron perfect : rarely also, parallel with the faces of the 
 rhombic dodecahedron and cube. Fracture conchoidal, 
 more or less perfect. 
 
 Surface. The cube generally smooth. Octahedron of- 
 ten rough and drusy. Dodecahedron various, being some- 
 times smooth, at other times rough and drusy. Sometimes 
 the faces of the cube and the tetraconta-octahedrons are 
 curved. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. 
 
 Color white, though not very common, and seldom pure. 
 Generally wine-yellow or violet-blue. Among its brightest 
 colors are emerald and pistachio-green, sky-blue, rose-red, 
 and crimson-red. The dark blue colors bordering upon 
 black, are probably due to bituminous impregnations. Fre- 
 quently different shades of colors are disposed in coats par- 
 allel to the faces of the cube, or symmetrically distributed 
 along the edges or solid angles of crystals. 
 
 Streak white. It is sometimes slightly tinged, if the col- 
 ors be very deep. 
 
 Translucent . . . transparent. Sometimes different colors 
 appear by reflected and by transmitted light. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =4'0. Sp. gr. = 3*140. 
 
212 
 
 Fluor. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals. Face of com- 
 position parallel to one of the faces of the octahedron ; the 
 individuals having one of their axes parallel, are continued 
 beyond the face of composition, and particles of the one are 
 observed formed upon the faces of the other. See annexed 
 figure. 
 
 Fig. 205. 
 
 Implanted globular shapes, rare : surface drusy, composi- 
 tion columnar. Massive : composition granular, the individ- 
 uals being of various sizes ; if the composition be impal- 
 pable, its fracture becomes flat conchoidal and splintery, 
 the surface of fracture being scarcely glimmering. Mass- 
 ive varieties are also sometimes composed of columnar par- 
 ticles, generally of considerable size, seldom thin or di- 
 verging, but very often forming a second curved lamellar 
 composition. The faces of composition are sometimes ir- 
 regularly streaked, more generally uneven and rough. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it decrepitates, and becomes phosphorescent, 
 but loses its color and melts at last into a rather opake globule. It phos- 
 phoresces likewise, if thrown upon ignited charcoal or heated iron. Sev- 
 eral varieties which exhibit this property in particularly bright green 
 colors, have been called Chlorophane or Pyro-smaragdus. If expo- 
 sed to a high degree of temperature, they lose the property ef again 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 213 
 
 Fluor. 
 
 bowing this phenomenon. Sulphuric acid decomposes the powder of 
 the mineral, attended with the evolution of fluoric acid, which is recog- 
 nized by its property of corroding glass. Several varieties, particularly 
 the sky-blue ones, lose their color on being exposed to the light, 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KLAPROTH. 
 
 Lime .... 67-75 
 
 Fluoric acid : 32 ' 25 
 
 3. Fluor does not enter as a regular constituent into the composition 
 of rocks. It is not very frequently found in beds. More generally it 
 occurs in veins, with other minerals, in primitive or transition rocks. 
 Very seldom it is associated with petrifactions, as the blue varieties ot 
 Derbyshire, with entrochites. 
 
 4. The most beautiful crystals of Fluor are found at Beeralston in Der- 
 byshire, at St. Agnes and other places in Cornwall, and at Zinnwald in 
 Bohemia. Large crystals, generally twins, of the cube, of handsome 
 blue and green colors, occur at Alston in Cumberland, which frequently 
 contain water. Beautiful, dark blue, perfect crystals, having their edges 
 and angles highly replaced, have been found along with Quartz in pqr- 
 phyritic greenstone, near Gourock in Renfrewshire. Well defined crys- 
 tals of the primary form, of an apple green color, occur at Moldavia in 
 the Bannat of Temeswar. Rose red octahedrons, occasionally of great 
 magnitude, are met with near Charaouni in Savoy. The Saxon varieties 
 are generally of a cubical form, and of violet blue, or wine yellow, col- 
 ors. The compound uncleavable varieties (compact fluor) are chiefly 
 from Sirassberg and Stollberg in the Hartz, from Cornwall and Swa* 
 *len. The friable ones, (earthy Jluor,) are found in Saxony, England 
 and Norway. The chlorophane occurs at the Pednandrae mine in Corn- 
 wall, and at Ecatherineburg in Russia. Specimens from the latter place 
 have been observed to phosphoresce simply from the warmth of the hand. 
 
 The United States have not proved very productive in handsome vari- 
 eties of Fluor. The most remarkable region in this country for the 
 present species, is situated in the State of Illinois, along the country 
 south-west from Cave rock on the Ohio for thirty miles, in Gallatin co. 
 It exists in nodular masses, disseminated through the soil, or occurs im- 
 bedded in a compact limestone. Its crystals are often large, and present 
 a diversity of colors ; the prevailing one, however, is a dark purple, al- 
 most black, but appearing extremely rich by transmitted light. The 
 darker colored varieties emit a bituminous odor when cleaved. Green 
 octahedrons, sometimes an inch in diameter, have been found imbedde^ 
 
214 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Fluor Franklinite. 
 
 in a crystalline Quartz in the notch of the White Mountains in New 
 Hampshire. Fluor (variety Clorophane) of several colors accompanies 
 the Topaz and Magnetic Iron- Pyrites, at Trumbull, (Conn.) where 
 it also forms entire veins in gneiss. An emerald green, massive vari- 
 ety occurs in narrow seams in mica slate, at Putney in Vermont. Other 
 American localities are the following : Smith co. (Tennessee) in white 
 and purple cubes; in Virginia, near Woodstock, Shenandoah co., in 
 small loose masses, in the fissures of a limestone rock containing shells ; 
 also at Shepherdstown on the Potomac, in veins of white limestone, of 
 red and purple colors ; in New Jersey, near Franklin furnace ; in New 
 Yorkj at Amity, in thin seams in white limestone, along with yellow 
 Tourmaline, Hornblende and Spinel ; and at Lockport and its vicinity, 
 in white cubes, in black limestone, associated with crystallized Calca- 
 reous Spar and Celestine ; in Massachusetts, at the Southampton lead- 
 mine. 
 
 FoRSTERITE. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism ? M on M = 128 54', 
 
 Secondary form. The primary, having its terminal, and its 
 acute lateral, edges replaced by single planes: the inclination 
 of the faces on the terminal edges to the base = 126 6'. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with P. 
 
 Color white. Translucent. 
 
 1. It is inferred from the experiments of CHILDREN, to be a silicate 
 of magnesia. 
 
 2. It is found with Spinel and Pyroxene on Mount Vesuvius. 
 
 FRANKLINITE. Dodecahedral Iron-Ore. 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Regular octahedron. 
 
 Secondary form. Regular octahedron, with its edges 
 truncated. Irregular forms, grains. 
 
 Cleavage parallel with the primary form, but not perfect. 
 Fracture conchoidal. Surface of all the faces smooth. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color iron-black. Streak dark brown. 
 Opake. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 215 
 
 Franklinite Gadolinite. 
 
 Brittle. Acts upon the magnetic needle, but does not 
 exhibit magnetic poles. Hardness =6-0 . . . 6'5. Sp. gr. 
 = 5-091. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 strongly connected. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, alone on charcoal, it presents the appear- 
 ances of Magnetic Iron-Ore ; but with soda in a good reduction fire, it 
 emits the white smoke of Zinc, and becomes green when heated with 
 the same reagent upon platina-foil in the oxidation-heat of the instru- 
 ment. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By BERTHIER. By THOMSOX. 
 
 Peroxide of iron - - 66-00 - - 66-10 
 Red oxide of manganese - 16-00 - - 0-00 
 
 Oxide of zinc - - 17-00 - - 17-425 
 
 Deutoxide of manganese - 0-00 - - 14-96 
 Silica 0-00 - - 0-204 
 
 Water * 000 0-560 
 
 3. Franklinite is found at Franklin furnace in Hamburg, (N. Jersey,) 
 accompanied by Red Zinc- Ore, Calcareous Spar and Garnet. The most 
 perfect crystals at this locality are imbedded in the Red Zinc-Ore ; those 
 engaged in the Calcareous Spar, and associated with Garnet, exhibit 
 rounded faces, resulting from the truncation of the solid angles of the 
 primary form. A more remarkable deposit of the present species oc- 
 curs at Stirling in the same region, where it exists in a powerful vein, 
 in which, cavities occasionally appear containing crystals of a very large 
 size, from one to three inches in diameter, and which are associated with 
 Troostite. 
 
 GABBRONITE. (See Scapolite.) 
 
 GADOLINITE. Hemi-prismatic 'Me lane- 
 Ore. PARTSCH. 
 
 Primary form*. Oblique rhombic prism. M on M = 
 115. 
 
216 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Gadolinite. 
 
 Secondary form.* 
 
 Fig. 207. 
 
 M on M' - 
 P on h 
 M on e 
 M on b 
 
 115 e.g. 
 98 
 100 
 153 
 
 b on&' 
 e on e f 
 6'one' 
 
 120 
 
 120 
 
 130 
 
 Cleavage, so imperfect, that its direction has not been as- 
 certained. Fracture conchoidal. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to resinous. Color greenish- 
 black, very dark. Streak greenish-grey. Translucent or 
 the edges,. almost opake. 
 
 Hardness =6-5 . . . 7-0. Sp. gr. =4-0 . . . 4-3. 
 
 * The Abbe HAUY gives the following figure and measurements foi 
 this substance, which, however, are only claimed to be approximations 
 
 Fig. 206. 
 M on I - ... - 143 
 
 M on r - 
 
 M on M - 
 
 / on I - 
 
 I on r - 
 
 I on s - 
 
 r on s - 
 
 r on u - 
 
 125 16 
 
 
 160 32 
 
 f 7 ' 
 
 
 142 8 
 
 w 
 
 ^V 
 
 108 50 
 161 11 
 
 $ 
 
 41 
 
 "M 
 
 90 00 
 
 
 
 144 44 > 
 
 \J 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 217 
 
 Gadolinite Galena. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition impalpa- 
 ble. Fracture conchoidal. 
 
 1. As soon as the heat of the blow-pipe is communicated to thin 
 fragments, they exhibit an instantaneous glow. In the strongest heat 
 the mass swells up, turns greyish green, and is traversed by numerous 
 fissures. In very thin fragments, it melts with difficulty, into a greyish 
 glass. Some varieties, according to BERZELIUS, become white, and 
 swell into cauliflower-like masses, without suffering fusion ; while oth- 
 ers, according to PHILLIPS, fuse readily, after some decrepitation, into 
 a black glass. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By BERZELIUS. 
 
 fr. Finbo. fr. Brodbo. fr. Korarfvet. 
 
 Yttria 
 
 45-00 
 
 45-95 
 
 47-62 
 
 Protoxide of iron 
 
 1143 
 
 1263 
 
 8-30 
 
 Protoxide of cerium 
 
 17-92 
 
 18-20 
 
 3-40 
 
 Silica 
 
 25-80 
 
 24-16 
 
 29-20 
 
 Lime 
 
 0-00 
 
 0-00 
 
 3-47 
 
 Oxide of manganese 
 Glucina 
 
 o-oo 
 
 0-00 
 
 o-oo 
 o-oo 
 
 1-42 
 1-70 
 
 Water 
 
 0-00 
 
 0-00 
 
 5-20 
 
 3. Gadolinite occurs in sjneiss and granite, and is chiefly accompanied 
 by Feldspar, Albite and Quartz. Its localities are Ytterby near Stock- 
 holm, and Finbo and Brodbo near Fahlun in Sweden. It is also found 
 in Greenland. 
 
 GAHNITE. (See Jlutomalite.) 
 GALACTITE. 
 
 A name which has been given to a mineral found in the trap/of 
 Kilpatrick, near Glasgow ; but which is probably a variety of 
 Analcime. 
 
 GALAPEKTITE. (See Halloysite.) 
 GALENA. Hexahedral Polypoion e-G lance. 
 Primary form. Cube. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 1- Cube, with the angles truncated. 
 19 
 
218 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Galena. 
 
 2. Regular octahedron. Bleiberg in Carinthia. South- 
 ampton, (Mass.) 
 
 3. Octahedron, with its angles truncated. Cumberland, 
 England. 
 
 4. Octahedron, with its angles replaced by four planes 
 resting on the octahedral planes. 
 
 5. The same, with the truncation of the summits of the 
 four-sided pyramids situated upon the angles of the octahe- 
 dron. 
 
 6. The octahedron, with the edges truncated. 
 
 7. The octahedron, with the edges bevelled, and the 
 angles truncated, the truncating planes being the primacy 
 faces of the species. 
 
 8. The same, excepting that the edges are replaced by 
 three planes, (pentacontaedre, HAUY,) from Feistriz in 
 Stiria. 
 
 9. The trigonal icositetrahedron. 
 
 Fig. 208. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with the cube, highly perfect, and ea- 
 sily obtained. Fracture rarely discoverable. Surface, the 
 cube and the trigonal-icositetrahedron streaked parallel to 
 the edges of combination with the octahedron. Sometimes 
 subject to tarnish. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color pure lead-grey. Streak un- 
 changed. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Galena. 
 
 219 
 
 Rather sectile. Hardness =2*5. Sp. gr. = 7*568, of 
 a cleavable variety. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals ; face of composi- 
 tion parallel, axis of revolution perpendicular to a face of 
 the octahedron. 
 
 Fig. 209. 
 
 Kapnik, Transylvania. 
 
 Reticulated, tabular, and some other imitative shapes, 
 the individuals of which are often still observable. Massive : 
 composition granular, of various sizes of individuals, some- 
 times impalpable. In this case the color becomes pale, or 
 whitish lead-grey, the fracture even, or flat conchoidal, and 
 the streak shining. The granular particles of composition 
 sometimes become elongated, or compressed in one direc- 
 tion, and then approach to lamellar or columnar ones. 
 Pseudomorphoses of Pyromorphite. Plates, &c, 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it melts, if heated with precaution, and yields 
 after the sulphur has been driven off, globules of metallic lead. It is 
 partly soluble in nitric acid, and leaves a white residue. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By THOMPSON. 
 
 Lead 85-13 
 
 Sulphur 13-02 
 
 Iron 0-50 
 
220 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Galena. 
 
 3. Galena is frequently found in veins, but also in great quantity in 
 beds, particularly in limestone rocks. In beds, it is accompanied by va- 
 rious other ores of lead, by Blend'e, Copper and Iron-Pyrites ; in veins, it 
 occurs along with ores of silver, copper and antimony, sometimes with 
 Native Gold. In both cases it is attended by Fluor, Calcareous Spar and 
 Quartz. 
 
 4. The remarkable beds of Galena in Carinthia, which occur in lime- 
 stone, and are worked at Deutsch-Bleiberg, Windisch-Bleiberg, Win- 
 disch Kappel, Ebriach, and other places, possess in several respects a 
 striking similarity to those of Derbyshire, Durham and Northumber- 
 land, in England. It is also found in beds in olderTbcks, as in Stir- 
 ia, Carinthia, &c. In veins, it occurs in rocks of different ages, from 
 gneiss to the coal formations, in various parts of Saxony and Bohemia, in 
 the Hartz, in Anhalt, in Hungary, in Transylvania, in France, in Scot- 
 land, and in many other European countries. Fine crystals have been 
 obtained from the Pfaffenberg mine near Neudorf in Anhalt, from Sax- 
 ony, from Transylvania, from Cumberland, Durham, &c. Compact Ga- 
 lena chiefly occurs at Freiberg in Saxony, in the Hartz, in Carinthia, 
 and at the Lead Hills in Scotland. The Specular Galena, or Slicken- 
 sides, which consists of an extremely thin coating of this species on. 
 Quartz, or on some other mineral, is found principally in some of the 
 mines of Derbyshire.* 
 
 American localities of Galena are exceedingly numerous, although we 
 have but few valuable mining deposits of this species. The most impor- 
 tant are those situated in Missouri, in the counties of Washington, St. 
 Genevieve, Jefferson and Madison; and at Galena in the north-west part 
 of the State of Illinois. In these regions the Galena is found in an allu- 
 vial deposit of clay and marl, through which are disseminated masses of 
 Quartz, the whole resting upon a secondary limestone. Numerous lo- 
 calities might also be quoted in Kentucky, Ohio, Tennessee, Virginia 
 and Maryland. In Pennsylvania, it occurs on Perkiomen creek, 23 
 miles from Philadelphia, accompanied by several of the salts of lead ; and 
 in New York at Ancram, and in Livingston's manor in Columbia co. In 
 Connecticut, besides thin veins at Middletown, Huntington, and South- 
 
 * The Quartz or mineral on which it is formed, constitutes the vein 
 stone, adhering to both walls of the vein ; when these vein stones 
 meet, each being thinly coated by Galena, they are readily separated by 
 the pick, and indeed sometimes fly off spontaneously, with a loud explo- 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Galena Garnet. 
 
 221 
 
 ington, a deposit has lately been discovered at Brookfield, whose ex- 
 tent is not yet fully developed. In Massachusetts, numerous veins have 
 been discovered in Hampshire county, the most important of which ex- 
 ist at Southampton and Northampton. In addition to the foregoing, it 
 may be added that Galena has been found in Vermont and Maine. 
 
 Galena is the source of the principal part of the lead of commerce. 
 On account of its generally containing a small quantity of silver, it is also 
 employed to a considerable extent for the extraction of this metal. Pot- 
 ters use either the Galena reduced to powder, or the litharge produced 
 from it, for glazing coarse pottery. 
 
 GANOMATITE. 
 
 Massive : in crusts, and kidney-shaped. Fracture conchoidal. 
 Lustre vitreous. Color yellow, to brown and green. 
 Sp. gr. =2926. 
 Other properties and locality, unknown. 
 
 GARNET. Dodecahedral Garnet. MOHS. 
 Primary form. Rhombic dodecahedron. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 1. Dodecahedron, with the edges truncated. Hamburg, 
 (N.J.) 
 
 2. Trapezohedron. Washington, (Conn.) Common. 
 
 3. Dodecahedron, with the edges replaced by three 
 planes, (trie margine. HAUY.) 
 
 Fig, 210, 
 
 Franconia, (N. If.) 
 
 19* 
 
222 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Garnet. 
 
 4. The same as 1. with the addition of the truncation of 
 the acute solid angles of the dodecahedron by four planes 
 resting upon the edges of the dodecahedron, (uniternaire. 
 HAUY.) Bannat of Temeswar. 
 
 5. Icositetrahedron. 
 
 Fig. 211. 
 
 6. Tetraconta-octahedron. 
 
 Fig. 212. 
 
 Mussa, Piedmont. 
 
 Irregular forms and grains. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with the dodecahedron, but very indis- 
 tinct. Fracture conchoidal, more or less perfect, general- 
 ly uneven. Surface, the crystals sometimes streaked par- 
 allel to the edges of combination with the dodecahedron : 
 the dodecahedron itself is sometimes streaked parallel to 
 its edges of combination with the cube. The surface of 
 the grains is uneven, rarely granulated. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 223 
 
 Garnet. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to resinous in some varieties, 
 more nearly the latter. Color red, brown, yellow, white, 
 green, black ; except some red colors, none of them are 
 bright. Streak white. Transparent . . . translucent. 
 
 Hardness = 6-5 ... 7-5. Sp. gr. = 3-6 1 5, Grossular ; 
 3-701, Melanite; 3-769, brown, common Garnet ; 3.788, 
 Pyrope ; 4*098, crystals of precious Garnet, Tyrol; 4-125, 
 grains of precious Garnet, Ohlapian ; 4-179, crystals of Al- 
 mandine ; 4*208, crystals of precious Garnet, Haddam. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 of various sizes of individuals, and often, even impalpable, 
 easily separated, or strongly coherent ; faces of composition 
 irregularly streaked, uneven or rough. If the composition 
 be impalpable, the fracture becomes uneven and splintery. 
 The composition is sometimes thick lamellar, and bent, the 
 face of composition being pretty smooth. 
 
 1. From the diversity in hardness and specific gravity, which exists 
 among the numerous varieties of Garnet, it is highly probable that the 
 present limits of the species are too wide, and that they include individ- 
 uals which will hereafter be discovered to constitute independent spe- 
 cies. It is not at all likely, however, that discoveries will take place in 
 coincidence with the arbitrary and empirical separation of the species 
 into varieties, as found in the older treatises of mineralogy ; for these 
 are founded almost entirely upon accidental circumstances. These sub- 
 divisions from their present currency in books, require to be noticed. 
 Grossular occurs only in imbedded crystals of the forms of icositetrahe- 
 dron, and combinations of it with the dodecahedron. Its colors are con- 
 fined to asparagus green and mountain green. Pyrencite also occurs 
 only in small blackish, imbedded crystals in limestone. Melanite pos- 
 sesses the form of modification 1, is generally imbedded, and of a velvet- 
 black color. Pyrope occurs only in grains, and is remarkably distinct, 
 from its pure translucency and blood red color, which is not found in any 
 other variety. Among the varieties known under the simple denomina- 
 tion of Garnet, are found every simple form and combination noticed 
 
224 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Garnet. 
 
 above, among the crystalline varieties, also grains and massive speci- 
 mens: it contains likewise every shade of the series of colors, and it is 
 therefore only in the particular union of several of these properties, that 
 we must look for the distinction of the above mentioned varieties. The 
 color of Precious Garnet is always red ; its crystals are found imbed- 
 ded. It is the only variety that occurs in grains, and if compound, it 
 presents lamellar composition. Common Garnet seldom occurs in red 
 colors, and these are of dull shades ; its crystals are generally implant- 
 ed, and the composition is granular, but not impalpable. Colophoniteis a 
 compound variety of yellowish-brown and reddish- brown, or oil green 
 and honey-yellow colors, consisting of roundish particles of composition, 
 which are easily separable. If the composition be impalpable, Allochro- 
 ite is formed. The two varieties Jlplome and Essonite, appear less con- 
 nected with the rest of the species, than any of those which have been 
 enumerated. The first of these occurs in dodecahedrons, having the 
 acute, solid angle replaced by tangent planes, parallel with which cleav- 
 age takes place, thus indicating the cube as the system of crystalliza- 
 tion to which they belong. The latter, according to HATJY, presents 
 traces of cleavage parallel to a prism of 101 40'. It is generally found 
 in grains ; but the optical examinations of Dr. BREWSTER and M. BIOT, 
 render it extremely probable that it is only a variety of Garnet. 
 
 2. Before the blow-pipe, Garnet melts without effervescence, pretty 
 uniformly, into a black globule, presenting a vitreous lustre. Some 
 varieties present a slight effervescence, but finally yield the same result. 
 The bead obtained by melting is frequently attracted by the magnet. 
 
 3. Analysis. 
 
 KLAPROTH. 
 
 SIMON. VAITQUELIN. KL. LAUGIER. KL. 
 
 
 Gross u-!Mela- 
 lar. jnite. 
 
 pr. Gar- 
 net. 
 
 Coloph- 
 oriite. 
 
 Alloch- 
 roite. 
 
 Pyre- 
 neite. 
 
 Py- 
 
 rope. 
 
 Apl- 
 orne. 
 
 Esso- 
 nite. 
 
 Silica - - 
 Alumina - 
 Lime - - 
 Ox. of iron- - 
 Ox. of manganese 
 
 44-00 
 
 8-50 
 33-50 
 12-00 
 a trace. 
 
 35 50 
 6-00 
 3250 
 24-25 
 0-40 
 
 35-75 
 27-25 
 
 o-oo 
 
 36-00 
 0-25 
 
 37-00 
 13-50 
 29-00 
 7-50 
 4-75 
 
 3500 
 8-00 
 30-00 
 17-00 
 3-50 
 
 43-00 
 16-00 
 20-00 
 16-00 
 0-00 
 
 40-00 
 28-50 
 3-50 
 16-50 
 0-25 
 
 40-0 
 20-0 
 155 
 
 2-0 
 20 
 
 38-80 
 21-20 
 31-25 
 6-50 
 
 o-oo 
 
 Besides these, Colophonite contains 6-5 p. c. of magnesia, 0-5 p. c. of 
 oxide of titanium, and TO of water; Allochroite, 60 of carbonate of 
 lime ; Pyreneite, 4-0 of water ; and Pyrope, 10 of magnesia, and 2-0 of 
 chromic acid. 
 
 4. Garnet occurs in many rocks with a degree of constancy, and in a 
 quantity almost sufficient to be regarded as an essential ingredient in 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 225 
 
 Garnet. 
 
 their composition. It is particularly plentiful in mica-slate, gneiss, gra- 
 nite, and also exists, though in smaller quantity, in limestone, chlorite- 
 slate, serpentine and lava. Precious Garnet occurs in slaty primitive 
 rocks ; Grossular and Pyrope are found in serpentine, the latter also in 
 other rocks, through the decomposition of which it is brought into the 
 soil. Melanite is imbedded in lava, and occurs implanted in geodes 
 ejected by Vesuvius, also in primitive limestone. Pyreneite is found in 
 a blackish limestone, Common Garnet is found in beds, consisting either 
 wholly, or for the greater part of its varieties, accompanied by Magnetic 
 [ron-Ore, Hornblende and Epidote. Allochroite is found under similar 
 circumstances. Colophonite fbrms veins in primitive rocks. 
 
 5. Grossular is found with Idocrase in a kind of serpentine, in Kamts- 
 chatka ; Melanite, at Frescati and Albano near Rome ; Pyrope, near 
 Bilin in Bohemia, and in the serpentine of Zoblitz, and the forest of Zell 
 n Saxony ; Pyreneite, near Bareges in France. Precious Garnet, some- 
 imes in large, but not very transparent crystals, and often covered with 
 coat of chlorite, occurs at Fahlun in Sweden, and in many localities of 
 the Tyrol, Carinthia, Stiria, Switzerland, Hungary, &c. The varieties 
 possessing lamellar compositions, are found in Greenland ; Common Gar- 
 net, in large quantities, at Arendal in Norway, Fahlun, Langbanshytta 
 in Sweden, Orawitza in the Bannat in Hungary, Stiria, Siberia and many 
 other places. Colophonite is known from Arendal; Allochroite from 
 Drammen in Norway, and the valley of Zem in Salzburg. The trans- 
 parent crystals of precious Garnet, called Jllmandine, are chiefly brought 
 from Ceylon and Pegu, where they occur in the sand of the rivers. The 
 Aplome comes from Lena in Siberia, Schwarzenberg in Saxony, and 
 from Bohemia and England ; the Cinnamon stone from Ceylon. 
 
 Several very beautiful varieties of Garnet have been found in the U. 
 States. Small, but exceedingly perfect, dodecahedrons, of a handsome 
 red-brown color, and transparent, occur at Hanover, (New Hampshire,) 
 disseminated through hornblende-gneiss. Dark blood-red, and highly 
 splendent crystals, (modification 3,) present themselves in geodes, in 
 massive Garnet, Calcareous Spar, and Magnetic Iron-Ore, at Franconia, 
 (N. H.) Splendid geodes, of a transparent, cinnamon-brown colored va- 
 riety, (of modification 1,) are found, accompanied by Scapolite, in white 
 limestone, at Carlisle, (Mass.) : less remarkable specimens, also, of the 
 same variety, occur at Boxborough in the same region. Geodes of Mel- 
 anite, of great beauty, in which the crystals sometimes are above an inch 
 in diameter, occur at Franklin furnace, in New Jersey, inlimestonej as- 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Garnet Gay Lussite. 
 
 sociated with Quartz and greenish Feldspar. A rich, red colored Gar- 
 net, in irregular trapezohedrons, sometimes of considerable size, is found at 
 Haddam, (Conn.) associated with Chrysoberyl, Automalite, and Colum- 
 bite, Very perfect trapez-ohedrons, of a reddish brown Garnet, abound 
 in mica slate, in Munroe, Washington, and several neighboring towns in 
 Connecticut. Large dodecahedral crystals, of a dull red color, and not 
 possessed of smooth faces, are found in chlorite slate, at Marlborough 
 and New Fane, in Vermont: also in mica slate, in Chesterfield, (Mass.) 
 A blackish brown variety, in large crystals, (of modification 1,) is found 
 in limestone, at Lyme, (Conn.) Colophonite in large grains, possessing 
 rich colors, constitutes a powerful vein, in gneiss, atWillsborough, (N.Y.) 
 on Lake Champlain. At Roger's Rock, also, upon Lake George, is found 
 a much finer grained variety, of yellow and red colors. Yellow and red- 
 dish, brown Garnet, is found, along with Franklinite., in limestone, at 
 Franklin Furnace, in New York. 
 
 GAY LUSSITE. Peritomous Natron-Salt. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. M on M = 68 
 50'. P on M = 96 30'. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with the faces of the primary form, 
 perfect ; most so, parallel with M. Fracture conchoidal. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color white. Transparent. Very 
 brittle. Hardness =2*5. Sp. gr. =1-9. 
 
 1. When heated, it decrepitates. Before the blow-pipe, it melts rap- 
 idly. In nitric acid, it dissolves with a brisk effervescence, giving rise 
 to crystals of nitrate of soda, 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By BOUSSIJVGAULT and CORDIER. 
 
 Carbonate of soda , 33-96 
 
 Lime - ... 31-39 
 
 Water .... 32-20 
 
 Carbonic acid .... 1-45 
 
 Alumina - - - - 1-00 
 
 3. It is found in great abundance, disseminated in detached crystals 
 through clay, near Lagunilla in Colombia. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 227 
 
 Gehlenite Gibbsite. 
 
 rEHLENITE. Pyramidal Dystome- Sp ar. 
 
 Primary form. A right square prism. 
 
 Cleavage, in traces, parallel with the base. 
 
 Lustre resinous, inclining to vitreous. Color, different 
 hades of grey, mostly yellowish ; none of them bright. 
 
 Opake. Sometimes faintly translucent on the edges. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =5-5 . . . 6*0. Sp. gr. =3-029. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it fuses only in thin splinters. In borax, it 
 very slowly dissolved. It gelatinizes in heated muriatic acid. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By FUCHSK By KOBELL. 
 
 Alumina . . 24-80 . .. . 21-4 
 
 Silica . . 2964 . . . 31-0 
 
 Lime . . 35-30 . . . 37-4 
 
 Oxide of iron . 6 56 ... 4-4 
 
 Magnesia . . 0-00 ... 3-4 
 
 Water . . . 3 30 ... 20 
 
 3. It has been found on Mount Monzoni, in the valley of Fassa in the 
 Tyrol, along with Calcareous Spar. 
 
 3IBBSITE. Staphyline Wavelline-Spar. 
 
 Irregular stalactites ; tuberose masses. 
 
 Structure fibrous, the fibres radiating from the centre. 
 
 Lustre faint. Color greenish or greyish white. Trans- 
 ucent. 
 
 Hardness =3*0 . . . 3'5, but easily reduced to powder. 
 Sp. gr. =2-4. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it whitens, but is infusible. 
 2. Analysis. 
 By TORREY. 
 Alumina ..... 64-8 
 
 Water 34-7 
 
 3. It is found in very small quantity only, disseminated through a bed 
 of Limonite, at Richmond, (Mass.) 
 
228 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Gilbertite. 
 
 GlESECKlTE. 
 
 Crystallized in six-sided prisms. 
 
 Cleavage not visible. Fracture uneven, splintery. 
 
 Lustre resinous, faint. Color olive-green, grey, brown. 
 
 Streak uncolored. Feebly translucent on the edges . . . opake. 
 
 Hardness == 2-5 ... 3-0. Sp. gr. = 2-832. 
 
 1. Analysis. 
 By STROMEYER. 
 
 Silica .... 46-07 
 
 Alumina .... 33-82 
 
 Magnesia .... 1-20 
 
 Black oxide of iron . . . 3-35 
 
 Oxide of manganese . . . 1-15 
 
 Potash * . . . . 6-20 
 
 Water .... 4-88 
 
 2. It occurs in Greenland, with Feldspar. 
 
 3. The above description probably applies to a variety of Mica, similar 
 to Finite. 
 
 GILBERTITE. 
 
 Massive ; foliated. 
 
 Lustre pearly. Color white, with a shade of yellow. Trans- 
 lucent. 
 
 Sectile. Hardness = 4-00 ? Sp. gr. = 2-648. 
 1. Analysis. 
 By THOMSON. 
 
 Silica .... 45-155 
 
 Alumina ' . . . . 40-110 
 Lime .... 4-170 
 
 Magnesia .... 1-900 
 
 Protoxide of iron . . . 2-430 
 
 Water .... 4-250 
 
 2. It occurs at St. Austle in Cornwall, and contains through its mass 
 particles of Fluor, and what appears to be Apatite. 
 
 3. It is quite probable, that the above mineral, which is well known 
 as Cornish Talc, is an aggregate of Talc, Mica and several other mine- 
 ral species. 
 
 GIOBERTITHV (See Magnetite.) 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 229 
 
 Gismondin Glauberite. 
 
 GISMONDIN. Abrazitic Kouphone-Spar. 
 
 Primary form. Right square prism. 
 
 Secondary form. Primary form surmounted by four- 
 sided pyramids, whose faces correspond to the prismatic 
 faces. The adjoining faces of either pyramid incline un- 
 der 122 58' : and a face of the upper pyramid to a cor- 
 responding one of the lower, under 85 40'. 
 
 Cleavage imperfect, parallel to the pyramidal faces. Sur- 
 face, prismatic faces frequently rounded ; the pyramidal 
 ones smooth, and though generally very small, yet possess- 
 ing high degrees of lustre. Fracture conchoidal. 
 
 Lustre adamantine. Color pale smalt-blue, milk-white, 
 pearl-grey and rose-red. Translucent, in small crystals, 
 nearly transparent. 
 
 Hardness =6-0 . . . 6-5. Sp, gr. =2-16 . . . 2-2. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it phosphoresces, and becomes friable, but is 
 infusible. It gelatinizes with acids without effervescence. 
 2. Analysis. 
 By CARPI. 
 
 . Silica .... 41-4 
 
 Lime .... 48-6 
 
 Alumina .... 2-5 
 
 Magnesia .... 1*5 
 
 Oxide of iron .... 2-5 
 
 3. Gismondin occurs along with white octahedrons of Fluor, Feld- 
 spar and other minerals, in the drusy cavities of a volcanic rock, at Capo 
 di Bove, near Rome. 
 
 It approaches in several of its properties, especially that of form, the 
 species Zircon. 
 
 GLAUBERITE. Prismatic Br i t hy n e-S al t. 
 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. M on M'=83 
 20'. Mon P=104 15'. 
 20 
 
230 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Glauberite Glauber Salt. 
 Secondary form. 
 
 P on e or e' 137 9' ) g C M on e 147 40' 
 
 e on e' 116 20 V | {P on/ 112 20 
 
 M or M' on/ 131 35 ) I ( e or e' on/ 132 37 
 
 The planes M and / are often wholly wanting. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with M and M' perfect; traces of P 
 but interrupted by conchoidal fracture. Fracture conchoi- 
 dal. Surface, planes e streaked parallel to their common 
 edges of combination, partly uneven, but smooth and shi- 
 ning. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color yellowish or greyish-white. 
 Streak white. Semi-transparent , . . translucent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 2'5 . . . 3-0, Sp. gr, = 2-807. 
 
 Taste feebly saline and astringent. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it decrepitates, and melts into a white ena- 
 mel. Immersed in water, it loses its transparency, and is partly dissol- 
 ved. The same appears in a moist atmosphere. 
 
 2. Analysis, 
 By BRONGNIART. 
 
 Sulphate of lime .... 490 
 Sulphate of soda . . . . 51-0 
 
 3. It occurs in imbedded crystals in Common Salt, at Villarubia, near 
 Ocanain New Castile. Another locality is Aussee in Uppe* Austria. 
 
 GLAUBER SALT. Prismatic Glauber-Salt. 
 MOHS. 
 
 Efflorescent, and in mealy crusts. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 231 
 
 Glauber Salt. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color white. Streak white. Trans- 
 parent to opake. 
 
 Sectile. Hardness = 1-5 ... 2-0. Sp. gr. = 1-481. 
 Taste cool, then feebly saline and bitter. 
 
 1. It is easily soluble in water, but readily falls into powder on being 
 exposed to the air. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By REUSS. 
 Sulphate j " ^ 67-024 
 
 Carbonate V of soda ) 16-333 
 
 Muriate ) C 11-000 
 
 Muriate of lime 5 643 
 
 3. Glauber Salt is found accompanying Common Salt and Epsom Salt, 
 or as an efflorescence, upon the soil, and on several rocks ; also on the 
 shores of salt lakes, and in some mineral springs. 
 
 4. It occurs in the neighborhood of Ausser, Ischel, and Hallstadt in 
 Austria, at Hallein in Salzburg, in Hungary, in Switzerland; also in 
 Italy and Spain, and the Sandwich Islands. 
 
 GLAUCOLITE. 
 
 Massive. Cleavage parallel with a rhombic prism of 143 30 ; , 
 nearly. Fracture splintery, or uneven. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color lavender-blue, to green. Translucent. 
 Hardness = 5-5. Sp. gr. = 2 7 . . . 2-9. 
 
 1. Fusible with difficulty before the blow-pipe, into a blebby white 
 glass ; but is soluble in borax and salt of phosphorus. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By BERGMANS. . 
 
 Silica 54-58 
 
 Alumina . . . . . 29-77 
 
 Lime 11-08 
 
 Potash 4-57 
 
 3. It is found in compact Feldspar and granular limestone, with Talc, 
 in the granitic mountains, upon the borders of the Sliudiauka, which 
 empties into lake Baikal. 
 
 4. With the exception of the cleavage, the foregoing description would 
 apply to some of the varieties of Scapolite. 
 
232 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Gmelinite. 
 
 GMELINITE. Sarcoline Ko uphone-Spar. 
 
 Primary form. Rhomboid : dimensions unknown. 
 
 Secondary form. Regular hexagonal prism, with the 
 terminal edges replaced by single planes. 
 
 y on y' - - - 83 36' 
 
 Cleavage parallel to the rhomboid, visible, though not 
 easily obtained. Fracture uneven. Surface streaked, the 
 prism horizontally, the pyramidal planes parallel to the edg- 
 es of combination with the rhomboid. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color white, passing into flesh-red. 
 Streak white. Translucent. 
 
 Hardness =4*5. Sp. gr. =2'05. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it swells up, and assumes the appearance of 
 an enamel. When held in the flame of a candle, it exfoliates into nume- 
 rous scales. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By VATJQTJELUV, By THOMSON, 
 
 fr. Montecchio-Maggiore. fr. Castel. fr. Antrim, Ireland. 
 
 Silica 
 
 50-00 . 
 
 50-00 
 
 39-896 
 
 Alumina 
 
 20-00 . 
 
 20-00 
 
 12-968 
 
 Lime 
 
 4-50 
 
 4 25 
 
 0-000 
 
 Soda 
 
 450 . 
 
 4-25 
 
 0-000 
 
 Water 
 
 2100 . 
 
 20-00 . .. 
 
 29-866 
 
 Protoxide of iron 
 
 o-oo . 
 
 o-oo 
 
 7-443 
 
 Potash 
 
 0.00 . 
 
 o-oo 
 
 9827 
 
 3, It is found in the cavities of amygdaloidal rocks, at Montecchio- 
 Maggiore, and at Castel in the Vicentine, and in the county of Antrim 
 in Ireland. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Gmelinite Graphic Gold. 
 
 233 
 
 4. It would appear that the newly proposed Ledererite, from Cape 
 Blomidon. Nova Scotia, is a variety of Gmelinite. It is described by 
 Mr. JACKSOIV as occurring in regular six-sided prisms, whose terminal 
 edges are truncated, the truncating planes inclining to the prismatic fa- 
 ces under angles of 180, i. e. y on y f (of the above figure) =? 80 ; a 
 difference not very considerable, when it is considered that the common 
 goniometer was employed. The crystals, besides, are mentioned as hav- 
 ing the longitudinal striae upon the prismatic faces. Sp. gr. = 2-169. 
 Hardness nearly the same as Feldspar, though from the circumstance 
 that Mr. BROOKE considered the mineral as Apatite, it seems probable 
 that it must be somewhat lower. The crystals are transparent, or only 
 translucent ; white, or tinged with flesh-red. Lustre vitreous. Ac- 
 cording to Mr. HAYES, it consists of, Silica 49-470, Alumina 2T480, 
 Lime 11-480, Soda 3 940, Phosphoric acid 3-480, Oxide of iron 0-140, For- 
 eign matter 0-030, Water 8-580, Loss 1-400. This mineral occurs in 
 trap, with Analcime and Stilbite. 
 
 GCETHITE. (See Limonite.) 
 
 GRAPHIC GOLD. Prismatic Antimony-Glance. 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M = 107 
 44'. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 215. 
 
 P on al 
 P on 2 
 P on cl or cl' 
 P on c2 or c2' 
 
 P on c3 orc3' 132 45' 
 MonA - J26 08 
 /on h ' T 90 00 
 
 Cleavage parallel with M highly perfect ; with T per- 
 fect, though not so easily obtained. Fracture uneven. 
 
234 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Graphic Gold. 
 
 Secondary surfaces of the prism vertically streaked ; M 
 fused-like ; the remaining faces smooth. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color pure steel-grey. Streak un- 
 changed. 
 
 Very sectile. Hardness =1-5 . . .2*0. Sp. gr. =5-723. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Regular composition of acicular 
 crystals, nearly at angles of 60 and 120, in one plane, 
 frequently repeated, and imparting to the whole the ap- 
 pearance of certain characters for writing. Massive : com- 
 position imperfectly columnar or granular, small, but not 
 impalpable. 
 
 1. The present species presents a great many varieties of crystalline 
 forms, which being generally very much engaged among each other, 
 and moreover modified by regular composition, have not yet been satis- 
 factorily developed. 
 
 Before the blow-pipe, it melts easily into a dark grey metallic globule, 
 and covers the charcoal with a white oxide, which changes into a green, 
 or bluish green, when the reduction flame is directed upon it. After 
 having continued the blast for some time, a ductile metallic metal, of a 
 light yellow color, remains. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By KLAPB.OTH. 
 
 Tellurium .... 60-00 
 
 Gold - - - - S000 v 
 
 Silver - - - - 1000 
 
 It yet remains to be explained how an amalgam of the above compo- 
 sition should possess a sp. gr. of only 5-723, when the artificial prepara- 
 tion would mount as high as 10. 
 
 3. Graphic Gold occurs at Offenbanya in Transylvania, in very nar- 
 row, but quite regular veins, which traverse porphyry, several of them 
 at a short distance from each other, and parallel. It is accompanied by 
 Native Gold and Quartz ; and is occasionally met with along with Black 
 Tellurium, at Nagyag in Transylvania. 
 
 4. It is a valuable ore, on account of its richness in gold and silver. ' 
 
 GRAPHITE. (See Plumbago.) 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 235 
 
 Green Malachite. 
 
 GREEN EARTH. (See Talc.) 
 GREEN IRON-ORE. 
 
 Massive : reniform and fibrous. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, silky. Feebly translucent upon the edges. 
 Color dark lake-green ; the decomposed fibres, yellowish or 
 brownish. 
 
 1. It yields water on being heated, and melts very easily into a black- 
 porous slag, which is not magnetic. It is soluble in muriatic acid. 
 2. Analysis. 
 By KARSTENV 
 
 Phosphoric acid -..''- - - 28 50 
 
 Oxide of iron - - - 62-52 
 
 Water .... 898 
 
 3. It occurs in the Hollester mines near Siegen, in Prussia. 
 
 GREEN LEAD-ORE. (See Pyromorphite.) 
 
 GREEN MALACHITE. Habroneme Copper- 
 
 Baryte. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. M on M'= 
 103 42'. P on the obtuse edge of the prism =118 II 7 . 
 
 Secondary form. The primary, having the obtuse edge 
 of the prism truncated. 
 
 Cleavage, highly perfect in the direction of P ; that par- 
 allel with the obtuse edge of the prism, or longer diagonal, 
 less distinct. Fracture conchoidal, uneven, scarcely ob- 
 servable in crystallized varieties. The secondary plane 
 upon the obtuse edge sometimes streaked, the other faces 
 smooth. 
 
 Lustre adamantine, inclining to vitreous. Color grass- 
 green, emerald-green, verdigris-green. Streak green, rath- 
 er paler than the color. Translucent, sometimes only on 
 the edges. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =3-5 . . . 4-0. Sp. gr. =4-008. 
 
236 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Green Malachite. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals: axis of revolu- 
 tion perpendicular, face of composition parallel with the 
 longer diagonal of the prism; angle of revolution =180. 
 
 Fig. 216. 
 
 M 
 
 This composition occurs in almost every variety, and 
 even in those masses which consist of columnar particles of 
 composition. It then seems as if both the faces of a prism 
 were present, forming a dihedral termination of each indi- 
 vidual of 123 37, while in fact there exists only one of 
 them. Fascicular aggregations of delicate crystals. Tu- 
 berose, globular, reniform, botryoidal and stalactitic shapes: 
 surface drusy, rough, sometimes smooth ; composition co- 
 lumnar, generally very thin, often impalpable. Very thin 
 columnar composition, produces a satiny lustre ; impalpa- 
 ble composition, is the cause of conchoidal fracture. Mas- 
 sive : composition as above. The composition often re- 
 peated ; granularly compound masses consist of columnar 
 ones radiating from a centre ; curved lamellar ones are 
 likewise composed of thin columnar indiviuals. The sur- 
 face of the second composition is often rough, and particu- 
 larly in curved lamellar compositions, covered with a white 
 coating. 
 
 1., Before the blow-pipe, it decrepitates, becomes black, and is partly 
 infusible, partly converted into a black scoria. It is easily soluble in bo- 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Green Malachite Grey Antimony. 
 
 237 
 
 rax, imparting to it a deep green color, and yielding a globule of metal- 
 lic copper. It is soluble, without residue, in nitric acid. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 ByKLAPROTH. By VAUQUELIN. 
 
 Copper - - 5800 - - 56-10 
 
 Oxygen - - 12-50 - - 14-00 
 
 Carbonic acid - - 1800 - - 21-25 
 Water - - U'50 - - 8'75 
 
 3. It occurs in the same repositories as Blue Malachite, with which it 
 is frequently associated. Beautiful varieties of Green Malachite are 
 found at Chessy in France, in Siberia, and at Moldavia in the Bannat of 
 Temeswar. The compact Malachite is chiefly found at Schwatz in Ty- 
 pol. Green Malachite occurs in Cornwall, Cumberland and Wales, 
 England. 
 
 It is found in the United States, at several places, though no whe 
 very handsome specimens. The most interesting localities are in Mary- 
 land, in the Blue Ridge in Pennsylvania near Nicholson's Gap, and at 
 the Perkiomen Lead Mine, and in New Jersey at Schuyler's mines, 
 where it is accompanied by Red Copper-Ore. 
 
 4. Those varieties which are sufficiently compact, are cut into ?ase?, 
 snuffboxes, ring-stones and other ornaments. Others are used as pig- 
 ments. If it occurs in sufficient quantity, it is a valuable ore for the ex- 
 traction of copper. 
 
 GREY ANTIMONY. Prismatoidal Antimony- 
 Glance. MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M =91 
 10'. (90 45'. MOHS.) 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 M'onM 880 40 /' 
 
 M' on e'2, or M on e2 145 30 
 
 M' or M on h 
 
 M 7 on i' or M on i 
 
 M' on g 
 
 e'2 on e2 
 
 Fig. 217. 
 
 on e'2 or e2 
 on i 1 or i 
 
 134 
 
 20 
 
 2 Fr 
 
 171 
 
 40 
 
 P 
 
 173 
 
 00 
 
 Q 
 
 
 
 en 
 
 108 
 
 30 
 
 ' 9 
 
 125 
 
 30 
 
 
 161 
 
 30 . 
 
 
238 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Grey Antimony. 
 
 Cleavage, highly perfect in the direction of A, or the 
 shorter diagonal of the prism ; much less distinct parallel 
 with M. Fracture small conchoidal, rather imperfect. 
 Surface, the vertical planes deeply striated parallel to their 
 own intersections, and rough. The remaining faces gene- 
 rally smooth. Subject to tarnish. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color lead-grey, inclining to steel- 
 grey. Streak unchanged. 
 
 Sectile. Thin laminae are a little flexible. Crystals 
 sometimes bent. Hardness =2-0. Sp. gr. =4-62. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive ; composition colum- 
 nar, of various sizes of individuals, sometimes very thin, but 
 not impalpable. They are long and straight, either paral- 
 lel or divergent from several common centres, and aggrega- 
 ted in a second angulo-granular composition. The faces 
 of composition are irregularly streaked in a longitudinal di- 
 rection. Sometimes the composition is granular, and then 
 the individuals often become impalpable, but are generally 
 very strongly connected ; the fracture becomes even or un- 
 even. Capillary crystals often form a tissue resembling 
 wool, or felt, 
 
 1. Grey Antimony is very fusible before the blow-pipe, and is absorb" 
 ed by the charcoal. By a continued blast, it may be valatilized, with- 
 out leaving any considerable residue. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By PROUST. By THOMSOX. 
 
 Antimony - - 75-00 - - 73-77 
 
 Sulphur - - 25-00 - 26-23 
 
 3. The present species occurs in veins and beds : in the latter case 
 along with Spathic Iron. It is frequently associated with Heavy- Spar, 
 Blende and Quartz. Its decomposition produces the Antimony- Ochre, 
 a friable, compact yellow substance, with which it is often associated or 
 covered. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 239 
 
 Grey Antimony. 
 
 4, Veins, consisting almost entirely of the 'present species, have been 
 discovered at Posing near Pressburg in Hungary, and at Wolfsthal in 
 the county of Stollberg in the Hartz ; also such as contain considerable 
 quantities of it associated with other minerals, at Felsobanya in Upper 
 Hungary, at Crcmnitz, Schemnitz, and other places in Lower Hungary, 
 and in France, Other localities are Br'dunsdorf near Freiberg in Saxo- 
 ny, Neudorf in Anhalt, Cornwall and Scotland. The fibrous variety oc- 
 curs at Loben in the valley of the Levant in Carinthia, and the compact 
 at Magurka in Hungary. 
 
 5. It is used for extracting the crude antimony, or the metal itsef, 
 which is employed in the manufacture of several metallic alloys, and in 
 medicine. 
 
 APPENDIX TO GREY ANTIMONY. 
 
 i. Haidingerite. BERTHIER. 
 
 Massive ; sometimes exhibiting appearances of prismatic crys- 
 tals, but generally in confusedly aggregated masses, whose struc- 
 ture is foliated. 
 
 Lustre feeble, metallic. Color iron-grey, with tarnished hues. 
 1. Before the blosv-pipe, it melts readily. It is quickly acted upon by 
 cold muriatic acid, giving out pure sulphuretted hydrogen ; and is total- 
 ly dissolved except some Pyrites and Quartz, 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By BERTHIER. 
 
 Sulphur 308 
 
 Antimony ..... 52-0 
 
 Iron 16-0 
 
 Zinc 0-3 
 
 3. It occurs along with Quartz, Calcareous Spar and Iron-Pyrites, at 
 Chazellesin France. 
 
 4. It has until lately been rejected as an ore of antimony, on account 
 of the impurity of the metal obtained. 
 
 5. It is probable that this mineral is nothing more than an impure va- 
 riety of Grey Antimony. 
 
 GREY MANGANESE. (See Pyrolusite, Manganite and 
 Psilomelan.) 
 
 GURHOFIAN, (See Dolomite.) 
 
 
240 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Gypsum. 
 
 GYPSUM. Prisrnatoidal Gypsum-Mica. 
 
 Primary form. Right oblique angled prism. M on T 
 = 113 8'. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 218. 
 
 Oxford, England Ohio. 
 Fig. 219. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Gypsum. 
 
 241 
 
 Fig. 222. 
 
 Bex, Switzerland. 
 
 Fig. 218. Primary form, having the longer and shorter ter- 
 minal edges replaced. P on I =108 3' 19". P on/= 
 124 4V 43". /on/=110 36' 34". / on Z=143 53' 
 22". (trapczienne. HAUY.) Fig. 219. The same, altered 
 only through the additional planes k. P on k = 134 2 1 7 
 40". k on Z = 153 41' <69". (progressive. HAUY.) 
 Fig. 220. The same as Fig. 218, with the addition of 
 planes n through the replacement of the acute terminal an- 
 gles, (equivalente. HAUY.) Fig. 221. The same with 
 Fig. 220. excepting the substitution of planes o for f. o on 
 o =71 40' 32". (quaterno bisunitaire. HAUY.) Fig. 
 222. Lik'e Fig. 218. with the addition of planes r, and the 
 truncation of the acute, lateral edges, (disjoint &. HAUY.) 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with P highly perfect, and easily ob- 
 tained ; with M and T imperfect, the former of these being 
 of a conchoidal appearance, while the former is obtained 
 with difficulty, on account of the flexibility of the mineral in 
 that direction, and often presents a fibrous aspect. Frac- 
 ture scarcely perceptible. 
 
 Surface. P and I streaked, parallel to their common 
 intersections. The faces e and / often rounded, which 
 21 
 
242 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Gypsum. 
 
 gives rise to the well known lenticular shapes, if the faces 
 P and / disappear. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. P possesses a pearly lustre, more or less 
 distinct, both upon faces of cleavage and faces of crystalli- 
 zation. 
 
 Color, generally white, sometimes inclining and passing 
 into srnalt-blue, flesh-red, ochre-yellow, honey-yellow, and 
 several shades of grey. Impure varieties assume dark- 
 grey, brick-red and brownish-red tinges. Streak white. 
 Transparent . . . translucent. 
 
 Sectile. Thin lamina are flexible in the direction of 
 those edges which arise from the intersection of P with r. 
 
 Hardness =1*5 . . . 2-0. The lowest degrees upon P, 
 its highest degrees in the direction in which the crystals are 
 rounded. Sp. gr. =2-310. 
 
 * Fig. 223. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin- 
 crystals. 1. Axis of revolution 
 perpendicular, face of composi- 
 tion parallel to M. Angle of 
 revolution = 180, (as in the an- 
 nexed figure,) which is under- 
 stood, if we suppose fig. 220. to 
 possess, instead of the edge from 
 the meeting of //, a portion of 
 M, and the bisection to take place 
 through P. 
 
 2. Axis of revolution perpendicular to M ; face of com- 
 position parallel to P : angle of revolution =180. 
 
 M 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 243 
 
 Gypsum. 
 
 3. Axis of revolution perpendicular ; face of composi- 
 tion parallel to T. According to this law are formed the 
 arrow-shaped twins, consisting of lenticular crystals. Glob- 
 ular masses, generally formed of discernible individuals. 
 Dentiform. Massive : composition granular, passing into 
 impalpable, sometimes scaly ; also columnar, often as thin 
 as hair, long, generally straight and parallel. Sometimes 
 without cohesion of the single particles, in the state of pow- 
 der. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it exfoliates and melts, though with difficul- 
 ty, into a white enamel, which after a short time falls into powder. In 
 a lower degree of heat, it loses its water and becomes friable, so as to be 
 easily reduced to an impalpable powder. If mixed with water, this pow- 
 der becomes warm, and soon hardens into a solid mass. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By BUCHOLZ. 
 
 Lime .... 33-0 
 
 Sulphuric acid ... - 44-8 
 Water 21-0 
 
 3. Compound varieties of Gypsum form beds in secondary mountains, 
 more sparingly in the older classes of rocks ; and they are generally pos- 
 sessed of a considerable thickness. Its principal repositories are sand- 
 stones and clay, in which it is associated with limestone and Common 
 Salt. Brine springs very often issue from the rocks in its vicinity. Sim- 
 ple varieties are chiefly found in clay, in salt works ; also in abandoned 
 mines and old heaps, where they are often products of recent origin. 
 
 4. Gypsum is found in almost all countries, both crystallized and mas- 
 sive ; for example, in Mansfeld, Thuringia, Bavaria, Franconia, Swa- 
 bia, Switzerland, in the Tyrol, Stiria and Austria ; also Poland, Hungary 
 and Transylvania ; in England, France, Spain. Beautiful crystals are 
 found near Oxford, at Bex in Switzerland, Hall in the Tyrol, and at 
 Ischel ; large lenticular crystals, generally twins, occur at Montmartre, 
 near Paris. Gypsum occurs in great quantities in Nova Scotia, both 
 the earthy varieties and the scaly. In the United States, this species is 
 abundant in Arkansaw, Illinois, Tennessee, Virginia, Ohio and N.York. 
 At Poland, in Trumbull co. (Ohio,) exceedingly perfect and transparent 
 
244 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Gypsum Haidingerite. 
 
 crystals, several inches long, of the form of Fig. 218, are found. Near 
 Niagara falls, and at Lockport, (N.Y.) very handsome varieties of snowy 
 white, granular, and foliated Gypsum, occur imbedded in black lime- 
 stone. 
 
 5. Gypsum is variously employed in manufacturing artificial marble, 
 stucco work, mortar, &c. ; also for making casts of statues, medals, &c. 
 It is added to the mass of certain kinds of porcelain and glass. In sculp- 
 ture, it is used under the name of alabaster. It is also employed in ag- 
 riculture, for improving the soil, both calcined, and in its natural state ; 
 it forms the paste of colored drawing pencils, and is employed in polishing. 
 
 GUMMITE. (See Halloysite.) 
 HAIDINGERITE. Diatoraous Gypsum-Mica. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M =99 
 52'. 
 
 Secondary forms. The primary, having the lateral and 
 terminal angles replaced by single planes, together with the 
 truncation of the obtuse lateral edges, and the bevelment of 
 the lateral edges. The obtuse edges of the prism are 
 sometimes replaced by three pianos. 
 
 Cleavage, highly perfect, and easily obtained in the di- 
 rection of P. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color white. Streak white. Trans- 
 parent, in small crystals translucent. Double refraction ob- 
 servable through M, and the opposite face replacing the 
 obtuse edge, making an angle of 40. 
 
 Sectile. Thin laminae, slightly flexible. 
 
 Hardness =2-0 . . . 2-5. The face P may be scratched 
 by Common Salt. Sp. gr. = 2-48. 
 
 1. Analysis. 
 By TURNER. 
 
 Arseniate of lime - - - 85-681 
 Water - - - 14-319 
 
 2. It has been observed only upon a single specimen, whose locality 
 is unknown, in the cabinet of Mr. FERGUSON, of Raith. The mineral 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Haidingerite Harmotome. 
 
 245 
 
 forms crystalline coats, of a somewhat botryoidal appearance, over a fer- 
 ruginous Quartz, which covers a rose red variety of Diallogite, resem- 
 bling that found near Freiberg. The same specimen also contained 
 large crystals of Pharmacolite. 
 
 HAIDINGERITE of BERTHIER. (See Grey Antimony.} 
 
 HALLOYSITE. 
 
 Reniform and tubercular masses. Massive ; composition im- 
 palpable. Fracture conchoidal. 
 
 Lustre resinous. Color pure white, or tinged with blue. Trans- 
 lucent on the edges. In water becomes transparent. 
 Sectile, may be indented by the nail, and polished with the finger. 
 
 1. Analysis. 
 By BERTHIER. 
 
 Silica 44-94 
 
 Alumina 89-06 
 
 Water 16-00 
 
 It is found in masses three or four inches in diameter, among ores of 
 iron, zinc and lead, in cavities of transition limestone, at Angleure, near 
 Liege. 
 
 HARD COBALT PYRITES. (See Colaltine.) 
 
 HARMOTOME. Paratoraous Kouphon e-Spar. 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Right rectangular prism. 
 Secondary "forms. 
 
 Fig. 224. Fig. 225. 
 
 Strontiaiij Scotland, 
 
246 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Harmotome. 
 
 Fig. 226. 
 
 Mons - - - 125 5' P. 
 
 s on s over the summit - 110 26 
 s on al 171 4 
 
 s on a2 151 35 
 
 s on a3 149 32 
 
 4ona4' 177 28 
 
 Fig. 224. Primary form, with the solid angles trunca- 
 ted, a on a =121 57' 56'. a on a over the summit, 
 =86 36'. 
 
 Fig. 225. s on T = 123 41' 24". 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with M and T ; also with the planes 
 a ; but imperfect in all directions. Fracture uneven, im- 
 perfectly conchoidal. Surface, a and s streaked parallel to 
 their common edges of combination. M and T smooth, 
 but in most cases T is divided into four faces, meeting at 
 very obtuse angles, as in certain varieties of Fluor. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color white prevalent, passing into 
 grey, yellow, red and brown. Streak white. Semi-trans- 
 parent . . . translucent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =4-5. Sp. gr. =2-392. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Harmotome. 
 
 247 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals. Face of com- 
 position parallel, axis f revolution perpendicular to one of 
 the faces of M and T. The individuals are continued be- 
 yond the face of composition, and produce the cruciform 
 crystals. (See annexed figure.) 
 
 Fig. 227. 
 
 Massive : composition granular, rare. 
 
 1. Alone upon charcoal, it melts, without intumescence, into a clear 
 globule. It phosphoresces with a yellow light, and is not easily acted 
 
 upon by acids. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KLAPROTH. By WERNEKINK. By THOMSON. 
 
 fr. Andreasbcrg. fr. Schiffcnberg. 
 
 fr. Strontia 
 
 Silica 
 
 49-00 
 
 ~- 44-79 
 
 - 53-07 
 
 - 48735 
 
 Alumina 
 
 16-00 
 
 - 19-28 
 
 - 21-31 
 
 - 15-100 
 
 Baryta 
 
 18-00* 
 
 - 17-59 
 
 - 0-39 
 
 - 14-275 
 
 Lime 
 
 o-oo 
 
 1-08 
 
 - 6-67 
 
 3-180 
 
 Potash 
 
 o-oo 
 
 0-00 
 
 - 0-00 
 
 2-550 
 
 Ox. iron and mang. 
 
 0-00 
 
 0-85 
 
 - 0-56 
 
 0-000 
 
 Water 
 
 15-00 
 
 - 15-32 
 
 - 17-09 
 
 - 14-000 
 
 8. Harmotome occurs in metalliferous veins, traversing grey-wacke 
 and mica-slate, and in the vesicular cavities of amygdaloidal rocks. 
 
 4. The beautiful, cruciform twins occur at Andreasberg in the Hartz ; 
 and the simple crystals at Strontian, in Scotland. Other localities are, 
 Kongsberg in Norway, Oberstein in Deuxponts, where it is found in ag- 
 ate balls; Baden, near Engelhaus and Buchan in Bohemia, and in the 
 
48 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Harmotome. 
 
 vicinity of Mount Vesuvius. It is also said to occur very frequently in 
 amygdaloid, in Scotland. 
 
 HATCHETINE. 
 
 In the shape of flakes like spermaceti, or of granular masses like 
 bees-wax. 
 
 Lustre slightly glistening and pearly, and of considerable de- 
 grees of transparency when in flakes, else dull and opake. Color 
 yellowish-white, wax yellow and greenish-yellow. 
 
 Hardness, like soft tallow. Very light. Without odor or elas- 
 ticity. 
 
 1. It melts below the boiling point of water. Ether dissolves it readi- 
 ly ; being evaporated, the solution yields a viscid, oily inodorous matter. 
 Distilled over the spirit-lamp, it gives a bituminous smell, a greenish- 
 yellow, butryaceous substance is disengaged, and a coaly residue re- 
 mains in the retort. At a lower temperature a light oil is distilled. 
 
 2. It occurs in small contemporaneous veins with Quartz, Calcareous 
 Spar and iron-ores, at Merthyr Tydril in South Wales. It has been 
 described by Mr. BRANDE under the denomination of Mineral Jldipo- 
 cire. 
 
 3. The description of Hatchetine agrees very nearly with the follow- 
 ing one given of Mountain Tallow. It has the color and feel of tal- 
 low, and is tasteless ; its sp. gr. = 0-6078, in its natural state, but is in- 
 creased by melting it, to 0-983, the air bubbles being driven off. It melts 
 at 118, and boils at 290. When melted it is transparent and colorless, 
 but becomes opake and white on cooling. It is insoluble in water, but is 
 dissolved by alcohol, oil of turpentine, olive-oil and naphtha, when hot, 
 but is precipitated when they cool. It does not form soap with alcaline 
 substances, but is combustible. It has been found in a bog, on the bor- 
 ders of Loch Fyne, and has been formerly noticed on the coast of Fin- 
 land, in one of the Swedish lakes ; near Strasburg, and in Scotland. 
 
 HAUSMANNITE. (See Black Manganese.) 
 HAUYNE. (See Sodalite.) 
 HAYDENITE. (See Chabasie.) 
 HAYTORITE. 
 
 A variety of Quartz, resembling Calcedony, in perfect crys- 
 tals, single and variously aggregated, and having the form of Da- 
 tholite, (-variety Humboldtite.) It occurs in detached pieces, ac- 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Heavy Spar. 
 
 249 
 
 companied by small masses of Calcedony, Garnet, green Horn- 
 blende, Talc and Magnetic Iron-Ore the aggregate being en- 
 veloped by a ferruginous clay, and existing in an iron mine adja- 
 cent to the Hay Tor granite quarries, in Devonshire. The for- 
 mation of these crystals is quite inexplicable according to the 
 known laws of pseudomorphism. 
 
 HEAVY SPAR. Prismatic Hal-Baryte. 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M'=101 
 42'. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 223. 
 
 Cheshire, (Conn.) 
 Fig. 229. 
 
 De Rome, Puy de Dome. 
 
 Fig. 231. 
 
 Fig. 230. 
 
 x M 
 
250 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Heavy Spar. 
 
 Fig. 232. 
 
 Cheshire, (Conn.) 
 Fig. 233. 
 
 Cheshire, (Conn.) 
 Tig. 234. 
 
 Cheshire, (Conn.) 
 Fig. 235. 
 
 Cheshire, (Cono.) 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Heavy Spar. 
 
 251 
 
 Fig. 236. 
 
 Cheshire, (Conn.) 
 Fig. 237. 
 
 Cheshire, (Conn.) 
 Fig. 238. 
 
 Fig. 228. Primary form, with its obtuse angles trunca- 
 ted. P on d =140 59' 21". (apophane, H.) Fig. 229. 
 The same, with the faces d enlarged, d on d=78 1' 58". 
 (binaire, H.) Fig. 230. Primary form, with its acute an- 
 
252 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Heavy Spar. 
 
 gles truncated. P on = 127 5' 13". (emoussee, H.) 
 Fig. 231. The same, with the planes o enlarged, o on o 
 = 105 49' 34". (unitaire. H.) Fig. 232. d on u = 
 160 41' 39". u on w=116 38'. (bino-bisunitaire. H.) 
 Fig. 233. e?onZ=163 2' 22". (soussextuple. H.) Fig. 
 234. Mon*=15426' 52". z onz=110 25' 38". o on 
 z = 135 39' 58". (entouree. H.) Fig. 235. M on &= 
 129 13' 54". , k on o = 142 8' 47". (sexdecimale. H.) 
 Fig. 236. (sousquadruple. H.) Fig. 237. (triplante. H.) 
 Fig. 238. c on o = 166 46' 49 r/ . M on c=133 31' 
 31". (diplonome. H.) 
 
 Cleavage. M and T perfect. The latter commonly 
 more easily obtained, the former sometimes interrupted. 
 Cleavages are also visible parallel with the shorter diagonal. 
 Fracture conchoid al } seldom observable. Surface in a few 
 examples only, faintly streaked. The same faces which in 
 certain modifications are rough, in others are perfectly 
 smooth, while the reverse takes place in other faces ; so 
 that they do not constantly present the same appearances. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to resinous. Color white, prev- 
 alent, inclining to yellow, grey, blue, red or brown. Streak 
 white. Transparent . . . translucent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =3-0 . . . 3-5. Sp. gr. =4-446. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Globules, both imbedded and 
 implanted, also reniform shapes : surface drusy, uneven 
 and rough ; composition either lamellar, generally imper- 
 fect or columnar, the latter often very thin. In the reni- 
 form shapes, the curved lamellar particles of composition 
 consist of imperfectly straight lamellar, or of columnar ones. 
 Massive : composition as in the imitative shapes, more fre- 
 quently the distinctly straight lamellar masses are aggregated 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 253 
 
 Heavy Spar. 
 
 in a granular composition. The composition is sometimes 
 granular, and even impalpable. Without coherence of the 
 particles, friable. 
 
 1. It decrepitates when suddenly heated before the blow-pipe, and fu- 
 ses with difficulty. Several varieties emit a phosphorescent light, if 
 carefully heated, and retain this property for some time after cooling. 
 In the interior flame, it assumes a burning, hepatic taste. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By BERTHIER. 
 
 Baryta 66-00 
 
 Sulphuric acid 34-00 
 
 Several varieties contain substances foreign to this mixture, which 
 must be considered as impurities, as silica, oxide of iron, alumina, &c. 
 Crystals of Heavy Spar have been artificially obtained by dissolving sul- 
 pho-cyanuret of barium in sulphuric acid, and allowing this solution to 
 be slowly decomposed by the influence of the atmosphere ; they are in 
 the form of the primary ; having angles of 101 42' and 78 18'. 
 
 3. Many varieties of Heavy Spar, but more particularly the granular 
 and compact ones, occur in beds, accompanying Galena and Blende ; 
 others are found in iron ores. It is frequently met with in veins, in rocks 
 of various ages, either with the above mentioned, or with cupriferous, 
 minerals; also with manganese ores, Grey Antimony, and Realgar. 
 
 4. Large and beautiful crystals have been found in the mines of Cum- 
 berland, Durham and Westmoreland, in England ; also at Felsobanya 
 and Cremnitz in Hungary, at Freiberg, at Marienberg and other places 
 in Saxony, at Pzribram and Mies in Bohemia, at Roya and Roure in 
 Auvergne. A radiated variety, in imbedded globules, is found at Monte 
 Paterno, near Bologna. The Calcareous Heavy-Spar of BREITHAUPT, 
 is a variety of the present species, found near Freiberg. It contains a 
 little sulphate of lime, in consequence of which its sp. gr. is only 4-2. 
 
 The deposits of this species are too numerous in the United States to 
 be enumerated; only a few of the more important can be mentioned. 
 The curved lamellar varieties are abundant at the Southampton lead 
 mines in Massachusetts, and in several similar places in the vicinity. In 
 Connecticut, similar varieties are found in connection with the trap and 
 sandstone at Berlin, Farmington, and Southington. But the most inter- 
 esting locality is at Cheshire, where it occurs in distinct crystals, as well 
 
 22 
 
254 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Heavy Spar Hedyphane. 
 
 as in foliated masses, associated with crystallized Quartz, Green Mala- 
 chite and Vitreous Copper, all of which minerals are imbedded in sand- 
 stone. An extremely delicate, fibrous, nearly compact variety, is found 
 in great abundance, at Pillar Point, Jefferson co. near Sacket's Harbor, 
 (N.Y.) where it forms large veins. Its colors are reddish-brown, and 
 yellowish and greyish white. At the Perkiomen lead-mine in Pennsyl- 
 vania, are found the foliated, the compact and the earthy varieties. Hea- 
 vy Spar is extremely abundant in the Missouri lead-mines, and through- 
 out the southern and western States generally. It occurs at Schoharie, 
 (N. Y.) associated with Strontianite in the water-limerock. 
 
 5. Little use has heretofore been made of Heavy Spar. Pure white 
 varieties are used as a white paint, either alone, or mixed with white 
 lead. The fibrous variety of various colors, from Pillar Point, (N.Y.) 
 has been sawn into moderately sized slabs, and polished ; many of which 
 present a very handsome appearance. 
 
 HEDENBERGITE. (See Pyroxene.) 
 HEDYPHANE. He dy phanous Le ad-Bary te. 
 
 Massive : composition granular and impalpable. Frac- 
 ture small and imperfectly conchoidal ; occasionally exhib- 
 iting little fissures. 
 
 Lustre adamantine to resinous. Color, greyish white. 
 Translucent. 
 
 Hardness =4-5 . . . 5-0. (Scale of BREITHAUPT.) Sp. 
 gr. =5-461 . . . 5-498. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it melts into a white frit, but less easily than 
 the Mimetene. The lead is not reduced, even in the strongest heat of 
 the reduction flame ; nor does the resulting mass assume a polyhedral 
 figure. The arsenical odor is rarely perceptible. 
 
 2. Analysis.' 
 
 Oxide of lead .... 53-00 
 
 Muriatic acid . 2.00 
 
 Lime .... 14-00 
 
 Arsenic acid .... 22-80 
 
 Phosphoric acid . . . . ' 8-20 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Helvin. 
 
 255 
 
 3. It is found at Langbahshytta in Sweden, where it forms narrow 
 veins in a beautiful red, manganesian Pyroxene, and a granular brown 
 Garnet. 
 
 HELIOTROPE. (See Quartz.) 
 HELVIN. Tetrahedral Garnet. MOHS. 
 Primary form. Tetrahedron. 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 239. 
 
 Cleavage, traces of the octahedron. Fracture uneven. 
 Surface, P smooth, and a little rounded, sometimes streak- 
 ed parallel to the edges, a rough, but even. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to resinous. Color wax- 
 yellow, inclining to honey-yellow, and yellowish brown, or 
 to siskin-green. Streak white. Translucent on the edges. 
 
 Hardness =6-0 . . . 6-5. Sp. gr. = 3-100. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, upon charcoal, it melts in the reducing 
 flame with effervescence into a globule, of almost the same color as the 
 mineral. In the oxidating flame, the color becomes dark, and the fusion 
 more difficult. With borax, it yields a transparent glass, often colored 
 >y manganese. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By VOGEL. 
 
 Silica .... 39-50 
 
 Alumina .... 15-65 
 
 Oxide of iron .... 37-75 
 Oxide of manganese . . . 3-75 
 Lime 0-50 
 
256 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Herderite. 
 
 3. It has hitherto been found only at Schwarzenberg in Saxony, in 
 beds in gneiss, accompanied by Blende, Quartz, Fluor and Calcareous 
 Spar. 
 
 HEMATITE. (See Limonite and Specular Iron.) 
 HERDERITE. Prismatic F 1 u o r- H al o i d e. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M' =* 
 115 53'. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 240. 
 
 JM: 
 
 M 
 
 t on t' 
 t on* 
 
 115 53' 
 115 7 
 
 p onp - 141 16 
 
 Cleavage distinct parallel to faces M, but interrupted ; 
 also perpendicular to the axis, the latter only in detached 
 portions of very bright and even faces ; faint indications 
 parallel to P,jp. Fracture small conchoidal. Surface, M 
 very smooth, and delicately streaked parallel to its edges 
 of combination with P, and resembling in this respect the 
 faces p. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, slightly inclining to resinous. Color 
 several shades of yellowish and greenish-white : streak 
 white, strongly translucent. 
 
 Very brittle. Hardness =5-0. Sp. gr. =2-985. 
 
 1. The present species has been confounded with Apatite, which it 
 exceedingly resembles in several properties ; but the different aspect of 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 257 
 
 Herderite Herrerite. 
 
 the faces p and t, the former being smooth, or but faintly streaked par- 
 allel to their intersections with P, while the latter are granulated, proves 
 that the forms do not belong to the hexagonal, but to the prismatic sys- 
 tem. 
 
 2. The only specimen of Herderite at present known, is in the Wer- 
 nerian museum at Freiberg. It came from the tin-mines of Ehrenfrie- 
 dersdorf in Saxony. 
 
 HERRERITE. Staphyline Tellu rium-Baryte. 
 
 Massive : in reniform masses. 
 
 Cleavage in three directions, affording rhomboidal frag- 
 mentSj whose angles are incapable of measurement on ac- 
 count of the curvatures of the faces. 
 
 Lustre vitreous to pearly, and shining, on fresh surfaces. 
 Color pistachio, emerald, and grass-green. Streak yellow- 
 ish grey. Translucent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =4-0 . . . 4-5. Sp. gr. =4-3. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, on charcoal, it at first becomes grey, and af- 
 terwards gives a white smoke, which adheres to the charcoal. On di- 
 recting the reduction flame of the blow-pipe upon it, it becomes of a 
 beautiful grass-green. Heated in an open tube, it gives an abundant 
 white smoke, which adheres to the glass, and on examining it with a 
 microscope, it is seen to be composed of innumerable white and transpa- 
 rent globules. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By HERRERA. 
 
 Carbonic acid . . . . 81-86 
 
 Tellurium .... 55-58 
 
 Peroxide of nickel .... 12-32 
 3. It is found at Albarradon in Mexico, in transition limestone, in a 
 metallic vein, consisting chiefly of ores of lead, Native Silver, Horn- 
 Silver, and lodic-Silver. 
 
 APPENDIX TO HERRERITE. 
 i. Fibrous Herrerite. DEL Rio, 
 
 Massive : reniform, composition columnar, individuals slender 
 and radiating. Earthy and dull. 
 
 22* 
 
258 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Herrerite Heulandite. 
 
 Color apple green. 
 Very soft ; but brittle. Sp. gr. =3. 
 
 1. It occurs with the above, and would appear to be simply a variety 
 which has suffered partial decomposition. 
 
 HERSCHELITE. 
 
 Primary form. Regular hexagonal prism. 
 Secondary form. Primary, having its terminal edges replaced, 
 the new planes inclining to the bases under 132. 
 Fracture conchoidal. Surface rough. P dull and curved. 
 Color, white. Translucent . . . opake. 
 Hardness = 4-0 ... 5-5 ? Sp. gr, = 2-11. 
 
 1. It is believed to have in general, the composition of Feldspar or 
 Leucite. 
 
 2. It is found with Olivin, at Aci Reale in Sicily. 
 
 3. It appears to be related to Nephiline ; but further researches are 
 required to settle its specific character. 
 
 HETEROSITE. (See Triplite.) 
 
 HEULANDITE. He mi-prism* tic Kouphone- 
 
 Spar. MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Right oblique-angled prism. M on T 
 = 130 30'. 
 
 146 30^ 
 
 
 148 00 
 111 56 
 
 "0 
 M 
 
 114 20 
 129 40 
 133 35 
 
 tLLIPS. 
 
 108 15 
 
 \ 
 
 Fig. 241. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 M on a 
 
 T on a - 
 
 P on a 
 
 M on / - 
 
 J on f 
 
 P on 6 - 
 
 P onb - 
 
 Cleavage, P highly perfect. Fracture imperfectly con- 
 choidal, uneven. Surface of all the faces more or less un- 
 even ; P often concave, M and T convex. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 259 
 
 Heulandite. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. The faces P possess high degrees of 
 pearly lustre, both as faces of cleavage and of crystalliza- 
 tion. Color, various shades of white, prevalent, passing 
 into red, grey, and brown. Streak white. Transparent 
 . . . translucent on the edges. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 3-5 ... 4-0. Sp. gr. = 2-200. 
 White crystals from Iceland. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 the individuals being of various sizes, sometimes easily sep- 
 arable, sometimes strongly cohering ; faces of composition 
 uneven and rough. Globules formed in vesicular cavities. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it melts with a slight intumescence, during 
 which it emits a phosphoric light. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By LAUGIER. By WALMSTEDT. 
 
 fr. the Tyrol. 
 Alumina . . 10-00 . . . 7-99 
 
 Silica . . 45-00 . . . 59-90 
 
 Carbonate of lime . 16-00 . . . 0-00 
 Lime . . 11-00 . . . 16-87 
 
 Water ;. . 12-00 . . . 13-43 
 
 Oxide of iron . . 4-00 . . . 0-00 
 Oxide of manganese . 0-50 . . . 0-00 
 
 3. The varieties of Heulandite are usually found accompanied by Stil- 
 bite, in the vesicular cavities of amygdaloidal rocks, and in certain metal- 
 liferous veins. 
 
 4. Iceland and the Faroe islands afford the most magnificent crystals of 
 Heulandite, of a pearly white color, and often transparent. A similar 
 variety comes from the Vendyah mountains in Hindostan. The brick- 
 red crystals and compound masses occur in the Tyrol and in Scotland. 
 
 In North America, the present species is found in great perfection in 
 large white crystals, at Cape Blomidon in Nova Scotia. It has also been 
 met with along with Chabasie upon mica slate, at Chester, (Mass.) and 
 with Stilbite and Chabasie on gneiss, at Hadlyme, (Conn.) 
 
 HlSlNGERITE. 
 
 Massive. Cleavage distinct in only one direction. Fracture 
 earthy. 
 
260 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Hopeite. 
 
 Color black. Streak greenish-grey. 
 Sectile. Soft. Sp. gr. = 3-045, 
 
 1. If gently heated before the blow-pipe, it becomes magnetic ; in a 
 stronger heat, it melts into a dull, opake, black globule, and yields a yel- 
 lowish green glass with borax. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By BERZELIUS. 
 
 Oxide of iron . . . 51-50 
 
 Silica . . . 27-50 
 
 Alumina . . . 5-50 
 
 Oxide of manganese ... 0-77 
 
 Volatile matter . . . 11-75 
 
 Magnesia . a trace. 
 
 3.. It has been found in the parish of Sva"rta in Sttdermanland, inter- 
 mixed with limestone. 
 
 4. It is probable that it belongs to the species Limonite. 
 
 HOPEITE. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M'^- 
 
 24'. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 s on s over I 
 M on M over g - 
 P on P over M - 
 P on P' 
 
 81 34' 
 101 24 
 139 41 
 107 2 
 
 Cleavage parallel with the longer diagonal perfect, that 
 parallel with the base less distinct. Surface, plane I streak- 
 ed lengthwise ; the rest of the faces smooth. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, pearly upon I. Color greyish white. 
 Streak white. Transparent . . . translucent. Refraction 
 double. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Hopeite Hornblende. 
 
 261 
 
 Sectile. Hardness =2-5 . . . 3-0. Sp. gr. =2-76. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it gives off its water, and melts into a clear 
 colorless globule, tinging the flame green. It gives no skeleton of silica 
 with salt of phosphorus, with which it melts in all proportions. If much 
 of the mineral is added, the globule turns opake in cooling, but dees not 
 deposit any fumes of zinc on the charcoal. The globule obtained from 
 'using it with borax does not become opake on cooling. With soda, it 
 gives a scoria which is yellow when hot ; copious fumes of zinc, and 
 nearest the scoria, some of cadmium also, are deposited. The melted 
 mineral forms a fine blue glass with solution of cobalt. Hopeite seems 
 therefore to be a compound of some of the stronger acids, as phosphoric, 
 or boracic acid, with zinc an earthy base, a little cadmium, and a great 
 deal of water. 
 
 2. It has been hitherto found only in the Calamine mines of Alten- 
 berg, near Aix-la-Chapelle, and is very rare. 
 
 HORNBLENDE. Hemi-prismatic Augite-Spar. 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. M on M'= 
 124 30'. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 243. Fig. 244. 
 
 M 
 
 M 
 
 M 
 
 .M 
 
 Edenville, (N.Y.) 
 
 Edenvflle and Amity, (N.Y.) 
 
262 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Hornblende. 
 
 Fig. 245. 
 
 M 
 
 v V 
 ^ 
 
 Edenville, (N.Y.) 
 
 M 
 
 M 
 
 Willsborough, (N.\ r .) 
 
 Fig. 243. Primary form, having its lateral angles trun- 
 cated. Z on Z=110 2'. (ditetraedre. H.) Fig. 244. The 
 same, having the acute lateral edges truncated. I on x = 
 105 11V Mono? =117 43'. (bisunitaire. H.) Fig. 
 245. P on 5 = 104 57". P on Z=164 49'. M on s = 
 152 17 7 . (dihexaedre. H.) Fig. 246. r on r = 149 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Hornblende. 
 
 263. 
 
 38'. r on a? = 105 11'. (dodecaedre. H.) Fig. 247. 
 (triunitaire. H.) Fig. 248. x on z = 118 28'. t on x 
 = 129 8'. (accelere. H.) 
 
 Cleavage. M highly perfect ; less distinct parallel with 
 P, and to the diagonals of the prism.' Fracture imperfectly 
 conchoidal, uneven. Surface, sometimes streaked paral- 
 lel to the axis ; sometimes all the faces are uneven. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to pearly upon faces of cleav- 
 age in the varieties possessing pale colors. Color, various 
 shades of green, often inclining to brown ; there is an unin- 
 terrupted series into perfectly white, and into black va- 
 rieties. Streak greyish-white . . .brown. Nearly transpa- 
 rent . . . opake. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =5-0 . . . 6-0. Sp. gr. =3-167, ba- 
 saltic Hornblende from Lower Stiria ; 3*127, Carinthin; 
 3-026, Actynolite from Zillerthal ; 3-006, blackish-green 
 common Hornblende ; 2-931, white Tremolite. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals : face of compo- 
 sition parallel, axis of revolution perpendicular to s, of Fig. 
 245. as in Fig. 250. 
 
 Fig. 249. Fig. 250. 
 
 This composition is also observable in massive varieties, 
 sometimes in very thin laminae, having often some foreign 
 
264 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Hornblende. 
 
 substance, particularly laminae of Pyroxene, interposed be- 
 tween them. Massive: composition granular, .individuals 
 of various sizes, generally strongly cohering, and producing 
 in the large, a tendency to slaty fracture ; composition co- 
 lumnar, individuals of various sizes, sometimes very deli- 
 cate, generally long, parallel, or diverging, and aggregated 
 in a second granular composition. Compositions of short 
 and irregularly distributed columnar particles, possess, in 
 the largo, a slaty fracture. Very thin columnar composi- 
 tion produces -a silky lustre. 
 
 1. Of those varieties of the present species which have obtained dis- 
 tinct names, arid which in some systems of mineralogy, have even been 
 regarded as forming separate species, the following are the most remark- 
 able, viz. Hornblende, Tremolite, Jlctynolite and Jisbestus. The dark 
 blackish and greenish colors constituted Hornblende, which was divided 
 into basaltic, common and slaty ; the first of these affording crystals ea- 
 sily cleavable ; the second such as are of difficult cleavage, and the mas- 
 sive, granular and columnar varieties, excepting such as are jet-black, 
 shining and easily cleavable, which were distinguished under the name 
 of Carinthin, and the third comprehends such massive specimens as ex- 
 hibit a slaty fracture. Tremolite consists of the pale green, grey, bluish 
 and white varieties, and has been divided into common, asbestiform and 
 granular. The first occurs in crystals, rarely with perfect termina- 
 tions, and in massive varieties, in which the individuals are large ; the 
 second in columnar compositions, or coarsely fibrous, with considerable 
 degrees of transparency ; the third refers to very thin or capillary crys- 
 tals; and the fourth consists of granular particles. The varieties of Ac- 
 tynolite differ from those of Tremolite, by their deep green, (often grass- 
 green) colors. The asbestiform tremolite, and asbestiform actynolite, 
 form a passage into asbestus, which term is applied not only to minute 
 columnar, and variously interwoven individuals of this species, but to 
 those also of Pyroxene and some other species, the name denoting 
 rather a peculiar state of aggregation in these species, than the substance 
 of a distinct mineral.* 
 
 * Asbestus in general, has been divided into amianthus, which con- 
 sists of highly delicate fibres, often thinner than a hair, longitudinally 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Hornblende. 
 
 265 
 
 Green Diallage or Smaragdite, in some cases consists of laminae of 
 Hornblende, with faces of composition parallel to s ; in others, of the 
 same, alternating with laminae of Pyroxene ; both generally of bright 
 green colors. 
 
 Among the varieties of this species, and those of Pyroxene, a striking 
 analogy of certain varieties has been observed. Augite and Hornblende, 
 Sahlite and Actynolite, Diopside and Tremolite, stand in these relations ; 
 and both series terminate in their respective kinds of asbestus. 
 
 2. Before the blow-pipe, Hornblende melts with a little difficulty, at- 
 tended by a slight degree of intumescence, into a globule, which is not 
 clear, but variously colored by iron or chrome, agreeably to the contents 
 of the specimen. In borax, it also fuses slowly. 
 3. Jlnalysis. 
 By BONSDORF. By VAUQUELIN. 
 
 
 
 a white 
 var. 
 
 a green 
 var. 
 
 a black Smaragdite, 
 var. fr. Corsica. 
 
 Silica 
 
 - 
 
 60.31 - 
 
 46*26 - 
 
 45-69 
 
 50-00 
 
 Magnesia 
 Lime 
 
 - 
 
 2423 - 
 1366 - 
 
 19.03 - 
 1396 - 
 
 1879. 
 13-85 
 
 6-00 
 1300 
 
 Alumina 
 
 . 
 
 0-26 - 
 
 11-48 - 
 
 1218 
 
 11-00 
 
 Protoxide of ij on 
 
 - 
 
 0-15 - 
 
 3-43 - 
 
 732 
 
 0-00 
 
 Protoxide of manganese 
 Fluoric acid 
 
 0-00 - 
 091 - 
 
 9 36 - 
 
 1-60 - 
 
 0-22 
 1-50 
 
 0-00 
 000 
 
 Oxide of iron 
 
 - 
 
 o-oo - 
 
 0-00 - 
 
 o-oo 
 
 550 
 
 Oxide of copper 
 Oxide of chrome 
 
 - 
 
 0-00 - 
 
 o-oo - 
 
 000 - 
 000 - 
 
 000 
 
 o-oo 
 
 1-50 
 7-50 
 
 Water & foreign substances O'lO - 
 
 1-04 - 
 
 o-oo 
 
 o-oo 
 
 4. Imbedded crystals of basaltic Hornblende often accompany those of 
 Pyroxene in basaltic and amygdaloidal rocks. Crystals of Hornblende 
 and of Tremolite, are found in limestone and dolomite rocks, as well as 
 in porphyry and granite. Common Hornblende, Actynolite, and Tre- 
 
 cohering with each other, and easily separated ; into common asbestus, 
 relating to coarser varieties, more firmly cohering, and yielding splintery 
 fragments ; into Rock-cork, in which the particles are aggregated in a 
 loose felt-like texture ; and into Rock-wood or ligneous asbestus, in 
 which a texture of the preceding kind, only more firm and close, as- 
 sumes the appearance of dried wood. 
 
 23 
 
266 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Hornblende. 
 
 rnolite, occur in metalliferous veins and beds in ancient rocks, with ores 
 of titanium, iron, zinc and lead. Common Hornblende frequently enters 
 into the composition of rocks, as in sienile, greenstone, &c. Actynolite is 
 chiefly found in talcose slate. Amianthus lines the sides of narrow veins 
 in primitive mountains. 
 
 5. Basaltic Hornblende occurs in beautiful crystals, near Teising and 
 Teplitz in Bohemia. Large and very distinct, black crystals are found 
 imbedded in granular limestone, at Pargas, Finland. Crystals of a 
 handsome green color, often becoming small, and possessed of rounded 
 edges, occur at Pargas in Finland, in white limestone ; and which have 
 been called Pargasite. The crystals in the drusy cavities of Vesuvian 
 minerals, though small, are generally very distinct, and possess a high 
 degree of lustre. Handsome varieties of Tremolite are found in dolomite 
 at St. Gothard : Amianthus in great abundance at Corsica, also in Pied- 
 mont, Savoy, Salzburg, and Zoblitz, in Saxony. Rock-wood exists in 
 large masses, in a metalliferous bed at Sterzing in the Tyrol : Rock-cork 
 at Johanngeorgenstadt in Saxony, at Sahlberg in Sweden, in Moravia, 
 and at the Lead-Hills in Scotland. Green Diallage, generally accom- 
 panied by Garnet and Saussurite, occurs at Corsica, on Monte Rosa, in 
 the Bacher, and several other places in Southern Europe. 
 
 The United States afford the present species in all its varieties. Long 
 black crystals, sometimes flattened through the truncation of the obtuse 
 lateral edges, occur at Chester, (Mass.) and at Franconia, (N. H.) ; the 
 latter place likewise affords brilliant blacjc prisms, having the acute late- 
 ral edges replaced. Large and handsome black crystals (dodecaedre. H.) 
 occur at Newton, (N.J.) Small but very perfect black crystals, are 
 found at Willsborough, (N.Y.) upon the mountain near the well known 
 Garnet and Tabular Spar locality, where they occur imbedded in black 
 Tourmaline. Very distinct reddish brown crystals, one or two inches 
 long, and possessing nearly the same diameter, have been obtained along 
 with black Spinel, at Amity, (N.Y.) Hair-biown and greenish white 
 crystals, of unusual finish and beauty, occur in the limestone of Eden- 
 ville, (N.Y.) : also a light greyish white variety in limestone, from the 
 same vicinity, associated with yellow Tourmaline and Rutile, whose crys- 
 tals are often coated and penetrated by Kerolite. White crystals, above 
 an inch long, and three quarters of an inch wide, but much flattened, 
 abound throughout the dolomite beds of Litchfield co. (Conn.) particu- 
 larly at Canaan ; they are also found under similar circumstances, far- 
 ther north into the borders of Mass achusetts, at Sheffield and Great Bar 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Hornblende Horn Quicksilver. 
 
 267 
 
 rington. Similar, though more slender forms of the same variety, occur 
 at Antwerp, (N.Y.) ; at which place also is found the variety Pargasite. 
 Handsome varieties of Actynolite are found at most of the steatite quar- 
 ries in Vermont ; particularly at Windham, Readsborough and New- 
 Fane : also at Middlefield, (Mass.) Massive, granular Hornblende, in 
 large easily cleavable individuals, of a shining black color, are found at 
 Plymouth, (Vt.) and at Edenville, (N.Y.) Columnar and radiating va- 
 rieties, of the same color, abound in Hawley, (Mass.) A green fibrous 
 variety, the fibres several inches long, and parallel, occurs at Cumber- 
 land, (R. I.) Massive Tremolite, as well as fibrous, abounds throughout 
 the granular limestone and dolomite of the country. The finest speci- 
 mens are found in Litchfield county, (Conn.) Hornblende asbestus 
 abounds at Staten Island, (N.Y.) at West-Farms, (Conn.) at Brighton 
 and Dedham, (Mass.) ; also near Philadelphia, in Hornblende rocks. A 
 delicate variety, in short fibres, (Byssolite,) occurs in the iron-mines of 
 Franconia, (N. H.) 
 
 HORN QUICKSILVER. Pyramidal Pearl- 
 
 Kerate. MOHS. 
 Primary form. Right square prism. 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 251. 
 
 M 
 
 d 
 
 M or M on el, or cl 
 M or M on c2, or c2 
 M or M on d 
 a on d 
 
 129 30? 
 158 00 
 135 00 
 119 30 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with M very indistinct. Fracture per- 
 fectly conchoidal. Surface smooth. 
 
268 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Horn Quicksilver Horn Silver. 
 
 Lustre adamantine. Color yellowish grey or ash-grey, 
 also yellowish and greyish white. Streak white. Trans- 
 lucent, sometimes only on the edges. 
 
 Sectile. Hardness =1-0. . .2-0. Sp.gr. =6*482. 
 
 Compound Varieties* Crystalline coats, probably form- 
 ed originally upon globules of fluid mercury : composition 
 not observable. Massive : composition granular. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, upon charcoal, it is entirely volatilized, if 
 pure. It is not soluble in water. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 Oxide of mercury -. 88-43 
 
 Muriatic acid 11-52 
 
 3. This rare mineral occurs in secondary rocks, along with Cinnabar 
 and ochry v^rieties^of Iron-Ore. 
 
 4. Its chief locality is Moschellandsberg in Deuxponts, but it also oc- 
 curs at Idria in Carniola, and Almaden in Spain. At Horzowitz in Bohe- 
 mia, it has been found with Cinnabar in veins, traversing a bed of Iron-Ore. 
 
 HORN SILVER. Hexahedral Pea rl-Kerate. 
 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Cube. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 1. Fig. 252. 
 
 2. 
 
 Octahedron. 
 
 Siberia. 
 
 Cornwall, England. 
 3. Fig. 253. 
 
 X d 
 
 4. 
 Rhombic dodecahedron* 
 
 Siberia- 
 
 Johanngeorgenstadt 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 269 
 
 Horn Silver. 
 
 Cleavage none. Fracture more or less perfectly con- 
 choidal. Surface of the cube sometimes faintly streaked 
 parallel to the edges of combination with the dodecahedron. 
 
 Lustre resinous, passing into adamantine. Faces of frac- 
 ture often more splendent than those of crystallization. Color 
 pearl-grey, passing on the one hand into lavender-blue and 
 violet blue, on the other, into greyish, yellowish and green- 
 ish white, into sisken-green,. asparagus-green, pistachio- 
 green, and leek-green. The color becomes brown on be- 
 ing exposed to light. Streak shining. Translucent . . . 
 feebly translucent on the edges. 
 
 Sectile. Hardness =1-0 ... 1-5. Sp. gr. = 5-552, a 
 white granular variety from Peru. 
 
 Compound Varieties. In crusts : composition scarcely 
 observable, sometimes columnar. Massive : composition 
 granular, strongly coherent, or imperfectly columnar, and of- 
 ten bent; faces of composition rough. 
 
 1. It is fusible in the flame of a candle, and emits fumes of muriatic 
 acid. Upon charcoal, it may be almost entirely reduced before the 
 blow-pipe, and is 1 likewise easily reduced, if rubbed wet upon a clean sur- 
 face of iron or zinc. It is insoluble in nitric acid or in water. It may 
 be obtained in a crystallized state, either from fusion, or from the evapo- 
 ration of a solution of muriate of silver in ammonia. 
 
 2. Analysis* 
 By KLAPROTH. 
 
 from Saxony. from Peru. 
 
 Silver - - 67-75 - - - 76-0 
 
 Oxygen 4-75 - - - 7-6 
 
 Muriatic acid - - 14-75 - 16-4 % 
 
 Oxide of iron - - 6-00 - - - 0-0 
 
 Alumina - - 1-75 ... 0-0 
 
 Sulphuric acid - - 25 - 0-0 
 
 23* 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Horn Silver. 
 
 3. Horn Silver is most frequently found in the upper parts of veins in 
 clay slate, but occurs also in beds, generally along with other ores of sil- 
 ver ; very often also with ochry varieties of Limonite, or with similar 
 varieties 6f decomposed Iron-Pyrites. It is associated with several spe- 
 cies of copper-ores, and with Calcareous and Heavy Spar. 
 
 4. Formerly, it occurred in considerable quantities in the Saxon mi- 
 ning districts of Johanngeorgenstadt and Freiberg; also at Joachimsthal 
 in Bohemia. In small quantities, it occurs in France, in Spain, atKongs- 
 berg in Norway, in Cornwall, and Silesia ; but in large masses, fre- 
 quently associated with Native Silver, in Mexico and Peru, where the 
 green varieties of colors particularly occur. 
 
 HORNSTONE. (See Quartz.) 
 
 HUMBOLDTINE. 
 
 Msssive : in plates. 
 
 Color bright yellow. 
 
 Soft, yielding to the nail. Sp. gr. = 1-3. 
 
 Acquires resinous electricity by friction. 
 
 1. On ignited charcoal it is decomposed, giving out a vegetable odor, 
 and leaves a metallic stain, at first yellow, then black, and at last red. 
 It is insoluble in water and alcohol. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By RIVJERO. 
 
 Protoxide of iron - - . . . 53-56 
 Oxalic acid 46 . 14 
 
 3. It occurs imbedded in moor-coal, near Bilin in Bohemia; and is 
 supposed by RIVERO to have been produced from the decomposition of 
 succulent plants. 
 
 HUMBOLDTITE, (See Datholite.) 
 
 HUMITE. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M = 120. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Humite. 
 
 271 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 254. 
 
 90000' 1 
 
 
 Aondll 
 
 
 1570 20' 
 
 120 00 
 
 
 Aong-3 
 
 
 100 40 
 
 HcS 1:2 
 
 
 h on ^2 
 
 
 103 40 
 
 i:.-0 00 
 141 1 
 
 
 A on gl 
 h on il 
 
 
 115 15 
 133 36 
 
 153 '15 
 
 
 h on t2 
 
 
 140 56 
 
 1)0 00 
 
 1j 
 
 A on t'3 
 
 
 143 20 
 
 101 f>0 
 
 
 cl on dl 
 
 
 155 2 
 
 103 42 
 
 P < 
 
 cl on d5 
 
 
 159 10 
 
 1 1 '2 4."> 
 
 
 cl on d7 
 
 
 159 30 
 
 1 1 '.) -i \ 
 1!2L 15 
 
 5 
 
 dl on g-3 
 d!2 on dQ 
 
 
 116 25 
 163 22 
 
 125 30 
 
 
 d!2 on g- 3 
 
 
 131 15 
 
 129 46 
 
 l'2l 20 
 
 
 62 on ^3 
 61 on M 
 
 
 143 15 
 137 00 
 
 r>t 2 
 
 
 /on a 
 
 
 115 10 
 
 . 136 16 
 
 
 . 
 
 
 
 P on /or h 
 Mon h 
 M on dl 
 Mon/ 
 P on cl 
 P onc2 
 A on a 
 A on dl 
 A on d'2 
 A on d3 
 A on d4 
 A on do 
 A on t/6 
 A on d7 * 
 A ond8 
 A on d9 
 A on dlO 
 
 Cleavage, traces parallel to M and h, or to a six-sided prism. 
 
 Fracture imperfectly conchoidal. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color various shades of yellow, sometimes al- 
 most white, passing into reddish brown. Transparent . . . translu- 
 cent. 
 
 Brittle, Hardness = 6-5 ... 7-0. 
 
 1. Alone before the blow-pipe, it becomes opake on the outside, but is 
 infusible. It gives a clear glass with borax. 
 
 2. It occurs at Monte Somma, with Mica and various other minerals. 
 
 3. Several of the properties of Humite would seem to render it proba- 
 ble that it may be identical with Brucite. At present, however, the 
 crystalline forms of the latter substance oppose this union of the two min- 
 erals, although it must be confessed that Brucite has never been found 
 in perfectly formed crystals. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Huraulite. 
 
 HURAULITE. 
 
 Primary form. -Oblique rhombic prism, M on M=6280 ; . 
 P on M = 101 1^. 
 
 Secondary form. Primary, having its acute lateral edges re- 
 placed, and terminated by dihedral summits. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color yellowish-red, to reddish-brown. 
 Hardness = 3-5. Sp. gr. =2-27. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it fuses very easily into a metallic, black 
 globule, which is taken up by the magnet. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By DUFRESNOY. 
 
 Phosphoric acid . . . . . . 38-00 
 
 Protoxide of iron ...... 11-10 
 
 Protoxide of manganese . . . . . 32-85 
 
 Water . .... 18-00 
 
 3. It is found in little masses, dispersed through graphic granite, near 
 Limoges in France, and is accompanied by an olive green, fibrous .Viv- 
 ianite. The graphic granite, however, is not found in place. With the 
 Huraulite is found a massive mineral in scales, fibres, and. impalpable, 
 which is supposed to be the same substance. The scaly variety is of an 
 intense, reddish- brown color, and a bright pearly lustre. 
 
 HYACINTH. (See Zircon.) ^ 
 
 HYALITE. (See Opal.) 
 
 HYALOSIDERITE. 
 
 A partially decomposed variety of Peridot. 
 
 HYDRATE OF MAGNESIA. (See Native Magnesia.) 
 HYDRARGILLITE. (See Wavellite.) 
 
 HYDRO-CARBON. 
 
 Primary form unknown. Crystals acicular. 
 Lustre pearly. Color white, or yellowish-white. 
 Sp. gr. = 0.65. 
 
 HYDRO-CARBONATE OF LIME. 
 
 The variety Chalk of Calcareous Spar, altered by having been 
 subjected to the influence of trap dykes. It occurs at the Giant's 
 Causeway in the north of Ireland. According to DA COSTA, it 
 consists of four atoms of carbonate of lime, and three atoms of wa- 
 ter. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 273 
 
 Hydrogen Hypersthene. 
 HYDRO-CARBONATE OF LIME AND MAGNESIA. 
 
 A variety of Calcareous Spar or Dolomite, found in veins and 
 irregular masses, in an amygdaloid of a loose texture, accompani- 
 ed by zeolitic minerals and the common Calcareous Spar, at Derry 
 in the north of Ireland. * 
 
 HYDROGEN. Pure Hydrogen-Gas. MOHS. 
 
 Amorphous. Transparent. Expansible. 
 
 Sp. gr. = 0-0688. BERZ. 0-0732. BIOT and ARAGO. 
 Odor peculiar. 
 
 1. Hydrogen-Gas, as it is found in. nature, is generally in a state of 
 combination. By the assistance of chemical processes, it may be ob- 
 ained, free from all odor. It burns with a feeble light in atmospheric 
 air, and if mixed with it, detonates when inflamed. It imparts neither 
 aste nor odor to water, with which it is kept in contact. 
 
 2. Hydrogen-Gas is developed from several kinds of rocks, limestone, 
 beds of coal, &c. ; also from pools and stagnant water in general ; and 
 t is met with under these circumstances in different countries through- 
 out the globe. 
 
 HYDROLITE. (See Gmelinite.) 
 
 HYDROPHANE. (See Opal.) 
 
 HYDROPHYLLITE. (See Appendix.) 
 
 HYDROSILICITE. (See Kerolite.) 
 HYPERSTHENE. Prismatoidal Schiller- 
 Spar. MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Obliqne rhombic prism. M on M = 
 about 93. 
 
 Secondary form. Primary, having the acute lateral 
 edges bevelled. Warwick, (N.Y.) 
 
 Cleavage, parallel to the sides and base of the primary 
 .prism, more perfectly, parallel to the shorter diagonal of 
 that form, traces parallel to the longer diagonal of the same. 
 Fracture uneven. 
 
274 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Hypersthene. 
 
 Lustre eminently metallic-pearly, upon the most perfect 
 diagonal cleavage ; in other directions, more or less dis- 
 tinctly vitreous. Color greyish, brownish or greenish- 
 black ; several varieties almost copper-red upon the perfect 
 face of cleavage. Streak greenish-grey. Opake; in some 
 varieties, slightly translucent on the edges* 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =6*0. Sp. gr. =3-389. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 individuals sometimes of considerable size; faces of com- 
 position uneven and rough. 
 
 1. If heated alone, it is little altered in appearance, but melts upon 
 charcoal into a greenish-grey, opake globule, easily soluble in borax. 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KLAPROTH. 
 
 Silica .... 54-25 
 
 Magnesia .... 14-00 
 
 Alumina .... 2-25 
 
 Lime .... 1-50 
 
 Oxide of iron .... 24-50 
 Water - 1,00 
 
 Manganese . - -. a trace. 
 
 3. Hypersthene occurs engaged in a mixture of Labradorite and Py- 
 roxene. The rock often contains Magnetic Iron-Ore, and seems to be 
 analogous to sienite or greenstone. It exists also in a slaty rock with 
 Garnet, in serpentine along with Saussurite, and in white limestone 
 along with Spinel and Brucite. 
 
 4. It was first brought from the coast of Labrador. It is quoted from 
 Cornwall, England, where it is said to occur in serpentine, and from 
 Greenland, where it exists in primitive slate. The variety, Jiowever, 
 from the last mentioned place, with a blue opalescence parallel to the 
 shorter diagonal of the prism, presents two faces of cleavage inclined at 
 an angle of about 124? 30', and must be referred to the species Horn- 
 blende. 
 
 Hypersthene has within a few years been met with in Orange county, 
 (N.Y.) at Warwick, In the formation of limestone, with which is associ- 
 ated serpentine, and which is so abundant in Spinel and Brucite. It oc- 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 275 
 
 Idocrase. 
 
 curs here in crystals several inches long, by half an inch in diameter ; 
 but oftener in very minute prisms. In both cases, the prisms are defi- 
 cient in regular, terminating planes, though they commonly have their 
 acute lateral edges bevelled. It is associated with Brucite, and is not 
 .bundant. 
 
 HYPOCHLORITE. (See Green Iron-Ore.) 
 HYPOSKLERITE. (See Feldspar.} 
 HYPOSTILBITE. 
 
 Massive : in globules, consisting of delicate fibres, or impalpa- 
 ble. 
 
 Lustre feeble. Color while. 
 
 Does not scratch glass. Sp. gr. =2-14, 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it melts with difficulty upon the edges; the 
 mass swelling and becoming rough. Soluble in the acids without form- 
 ing a jelly. The solution furnishing a precipitate by oxalate of ammonia. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By BEUDANT.* By Du MENIL. 
 
 Silica - - - 54-43 - - - 52-25 
 
 Alumina - - - 18-32 ... 18-75 
 
 Lime 8-10 - - - 738 
 
 Soda 2-41 - - . - 2-39 
 
 Water - - - 18-70 - - - 18-75 
 
 3. It has been found with Stilbite and Epistilbite, in amygdaloid, from 
 Faroe. 
 
 4. The above description is quite inadequate for the distinction oi this 
 mineral from Mesotype, 
 
 ICE-SPAR. (See FELDSPAR.) 
 IDOCRASE. Pyramidal Garnet. MOHS. 
 Primary form. Right square prism. 
 
276 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Idocrase. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Worcester, (Mass.) 
 
 Fig. 257. 
 
 M 
 
 Jtt 
 
 Amity, (N.Y.) 
 Fig. 258. Fig. 259. 
 
 Vesuvius. 
 
 Vesuvius. Norway. 
 
 Fig. 255. Primary form, with the lateral edges trunca- 
 ted. M on d=135. (perioctaedre. H.) Fig. 256. The 
 same, having the terminal edges truncated. P on c =142 
 54'. (unibinaire. H.) Fig. 257. M on h = 15327 / , 
 don A = 161 33 7 . s on 5 = 148 24'. c on 5 = 150 31'. 
 M on 5 = 144 44'. (isomeride. H.) Fig. 258. P on n = 
 
 152 58 7 . P on = 151 52'. c on o = 154 45'. M on o 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 277 
 
 Idocrase. 
 
 = 118 8'. (encadree. H.) Fig. 259. Ponr=10S 18'. 
 d on r=. 161 42'. r on * = 153 30'. r on 5 = 152 58'. 
 r on #=150 35'. x on a?=154 28'. z on *=139 52'. 
 (enneacontaedre. H.) 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with M not very distinct, still less so 
 parallel with P. Fracture imperfectly conchoidal, uneven. 
 Surface, P sometimes uneven and curved ; the lateral faces 
 striated parallel to their common intersections, the rest of 
 the faces smooth. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to resinous, sometimes the lat- 
 ter very distinctly. Color various shades of brown, passing 
 into leek-green, pistachio-green, olive-green and oil-green. 
 Streak white. Semi-transparent . . . faintly translucent on 
 the edges. If viewed in the direction of the axis, the colors 
 incline more to yellow, perpendicular to it, more 1 to green. 
 
 Hardness =6-5. Sp. gr. = 3-399. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 of various sizes, sometimes considerable, and often strongly 
 connected. There occur also columnar compositions, 
 generally of thin individuals, straight and divergent or irreg- 
 ular, faces of composition irregularly streaked. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, on charcoal, it melts easily into a pale green 
 glass, rarely attended by effervescence. With borax, it easily melts into 
 a clear glass stained with iron. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KLAPROTH. By BORKOWSKY. 
 
 " fr. Vesuvius. fr. Silesia. . fr. Eger, Bohemia. 
 
 Silica . 35-50 . . 42-00 . 41-00 
 
 Alumina . 33-00 . . 16-25 . 22-00 
 
 Lime . 22-25 . . 34-00 . 22-00 
 
 Magnesia . 00 00 . 3 00 
 
 Oxide of iron . 7-50 . . 5-50 . 6-00 
 
 Oxide of manganese 0-25 . . a trace. . 2-00 
 
 Potash . 0-00 . . 000 . 1-00 
 
 24 
 
278 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Idocrase. 
 
 3. Some of the varieties of Idocrase occur in serpentine, others in 
 veins in gneiss and limestone, and in ejected volcanic masses. It is 
 commonly associated with Garnet, Pyroxene, Mica and Hornblende. 
 
 4. The imbedded crystals of the form unibinaire, have been found on 
 the banks of the Wilui river, and Lake Baikal in Siberia ; the implanted, 
 complicated crystals occur at Monte Somma, among the fragments eject- 
 ed by Vesuvius, and have been originally formed in those cavities of the 
 rock in which they are found. At Hasta, near Eger in Bohemia, it oc- 
 curs in long, reddish-brown, deeply striated forms, and in columnar 
 masses; in similar circumstances inFinland. In beds in limestone, it occurs 
 at Orawitza in the Bannat of Temeswar, and at Mount Monzoni near Fassa 
 in Tyrol ; also near Christiania in Norway, and in magnificent crystals 
 of a light green color, in the valley of Brozzo, and at other places in 
 Piedmont. A variety from Tellemarken in Norway, of a blue color, and 
 containing copper, has been called Cyprine. 
 
 The most interesting specimens of Idocrase which the U. S. has hith- 
 erto afforded, were discovered at Worcester, (Mass.) in aquartzoserock, 
 in which it formed seams and veins, accompanied by Pyroxene and Gar- 
 net. The variety is precisely similar to that from near Eger in Bohe- 
 mia. Another locality is at Amity, (N.Y.) where it occurs both granu- 
 lar and in crystals, (sometimes an inch in diameter,) disseminated through 
 limestone with Pyroxene and Hornblende. The granular variety was 
 supposed by Dr. THOMSON to constitute a new species, to which he 
 g.ive the name of Xanthite. The handsome brown crystals accompany- 
 ing Corundum at Newton, (N. J.) have been erroneously referred to 
 this species : they belong to Tourmaline. 
 
 IGLOITE. (See Jlrrogonite.') 
 ILMENITE. (See Crichtonite.) 
 ILVAITE. (See Yenite.) 
 INDIANITE. 
 
 Massive ; composition granular to impalpable. It yields to 
 cleavage, according to BROOKE, in two directions, inclined to each 
 other under angles of 93 15' and 84 45'. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color greyish-white, with a tinge of rose- 
 red. Translucent. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 279 
 
 lodic Silver. 
 
 Hardness = 5-5 ... 6-0. Sp. gr. = 2-72. 
 1. It is infusible before the blow-pipe. 
 2. Analysis. 
 By CHENEVIX. By LAUGIER. 
 
 white variety. rose-red variety. 
 
 Silica . 42-5 . 43.0 . 42-0 
 
 Alumina . 37-5 . 34-5 . 34-0 
 
 Lime . 15-0 . 15-6 . 15-0 
 
 Soda . 0-0 . 2-6 . 3-3 
 
 Oxide of iron . 3-0 . 1-0 . 3-2 
 
 Water . 0-0 . 1-0 . 1-0 
 
 3. It occurs in the Carnatic, associated with Feldspar, Hornblende, 
 Garnet, Corundum, Epidote and Magnetic-Iron. 
 
 4. It is nearly related to, if not identical with, Labradorite. 
 
 INDICOLITE. (See Tourmaline.) 
 
 IODIC MERCURY. 
 
 In spots of a fine lemon-yellow color, in the variegated sand- 
 stone of Casas viegas, Mexico. In the air, as well as in ammonia, 
 it changes to black. It resembles the artificial protiodide of mer- 
 cury. 
 
 IODIC SILVER. Monotomous Pearl-Kerate. 
 
 Massive : in thin plates. 
 
 Color greyish white, or silver-white. Exposed to the 
 air, it changes to lavender-blue. Lustre resinous. Streak 
 semi-metallic. Translucent. 
 
 Soft, flexible. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, on charcoal, it instantly melts, and produces 
 a smoke which tinges the flame of a beautiful violet color, globules of 
 silver at the same time appearing upon the charcoal. 
 
 2. It is found at Albarradon, near Mazapil in Mexico, and occurs in 
 thin veins in steatite. 
 
280 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 lolite. 
 
 IOLITE. Prismatic Quartz. MOHS. 
 Primary form. Regular hexagonal prism. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 1. Primary, having the terminal edges truncated. 
 
 2. The same, having all its edges, both lateral and ter- 
 minal, truncated ; rarely, also, its angles. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with M, but very indistinct. Fracture 
 conchoidal. Surface of some crystals rough and dull. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color various shades of blue, generally 
 inclining to black. Streak white. Transparent . . . trans- 
 lucent ; blue if viewed in the direction of the axis, yellow- 
 ish-grey if perpendicular to it. 
 
 Hardness =7-0 . . . 7-5. Sp. gr. =2-583 . . . 2-718. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive; composition granu- 
 lar, strongly connected, and recognized with difficulty. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it melts in a good heat, but with difficulty* 
 and only on its edges, into a glass not inferior to the mineral, either in 
 color or transparency. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By GMELIN. By STROMEYER. By Dr. BRANDES. By BONSDORFF. 
 
 var.Steinheilite,. 
 
 ^ vcu. i uiiom, var.oieiime 
 fr. Bavaria. fr. Finlai 
 
 Silica , 42-60 
 
 48-538 
 
 54-00 
 
 49-95 
 
 Alumina . 34-40 
 
 31-730 
 
 28-50 
 
 32-28 
 
 Magnesia . 5-80 
 
 11-305 
 
 0-50 
 
 10-45 
 
 Lime . 1-70 
 
 0-000 
 
 0-00 
 
 0-00 
 
 Oxide of iron 1-50 
 
 5-686 
 
 16-18 peroxide 
 
 5-00 
 
 Ox. manganese 1-70 
 
 0-702 
 
 0-25 
 
 0-03 
 
 3. lolite occurs in aggregated crystals with Garnet, Quartz, &c. at 
 Cabo de Gata in Spain, in the bay of San Pedro; and this variety has 
 been called lolite. Peliom is found at Bodenmais in Bavaria, sometimes 
 in very distinct crystals, but generally massive, with Magnetic Iron- 
 Pyrites. It occurs with Feldspar and Garnet, in fine crystals, at Ujord- 
 iersoak in Greenland^ at Arendal in Norway, and at Orijerfvi in Finlapd : 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 281 
 
 lolite Iridosmine Iron Pyrites. 
 
 the variety from the last place has been called Steinheilite. lolite also 
 comes from Siberia and from Lunzenau in the Erzgebirge. 
 
 It is found in the U. S. at Haddam in Connecticut, associated with 
 Garnet and Anthophyllite in gneiss. 
 
 4. The Saphire cFeau of the jewellers is a transparent variety of the 
 present species from Ceylon. 
 
 IRIDOSMINE. Iridosmic Sclerone-Metal. 
 
 Primary form. Regular hexagonal prism. 
 
 Cleavage indistinct, and only in the direction of the bases. 
 
 In grains. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color between silver-white and lead- 
 grey. 
 
 Malleable with difficulty. Hardness =6-5. Sp. gr. = 
 17-96... 18-57. 
 
 V 
 
 1. It undergoes no perceptible change when heated before the blow- 
 pipe. Heated with nitre, it affords the characteristic odor of osmium and 
 a mass soluble in water, to which, when nitric acid is added, a green pre- 
 cipitate makes its appearance. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By THOMSON. 
 
 Osmium 24*5 
 
 Iridium - - - - - 72-9 
 Iron 2-6 
 
 3. It is found with Native Platina, at Nijnotaguilsk, in the Urals, and 
 in South America. 
 
 IRON PYRITES. Hexahedral Iron-Pyrites. 
 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Cube. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 1. 2. 
 
 Cube, with angles truncated. Regular octahedron. 
 
 Shoreham, (Vt.) Marietta, (Ohio.) Haddam, (Conn.) Rare. 
 
 24* 
 
282 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Iron Pyrites. 
 
 Fig. 260, 
 
 5. Fig. 262, 
 
 Cornwall Elba. 
 
 7. Fig. 264. 
 
 4. Fig. 261. 
 
 6. Fig. 263. 
 
 Elba. 
 
 8. Fig. 26. 
 
 Corsica. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Iron Pyrites. 
 
 283 
 
 9. Fig. 266. 
 
 11. Fig. 268. 
 
 Elba. 
 
 10. Fig. 267. 
 
 Schneeberg, Saxony. 
 
 12. Fig. 269. 
 
 Valley of Planen, near 
 Dresden. 
 
 1. (Cubo-octaedre. H.) 2. (octacdre. H.) 3. e on e 
 126 52' 12". d on e = 140 46' T f . (icosaedre. H.) 
 4. P one = 153 26 7 5 /x . (cubo-icosaedre. H.) 5. (cw&o- 
 dodecaedre. H.) 6. (dodecaedre. H.) 7. P on 0=144 
 44' 8". o on = 131 48 7 36". (triepointe. H.) 8. (trape- 
 zoidal H.) 9. /on/=141 47 7 12 7 '. rf on/=157 47' 
 33''. P on d=152 15' 52". (quadriepointe. H.) 10. 
 (triacontaedre. H.) 11. /on e =162 58 7 34 7/ . 
 
284 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Iron Pyrites. 
 
 gene. H.) 12. The cube, embracing all the previous mod- 
 ifications. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with the cube and octahedron, in va- 
 rious degrees of perfection ; sometimes highly perfect r, of- 
 ten one of them more distinct, or both lost in conchoidal 
 fracture. Fracture conchoidal, uneven. Surface of the 
 cube streaked parallel to the obtuse edges of combination 
 with the pentagonal dodecahedron : the faces of this dode- 
 cahedron are streaked, either parallel to the same edges, or 
 parallel to edges which are perpendicular to the former. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color, very few shades of a charac- 
 teristic bronze-yellow. Streak brownish-black. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 6-0 ... 6-5. Sp. gr. = 5*031, a 
 cleavable variety, from Freiberg; = 4*981, a crystallized 
 variety, from Littmittz in Bohemia. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals : face of composi- 
 tion parallel, axis of revolution perpendicular to a face of 
 the dodecahedron. The individuals continued beyond the 
 face of composition, by which the compound group takes a 
 cruciform appearance. The composition frequently re- 
 peated. 
 
 Fig. 270. 
 
 Schbharie, (N.Y.) 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 285 
 
 Iron Pyrites. 
 
 Imbedded and implanted globules ; surface drusy ; com- 
 position indistinctly columnar. Massive ; composition gran- 
 ular, sometimes even impalpable, strongly coherent; frac- 
 ture uneven, or on a large scale, flat conchoidal. Cellular. 
 
 1. In the oxidating flame of the blow-pipe, Iron Pyrites becomes red 
 upon charcoal, the sulphur is expelled, and oxide of iron remains. At a 
 high temperature, in the interior flame, it melts into a globule, which 
 continues red-hot for a short time when removed from the blast, and pos- 
 sesses, after cooling, a crystalline fracture and metallic appearance. In 
 heated nitric acid, it is partly soluble, and leaves a whitish re&idue. Some 
 varieties are subject to decomposition when exposed to the action of the 
 atmosphere. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By HATCHETT. 
 
 Iron - * 47-30 - - 47-85 
 
 Sulphur - 52-70 - - 52-15 
 
 3. Iron-Pyrites is one of the most common and widely diffused species 
 among the ores ; and occurs in very various repositories. It is engaged 
 in imbedded crystals, and in massive nodules ; the former particularly in 
 clay-slate and greywacke-slate, the latter in greenstone, granular lime- 
 stone, &c. It even forms beds by itself, included in primitive slate ; and 
 is often an important ingredient of those beds which contain ores of lead, 
 iron, &c. It frequently occurs mixed with coal seams, and the beds of 
 clay which form a part of the ccal measures. The Auriferous Pyrites 
 contains a small portion of native gold mechanically mixed with it, 
 which appears to operate by a galvanic effect in producing the decompo- 
 sition to which this variety is so generally subject. Iron- Pyrites is also 
 found with ores of silver. It is contained in many organic remains, both 
 of vegetable and animal origin, and is one of the species which can be 
 distinctly traced in the composition of some of the meteoric masses. 
 
 4. Some of the crystals, along with their localities, have been men- 
 tioned above. The island of Elba is the most conspicuous for large and 
 well defined crystals : very fine crystals are found in Piedmont, at Frei- 
 berg, Johanngeorgenstadt, &c. in Saxony, in Bohemia, in Hungary, in 
 the Hartz, at Kongsberg in Norway, at Fahlun in Sweden, in Derby- 
 shire and Cornwall. 
 
 The United States is not particularly rich in localities of interesting 
 varieties of Iron-Pyrites. Shoreham, (Vt.) and Schoharie, (N. Y.) pro? 
 
286 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Iron Pyrites. 
 
 duce, in the black limestone quarry of the former place, and in the wa- 
 ter limerock of the latter, the handsomest crystals we have yet discov- 
 ered. The secondary limestones in the vicinity of Marietta, (Ohio,) af- 
 ford interesting crystals. 
 
 5. Iron-Pyrites is roasted for extracting sulphur ; after which it is ex- 
 posed to the oxidating influence of the air for the production of sulphate 
 of iron. 
 
 IRON SINTER. 
 
 Reniform, stalactitic . . . massive. Composition impalpable. 
 Fracture conchoidal. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color yellowish-, reddish-, blackish-brown. 
 Transparent . . . translucent on the edges. 
 
 Not very brittle. Soft. Sp. gr. = 2*40. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it intumesces, and some varieties emit a 
 strong arsenical odor, during which they are partly volatilized. 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KLAPROTH. By KERSTEJV, BySxROMEYEiu 
 
 fr. Freiberg. 
 
 Oxide of iron - 67-00 - - 40-45 - - 33.46 
 
 Arsenic acid - 0-00 - - 30-25 - - 26-06 
 
 Sulphuric acid - 8-00 - 0-00 - - 10-75 
 
 Protoxide of manganese 0-00 - - 0-00 - , 0-59 
 
 Water - 25-00 - - 28-50 - - 28-48 
 
 3. It is found in several old mines, as Freiberg and Schneeberg in 
 Saxony, and in Upper Silesia. 
 
 ISERINE. 
 
 In small rounded grains. 
 
 Cleavage scarcely distinguishable. Fracture conchoidal. 
 
 Lustre semi-metallic. Color black. Streak black. 
 
 Hardness = 5-5. Sp. gr. = 4-68 . . . 4-78. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, alone, on charcoal, it is unalterable. With 
 the fluxes, it acts in general like Magnetic-Iron ; but with the salt of 
 phosphorus, it presents in the reduction flame a bluish-red color. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By ROSE, - By KLAPROTH, By BERTHIER, 
 
 fr. Norway, fr. Iserweise. fr. Cornwall. fr. Brazil. 
 
 Titanic acid - 43-73 - 50-12 - 45-25 - 43-5 
 
 Peroxide of iron - 42-70 > ^Q.OQ i nn KA n 
 
 Protoxide of iron- 13-575 ' 49 88 ' 51 ' ' 54>0 
 
 Oxide of manganese 00 - 0-00 - 0-25 - 0-0 
 
 Silica - 000 - 0-00 - 3-50 2-50 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 287 
 
 Jamesonite. 
 
 3. Its localities are numerous ; the principal ones, however, are the 
 banks of the Mersey near Liverpool, England, and Iserweise in the Rie- 
 sengebirge. 
 
 4. Iserine possesses a strong affinity to Crichtonite in its most impor- 
 tant properties, with which it is probable that future researches will 
 prove it identical. 
 
 IsOPYRE. 
 
 Regular forms not observed. Massive, in very pure masses of 
 considerable size, (nearly two inches in each direction) : compo- 
 sition impalpable. Fracture conchoidal. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, often considerable. Color greyish black and 
 velvet, occasionally dotted with red. Streak pale greenish grey. 
 Opake, or very faintly translucent on the thinnest edges, with a 
 dark, liver brown tint. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 5-5 .. .0-0 Sp.gr. = 2-91. 
 
 Slight action on the magnetic needle. 
 
 1. From the description of Tachylite, (by BREITHATJFT,) it would 
 seem that Isopyre is identical with that substance, excepting that the sp. 
 gr. of Tachylite is only 2 5 ... 2 54. 
 
 2. Before the blow-pipe, it fuses without the disengagement of moist- 
 ure or gas; melted in salt of phosphorus, it gives indications of silica. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By TURNER. 
 
 Silica .... 47-09 
 
 Alumina .... 13-91 
 
 Peroxide of iron - 20-07 
 
 Lime .... 15-43 
 
 Peroxide of copper - - - 1-94 
 
 4. Isopyre is found in the west of Cornwall. 
 
 ITTNERITE. (See Sodalite.) 
 JADE. (See Nephrite.) 
 JAMESONITE. Axotomous Antimony-Glance. 
 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M= 101 
 )20'. 
 
288 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Jamesonite Johannite. 
 
 Secondary forms. The primary, with its acute lateral 
 edges truncated. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with T highly perfect ; less distinct, 
 though easily observed, when the crystals are not too small, 
 parallel with M and the secondary lateral planes. Fracture 
 not observable. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color steel-grey. Streak unchanged. 
 
 Sectile. Hardness =2-0 . . . 2-5. Sp. gr. = 5-564. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition colum- 
 nar, individuals generally very delicate ; straight and paral- 
 lel, or divergent. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, in an open tube, it yields a dense white 
 smoke of oxide of antimony, and leaves behind chiefly antimoniate of 
 lead. Upon charcoal, after the volatilization of the antimony and lead, 
 there remains behind a slag, which, with the fluxes, exhibits the reac- 
 tion of oxide of iron, containing traces of oxide of copper. 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By ROSE. 
 
 Sulphur - - 22-15 - - - 22-53 
 
 Lead - - 40-75 - - - .30-71 
 
 Copper - - 0-13 - - - 0-19 
 
 Iron - - 2-30 - - - 2 65 
 
 Antimony - - 34-40 ... 34-90 
 
 3. It occurs in masses of considerable dimensions in Cornwall ; also 
 in Hungary. 
 
 JEFFERSONITE. (See Pyroxene.) 
 JOHANNITE. Cypririe Ur an ium- S al t. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. M on M = 
 111 ? 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with M. 
 
 Color grass-green, to siskin-green. Lustre vitreous. 
 Streak siskin-green. Semi-transparent. 
 
 Hardness =2-0 ... 2-5. Sp. gr. = 3- 1 . . . 3-2. Taste 
 bitter, rather than astringent. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 289 
 
 Johannite Karpholite. 
 
 1. It dissolves easily in water; and is a double sulphate of uranium 
 and copper, containing water. 
 
 2. It is very rare, and has been met with only in an abandoned mine 
 at Joachimsthal in Bohemia. 
 
 JURINITE. (See Brookite.) 
 KAKOCHLOR. 
 
 In imitative shapes, and compact. Fracture conchoidal, to un- 
 even. 
 
 Lustre resinous. Color bluish black. 
 Hardness = 25... 3-0. 
 1. Locality not mentioned. 
 
 KAKOXENE. 
 
 In capillary crystals, and massive, with fine columnar compo- 
 sition, consisting of divergent individuals. 
 
 Lustre silky. Color yellowish, to brown. Streak yellowish. 
 Hardness = 3-00 . . . 4-00. Sp. gr. = 3-38. 
 
 1. Analysis. 
 
 By STEINMANJV. 
 
 Phosphoric acid 17-36 
 
 Alumina 10-01 
 
 Silica 8-90 
 
 Peroxide of iron 36-82 
 
 Lime 0-15 
 
 Water and fluoric acid 25-95 
 
 2. It is found in the fissures of a variety of Limonite, in the mines of 
 Hrbek, near Zbirow in Bohemia. 
 
 8. It is altogether probable that this mineral is only a variety of Wa- 
 vellite. 
 
 KAOLIN. 
 
 Decomposed Feldspar and Albite. q. v. 
 
 KARPHOLITE. Prismatoidal Wavelline-Spar. 
 Massive : composition thin columnar, scopiform and stel- 
 lular, rather incoherent, meeting again in angularly granu- 
 lar compositions. 
 
 25 
 
290 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Karpholite Kerasite. 
 
 Lustre silky. Color high straw-yellow, sometimes ap- 
 proaching to wax-yellow. Opake. 
 
 Hardness =4-5 . . . 5-5. Sp. gr. = 2-935. 
 
 1. It intumesces before the blow-pipe, becomes white, and melts im- 
 perfectly into a coherent mass. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By STEINMANN. By STROMEYER. 
 
 Silica - - 37-53 - - - 36-154 
 
 Alumina - - 26-48 - - - 28-669 
 
 Protoxide of manganese 17-09 - - - 19-160 
 Protoxide of iron - 5-64 ... 2-290 
 
 Lime 0-00 - - - 0-271 
 
 Fluoric acid - - 0-00 - - - 0-470 
 
 Water - - 11-36 - - - 10-780 
 
 3, It occurs in granite at Schlackenwald in Bohemia, accompanied 
 by Fluor and Quartz. 
 
 KARPHOSIDERITE. 
 
 Reniform masses ; rarely, also, granular. Fracture uneven. 
 Lustre resinous ; shining and glimmering in the streak. Color 
 straw-yellow. 
 
 Hardness = 4-0 ... 4-5. Feels greasy. Sp. gr. = 2'5- 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, upon charcoal, it becomes black ; and melts, 
 in a strong fire, into a globule, which is attractable by the magnet. In 
 glass of borax, it is easily soluble ; and with salt of phosphorus, it melts 
 into a black scoria. It contains oxide of iron, phosphoric acid, water, 
 with small quantities of oxide of manganese and zinc. 
 
 2, It occurs in Greenland. 
 
 KABSTENITE. (See Anhydrite.) 
 
 KERASITE. Peritomous Lead-B ary te. 
 HAIDINGER. 
 
 In radiated masses. 
 
 Cleavage highly perfect and easily obtained, parallel to 
 a right rhombic prism of 102 27 ', and in the direction 
 of its shorter diagonal. Fracture imperfectly conchoidal, 
 to uneven. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 291 
 
 Kerasite Kerolite. 
 
 Lustre adamantine, particularly upon the cross-fracture, 
 inclining to pearly upon faces of cleavage. Color yellow- 
 ish white, straw yellow, rose red, pale. Translucent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =2-5 . . . 3-0. Sp. gr. =7-077. 
 
 1. It decrepitates slightly before the blow-pipe, and is easily melted ; 
 the globule is of a deeper color than the mineral. On charcoal, it is re- 
 duced, and emits fumes of muriatic acid. Treated with peroxide of cop- 
 per and salt of phosphorus, the flame assumes an intensely blue color. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By BERZELIUS. 
 
 Oxide of lead .--.-. 90-13 
 
 Muriatic acid 6-84 
 
 Carbonic acid 1-03 
 
 Water 0-54 
 
 3. It is found near Church-hill, in the Mendip Hills in Somersetshire, 
 
 engaged in manganese-ores, and accompanied by several other salts of 
 
 lead, and by Calcareous Spar. 
 
 KERATITE. (See Quartz.) 
 
 KERATOPHYLLITE. (See Hornblende.) 
 KEROLITE. Brittle Atelene-Picrosraine. 
 
 Primary form. Doubly oblique prism. Dimensions 
 unknown. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with M highly perfect, and easily ob- 
 tained ; less distinct parallel with T, least of all parallel 
 with P. Fracture uneven. Surface of M streaked paral- 
 lel with its combinations with P. 
 
 Lustre pearly upon M, inclining to vitreous ; upon the 
 rest, glimmering or dull. Color oil-green, siskin-green, 
 leek-green, to blackish green, rarely presenting patches of 
 duck-blue. Streak white. Translucent, in thin laminae. 
 
 Sectile. Laminae brittle. Hardness=2*5 . . . 3*0. The 
 lowest degrees upon M : the highest upon the solid angles 
 and edges. Sp. gr. =2-4 . . . 2-6. 
 
292 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Kerolite. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition broad co- 
 lumnar, curved, lamellar and divergent : also botryoidal in 
 cavities, and impalpable. Sp. gr. of the compact =2*2... 
 2*3. Color white, tinged by grey, green and red. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, when heated suddenly, it decrepitates vio- 
 lently ; the fragments becoming white and harder. In very small frag- 
 ments, if the heat is gradually applied, a roundish enamel-like edge is 
 produced ; but unattended with any ebullition. In powder, with borax, 
 the lighter colored varieties produce a perfectly colorless glass ; the 
 blackish green variety affords a greenish transparent glass. Pseudomor- 
 phoses in the shape of Quartz, Hornblende and Spinel. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By PFAFP. By NUTTALL. By STEEL. By SHEPARD. 
 
 Magnesia 
 
 Silica 
 
 Lime 
 
 Water 
 
 Protox. iron with) ^ : . 6 _ ^ _ Q Q() _ 
 
 traces of chrome > 
 Alumina - 12-18 - 00 - 1-000 - 0-00 - 0-000 
 Peroxide of iron 0-00 - 0-0 - 0-400 - 0-00 - 0-000 
 
 3. The present species is found in veins in serpentine, and dissemina- 
 ted through Schiller-Spar. 
 
 4. The Kerolite was first described by BREITHAUPT, as occurring in 
 reniform masses, in plates and compact, with a hardness = 2-0. .. 2-5, 
 and sp. gr. = 2-33 . . . 2-4, having a resinous lustre, and occurring in thin 
 seams in serpentine, at Franckenstein in Silesia. The Marmolite of 
 NUTTALL must be referred to the same species ; it occurs at Hoboken, 
 (N. J.) where it is found forming narrow veins in serpentine ; and from 
 whence is derived the specimens possessed of a distinctly crystalline 
 structure. It also occurs at this place possessed of an impalpable texture, 
 but only in small quantities. A leek green and blackish green, variety, 
 in curved and stellular laminae, occurs at Blandford, (Mass.) engaged in 
 Schiller-Spar. The compact variety of the United States, and which 
 has been called JDeweylite, by EMMOJTS, is found in seams and ir- 
 regular veins at Middlefield, (Mass.) at Cooptown, Hat ford county, 
 
 var. Kerolite. /- 
 
 
 ' 
 
 var. Deweylite. 
 fr. Middlefield. 
 
 bl. gr. var. 
 fr. Blanford. 
 
 fr. Hoboken. 
 
 18.01 - 
 
 46-0 
 
 - 41-720 
 
 - 40-00 - 
 
 41-400 
 
 37-95 - 
 
 36-0 
 
 - 41-256 
 
 - 40-00 - 
 
 40-00 
 
 o-oo - 
 
 2-0 
 
 - 0-000 
 
 - 0-00 - 
 
 0-932 
 
 31-00 - 
 
 15-0 
 
 - 17-680 
 
 - 20-00 - 
 
 15-670 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 293 
 
 Kerolite. 
 
 
 
 (Md.) and at Amity, (N. Y.) The pseudomorphoses occur at Middle- 
 field, (Mass.) in the shape of Quartz, of considerable dimensions, and of 
 greyish white color; and at Amity, (N. Y.) of a bluish green and dark 
 green color, in the shapes of Hornblende and Spinel. 
 
 APPENDIX TO KEROLITE. 
 i. Dermatin. BREITHAUPT. 
 
 Reniform, rarely globular, and in thin coatings or crusts. Frac- 
 ture conchoidal. 
 
 Lustre resinous, slightly increased in the streak. Color black- 
 ish-green to leek-green, dark olive-green, and dark liver-brown. 
 Translucent on the edges. Streak straw-yellow, or pea-yellow. 
 Hardness = 2-0. Sp. gr. = 2-136. 
 
 1. It has a greasy feel, and when moistened by the breath, emits an 
 earthy smell. Before the blow-pipe, it cracks, changes to a black color, 
 and increases in hardness. 
 
 2. It is found upon serpentine, at Waldheim in Saxony. 
 
 KILLINITE. (See Spodumene.) 
 KNEBELITE. 
 
 Massive. Fracture imperfectly conchoidal. 
 Lustre glistening, to dull. Color grey, spotted dirty white, red, 
 brown and green. Opake. 
 
 Hard. Difficult to break. Sp. gr. = 3-714. 
 1. Alone, before the blow-pipe, it remains unaltered. 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By DOEBEREINER. 
 
 Silica . . 32-5 . . . 30-32 
 
 Protoxide of iron . . 32-0 . . . 34-58 
 
 Protoxide of manganese 35-0 . . , 36-10 
 Locality unknown. 
 
 KoNIGITEt 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M' = 105. 
 Crystals elongated, somewhat barrel-shaped, and closely aggre- 
 gated. 
 
 Cleavage parallel with P, perfect. 
 
 Color emerald and blackish-green. Translucent. 
 
 Hardness = about 2-0. 
 
 25* 
 
294 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Kupaphrite. 
 
 1. It consists of sulphuric acid and oxide of copper. 
 
 2. It accompanies Red Copper-Ore, and conies from Werchetori in 
 Siberia. 
 
 3. In chemical composition it resembles Brochantite, but this sub- 
 stance occurs in thin rectangular tables, whose angles are truncated, 
 and edges bevelled, without any traces of cleavage. 
 
 KORNITE. 
 
 An impalpable variety of Quartz, (q. v.) of a dull green color, 
 a feebly vitreous lustre, and conchoidal, or splintery fracture : 
 with sp. gr. = 2-8 ... 2-9. It is also called Splintery Hornstone. 
 
 KOUPHOLITE. (See Prehnite.) 
 KROKALITE. (See Mesotype.) 
 
 KROKYDOLITE. 
 
 Massive : composition columnar, particles of composition thin 
 and parallel ; impalpable, when the fracture is uneven or splintery. 
 Color indigo-blue. 
 
 Hardness = about 4-0. Sp. gr. = 3-200 . . . 3-265. 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it easily melts into a shining black glass, 
 
 which is magnetic. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By STROMEYER. 
 
 Fibrous variety. Compact variety. 
 
 Silica . . 50-81 . . . 51-64 
 
 PrQtoxide of iron . 33-88 , . . 34-38 
 
 Soda . . 7-03 . . . 7-11 
 
 Water . . 5-58 . . . 4-01 
 
 Magnesia . . 2-32 . . . 2-64 
 
 Lime . . 0-02 . . . 0-25 
 
 3. Its localities are Orange River, Africa, Greenland, Norway and 
 Golling Salzburg. 
 
 KUPAPHRITE. Prismatic Euchlor e-Mica. 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism, dimensions un- 
 known. 
 
 Secondary form. Primary, having the acute lateral 
 edges truncated. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 295 
 
 Kupaphrite. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with P perfect. Fracture not observ- 
 able. Surface, M deeply streaked in a horizontal direc- 
 tion. The rest of the faces smooth. 
 
 Lustre pearly upon P, both as faces of crystallization, and 
 of cleavage ; vitreous upon the other faces* Color pale 
 apple-green and verdigris-green, inclining to sky-blue. 
 Streak of the same color, only paler. Translucent, gene- 
 rally only on the edges. 
 
 Very sectile. Thin laminae, flexible. Hardness =1-0 
 1-5. Sp. gr. = 3-098, of a crystallized variety from 
 Schwatz. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Reniform and botryoidal shapes : 
 surface drusy, composition columnar, faces of composition 
 a little rough. 
 
 1. Alone, before the blow-pipe, it decrepitates very briskly, and 
 throws around powdered fragments, which color the flame green. In 
 the process, it immediately turns black, and melts into a steel-grey pearl, 
 destitute of crystalline facets. On charcoal, it quietly emits moisture, 
 without detonation ; but after a longer exposure to the influence of the 
 flame, it swells a little through the extrication of arsenical vapor. With 
 carbonate of soda, an imperfectly fluid mass is obtained, which contains 
 a nucleus of white metallic matter. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KOBELL,. 
 
 From Falkenstein in the Tyrol. 
 
 Arsenic acid , - 25-366 . . . 25-01 
 Oxide of copper . . 43-660 . . . 43-88 
 
 Water . 19 824 17 ' 46 
 
 Carbonate of lime . 11-150 . . 13-65 
 
 3. It occurs in beds and veins, accompanied by other ores of copper, 
 particularly by Blue Malachite. 
 
 4. The known localities of Kupaphrite are, the Bannat of Temeswar, 
 Libethen iu Hungary, Schwatz in the Tyrol, Saalfeld in Thuringia, and 
 Matlock in Derbyshire. 
 
296 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Kyanite. 
 
 KUPFERINDIG. (See Purple Copper-Ore.) 
 KUPFERSCHAUM. (See Kupaphrite.) 
 
 KUPHOLITE. 
 
 Massive : the individuals flat, also impalpable. 
 Lustre pearly. Color, yellowish white, wax-yellow, light yel- 
 lowish brown. Streak white. Transparent, to translucent. 
 Hardness = -5 . . . 1-00. Sp. gr. = 1-922 . . . 1-934. 
 
 1. It yields, when calcined, about 25 p. c. of water. 
 
 2. It occurs at Schwarzenberg, in the Erzgebirge, accompanied with 
 the Metaxite and Kryptose Carbon-Spar of BREITHAUPT. 
 
 KYANITE. Prismatic Disthene-Spar. MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Doubly oblique prism. P on M=93 
 15'. PonT = 100 50'. M on T=106 15'. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 271. 
 
 M 
 
 T 
 
 T on I - 140 55' 
 Tono - 122 20 
 
 P on I - 97 48' ) 
 
 P on o - 83 38 > PHILLIPS. - 
 
 Mon / - 145 16 ) ( 
 
 Cleavage, parallel wilh M highly perfect, and easily ob- 
 tained 5 less distinct parallel with T ; least of all, parallel 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 297 
 
 Kyanite. 
 
 with P. Fracture uneven. Surface streaked parallel to 
 the common edges of intersection. 
 
 Lustre pearly upon M, particularly if the face is produced 
 by cleavage ; inclining to vitreous upon the other faces. Color 
 generally white, often passing into blue, sometimes inclining 
 to green or grey, and rarely to black. Frequently spots of 
 berlin-blue elongated in one direction, upon a paler ground. 
 
 Streak white. Transparent . . . translucent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 5-0 ... 7-0 ; the lowest degrees 
 upon M, the highest on the solid angles and edges. Sp. gr. 
 = 3'675, a blue, transparent variety cut and polished ; 
 3'559, a milk white variety of Rhaetezite. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals : faces of compo- 
 sition parallel, axis of revolution perpendicular to M. Mas- 
 sive : composition broad columnar, sometimes straight la- 
 mellar, often curved, or divergent ; faces of composition in 
 most cases irregularly streaked. 
 
 1. Two varieties were formerly distinguished as particular species, 
 Kyanite and Rhatizite : the former referring simply to such varieties 
 as are blue, the latter to those whose color is white. The Fibrolite of 
 Count BOURNOIV must also coalesce with the present species, with which 
 it perfectly agrees in every property. 
 
 2. Before the blow-pipe, Kyanite is infusible. With borax, it is solu- 
 ble with great difficulty. Some crystals exhibit positive, others nega- 
 tive electricity, on being rubbed. 
 
 3. Analysis. 
 
 BySAUSSURE. By.LAUGIER, ByKLAPKOTH. ByCHENEVIX- 
 
 var. Fibrolite. 
 
 Alumina . 54-50 . 55-50 . 55-50 . 58-25 
 
 Silica . 3062 . 3850 . 43-00 . 3800 
 
 Lime . 202 , 0-50 . 000 . 0-00 
 
 Magnesia . 2-30 . 0-00 . 0-00 . 0-00 
 
 Oxide of iron 6-00 . 2-75 . 050 . 0-75 
 
 Water . 4-56 . 0-75 . 0-00 . 0-00 
 
 Potash , 0-QO . 0-00 . a trace . 0-00 
 
298 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Kyanite Labradorite. 
 
 4. The varieties of Kyanite occur in crystals, or massive, imbedded in 
 rocks of the primitive class, as gneiss and mica slate ; and are often at- 
 tended by Garnet and Staurotide. 
 
 6. Crystals, and large cleavable varieties, are found at St. Gothard in 
 Switzerland, the Zillerthal in the Tyrol, the Saualpe in Carinthia, and 
 the Bacher mountain in Stiria. The variety JElhtstizite is chiefly known 
 from Pfitsch in the Tyrol. The Fibrolite has been brought from the 
 Carnatic and from China, where it was found in loose crystals, accompa- 
 nying'Corundum. 
 
 Several very interesting localities of Kyanite are known in the United 
 States, the most important of which is that in Massachusetts, at Chester- 
 field, where it occurs in mica-slate, accompanied by Garnet. Nodular 
 masses of Quartz, one or two feet in thickness, are here occasionally pen- 
 etrated throughout with crystals, and cleavable masses of the present 
 species, often of a handsome blue color. Large rolled masses, sometimes 
 above a foot in diameter, of a similar variety, occur at Litchfield and 
 West Farms, (Conn.) containing also Corundum and massive Apatite. 
 The variety Fibrolite occurs in very distinct prisms, at Lancaster, 
 (Mass.) and at Bellows Falls, (Vt.) ; at both places in gneiss. A black 
 variety is found in North Carolina, in the soil, accompanied by crystals 
 ofRutile. 
 
 6. Blue varieties of Kyanite are sometimes cut as gems. 
 
 KYMATINE. 
 
 Massive : composition columnar, individuals thin, and arranged 
 so as to produce an undulating structure : also impalpable. 
 
 Lustre pearly. Color greenish-grey. Streak white. 
 
 Rather brittle. Hardness = 2-0 ... 3-00. Sp. gr. = 2'923 . . . 
 2981. 
 Locality not mentioned. 
 
 LABRADORITE. Polychromatic Feldspar. 
 PARTSCH. 
 
 Primary form. Doubly oblique prism. P on M =94 
 30'. PonT = 119. MonT=U5. 
 
 Secondary forms. These are analogous to those of Al- 
 bite, but they present less variety, and on account of their 
 rarity in general, have been but little investigated. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 299 
 
 Labradorite. 
 
 Cleavage parallel with P and M most distinct, that in the 
 direction of the remaining primary face very imperfect. 
 
 Lustre, upon the cleavage planes of P pearly, passing in- 
 to vitreous. Color white, passing into grey, with a tinge of 
 blue. Opalescent and iridescent tints appear in directions 
 not coincident with the cleavages.* Translucent on the 
 edges. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =6-0. Sp. gr. =2-69 . . . 2-76. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, Labradorite resembles Feldspar. With ox 
 ide of nickel and borax, it affords a blue pearl. It is entirely dissolved 
 by heated muriatic acid. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KLAPROTH. 
 
 
 from Labrador. 
 
 from Saxony. 
 
 Silica 
 
 5575 
 
 51-00 
 
 Alumina 
 
 26-50 
 
 30-50 
 
 Lime 
 
 11-00 
 
 11-25 
 
 Soda 
 
 4-00 
 
 4-00 
 
 Oxide of iron 
 
 1-25 
 
 1-75 
 
 Water 
 
 0-50 
 
 1-25 
 
 3, Labradorite occurs in sienitic rocks ; also as a regular constituent 
 in several kinds of gabbro rocks, with serpentine. 
 
 4. It was first brought from the coast of Labrador. It occurs also in 
 Ingria, in large, but ill defined crystals, in Greenland, and as a constit- 
 uent of several rocks in various places of the Hartz, Saxony, near Flor- 
 ence, &c. The variety commonly quoted from Norway, in the zircon- 
 sienite of Friediichsvlirn, belongs to the species of Feldspar, and not to 
 Labradorite. 
 
 Labradorite is but little known in the U. S. But one locality of any 
 importance is known to exist in the country, which is situated at the dis- 
 tance of 60 miles west of Mount Moriah, upon Lake Champlain, (N.Y.) 
 in an almost uninhabited country. It here exists in the greatest abun- 
 
 * From the researches of Dr. BREWSTER, it appears that these tints 
 arise from the existence of empty crystallized cavities distributed through 
 the mass. 
 
 
300 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Latrobite. 
 
 dance, in granite, and presents the same handsome colors as the variety 
 from Labrador. It is occasionally met with also in rolled masses, in the 
 vicinity of Pompton plains, (N. J.) and at Amity, (N. Y.) 
 
 LANARKITE. (See Dyoxylite.) 
 
 LAPIS-LAZULI. (See Soddite.) 
 LATROBITE. Eruthrone Feldspar. 
 
 Primary form. Doubly oblique prism. P on M=91 
 9'. P on T = 93 30'. M on T = 93 30' ; obtained 
 from cleavage. 
 
 Color pale red. 
 
 Hardness = 5*75 . . . 6-50. Sp. gr. = 2*8, BROOKE. 
 2*72, GMELIN. 
 
 1. It fuses before the blow-pipe, in the platina forceps, into a white 
 enamel. With borax, it yields a globule, pale amethyst red in the oxi- 
 dating flame, and colorless in the reducing one. With salt of phospho- 
 rus, a globule with a silica skeleton, is obtained, yellow in the oxidating 
 flame, and becoming opake on cooling, transparent in the reducing 
 
 flame. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By GMELIJV. 
 
 Silica . . . 44-653 . . 41-780 
 
 Alumina .... 36-814 . . 32-827 
 Lime .... 8-291 . . 9-787 
 
 Oxide of manganese . .3-160 . . 5-767 
 
 Magnesia with some manganese 0-528 . . 0-000 
 
 Potash .... 6-575 . . 6-575 
 
 Water .... 2-041 . . 2-041 
 
 3. It occurs in Amitok island, near the coast of Labrador, with Mica 
 and Calcareous Spar. 
 
 END OF THE FIRST VOLUME. 
 
TREATISE 
 
 MINERALOGY: 
 
 SECOND PART, 
 
 CONSISTING OF 
 
 DESCRIPTIONS OF THE SPECIES, AND TABLES ILLUSTRATIVE OF 
 THEIR NATURAL AND CHEMICAL AFFINITIES. 
 
 BY 
 
 CHARLES UPHAM SHEPARD, A. B. 
 
 Lecturer on Natural History in Yale College ; Member of the Amer ican 
 
 Geological Society ; Corresponding Member of the Academy of 
 
 Natural Sciences of Philadelphia ; of the Natural History 
 
 Society of Montreal, and of the Qeological 
 
 Society of France, &c. 
 
 VOLUME II. 
 
 NEW HAVEN: 
 
 HEZEKIAH HOWE& CO. 
 
 1835. 
 
Entered according to an Act of Congress, in the year 1835, 
 
 by CHARLES UPHAM SHEPARD, 
 in the Clerk's office, of the District Court of Connecticut. 
 
 Printed by Hesekiah Howe & Co. 
 
GENERAL DESCRIPTIONS 
 
 SPECIES. 
 
 LAUMONITE. Diatomous Kouphone-Spar. 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism : (oblique from 
 an acute edge.) Mon M'=86 15'. M on P=113 30'. 
 Iceland. Nova-Scotia. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 1. Fig. 272. 
 
 M 
 
 M on c 
 
 104 20'. PHILLIPS. 
 
 2. Primitive form, with the lateral edges truncated. 
 Schemnitz, Hungary. 
 
 3. The same, with the addition of plane c, and the trun- 
 cation of the obtuse lateral edges. Huelgoet, Brittany. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with the shorter diagonal, distinct ; 
 traces of, parallel with the longer. Fracture uneven, 
 scarcely observable. Surface P either smooth or uneven. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Laumonite La zulite. 
 
 The faces parallel to the principal axis striated in that di- 
 rection. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to pearly upon the more dis- 
 tinct faces of cleavage. Color white, passing into reddish, 
 yellowish, or greyish tints. Streak white. Translucent. 
 
 Not very brittle. Hardness = l*5 . . . 5*5. Sp. gr.=2*3. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 commonly elongated in one direction, faces of composition 
 generally streaked. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it melts into a white spumous mass. It ge- 
 latinizes with acids, and acquires negative electricity by friction, if iso- 
 lated. It is decomposed by the action of the atmosphere, and loses its 
 water; it is therefore generally met with in a friable state, and most of 
 its properties are on that account but imperfectly known. 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 Silica - - 4830 - - - 49-00 
 
 Alumina - - 22-70 - - - 22-00 
 
 Lime - - 12-10 - - - 9-00 
 
 Water - - 16-00 - - - 17-50 
 
 Carbonic acid - - 0-00 - - - 2-50 
 
 3. It occurs in veins, traversing clay-slate with limestone : also in ir- 
 regular veins and imbedded masses in porphyry, and in the cavities of 
 amygdaloidal rocks. 
 
 4. The original locality is in the lead mines of Huelgoet in Brittany, 
 It was next found near Schemnitz in Hungary, in porphyry. It occurs 
 likewise on Mount St. Gothard with Apatite, in Faroe, Iceland, and va- 
 rious parts of Scotland, Ireland, and in Nova-Scotia. 
 
 In the United States it has been met with occasionally, in small masses, 
 in the amygdaloid of Connecticut and Massachusetts ; and at Phillips- 
 town, (N.Y.) 
 
 LAZULITE. Prismatic Azure-Spar. MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism, M on M=I31 Q 
 30'. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Lazulite. 
 
 Secondary form. Fig. 273. 
 
 121 30' 
 
 a on e 
 
 138 45 
 
 cl on cl 
 
 140 30 
 
 cl on c2 
 
 150 45 
 
 e on d 
 
 91 30* 
 
 cl on e 
 
 129 10 
 
 cl on d 
 
 158 10' 
 120 40 
 00 
 36 
 25 
 
 150 
 162 
 139 
 141 
 
 20 
 
 Fracture uneven. 
 
 MonM 
 
 M on e 
 M and 
 MOD/ 
 a on a 
 a on cl 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with a indistinct. 
 Surface smooth, all the faces alike. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. .Color various shades of a pure blue 
 color, particularly deep and beautiful if viewed in the direc- 
 tion of one line, apparently the axis of the crystals ; while 
 perpendicular to it, it is of a pale greenish blue color. 
 Streak white. Translucent, generally only on the edges, 
 opake. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 5-0 ... 5-5. Sp. gr. = 3-056. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 individuals strongly connected. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it intumesces a little, and assumes a glassy 
 appearance, where the heat has been highest, but does not melt. With 
 borax, it yields a clear colorless globule. Treated with boracic acid and 
 a piece of iron-wire, it gives a globule of phosphuret of iron. 
 2. Analysis. 
 By FTJCHS. 
 
 Phosphoric acid 
 Alumina 
 Magnesia 
 Silica 
 Protoxide of iron 
 Water 
 
 * 
 
 - 
 
 41-81 
 3573 
 934 
 2-10 
 2-64 
 6-06 
 
 h These planes may be taken also as the primary planes. 
 
 i* 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Leadhillite. 
 
 3. It has been found in narrow veins, traversing clay-slate, both mas- 
 sive and crystallized with Quartz and Spathic Iron, nearWerfen in Salz- 
 burg. 
 
 LEADHILLITE. Axotomous Lead-Baryte. 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Rhomboid. P on P=72 30'. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 274. 
 
 P on a 
 g on a 
 di on a 
 
 Fig. 276. 
 
 111 30' 
 111 30 
 131 58 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Leadhillite. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel to o, and traces parallel to a. Frac- 
 ture conchoidal, scarcely observable. Surface o very 
 smooth and even ; some of the faces curved or uneven. 
 
 Lustre resinous, inclining to adamantine, pearly upon o. 
 Color yellowish white, passing into various, pale grey, green, 
 yellow, and brown tints. Streak white. Transparent . . . 
 translucent. 
 
 Rather sectile. Hardness =2-5. Sp. gr. =6-266. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals, frequent. Mas- 
 sive : composition lamellar, or granular. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, this mineral first intumesces a little, and 
 then becomes yellow, but re-assumes a white color on cooling. It effer- 
 vesces briskly in nitric acid, and leaves a white residue. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By BERZELIUS. 
 
 Carbonate of lead . . . . . . . 71*1 
 
 Sulphate of lead 30-0 
 
 With traces of muriatic acid, giving an excess of !!, probably owing 
 to the existence of a subsalt of lead in the mineral. 
 
 3. It occurs principally at the Lead Hills of Scotland, in a vein trav- 
 ersing grey wacke, accompanied with various other ores of lead : it has 
 been brought from Spain under similar circumstances. 
 
 LEELITE. 
 
 Massive. Fracture splintery. Lustre and translucency like 
 horn. Sp.gr. =2-71. 
 
 1. Analysis. 
 By MITCHELL. 
 
 Silica 81-91 
 
 Alumina . 6'55 
 
 Protoxide of iron . 6-42 
 
 Potash 8-88 
 
 2. The specimens were brought from Gryphytta in Westmania, Swe- 
 den. 
 
 3. It scarcely admits of a doubt, that the Leelite is a variety of Feldspar. 
 
 LENZINITE. 
 
 An impure variety of Opal, in a state of partial decomposition. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Leucite Leucopyrite. 
 
 LEPIDOKROKITE. (See Limonite.) 
 
 LEPIDOLITE. (See Mica.) 
 LEUCITE. Trapezoidal Kouphone-Spar. MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Cube. 
 
 Secondary form. Trapezohedron. Irregular forms and 
 grains. 
 
 Cleavage, very imperfect parallel to the primary form, 
 and also to the faces of the rhombic dodecahedron. Frac- 
 ture conchoidal. Surface of crystals even, though gene- 
 rally rough ; of grains, uneven and smooth. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color reddish, yellowish, or grey- 
 ish-white ; ash grey or smoke grey. Streak white. Semi- 
 transparent . . . translucent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 5*5 . . . 6-0. Sp. gr. = 2-483. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular ; 
 faces of composition irregularly streaked. Rare. 
 
 1. Alone before the blow-pipe, U is infusible : with borax, or carbon- 
 ate of lime, it fuses with difficulty into a clear globule. Reduced to pow- 
 der, it is said to change the. color of the blue tincture of violets to green. 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KLAPROTH. By ARFWEDSON. 
 
 fr. Vesuvius. fr. Albano. fr. Albano. 
 
 Silica . . 53-750 . 54-00 . 56-10 
 
 Alumina . . 24-625 . 23-00 . 23-10 
 ^Potash . . 21-350 . 22-00 . 21-15 
 
 Oxide of iron , 0000 . 0-00 . 0-90 
 
 3. It occurs chiefly in imbedded crystals and grains in lava, sometimes 
 in compound specimens ejected by Mount Vesuvius. Besides this lo- 
 cality, it is also found at Albano and Frescati near Rome. 
 
 LEUCOPYRITE. Axotomous Er uthleucone- 
 Pyrites. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. Mon M = 122 
 26'. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Leucopyrite. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 277. 
 
 M 
 
 M 
 
 Stiria Bedford co. (Penn.) 
 
 o on o - 
 M on o - 
 
 51 30' 
 about 146 00 
 
 Cleavage, perfect parallel to the longer diagonal ; less 
 distinct parallel with two faces on the acute lateral edges, 
 inclining under 86 10'; traces parallel with M. Frac- 
 ture uneven. Surface faintly streaked, parallel to the com- 
 mon edges of combination, frequently smooth. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color between silver-white and steel- 
 grey. Streak greyish-black. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 5-0 ... 5-5. Sp. gr. = 7-228, 
 from Silesia ; 7-337, crystal from Bedford co. (Penn.) 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 individuals small, often nearly impalpable, and strongly con- 
 nected ; fracture uneven ; composition columnar, rather 
 thick, irregular, and divergent. Faces of composition 
 irregularly streaked. 
 
 1. It is sometimes magnetic even with polarity. It melts before the 
 blow-pipe, without giving any perceptible smell of arsenic ; but when 
 fused in quantity beneath the flame of the compound blow-pipe, the odor 
 of arsenic is perceptible. It is perfectly soluble in nitric acid, a few 
 flakes of Plumbago, only, remaining undissolved in the solution. 
 
10 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Leucopyrite Levyne. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By SHEPARD. 
 
 From Bedford co. (Penn.) 
 
 Iron 97-44 
 
 Arsenic 1*56 
 
 3. It is found in beds, either along with Spathic Iron and Limonite, or 
 imbedded in serpentine. With the first, it occurs in the valley of Loling, 
 near Huttenberg in Carinthia ; in serpentine, at Reichenstein in Silesia. 
 It has likewise been met with in beds in primitive mountains, with Cop- 
 per-Nickel and Smaltine, at Schladming in Stiria. 
 
 It has been found in the U. States at two localities, but under what 
 circumstances, it is not known : one of them is in Bedford co. (Penn.) 
 from whence a crystal weighing two or three ounces, was brought; and 
 the other, in Randolph co. (N. Carolina) where a mass, weighing nearly 
 two pounds, was obtained. 
 
 LEVYNE. Macrotypous Kouphone-Spar. 
 PARTS CH. 
 
 Primary form. Rhomboid. P on P=79 29'. 
 
 Cleavage, indistinct parallel to P. Fracture, imperfectly 
 conchoidal. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color white. Streak white. Semi- 
 transparent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =4-0. Sp. gr. =2*198. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Composition parallel to o. 
 
 Fig. 278. 
 
 o one- - - - 136 l'> T 
 oonP 11729 $ LEVY - 
 
 Surface o uneven, and generally curved. 
 
 1. In the glass tube, when heated, it gives off a considerable quantity 
 of water, and becomes opake. Upon charcoal, it intumesces slightly. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Levyne Libethenite. 
 
 11 
 
 With salt of phosphorus, it yields a transparent globule, which contains 
 a skeleton of silica, and becomes opake on cooling. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By BERZELIUS. By CONNEL. 
 
 48-00 - - - 46-30 
 
 20-00 - - - 22-47 
 
 8-35 - - - 9-72 
 
 0-40 - -" - 0-00 
 
 0-41 - - - 1-26 
 
 2-75 - - - 1-55 
 
 0-00 - - - 0-77 
 
 0-00 - * - 0-19 
 
 19-30 - - - 19-51 
 
 Silica 
 
 Alumina 
 
 Lime 
 
 Magnesia - 
 
 Potash 
 
 Soda 
 
 Oxide of iron 
 
 Oxide of manganese - 
 
 Water 
 
 3. It occurs at Dalsnyhen in Faroe ; in Ireland, and in the island of 
 Skye, with Heulandite, in the vesicular cavities of amygdaloid. 
 
 LIBETHENITE. Diprismatic Copper-Baryte. 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M=l 10. 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 279. 
 
 
 x on x 
 P on c 
 a on a' 
 c on c 
 c on e 
 
 110 00'? "| 
 126 10 
 95 15 
 
 15 
 
 10 
 
 S PHILLIPS. 
 
 121 
 149 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with P and M : the former distinct. 
 Fracture conchoidal, uneven. Surface of P very smooth 
 and even ; M striated parallel to its edges of combination 
 with P. 
 
 
12 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Libethenite Limonite. 
 
 Lustre resinous. Color olive-green, generally dark. 
 Streak olive-green* Translucent on the edges. 
 Brittle. Hardness =4-0. Sp. gr. =3-6 . . . 3-8. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, on the first impression of heat, it fuses into a 
 brownish globule, which, by further action of the heat, extends on the 
 surface of the charcoal, and acquires a reddish grey, metallic lustre, and 
 finally gives, at the centre, a small globule of metallic copper. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By BERTHIER. 
 
 Oxide of copper - - - - - - 63-9 
 
 Phosphoric acid 28-7 
 
 Water 7-4 
 
 3. It occurs engaged in cavities of Quartz, associated with Yellow 
 
 Copper Pyrites, in a bed, in primitive rocks, at Libethen, near Neusohl, 
 
 Hungary ; also at Gunnis lake mine in Cornwall. 
 
 LIEVRITE. (See Yenite.) 
 LIMBILITE. (See Peridot.) 
 
 LIMONITE. Prismatic Iron-Ore. MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M' = 
 130 40'. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 280. 
 
 The crystals are compressed parallel with the shorter di- 
 agonal of the prism, so as to give an undue extension to the 
 planes o o of the above figure. 
 

 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Limonite. 
 
 13 
 
 M' on M over e 
 
 130 40' 
 
 
 c on M' 
 
 120 42 X 
 
 o on 02' 
 
 135 5 
 
 
 c on 6 or 6' - 
 
 135 20 
 
 o on b' 
 o on M' 
 
 121 45 
 117 50 
 
 . | ! 
 
 6. on 02 or > 
 
 b' on 02' 5 " 
 
 121 25 
 
 a'l on 01 
 
 125 30 
 
 5 
 
 01 on M 
 
 129 30 
 
 a2 on 02' 
 
 149 24 
 
 m 
 
 02 on M 
 
 153 25 
 
 6 oni' 
 
 117 30 , 
 
 
 , 02 or 02' on c 
 
 147 00 
 
 Cleavage, pretty distinct parallel to the broad faces of 
 the crystals, or the shorter diagonal of the prism. Surface 
 deeply striated lengthwise of the prism. 
 
 Lustre adamantine. Color, various shades of brown ; of 
 which yellowish brown, hair-brown, clove-brown and black- 
 ish brown, are the most common. Streak yellowish brown. 
 Crystals often semi-transparent, and showing a blood red 
 tint. Other varieties are nearly opake. 
 
 Brittle. No action on the magnet. Hardness =5*0. .. 
 5*5. Sp. gr. == 3*922, of a columnar, compound variety. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Globular, reniform, stalactitic 
 and fructtcose shapes : surface, of various descriptions, 
 smooth, granulated, reniform, drusy ; composiiion colum- 
 nar, individuals very delicate, often impalpable. In tho 
 latter case, fracture becomes even, flat conchoidal, or un- 
 even. The composition is often repeated ; granular and 
 curved lamellar masses are formed of columnar composi- 
 tions, the faces of composition oeing either smooth, or cov- 
 ered with reniform asperities. Massive : composition co- 
 lumnar or impalpable. Sometimes the particles are so 
 slightly coherent, that the mass appears earthy and dull. 
 Pseudomorphoses of Calcareous Spar. 
 
 1. The present is one of those species in mineralogy, which, on ac- 
 count of the varieties in regard to composition, and the intermixture of 
 other species, has been treated of under a great diversity of names, as 
 
 VOL. II. 2 
 
14 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Limonite. 
 
 constituting sub-species, notwithstanding the close connexion of these 
 varieties thus distinguished, by immediate inter-transitions. In the first 
 place, some of what are generally regarded as pseudomorphoses, or sup- 
 posititious crystals, must be excluded, because they are not real pseudo- 
 morphoses, consisting of compound varieties of this species, but are de- 
 composed varieties of three others, viz. Iron Pyrites, White Iron Pyrites 
 and Spathic Iron, to which they must be severally referred. The 
 fibrous Limonite, or Brown Hematite, contains the real crystals, 
 and the compound varieties in stalactitic, reniform, and other imitative 
 shapes ; also those massive varieties in which the composition may still 
 be ascertained. A crystallized variety, in thin laminae, has been called 
 Rubinglimmer or Gothite. Compact Brown Iron-Ore comprehends 
 those imitative shapes and massive varieties, in which the composition is 
 no longer observable, but which are still firmly connected ; while Ochrey 
 Brown Iron-Ore is applied to those which have an earthy texture, and 
 are friable. As impure varieties of this species, or those in which other 
 species are mechanically blended, we must consider some of the clay 
 Iron-Ores, such as the Granular, the Common, the Pisiform, and the 
 Reniform clay iron-ore. The granular variety is composed of compact 
 roundish or globular masses ; the reniform ore, of alternating coats of 
 different color and consistency, disposed in a reniform surface. In the 
 pisiform variety, we meet with a similar composition, only in small glob- 
 ules, parallel to the surface of which the laminae are disposed. The com- 
 pact pisiform clay iron-ore, however, does riot belong to the present spe- 
 cies, but it is a decomposed White Iron Pyrites, as is proved not only by 
 the crystalline forms which it presents, and which are described in 
 books, but likewise from the nucleus of undecomposed pyrites, which 
 larger specimens of it often contain. To this species also appear to be- 
 long several scaly and nearly impalpable varieties of Iron-Ore, as the 
 Lepidpkrokite, Pyrrhosiderite, and Sideroschisolite ; though it is probable 
 that some of them contain scales of Specular Iron also. 
 
 2. Before the blow-pipe, it becomes black and magnetic. It melts 
 with boi'ax, into a green or yellow glass, and is soluble in heated nitro- 
 muiiatic acid. 3. Analysis. 
 
 By D'AuBuissoN. 
 
 A fibrous variety. A compact variety. 
 
 Peroxide of iron . 82-00 . . 84-00 
 
 Water . 14-00 . . . n-QO 
 
 Oxide of manganese . 2-00 . . . 2-00 
 
 Silica . 1-00 . . . 2-00 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 15 
 
 Limonite. 
 
 It is a hydrate of peroxide of iron, the proportions of peroxide of iron 
 and water, being as 85-30 to 14-70. 
 
 4. Limonite occurs in beds and veins. When in beds, it is generally 
 accompanied by Spathic Iron, sometimes also by Heavy Spar, Calcare- 
 ous Spar, Arragonite and Quartz. These beds a-re included both in an- 
 cient and in secondary rocks, the latter of which, though very thick, do 
 not extend to a very great distance. When in veins, this species is fre- 
 quently attended with some of the ores of manganese. Acicular crystaU 
 of Limonite are met with in geodes of Quartz. Those varieties of clay 
 iron-stone which belong to the present species, either form beds by them- 
 selves in secondary rocks, or they are imbedded in strata of clay, in the 
 shape of larger or smaller globular concretions, some of them belonging 
 to the coal formation, others to various kinds of sandstone. 
 
 5. Limonite is very plentiful in some countries. It occurs in beds in 
 gneiss, along with granular limestone, at Friesach, at Huttenberg, and in 
 the valley of Lavant in Carinthia, at Turrach and Eisenerz in Stiria*. 
 Other localities, under similar circumstances, in Europe, are, Torotsko 
 in Transylvania ; Dobschau, Szirk, &c., in Hungary; Schneeberg in 
 Saxony ; Kamsdord and Saalfield, in Thuringia : though at some of these 
 .places it is said to occur in newer rocks. It is found in veins in various 
 parts of Saxony, Nassau, the Hartz, &c. Gothite is found in the dis- 
 tricts of Siegen and Sayns ; the velvety varieties at Przibram in Bohe- 
 mia ; several crystallized varieties in the vicinity of Bristol, England, 
 and in the lake of Onega" in Russia. Rich varieties of the clay iron-ore 
 occur in Bohemia, in Silesia, at Wehrau in Lusatia, and in Westphalia. 
 The kidney shaped variety is met with near Teplitz in Bohemia, Tar- 
 nowitz in Silesia, in Poland, in several districts of Lower Stiria, &c. The 
 pisiform clay iron-ore is found in Swabia, Franconia, Hessia, and in the 
 district of Ayrshire in Scotland. 
 
 Limonite is one of the most widely diffused mineralogical species of 
 the United States. Powerful beds of the fibrous brown haematite, ac- 
 companied by the ochery iron-ore, exist at Salsbury and Kent, in Con- 
 necticut, contained in mica-slate. In the neighboring towns of Beekman 
 and Amenia, (N.Y.) similar deposits are met vyith. Farther north, un- 
 der the same circumstances, at Richmond and Lenox, (Mass.) the like 
 varieties of the present species occur. The mica-slate, which embraces 
 the foregoing varieties, contains also beds of dolomite. At Hinsdale, 
 the fibrous variety occurs as a cement to a fragmentary quartz rock. 
 The nodular variety occurs at Gill, in the slate of the coal formation ; it 
 
16 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Limonite Liroconite. 
 
 is also abundant on Nantucket and Martha's Vineyard. Limonite is 
 abundant at Bennington, Monkton, Pittsford, Putney and Ripton, in Ver- 
 mont; at all of which places, it is more or less associated with ores of 
 manganese. The argillaceous varieties are common in Pennsylvania, 
 near Easton, and throughout the Lehigh range, in Fayette county at 
 Armstrong, Upper Dublin, and in Washington county. Nodular argil- 
 laceous iron, in- hollow balls from one inch to one foot in diameter, occur 
 at Bladensburg, (Maryland.) Argillaceous iron-ore exists on mount 
 Alto, in the Blue Ridge, at Hugh's mine, in Shenandoah co. (Va.) ; and 
 in Chatham and Nash counties in North Carolina. Nodular fragments, 
 which are perfectly compact and hard, occur disseminated through 
 gravel-hills, near Marietta, in Ohio. 
 
 6. Limonite yields a considerable portion of the iron annually produced 
 in the different parts of the globe. The pig,-iron, obtained from melting 
 its purer varieties with charcoal, in particular, may be easily converted 
 into steel. The hard and compact nodular variety is much esteemed as 
 a burnisher, in the polishing of metallic buttons. 
 
 LlNCOLNITE. 
 
 Primary form. Right oblique angled prism. M on M = 120 
 e.g. 
 
 Secondary form. The primary, with the acute lateral edges 
 truncated. 
 
 Cleavage, perfect parallel with P. 
 
 Lustre pearly on P. Color white. Transparent to translucent, 
 
 1. On hot coals, it whitens; and before the blow-pipe, melts into a 
 spongy, white enamel. 
 
 2. It is found in the amygdaloidal cavities of trap at Deerfield, (Mass.) 
 and upon gneiss, at Bellow's Falls, (Vt.) 
 
 3. As the largest crystals of this substance do not exceed one tenth of 
 an inch in diameter, and as the angles given were obtained with the 
 common goniometer, it will be necessary that their correctness be con- 
 firmed by the reflective goniometer, before the evidence that they are 
 distinct from Heulandite, can be considered as completely satisfactory. 
 
 LIROCONITE. Lirokone Malachite-Haloide. 
 Primary form. Octahedron, with a rectangular base. 
 P on P = 60 40'. M on M' = 72 22'. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 17 
 
 Liroconite. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 281. 
 
 Pon/' 179 22') 
 
 MonP 133 30 \ PHILLIPS. 
 
 I on I 178 10 ) 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with the primary planes, but effected 
 with much difficulty. Fracture imperfectly conchoidal, un- 
 even. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to resinous. Color sky-blue 
 . . . verdigris-green. Streak corresponding to the color, 
 very pale. Semi-transparent . . . translucent. 
 
 Nearly sectile. Hardness = 2-0 ... 2-5. Sp. gr. = 
 2-926. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive; composition granu- 
 lar, sometimes very distinct, but altogether rare. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it loses color and transparency, emits fumes 
 of arsenic, and is changed into a friable scoria, containing some white, 
 metallic globules. With borax, it yields a green globule, and is partly 
 reduced. In nitric acid, it is soluble without effervescence. 
 2.'" Analysis. 
 
 fBy CHENEVIX. 
 Oxide of copper 49-00 
 
 Arsenic acid ...... 14-00 
 
 Water 35-00 
 
 3. Lenticular Copper-Ore occurs in copper veins, along with various 
 other ores of copper ; also with Limonite, Quartz and Iron Pyrites. 
 
 4. It has been found only in some of the copper mines, near Redruth 
 in Cornwall, and in minute crystals at Herrengrund in Hungary. 
 
 LlTHOMARGE. 
 
 A pure, white, adhesive clay, from the decomposition of one or 
 more species. That from Rochlitz in Saxony, consists, according 
 to KLAPROTH, of 
 
 Silica .--... 45-25 
 
 Alumina 36-50 
 
 Wat3r 14-00 
 
 Oxide of iron 2-75 
 
 2* 
 
18 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Magnesite. 
 
 LYDJAN STONE. (See Quartz.) 
 
 MACLE. (See Andalusite.) 
 
 M ACLURITE. (See Brucite.) 
 MAGNESITE. Staphyline Lime-Haloide. 
 
 Reniform, tuberose, massive. Composition columnar, 
 individuals very delicate and diverging, producing a silky 
 lustre; also impalpable. Fracture flat conchoidal, some- 
 times fine earthy. 
 
 Dull. Color yellowish grey, cream-yellow, yellowish 
 and greyish white. Streak white and greyish white. Fee- 
 bly translucent on the edges . . . opake. 
 
 Sp. gr. = 2*808. (No allowance being made for its 
 imbibition of water.) 
 
 Adheres pretty strongly to the tongue. 
 
 1. Several varieties of the present species are distinguished by parti- 
 cular denominations. 1. Meerschaum or Sea-foam, which is contamina- 
 ted with variable proportions 6f silica : it is opake, and possessed of an 
 earthy fracture, yields easily to the nail, and adheres strongly to the 
 tongue ; occasional!}' it is very porous, so as to swim on water. Sp. gr. 
 = 1*2 . . . 1-6. According to BERTHIER, a specimen from near Madrid, 
 consisted of magnesia 23-8, silica 53 8, water 20 0, alumina 1-2. 2. Com- 
 pact Carbonate of Magnesia. Color snow-white. Sp. gr. = 2-56. 
 Gives sparks with steel, but does not scratch Fluor. It dissolves in acids, 
 at ordinary temperatures, with extreme. slowness, even when finely 
 powdered; but by heat, its solution is quickened, attended with the ex- 
 trication of carbonic acid gas. According to Dr. HENRY, it consists of 
 magnesia 46, carbonic acid 51. 3. Pulverulent Carbonate of Magne- 
 sia. It is in the form of a light, white, powder, or in slightly cohering 
 masses, resembling chalk. It appears to have resulted from the decom- 
 position of Native Magnesia. It consists, according to WACHTMEISTER, 
 who analysed a specimen from Hoboken, of magnesia 42*41, carbonic 
 acid 36-82, water 18 53, silica and oxide of iron 2-23. 
 
 2. Before the blow-pipe, it is infusible. It dissolves with a slow effer- 
 vescence in the nitric and dilute sulphuric, acids. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 19 
 
 Magnesite. 
 
 3. Analysis. 
 
 
 By 
 
 LAMPAD1D3, 
 
 from 
 Mahren. 
 
 By 
 
 KLAPROTH, 
 from 
 Steyermark. 
 
 By 
 
 WALMSTEDT, 
 from 
 the If artz. 
 
 By 
 
 BUCHOLZ, 
 
 from 
 Hrubschiz. 
 
 By 
 
 S THOME YER, 
 
 from 
 Baumgarten. 
 
 Magnesia 
 
 . 47-0 . 
 
 . 48-0 . 
 
 . 40-84 . 
 
 . 4659 
 
 . 47-63 
 
 Carb. acid 
 
 . 51-0 . 
 
 . 49-0 . 
 
 . 48-58 . 
 
 . 5100 
 
 . 50-75 
 
 Water 
 
 . 1-6 . 
 
 . 3-0 . 
 
 . 10-51 . 
 
 . 1-00 
 
 1-40 
 
 Ox. mang. 
 
 . 00 . 
 
 . o-o . 
 
 . 1-99 . 
 
 . 0-25 
 
 0-21 
 
 Ox. iron 
 
 . 0-0 . 
 
 . o-o . 
 
 . 616 . 
 
 000 
 
 o-oo 
 
 Alumina 
 
 . 0-0 . 
 
 . o-o . 
 
 . 000 . 
 
 . 1-00 
 
 o-oo 
 
 Lime 
 
 . 0-0 . 
 
 . 0-0 . 
 
 . o-oo . 
 
 . 0-16 
 
 0-00 
 
 Silica 
 
 . 0-0 . 
 
 . o-o . 
 
 . 0-30 . 
 
 . 0-00 
 
 0-00 
 
 4. It occurs at Gulsen in Upper Stiria, in serpentine ; at Hrubschiz, 
 in Moravia, with the variety Meerschaum ; at Baldifrero and Castella- 
 raonte, in Italy ; at Valeccas in Spain, and at Baumgarten in Silesia. The 
 compact variety, analyzed by Dr. HENRY, was from the East Indies. 
 The Meerschaum occurs in the Isles of Samos and Negropont, in the 
 Archipelago ; at Kiltschik in Natolia, where it is soft when first taken 
 from the locality, but hardens on exposure to the air. The pulverulent 
 variety is found in India. In the U. S. it occurs at Hoboken, (N.J.) dis- 
 seminated through. mamillary Dolomite, filling up narrow seains and 
 cavities among the concretions, in opake, closely aggregated, white 
 fibres. At the same place, also, in the pulverulent state, occupying 
 seams sometimes half an inch wide, and also in crusts coating capillary 
 crystals of Arragonite, and masses of Native Magnesia. The mine- 
 ral analyzed by WACHTMEISTER, from Hoboken, probably contained a 
 large quantity of hygrometric moisture. At Bolton, (Mass.) it is found in 
 seams, traversing white limestone, in delicate, scarcely perceptibly 
 fibrous, masses. 
 
 5. Magnesite is employed in porcelain manufactories. The meers- 
 chaum is made into pipes, and in Turkey is used for the same purposes 
 as Fuller's earth. 
 
 6. The crystals of Magnesite, quoted by some writers, appear to be- 
 long to the species Rhomb Spar. So far as its properties are known, its 
 place in the natural arrangement would be either within the genus 
 Lime Haloide, where it is here placed, or it would form a new genus, 
 next, preceding or following this genus. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Magnetic Iron. 
 
 MAGNETIC IRON. Octahedral Iron-Ore. MOHS. 
 Primary form. Regular octahedron. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 i. 
 
 Octahedron, with truncated edges. 
 
 Sweden. Haddam, (Conn.) 
 Franconia, (N. H.) Nova Scotia. 
 
 3. 
 
 Octahedron, with truncated angles. 
 Gulsen, Stiria. 
 
 5. Fig. 282. 
 
 2. 
 
 Dodecahedron. 
 
 Trarersella, Piedmont. 
 Franconia, (N. H.) 
 
 4. 
 
 Cube. 
 Gulsen, Stiria. 
 
 6. Fig, 283. 
 
 Zillerthal, Salzburg. 
 
 Zillerthal, Salzburi 
 
 7. Fig. 284. 
 
 Zillerthal, Salzburg. 
 
 Irregular forms and grains. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 21 
 
 Magnetic Iron. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with the primary form : in some vari- 
 eties perfect, and easily obtained ; in others, entirely oblit- 
 erated by conchoidal fracture. Fracture conchoidal, un- 
 even. Surface, the dodecahedrons commonly streaked 
 parallel to their edges of combination with the octahedron, 
 faces of the octahedral trigonal-icositetrahedron (fig. 282.) 
 smooth, though curved ; the surface of all the other forms 
 is smooth. 
 
 Lustre metallic : in some varieties, imperfectly. Color 
 iron-black. Streak black. Opake. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =5'5 . . . 6-5. Sp. gr. =5*094, oc- 
 tahedrons imbedded in chlorite. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals : axis of revolu- 
 tion perpendicular, face of composition parallel to a face of 
 the octahedron. Massive : composition granular, of vari- 
 ous sizes of individuals, and different degrees of cohesion. 
 If the composition be almost impalpable, fracture becomes 
 flat conchoidal, even or uneven. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it is infusible; but assumes a brown color, 
 and loses its attractive influence over the magnetic needle, after having 
 been exposed to a great heat. It is soluble in heated muriatic acid, but 
 not in nitric acid. It may be obtained crystallized by fusing it; and crys- 
 tals are likewise often produced in the process of roasting the ore which 
 contains this mineral. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By H 
 
 Protoxide of iron - ..... 94-38 
 
 Magnesia ....... 0-16 
 
 The loss is oxygen, as the mineral contains both protoxide and perox- 
 ide of iron, according to BERZELITJS, in the proportion of 30 98 to 69-02, 
 (the whole content of oxygen being 28-215,) or, according to KOBELL, 
 protoxide 24-48 .to 25-92, and peroxide 74-QS to 75-52. 
 
 3. Magnetic Iron occurs in beds in primitive rocks, more commonly 
 in gneiss, occasionally in clay-slate, hornblende-slate, chlorite slate, 
 
22 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Magnetic Iron Magnetic Iron-Pyrites. 
 
 greenstone, and sometimes in limestone. It is attended by Hornblende, 
 Epidote, Pyroxene and Garnet. 
 
 4. Immense masses of this ore exist at Arendal in Norway, the Taberg 
 in Smaland, in Sweden, and Chili. It occurs also in Saxony, Bohemia 
 and the Hartz. It is met with in Corsica, in Unst, (one of the Shet- 
 land Isles,) in Russia and Siberia. It is also extremely abundant in the 
 U. States. The most interesting crystallized varieties are found atMun- 
 roe, (N.Y,) lining the sides of veins in the massive ore ; atMarlborough, 
 (Vt.) imbedded in chlorite ; and at Bridgewater, (Vt.) in chlorite .slate ; 
 also at Franconia, (N.H.) imbedded in Epidote and Quartz. Immense 
 beds of this ore exist in the gneiss, at different places upon the western 
 side of Lake Champlain ; also in the Highlands of New York, and in the 
 mountainous districts of New Jersey and Pennsylvania. 
 
 5. It is one of the most important ores of iron, in furnishing the metal- 
 lic iron of commerce. 
 
 MAGNETIC IRON-PYRITES. Rhomb. ohedral 
 
 Bronze-Pyrites. 
 Primary form. Regular hexagonal prism. 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 285. 
 
 M on M' 
 M on d 
 P on a 
 P on c 
 
 120 OCT 
 
 150 00 
 
 135 00 
 
 102 13 
 
 BOURNON. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with P perfect ; less so with planes 
 M. Fracture small, and imperfectly conchoidal. Surface 
 rough, particularly M ; sometimes also horizontally streak- 
 ed. Subject to tarnish. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 23 
 
 Magnetic Iron-Pyrites. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color intermediate between bronze- 
 yellow and copper-red. Streak dark greyish-black. 
 
 Slight action on the magnet. Brittle. Hardness =3*5 
 . . . 4.5. Sp. gr. =4-631, of a cleavable variety. 
 
 1. Heated in an open tube, it yields sulphureous acid ; upon char- 
 coal, in the exterior flame of the blow-pipe, it is converted into a red 
 oxide of iron. In the interior flame, it melts with a good heat, into a 
 globule, which continues to glow, a few moments after it is withdrawn 
 from the fire. After cooling, it becomes an uneven, black mass. When 
 broken, the fracture is crystalline, arid the lustre metallic, with a yellow- 
 ish color. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By HATCHETT. By ROSE. By STROMEYER. 
 
 Iron - - 63-50 - 38-78 - 59-85 ^ - 56-37 
 
 Sulphur - - 3650 - 60-32 - * 40 15 * 43-63 
 The first of these analyses represents a bi-sulphuret of iron ; the oth- 
 ers are mixtures of the two sulphurets. It is often formed artificially in 
 slag*. 
 
 3. It occurs in beds along with other minerals containing iron, with 
 Blende, Copper-Pyrites, and sometimes with lolite. It forms an acci- 
 dental ingredient of several rocks, and crystallizes in their fissures. Its 
 presence has also been ascertained in several meteoric stones. 
 
 4. Small crystals occur at Andreasberg in the Hartz. The compound 
 varieties occur more plentifully. There are cleavable ones at Boden- 
 mais in Bavaria. Other varieties abound in Saxony, Silesia, the Hartz, 
 and Stiria ; also at Cornwall in England. The cleavable variety is found 
 at Munroe, (Conn ) imbedded in Quartz, and attended by numerous 
 ores ; also in the next town, Trumbull, in a vein of Topaz and Fluor. 
 The uncleavable variety occurs in Vermont, at Stafford and Shrewsbu- 
 ry ; and at several places in Massachusetts ; in which localities, it is at- 
 tended by Iron Pyrites. 
 
 5. It is employed, along with Iron Pyrites, in the manufacture of cop- 
 peras and sulphuric acid. 
 
 MALACHITE. (See Blue Malachite ard Green Mala- 
 chite.) 
 
 MALACOLITE. (See Pyroxene.) 
 
24 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Manganblende Manganese Spar. 
 
 MANGANBLENDE. Hexahedral Sclerone- 
 Blende.* 
 
 Primary form. Cube. 
 
 Secondary form. Regular octahedron. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with the primary form, perfect; traces 
 of cleavage, parallel with its edges. Fracture uneven, im- 
 perfectly conchoidal. Surface rough. 
 
 Lustre imperfectly metallic. Color iron-black. Streak 
 dark-green. Opake. 
 
 Rather sectile. Hardness = 3*5 . . , 4-0. Sp. gr. = 
 4-014. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 of various sizes of individuals ; faces of composition irreg- 
 ularly streaked, or rough. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it is melted with difficulty, and only on its 
 thinnest edges. It emits sulphuretted hydrogen, if reduced to powder, 
 and when thrown into nitric, muriatic, or dilute sulphuric, acid, it is dis- 
 solved. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KJLAPROTH. By VAUQUELI^. 
 
 Protoxide of manganese 8200 - - - 85-00 
 
 Sulphur - - - 11-00 - _- 1500 
 
 Carbonic acid - - - 5-00 - - - 0-00 
 
 It is generally, however, considered as a sulphuret of manganese. 
 
 3. It is a rare mineral, ft occurs chiefly in veins along with Black 
 Tellurium, at Nagyag in Transylvania, and in Cornwall. 
 
 4. DEL Rio mentions a variety of Manganblende, found at Oaxaca in 
 Mexico, in which the cleavages are rhornbohedral, and whose sp. gr. = 
 3-8. According to his analysis, it contains 41-7 sulphur, and 58-3 manga- 
 nese. 
 
 MANGANESE SPAR. Tetarto-prismatic Par- 
 a c h r o se-B a ry t e. 
 
 Primary form. Doubly oblique prism. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 25 
 
 Manganese Spar. 
 
 
 Fig. 284. 
 /^-^l 
 
 
 / T> ^~^ 
 
 MonT 
 
 - - - 121 oo x 
 
 ^-^1__/ 
 
 Mon P 
 
 - - 93 to 94 00 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 M 
 
 * 
 
 
 T 
 
 
 T onP 
 
 - - - 112 30 
 
 L_ 
 
 / 
 
 Secondary form. Similar to the form, fig. 189 of Feld- 
 spar ; but having the faces at the extremities of the prism 
 curved, and somewhat indistinct. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with P, highly perfect ; with M and 
 T less easily obtained. Fracture conchoidal ... uneven. 
 Most of the faces are smooth, though they possess a lustre 
 much inferior to that of the cleavage planes. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color pale flesh-red. Streak white. 
 Transparent to translucent. Grows brown and opake from 
 exposure to the weather. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 5-5 ... 6-0. Sp. gr. = 3-4 ... 
 3-634. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 individuals sometimes large and lamellar, also fine granu- 
 lar, rarely columnar, strongly coherent. Sp. gr. = 3*612, 
 from Longbanshytta ; 3-634, from Siberia. 
 
 1. The supposed new species, Fowlerite, must be included within the 
 Manganese Spar, as the most important properties of these minerals 
 plainly show, although the Manganese Spar had never been observed in 
 distinct crystals, previous to the discovery of the variety, Fowlerite. The 
 substances called Allagite, Corneous Manganese, Photizite, and Rho- 
 donite, are fine granular, or impalpable varieties, of the present species, 
 occasionally mixed with a variable quantity of Spathic Iron. Their col- 
 
 VOL. II. 3 
 
26 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Manganese Spar. 
 
 ors, are in general, several tints of green, brown and red, which become 
 darker on exposure to the air. 
 
 2. Heated before the blow-pipe, it becomes dark-brown, and melts into 
 a reddish brown or blackish glass, which in the variety from N, Jersey, 
 is magnetic. With borax, it dissolves into a violet colored glass. Re- 
 duced to powder, and Created with muriatic acid, it is partly dissolved; 
 the insoluble remainder assuming a white color. , 
 
 * 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 O O 
 
 
 
 
 
 ! -2 
 
 CO 
 
 <M 
 
 o 
 
 <M 
 
 
 
 C<J 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 O CO 
 
 CO 
 
 CO O O O O O 
 
 6*2 
 
 
 g 
 
 g 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o o 
 
 
 
 
 
 OOOOOO 
 
 Sf'S 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 00 
 
 2 
 
 10 
 
 <* 
 
 
 
 00 
 
 T- 
 
 2JO t>t-00 
 
 ij 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 lO 
 
 (M CO 
 
 O 7-1 
 
 ~f 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 OOOOOO 
 OOOOOO 
 OOOOOO 
 
 "^ S 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 ( 
 
 O i 
 
 o 
 
 CO <N 
 
 g>i a 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 
 
 w 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 ~ 
 c? 
 
 
 
 
 
 OOOOOO 
 OOOOOO 
 
 ^ ^ w 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 OOOOOO 
 
 CD 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 CJ 
 
 CD 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 C- 
 
 
 
 "'": o 
 
 <T<J O 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 . 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 S 
 
 -* 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 p-i 
 
 
 
 000 00 
 
 "^ 
 
 O-^*-N 
 
 <%%*> 
 
 
 ,~ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 l^d 
 
 o 
 
 X M 
 
 P C5 
 
 Cfi 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 C-'l 
 
 
 
 
 
 o o 
 
 
 
 g 
 
 OOOOOO 
 lO >O O O O O 
 
 O .is 
 
 0.53 
 
 QM 
 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 rH 
 
 o 
 
 O i-< O O XO CO 
 
 OJ 
 
 / A N 
 
 
 rws^- 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 r^ 
 
 
 
 
 C5 
 
 
 CO 
 
 Swl 
 
 2 o co 
 
 X 
 O CO 
 
 o o 
 
 CO 
 
 0! 
 
 O 
 
 2 
 
 or 
 
 10 
 
 S8 
 
 CO 
 
 Ci ^ F- O O (M 
 
 CO CO CO O O> 
 
 X O 3 
 
 O C 
 
 
 P g 
 
 Ci 
 s- "* 
 
 ^ 
 
 >o 
 
 Jo 
 
 2 
 
 >0 
 
 *t ^? 
 
 CO 
 rj< 
 
 I" CO CO XO -^ CO 
 
 
 T? l "" t CU* 
 
 CU 
 
 a. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 v^%^^ 
 
 / 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 2* ' 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 c5 
 
 w^ 
 
 
 
 o o o o o co 
 
 10 
 
 
 Ci 
 
 JL" S5S8S 
 
 -f CO 
 O U"5 
 
 CT> 
 CO 
 i*+s**r 
 
 CO CO CO O O 
 CO l> ri ^ CO ^ 
 
 N 
 
 if 
 
 
 
 jg 
 
 3 
 
 <w 
 
 
 >> 
 
 
 
 
 
 k 
 
 d g i 
 
 N 
 
 <J~ " 
 
 s <^ 
 
 J3 
 
 ^ r 
 
 
 "o 
 
 . 
 
 j^: 
 
 "S 
 
 15 o 
 
 -^ "he 
 
 c * 
 
 tJ ""C 'C3 
 
 'c^ 
 
 * bO 
 
 | 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 C3 
 
 s 
 
 S. 
 
 5 
 
 1^ 
 
 ^" fcciJl 
 
 
 
 
 bC 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ QQ 
 
 11 
 
 2 
 
 If 
 
 |l 
 
 3 
 
 <w 
 
 s; 
 
 - 
 
 R 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 5. 
 
 F 
 
 ^ j; 
 
 bb *** s 
 
 
 
 
 || 
 
 O 
 
 <3 
 
 
 
 
 U 
 
 
 
 <3 
 
 ftiJ 
 
 ifi 
 
 
 **-* 
 
 **^ 
 
 tA 
 
 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 V^N^w 
 
 / 
 
 en 
 
 t> 
 
 1 
 
 & 
 
 o 
 
 
 !3 
 w 
 
 W 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 W 
 
 
 
 J 
 
 M 
 
 
 - s* 
 
 *,. . 
 
 5 
 
 < 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 P 
 
 
 
 pj 
 
 
 
 
 ~ H - cu s 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 fc 
 
 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 w 
 
 pj 
 
 
 
 
 J3 
 
 t> S 
 
 
 |3 < K 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 pa 
 
 ca 
 
 
 
 
 tf 
 
 
 
 O -3~ 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Manganese Spar Manganite. 
 
 27 
 
 4. The variety Fowlerite occurs at Hamburgh, (N. J.) at the Frank- 
 lin furnace, where it exists in the form of a bed in limestone, along with 
 Magnetic Iron, Franklinite and Garnet. It also occurs at Sterling, 
 (the variety which has been called Silicate of Manganese,) in a bed of 
 Franklinite with Troostite, Automalite and Red Zinc-Ore ; and again at 
 Cumberland, (R.I.) where it is associated with Yenite. 
 
 The old variety, called Red Manganese, and Manganese Spar, is found 
 at Longbanshytta in Sweden, in beds of iron-ore ; near Elbingerode in 
 the Hartz ; in the district of Catherinenberg in Siberia ; also near Cal- 
 lington in Cornwall. In the United States, it has been found abundantly 
 at Cumminglon, (Mass.) where it exists in large, rolled masses, dissemi- 
 nated through the soil. The varieties called Allagite, Corneous Manga- 
 nese, Photizite and Rhodonite, occur near Rabeland in the Hartz. 
 
 5. It is cut and polished by the lapidary, and employed for inlaid work. 
 
 6. It is difficult to decide whether Manganese Spar is -with greater 
 propriety placed within the genus Parachrose-Baryte, than in that of 
 Augite-Spar. Its specific gravity, color, and liability to grow darker, 
 from exposure to the weather, however, rather favor the disposition here 
 made. 
 
 MANGANESIAN EPIDOTE. (See Epidote.) 
 
 MANGANITE. Prism atoidal Manganese- 
 Ore. MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M = 99 
 40'. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 287. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Manganite. 
 
 Fig. 289. 
 
 gong- - - 172 
 cone - - 115 
 n on n - - 95 
 
 m on m 
 I on I 
 r on r 
 
 - - 112 35' 
 
 - - 51 18 
 
 - - 134 14 
 
 Cleavage,, parallel with / highly perfect, and easily ob- 
 tained; with M also perfect, but less easily obtained; traces 
 of r. Fracture uneven, surface of the vertical planes streak- 
 ed parallel to their common edges of intersection. In gen- 
 eral, the faces are smooth, and possess pretty high degrees 
 of lustre. 
 
 Lustre imperfectly metallic. Color dark, brownish black, 
 inclining to iron-black. Streak, reddish brown. Opake 
 in larger masses ; when broken, or cleaved in the direction 
 of /, and exposed to the light of the sun, minute splinters 
 are often observed, which, by transmitted light, appear of a 
 bright, brown color. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =4-0 . . . 4-25.* Sp. gr. = 4*328, 
 
 * In the description given above, the streak of the crystals is stated to 
 be reddish brown. It is very often the case, however, that crystals 
 are met with, and still more frequently compound varieties, consist- 
 ing of columnar individuals, which actually afford a black streak. The 
 hardness of these varieties is much inferior to that of the crystals which 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Manganite. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals. 1. Face of com- 
 position parallel to Z, axis of revolution perpendicular to it. 
 
 Fig. 290. 
 
 A repetition of this law produces thick prisms, terminated 
 perpendicularly upon their axis by a rough face, which con- 
 sists of the apices of numerous individuals, or rather of nu- 
 merous particles of two individuals, alternating with each 
 other. 2. Axis of revolution perpendicular, face of com- 
 position parallel to a plane of the pyramid. 
 
 Fig. 291. 
 
 present a brown streak, being generally between 2-5 and S'O ; and some- 
 times in fibrous varieties, it is so inconsiderable as to soil the fingers and 
 write upon paper. On the contrary, their specific gravity is higher, and 
 
 3* 
 
30 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Manganite Margarite. 
 
 Massive : composition granular, or columnar. the latter 
 more frequently. 
 
 1. It is infusible before the blow-pipe, and colors glass of borax, violet- 
 blue. It is insoluble in nitric acid. In heated sulphuric acid, it dis- 
 engages chlorine. Also, before the blow-pipe, or alone, in a strong heat, 
 it gives out oxygen. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By TURNER. 
 
 Protoxide of manganese - - - - - SO 92 
 Oxygen 8-98 
 
 Water - - 10-10 
 
 3. Manganite occurs in abundance, and great beauty, at Ihlefeld in 
 the Hartz, and at Oehrenstock near Ilmenau in Thuringia. 
 
 MARCELLINE. (See Black Manganese.) 
 MAREKANITE. (See Pitchstone.) 
 
 MARGARITE. Rhombohedral Pearl-Mica-. 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Rhomboid, of unknown dimensions. 
 
 Secondary form. Hexagonal plates. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with the bases of the hexagonal plates, 
 highly perfect; also traces parallel with the sides of such 
 plates. Fracture not observable. Surface of bases trian- 
 gularly streaked, of sides horizontally streaked, though 
 faintly. 
 
 Lustre, common pearly upon the bases of the hexagonal 
 tables, both in faces of crystallization and of cleavage; vit- 
 
 oftcn approaches to 4-7. It is important to observe, that the exterior 
 strata of large crystals sometimes afford a black streak, and show low 
 degrees of hardness, while the interior parts still offer the characters in- 
 dicated in the preceding description. It would seem, therefore, that the 
 difference in several of these properties, is owing to a change or decom- 
 position of the substance itself, which does not affect the regular form.. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 31 
 
 Margarite Mascagnine. 
 
 reous upon the other faces. Color pale pearl-grey, passing 
 into red dish- white and yellowish-white. Streak white. 
 Tranuslucent. 
 
 Rather brittle. Hardness = 3-5 . . .4-5. Sp. gr. = 
 3-032. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granu- 
 lar, individuals of various sizes, faces of composition sel- 
 dom observable, rough, sometimes smooth. 
 
 1. Analysis. 
 By Du MEXIL. 
 
 Silica 3700 
 
 Alumina .-..-.. 40-50 
 
 Oxide of iron 4*50 
 
 I Lime 8-96 
 
 Soda 1-24 
 
 Water 1-00 
 
 2. Mar-gasite has been found in a bed in primitive rocks, mixed with, 
 and engaged in, the variety of Talc called foliated chlorite, at Sterzing 
 in the Tyrol, where it is accompanied by foliated Fluor, and Crichtonite. 
 
 MAR&TATITE. 
 
 A Blende from Marmato, which is black, and possessed of 
 a lamellar structure ; and contains, according to BOUSSIN- 
 
 GAULT, 
 
 Sulphnretofzinc - - 77-5 - - 76-8 
 Proto-sulphuret of iron - 22-5 - - 23-2 
 
 MARMOLITE. (See Kerolite.) 
 
 MARTITE. 
 
 A variety of Octahedral Iron, which contains no protoxide of 
 
 iron. 
 
 MASCAGNINE. Volatile Bitter-Salt. 
 Stalaclitic. Massive : pulverulent. 
 Color yellowish-grey, white. Semi-transparent. 
 Taste bitter. 
 
32 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Mascagnine Melaconite. 
 
 1. It is, apparently, a pure sulphate of ammonia ; and is found in ef- 
 florescences, upon recent lava, at Etna and Vesuvius ; upon decomposed 
 lavas of Puzzuolo, in the coal measures of Aubin and Aveyron, on the 
 surface of sandy plains nearTurin, and dissolved in the lakes of Tuscany. 
 
 MEERSCHAUM. (See Mctgnesite.) 
 
 MEIONITE. (See Scapolite.) 
 MELACONITE. Cupreous Lusine-Ore. 
 
 Massive ; composition impalpable ; earthy and pulveru- 
 lent. 
 
 1. Fusible before the blow-pipe into a black scoria, and yielding glob- 
 ules of copper in the reduction flame- It is soluble in nitric acid, with- 
 out the disengagement of gas. According to BEUDANT, it consists of 
 
 Oxygen - - - - - 20-17 
 
 Copper 79-83 
 
 It often contains the hydrated oxides of iron and manganese. 
 
 2. It occurs in all copper mines, and is probably derived from the de- 
 composition of Copper Pyrites and Blue Malachite. That which is de- 
 rived from the decomposition of the latter species, is nearly pure. 
 
 3. The most remarkable localities are Chessy near Lyons, Rhein- 
 breitbach on the Rhine, Lauterbach and Zellerfeld in the Hartz, Kup- 
 ferberg in Silesia, Hungary, Bannat and Cornwall.. 
 
 MELANITE. (See Garnet.) 
 MELANOCHROITE. 
 
 In rhombic prisms, having two faces enlarged, so. as to impart 
 to the crystals a tabular shape. 
 
 Lustre resinous, dull. Translucent on the edges, to opake. 
 Color hyacinth-red, to orange-red. Powder brick-red. Sp.gr. 
 = 5-75. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive. Composition impalpable. 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it melts easily into a brown mass, -which, on 
 cooling, assumes a crystalline structure. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By HERMANN. 
 
 Oikleoflead .... 76-36 
 Chromic acid .... 23-64 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 33 
 
 Mellite. 
 
 3. It is found at Beresofsk in the Ural, accompanied by Red Lead- 
 Ore, Pyromorphite, Vauquelinite and Galena. 
 
 MELILITE. 
 
 Primary form. Right square prism. 
 
 Secondary form. The primary, with its lateral edges trunca- 
 ted. Fracture imperfectly conchoidal. 
 
 Color yellow, inclining to red or green. Opake. 
 Hardness = 5-5 ... 6-0. Sp. gr. = 3-041. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it melts, without ebullition, into a greenish 
 glass. Reduced to powder, it gelatinizes with nitric acid. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By CARPI. 
 
 Silica 38-00 
 
 Lime - - - 19-60 
 
 Magnesia .-.... 19*40 
 
 Alumina 0-90 
 
 Oxide of iron 12-10 
 
 Oxide of titanium ..... 4-00 
 
 Oxide of manganese ----- 2'00 
 
 3. It is found at Capo di Bove, and Tivoli near Rome, accompanied 
 by Nephiline, in the fissures of a volcanic rock. 
 
 4. It will probably prove, if its hardness and specific gravity can be 
 relied upon, to be a new species. 
 
 MELLITE. Pyramidal Melichrone-Resin. 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Octahedron with a square base. P on 
 P =93. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 J. Primary, with the summits truncated. 
 
 2. The same, with the truncation of the angles of the 
 base. 
 
 3. The same as 2, with the truncation of the upper edges 
 of the octahedron. 
 
34 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Mellite. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with P very difficult. Fracture con- 
 choidal. Surface of the truncated summits rough anc 
 curved ; of the planes on the pyramidal edges rough ; the 
 rest of the planes smooth and shining. 
 
 Lustre resinous, inclining to vitreous. Color honey- 
 yellow, inclining often to red and brown. Streak white 
 Transparent . . . translucent. 
 
 Sectile. Hardness =2-0 .. .2-5. Sp. gr. =1-597. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Small massive nodules : compo- 
 sition granular. 
 
 4 
 
 1. It loses color and transparency, when exposed to the flame of z 
 candle, and is soluble in nitric acid. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KiLAPROTH. ByWoHLER. 
 
 Alumina - - 16-00 - 41-4 
 
 Mellitic acid - - 46-00 - - - 14-5 
 Water - - 33-00 - - - 44-1 
 
 3. It is found only at Artern in Thuringia, where it exists in a bed oi 
 brown coal, sometimes attended by Sulphur. 
 
 MENACCANITE. (See Iserine.) 
 MENGITE. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M = 136 20'. 
 
 Secondary form. Primary, with the terminal edges replaced 
 by single planes, inclining to the lateral planes under angles oi 
 140 30', 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with the secondary planes in traces. Frac- 
 ture conchoidal, to uneven. 
 
 Color black. 
 
 Hardness. Scratches glass. Sp. gr. = 5-43. 
 It is found in Siberia. 
 
 MENILITE. (See Opal.) 
 MESOLE. (See Mesotype.) 
 MESOLITE. (See Mesotype.) 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Mesotype. 
 
 35 
 
 [ESOTYPE. Prismatic Kouphone-Spar. 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M = 91 
 
 y. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 292. 
 
 M 
 
 M 
 
 Cheshire, (Conn,) 
 
 Fig. 293. 
 
 M 
 
 M 
 
 Cheshire, (Conn.) 
 
 Fig. 294. 
 
 Fig. 295. 
 
 Iceland. 
 
36 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Mesotype. 
 
 Fig. 296. 
 
 Faroe. 
 
 Fig. 292. Primary form, surmounted by dihedral sum- 
 mits, e on e= 143 35. Fig. 293. Primary, terminated by 
 four-sided pyramids, e' on e // = 143 35'. e' on e = 142 
 33'. PHILLIPS. Fig. 294. b on b" = 146 23'. PHIL- 
 LIPS. e'2 one"2 = 142 38'. PHILLIPS. Fig. 295. M on 
 /=135 35'. e' or e" on /=109 IS 7 . PHIL. var. Natro- 
 lite.-Fig. 296. e"I on = 162 15'. M on =162 30'. 
 PHILLIPS. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with M perfect. Fracture- conchoi- 
 dal, uneven. Surface of the replaced lateral edges, striated 
 vertically ; the rest of the faces smooth. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color few shades of white, generally 
 greyish or yellowish. Streak white. Transparent . . . 
 translucent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 5-0 . . . 5-5. Sp. gr. = 2-249. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Implanted globular shapes : sur- 
 face drusy, composition columnar. Massive : composition 
 columnar, consisting of delicate, straight, and generally di- 
 vergent individuals, radiating from a centre ; sometimes ag- 
 gregated into angulo-granular masses. Spheroidal shapes, 
 formed in vesicular cavities. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 37 
 
 Mesotype. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it loses its transparency, and melts into a 
 glassy globule : the radiated varieties exfoliate, and the compact ones in- 
 tumesce. They are with difficulty soluble in borax. Some of them as- 
 sume by heat, faint degrees of opposite kinds of electricity on their oppo- 
 site ends, and become positively electric by friction. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By GEHLEN & Fucus. By BERZELIUS. By SMITHSON. 
 
 var. var. 
 Scolezite, Mesolitc, 
 from from 
 Stafta. Iceland. 
 
 var. 
 Natrolite, 
 from from 
 Hohentweil. Tyrol. 
 
 var. 
 Mesole. 
 
 var. 
 
 Mesolite, 
 from 
 Faroe. 
 
 Silica 46-75 - 
 
 47-46 
 
 - 47-21 - 
 
 48-63 - 
 
 42-60 
 
 - 49-0 
 
 Alumina 24-82 - 
 
 25-35 
 
 - 25-60 - 
 
 24-82 - 
 
 38-00 
 
 - 27-0 
 
 Soda 0-39 - 
 
 4-87 
 
 - 16-12 - 
 
 15-69 - 
 
 5-63 
 
 - 17-0 
 
 Lime 14-20 - 
 
 10-04 
 
 - o-oo - 
 
 o-oo - 
 
 11-43 
 
 - 0-0 
 
 Water 13-64 - 
 
 1241 
 
 - 8-8S - 
 
 9-60 - 
 
 12-70 
 
 - 9-6 
 
 Ox. of iron 0-00 - 
 
 o-oo 
 
 - 1-35 - 
 
 0-21 - 
 
 o-oo 
 
 - 0-0 
 
 3. The general repositories of this species are the vesicular cavities 
 of amygdaloidal rocks. It occurs associated with Analcime, Chabasie, 
 and Calcareous Spar. 
 
 4. The most distinguished localities are Iceland, Scotland, the Faroe 
 Islands, the Isle of Bourbon, Auvergne and Tyrol. It also occurs 
 abundantly in the basalt of the Giant's Causeway. The variety Na- 
 trolite, and which is of a yellowish grey color, is found in a porphy- 
 ritic rock near Lake Constance ; also at Klingstone near Hohentweil in 
 Swabia. Mesotype, with the exception of one localitiy in Nova Scotia, 
 is a rare mineral in North America. It is met with, however, in small 
 quantities, in the trap of New England, and rarely in seams between 
 Hornblende and Gneiss. The most interesting specimens in the first 
 mentioned rock, occur at Cheshire, (Conn.) ; and in the latter, at Wash- 
 ington, in the same state. 
 
 METAXITE. 
 
 Massive : composition columnar, in extremely thin individuals ; 
 impalpable. 
 
 Lustre silky. Color greyish white. Translucent on the edges. 
 Shining in the streak. 
 
 Hardness (scale of BREITHAUPT) = 3-0 ... 4'0. Sp. gr. = 
 2-520. 
 
 VOL. II. 4 
 
38 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Mica. 
 
 1. It is fusible before the blow-pipe, yielding moisture ; with soda, it 
 melts into a white globule ; with salt of phosphorus, flocculi of silica ap- 
 pear. It appears, therefore, to be some earthy silicate. 
 
 MICA. Rhombohedral Talc-Mica. MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. M on M' = 
 120. M on P = 98 40'. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 297, 
 
 Fig. 298. 
 
 Acworth, (N.H.) Greenfield, (N.Y.) 
 
 Fig. 297. P on & = 90. M on &=120. P on M= 
 98 40'. P on M'=81 20'. Fig. 298. P on o = 90. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with P highly perfect, and easily ob- 
 tained ; also traces of cleavage parallel with M M'. Frac- 
 ture scarcely observable, uneven. Surface, k and M, hor- 
 izontally streaked ; the other faces, particularly P, smooth. 
 
 Lustre pearly, often inclining to metallic upon P: the 
 other faces, if they are smooth enough, present a kind of 
 lustre between vitreous and adamantine. Color various 
 shades of grey, generally passing into green, brown, and 
 black; also with white and red, (particularly, peach- 
 blossom red.) Superficial tinges of pinch-beck brown. 
 Streak white, grey. Transparent, imperfectly . . . translu- 
 cent on the edges. It is less transparent in the direction of 
 the axis, than perpendicular to it ; and generally exhibits 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 39 
 
 Mica. 
 
 different colors when viewed in these directions ; for in- 
 stance, oil-green in the first, and liver-brown in the second. 
 
 Sectile. Thin laminae are elastic. Hardness =2-0 . . . 
 2-5. The acute edges of the laminae, however, will some- 
 times scratch Fluor. Sp. gr. =2-949, a greenish black va- 
 riety, in large individuals. =2*832 of Lepidolite. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals ; axis of revolu- 
 tion perpendicular, face of composition parallel to one of 
 the faces of M. The composition is often repealed paral- 
 lel to both the faces of M. The individuals rarely project 
 beyond the face of composition. When they do not, the 
 composition is only obvious from the intersecting striae upon 
 P, and from the cleavages produced. In this way the star- 
 like crystals, of a large size, found at Acworth, (N. H.) 
 are produced. The same composition is frequent in mas- 
 sive varieties, in large individuals, particularly in the large 
 cleavage forms found at Munroe, (N.Y.) and at Mendham, 
 in New Jersey, whose numerous cleavages are easily 
 explained upon this supposition. Globular forms, both 
 imbedded and implanted : surface of the latter rough ; 
 composition columnar, sometimes joining in a second curved 
 lamellar composition. Massive : composition granular, of 
 various sizes of individuals; or also imperfectly columnar, 
 faces of composition irregularly streaked and rough. 
 
 1. In the present species must be included the old species Finite, ori- 
 ginally described from France. It appears to be only an impure, crys- 
 tallized Mica, contaminated by chloride Talc, or in some cases pure 
 Mica, which is partially decomposed. The annexed figures represent 
 the bases of very distinct crystals, (some of which are at least an inch in 
 diameter,) from Lancaster, (Mass.) and from Haddam, (Conn.) 
 
40 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Mica. 
 
 Fig. 300. 
 
 Fig. 301. 
 
 The inclination of P to the lateral planes is generally 90 ; in a few 
 cases, it is 96<V or a little above. When 90, the planes M do not ap- 
 pear upon these crystals. Color dark greenish or bluish grey. Cleav- 
 age parallel with P Fracture uneven. Sp. gr. = 2-893, of a crystal 
 from Lancaster. Emits an argillaceous odor when moistened. 
 
 2. Before the blow-pipe, several varieties first lose their transparency, 
 and then melt into a scoria, or into a glass, white or colored, or even 
 black. Others are infusible, and they show in general as much differ- 
 ence in this respect, as in their composition. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 41 
 
 II 
 
 O -<5 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 H 
 a 
 
 o e* M 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 * 
 
 
 
 
 
 Si 
 
 
 P 
 
 P P 
 
 s 
 
 gsr 
 
 z 
 
 
 5' 
 
 
 
 2^3 
 
 FjF"! 
 
 |l- 
 
 
 "* o 
 
 1 
 
 
 P 
 
 1 
 
 |i I 
 
 S 7* 
 
 ?" 3 'cS 
 
 s? 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 p 
 
 M 
 
 
 1 
 
 <? 
 
 S =r 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 So 1 
 
 c 
 
 c? 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 
 00=1 
 
 
 
 f? ^ 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 ?* 
 
 
 p 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i. 
 
 
 
 K 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 p 
 
 N 
 3T 
 
 s 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 ! 
 
 CSC 
 
 ? 1 ^ 
 
 3 a 3 5. 
 
 1 if fit 
 
 p 
 
 Pu 
 
 3 
 
 V. 
 
 ..j 
 
 s 
 
 s 
 
 03 ^ SJ 
 
 3 a" ^ 
 
 PJ c 2. ^ 2. 2. 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 aq 
 
 ? 
 
 o* . ^ 
 
 p ro p 
 
 5 ? P 5 o; P r 
 
 o* 
 
 , 
 
 
 
 ?r 
 
 
 
 p 
 
 
 ^p-^ 
 
 - a4 p. 
 
 51 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 2o 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 :-; 
 
 o 
 
 tocr. o 
 
 en 4- i**. 
 
 O *^l O to "^ GO O 
 
 at 
 
 M 8 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 c"- ._t_ ?. 
 
 g 5 8 g 
 
 S S 12 
 
 o" 
 
 p 
 
 
 g 
 
 e 
 
 S IS 
 
 10 tc 
 
 " S$ X: 
 
 3 > 
 
 O Oi 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 S 
 
 5^ 
 
 8 S S | 
 
 S 8 SS8S8 
 
 p ^ 
 
 
 o 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
 Ssl 
 
 o 
 
 i i i i 
 
 00,- 00 
 
 II 
 
 S| 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 | 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 000 
 
 888 
 
 0000 
 
 8 8 8.8 
 
 OOOOt- 
 
 8 8 8888^ 
 
 CD 
 
 000 
 
 88 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 o 
 
 i 
 
 o 
 
 8 
 ^-^ 
 
 00 
 
 
 * CO rfi. O 
 
 0000 
 Vi & <> O 
 
 O o c o c: ~ ^: 
 
 8 8 88888 
 
 5' 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 X_v>- 
 
 C . '/- 
 
 
 "^ 4X 
 
 1 S 
 
 Hi 
 
 o -^ o to 
 
 OO O OO O *k OO "4 
 
 co g hb o g i| jc 
 
 1? 
 
 oo" 
 
 D 
 
 >w> 
 
 r^-+ 
 
 Cr 
 
 to 
 
 ' I 
 
 CD 
 
 li 
 
 
 3 00 3 000,^^^00 
 
 Oxide of 
 iron. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^v>^T3 *v3 
 
 ^ ^s^~s^, rf 
 
 3 O 
 
 O 1 - 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 q- 5 too ^o 
 
 10 i- ^ 1C 
 
 
 So- 
 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 cr. CT -^i 
 
 g o o o" 2? '^ 
 
 O O O O ^1 O 
 
 o o Oocip o 
 
 3 S>~ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^rv-^v^v^-. 
 
 1 O 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 oo 
 
 88 
 
 O 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 o 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 '000 
 
 88 
 
 0000 
 
 8888 
 
 o o oooooo 
 
 8 8 88888 
 
 Plf 
 
 TO 
 
 roco 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^oo: 
 
 en co to 
 
 ^ co en o 
 
 h- >-OOOCO 
 
 M 
 
 Gt 
 
 g 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 00 O I ' <( 
 
 to o o o o o rf- 
 
 ll 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^roo 
 
 5CO 
 
 en 
 
 
 p. 
 
 
 
 
 
 p. 
 
 
 
 
 
 0^ 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 ^^ 
 
 p 00 
 
 " 
 
 10 00000 
 
 3 
 
 Soo 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 i& 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 o o o oo 
 
 O O O >f> 
 
 o co SoSoo 
 
 1 
 
 08 
 
 c8 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 OOQ 
 
 t > ^- O 
 
 1 g 
 
 o^SSS 
 
 H 
 
 88 
 
 2 
 
 ^ 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 to oo *^ 
 
 <> -<l gi u\ 
 01 en o * 
 
 S S 8S38 
 
 1 
 
 ^ 
 
 s 
 
 f 
 
42 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Mica. 
 
 4. Mica forms one of the constituents of various rocks, as granite, 
 mica-slate, gneiss, porphyry, and some kinds of sandstone. They form, 
 sometimes, more or less considerable concretions in these rocks, and 
 contain imbedded crystals of Topaz, Tourmaline, and other species. As 
 single crystals, they often appear imbedded in granular limestone, in ba- 
 salt and wacke, and as implanted crystals, they are {pund upon the spe- 
 cimens ejected from Vesuvius. Several varieties of Mica accompany 
 ores of tin and tungsten, in metalliferous beds. 
 
 5. Mica, in extraordinarily large individuals, is found in Siberia; at 
 Zinnwald, in Saxony, it occurs in crystals, possessing two axes of double 
 refraction. It is also found in the Horlberg in Bavaria, in imbedded 
 globules in Moravia, at Mount St. Gothard in Switzerland, at Finbo in 
 Sweden, Pargas in Finland, at Wisenthal in Saxony, and Joachimsthal 
 in Bohemia, imbedded in basalt and wacke. At Mount Vesuvius, crys- 
 tals of Mica, with one axis, often of considerable size and transparency, 
 occur in the drusy cavities of the ejected specimens. Lepidolite occurs 
 near Rozena in Moravia, and at Uto in Sweden. Finite is found, in gran- 
 ite, at Schneeberg in Saxony, in Auvergne and Cornwall. 
 
 The localities of Mica in the United States, are numerous and inter- 
 esting. Distinct crystals, often remarkable for their size and perfection, 
 occur at Acworth, (N. H.) in granite, implanted upon Feldspar: here 
 also occur the twin crystals, and massive variety, in large individuals, 
 aggregated also after the manner of the twin crystals. Very handsome 
 crystals are found at Greenfield, near Saratoga, in the granite vein that 
 contains Chrysoberyl, Tourmaline and Feldspar crystals: the Miea from 
 this place is of a rich oil-green color when viewed, across the axis, and 
 reddish-brown perpendicular to it. Small but distinct crystals exist in 
 the limestone of Orange county, (N. Y.) associated with Spinel and Bru- 
 cite. Rose-colored crystals are found in the tourmaline granite of Go- 
 shen and Chesterfield, (Mass,) and in general, nearly all the deposits of 
 Beryl throughout New England contain, occasionally, crystals of Mica. 
 Highly perfect cleavage-crystals, of great size and of dark greenish 
 black color, are contained in a vein about one foot in width, near the iron 
 mines of Munroe, at Greenwood, (N. Y.) A similar variety, but partly 
 decomposed, is found in the soil at Mendham, (N. J.) Individuals nearly 
 a foot across, occur at Paris in Maine : these are of a rich brown color, 
 and often penetrated by Tourmaline crystals. A yellow, somewhat cop- 
 per-colored variety, massive and in six-sided tables of large size, is found 
 at Henderson, Jefferson county, (N. Y.) A dark brown colored Mica, 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 43 
 
 Mica. 
 
 in plates of moderate size, has been met with near Moriah upon Lake 
 Champlain: also black mica in the same region at Willsborough, and a 
 pinchbeck-brown variety in Lower Canada. An emerald-green varie- 
 ty, in minute scales, disseminated through quartz, occurs at Brunswick, 
 (Me.) Lepidolite, in beautiful varieties, exists at Paris, (Me.) where 
 it is often penetrated, as at Rozena in Moravia, by Rubellite : in small 
 quantities, also, at Middletown, (Conn.) under similar circumstances. 
 Finite is found at Lancaster, (Mass.) imbedded in Quartz, associated with 
 Andalusite, and at Haddam, (Conn.) with Chrysoberyl, Garnet, Tour- 
 maline, &c. 
 
 APPENDIX TO MICA. 
 i. Tautokline Jlster-Mica. BREITHAUPT. 
 Primary form. Acute rhomboid. Pon P = 66 11' 20". 
 Cleavage perfect parallel with planes, tangent to the angles of 
 the base ; with the primary faces, imperfect. 
 
 Lustre pearly. Color green, to greenish white. Having but 
 a single optical axis. Streak greenish-white. 
 
 Flexible in thin laminae. Hardness (scale of BREITHAUPT) = 
 2-25 . . . 2-50. Sp. gr. =2-821 . . . 2-885. 
 
 1. The foliated chlorite from Zillerthal, and a portion of the old species 
 Mica, belong to the present division. 
 
 ii. Rubdlan Aster-Mica. BREITHAUPT. 
 Primary form. Acute rhomboid. P on P = 66 19' 50". 
 
 Cleavage as above. 
 
 Lustre pearly. Color brownish red to reddish brown. Optical 
 axis single. Streak the same as color. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness (scale of BREITHAUPT) = 2-50 . . . 3-0. 
 
 Isp, gr. 2-697 . . . 2-717. 
 1. This mineral is found only in the Mittelgebirge in Bohemia, 
 iii. Kuphone Aster-Mica. BREITHAUPT. 
 Primary form. Acute rhomboid. 
 Cleavage as above. 
 
 Lustre pearly. Color green. Optical axis single. Streak 
 greenish- grey, pale. 
 
 Flexible in thin laminae. Hardness (scale of BREITHAUPT) = 
 2-25 . . . 2 50. 
 
 1. The Kuphone Aster-Mica occurs in serpentine, at Waldheim, 
 Kuhschnappel and Kursdorf in Penig. 
 
44 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Mica. 
 
 iv. Trappean Aster-Mica. BREITHAUPT. 
 
 Primary form. Acute rhomboid. 
 
 Cleavage as above. 
 
 Lustre peariy. Color black to dark brown. Optical axis as 
 above. Streak yellowish grey. 
 
 Flexible in thin lamina. Hardness (scale of BREITHAUPT) = 
 2-50. ..30. Sp. gr.== 2.776. 
 
 v. Axotomous Aster-Mica. BREITHAUPT. 
 
 Primary form. Acute rhomboid. P on P = 67, about. 
 
 Lustre pearly. Color greenish grey, to white. Optical axis 
 single. Streak white. 
 
 In thin laminae, flexible. Hardness (scale oi'BREiTHAUPT) = 
 250. Sp. gr. = 2-780. 
 1. This is the variety from Munroe, (N. Y.) 
 
 vi. Dichromatic Aster-Mica. BREITHAUPT. 
 Primary form. Acute rhomboid. Inclination of P to the axis = 
 15 14' to 15 15'. 
 Cleavage as above. 
 
 Lustre pearly. Color green. Green parallel with the vertical 
 axis, hyacinth red at right angles to it. 
 
 Flexible in thin laminae. Hardness (scale of BREITHAUPT) = 
 275. 
 1. From Zillerthal and from Binden in Switzerland. 
 
 vii. Black Aster-Mica. BREITHAUPT. 
 Color black. Olive-green, in very thin laminae. 
 Sp. gr.== 2-507. 
 
 viii. Lepidolite Rock-Mica. BREITHAUPT. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. MonM = 119. 
 Cleavage parallel with M perfect, with the shorter diagonal 
 only in traces. 
 
 Lustre pearly. Color pale red, to light grey. Optical axis double. 
 Streak white. 
 
 Flexible in thin laminae. Hardness (scale of BREITHAUPT) = 
 3-0. Sp. gr. = 2-827 . . . 2-855. 
 
 1. To this species, belongs the varieties of Mica, called Lepidolite, and 
 some others. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 45 
 
 Mica Microlite. 
 
 ix. Hemidomatic Rock-Mica. BREITHAUPT. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. M on M =3= 118. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with M, perfect ; with the shorter diagonal, 
 in traces. 
 
 Lustre metallic pearly. Color grey and brown. Optical axis 
 double. Streak greyish white. 
 
 Flexible in thin laminae. Hardness (scale of BREITHAUPT) 
 = 2-0. Sp. gr. = 2 956 . . . 2-983. 
 1. The present species is cited from Zinnwald, Bohemia. 
 
 x. Siderose Rock-Mica. BREITHAUPT. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. 
 
 Cleavage, perfect parallel with M. 
 
 Lustre pearly. Color dark green to black. Optical axis double. 
 Streak green to greenish grey. 
 
 Slightly flexible in thin laminae. Hardness (scale of BREI- 
 THAUPT) = 3-25 . . . 3 50. Sp. gr. = 3-146 . . . 3-190. 
 
 1. Locality, Altenberg, Saxony. 
 
 x. Rhombohedral Chrysophane-Mica. BREITHAUPT. 
 
 Primary form. Acute rhomboid. 
 
 Cleavage, the same as in Tautokline Aster-Mica. 
 
 Lustre metallic pearly. Color yellowish brown to pinch-beck 
 brown. Optical axis single. Streak yellowish grey, almost pale. 
 
 Scarcely flexible in thin laminse. Hardness (scale of BREI- 
 THAUPT) = 5-0 ... 5-50. Sp. gr. = 3-071. 
 
 1. This mineral is said by BREITHAUPT, to have been sent to Europe 
 from the United States, under the name of Clintonite, and to be found at 
 Warwick, (N.Y.) Its locality is more probably Amity; and it appears 
 to be the variety of Bronzite, described page 89, vol. i. of this work. 
 
 MICROLITE. Octahedral Tungstic-Baryte. 
 Primary form. Regular octahedron. 
 
46 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Microlite. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 302. 
 
 Fig. 303. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with the primary faces, imperfect. 
 Fracture conchoidal, passing to uneven. Surface of the 
 primary faces, generally dull; those of b also. 
 
 Lustre resinous. Color straw-yellpw, to dark reddish- 
 brown. Transparent to translucent on the edges. Streak 
 white, except when the color of the mineral is brown ; 
 it then resembles the color. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 5-0...5-5. Sp. gr. = 4-75 . . . 5-00. 
 
 1. Alone before the blow-pipe, it remains unaltered. It is slowly dis- 
 solved in the glass of borax, to which it communicates a yellow color, that 
 grows paler on cooling, but remains transparent unless subjected to fla- 
 ming, when it becomes nebulous, and presents on cooling, a pale yellow 
 enamel. It is not readily acted upon by carbonate of soda. Insoluble 
 in nitric acid. Its chief ingredient is probably the oxide of cerium. 
 
 2. It is found at Chesterfield, (Mass.) in the vein of Albite, which 
 contains the green and red Tourmaline. The largest crystals yet seen, 
 weigh but 0-4 of a grain. They are disseminated through the Albite, 
 particularly near its junction with the smoky Quartz, 
 
 MIEMITE. (See Dolomite.') 
 MIKROKLIN. (See Feldspar.) 
 
 MlMETENE. 
 
 Primary form. Regular hexagonal prism. 
 Secondary form. Terminal edges replaced by single planes. 
 Cleavage, parallel with the primary faces, imperfect ; scarcely 
 visible parallel to the bases of the prism, 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Mimetene. 
 
 47 
 
 Fracture imperfectly conchoidal, uneven. 
 Surface horizontally streaked and uneven ; the prisms are often 
 barrel-shaped, or contracted at the ends. 
 
 Lustre resinous. Color pale yellow, passing to brown. Semi- 
 transparent . . . translucent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 3-5 .. .4-0 ? Sp. gr. = 5-0 . . . 6*4. (7-2 
 KOBELL.) 
 
 Compound Varieties. Globular, reniform, botryoidal, fruti- 
 cose shapes : massive, composition columnar, or granular. 
 1. Alone, on charcoal, before the blow-pipe, it melts with some diffi- 
 :ulty, and is reduced at once to a number of globules of lead, attended 
 with the copious disengagement of smoke, and the odor of arsenic. When 
 a small crystal is 1 held by the forceps in the exterior flame of the blow- 
 pipe, the part within the flame melts, and on being allowed to cool, crys- 
 tallizes like the phosphate of lead under similar circumstances. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By WOHLER, By GREGOR, By BINDHEIM, 
 
 fr. Johangcorgenstadt. fr. Cornwjall. fr. Nertschink, Siberia. 
 
 Oxide of lead 
 
 75-59 - - 
 
 69-76 
 
 . 
 
 35-00 
 
 Phosphoric acid 
 Arsenic acid 
 
 1-32 - - 
 
 21-20 - - 
 
 o-oo 
 
 26-40 
 
 Oxide of iron 
 
 14-00 
 25-00 
 
 Muriatic acid 
 
 1-89 - - 
 
 1-58 
 
 Silica 
 
 7-00, 
 
 
 
 
 Alumina - 
 
 2-00 
 
 
 
 
 Silver 
 
 1-15 
 
 
 
 
 Water 
 
 10-00 
 
 The specimen analyzed from Siberia was probably impure, from the 
 presence of hydrate of iron. 
 
 . 3. This mineral occurs in veins in various rocks, accompanied by 
 Galena, Copper Pyrites, Fluor, Quartz, &c. Capillary varieties are 
 found at St. Prix in the department of the Saone in France. In Eng- 
 land, it occurs crystallized in a copper vein in granite, in Huel Unity, 
 Cornwall ; also in the parish of Endellion, and in the lead mines of Dev- 
 onshire. The locality of Johangeorgenstadt, affords handsome crystals 
 of a yellow color ; that of Nertschinsk in Siberia, furnishes reniform 
 masses, of a brownish red color. 
 
 4. As yet, there does not appear to be sufficient ground for distin- 
 guishing the Mimetene from Pyromorphite. 
 
48 PHYSIOGRAPHT. 
 
 Minium MispickeL 
 MINERAL HYDRO-CARBON. 
 
 In acicular crystals. 
 
 Lustre nacreous. Color white, or yellowish white. Sp. gr. = 
 0-65. 
 
 1. It melts at 112 F. s and distils at 194, condensing unaltered. It 
 dissolves slowly in alcohol, but more rapidly in ether and oil of turpen- 
 tine. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 Carbon - - - - - - 73 
 
 Hydrogen 24 
 
 3. It is found between layers of lignite, near Urnach, canton of St 
 Gall, Switzerland. 
 
 MINIUM. Molybdic Lu sine- Ore. 
 
 Massive : composition impalpable, pulverulent. Color 
 aurora-red. 
 
 Sp. gr. = 4-6. 
 
 1. In the reducing flame of the blow-pipe, globules of metallic lead 
 are produced. It passes to the state of the brown oxide, through the ac- 
 tion of nitric acid. It probably consists of lead 89-62, and oxygen 10-38. 
 
 2. It is only met with in very small quantities in veins of Galena, and 
 also, associated with Calamine. 
 
 3. Its localities are Bleialf in Eifeld, Badenweiler in Baden, Brillon 
 in Westphalia, Island of Anglesea, Grassington-Moor, and Grass-hill 
 chapel in Yorkshire. 
 
 MISPICKEL. Prismatic Eruthleu cone- 
 Pyrites. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M = lll 
 12'. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Mispickel. 
 
 49 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 304. 
 
 M 
 
 M' 
 
 Freiberg, Saxon/. 
 Franconia, (N. H.) 
 
 Fig. 305. 
 
 Franconia. 
 
 Fig. 306. 
 
 Fig. 307. 
 
 Franconia. 
 
50 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 JVJispickel. 
 
 Fig. 308. 
 
 Fig. 309. 
 
 Fig. 310. 
 
 Franconia. 
 
 Franconia. 
 
 Fig. 304. r on r = 145 26'. (ditetraedre. H.) Fig. 
 305. / on Z=80 8'. (unit air e. H.) Fig. 306. z on *= 
 118 32'. Zon z = 16049 / . (unibinaire. H.) Fig. 308. 
 a on a=J21 52'. M on a^=136 20 7 . Fig. 309. g on 
 g = 118 32'. g on I = 131 48'. Fig. 310. g on a = 
 149 16'. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with M and M' pretty perfect ; traces 
 parallel with P. Surface, r deeply streaked parallel to its 
 own edges ; g sometimes rough, or striated in the direc- 
 tion of its edges of combination with Z; the remaining faces 
 are smooth. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color silver-white, inclining to steel- 
 grey. Streak dark greyish-black. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 5-5 . . . 6-0. Sp. gr. = 6- 127, of 
 a crystallized variety. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals : face of compo- 
 sition parallel, axis of revolution perpendicular to a face of 
 M; the composition often taking place parallel to both faces, 
 or being repeated in parallel layers. Massive : composi- 
 tion columnar, individuals of various sizes, generally straight 
 and divergent, or irregular. The faces of composition are 
 irregularly streaked. Individuals joined in a granular com- 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 51 
 
 Mispickel Mohsite. 
 
 position are often very small, or even impalpable and strong- 
 ly connected ; the fracture is uneven. 
 
 1. Before the blow- pipe, upon charcoal, it emits copious arsenical 
 fumes, and melts into a globule, which is nearly pure sulphuret of iron. 
 It is soluble in nitric acid, with the exception of a whitish residue. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By STROMEYER. 
 
 Iron - - - - - - 36-04 
 
 Arsenic 4288 
 
 Sulphur 21-08 
 
 Certain varieties contain a small proportion of silver, and have hence 
 been called Argentiferous Arsenical Iron. 
 
 3. Mispickel is frequently met with in beds and veins. It is accom- 
 panied by ores of silver, lead and tin, and is often attended by Blende. 
 
 4. It is common in the mining districts of Saxony ; in beds atBreiten- 
 brunn and Raschau 5 in veins at Freiberg and Munzig, and in tin veins 
 at Altenberg, Geyer and Ehrenfriedersdorf ; also in Bohemia, Andreas- 
 berg in the Hartz, Tunaberg in Sweden, and Cornwall. 
 
 The most interesting deposit of this ore in the U. States, is at Franco- 
 ma, N.H., where it occurs in gneiss, crystallized in the above forms. It 
 is associated with Yellow Copper Pyrites. A bed of the massive variety 
 exists at Worcester, (Mass.) A simila'r variety is found at Chatham, 
 (Conn.) along with Copper Nickel ; and at Monroe, (Conn.) with 
 Wolfram, Magnetic Iron Pyrites and Native Bismuth. 
 
 MOHSITE. Uncleavable Iron-Ore. 
 
 Primary form. Rhomboid. P on P =73 43'. 
 
 Secondary form. Twin-crystals, flattened in a direction 
 perpendicular to the axis, presenting the aspect of small 
 flat tables, nearly circular, with alternate re-entering and 
 salient angles on their edges. 
 
 Cleavage not observable. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color iron-black. Opake. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness, scratches glass. 
 
 1. It is believed to have come from Dauphiny. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Molybdenite. 
 
 MOLYBDATE OF LEAD. (See Yellow Lead-Ore.) 
 MoLYBDENA-SiLVER. (See Bornite.) 
 
 MOLYBDENITE. Rhombohedral Polypoione- 
 Glance. 
 
 Primary form. Regular hexagonal prism. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Haddam, (Conn.) 
 
 Shutesbury, (Mass.) 
 
 Fig. 311. Prmary form, with terminal edges replaced 
 by single planes. Fig. 312. The same, with the edges 
 between a truncated. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with P highly perfect. Fracture not 
 observable. Surface, P- smooth; the remaining planes 
 horizontally streaked. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color pure lead-grey. Streak un- 
 changed. Thin Iarnina3 are highly flexible. Very sectile. 
 Hardness =1-0... 1-5, Sp. gr. =4'59I. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive ; composition granu- 
 lar, of various sizes of individuals. 
 
 1. It does not melt, nor is it reduced before the blow-pipe, but it 
 emits sulphureous fumes, which are deposited on the charcoal. It de- 
 flagrates with ni r re, and is soluble with effervescence in nitric acid,, 
 leaving a grey residue. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By BUCHOL.Z. 
 
 Molybdena - - - - , , " - ' 60 00 
 
 Sulphur 40-00 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 53 
 
 Molybdic Ochre Monazite. 
 
 3. It is generally found imbedded in granite or gneiss. It is not un- 
 frequently met with in repositories of Tin-Ore, and is accompanied also 
 by Wolfram. 
 
 4. Among the oldest known localities of the present species, are Alten- 
 berg in Saxony, and Schlaggenwald and Zinnwakl in Bohemia. In these 
 places it occurs along with Tin-Ore ; in which connexion also, it is found 
 at Cornwall. Other foreign localities are, Norway, Sweden and Scot- 
 land. 
 
 It is of frequent occurrence in the United States, where it is generally 
 found in gneiss. The most interesting localities are, Haddam and the 
 adjoining towns upon the Connecticut River, where it is found in the 
 quarries of gneiss, in crystals and large plates ; at Saybrook it is associa- 
 ted with Siilbite. Other localities are, Shutesbury, (Mass.) and Bovr- 
 doin, (Maine.) A very powerful vein of Molybdenite has lately been 
 found at Westmoreland, (Vt.) where it exists in granular masses of con- 
 siderable size, often free from the intermixture of other minerals. Asso- 
 ciated with it are found white crystals of Apatite. 
 
 MOLYBDIC OCHRE. Molybdic Lusine-Ore. 
 
 Massive : composition impalpable, pulverulent. 
 Color yellow. 
 
 1. Fusible before the blow-pipe, attended with a white smoke. Heat- 
 ed on charcoal, it is partially absorbed, and on powdering and washing 
 the charcoal, grains of the reduced metal are discoverable. With salt 
 of phosphorus, it affords a green glass. It probably consists, when pure, 
 of oxygen 33-39, and molybdenum 66-"61 ; but ordinarily, it contains a 
 portion of the oxide of iron. 
 
 2. It is found only in very minute quantities, attending the Molyb- 
 denite, at nearly all its localities. 
 
 MONAZITE. Tetarto-prismatic Tungstic- 
 B a r y t e . 
 
 Primary form. Doubly oblique prism, giving angles of 
 49 and 99. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color, hyacinth or brick-red. Streak 
 white. Translucent on the edges. 
 5* 
 
54 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Monazite Mullerite. 
 
 Streak flesh-red. 
 
 Hardness =5-00. Sp. gr. =4-924. 
 
 1. Heated to redness in a glass tube, it suffers no change. In the 
 strongest heat of the blow-pipe, it only melts upon the edges, where it 
 turns to a greenish yellow. Treated with soda or borax, in the reduction 
 flame, it dissolves with effervescence into a light, yellowish, opake mass. 
 Dissolved in the salt of phosphorus, the globule is yellow, while warm; 
 but on cooling becomes yellowish green, and opake. From these and 
 other experiments, it has been inferred that the Monazite is a compound 
 of the oxide of uranium with some one or more of the earths. 
 2. It is found in the mountains about Ilmensjon in Siberia. 
 
 MONOPHANE. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M = 134 46'. 
 
 Secondary form, the primary having the obtuse angles replaced 
 by singles planes, t on t (fig. 171) = 111 56'. 
 
 Cleavage perfect, parallel with the shorter diagonal. 
 
 Lustre pearly on the cleavage planes, vitreous ou the others. 
 Color white. 
 
 Hardness (scale of BREITHAUPT) = 6-50 . . . 7-50. Sp. gr. = 
 2-158... 2 177. 
 
 1. Its locality is not mentioned. 
 
 MONTI CELLITE. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M = 132 34'. 
 Cleavage not observable. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color yellowish, to colorless. Transparent. 
 Hardness = 5-0.. .7-0. 
 
 1. It becomes gelatinous in muriatic acid, and is difficult to fuse be- 
 fore the blow-pipe. 
 
 2. It is found with Mica and Pyroxene, in limestone, among the 
 ejected matters of Vesuvius. 
 
 MOROXITE. (See Apatite.) 
 
 MULLERITE. Auro-tellurium Melacone- 
 
 Metal. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M=105 
 30'. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Mullerite Muriatic Acid. 
 
 55 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 313. 
 
 P on M or/ - - 90 OCX 
 
 Mon/ - - 142 30 
 
 Mon^ - - 127 30 
 
 a on f - - 161 30 
 
 c on h - - 126 55 
 
 c on a - - 123 30 
 
 Imbedded crystalline laminae. Traces of cleavage. Frac- 
 ture uneven. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color silver-white, merely inclining to 
 brass-yellow. Opake. 
 
 Rather brittle. Soft. Sp. gr. = 10-678. MULLER. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it melts into a metallic globule, and emits a 
 pungent odor. It is soluble in nitric acid. 
 2. Analysis. 
 By KL.APROTH. 
 
 Tellurium 44-75 
 
 Gold 26-75 
 
 Lead ... . . 19-50 
 
 Silver 8-50 
 
 Sulphur 0-50 
 
 3. It has been found only at Nagyag in Transylvania, where it at- 
 tends Graphic Gold and Manganblende. 
 
 MURCHISONITE. (See Feldspar.) 
 
 MURIACITE. (See Anhydrite.) 
 
 MURIATE OF AMMONIA. (See Sal- Ammoniac.) 
 
 MURIATE OF COPPER. (See Atacamite.) 
 
 MURIATE OF MERCURY. (See Horn Quicksilver.) 
 
 MURIATE OF SILVER. (See Horn Silver.) 
 
 MURIATE OF SODA. (See Common Salt.) 
 
 MURIATIC ACID. Muriatic-Acid Gas. MOHS. 
 Gaseous. Transparent, when unmixed with atmospheric- 
 air. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Muriatic Acid Myargyrite. 
 
 Sp. gr. =1-278. BERZ. 1-284. MOHS. 
 Odor pungent. Taste strongly acid. 
 
 1. Muriatic-acid gas consists of 
 
 Muriatic acid - - - - 75-31 
 
 Water - 24-69. BEJRZELIUS : (and 
 
 Muriatic-acid is composed of chlorine and hydrogen, united in equal 
 volumes.) It produces white fumes in the atmosphere, powerfully red- 
 dens vegetable blues, extinguishes combustion, and is fatal to life. At 
 the temperature of 40 Fahr., water absorbs about 480 times its bulk of 
 this gas. Under a pressure of 50 atmospheres, FARADAY converted it 
 into a colorless fluid. 
 
 2. It is found in the crevices and craters of active volcanoes, as those 
 of Etna, Vesuvius and Hawaii. It is also said to be produced by stag- 
 nant waters in salt-mines. 
 
 3. When obtained artificially from the decomposition of common salt, 
 it is employed as a disinfecting agent, and to form the muriate of tin. 
 Dissolved in water, it forms the common muriatic acid of commerce, 
 which, mingled with nitric acid, constitutes the aqua regia, by which 
 gold and platinum are dissolved. 
 
 MURIO-CARBONATE or LEAD. (See Corneous Lead.) 
 MUSSITE. (See Pyroxene.) 
 
 MYARGYRITE. He m i'-pr ism atic Melacone- 
 Blende. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. M on M' = 
 86 4'. Pon M=101 6'. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 314. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 67 
 
 Myargyrite. 
 
 The crystals contain many secondary faces, and have on 
 the whole much the appearance of crystals of Copperas. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with M, imperfect. Fracture imper- 
 fectly conchoidal. Surface, M deeply streaked parallel to 
 the longer diagonal, P horizontally. 
 
 Lustre intermediate between metallic and metallic ada- 
 mantine.' Color iron-black. Streak dark cherry-red. 
 Opake, except in thin splinters, where it transmits a deep, 
 blood-red color. 
 
 Very sectile. Hardness = 2'0 . . . 2*5. Sp. gr. = 
 5-234. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it gives results nearly agreeing with thot 
 
 f Red Silver-Ore. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By ROSE. 
 
 Sulphur ..... 21-93 
 
 Antimony - - - - - 3911 
 
 Silver 36-40 
 
 Copper 1-06 
 
 Iron 0-62 
 
 8. This extremely rare mineral has hitherto been found only in a few 
 single crystals, at Braunsdorf, near Freiberg in Saxony. 
 
 MYSORINE. 
 
 Massive: composition impalpable. Fracture small conchoidal. 
 Color brownish-black, sometimes with a tinge of green and red. 
 Tender. Sp. gr. = 2-620. 
 
 1. It is soluble in the acids, unless when it contains foreign matters ; 
 in which case the solution deposits a reddish precipitate, 
 2. Analysis. 
 By THOMSON. 
 
 Carbonic acid .... 16 70 
 
 Deutoxide of copper - 6075 
 
 Peroxide of iron .... 19-50 
 
 Silica .... 2-10 
 
58 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Native Amalgam. 
 
 3. It is found in the peninsula of Hindostan, near the eastern frontier 
 of Mysore. It forms beds in the older rocks. 
 
 4. It has been observed that the Malachites, on being subjected to 
 calcination, afford a substance analogous to the Mysorine. 
 
 NACRITE. (See Talc.) 
 NAPHTHA. (See Bitumen.) 
 NAPHTHALINE. 
 
 Crystallized in irregular, undetermined octahedra. 
 Cleavage, in more than one direction. Fracture conchoidal. 
 Lustre adamantine to resinous. Color white, green or yellow. 
 Transparent. 
 
 Brittle. Rather heavier than water. 
 
 1. Fuses at low temperatures, and crystallizes on cooling. It readily 
 burns with a bright flame and much smoke. 
 
 2. It is found in the fissures and fractures of bituminous wood, which 
 it sometimes traverses, and into which it seems to have been introduced 
 by sublimation. The layer of lignite belongs to a very recent forma- 
 tion, containing fossil vegetables, analogous to those now existing. 
 
 0. Jt is found in the coal formation of Uznach. 
 
 NAPOLITE. (See Sodalite.) 
 
 NATIVE AMALGAM. Argento- Mercury M e- 
 lacone Metal. 
 
 Primary form. Rhombic dodecahedron. 
 Secondary forms. 
 1. Fig. 315. 2. ,Fig. 316. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Native Amalgam. 
 
 59 
 
 3. 
 
 Regular octahedron. 
 
 4. 
 Trapezohedron. 
 
 5. Fig. 317. 
 
 6. Fig. 318. 
 
 P on a 
 Pon b 
 Pon t 
 Pon k 
 a on b 
 i on k 
 
 135 00' PHILLIPS. 
 154 00 
 
 150 00 " 
 
 160 40 " 
 
 161 2 " 
 169 5 " 
 
 Cleavage, very indistinct traces parallel to the dodecahe- 
 dron. Fracture conchoidal, uneven. Surface smooth and 
 shining. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color silver-white. Streak unchanged. 
 
 Brittle ; it emits a grating noise when cut with a knife. 
 Hardness =3-0 ... 3-5. Sp. gr. =13-755. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : individuals scarcely 
 discernible, fracture conchoidal, uneven. 
 
 1. Two kinds of Native Amalgam have been distinguished, in refer- 
 ence to the solid or fluid state in which it is found. The fluid varieties 
 must be considered as solutions of the solid ones in fluid mercury. 
 
60 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Native Amalgam Native Antimony. 
 
 2. Before the Mow-pipe, the mercury is driven off, and a globule of 
 pure silver is obtained. 
 
 3. Analysis. 
 
 By KLAPROTH. ByCoRDiER. 
 
 Silver - - 34-8 - - 27-50 
 
 Mercury - - 65-2 - - 7250 
 4. It is found accompanied by other ores of silver and mercury, and 
 by Iron Pyrites, at Moschellandsberg in the Palatinate, and at Rosenau 
 in Hungary. It is said also to have been met with in Fiance, Spain and 
 Sweden. 
 
 NATIVE ANTIMONY. Antimony Mel aeon e 
 
 Metal. 
 
 Primary form. Rhomboid. P on P =117 15'. 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 319. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with o highly perfect, and possessing 
 a strong lustre ; parallel with P distinct, and easily ob- 
 tained, but showing a less degree of lustre ; parallel with a:, 
 obtained with difficulty, and interrupted ; faint traces par- 
 allel with u. The surface of o is triangularly streaked, of 
 P in a horizontal direction, and parallel with its edges. 
 Fracture not observable. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color tin-white. Streak unchanged. 
 
 Rather brittle. Hardness ~ 3-0 ... 3*5. Sp. gr. = 
 6-646, the Swedish variety. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 61 
 
 Native Antimony Native Arsenic. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Reniform ; surface reniform or 
 uneven ; composition of flat grains collected into curved or 
 lamellar. Massive ; composition granular, of various sizes 
 of individuals, easily separated; faces of composition stri- 
 ated agreeably to the faces of cleavage. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it melts quickly into a globute, and contin- 
 ues to burn when heated to redness, even if the blast is suspended. It 
 emits copious white fumes, which are deposited round the globule : first 
 yellowish-white octahedrons, probably of antimonious acid, are formed, 
 and then snow-white prismatic crystals of oxide of antimony, with which 
 at last, the whole globule is covered. Some of the varieties leave a 
 globule of silver when the contents of antimony have been entirely vol- 
 atilized. It crystallizes readily from fusion. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By KLAPROTH. 
 
 Antimony 98-00 
 
 Silver 1-00 
 
 Iron 025 
 
 8. Native Antimony is found in veins traversing ancient rocks, and is 
 principally accompanied by other species that contain antimony. The 
 Antimony Ochre, which occurs with it, seems to be the product of its 
 decomposition. 
 
 4. The present species was first discovered at Suhlberg, near Sahla 
 in Sweden, and afterwards at All<-mont in Dauphiny, where it occurs in 
 curved lamellar compound varieties, which consist of granular ones, and 
 at Andreasberg in the Harlz. It is likewise found in primitive moun- 
 tains, attended by Grey Antimony and Galena ; at San Han Huetamo, 
 and Cuencame, in Mexico. 
 
 NATIVE ARSENIC. Arsenic Melacone-Metal. 
 
 Primary form. Rhomboid. P on P=114 26'. 
 
 Cleavage, imperfect, parallel with P. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color tin-white, a little inclining to 
 lead-grey, very soon tarnished dark-grey on being exposed 
 to the air. Streak unchanged, rather shining. 
 
 VOL. II. 6 
 
62 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Native Arsenic Native Bismuth. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 3*5. Sp. gr. = 5*766, a Saxon 
 variety. 
 
 Compound P^arieties. Reticulated, reniform and stalac- 
 titic shapes ; composition granular, small and often impal- 
 pable : it is sometimes columnar, forming a second curved 
 lamellar cocnpositiop ; the individuals being generally im- 
 palpable, and the faces of the second composition reniform 
 or uneven. In columnar particles of composition, a cleav- 
 age in a direction perpendicular to the axis of the individu- 
 als, is observed. 
 
 1. Upon ignited charcoal, or before the blow-pipe, it emits a strong 
 garlic smell, and copious white fumes ; and at last disappears altogether. 
 It is the volatilized metal, and not the white fumes of arsenious acid, 
 which possess the odor of garlic. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By JOHJY. 
 
 Arsenic . . 96-00 . . . 97-00 
 
 Antimony . . 3-00 . . . 2-00 
 
 Oxide of iron and water 1-00 . . . 1*00 
 
 3. It is not uncommon in several of the mines of Annaberg, Schnee- 
 berg, Marienberg and Freiberg in Saxony ; also at Joachimsthal in Bo- 
 hemia, at Andreasberg in the Hartz, in the Black Forest, in Alsace at 
 Allemont in Dauphiny, at Kongsberg in Norway, at Kapnik in Transyl- 
 vania, and in beds at Orawitza in the Bannat of Temeswar. 
 
 4. It is variously employed in metallurgical processes; it enters into 
 the composition of certain kinds of glass, and of many colors, and has 
 been introduced even among the pharmaceutical preparations. It is a vi- 
 olent poison. 
 
 NATIVE BISMUTH. Bismuth Melacone-Metal. 
 Primary form. Regular octahedron. 
 Secondary form. Rhombic dodecahedron. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 63 
 
 Native Bismuth Native Copper. 
 
 Cleavage, octahedral, perfect. Fracture not observa- 
 ble. Surface rough, often covered with Bismuth-Ochre. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color silver-white, much inclined to 
 red, subject to tarnish. Streak unchanged. 
 
 Sectile, almost malleable. Hardness=2'0 . . . 2-5. Sp. 
 gr.=9-737. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Imbedded, feathery and arbores- 
 cent shapes. Massive : composition granular, individuals 
 very distinct, though small. 
 
 1. When heated before the blow-pipe, it is volatilized, and leaves a 
 yellow coating upon the charcoal. It is soluble in nitric acid, but the 
 solution yields a white precipitate, if farther diluted. It crystallizes in 
 cubes from fusion. 
 
 2. It commonly occurs in veins in gneiss and clay-slate, and is ac- 
 companied by ores of silver, cobalt, tin, &c. 
 
 3. Its ch'ef localities are several of the Saxon and Bohemian silver 
 and cobalt mines at Schneeberg, Annaberg, Marienberg, Johanngeorgen- 
 stadt, Joachimsthal, &c. It occurs at Fahlun in Sweden, Modum in 
 Norway, in France and England. 
 
 Its only known locality in the U. States, is Monroe, (Conn.) where it 
 occurs in a bed of Quartz, associated with Wolfram, Tungsten, Galena, 
 Blende, &c. 
 
 NATIVE COPPER. Copper Melacone-Metal. 
 Primary form. Cube. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 1. 2. 
 
 Primary form, with angles truncated. Octahedron. 
 
 Cornwall. Cornwall. 
 
 
 
 3. 4. 
 
 Cube, with edges truncated. Dodecahedron. 
 
 Siberia. Cornwall. 
 
64 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Native Copper. 
 
 5. Fig. 320. 
 
 Siberia. 
 
 Nalsoe. 
 
 Cleavage, none. Fracture hackly. Surface generally 
 not very smooth, but nearly of the same quality in all the 
 forms, excepting the dodecahedron, which is sometimes 
 streaked parallel to its edges of combination with the cube. 
 It is subject to tarnish. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color copper-red. Streak unchanged, 
 shining. 
 
 Ductile. Hardness =2-5 . . . 3-0. Sp. gr. = 8'5844. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals very frequent, 
 composed parallel to a face of the octahedron. If the 
 form of the individuals is the icositetrahedron, and the com- 
 pound crystal flattened in the direction of the axis of revo- 
 lution, isosceles six-sided pyramids are formed, which at 
 first sight appear incapable of derivation from the cube. 
 Small crystals aggregated in rows ; arborescent and fili- 
 form shapes. Massive : composition not recognizable. 
 Plates, often consisting of distinct crystals. Superficial. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipet it melts pretty easily, but on cooling is cov- 
 ered with an oxidized coat. It is easily soluble in nitric acid, and yields 
 under the influence of light and air, a blue solution in ammonia. It 
 crystallizes from fusion. Dentiform and capillary crystals are often pro- 
 duced in the vesicular cavities of copper slags. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 65 
 
 Native Copper Native Gold. 
 
 2. It is found in beds and veins, and is associated with various other 
 ores of copper, and sometimes with ores of iron; also loose in the soil, 
 and in water-worn fragments. 
 
 3. Native Copper has been more frequently met with, than any of the 
 other metals in their native state. It occurs in beds at Herrengrund, 
 Schmolnitz, and Gb'llrietz ; also at Moldawa, Saska and Orawitza, in the 
 Bannat of Temeswar ; probably in the same manner in Siberia, from 
 whence the largest and most distinct crystals of the general shape of the 
 cube have been brought, engaged in granular limestone. It occurs 
 likewise in beds, in bituminous marl-slate, at Camsdorf inThuringia, and 
 in the county of Mansfield, and in Chessy near Lyons. In veins, it is 
 met with in considerable quantities, in many of the mines near Redruth 
 in Cornwall. Native Copper, crystallized in beautiful icositetrahedrons, 
 occurs in amygdoloid, accompanied by Chabasie, in Nelsoe, one of the 
 Faroe islands. Native Copper has often been found in detached masses, 
 throughout North America, particularly in Illinois, Michigan, and the 
 North Western Territory. About thirty miles south from Lake Supe- 
 rior, on the west bank of the river Ontanawgaw, exists a serpentine rock, 
 thickly interspersed with this species.* It has particularly abounded 
 throughout the greenstone trap and red sandstone formation of Massa- 
 chusetts, Connecticut and New Jersey ; having been found at Schuy- 
 ler's mine, (N.Jersey,) at Bristol, near New Haven, (Conn.) and at Deer- 
 field, (Mass.) 
 
 What has been called copper of cementation, is the metal precipitated 
 from its solution in sulphuric acid by metallic iron. It is produced at 
 Herrengrund and Schmolnitz in Hungary, and in Cornwall. 
 
 4. Copper, in its uses, is too well known to require an enumeration of 
 them. 
 
 NATIVE GOLD. Gold Melacone- Metal. 
 Primary form. Regular octahedron. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 1. 2. 
 
 Primary, with angles truncated. Cube. 
 
 Matto G rosso, Brazil. Trjnsylvania. 
 
 * The cabinet of Yale College contains a piece from this river, which 
 weighs 137 pounds. A single mass, believed to weigh a ton, still occu- 
 pies the bed of the river. 
 
 6* 
 
66 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Native Gold. 
 
 3. 
 
 Cube, with edges truncated. 
 Siberia. 
 
 4. 
 
 Dodecahedron. 
 
 Transylvania. 
 
 6. 
 
 Trapezohedron. 
 Siebenburgen. 
 
 7. Fig. 323. 
 
 Siebenburgen. 
 
 Siberia. 
 
 Cleavage, none. Fracture hackly; the cube often hol- 
 low ; the octahedrons either rough or smooth, in combina- 
 tions, generally the latter ; the icositetrahedrons streaked 
 parallel to the edges of combination with the cube and the 
 octahedron. These differences in most cases are not dis- 
 tinctly marked. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color, various shades of gold-yellow. 
 Streak shining. 
 
 Ductile. Hardness = 2-5 . . . 3-0. Sp. gr. = 14-857, 
 a rolled mass of a high gold-yellow color; 19'2527, melted, 
 HAUY. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals; face of compo- 
 sition parallel, axis of revolution perpendicular, to a face 
 of the octahedron ; pretty frequent, particularly irr the icos- 
 itetrahedrons, as represented in 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Native Gold. 
 
 67 
 
 Fig. 324. 
 
 If this variety be compressed in the direction of the axis of 
 revolution, 
 
 Fig. 325 
 
 is formed. Filiform, capillary, reticulated, and arborescent 
 shapes ; also leaves and membranes. Sometimes the indi- 
 viduals are still discernible. Surface drusy, striated or 
 smooth. Massive : composition riot observable, fracture 
 hackly. Plates, superficial coatings, rolled masses. 
 
 1. Native Gold melts pretty easily, and is soluble only in chlorine, or 
 nitre-muriatic acid. Gold may be obtained crystallized, from fusion. A 
 solution of muriate of gold in sulphuric ether, yields cubic crystals on 
 evaporation. Brilliant crystals of the compound form of the cube, octa- 
 hedron and dodecahedron, have been accidentally formed by exposing 
 for several years an amalgam of gold wrapt up in cotton. 
 
68 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Native Gold. 
 
 By LAMPADIUS. 
 
 A brass-yellow colored variety. 
 Gold 96-60 
 Silver 2-00 
 Iron 1-10 
 
 2. Analysis 
 By ROSE. 
 
 fr. Siberia. 
 99-34 
 0-14 
 0.00 
 
 By Boui 
 
 f 
 fr. Santa ROSE 
 
 64-93 
 35.07 
 0-00 
 
 3SINGAUL.T. 
 
 u fr. Trinidad. 
 82-40 
 17-60 
 000 
 
 3. Native Gold is so minutely disseminated in several rocks, that its 
 presence can be discovered only after pounding and washing. It occurs 
 frequently in beds, in small nodules imbedded in Quartz, along with 
 Iron Pyrites, Grey Antimony and Wolfram : rarely also, it is found in 
 crystals in these situations : in veins also, with the same minerals, and 
 with Blende, Calcareous Spar, Native Silver, &.c. Native Gold is often 
 found in the sand of rivers, in valleys and plains, into which it has been 
 carried from its original repositories, in the shape of larger or smaller, 
 generally, flat pebbles, often mixed with Quartz. 
 
 The most extensive deposits of Native Gold occur in alluvial soil in 
 Brazil, Mexico and Peru: also in Transylvania, a considerable quantity 
 of gold is obtained from stream-works. At Wicklow in Ireland, and in 
 Perthshire, and near the Lead Hills in Scotland, in several districts of 
 Germany, gold is found in the sand of rivers, or in alluvial deposits from 
 them. The mountain of Vorospatak near Alrudbanya in Transylvania, 
 is a remarkable instance of a rock impregnated throughout with a small 
 portion of gold, which occurs crystallized, and in various imitative shapes, 
 in the numerous short and narrow veins which traverse it in all direc- 
 tions. This mountain consists of a kind of grey wacke and porphyry. In 
 a similar rock it is found at Salzburg, and many other places along the 
 chain of the Alps, and in the Schlangenberg in Siberia. At OrTenbanya 
 in Lower Hungary, it is accompanied by Grey Antimony; and at Za- 
 lathna and Nagyag, by Native Tellurium. 
 
 Native Gold, unknown within the U. States, until within a very few 
 years, has now been traced from the Chaudiere river in Lower Canada, 
 to the southern boundary of the Cherokee nation in Georgia; and it is 
 known to exist in a nearly unbroken line, from the Rappahannock in 
 Virginia, to the Coosa in Alabama. Th most important mines in this 
 extensive range, are.those situated in the Carolinas and Georgia. The 
 mines of North Carolina are chiefly wrought in the three ranges of 
 counties between Frederic and Charlotte, which lie in a direction about 
 N. E. and S.W., corresponding with the general line of the coast. The 
 Mecklenburg mines are the most valuable, and are for the most part 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Native Iridium Native Iron. 
 
 rein deposits; those of Burke, Lincoln, and Rutherford, are mostly allu- 
 vial mines. A single mass of Native Gold was found in Cabarras county 
 that weighed twenty- eight pounds.* Several vein mines in the neigh- 
 borhood of Fredericksburg, (Va.) have afforded fine specimens of Native 
 Gold, traversing white Quartz. 
 
 NATIVE IRIDIUM. Iridium Sclerone-Metal. 
 
 Primary form. Rhomboid. 
 
 Secondary form. Six-sided prism, combined with two 
 isosceles six-sided pyramids. 
 
 Cleavage, perpendicular to the axis. Grains. 
 Lustre metallic. Color pale steel-grey. Opake. 
 Brittle. Harder than Platina. Sp. gr. =19-5. WOL- 
 
 LASTON. 
 
 1. If melted with nitre, it becomes black; but again acquires both its 
 color and lustre, if heated with charcoal. It is not dissolved by nitro- 
 muriatic acid. It is an alloy of iridium and osmium. 
 
 2. It occurs in South America, accompanied with Native Platina. 
 
 NATIVE IRON. Iron Sclerone-Metal. 
 
 Primary form. Regular octahedron. 
 
 Cleavage, visible, parallel with the primary form, the 
 crystal being traversed by natural joints, separating it into 
 laminae, which project and recede, so as to leave oblique 
 angled cavities of greater or less extent on all the faces. 
 The crystal is partially oxidated upon the outside, and be- 
 tween the laminae. Fracture hackly. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color iron-grey. Streak shining. 
 Strong action on the magnet. 
 
 * The stream-mines of the U. States, have yielded about $6,000,000. 
 Three deposit mines in Georgia have afforded $500,000. 
 
70 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Native Iron. 
 
 Ductile. Hardness=4*5. Sp.gr. =7'318, a partially 
 oxidated fragment of the crystal from Guilford co. (N. C.) 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition not ob- 
 servable, excepting where it is traversed by Plumbago ; in 
 which case it separates into irregular, oblique tetrahedrons. 
 Sp. gr. = 6'72, much intermingled with Plumbago, from 
 Canaan, (Conn.) 
 
 1. Analysis^ 
 
 By KL.APROTH. By GODON DE ST. MEMIN. BySHEPARD, 
 fr. Ramsdorf. fr. La Bowiche. fr. Canaan, 
 
 Iron . . 92-50 , , 94-50 . . . 91-80 
 
 Lead . 6-00 . 00 . . . 0-00 
 
 Copper . 1-50 . . 00 . . . 00 
 
 Carbon . 0-00 . . 4-00 mechanically mixed 7'00 
 
 Phosphoric acid 0-00 . . 1-20 . . 0-00 
 
 2. It is not perfectly certain that the Native Iron of Kamsdorf, in Sax- 
 ony, is of terrestrial origin, though it is said to have occurred in a mass 
 of Limonite, associated with Spathic Iron and Heavy Spar. Other local- 
 ities mentioned in Saxony, are Steinbach and Eibestock; at the former it 
 is attended by brown Garnet, and at the latter, it is in a vein. A stalactitic 
 mass, covered by fibrous Limonite and Quartz, was met with in a vein 
 traversing the mountain of gneiss called Guile, near Grenoble in France. 
 The Native Steel, from La Bowiche in France, engaged in an iron slag, 
 appears to be of a secondary formation, owing to the combustion of a coal 
 seam. 
 
 The United States have afforded examples of Native Iron, of the most 
 incontestibly terrestrial origin. The variety from Canaan, (Conn.) was 
 found attached in the form of a vein or plate, two inches thick, to a mass 
 of mica-slate rock, upon a primitive mountain; that from Guildford co. 
 (North Carolina) consists of a single octahedral crystal, weighing about 
 seven ounces, which is reported to have been detached from a mass that 
 weighed twenty-eight pounds, and which was wrought into nails, by a 
 black-smith.* 
 
 * The American specimens of Native Jron, here alluded to, are in the 
 cabinet of Yale College. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 71 
 
 Native Lead Native Magnesia. 
 
 3. Native Iron, alloyed with Nickel and other metals, forms large me- 
 teoric masses, and enters into the composition of meteoric stones. But at 
 these bodies are regarded as extra-terrestrial in their origin, it will not 
 be proper to describe them in the present work. 
 
 NATIVE LEAD. Lead Melacon e-Me;al. 
 
 Massive. Fracture hackly. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color pure lead-grey. Streak shining. 
 
 Malleable and ductile. Hardness = 1'5. Sp. gr. = 
 11 '3523. Disagreeable odoj* by friction. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it melts easily, and is gradually dissipated in 
 fumes, leaving a yellow powder upon the charcoal. 
 
 2. The localities generally quoted of this species, afford it under cir- 
 cumstances, rendering it highly probable that it has been reduced from 
 Galena by heat. Thus, at the island of Madeira it is imbedded in vesi- 
 cular masses, considered as slags by some, and a volcanic rock by others ; 
 and at Alston in Cumberland, associated with Galena Quartz, Minium, 
 and a fused mass resembling slag. But an undoubted deposit of Native 
 Lead exists in Michigan, at Anglaise river, where it occurs in extremely 
 delicate membranes, between the cleavages of galena ; existing, how- 
 ever, only in sufficient quantity to increase the sp. gr. of the Galena to 
 7-83. 
 
 NATIVE MAGNESIA. Rhombohedral Gypsum- 
 Mica. 
 
 Primary form. Rhomboid. 
 
 Secondary form. Low six-sided prisms, rare. 
 
 Massive : composition lamellar, broad columnar, the lat- 
 ter sometimes stellular. 
 
 Cleavage, in one direction perfect. 
 
 Lustre pearly upon the cleavage face. Color white, in- 
 clining to green, grey and blue. Streak white. Translu- 
 cent, sometimes only on the edges. Some varieties lose 
 their transparency on being exposed to the air. 
 
72 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Native Mercury Native Palladium. 
 
 Sectile. Thin laminse flexible. Hardness = rO... 1*5. 
 Sp. gr. =2*350, the variety from Unst. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it loses its transparency and weight, and be- 
 comes friable. In acids, it is dissolved with effervescence. 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By BRUCE. By FYFE. 
 
 Magnesia . . . 70-00 . . . 69-75 
 
 Water . . . 30-00 . . . 30-25 
 
 S. It occurs at Swinaness, one of the Shetland Islands, in small seams, 
 
 in serpentine; but more abundantly^ at Hoboken, (N. J.) opposite New 
 
 York city; the veins at this place are sometimes one inch in thickness. 
 
 NATIVE MERCURY. Mercury M el ac one- 
 Metal. 
 
 Amorphous. Liquid. 
 Lustre metallic. Color tin-white. 
 Hardness = 0-0. Sp. gr. = 13-581. HAUY. 
 
 1.' Fluid mercury is the pure metal, as produced by nature. It is en- 
 tirely volatile before the blow-pipe, and easily soluble in nitric acid. 
 
 2. Like Native Amalgam, it occurs with Cinnabar in the, shape of 
 mall globules or drops, and sometimes in narrow fissures of those rocks 
 which contain the Cinnabar. 
 
 3. The most important and well known localities of Native Mercury, 
 are Idria in Carniola, and Alroaden in Spain. In smaller quantities, it i? 
 found at Wolfstein and Morsfeld in the Palatinate, also in some places in 
 Carinthia, in Hungary, in Peru, and other countries. 
 
 4. The quantity of Mercury found native is too small, to allow of its 
 being applied to any useful purpose. 
 
 NATIVE PALLADIUM. Palladium S c 1 e r o n e- 
 Metal. 
 
 Primary form. Regular octahedron. 
 
 Grains. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color steel-grey, inclining to silver 
 white. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 73 
 
 Native Palladium Native Platina. 
 
 Hardness =4 5 . . . 5*0. Sp. gr. = 1 1 *8, WOLLASTON ; 
 = 13*14, LOWRY. 
 
 1. It is reducible by heat. Alone, before the blow-pipe, it is infusi- 
 ble; but with sulphur, it melts. With nitric acid, it yields a red solu- 
 tion. 
 
 It consists essentially of palladium, but contains also a small proportion 
 of iridium and platina. 
 | It occurs intermingled with Native Platina, in Brazil. 
 
 NATIVE PLATINA. Platina Sclerone-Metal. 
 
 Primary form. Cube. 
 
 Irregular forms and grains. Surface uneven, sometimes 
 worn off by attrition, (pebbles.) 
 
 Cleavage, none. 'Fracture hackly. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color perfect steel-grey. Streak un- 
 changed, shining. 
 
 Ductile. Hardness - 4-0 . . . 4-5. Sp. gr. = 17-332, 
 rolled masses. 
 
 1. It is very refractory, and soluble only in nitro-muriatic acid. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By BERZELIUS. 
 
 fr. Nifthne-Tagjiilsk. fr. Goroblagodat. fr. the Ural. . 
 
 Platina 
 
 Iridium 
 
 Rhodium 
 
 Palladium 
 
 Iron 
 
 Copper 
 
 Osmium and iridium 
 
 Earthy substances 
 
 3. The original repositories of Native Platina are not known, it having 
 hitherto been found only in pebbles and grains, generally small, but 
 sometimes upwards of a pound and a half in weight. It is accompanied 
 by Zircon and some other gems; also by Magnetic Iron, Native Gold,< 
 and Native Iridium and Palladium. 
 VOL. II. ? 
 
 7894 . 
 
 7358 , 
 
 86-50 , 
 
 8430 
 
 4-77 . 
 
 235 
 
 000 
 
 1-46 
 
 0-88 . 
 
 1 15 
 
 115 
 
 3-46 
 
 028 . 
 
 0-30 
 
 110 
 
 1-06 
 
 1104 . 
 
 12-98 , 
 
 8-32 , 
 
 531 
 
 070 . 
 
 520 . 
 
 0-45 . 
 
 0-74 
 
 1-96 > 
 
 230 . 
 
 C 1-40 . 
 
 1'03 osmium. 
 
 o-oo i ' 
 
 
 (000 
 
 72 
 
74 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Native Platina Native Silver. 
 
 4. It has been chiefly brought from the provinces of Choco and Bar- 
 bacoas in South America, also from Matto-Grosso in Brazil. It has also 
 been found in St. Domingo, and in Siberia. In the mine of Nischne- 
 Taguilsk, (which is also rich in gold, Irid-osmium, Rutile,and even con- 
 tains Diamonds,) several large masses of Native Platina have been found, 
 weighing from seven to fifteen pounds. M. SCHWETZAW describes 
 two varieties in the Russian Platina from Nijnotaguilsk in the govern- 
 ment of Perme. 1. Common Platina. Color platina-grey. Grains 
 angular and bristled, seldom blunt edged ; also in cubical crystals and 
 grouped. Hardness = Hornblende. Malleable. Sp. gr. = 17.. . 1762. 
 Ferruginous Platina. Color darker than the preceding. Surface 
 tarnished, sometimes like meteoric iron. Grains and crystals have the 
 same form as common Native Platina. Hardness = Feldspar, and rather 
 higher. Less malleable than the first. Sp.. g;r. = 14-6 ... 15*7. It is 
 magnetic, and in some grains not only attracts, but repels. It contains a 
 large proportion of iron. 
 
 5. The refractory powers of this metal, and the circumstance that it is 
 not acted upon by the greater part of the chemical re-agents, render it 
 extremely valuable in the construction of philosophical and chemical 
 apparatus. It is used also for covering other metals, for painting on 
 porcelain, for coin, and like gold and silver, for various other purposes. 
 
 NATIVE .SILVER. Silver iMelacone-Metal. 
 Primary form. Cube. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 1. Cube, with angles truncated. 
 
 2. Regular octahedron. Mexico. 
 
 3. Trapezohedron. Kongsberg. 
 
 Cleavage, none. Fracture, hackly. Surface, the octa- 
 hedron striated in a triangular direction, parallel to its edges 
 of combination with the cube. The remaining faces often 
 rough, but even. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color silver-white, more or less sub- 
 ' ject to tarnish. Streak shining. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 75 
 
 Native Silver. 
 
 Ductile. Hardness =2-5 . . . 3-0. Sp. gr. =10*4743, 
 HAUY. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals; compound, par- 
 allel to one of the faces of the octahedron. Dentiform, fili- 
 form and capillary shapes, also reticulated, arborescent and 
 in plates. Often the individuals are still discernible, but 
 frequently also their extent can be no longer ascertained. 
 In the latter case, the surface of the dentiform and filiform 
 shapes is longitudinally streaked. Massive : composition 
 rarely observable, fracture hackly. Plates formed in fis- 
 sures, also superficial coatings.- 
 
 1. Native Silver has been divided into common and auriferous Native 
 Silver. It is at present impossible to decide, whether the latter ought to 
 be united as a variety with the former, or whether it forms a species of 
 its own, as we are not yet sufficiently acquainted with all its physical 
 properties, by which alone this question can be decided. Specific grav- 
 ity, and the yellowish color, form -the distinctive marks between them; 
 but as these may arise from the mere juxtaposition of the two metals, 
 they are not alone sufficient for the purpose. 
 
 2. Native Silver is soluble in cold nitric acid, but in the sulphuric acid, 
 only with the assistance of heat. It crystallizes from fusion before the 
 blow-pipe, if the globule is not too lar^e, forming while crystallizing, a 
 single individual, in which the faces of the octahedron, the cube and the 
 dodecahedron, are distinctly seen. 
 
 3. Analysis. 
 
 The common varieties present the silver pure as produced by nature, 
 occasionally alloyed with a small proportion of antimon}^ arsenic, iron, 
 &c. A variety of auriferous Native Silver yielded to KLAPROTH, and 
 another to FORDYCE, the following ingredients: 
 
 Silver - - 36 00 - - - 72-00 
 
 Gold - - - 54-00 - - - 28-00 
 
 4. Native Silver occurs principally in veins, traversing gneiss, clay- 
 slate, and other primitive and transition- rocks. It is accompanied by 
 numerous species of Pyrites, Glance and Blende, as well as by Quartz, 
 Calcareous Spar, &c. The auriferous Native Silver, though it is found 
 
76 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Native Silver Native Tellurium. 
 
 in the same repositories, is far more scarce. The formation of Black 
 Silver, a black, friable substance, which is very rich in silver, seems to 
 depend chiefly upon the presence of Native Silver. 
 
 5. Native Silver is found in the mining districts of Saxony and Bohe- 
 mia, also in Norway and Siberia, but particularly in Mexico and Peru. 
 Native Silver is also found in Cornwall and in Siberia. No well authen- 
 ticated localit}' exists in the U. States. 
 
 6. The employment of silver in coinage, and in the manufacture of 
 plate and articles of luxury, is well known. 
 
 NATIVE TELLURIUM. Tellurium Melacone- 
 Metal. 
 
 Primary form. Rhomboid. P on P=l 15 12'. 
 
 Secondary form. Hexagonal prism, with the terminal 
 edges replaced by single planes, the secondary planes in- 
 clining to the lateral faces at 147 36'. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with the. primary form, but very ob- 
 scure. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color tin-white. Streak unchanged. 
 
 Rather brittle. Hardness = 2-0 . . . 2-5. Sp. gr. = 
 6*115. KLAPROTH. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition distinctly 
 granular, individuals small ; sometimes a tendency to co- 
 lumnar composition. 
 
 1. It melts upon charcoal with ease before the blow-pipe, burning 
 with a greenish flame, and emitting the odor of horse-radish, which how- 
 ever is owing to the presence of a small quantity of selenium. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By KLAPROTH. 
 
 Tellurium - - - - 92-55 
 
 Iron 7-00 
 
 Gold ..... 0-25 
 
 3. The Native Tellurium 6ccurs in sandstone, probably in beds, or in 
 veins of a contemporaneous origin with the rock. It is accompanied by 
 Quartz and Iron Pyrites, as well as by Native Gold. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 77 
 
 Natron. 
 
 4. It has been found in the mine of Maria Loretto at Faceberg, near 
 Zalathna in Transylvania. It was melted to extract the gold, but has 
 now become very scarce. 
 
 NATROLITE. (See Mesotype.} 
 NATRON. Hemi-prismalic Natron-Salt. 
 
 . MOHS. 
 
 In imitative shapes : composition columnar. Massive : 
 composition granular. Commonly occurring in the state of 
 powder, or efflorescent crusts. . 
 
 Lustre vitreous on the fresh fracture. Color white, the 
 grey and yellow tints are owing to foreign admixtures. 
 Streak white. Semi-transparent. 
 
 Sectile. Hardness =1-0 ... 1*5. Sp. gr. = 1-423. 
 
 Taste pungent, alkaline. . . 
 
 1. It is very soluble in water, effloresces with. acids, and melts before 
 the blow-pipe. Blue vegetable colors are changed by it to green. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By BEUDANT. 
 
 from Debreezen. from Egypt. 
 
 Carbonic acid - - 30-40 - - - - 30 90 
 
 Soda - - 4320 - - - - 4380 
 
 Water - - 13-80 .... ]3-50 
 
 Sulphate of soda - - 10-40 .... 7-30 
 
 Chloride of sodium - - 2-20 .... 3-10 
 
 Earthy matter 0-00 .... 1-40 
 
 3. This salt loses its water on being exposed to a dry atmosphere, and 
 is therefore commonly met with in the state of an efflorescent powder on 
 the surface of the earth, on the shores of lakes, or in natural caverns. It 
 is held in solution by certain mineral waters. According to BERTHO- 
 I.ET, it is formed in part by a decomposition of common salt by carbonate 
 of lime. 
 
 4. It occurs in considerable quantities in the plains of Debreezen, in 
 Hungary ; also in Bohemia, Italy and several other European countries, 
 but principally in the soda lakes of Egypt, and in same parts of Asia and 
 South America. 
 
 7* 
 
78 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Nemalite. 
 
 5. Its chief employment is in the manufacture of soap. It enters also 
 into the composition of glass, and is used in dyeing, washing, bleaching, 
 &c., both in the natural state, and purified by the assistance of chemical 
 processes. 
 
 NATROSIDERITE. (See Jlchmite.) 
 
 NECRONITE. (See Feldspar.) 
 
 NEEDLE-ORE. (See Cupreous Bismuth.) 
 
 NEEDLE-STONE. (See Mesotype.) 
 NEMALITE. Nemaline Atelene Picrosrnine. 
 
 Massive ; composition thin columnar ; fibres parallel, 
 slightly curved. 
 
 Lustre pearly. Color greyish, and bluish white. Trans- 
 lucent. 
 
 Fibres elastic. Hardness = 2*0 . . .2*5. Sp. gr. = 
 2-30... 2-44. 
 
 1. The fibres, when held in the flame of a lamp, become opake and 
 rigid ; and on being subjected to the heat of the blow-pipe, they become 
 friable, at the same time changing to a light brown color. Soluble in 
 acids, without effervescence. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By THOMSON. 
 
 Magnesia 51-721 
 
 Silica - - ' - - - 12 568 
 
 Peroxide of iron .... 5-874 
 
 Water 29-666 
 
 5. It occurs in veins, traversing serpentine, at Hoboken, (N. J.) 
 
 NEOPLASE. (See Botryogene.) 
 NEOTESENE. 
 
 Primary form. Right square prism ? 
 Color green. 
 
 1. It yields moisture on being heated, and 1 passes to a yellow color 
 In a higher temperature, it scarcely gives any odor of arsenic. It im- 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Nepheline. 
 
 79 
 
 parts to the fluxes the color of the oxides of iron, affording at the same 
 time a strong smell of arsenic. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By BERZELIUS. 
 
 Arsenic acid 
 Peroxide of iron 
 Protoxide of iron 
 Water 
 
 50-80 
 2300 
 1033 
 
 15-87 
 
 3. It is found in Brazil, near Villa-Rica, where it exists in cavities of 
 Limonite. 
 
 4. It is doubtful whether this mineral can with propriety be distin- 
 guished from Cube-Ore. . 
 
 NEPHELINE. Rhombohedral Feldspar. MOHS. 
 Primary form. Regular hexagonal prism. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 326. Fig. 327. 
 
 M 
 
 Pon cl - 151 53' HAUY. 
 
 Ponc2 - 135 40 PHILLIPS. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with M and P, both imperfect. - 
 Fracture conchoidal. Surface smooth and even. 
 Lustre vitreous to resincrus. Color white. Streak white. 
 Transparent . . . translucent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =^6*0. Sp. gr. =2-56. 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 of various sizes of individuals. Faces of composition 
 
80 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Nepheline Nephrite. 
 
 rather rough. The variety Elaolite possesses a dark-blue 
 color, passing into green, grey and brown. 
 
 1. The old species Elaolite appears to be, with justice, incorporated 
 with Nepheline, on account of their resemblance in hardness and spe- 
 cific gravity. The Cavolinite and Davyne, also> fall within the present 
 species, differing from it only in a somewhat diminished specific gravity, 
 and in the surface of the crystals. The sp. gr. of the former is 2-1 : its 
 crystals are opake, and possessed of a pearly lustre, that of the latter 
 = 2-25 . . . 2-3, with surfaces of .crystals which are dull. 
 
 2. Before the blowpipe, upon charcoal, its edges are rounded off. It 
 yields a colorless vesicular glass, but cannot, be melted into a perfect 
 globule. Fragments of it, thrown into nitric acid, lose their transparen- 
 cy, and assume a nebulous appearance. 
 
 3. Analysis. 
 
 s By KLAPROTH. 
 
 var. 
 Elaolite. 
 
 Alumina . . 30 25 
 
 By VAUQUELIN. 
 
 from 
 Monte Somina. 
 
 . 4900 
 
 By GMELIN. 
 
 By CARPI. 
 
 from 
 Capo di Bove. 
 
 . 900 
 
 var. 
 
 Nepheline. 
 
 3349 . 
 
 var. 
 Elaolite. 
 
 34-42 
 
 Silica . . . 
 
 46-50 
 
 . 46-00 
 
 43-36 . 
 
 4419 
 
 . 40-20 
 
 Lime . . . 
 
 0-75 
 
 2-00 
 
 0-90 . 
 
 0-52 
 
 . 20-80 
 
 Oxide of iron . 
 Ox. manganese 
 Potash . . . 
 
 1-00 
 
 o-oo 
 
 13-00 
 
 1-00 ) 
 Oi)0> 
 
 . , o-oa 
 
 1-50 .. 
 7-13 . 
 
 134 
 4-73 
 
 5 MO 
 
 I 12-60 
 . 12-00 
 
 Soda . . . 
 
 0-00 
 
 o-oo 
 
 1336 . 
 
 16-88 
 
 . 0-00 
 
 Water . . . 
 
 2-00 
 
 o-oo 
 
 1-39 . 
 
 o-oo 
 
 . .0-00 
 
 4. The crystallized variety occurs at Monte Somma, in the cavities of 
 itnestone rocks, ejected by Vesuvius, along with Idocrase, Garnet and 
 Mica. It has also been found in nanow veins, traversing a kind of ba- 
 salt or lava at Capo di Bove, near Rome, sometimes associated with P.y- 
 roxene. The Cavolinite and Davyne are found in the lavas of Vesuvius. 
 The massive variety, or Elaolite, occurs near Laurig, Stavern and Fred- 
 
 eriksvtlrn in Norway, imbedded in sienite, with Zircon and Sphene. 
 
 
 
 NEPHRITE. Uncleavable Pe ta li ne-Sp a r. 
 
 Massive : composition impalpable. Fracture coarse 
 splintery ; in some varieties slaty in the great. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 81 
 
 Nephrite Nickel Glance. 
 
 Color green, particularly leek-green ; rarely with a shade 
 f blue, and still more so, with red, passing into grey and 
 white. Translucent . . . translucent on the edges. 
 Very tough. Hardness =6-0 . . . 7-0. Sp. gr. =2*932 
 ,.3-024. 
 
 1. Alone before the blowpipe, it is infusible, but becomes white. 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KASTITER. By BOWEN, 
 
 from Srnithfield, (R. I.) 
 
 Silica - - - 50-50 - - 44-688 
 
 Magnesia - - - 31-00 - - 34-631 
 Alumina - - - 10-00 - - -562 
 
 Oxide of iron - - - 5-50 - - 1747 
 
 Oxide of chrome - - 005 Lime - 4-250 
 
 Water 275 - - 13-417 
 
 The excess of volatile matter in the variety from Srnithfield is proba- 
 bly owing to its intermixture with Calcareous Spar, in which it is im- 
 bedded. 
 
 3. It is brought from China and Egypt. A large block was found hi 
 the alluvial soil of the alum-earth mines at Schwemmsal in Saxony. 
 
 A very handsome sky-blue variety is found in the white primitive 
 limestone of Smithfield, (R. I.) and a greenish and reddish-grey variety, 
 under similar circumstances, at Easton, (Penn.) 
 
 NICKEL GLANCE. Euotomous Eruthleucone- 
 Pyrites. 
 
 Primary form. Cube. 
 
 Secondary form. Cube, with angles truncated. 
 
 Cleavage, highly perfect, parallel with the primary form. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color silver-white . . . steel-grey. 
 
 Hardness =5-5. Sp. gr. =6-097 . . . 6-129. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition lamellar 
 and granular. 
 
 1. Alone, in a mattrass, it decrepitates strongly, affording, at a red 
 heat, sulphuret of arsenic, then sublimes as a transparent, yellowish- 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY* 
 
 Nickel Glance Nickel-Green. 
 
 brown mass, which, on cooling, remains clear. It is, according to BER 
 
 ZELITJS, an arsenical sulphuret of Nickel. 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By BERZELITJS. By PFAFF. 
 
 Sulphur - - 19-24 - 14-40 - 12 36 
 
 Arsenic - - 45-34 - 5332 - 4590 
 
 Nickel - - 29-94 - 27-00 - 24-42 
 
 Cobalt - 0-92 - 0-00 - 00 
 
 Iron 4-11 - 5-29 - 1046 
 
 Silica 90 - 0-00 - 00 
 
 3. The variety examined by BERZELIUS was massive, and came froi 
 the cobalt. mines of Loos in Helsingland, Sweden : that above describe 
 as crystallized, is found among the old ores from the mine Albertin- 
 near Harzgerode in the Hartz. It is accompanied by Spathic Iron, Ca 
 careous Spar, Fluor, Quartz, Galena, and Copper Pyrites. 
 
 NICKEL-GREEN. Habroneme Malachite- 
 Haloide. 
 
 In capillary crystals, and massive ; composition impalpr 
 ble, pulverulent. Fracture, fine splintery to uneven, corr 
 monly earthy. 
 
 Color, apple-green, siskin-green, to greyish white. Streal 
 greenish white. 
 
 Soft. 
 
 1. Heated in a matrass, it yields moisture, and becomes of a dark( 
 shade of color. Upon charcoal, before the blowpipe, it smells of ars< 
 nic ; and when submitted to the inner flame, it yields a metallic globul 
 which contains this metal. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By BERTHIER. 
 
 from Allemont. 
 
 Arsenic acid - - - 37-29 - - 36-80 
 Oxide of nickel - 36-49 - - 36-20 
 
 Water - - - 26-22 - - 25-50 
 
 Oxide of cobalt - - - 0-00 - - 0-25 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 83 
 
 Nickel-Stibine. 
 
 3. It occurs with Copper-Nickel at Allemont in Dauphiny, and prob- 
 ibly in Saxony, Cornwall, and elsewhere, with the same mineral. 
 
 NICKELIFEROUS GREY ANTIMONY. (See Nickel-Sti- 
 rine.) 
 
 NICKELINE. (See Copper-Nickel.) 
 NICKEL-OCHRE. (See Nickel- Green.) 
 
 XICKEL-STIBINE. Antimonial Eruthleucone- 
 Py rites. 
 
 Primary form. Cube. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with the cube, perfect. 
 
 Massive : composition granular. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color steel-grey, inclining to silver 
 white. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 5-0 ... 5-5. Sp. gr. = 6-451, a 
 cleavable variety. 
 
 1. Before the blov/pipe, it is partly volatilized, during which, the sup- 
 porting charcoal is covered with a white coating; at last, it melts into a 
 metallic globule, which communicates a blue color to glass of borax. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By STROMEYER. By KLAPROTH. 
 Nickel - - - 36-SO - - 25-25 
 
 Antimony - - - 4380 - - 4775 
 
 Arsenic 000 - - 11-75 
 
 Sulphur - - - 17-71 - - 15-25 
 
 Iron and manganese - - 1*89 
 
 3. It is found in several mines in the principality of Nassau, along 
 with Spathic Iron, Yellow Copper-Pyrites and Galena. 
 
 NIGRINE. (See Rutile.) 
 NITRATE OF LIME. (See Nitrocalcite.) 
 NITRATE OF MAGNESIA. (See Nitro-Magnesite.) 
 NITRATE OF POTASH. (See Nitre.) 
 NITRATE OF SODA. (See Soda-Nitre.) 
 
84 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Nitre Nitrocalcite. 
 
 NITRE. Prismatic Nitre-Salt. MOHS. 
 In capillary crystals and crusts.* 
 Lustre vitreous. Color white. Streak white. 
 Transparent . . . semi-transparent. 
 Sectile. Hardness =2-0. Sp. gr. =1-936. 
 Taste saline and cool. 
 
 1. It dissolves very easily in water, is not altered on being exposed to 
 the air, and detonates with combustible .substances. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By KLAPROTH. 
 
 Nitrate of potash .... 42-55 
 Sulphate ^ .... 25-45 
 
 Muriate > of lime .... 0-20 
 
 Carbonate^ .... 30-40 
 
 3. Nitre generally occurs in thin crusts on the surface of the earth, 
 sometimes upon limestone, chalk, or calcareous tufa; also in limestone 
 caves, and in sandstone. 
 
 4' Spain, Italy and Hungary, afford considerable quantities of this 
 salt: in a higher state of purity, also, it is found in India. But especial- 
 ly in the United States, has it been found in large quantity, in limestone 
 caves in the south western states. In Madison county, Kentucky, there 
 is a cave 1936 feet long and 40 wide, which contains Nitre, intermingled 
 with earthy matter and nitrocalcite. One bushel of the earth affords 
 by lixiviation with wood ashes, from three to ten pounds of Nitre. It is 
 also met with, in the same vicinity, in loose masses, weighing several 
 pounds, or imbedded in sandstone. 
 
 5. Its chief employment is in the production of gunpowder. 
 
 NITROCALCITE. Calcareous Earthy-Salt. 
 
 In efflorescent masses and silken tufts. 
 Color white or grey. 
 
 * The artificial crystals are right rhombic prisms of 120, which com- 
 monly have the acute lateral edges and acute solid angles truncated. 
 Twin crystals are also common, the face of composition being parallel 
 with M. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 85 
 
 Nitrogen Nitro-Magnesite. 
 
 1. It is very deliquescent, and soluble in water. On burning coals, it 
 melts slowly, with slight detonation, and dries; the residue does not after- 
 wards attract moisture from the air. It consists of lime 32-, nitric acid 
 57-44, water 10-56. 
 
 2. It is found in silky efflorescences, in caverns of limestone in Ken- 
 tucky. 
 
 8. It is employed in the manufacture of saltpetre. 
 
 NITROGEN. Pure Nitrogen-Gas. 
 
 Gaseous. Transparent. 
 Sp. gr. =0-9722. 
 
 \. Nitrogen-gas extinguishes flame and animal life, and is destitute 
 of taste and smell. It is absoibablc by about 100 volumes of water. 
 
 2. It is developed, in a state of purity, or nearly so, from the surface 
 of the ground, over an extent of four or five acres, in Hoosick, Rensse- 
 laer county, (N. Y.) becoming manifest wherever there is water. Also, 
 at New Lebanon Springs, in the immediate vicinity, but in smaller quan- 
 tities. It is evolved, in like manner, by many well known mineral 
 springs of other countries, as those of Cheltenham and Harrowgate. 
 
 3. The origin of Nitrogen- gas has been attributed to the decomposi- 
 tion of atmospheric air, contained in cavernous rocks ; its nitrogen and 
 oxygen uniting to form nitric acid, which would leave an excess of ni- 
 trogen, equal at least to ten times the quantity required for the complete 
 saturation of the oxygen in the compound nitric acid. 
 
 NITRO-MAGNESITE. MagnesianEarthy-Salt. 
 In deliquescent efflorescences. 
 Color white. 
 
 1. It is very deliquescent; and consists, when pure, of 
 
 Nitric acid 72 
 
 Magnesia 28. 
 
 2. It is found in limestone caves, accompanying the Nitrocalcite. 
 
 3. It is said to be employed in the manufacture of saltpetre. 
 
 NONTRONITE. 
 
 Massive: in round shaped masses, composition impalpable. 
 Color straw-yellow. Opake. 
 VOL. II. 8 
 
86 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Okenite. 
 
 Unctuous and tender. Scratched by the nail. Exhales no ar- 
 gillaceous odor when breathed upon. 
 
 1. It increases one tenth in weight from soaking in water. After cal- 
 cination, it is magnetic. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By BERTHIER. 
 
 Silica 44-0 
 
 Peroxide of iron 29:0 
 
 Alumina 3-6 
 
 Magnesia - - . - - - 2-1 
 
 Water - - - - 187 
 
 3. It is found in the ore of manganese, worked at the village of Par- 
 doux, in the department of Dordogne in France. It occurs in onion- 
 shaped masses of the size of the fist. 
 
 NOSIAN. (See Sodalite.) 
 NUTTALLITE. (See Scapolite.) 
 OBSIDIAN. (See Pitchstone.) 
 OCTAHEDB.ITE. (See Afiatase.} 
 
 OKENITE. 
 
 In delicately fibrous masses. 
 
 Lustre glimmering, approaching to pearly. Color white, with 
 a shade of yellow or blue. Translucent on the edges. 
 
 Hardness, between Fluor and Feldspar. Sp. gr. =2-28. 
 1. Before the blowpipe, it melts easily into a porcelainous mass. Pieces 
 thrown into muriatic acid, become, after some time, translucent and ge- 
 latinous at the surface, which change, gradually extends through the 
 masses. The powdered mineral is easily decomposed by this acid, the 
 silica appearing throughout the solution in the form of flocculi. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By KOBEL.L,. 
 
 Silica - - 56-99 - 55-6-4 
 
 Lime - 26-35 - - 2659 
 
 Water - - 16-65 - 17-00 
 
 Alumina, oxide of iron, and traces of potash, - 0-53 
 
 3. It is found, along with Zeolitic minerals, in amygdaloid in Green- 
 land. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 87 
 
 Olivenite. 
 
 OLIVENITE. Prismatic C o p p e r-B a ry te. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M = 
 1JO 50'. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 328. 
 
 M on a - 132 V 
 
 c on c, over P - 92 30 
 
 Cleavage, traces parallel to M and c, the former being 
 a little more distinct. Fracture conchoidal, uneven. Sur- 
 face, M concave, c convex. 
 
 Lustre adamantine, indistinct. Color, various shades of 
 olive-green, passing into leek-green, pistachio-green, and 
 blackish green ; into liver-brown and wood-brown, or also 
 into siskin-green. Streak olive-green . . . brown. Semi- 
 transparent . . . opake. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =3-0. Sp. gr. =4-2809. 
 
 Compound F'arieties. Globular and reniform shapes; 
 surface rough, sometimes drusy ; composition columnar, 
 generally very perfect, straight and divergent, rarely pro- 
 miscuous. If the composition be very thin, the lustre be- 
 comes pearly. Massive : composition columnar. Some- 
 times repeated composition; granular and columnar; curved 
 lamellar and columnar. The faces of the first composition 
 rough, of the second composition, smooth. 
 
 1. Heated along before the blowpipe, it remains unchanged. Upon 
 charcoal, it melts with a kiijd of deflagration, and is reduced. A white 
 
88 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Olivenite Opal. 
 
 metallic globule is formed, which, in the process of cooling, becomes 
 covered with a red coating of sub-oxide of copper. In some varieties, 
 a scoria is formed round the metallic globule. It is soluble in nitric acid. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KLAPROTH. By CHENEVIX. By KOBELL. 
 
 var. Wood-Copper. 
 
 Oxide of copper - - 50 62 - 50 00 - 56-43 
 Arsenic acid - - 45-00 - 2900 - 36-71 
 
 Phosphoric acid - - 00 - 0-00 - 3-36 
 
 Water - - 3-50 - 21-00 - 350 
 
 3. It is found in veins, chiefly consisting of various ores of copper, and 
 of Quartz. 
 
 4. It occurs in the copper-mines near Redruth in Cornwall, and in the 
 Tynehead mine near Alston-moor in Cumberland. 
 
 OLIVINE. (See Peridot.} 
 OMPHAZITE. (See Pyroxene.) 
 
 OPAL. Uncleavable Quartz. MOHS. 
 
 Regular forms, and cleavage, unknown. 
 
 Fracture conchoidal, of various degrees of perfection, 
 sometimes highly perfect. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, in some varieties inclining to resinous. 
 Color white, yellow, red, brown, green, grey ; none of 
 them lively, except some red and green ones, and generally 
 pale ; dark colors, owing to foreign admixtures. Streak 
 white. Transparent . . . translucent, sometimes only on the 
 edges, or even opake, if the colors be dark. Lively play 
 of light observable in some varieties ; others exhibit differ- 
 ent colors by reflected and refracted light. * 
 
 * The play of light appears to depend upon openings in the interior of 
 the mass of Opal, which are not fissures, but of an uniform shape, and re- 
 flecting the tints of NEWTON'S scale. In some varieties of Hydrophane 
 they are so large, that these colors cannot be any longer reflected by the 
 included air ; but they appear when filled with water, and of still higher 
 tints, if filled with fluids possessing a high refractive power. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 89 
 
 Opal. 
 
 Hardness =5-5 . . . 6-5. Sp. gr. =2-091, a milk-white 
 variety ; =2'060, a brownish red variety. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Small reniform, botryoidal, and 
 stalactitic shapes, and'large tuberose concretions : surface 
 of the former smooth, of the latter rough, composition im- 
 palpable, fracture conchoidal. Massive, composition im- 
 palpable ; fracture conchoidal, even. Pseudomorphoses of 
 Calcareous Spar. 
 
 1. The present species has been greatly subdivided into varieties, and 
 even treated of under several different species. Hyalife (amiatite) in- 
 cluded the small reniform, botryoidal, and sometimes stalactitic shapes, 
 white, and generally transparent ; Menilite, the large tuberose forms, of 
 a brownish grey color, and opake ; Precious Opal, the varieties which 
 exhibit the play of colors ; Wood- Opal, those which appear in the shape 
 of trunks, branches, and roots of trees ; Common Opal, and Semi- Opal, 
 consist of those varieties whicli have a conchoidal fracture, with medium 
 degrees of transparency and lustre; Hydrophane, of an opake, dull va- 
 riety, which becomes translucent on being immersed in water or some 
 transparent fluid. Siliceous Sinter is a deposit from hot springs, &c., 
 and according to its specific gravity belongs to the present species. 
 
 2. Before the blow-pipe, water is disengaged, the mineral decrepitates 
 and becomes opake, showing the properties of pure silica. Two pieces 
 rubbed together, give a phosphorescent light, like Quartz. 
 
 3. Analysis. 
 By BUCHOLZ. By KLAPROTH. 
 
 var. Hyalite. var. Pnvioys Opal. var. Menilite. 
 
 Silica - 92-00 - 90-00 - - 85 50 
 
 Water - G-33 - - 10-00 - - 11-00 
 
 The Menilite, like several other varieties, contains a small proportion 
 of oxide of iron, alumina, lime and carbon. One variety, called Opal- 
 Jasper, contains 47 p. c. of oxide of iron. The contents of water are 
 considered foreign to the mixture of the mineral, and are supposed to 
 change with the hygrometric state of the atmosphere. 
 
 4. Opal forms short, irregular veins, generally in porphyry. It often 
 accompanies Calcedony in the vesicular cavities of amygdaloidal rocks, 
 and even in agate balls. Menilite is found in adhesive clay-slate. Some 
 
90 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Opal Orpiment. 
 
 varieties are met with in metalliferous veins, along with Galena and 
 Blende. It also occurs in petrifactions in sandstone. 
 
 5. Opal is found more plentifully in Hungary than in any other Euro- 
 pean country. The only deposit of Precious Opal in that country, is at 
 Czerwenitzanear Caschau, along with common and semi-opal, in a kind 
 of porphyry. Traces of it have been met with at Hubertsburg. Fine 
 varieties have lately been discovered in the Faroe islands; and most 
 beautiful ones, sometimes quite transparent, near Gracias a Dios in the 
 province of Honduras, America. Common Opal occurs in great quanti- 
 ties, at Telkobanya near Eperies, and in other parts of Hungary ; in the 
 Faroe islands, in Saxony, &c. An apple green variety is found at Ko- 
 senititz in Silesia, with Chrysoprase ; and the red and yellow, bright 
 colored varieties of Fire Opal, near Zimapan in Mexico. Semi-Opal 
 occurs in several of the countries mentioned above ; also near Frankfort, 
 on the Maine, in Austria, Moravia, Poland, Siberia, &c. In Saxony, 
 Bohemia and Cornwall, it is met with in metalliferous veins. Hyalite is 
 found in amygdaloidal rocks, near Frankfort, in irregular veins ; near 
 Schemnitz in Hungary, in porphyry ; also in Bohemia and various other 
 countries. Meniiite occurs at Menil Montant near Paris. Opal-Jasper 
 is formed, wherever Opal happens to be mixed with oxide of iron, as at 
 Telkobanya in Hungary, near Almas, and Tokorci in Transylvania. 
 Wood-Opal is frequently found at Kremnitz and Telkobanya in Hungary, 
 and in many districts of Transylvania, sometimes in very large trees. 
 The only variety hitherto found in the United States, is the Hyalite, 
 which occurs in Burke and Scriven cos., (Georgia,) lining cavities in a 
 siliceous-shell rock. The siliceous-sinter variety occurs in small quan- 
 tity at the Suanna spring in Florida. 
 
 6. Precious Opal, when possessing vivid colors, is highly prized as a 
 gem ; and is generally cut with a convex surface, 
 
 ORPIMENT. Yellow Melacone Blende. 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M = 
 100. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Orpiment. 
 
 91 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 329. 
 
 M on c 1 20 00 ? } C M' on i 162 38' 
 
 M on/ 140 00 > PHILLIPS. <c one' 83 30 
 Mong 177 54 ) ( c on b 145 50 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with M not very perfect, or only in 
 traces, but parallel with f highly perfect. The faces of 
 cleavage are streaked parallel to the edges of intersection 
 with M. Fracture scarcely observable. Surface, f 
 rough, but even ; all the other faces are streaked parallel 
 to their edges of combination with M, and generally une- 
 ven. 
 
 Lustre pearly metallic upon the perfect faces of cleav- 
 age, the rest resinous. Color, several shades of lemon- 
 yellow. Streak lemon-yellow, generally, a little paler than 
 the color. Semi-transparent . . . translucent on the edges. 
 Sectile. Thin laminae are highly flexible. Hardness 
 = 1 -5 ... 2-0. Sp. gr. 3-4SO, a cleavable variety. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Reniform, botryoidal, and other 
 imitative shapes : composition curved lamellar, faces of 
 composition commonly rough. Massive : composition 
 granular, of various sizes of individuals ; faces of composi- 
 tion uneven, often irregularly streaked. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pips, upon charcoal, it burns with a blue flame, 
 and emits fumes of sulpur and arsenic. It is soluble in the nitric, muri- 
 atic and sulphuric acids. 
 
92 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Orpiment. 
 
 Sulphur 
 Arsenic 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By KLAPROTH. 
 38-00 
 62-00 
 
 By LAUGIER. 
 38 14 
 61-86 
 
 3. Orpiment is found in imbedded nodules, and rarely in imbedded 
 crystals, in blue clay, accompanied by sulpbur. 
 
 4. It occurs atTajowa near Neusohl in Lower Hungary, in the neigh- 
 borhood of Vienna, and in Wallachia and Servia. At Kapnik in Transyl- 
 vania, and Felsobanya in Upper Hungary, it occurs in metalliferous 
 veins, with Galena, Blende, Native Arsenic an(f Realgar. It is found 
 likewise in Natolia, China and Mexico. 
 
 5. It is used as a pigment. 
 
 ORTHITE. (See Mlanite.} 
 
 OSMELITE. 
 
 Massive : composition columnar, individuals thin and scopi- 
 formly or stellulatly arranged, and these aggregations collected 
 again into coarse granular concretions. 
 
 Cleavage only in one direction. 
 
 Lustre resinous or oily. Color greyish white, but after being 
 exposed to the weather, dark hair-brown. Translucent. 
 
 Hardness intermediate between 4-0 and 5-0. Sp. gr. =2-79. . . 
 2-83. 
 
 1. It emits at common temperatures an argillaceous odor, which is in- 
 creased by breathing upon it. In the mouth it tastes like clay, but un- 
 dergoes no separation of parts. 
 
 2. It occurs in Calcareous Spar mixed wifli Datholite in veins in Tra- 
 chyte, at Niedeikerchen, near Wolfstein on the Rhine. 
 
 OSTRANITE. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M = 96. 
 
 Secondary forms. The primary form, having the acute lateral 
 edges slightly modified, and the angles of the base deeply trun- 
 cated. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel to the smaller diagonal of the base, scarcely 
 perceptible. 
 
 Lustre Titreous. Color clove-brown. 
 
 Hardness = 7-0 ... 8-0. Sp. gr. = 4-3 . . . 4-4. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 93 
 
 Oxahevrite. 
 
 1. Alone, before the blow-pipe, it does not melt, but becomes paler. 
 With borax, it melts with difficulty into a transparent -glass. 
 
 2. It is found in Norway c 
 
 OUVAROVITE. 
 
 Primary form. Rhombic dodecahedron. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color emerald-green. Transparent. 
 
 Harder than Garnet. 
 
 1. It does not fuse when heated before the blow-pipe, nor lose its color 
 or transparency. 
 
 2. It is found imbedded in Chrome-Ore, in the environs of Bissersk in 
 Siberia. 
 
 OXAHEVRITE. 
 
 Primary form. Octahedron with a square base. 
 
 Secondary form. The primary, having the angles at the base 
 truncated, so as to form when enlarged the faces of a square 
 prism. 
 
 Cleavage perpendicular to the axis, but with much difficulty. 
 Surface even, but not brilliant. 
 
 Color, light-grey, leek-green, olive-green, and reddish-brown. 
 
 Hardness, rather below Apatite. Sp. gr. = 2-21. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : in thin seams and veins, 
 
 1. Analysis. 
 By TURNER. 
 
 Silica 50 76 
 
 Lime 22-39 
 
 Potash 4-18 
 
 Peroxide of iron .... 3-39 
 
 Alumina I'OO 
 
 Fluoric acid a trace. 
 
 Water 17-00 
 
 2. It occurs in ligneous petrifactions, where the wood has been repla- 
 ced by Calcareous Spar, of a fine ochre yellow color, and more or less 
 crystallized. From Oxhaver in the north east of Iceland. 
 
 OXIDE OF ARSENIC. (See White Arsenic.) 
 OZOKERITE. 
 
 Massive. Composition impalpable. 
 Color, between green and brown. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Oxygen. 
 
 Hardness, may be kneaded between the fingers like dough 
 Sp. gr. = 0-955 . . . 0-970. 
 
 1. It melts in the flame of a candle, into a clear mass. It is rieithei 
 soluble in alcohol nor water, even when boiling, and but slowly so, ir 
 ether and spirits of turpentine. It burns like wax with a soft cleai 
 flame, and on being extinguished, diffuses an agreeable odor. 
 
 2. It occurs at Slauik in Moldavia. 
 
 OXYGEN. Pure Oxygen-Gas. 
 Gaseous. Transparent. 
 Sp. gr. =1-1111. 
 
 1. Oxygen-gas is a powerful supporter of combustion. A freshly 
 extinguished taper introduced into a small vial of it, is immediately re- 
 kindled with a slight explosion ; and iron-wire, on being previously 
 heated, burns in it, with brilliant scintillations. It is wholly free from 
 odor and taste. 
 
 2. The evolution of oxygen from vegetables, its only natural source, 
 depends upon the influence of vitality. The carbonic acid they absorb 
 is decomposed, the carbon appropriated by the plant, while this species 
 is set at liberty. Its emission from vegetables may be detected by ex- 
 posing a healthy mint of some kind, in a bell-glass of water over a pneu- 
 matic cistern to the sun of a summer's day: the oxygen-gas will collect 
 in the upper part of the receiver, and may be transferred to a convenient 
 vessel, and tested in the usual manner. 
 
 PARANTHINE. (See Scapolite.) 
 PARGASITE. (See Hornblende.) 
 PAULITE. (See ITypersthene.) 
 PEARL-GLIMMER. (See Margarite.) 
 PEARLSPAR. (See Dolomite.) 
 PEARLSTONE. (See Pitchstone.) 
 PECTOLITE. 
 
 In spheroidal masses : composition columnar, diverging. 
 Lustre vitreous to peaily. Color white, yellowhh or greyish. 
 Hardness, between Fluor and Feldspar. Sp. gr. = 2-69. 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it yields a white, transparent glass. After 
 having been calcined, it forms a jelly in muriatic acid. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Oxygen. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KOBELL. 
 
 Silica - - * - - - - - 51-30 
 
 Lime 33-77 
 
 Soda 8-26 
 
 Potash 1-57 
 
 Water _.----- 8-89 
 
 Alumina and oxide of iron .... 0-90 
 3. It occurs on Natrolite, a variety of Mesotype, at Monte Baldo in 
 South Tyrol. 
 
 PEGAMITE. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M = 127 . . . 128. 
 
 Secondary form. Primary form, having the acute lateral edges, 
 and the acute terminal angles, truncated. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with P, but difficult; also parallel with the 
 shorter diagonal of the prism. Fracture conchoidal. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color green, pistachio, leek, apple or grass : 
 also, pale mountain green, greenish grey, and greenish white. 
 Streak white. Transparent or translucent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness (scale of BHEITHAUPT) =5-25 . . . 5-50. Sp. 
 gr. = 2-492 ... 2 496. 
 
 1. Before the blowpipe, in the tube, it gives much water. On char- 
 coal, it loses its color, imparting, at the same time, a beautiful green 
 color to the flame of the lamp. It is infusible. It contains 23 ... 24 
 per cent, of water. 
 
 2. It has been found on a hill between the lakes Strieges and Frank- 
 ;,enberg, where it occurs in a transition flinty slate. 
 
 8. It is probably a variety of Wavellite. 
 
 PEGMATOLITE. (See Feldspar.) 
 
 PELIOM. (See lolite.) 
 PELOKONITE. 
 
 Massive ; composition impalpable. Fracture conchoidal. 
 Lustre vitreous, feeble. Color bluish black. Streak liver- 
 brown. Opake. 
 
 tfardness = 3-0. Sp. gr. = 2-50 ... 2-56. 
 
 1. It is very soluble in muriatic acid, the solution having a pistachio- 
 green color. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Peridot. 
 
 2. It is found in the Terra Amarilla and the Remolinos in Chili, along 
 with Green Malachite, and an unknown, blackish brown mineral with a 
 yellow streak. 
 
 PEPONITE. 
 
 Massive : composition lamellar, rarely columnar, impalpable. 
 Cleavage, apparently parallel to the sides of a rhombic prism. 
 Lustre pearly. Color lake, and mountain-green. Streak green- 
 ish white. Translucent, only on the edges. 
 Hardness = 2-0. Sp. gr. = 2-969. 
 Emits an argillaceous odor when moistened. 
 1. Locality not mentioned. 
 
 PERIDOT. Prismatic Chrysolite. MOHS. 
 Primary form. Right rectangular prism. 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 330. 
 
 P on T or d 
 P on e 
 Pon 61 
 P on 62 
 Ton d 
 e on e' 
 62 on 62' 
 d on d / 
 d on a 
 
 90 00' PHILLIPS. 
 
 140 00 
 
 132 52 
 
 115 00 " 
 
 130 00 
 
 80 00 " 
 
 130 00 " 
 
 100 00 " 
 
 160 00 " 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 97 
 
 Peridot. 
 
 Irregular forms, grains. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with P easily obtained, sometimes 
 traces of T. Fracture conchoidal. Surface, the faces of 
 the prism streaked horizontally, those of the rest of the 
 faces, smooth and even. The grains possess an uneven sur- 
 face. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color various shades of green, as 
 pistachio-green, olive-green, nearly asparagus-green and 
 grass-green, sometimes passing into brown. Streak white. 
 Transparent . . . translucent. 
 
 Hardness =6*5 ... 7*0. Sp. gr. = 3-441, a crystallized 
 variety. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Irregular spheroidal masses, im- 
 bedded in rocks : composition granular, individuals easily 
 separated, faces of composition uneven and rough. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it assumes a darker color, but does not melt 
 or lose its transparency. It loses its color in nitric acid. Varieties of 
 the present species may be produced artificially, by mingling the constit- 
 uents in the requisite proportions, and exposing them to a high tempera- 
 ture. 
 
 2. .Analysis. 
 
 By KT.APROTH By KI.APROTH. I3y SHEPARD. By KLAPROTH. 
 var. Chrysolite, var. Chrysolite, var. Chrysolite, var. Olivine. 
 fr. meteoric iron. fr. meteoric stone. 
 
 Silica 
 Magnesia 
 Ox. of iron 
 Lime 
 
 Soda, } 
 
 Ox. chrome, & V 0-00 . 0-00 . 557 . 0-00 
 
 Sulphur 3 
 
 3. The original repository of the implanted crystals of Peridot is not 
 known : they are said to come from Upper Egypt, and are frequently 
 brought to Europe by way of Constantinople. Less distinct crystals and 
 imbedded grains are found in lava, in various kinds of basalt, &c., as in 
 the neighborhood of Vesuvius, in Saxony, Bohemia, Silesia, Hungary, 
 
 VOL. II. 9 
 
 39-00 
 
 41-00 
 
 42-30 
 
 50-00 
 
 43-50 
 
 48-50 
 
 3146 
 
 3850 
 
 1900 
 
 18-50 
 
 2067 
 
 1200 
 
 o-oo 
 
 9-00 
 
 000 
 
 0-25 
 
98 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHT. 
 
 Peridot Periklin. 
 
 &c. It occurs in large spheroidal masses, which are not pebbles, mixed 
 with Bronzite in Trap tuff, at Kapfenstein in Lower Hungary, and at 
 Habichtswald in Hessia. It is contained also in the Meteoric Iron of Si- 
 beria, as well as in many meteoric stones that have fallen at different pe- 
 riods. 
 4. The transparent varieties are sometimes used as gems. 
 
 PERIKLIN. Heterotomous Feld-Spar. MOMS. 
 Primary form. Doubly oblique prism. 
 
 Fig. 331. 
 
 P on M 
 
 MonT 
 
 T onP 
 Secondary form. 
 
 - 93 19' 
 
 - 120 18 
 
 - 114 45 
 
 T 
 
 M 
 
 M on I 
 
 120 37' 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Periklin. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel to P and T perfect, to M only in 
 traces. 
 
 Fracture uneven. 
 
 Lustre pearly, sometimes vitreous upon P and T. Color 
 white, yellowish and reddish. Streak white. Semi-trans- 
 parent, to translucent on the edges. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =6-00. Sp. gr. =2-54 . . . 2*55. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals ; axis of revolu- 
 tion perpendicular to the prismatic axis. 
 
 Fig. 333. 
 
 M 
 
 Massive : composition granular. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it melts with difficulty into a semi-transpa- 
 rent glass. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By GMEL.IN. 
 
 Silica 67-94 
 
 Alumina . . 18 93 
 
 Soda . . . . . . . 9-99 
 
 Potash 2-41 
 
 Lime . 0-15 
 
 Protoxide of iron ...... 0-48 
 
 3. It is found at Zoblitz in Saxony, entering into the composition of at 
 
 wenite ; also in crystals with Rutile in the Tyrol, on St. Gothard, and in 
 
 the Saualpe of Carinthia. 
 
100 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Petalite. 
 
 PEHITOMOUS LEAD-BARYTE. (See Kerasite.) 
 PETALITE. Prismatic Petaline-Spar. MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Doubly oblique prism ? 
 
 Cleavage, a prism of 95 nearly, and parallel with its 
 longer diagonal ; the latter more distinct. Fracture imper- 
 fectly conchoid al. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to resinous ; pearly upon faces 
 of cleavage. Color white, with tinges of blue, pink and 
 green. Streak white. Translucent. 
 
 Britile. Hardness =6-0 . . . 6*5. Sp. gr. =2-439. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive ; composition colum- 
 nar, of various sizes of individuals, sometimes impalpable, 
 and generally strongly coherent. If the composition be 
 impalpable, the fracture is splintery. Extremely tough. 
 
 1. If exposed to the highest heat of the blow-pipe on charcoal, it be- 
 comes glassy, semi-transparent and white, but melts only upon the edges. 
 If gently heated, it emits a blue, phosphorescent light. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By ARFWEDSOX. By GMELIN. 
 
 Silica . . 79-212 . . . 74-17 
 
 Alumina . . 17-225 . . . 1741 
 
 Lithia . . 5761 . . . 5-16 
 
 Lime . . 0-000 . . . 0-32 
 
 3. Petaiite occurs in the Swedish island of Uton, where it occurs in 
 boulders of limestone, accompanied by Quartz, Feldspar and Tourmaline. 
 In the United States, its only locality is Bclton, (Mass.) where it existi 
 in a lime-quarry, along with Scapolite, Sphene and Pyroxene. 
 
 PETROLEUM. (See Bitumen.) 
 PETROSILEX. 
 
 Massive : composition impalpable. Fracture fine grained. 
 Lustre waxy. Colors various, grey, green, brown and red. 
 Translucent. 
 Hardness = 7-0. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Pharmacolite. 
 
 101 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it fuses with greater difficulty than Feldspar. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By BERTHIER. 
 
 A red variety, from A blackish green variety, 
 Salilberg in Sweden. from Aran. 
 
 Silica 
 
 795 
 
 67-60 
 
 Alumina 
 
 122 
 
 8-70 
 
 Lime ... 
 
 0-0 
 
 3-50 
 
 Soda 
 
 60 
 
 5-70 
 
 Potash 
 
 o-o 
 
 6-50 
 
 Magnesia . 
 
 11 
 
 1-50 
 
 Oxide of iron 
 
 0-5 
 
 360 
 
 3. Petrosilex is probably a variety of Feldspar, or Albite. 
 
 PHARMACOLITE. Hem i-prismatic Gypsum- 
 Mica. 
 
 Primary form. Right oblique angled prism. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 334. Fig. 335. 
 
 /on/ 
 n on n 
 
 117 24' HAIDINGER. 
 141 8 " 
 
 The crystals are lengthened in the direction of T, (edges 
 of combination between T, n and P,) and attached at one 
 of the extremities, in most cases several together, so as to 
 form stellated or divergent groups. On the disengaged ter- 
 minations of the crystals, one of the faces/ is enlarged, so 
 as generally to make the other disappear. 
 
102 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Pharmacolite. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel to P highly perfect, and easily obtain- 
 ed. Fracture uneven. Surface, faces P and n are deeply 
 streaked parallel to their common edges of combination. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. P slightly inclining to pearly, both upon 
 faces of cleavage and of crystallization. Color white, in- 
 clining to yellowish. Streak white. Transparent, or trans- 
 lucent. 
 
 Sectile. Thin laminae are flexible in a direction per- 
 pendicular to the edges between T, n and P. 
 
 Hardness =2-0 . . . 2'5, nearer the latter. The perfect 
 faces of cleavage are below 2-0. Sp.gr. =2-730. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Globular aggregations of acicu- 
 lar crystals. Reniform, botryoidal and stalactitic shapes. 
 Composition thin columnar . . . impalpable. Farinaceous. 
 
 1. The crystals above described, were first observed upon a specimen 
 whose locality is unknown, associated with the Haidingerite, but have 
 since been discovered at Wittichen. 
 
 2. Before the blow-pipe, it emits an arsenical odor, and melts with 
 difficulty into a white enamel. It is dissolved in nitric acid without ef- 
 fervescence. 
 
 3. Analysis. 
 
 By KLAPROTH. By JOHIV. By TURISTER. 
 
 fr. Wittichen. fr. Andreasberg. 
 
 Lime . 25-00 . 27-28) 76<92 
 
 Arsenic . 50 54 . 45-68 5 
 
 Water 24-46 23-86 27-08 
 
 4. It is found in the principality of Fiirstenberg, at Andreasberg in the 
 Hartz, at Riechelsdorf inHessia, and other places, in veins that also con- 
 tain Native Arsenic and Smaltine. 
 
 5. The description of the Pier ophar mac olite does not differ from that 
 given above of the Pharmacolite. The only difference consists in a 
 imall quantity of magnesia, 3-218 p. c., which the former contains. It 
 comes from the cobalt mines of Riechelsdorf in Hessia, 
 
 PHARMACOSIDERITE. (See Cube-Ore.) 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Phenakite. 
 
 103 
 
 PHASTINE. 
 
 Massive : composition lamellar, impalpable. Cleavage, paral- 
 lel with the sides of a rhombic prism, in traces ; also, with its two 
 diagonals most distinct, parallel with the shorter. 
 
 Lustre pearly. Color grey. Streak white. 
 
 Hardness = 1 25 . . . 1-50. Sp. gr. = 2-825. 
 
 1. Locality not mentioned, 
 
 ?HENAKITE. Phenakine Emerald. 
 Primary form. Rhomboid. P on P 115 25'. 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 336. 
 
 P on b - - - 147 42' 30" 
 Ponn 122 17 30 
 
 Cleavage, parallel to n. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color bright wine yellow, inclining to 
 red; also inclining to white. Transparent .. .opake. 
 
 Hardness, above Quartz. Sp. gr. =2*969. 
 
 1. Analysis, 
 
 By HARTWALL. 
 
 Silica ... . 55-14 
 
 Glucina 44-47 
 
 Alumina and magnesia .... 0-39 
 
 2. It is found in Perm, 85 wersts from Catharinenburg. 
 
104 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Picrolite. 
 
 PICROLTTE. Fibrous Atelene Picrosmine 
 Massive : composition thin columnar, consisting of straigh 
 
 and delicate individuals. Fracture uneven, rarely splintery 
 Lustre vitreous : in very thin individuals, satiny. Color 
 
 some shade of green or greenish-white, greenish-grey 
 
 mountain green, oil-green, leek-green, and blackish-green. 
 
 Translucent on the edges. 
 
 Brittle, except in the finest fibres, when it is flexible, 
 
 Hardness =3-0 . . . 4-0. Sp. gr. =2-59.1. 
 
 1. When heated before the blow-pipe in thin fragments, it coils up a 
 the extremity, and fuses into an opake, white mass. With phosphoric 
 salt, it melts into a transparent glass, with the exception of a skeleton ol 
 silica. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 BY ALMROTH. 
 
 Silica 40-04 
 
 Magnesia ....... 38-80 
 
 Water . 9-08 
 
 Protoxide of iron 8-28 
 
 Carbonic acid 4-70 
 
 3. This species, as first described by HAUSMANN, (with no othi 
 properties than its columnar composition, a faint pearly lustre, a leel 
 green, to yellow color, streak a little shining, and hardness from 3-0 . . 
 6-0,) was quoted as forming irregular veins in the beds of Magnetic 
 Iron of Taberg and Nordmayken in Sweden, and as occurring a 
 Reichenstein in Silesia. As described above, it has several localities ir 
 the United States. ID particular, it occurs in large masses, which exis 
 in irregular seams in the verd antique marble of West Haven and Mil- 
 ford, (Conn.) ; at which places the individuals are coarse, and sometimes 
 a little curved. At Weathersfield in Vermont, it forms numerous nar- 
 row veins through a serpentine rock, which also contains Dolomite, th( 
 individuals being very thin, and exhibiting a satiny lustre. At Kellj 
 Vale, in Vermont, also, it is found in somewhat wider veins, coarsel) 
 columnar, of a light oil-green color, and containing much yellow.* 
 
 * The foregoing American varieties afforded the description above giv- 
 en, respecting color, composition, specific gravity, hardness, and beha- 
 vior before the blow-pipe. These also lost 13 04 p. c. wt, on calcination 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Picrosmine. 
 
 105 
 
 The thin seams of Asbestus, so called, in the Serpentine of Newbury- 
 port, (Mass.) Newport, (R. I.) and numerous other places in New Eng- 
 land, probably belong to this species. 
 
 PICNITE. (See Topaz.) 
 PICROPHARMACOLITE. (See Pharmctcolite.) 
 PICROSMINE. Prismatoidal Atelene Pic- 
 rosmine. 
 
 Primary form. Right rectangular prism : from cleavage. 
 Cleavage, affords the form in the annexed figure. 
 
 Fig. 337. 
 
 M 
 
 t on i 
 s on s 
 
 117 49' 
 126 52 
 
 Parallel to M, the cleavage is perfect ; parallel to T less 
 D, and least of all, to i. 
 
 Fracture uneven, scarcely perceptible.. 
 
 Lustre pearly, distinct upon M, inclining to vitreous upon 
 the others. Color greenish-white, passing into greenish- 
 grey and mountain-green, sometimes also oil-green, leek- 
 green, and blackish green. Streak white, dull. Translu- 
 cent on the edges. 
 
106 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Picrosmine. 
 
 Very sectile. Hardness = 2-5 . . . 3-0. Sp. gr. =2*66, 
 of a cleavable compound variety. 2-596, of a columnar 
 variety. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 strongly coherent. If the composition becomes impalpa- 
 ble, the fracture is earthy. The particles of columnar 
 composition are very thin ; fracture splintery. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it is infusible, but gives out water, becoming 
 first black, then white and opake, and acquires a degree of hardness 
 nearly = 5-0. It is soluble in phosphoric salt, with the exception of a 
 silica-skeleton. When treated with a solution of cobalt, it assumes a 
 pale red color. It appears therefore, to contain water, silica and mag- 
 nesia. 
 
 2. The cleavable varieties have been found, accompanied by Mag- 
 netic Iron, and I 'olomite, in abed in primitive rocks. The only locality 
 hitherto known, is the iron mine called Engelsburg, near Presnitz ia 
 Bohemia. 
 
 3. It is likely that several varieties of Asbestus fall within the present 
 pecies. 
 
 PICTITE. (See Turnerite.) 
 
 PlMELITE. 
 
 Nickel-Ochre, mixed with clay. 
 
 PlNGUlTE. 
 
 Massive : impalpable : resembles Green Iron-Ore. 
 Fiacture large conchoi 'al. 
 
 Lustre resinous. Color, siskin-green and oil-green. Streak 
 paler. Transjucent on the edges. 
 Hardness = 1. Sp. gr. = 2-31. 
 Emits an earthy odor, when moistened. 
 
 1. Analysis. 
 By KARSTEIC. 
 
 Silica 36-90 
 
 Peroxide of iron . ' . . . . 2950 
 
 Protoxide of iron . . . . . 6-10 
 
 Alumina ...... 1'80 
 
 Magnesia , 0-45 
 
 Oxide of manganese . . . . . 0-14 
 
 Water ?..... 25-10 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 107 
 
 Pitchblende. 
 
 2. It occurs in a vein of Heavy Spar, in the mine of Neu Beschert 
 ldck, in the mine of Saxon Erzgebirge, and at Geilsdorf in Plauen. 
 
 FINITE. (See Mica.) 
 
 PlSSOPHANE. 
 
 Stalactitic, massive, anil impalpable. Fracture conchoidal. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color pistachio- green, aspttragus-green, and 
 olive-green, passing into brown. Streak white ; in the brown 
 variety, a pale yellow. Transparent to translucent. 
 
 Hardness = 1-75 . . . 2-50. Sp. gr. = 1-92 . . . 1-98. 
 
 It falls to pieces in water. 
 
 1. It occurs at Reichenbach, and in Garnsdorf. 
 
 ITCHBLENDE. Uncleavable Baryte-Ore. 
 
 Regular forms and cleavage, unknown. Fracture con- 
 hoidal, uneven. 
 
 Lustre imperfectly metallic. Color greyish-black, incli- 
 ning sometimes to iron-black, also to greenish black and 
 brownish black. Streak black, a little shining. Opake. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 5*5. Sp. gr. = 6-4b8. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Reniforrn : composition colum- 
 |nar, impalpable ; aggregated into a second curved, lamel- 
 lar composition, the faces of composition being smooth and 
 shining. Massive : composition granular, individuals not 
 Distinguishable. 
 
 1. Alone, before the blow-pipe, it is infusible, but it melts, with borax 
 into a greyish scoria. If reduced to powder, it i slow))' soluble in mtric 
 
 acid. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KLAPROTK. By PFAFF. 
 
 Protoxide of uranium . 8650 .... 84-52 
 Protoxide of iron . 250 .... 824 
 
 Silica . 500 .... 2-02 
 
 Sulphuretoflead . 600 .... 4-20 
 
 Oxide oi cobalt 0-00 . . . . 1-42 
 
108 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Pitchblende Pitchstone. 
 
 3. It chiefly occurs in silver veins, and is accompanied by various ores 
 of silver and lead, and often intimately mixed with Yellow Copper Py- 
 rites and Galena. 
 
 4. Its chief localities are Johanngeorgenstadt, Marienberg, Annaberg, 
 and Schneeberg in Saxony ; and Joachimsthal and Fribus in Bohemia. 
 In Cornwall, it has been found in the tin mines of Tincroft and Tolcarn, 
 near Redruth. 
 
 5. It is used in painting upon porcelain, yielding a fine orange color 
 in the enamelling fire, and a black one, in that in which the porcelain it- 
 self is baked. 
 
 PITCHSTONE. Empyrodox Quartz. MOHS. 
 
 Regular forms unknown. Grains. 
 
 Cleavage none. Fracture conchoidal, sometimes highly 
 perfect, sometimes less distinct. Surface, the larger grains 
 uneven and rough, the smaller ones smooth. 
 
 Lustre vitreous and resinous. Color black, brown, red, 
 yellow, green, grey, white : none of them bright. There 
 occurs a distinct velvet-black. Streak white. Faintly 
 transparent . . . translucent on the edges. 
 
 Hardness = 6-0 . . . 7-0. Sp. gr. == 2-395, Obsidian 
 from Iceland ; =2-212, Pitchstone from Meissen. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 strongly connected, so as to be scarcely recognizable; 
 fracture more or less perfectly conchoidal, uneven and 
 splintery. The whole mass is often traversed with sepa- 
 rating faces, which may be considered as rudiments of the 
 faces of lamellar composition : often the composition is 
 granular, thick or thin, and generally bent ; the faces ol 
 composition being smooth, and possessing pearly lustre. 
 Small grains of Obsidian are often enveloped in a number 
 of successive thin coats ; several of these are again sur- 
 rounded by other coats, and soon several times, which pro- 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 109 
 
 Pitchstone. 
 
 duce a very remarkable composition. Vesicular : the cav- 
 ities often elongated in one direction, parallel, and in such 
 number, that the mass appears fibrous, and of a pearly 
 lustre. 
 
 1. The varieties of Pitchstone have generally been treated of under 
 four species : viz. Obsidian, Pitchstone, Pearlstone, and Punn'ce. Obsi- 
 dian possesses the most perfect conchoidal fracture, and high degrees of 
 a pure vitreous lustre. A variety of Obsidian which is transparent, is 
 called Marekanite. When the high perfection of the conchoidal frac- 
 ture disappears, and we meet with an uneven or splintery fracture, its 
 lustre at the same time diminishing and passing into resinous, we are 
 presented with the variety Pitchstone. Pitchstone often contains those 
 faces of distinct concretion, which arise from composition. When these 
 are numerous, variously curved, and containing but little matter be- 
 tween them, a transition into Pearlstone is formed ; the peculiarity of 
 which depends upon the roundish masses into which it separates, and 
 which generally allow themselves to be resolved into thin films, not unfre- 
 quently including a grain of Obsidian. The Obsidian itself is often vesi- 
 cular, the cavities being small, and keeping a constant direction. If 
 there are a great many of them of larger sizes, the whole mass becomes 
 apparently very light, the original color disappears, and there is pearly 
 or silky lustre in one direction. Thus Pumice is generally formed. 
 
 2. Before the blow-pipe, these varieties melt with more or less facility, 
 according to the fusibility of their ingredients, into a vesicular glass, or 
 they yield an enamel. 
 
 3. Analysis. 
 By DESCOTILS. By BEUTHIER. By KLAPROTH. 
 
 Silica 
 
 Alumina . 
 
 Potash . -. > 
 
 Soda . . > 
 
 Ox. iron and mang. 2 00 
 
 Lime 
 
 Magnesia 
 
 Water . 
 
 VOL.11. 10 
 
 var. var. var. var. 
 Obsidian. Pitchstone. Pearlstone. Pumice. 
 
 72-00 
 
 6946 
 
 . 73-00 . 
 
 72-25 
 
 77-50 
 
 1250 
 
 2-60 
 
 , 14-50 . 
 
 12-00 . 
 
 1750 
 
 10-00 
 
 C7-12 
 
 $5-08 
 
 , o-oo . 
 
 . 1-75 . 
 
 450} 
 
 o-oo 5 
 
 3-00 
 
 200 
 
 260 
 
 . 1-10 . 
 
 1-60 . 
 
 1-75 
 
 0-00 
 
 7-54 
 
 , 1-00 . 
 
 0-50 . 
 
 0-00 
 
 0-00 
 
 2-60 
 
 . o-oo . 
 
 o-oo . 
 
 0-00 
 
 o-oo 
 
 3-00 
 
 . 8-50 . 
 
 4-50 . 
 
 0-00 
 
110 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Pitchstone. 
 
 4. Pitchstone forms mountain masses, and is generally in close con- 
 nexion with porphyry. Many of the other varieties occur under similar 
 circumstances. It is often the paste of certain kinds of porphyry, con- 
 taining imbedded crystals of other minerals; and in a similar manner, 
 Obsidian, Pearlstone, and Pumice, form, each their porphyry, denomina- 
 ted after the kind of paste which contains the crystals. All these varie- 
 ties occur also in beds in sandstone, in which it has been observed that 
 in some places they lie regularly between the strata, or abruptly as- 
 sume another situation, interrupt the strata, and then appear in the shape 
 of regular veins. Several of the pitchstoce veins in red sandstone seem 
 to have the same origin ; but it cannot be determined whether this also 
 is the case in similar veins in granite, where they likewise occur. Ob- 
 sidian frequently occurs in grains. Pumice, and several of the other 
 varieties of Pitchstone, are products of active volcanoes. 
 
 5. Considerable masses of very distinct Pitchstone occur on the foot 
 of the Saxon metalliferous mountains at Meissen, also at Planitz near 
 Zwickaw, passing into Obsidian in the isle ot Arran. Pearlstone, inclu- 
 ding grains of Obsidian, is found between Tokay and Keresztur, and at 
 Glashiltte near Schemnitz in Hungary, at Cabo de Gata in Spain, near 
 Ochotzk in Siberia, &c. Obsidian is very frequent in Iceland, where it 
 exists in grains, angular pieces and beds ; it is also found at Schemnitz 
 and Glashatte in Hungary, of a green color at Moidauthein in Bohemia, 
 and shewing every stage of the passage into Pumice, in the Lipari isl- 
 ands, also in Teneriffe, Peru, and New Spain. Pumice occurs at Vesu- 
 vius, in Iscbia, the Lipari islands, and several islands of the Grecian 
 Archipelago, in TeneiirTe; near Tokay, Sclieirnitz, and other places in 
 Hungary; near Andernach, and the lake of Laach on the Rhine; in 
 Quito and Mexico, &c In several of these countries, also, it is met 
 with in conglomerates. 
 
 6. Obsidian is employed for mirrors, vases, snuffboxes, &c. ; in Mex- 
 ico and the island of Ascension, very sharp edged fragments are used as 
 tools and weapons. Pumice yields a well known material for grinding 
 and polishing, and is also employed as a filtering stone. 
 
 PITCHY IRON-ORE. (See Iron Sinter and Triplite.) 
 PLASMA. (See Quartz.) 
 PLEONASTE. (See Spinel.) 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Plumbago. 
 
 PLUMBAGO. Rhombohedral Graphite-Mica. 
 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Rhomboid, of unknown dimensions. 
 Secondary forms. 1. Six sided prism. 2. Six sided, 
 prism, with terminal edges truncated. The crystals inva- 
 riably posses-s a tabular appearance. 
 
 Cleavage, perpendicular to the axis of the rhomboid, (or 
 parallel with the bases of the hexagonal tables,) perfect. 
 Fracture uneven, scarcely observable. Surface, bases of 
 the prisms generally smooth, or faintly striated parallel to 
 their edges of combination ; the rest of the faces rough. 
 
 Lustre metallic. The highest degrees of lustre are found 
 upon the perfect faces of cleavage, and upon the bases of 
 the hexagonal tables. Color iron-black, dark steel-grev. 
 Streak black, shining. Opake. 
 
 Sectile. Thin lamina are highly flexible. Hardness 
 = 1-0... 2-0. Sp.gr. =2-0891. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 tbe individuals flat and scaly, of various sizes, frequently 
 impalpable. Of the latter, the fracture is conchoidal or 
 even. 
 
 1. In a high degree of heat, it is combustible, and leaves a residue of 
 
 oxide of iron, tt is infusible. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 ByScHEELE. By VAUQUELIN By SAUSSURE. 
 Carbon - 81-00 - - 9200 96* 
 
 - 10-00 - - 8 00 4-00 
 
 9-00 - 000 - 000 
 
 Oxygen 
 
 3 The varieties of this species are found in beds, or form beds by 
 themselves, in slaty and ancient trap-rocks. They seem often to replac 
 Mica and Talc in certain rocks. It is particularly in beds of limestone 
 that the crystallized variety of Plumbago ^occurs. It is likewise 
 in the coal formation. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Plumbago Plumbocalcite. 
 
 4. One of the most remarkable deposits of Plumbago is at Borrowdale 
 in Cumberland, in a bed of trap, very much interrupted, and alternating 
 with clay-slate. It occurs crystallized in Greenland, in the parish of 
 Pargas in Finland ; and different varieties are known from the Tyrol, 
 Salzburg, Piedmont, France, Spain, and Norway. 
 
 Plumbago is of very common occurrence in the United States. Some 
 of the handsomest crystallized varieties occur near Ticonderoga on Lake 
 George, upon Roger's rock, where it is associated with Pyroxene and 
 Sphene ; and in the vicinity of Amity, Orange county, (N.Y.) at which 
 place it occurs in white limestone, with Spinel, Brucite, Hornblende, 
 &c. A compact variety is found in large masses, disseminated in veins 
 through gneiss, at Sturbridge, (Mass ) A similar variety occurs atGren- 
 ville, (Lower Canada,) along with Sphene and Tabular Spar, in white 
 limestone. 
 
 5. Plumbago is much employed in the manufacture of lead pencils, 
 and of crucibles. It is also used to diminish friction, and to protect iron 
 from oxidation. 
 
 PLUMBOCALCITE. Microtine Lime-Haloide. 
 
 Primary form. Rhomboid. P on P = 104 53' 30". 
 
 Surface of the crystals rounded. 
 
 Lustre pearly. Color white. Transparent to translu- 
 cent. 
 
 Hardness =2-5 . . . 3-0. Sp. gr. =2-82. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive. 
 
 1. Heated in a platina crucible, or in a glass tube, it decrepitates, and 
 after some time assumes a brownish, or pale reddish, tint. A small frag- 
 ment, dissolved in muriatic or nitric acid, gives a white precepitate, with 
 caustic ammonia, which becomes black on the addition of hydrosulphu- 
 ret of ammonia. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By TURJVER. 
 
 Carbonate of lime ...... 92-2 
 
 Carbonate of lead . ..... 7.3 
 
 3. It occurs at Wanlockhead in Scotland. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 113 
 
 Plumbo-Gummite. 
 
 PLUMBO-GUMM1TE. Staphyline Lead-Baryte. 
 
 Reniform. Surface smooth. Composition thin colum- 
 nar . . . impalpable. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with the sides of a rhombic prism, in 
 traces. Fracture conchoidal. 
 
 Lustre resinous. Color yellowish-brown and reddish- 
 brown, striped. Translucent. 
 
 Hardness =4-0 . . . 4-5. Sp. gr. =6-3 . . . 6-4. 
 
 If rubbed in an isolated state, it acquires a strong nega- 
 tive electricity. 
 
 1. If quickly heated before the blow-pipe, it decrepitates, and loses its 
 water; but is infusible by itself. With borax, it yields a transparent, 
 colorless glass, without reducing the lead. Its powder is decomposed 
 by concentrated muriatic acid. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By BERZELIUS. 
 
 Oxide of lead 40-14 
 
 Alumina 37-00 
 
 Water 18-80 
 
 Sulphurous acid 0*20 
 
 Lime, oxides of iron and manganese - - 1*80 
 
 Silica 0-60 
 
 3. It occurs at Huelgoet, near Poullaouen in Brittany, in clay-slate, 
 along with Galena, Blende, Iron Pyrites and Pyrbmorphite. 
 
 PL.USIN-GLANCE. 
 
 Massive ; in druses. 
 
 Color, between iron-black and blackish lead-grey. 
 Hardness (scale of BREITHAUPT) = 3. Sp. gr. =6-189 ... 
 6-244. 
 1. It is found at Freiberg. 
 
 POLYBASITE. Axotomous Polypoione- 
 
 Gla n c e. 
 
 Primary form. Regular hexagonal prism ? 
 10* 
 
114 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Polybasite Polyhallite. 
 
 Secondary form. The primary, having the terminal 
 edges replaced by three or six planes. 
 
 Surface of the crystals streaked upon the terminal planes, 
 parallel to the sides of an equilateral triangle, or parallel 
 to the alternating edges of the six-sided prism. Fracture 
 uneven. 
 
 Lustre splendent. Color, iron-black. 
 
 Sectile. Hardness between Common Salt and Calca- 
 reous Spar. Sp. gr. = 6-214. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive. 
 
 
 1 
 By 
 
 . Analysis, 
 ROSE. 
 
 By BRANDES. 
 
 Sulphur 
 Antimony 
 Arsenic 
 
 fr. Mexico. 
 1704 
 5-09 
 3-74 
 
 fr. Schemnitz. 
 16-83 
 0-25 
 623 
 
 fr. Neu-Morgenstern. 
 19-4000 
 
 o-oooo 
 
 3-3019 
 
 Silver 
 
 64-29 
 
 7243 
 
 65-5000 
 
 Copper 
 Iron 
 
 993 
 
 0-06 
 
 3-04 
 0-33 
 
 3-7500 
 5-4600 
 
 Zinc 
 
 000 
 
 0-59 
 
 00000 
 
 2. It occurs partly in super-imposed crystals, partly massive and dis- 
 seminated, in the mine of Guanaxuato, in Mexico ; also at Guansamez 
 in Durango, with yellow Copper Pyrites and Calcareous Spar ; also with 
 Stilbite, at Andreasberg in the Hartz, and probably near Freiberg. 
 
 POLYHALLITE. Stelene Bri thy ne- Salt. 
 
 Massive : composition columnar. Cleavage parallel with 
 a prism of 115. Fracture splintery, uneven. 
 
 Lustre resinous. Color smoke-grey and pearl grey, 
 flesh-red and brick-red. 
 
 Hardness greater than 3-0. Sp. gr. 2-7689. STRO- 
 
 MEYER. 
 
 Taste saline and bitter. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Polyhallite Polymignite. 
 
 115 
 
 Crystallized. Red mass. var. Grey mass. var. 
 400 - 45-0 40-0 
 
 376 
 
 44-6 
 
 29-4 
 
 05 
 
 00 
 
 0-0 
 
 00 
 
 o-o 
 
 17-6 
 
 15-4 
 
 6-4 
 
 0-7 
 
 4-5 
 
 3-0 
 
 4-3 
 
 20 
 
 1-0 
 
 8-0 
 
 1. In the flame of a candle, it melts into an opake globule, and is 
 readily dissolved in water, the solution letting fall a precipitate of sul- 
 phate of lime. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By BERTHIER. 
 
 from Vic. 
 
 Crystallized. I 
 Sulphate of lime 
 Sulphate of soda 
 Sulphate of mang. - 
 Sulphate of magnesia 
 Chloride of sodium - 
 Alumina and ox. iron 
 Loss by calcination - 
 
 By STROMEYER. 
 
 from Ischel. 
 
 Anhydrous sulphate of litne .... 22-2184 
 
 Anhydrous sulphate of potash - 27-6347 
 
 Anhydrous sulphate of magnesia ... - 20-0347 
 Anhydrous sulphate of iron - - - 0-2927 
 
 Hydrous sulphate of lime .... 28-4580 
 
 Chloride of sodium .... 0-1910 
 
 Chloride of magnesium .... 00100 
 
 Peroxide of iron .... 0-1920 
 
 3. It occurs at Berchlesgaden and Ischel, along with Common Salt, 
 Gypsum and Anhydrite ; also in the salt mines of Vic in Lorraine. 
 
 POLYMIGNITE. Melanous E ruth rone-Ore. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. 
 
 Secondary form. Primary, having the lateral edges 
 deeply truncated, or slightly bevelled, and terminated by 
 four-sided pyramids, which, viewed as an octahedron with 
 a rhombic base, have angles of 136 30' and 116 30'. 
 
116 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Polymignite. 
 
 Cleavage, imperfect in the direction of the replacing 
 faces of the prism. Fracture conchoidal. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color black. Streak brown. Opake. 
 Hardness =6-5. Sp. gr. =4'8. 
 
 1. Alone, upon charcoal, before the blow-pipe, it is unaltered. With 
 borax, it melts into an iron-colored glass. With salt of phosphorus, it is 
 with difficulty dissolved ; the glass appearing reddish in the reduction 
 fire, and the color not undergoing change from the addition of tin. With 
 soda, it becomes greyish-red, but does not melt. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By BERZELIUS. 
 
 Titanic acid 46-30 
 
 Zirconia 14.1-4 
 
 Oxide of iron 12 20 
 
 Lime 4-20 
 
 Oxide of manganese 270 
 
 Oxide of cerium 5-00 
 
 Yttria 11-50 
 
 3. Its locality is Fredrichsvarn,Noiway, where it is found in Zircon- 
 sienite. 
 
 4. Very small, iron-black crystals, of a prismatic form, which gave 
 with the common goniometer M on M = about 100, are found with the 
 Green Feldspar in sicnite, at Beverly, (Mass.) These prisms have their 
 lateral edges truncated. Hardness = 65. Streak brown ; lustre me- 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Prehnite. 
 
 117 
 
 tallic. Infusible before the blow-pipe, alone ; with salt of phosphorus, 
 very slowly soluble, and the globule assuming a yellowish color. 
 
 POLYSPH^RITE. 
 
 In single rounded balls or drops, whose internal structure is 
 concentric. 
 
 Lustre resinous. Color, liver-brown, clove-brown, yellowish- 
 brown, yellowish grey, and nearly isabella-yellow. Streak white/ 
 
 Hardness (scale of BREITHAUPT) =^4-0. Sp. gr. = 5-89.. . 
 6-092. 
 
 1. It is composed of oxide of lead, phosphoric acid, and alumina. 
 
 2. It is taken occasionally from diggings in the district of Freiberg : 
 it is also found at Georgenstadter. 
 
 POONAHLITE. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M' = 92 20'. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color white. Transparent. . . translucent. 
 
 Hardness nearly that of Mesotype. 
 
 1. It is found implanted upon, and traversing Apophyllite, and as- 
 sociated with Stilbite, Epistilbite and Calcareous Spar, at Poonah in the 
 East Indies. 
 
 PRASE. (See Quartz.) 
 
 PREHNITE. Axotomous Kouphone- Spar. 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M y = 
 99 30'. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 339. Fig. 340. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Prehnite. 
 
 o on o over the summit - 
 
 31 00' 
 
 M or M 7 on / 
 
 139 45 PHILLIPS. 
 
 al' on al 7 
 
 177 20 " 
 
 al'on/ 
 al' on M 
 
 92 00 
 91 30 
 
 c on M 
 
 128 30 " 
 
 Cleavage, very distinct in the direction of P, less distinct 
 in that of M. Surface, P and al often streaked, the late- 
 ral faces streaked perpendicularly. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, except upon P, which possesses pearly 
 lustre, particularly if produced by cleavage. Color, vari- 
 ous shades of green, as leek-green, mountain-green, apple- 
 green, siskin-green, &ic. ; passing into white and grey. 
 Streak white. Semi-transparent , . , translucent- 
 Brittle. Hardness =6-0 ... 7-0. Sp. gr. =2-926. 
 Compound Varieties. Reniform, globular, stalactitic 
 shapes : surface generally drusy ; composition columnar, 
 sometimes broad, imperfect and strongly coherent ; if the 
 particles of composition be distinct, the surface is often 
 pretty smooth. Massive : composition either columnar, as 
 above, or granular, and even sometimes impalpable. Some- 
 times compound varieties are again aggregated in a second 
 composition, the faces of composition being rough and un- 
 even. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, upon charcoal, it is transformed into a white 
 frothy scoria, which, on a continuance of the heat, melts into a compact, 
 colored globule. With borax, it melts into a transparent bead. In dilute 
 muriatic acid, it is slowly dissolved, leaving behind a flaky residue. 
 When heated, it exhibits electric poles. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 119 
 
 Prehnite. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 ByKLAPROTH. ByWALMSTEDT. By LATJGIER. 
 
 fr. Cape of Good Hope. fr. Dunbarton. fr. the Palatinate. 
 
 Silica . 43-85 . . 44-10 . . 42-50 
 
 Alumina . 30-33 . . 2426 . . 28-50 
 
 Lirae . 18-33 . . 26*43 . . 20-40 
 
 Oxide ofiron . 5-66 . . 074 . . 3-00 
 
 Water . 1-83 . . 4-18 . . 2-00 
 
 Potash and soda 00 . . 00 . . 0-75 
 
 3. It occurs in veins in granite, gneiss, and sienite ; but is more com- 
 mon in balls, irregular veins and vesicular cavities in trap. 
 
 4. It was first brought to Europe by Col. PREHN, from the Cape of 
 Good Hope, in bright colored apple-green varieties. The crystallized 
 varieties come from the Alps of Savoy and Dauphiny. Massive and 
 imperfectly crystallized specimens occur at St. Gothard in Switzerland, 
 in the Tyrol, in Salzburg, Carinthia, in the Pyrenees, in Norway and 
 Sweden. It occurs in considerable quantity near Glasgow in Scotland, 
 also at Reichenbach near Oberstein in the Palatinate, and in the Faroe 
 Islands. In the United States, handsomely crystallized and massive va- 
 rieties, of a rich green color, are found at Farmington, (Conn.) in trap. 
 Others, less beautiful, are found occasionally throughout the trap region 
 of Now England and New Jersey. It occurs in veins in gneiss, at Bel- 
 lows Falls, (Vt.) and at Charlestown, (Mass.) in sienite. 
 
 PRISMATOIDAL CoPPER-GLANCE. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. 
 
 Secondary form. The primary, having the acute lateral edges 
 truncated, and the acute solid angles so deeply truncated, as to 
 produce dihedral summits. 
 
 Cleavage parallel with the secondary literal planes, rather per- 
 fect, though interrupted. Fracture imperfectly conchoidal. Sur- 
 tace rough. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color blackish lead-grey. Streak unchan- 
 ged. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =3-0. Sp. gr. =5-735. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular, indi- 
 viduals strongly connected. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it gives nearly the same results as Bournon- 
 ite, with which it appears to agree in chemical composition. 
 
120 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Proustite. 
 
 2. It has been found in the beds of Spathic Iron at St. Gertraud, near 
 Wolfsberg in the valley of the Lavant, in Carinthia. 
 
 3. With the exception of form, which, however, has not been satis- 
 factorily determined, it resembles very closely the species Bournonite. 
 
 PROUSTtTE. Aphotistic M elacon e-Blende. 
 Primary form. Rhomboid. P on P=107 36'. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 1. Fig. 341. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Proustite. 
 
 121 
 
 4. Fig. 344. 
 
 5. Fig. 343, with the edges between d and d truncated. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with P rarely distinct. Fracture con- 
 choidal . . . uneven. Surface, d streaked parallel to its up- 
 per edges ; , vertically. 
 
 Lustre adamantine. Color cochineal-red. Streak the 
 same as color. Semi-transparent to translucent on the 
 edges. 
 
 Hardness =2-0. . .2-5. Sp. gr. =5-524, a cleavable 
 variety from Annaberg ; 5-422, a dark red variety, from 
 the Churprinz mine near Freiberg. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals, and massive, com- 
 position granular, of various sizes of individuals. 
 
 1. When heated before the blow-pipe, it decrepitates at first ; it then 
 melts with a bluish flame, emitting sulphurous acid, and in a more pow- 
 erful heat, the odor of arsenic ; and finally yields a metallic globule, 
 which is reducible to pure silver. Its solution in nitric acid, gives a 
 citron-yellow precipitate of sulphate of arsenic. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By ROSE. By PROUST. 
 
 from Joachirnsthal. 
 
 Sulphur . . 19-51 : Sulphuret of arsenic . 25-00 
 
 Antimony . . 0-69 : Sulphuret of silver . 7435 
 
 Arsenic . . 15-09 : Oxide of iron . 0-65 
 
 Silver . . 64 67 : 
 
 VOL. II. 
 
 11 
 
122 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Pseudo-Malachite. 
 
 3. It occurs associated with various ores of silver, several species 
 of Pyrites, and particularly with Native Arsenic and White Iron- 
 Pyrites. 
 
 4. It is found in the Saxon and Bohemian mines, and is particularly 
 abundant at Zacatecas in Mexico. 
 
 PRUNNERITE. (See Calcareous Spar.) 
 PSEUDO- MALACHITE. Hemi-prismatic 
 C op p e r-B ary t e. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. M on M = 
 142 30'. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 345. 
 
 on e 
 
 o on o over a 
 a on e 
 /on/ 
 
 141 4' 
 
 112 37 
 
 90 00 
 
 117 49 
 
 Cleavage. Slight indications parallel to b' and e. Frac- 
 ture small conchoidal, uneven. Surface, a and f a little 
 rough, though even ; M smooth but uneven. The rest of 
 the faces smooth and even. 
 
 Lustre adamantine, inclining to vitreous. Color emerald- 
 green, verdigris-green, blackish green, often darker at the 
 surface. Streak green, a little paler than the color. Trans- 
 lucent, often only on the edges. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 123 
 
 Pseudo-Malachite Psilomelane. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 4-5 ... 5-0. Sp. gr. = 4-205, a 
 crystallized variety, from Rheinbreitbach near Bonn. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Reniform, rather imperfect : 
 composition imperfectly columnar ; surface drusy, and often 
 of a darker color. Massive : composition as above. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it melts with ease, and is converted into a 
 small, vesicular, metalloidal globule. It is soluble without effervescence, 
 in nitric acid, particularly if heated. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KLAPROTH. By LUNTV. 
 
 Oxide of copper . . 68-13 . . . . 62-847 
 Phosphoric acid . . 30-95 .... 21-687 
 Water . . 0-00 .... 15-454 
 
 3. It is found in veins traversing grey wacke slate, and is accompanied 
 by several varieties of Quartz and ores of copper, in the Virneberg near 
 Rheinbreitbach on the Rhine. 
 
 PSILOMELANE. Uncleavable Manganese- 
 Ore. MOHS. 
 
 Regular forms and cleavage unknown. Fracture not 
 observable. 
 
 Lustre imperfectly metallic. Color bluish-black and 
 greyish black, passing into dark steel-grey. Streak brown- 
 ish black, shining. Opake. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 5-0 ... 6-0. Sp. gr. = 4'145, a 
 botryoidal variety. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Reniform, botryoidal, fruticose: 
 composition columnar, impalpable; fracture flat conchoidal, 
 even ; in a second curved composition it is curved lamellar, 
 the faces of composition being smooth, rough or granulated. 
 Massive : composition granular, impalpable, strongly con- 
 nected ; fracture flat conchoidal, even. 
 
124 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Psilomelane Pyrallolite. 
 
 
 Analysis. 
 
 
 
 By TURNER. 
 
 
 
 fr. Schnceberg. 
 
 fr. Rornaneche. 
 
 Red oxide of manganes 
 
 e 69795 
 
 70-967 
 
 Oxygen 
 
 7-364 
 
 7260 
 
 Baryta - ' - 
 
 16365 
 
 16690 
 
 Silica 
 
 0260 
 
 0-950 
 
 Water 
 
 6-216 
 
 4130 
 
 The only European locality quoted, is Schneeberg, Saxony, though it 
 probably exists at several other places. Very well characterized speci- 
 mens are found in considerable quantity, at Chittenden, (Vt.) 
 
 PURPLE COPPER. (See Phillipsite.) 
 PYCNITE. (See Topaz.) 
 PYKNOTROP. 
 
 Massive : cleavage in two directions, but indistinct. Fracture 
 splintery. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color greyish white, to brown and grey. 
 Translucent. 
 
 Hardness = 2-5 . . . 3-0. Sp. gr. = 2-609 . . . 2-669. 
 
 1. It is probably a vaiiety of Serpentine. 
 
 PYRALLOLITE. Prismatic Tab ular- Sp ar. 
 
 Primary form. Rhombic prism. M on M = 94 36'. 
 
 Cleavage, distinct parallel to M, also to the diagonals of 
 the prism. 
 
 Massive : composition granular. Fracture earthy. 
 
 Lustre resinous. Color white, sometimes greenish. 
 Translucent on the edges . . . opake. 
 
 Hardness =3*5 . . . 4*0. It seems to become harder by 
 exposure to the air. Sp. gr. 2'55 . . . 2-60. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it first becomes black, then white ; after- 
 wards it intumesces and melts on its edges. With borax it yields a trans- 
 parent glass. When reduced to powder, it phosphoresces, with a bluish 
 light. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 125 
 
 Pyrochlore. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By NORDENSKIOLD. 
 
 Silica 56-62 
 
 Magnesia 23-38 
 
 Alumina 3-38 
 
 Lime ------ 5 58 
 
 Oxide of iron 0-99 
 
 Protoxide of manganese ----- 0-99 
 
 Water 3-58 
 
 Bitumen and loss ------ 6*38 
 
 3. It occurs at Storgard in the parish of Pargas in Finland, with Feld- 
 spar, Augite, Sphene and Calcareous Spar. 
 
 PYRANEITE. (See Garnet.) 
 
 PYRARGILLITE. 
 
 In crystals, which are four-sided prisms with truncated angles, 
 and massive. 
 
 Color blackish, and shining. 
 Hardness = 3-5. Sp. gr. = 2 505. 
 It emits a clayey odor. 
 
 1. Analysis. 
 
 By NoRDENSKIOiD. 
 
 Silica 4393 
 
 Alumina 28-93 
 
 Protoxide of iron 5-30 
 
 Magnesia, with some protoxide of manganese . 2-90 
 
 Potash . . ... . . 1-05 
 
 Soda . . . . . . . 1-85 
 
 Water 15-47 
 
 2. It is found in Finland. 
 
 PYROCHLORE. Pyrochlore Eruthrone-Ore. 
 
 Primary form. Regular octahedron. 
 
 Fracture conchoidal. 
 
 Lustre resinous to vitreous. Color reddish-brown. 
 Streak clear-brown. Opake. 
 
 Hardness =5-0 . . . 6*0. Sp. gr. =4-2. 
 
 11* 
 
126 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Pyrochlore Pyrolusite. 
 
 1. Alone, it becomes of a clear, yellowish brown color, and melts with 
 much difficulty, into a blackish-brown, slaggy mass. With borax, it is 
 perfectly dissolved in the oxidation fire, into a reddish-yellow, transpa- 
 rent glass, which, by flaming, becomes yellow and opake. In the redu- 
 cing heat, a dark red pearl is obtained. In salt of phosphorus, it is dis- 
 solved perfectly, attended at first, with some effervescence. With soda, 
 upon platina, it affords a green manganesious reaction. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By WOHL.ER. 
 
 Titanic acid 62-75 
 
 Magnesia ...... 12-85 
 
 Protox. of uranium . . . . . . 5 18 
 
 Oxide of cerium (impure) 6-80 
 
 Oxide of manganese 2-75 
 
 Oxide of iron . . . . . 2-16 
 
 Oxide of tin 0-61 
 
 Water 4-2Q 
 
 3. It is found at Friederichsvairn in Norway. 
 
 PYROLUSITE. Prismatic Manganese-Ore. 
 HAIJDINGER. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M = 93 
 40'. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 346. 
 
 M 
 
 M 
 
 Cleavage, parallel to M and b. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color iron-black ; in very delicate co- 
 lumnar compositions, the color becomes bluish, and the lus- 
 tre imperfectly metallic. Streak black. Opake. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 127 
 
 Py roln site. 
 
 Rather sectile. Hardness = 2'0 .. .2*5. Sp. gr. = 
 4*94, from Elgersburg ; 4-819. TURNER. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Reniform coats. Both colum- 
 nar and granular composition is often met with, particularly 
 the former ; the individuals often radiating from common 
 centres. If the individuals are very delicate, the masses 
 will soil the fingers, and write on paper. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it gives the customary reaction of manga- 
 nese-ores. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By TURNER. 
 
 Red oxide of manganese . . . . . 85-617 
 
 Oxygen 11-599 
 
 Water . . . . . . . 1-566 
 
 Silica . . . . . . . 0-553 
 
 Baryta 0-665 
 
 Lime ....... a trace. 
 
 3. Pyrolusite is very often the product of decomposition from Spathic 
 Iron, the carbonate of iron of the latter being converted by natural 
 agents, into the hydrate of the peroxide, while the lime, which it occa- 
 sionally contains, is deposited in the shape of Calcareous Spar, or Arrag- 
 onite ; and the Manganese is often found covering the surface of decom- 
 posed rhomboids of the original species, in the shape of minute crystals. 
 In this manner, it occurs in the mines of decomposed Spathic Iron, in 
 beds in gneiss, at Hiittenberg in Carinthia, at Schwalkalden in Hessia, 
 and other places. It is likewise found in this manner in the counties of 
 Sayn, Siegen, Salm, and Hamm in Prussia, in the veins of Spathic Iron 
 traversing clay slate, which are decomposed in the upper levels, and 
 then contain much Limonite. One of the varieties from Horhau- 
 sen is particularly remarkable for the delicacy of the fibres, which 
 are disposed in small tufts, within the geodes of Limonite, and which 
 greatly resemble the fibrous varieties of Grey Antimony. Weyer in the 
 county of Wied-Runkel, Hirschberg near Ahrensberg and Beodorf on 
 the Lower Rhine, are likewise quoted as localities of superb specimens 
 of Pyrolusite. The finest crystals of Pyrolusite, occur at Schimmel and 
 Oslerfreude near Johanngeorgenstadt, and at Hirschberg in Westphalia. 
 These are chiefly short thick prisms, terminated on their extremities in 
 
128 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Pyrolusite Pyromorphite. 
 
 numerous fibres. Large flattish crystals, of great beauty, terminating in 
 sharp elongated pyramids, with curved faces, occur at MaeskamezK, 
 near Maggar Lapos, south of Kapnik in Transylvania, in geodes of 
 Limonite, and associated with crystals of Quartz. Cleavable individu- 
 als, of considerable size, are found near Goslar in the Hartz, in a moun- 
 tain called Gingelsberg. They are imbedded in small veins of Quartz 
 and Calcareous Spar, in clay slate. Distinct, though small crystals, are 
 met with in many of the mines in the west of Germany. A variety oc- 
 curs at the mine of Antonio Pereira near Villa Ricca in Brazil, along 
 with Limonite and Psilomelane. Small granular Pyrolusite occurs in 
 Dalecarlia, Sweden. But the individuals are often much smaller, and 
 appear in the form of a black sooty substance. Such are frequently 
 found in the iron mines of Raschau, and other places in Saxony. The 
 Pyrolusite is rarely found without Psilomelane; and is also very gene- 
 rally associated with Limonite. In some varieties from Berge in the 
 county of Salm, thin stalactites of Limonite are uniformly covered with a 
 stratum of Pyrolusite. Pyrolusite occurs at numerous 'places in Eng- 
 land. 
 
 It is very abundant in the United States. It occurs at Bennington, 
 Monkton, Chittenden, and various other places in Vermont, crystallized 
 and granular, and associated with Psilomelane ; in Massachusetts, at Con- 
 way, in a vein of Quartz; at Winchester, (N. H.) ; in Connecticut, at 
 Salisbury and Kent, in thin velvety coatings, upon Limonite. 
 
 PYROMORPHITE. Brachytypous Lead- 
 
 Baryte. PARTSCH. 
 Primary form. Regular hexagonal prism. 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 347. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 129 
 
 Pyromorpbite. 
 
 M orM'ond' 150 00' PHILLIPS. 
 
 M' on c' or M' on c" 131 45 
 
 P on c or c" 138 30 
 
 c' on c or c" - - 1 10 5 
 
 Cleavage, traces parallel with M, also parallel with c. 
 Jracture imperfectly conchoidal, uneven. Surface, M al- 
 most always horizontally streaked, and often barrel-shaped, 
 or contracted at the ends of the prisms. P rough, and of- 
 ten excavated. 
 
 Lustre resinous. Color, generally green or brown. 
 There is an uninterrupted series from various shades of 
 white, through siskin-green, asparagus-green, grass-green, 
 pistachio-green, olive-green, oil-green ; wax-yellow, honey- 
 yellow, orange-yellow; aurora-red, hyacinth-red; hair- 
 brown, clove-brown; pearl-grey and ash-grey. Streak 
 white, sometimes inclining to yellow. Semi-transparent . . . 
 translucent on the edges. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =3-5 . . . 4-0. Sp. gr. = 7-098, of 
 a green variety from Zschopau ; 6-831, of a brown variety 
 from Zimapan. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Globular, reniform, botryoidal, 
 fruticose shapes; composition columnar; faces of compo- 
 sition rough, irregularly streaked, seldom smooth. Massive : 
 composition columnar, or granular ; the latter in most cases 
 strongly coherent. 
 
 1 The green and brown varieties are separated by some mineralo- 
 gists into distinct species, without sufficient reason, however, inasmuch 
 as there are individuals whose properties form an uninterrupted series of 
 connexion between the two. 
 
 2 Before the blow-pipe, on charcoal, it melts in the outer flame 
 globule, which crystallizes on becoming cold, and changes to a brown 
 
 a 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY* 
 
 Pyromorphite. 
 
 color. In the interior flame, the globule becomes bluish, is luminous 
 when hot, and on cooling crystallizes with large facets of a lighter color, 
 approaching the mother of pearl. The form produced by this crystalli- 
 zation has not been accurately examined, though it appears to be a reg- 
 ular composition ofseveral individuals. With borax, salt of phosphorus 
 and soda, it behaves like the oxide of lead. With boracic acid and iron, 
 it affords phosphate of iron and metallic lead. 
 
 3. Analysis. 
 
 By KLAPROTH. By WOHLER. 
 
 from Zschopau, Saxony. 
 
 Oxide of lead - 78-58 - - 78-40 - 82-287 
 
 Phosphoric acid - 19-73 - - 18-37 - 15-727 
 
 Muriatic acid - 1-65 - - 1-70 - 1-986 
 
 Oxide of iron 000 - - 0-10 - a trace. 
 
 By KERSTEN. 
 
 Chloride Fluor- Phos. Phos. Oxide 
 
 Locality. Sp. gr. of ide cal- of of of Total. 
 
 Lead. cicum. lime. lead. iron. 
 
 Sonnenwirbel - 6 092 - 10-838 - 1-094 - 11-053 - 77-015 - 0-00 - 100-000 
 
 Mies(mas've) - 6-444 - 10 642 - 0-248 - 7-457 - 81-451 - trace - 99-998 
 
 do. (crystals) - 5-983 - 9-664 - 0-219 - 0-848 - 89-268 - 0-00 - 99-999 
 
 Bleisdadt (do.)- 7-009- 9-918-0-137- 0-771 - 89-174 - 0-00 - 100-000 
 
 England (do.) - 0-000 - 10-074 - 0-130 - 0-682 - 89-110 - 0-00 - 99-896 
 
 Poullaouen(do-) - 7-048 - 10-090 - 0-000 - 0-000 - 89-910 - trace - 100-000 
 
 do. (mas've) - 7-050 - 10-069 - 0-000 - 0-000 - 89-931 - trace- 100-000 
 
 4. It is found in veins in various rocks, usually attended by Galena, 
 various salts of lead, Blende, Fluor and Quartz ; sometimes also by dif- 
 ferent ores of silver. 
 
 Finely crystallized varieties are found at Zschopau, and other places 
 in Saxony ; at Przibram and Mies in Bohemia ; in various parts of Eng- 
 land, and at the lead hills of Scotland ; also in Siberia. The brown va- 
 rieties occur at Poullaouen and Huelgoet in Brittany, at Wanlockhead 
 in Scotland, at Mies and Bleistadt in Bohemia. 
 
 In the United States, handsome specimens of the green varieties, have 
 been found at the Perkiomen lead mine near Philadelphia, and at the 
 lead mine in Lenox, (Maine.) 
 
 PYROPE. (See Garnet.} 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 131 
 
 Pyropbyllite. 
 
 PYROPHYLLITE. 
 
 1. Heated before the blow-pipe, it swells up, but is infusible. It 
 ields moisture by calcination ; the residue being heated with solution 
 of cobalt, asumes a blue color. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 Silica . 59-79 
 
 Alumina 29-46 
 
 Magnesia 4-00 
 
 Oxide of iron ....... 1'80 
 
 Water 5'62 
 
 Silver a trace. 
 
 3. It is brought from the Ural mountains. 
 
 PYROPHYSALITE. (See Topaz.) 
 
 PYRORTHITE. 
 
 Massive : composition columnar. Fracture conchoidal, splin- 
 tery, earthy. 
 
 Lustre resinous. Color brownish-black ; if decayed, yellowish- 
 brown. Streak brownish-black. Opake. 
 
 Hardness, is scratched by Calcareous Spar. Sp. gr. = 2-19. 
 1. If gently heated on one side, it takes fire, arid burns without either 
 flame or smoke ; after which, it becomes white, and melts into a black 
 enamel. It gives a transparent glass with borax ; and is soluble in heat- 
 ed acids, with the exception of a black powder. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By BERZEL.IUS. 
 
 Silica 1043 
 
 Alumina 
 
 Protoxide of cerium 13-92 
 
 Protoxide of iron 6 ' 08 
 
 Yttria 4 ' 87 
 
 Lime 
 
 181 
 
 Protoxide of manganese 
 
 Water 26-50 
 
 Carbon . - ' - 31 ' 41 
 
132 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Pyrosmalite Pyroxene. 
 
 3. It has been found at Kararf, near Fahlun in Sweden, in a variety 
 of granite, accompanied by Gadolinite. 
 
 PYROSIDERITE. (See Limonite.) 
 
 PYROSMALITE. Hexagonal Pyrosmalite- 
 Mica. BREITHAUPT. 
 
 Primary form. Regular hexagonal prism. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with the bases of the primary form, 
 perfect. Fracture uneven. 
 
 Lustre pearly upon the bases of the six-sided prism ; 
 lower degrees of vitreous lustre in other directions. Color 
 pale liver-brown, passing into grey and green. Streak paler 
 than the color. Translucent . . . opake. 
 
 Rather brittle. Hardness = 4*0 . . . 4*5. Sp. gr. = 
 3-077 . . .3-173. 
 
 1. Before the blowpipe, it becomes reddish brown, and developes 
 fumes of muriatic acid. In a strong fire, it melts first into a black sco- 
 ria, and then into a globule, which is attractable by the magnet. It is 
 easily soluble in glass of borax. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By HISINGER. 
 
 Silica . . . . . . 35850 
 
 Protoxide of iron 21-810 
 
 Protoxide of manganese . . . . 21-140 
 
 Muriate of iron, with excess of base . . 14 095 
 
 Lime 1-210 
 
 Water ........ 5-895 
 
 3. It occurs in the iron mines of Nordmark, in Wermeland in Sweden, 
 associated with Calcareous Spar and Pyroxene. 
 
 PYROXENE. Paratomous Augite-Spar. MOHS. 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. M on M = 
 87 5'. (87 42'.) 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Pyroxene. 
 
 133 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 348. Fig. 349. 
 
 Fig. 350. 
 
 M 
 
 M 
 
 z 
 
 Fig. 353. 
 
 By town, (L, Canada.) 
 Fig. 354. Fig. 355. 
 
 M 
 
 Canaan, (Conn.) 
 
 Bolton, (Mass,) 
 
 VOL. II. 
 
134 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Pyroxene. 
 
 Fig. 856. 
 
 Fig. 357. 
 
 IM 
 
 M 
 
 Munroe, (N. Y.) yla, (Piedmont.) 
 
 Fig. 348. Primary form, having the obtuse lateral edges? 
 and the lateral angles, truncated. M on r = 133 35'. P 
 on s =150 2'. s on s --=120 38'. (dihexaedre. H.) 
 Fig. 349. The same, having the lateral solid angles more 
 deeply truncated, and the acute lateral edges truncated. 
 M onZ = 136 15'. 5on/ = 13S48 / . (triunitaire. H.) 
 Fig. 350. The primary form, having the acute solid angle, 
 the .obtuse, ajid the acute, lateral edges, truncated. P 
 on t =148. r on t =. 106 6'. (quadrioctonal H.) 
 Fig. 351. Fig. 349, with the acute solid angles replaced 
 by single planes, n on r =90. Fig. 352. r on t = 106 
 6'. w6n w=131 8'. # on r^=126 36'. M on a? =-134 
 17'. Fig. 353. M on o = 145 9'. o on r = 118 59'. 
 o on o =95 28'. .r on m =133 30'. Fig. 355. i on I 
 = 139 r. i on i -81 46'. (epemeride. H.) Fig. 
 356. r on 5 = 103 59 7 . (octo duo decimal H.) Fig. 357. 
 o on 5 = 156 39 7 . (stenonome. H.) 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with M, rather perfect, but interrupt- 
 ed ; also with r and /, and sometimes parallel with s. In 
 some varieties, it is eminent in the direction of P. Frac- 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Pyroxene. 
 
 135 
 
 ture conchoidal, sometimes perfect . . . uneven. Surface, 
 r striated vertically, P sometimes rough. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to resinous. Color green, often 
 inclining to brown, and passing into grey and white, and 
 also into black. Streak white . . . grey, corresponding to 
 the color. Transparent to opake. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =5-0 ... 6-0. Sp. gr. =3-349, an 
 ash-grey variety. 
 
 Compound Varieties., Twin-crystals : face of compo- 
 sition parallel, axis of revolution perpendicular to r. 
 
 Fig. 358. 
 
 Sometimes crystals of this kind are in cruciform aggrega- 
 tions. Massive varieties, compound in the direction of P, 
 as in Sahlite ; this must not be taken for cleavage, as it 
 does not continue throughout the whole mass, but only pro- 
 duces more or less thick -laminae, often separated from each 
 other by some extraneous substance : it often possesses a 
 slight pearly lustre : there is also composition parallel r, as 
 in Mussite. Massive : composition granular, of various 
 sizes of individuals, often but slightly cohering, but often 
 also, very intimately connected ; faces of composition rough. 
 The individuals of lamellar and columnar varieties, are in 
 
136 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Pyroxene. 
 
 most cases easily separated, and present striated faces of 
 composition. 
 
 1. The present species embraces a large number of varieties, both 
 simple and compound, among which there exist uninterrupted transi- 
 tions. JLugile comprehends opake varieties, the colors of which are 
 black, or blackish green. One of its subdivisions, foliated A ugite, oc- 
 curs in imbedded crystals. Conchoidal Augite refers to imbedded 
 grains, whose fracture is perfectly conchoidal ; common Augite occurs 
 also in grains, but having an uneven fracture. Foliated Augite is trans^ 
 formed, by decomposition, into those earthy masses, which have been 
 called crystallized green-earth. Coccolite is of rather paler shades of 
 green colors than the preceding varieties, and consists of very distinct 
 granular particles of composition, which may be easily separated. The 
 colors of Sahlite, are generally paler green, and inclining to grey ; it is 
 faintly translucent on the edges, though there are some varieties of it, as 
 black and opake as Augite. It is compound, parallel to the face of P. 
 If the colors become very pale, it passes into Diopside, which contains 
 greenish grey, greenish white, &c. semi-transparent, crystals, or mass- 
 ive varieties, also of pale colors, and compound parallel to the face of r. 
 Baikalite cannot be distinguished from Sahlite, even by such slight 
 marks as those just quoted, and Fassaite is the name of those varieties 
 which unite the green colors of Sahlite, or some that incline still more 
 to yellow, with crystalline forms similar to those of Diopside. Ompha- 
 zite is a compact, leek-green variety, with an imperfectly conchoidal or 
 splintery fracture, and generally mixed with Garnet. That variety, 
 called Green Diallage, is grass- green, either crystallized or massive, 
 and in the latter case, it presents a granular structure, or is compound 
 parallel to P, or to r, alternating in layers, with particles of Hornblende 
 of the same color. Very delicate crystals produce a kind of Asbestus, 
 which is different from the one in connexion with Hornblende, and dif- 
 ferent also from Picrolite and Picrosmine.- 
 
 2. Before the blowpipe, it melts pretty easily, and emits a few bub- 
 bles; it finally yields a glassy globule, more or less intensely colored by , 
 iron. It is readily dissolved by borax. Several varieties of the present 
 species have been obtained by way of fusion. Black crystals are not 
 unfrequent among the slags from the iron furnaces of Sweden. A white 
 variety, in perfect crystals, has been obtained by mixing silica, lime and 
 magnesia, in the necessary proportion, and exposing the mixture, in a 
 charcoal crucible, to the heat of porcelain furnaces. Many varieties of 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Pyroxene. 
 
 137 
 
 Pyroxene, if melted, and then allowed to cool slowly, crystallize and as- 
 sume an appearance little different from what they had before. 
 
 M >> O 
 
 5 ~s 
 
 =1! It PI 
 
 F 
 
 crq 
 
 1 
 
 ^d M H >*j 5 K tr* O ha 
 
 i 
 
 oiuxmaxai^a^oioioij-oi 
 
 O H- ' Cjt 4- rf- (X tO tO O< *- rf-- ^ 
 
 cibrfi.^cibooowbiocjx 
 OOQOCCOOOtOt^OO 
 
 >os&3occoo<cooooo' T '"' 
 
 I- 
 
 4. Pyroxene occurs in imbedded crystals, in various kinds of rocks, in 
 basalt, lava, &c. ; also in beds in older rocks, both in crystals and in com- 
 pound massive varieties ; it enters into the regular mixture or composi- 
 tion of several rocks, as the pyroxene rocks, some varieties of greenstone 
 and basalt ; it is likewise found in veins, traversing primitive rocks. Fo- 
 12* 
 
138 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Pyroxene. 
 
 liated, conchoidal, and common Augite, are found in the first kind of 
 these repositories; granular Augite, Coccolite and Sahlite, occur in the 
 second, and are associated with ores of iron and titanium, Hornblende, 
 Epidote, Feldspar, Scapolite, &c. Omphazite occurs in beds, with 
 Quartz, Garnet and Hornblende ; Diopside in veins, traversing serpen- 
 tine, with Garnet and Mica ; and Fassaite and Baikalite also seem to oc- 
 cur in veins, when they are accompanied by Limestone. 
 
 5. The imbedded varieties of Augite are found almost in every kind 
 of basalt, and those rocks which are allied to it. The largest crystals 
 occur near Aussig in Bohemia ; but it is met with also in the Rhon and 
 Vogel mountains in Germany, in France and Italy, in Scotland and its 
 western islands, &c. Granular Augite and Sahlite are chiefly obtained 
 from Arendal in Norway, and Sahla in Sweden; Baikalite from the 
 mouth of the Sljamanka river, that falls into lake Baikal. Diopside is 
 found in Piedmont ; Fassaite in the valley of Fassa in the Tyrol, and in 
 the Bannat of Temeswar ; Omphazite in the Saualpe in Carinthia, and 
 near Hof in Bayreuth. The beautifully green varieties of granular 
 Pyroxene occur in the Bacher mountain in Lower Stiria; the crystalli- 
 zed green-earth in the valley of Fassa in the Tyrol. The black mineral 
 found in certain meteoric stones, appc'ars to belong to the present species. 
 One of the most interesting localities of Pyroxene in North America, 
 is at Bytown, Lower Canada, where it occurs, in white semi-transparent 
 crystals, disseminated through Calcareous Spar: the crystals are an inch 
 in diameter, and one and a half inches long, of the form of Fig. 352. 
 The cleavage parallel with P is effected with perfect facility, and the 
 whole crystal streaked parallel with that face. Handsome crystals of 
 Diopside occur in the limestone quarry of Bolton, (Mass.) ; and very 
 distinct crystallizations of dark green Augite and Sahlile have been 
 found in veins at the iron-mine of Munroe, (N. Y.) Black crystals oc- 
 cur in the trap of Montreal. The white variety, in large, though often 
 imperfect forms, abounds at Canaan, (Conn.) in the Dolomite beds; also 
 at Kingsbridge, (N. Y.) with white Hornblende. Massive Sahlite, in 
 large individuals, abounds at the Verd Antique quarries of West Haven 
 and Mil ford, (Conn.) ; also at Bolton, (Mass.) : at the latter place, masses 
 compound in the direction of P and r, at the same time, are sometimes 
 observed, A dark green imperfectly crystallized Pyroxene, abounds at 
 Rogers' Rock upon lake George, near Ticonderoga, (N. Y.) where it is 
 imbedded in Feldspar, and associated with Sphene and Plumbago. Coc- 
 colite, of a handsome green color, exists at Willsborough, (N. Y.) in a 
 vein with granular Garnet and Tabular Spar. Granular Pyroxene 
 exists also at Munroe, (N. Y.) 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Quartz. 
 
 139 
 
 QUARTZ. Rhombohedral Quartz. MOHS. 
 Primary form. . Rhomboid. P on P =94 15'. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 359. 
 
 Fig. 360. 
 
 Compostella, (Spain.) 
 Fig. 361. 
 
 Chesterfield, (Mass.) 
 
 Fig. 362. 
 
140 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Quartz. 
 
 Fig. 363 
 
 Fig. 365. 
 
 Fig. 364. 
 
 Paris, (Me.) Fairfield, (N. Y.) 
 
 Fig. 36fr. 
 
 Switzerland. 
 
 FairHeld, (N. Y.) 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Quartz. 
 
 141 
 
 Fig. 367 
 
 Fig. 369. 
 
 Alps, 
 
142 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Quartz. 
 
 Fig. 372. 
 
 White Mountains, (N. H.) 
 
 Fig. 373. 
 
 Quebec. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY* 143 
 
 Quartz. 
 
 Fig. 359. The primary form, having its lateral angles 
 leeply truncated, so as to produce a long prism. P on r 
 = 141 40'. Fig. 360. The primary form, having its lat- 
 eral angles replaced. by tangent planes, (r,) and by trian- 
 gular planes resting on the upper edges of the rhomboid. 
 P on z =133 48'. r on z =141 40'. Fig. 361. The 
 iame, in which the planes r are much .extended, (prisme 
 nsalterne. HAUY.) A common form. Fig. 362. The 
 iame, in which the planes z have the same size with P. 
 (prisme. HAUY.) A common form, but rarely perfectly 
 regular in the size of similar planes. Fig. 363. The same 
 as Fig. 361, with the omission of r. P on z"=103 20'. 
 (dodecaedre. HAUY.) Rare. Fig. 364. Similar to Fig. 
 361, but having two opposite sides of the prism, and the 
 adjacent pyramidal faces unduly extended, (prisme corn- 
 prime. HAUY.) Not very common. Fig. 365. Similar 
 to Fig. 363, but having two adjacent faces of the prism 
 unduly extended, (prisme sphalloide. HAUY.) Fig. 366. 
 Similar to Fig. 361, but having one face of the pyramid 
 unduly extended, (prisme haloids. HAUY.) Common. 
 Fig. 367. Similar to Fig. 361," with the addition of the 
 rhomboidal truncations of the alternate lateral, solid angles. 
 r on s =142. P on s =151 7'. Common. Fig. 368. 
 P on =145 22'. c on a =159 50'. .conP = 165 
 30'. z" on a = 111 15'. z on a = 137 51'. z on e 
 = 145 30'. a on e =175 30'. Very rare. Fig. 369. 
 Fig. 361, having the edges of the pyramids truncated, f 
 on z =141 40'. (emargine. HAUY.) Very rare. Fig. 
 370. r' on g = 178 32'. P on g = 143 32'. (hyperox- 
 ide. HAUY.) Fig. 371. Fig. 361, with the terminal edges 
 of the prism replaced by single planes, r on m = 168 
 
144 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Quartz. 
 
 49'. P on m =152 51'. (pentahexaedre. HAUY.) Rare. 
 Fig. 372. r on a? =167 56'. z on x =125 II 7 . P 
 on o?=148 42'. (plagiedre. HAUY.) Rare. Fig. 373. 
 Similar to Fig. 372, with the addition of the rhomboidal 
 truncations of Fig. 367, and the replacement of the edges 
 between s and x; s and x =152 13'. u on x = l7o 33', 
 (co-ordonnee. HAUY.) Very rare. Fig. 374. P on o = 
 160 15'. o on o = 125 10'. Very rare. 
 
 Irregular forms and grains. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel to P and r; but very imperfect, and 
 interrupted by conchoidal fracture. Fracture conchoidal, 
 sometimes highly perfect, sometimes less distinct. Sur- 
 face, a and x generally rough ; r and z are streaked hori- 
 zontally. The rest of the faces generally smooth. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining in some varieties to resinous. 
 Color, white, prevalent ; among the brightest colors are 
 violet-blue, rose-red, clove-brown and apple-green. Dark 
 brown and green colors, generally owing to foreign admix- 
 tures. Streak white. Transparent . . . translucent, fre- 
 quently even opake, particularly when impure. 
 
 Hardness =7-0. Sp. gr. =2-690. 
 
 Compound Varieties.' 1. Faces of composition paral- 
 lel, axis of revolution perpendicular to a face of. r; the in- 
 dividuals being continued beyond the face of composition. 
 2. Individuals joined perpendicular to the axis. Frequently 
 large crystals are made up of alternating laminae .of two in- 
 dividuals ; and often, faces of composition assume the ap- 
 pearance of cleavage. 
 
 Implanted globules, reniform, stalactitic shapes : surface 
 smooth, granulated, or drusy ; composition columnar, gen- 
 erally impalpable ; often a second time composed into gran- 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 145 
 
 Quartz. 
 
 ular or curved lamellar masses. Massive : composition 
 granular or columnar, and often impalpable; and then the 
 Fracture becomes conchoidal and splintery. Sometimes a 
 second composition produces indistinctly granular, or thick 
 amellar masses. Certain very thin columnar compositions, 
 f cut en cabochon parallel to the fibres, show an opalescent 
 ight. Pseudomorphic crystals, in the shape of cubes, oc- 
 tahedrons, derived from Fluor, in the shape of rhomboids 
 and hexagonal prisms, derived from Calcareous Spar, and 
 of lenticular forms, from Gypsum. Globular and tuberose 
 masses formed in vesicular cavities. Plates. Pebbles. 
 
 1. There are several modes of occurrence among the crystals of Quartz, 
 hitherto confined to this species, which become evident on an inspec- 
 tion of the forms described above. The scalene triangular faces x and it 
 are the most remarkable in this respect. Their faces appear only to the 
 right, or only to the left of the faces s. Two individuals, differing in re- 
 gard to the right or left situation o( these faces, cannot be brought in any 
 such position, that all their faces become parallel ; and they are different, 
 therefore, like the right hand arid the left. This difference extends even 
 to the action of the individuals on light, as has been shown by Mr. 
 HERSCHEL. 
 
 2. The species Quartz does n<jt by any means abound in varieties of 
 crystallization ; and yet, owing to the disproportionate size of the faces 
 of its forms, its crystals offer considerable diversity of appearance. The 
 chief perplexity among the vaiietiesof Quartz, arises from mechanical 
 composition, and the admixtures of different substances foreign to the 
 species. No less than thirteen different species are distinguished in the 
 Wemerian system, to which those of other systems more or less corres- 
 pond. Quartz contains most of its simple or crystallized varieties, and 
 may be said to represent the species most perfectly. It contains five 
 sub-species ; Jlmethyst, including violet-blue varieties ; Mock Crystal, 
 composed of the most perfectly crystallized, and some transparent, or 
 semi-transparent, massive varieties; Rose Quartz, confined to translu- 
 cent rose-red, and milk white, massive varieties; Prase, which is only 
 of a dark leek-green color ; and Common Quartz t at last, comprehends 
 all those varieties, not included in any of the preceding subspecies, 
 
 VOL. II. 13 
 
146 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Quartz. 
 
 There are several massive varieties of common quartz, which consist of 
 granular particles of composition. If they diminish so much in size as to 
 become impalpable, their transparency and lustre becomes diminished, 
 and several kinds of conchoidal fracture appear, if specimens of these va- 
 rieties be broken. This gave rise to new species among the early mine- 
 ralogists. Hornstone is always compound, translucent on the edges, 
 and either of a splintery dull fracture, or glistening and glimmering, and 
 conchoidal. Thus splintery Hornstone and conchoidal Hornstone, are 
 formed, and either of them may produce Woodstone, if it appears in the 
 shape of petrified wood. The varieties of common Flinty slate are most 
 like Hornstone, but show on a large scale, an imperfect slaty fracture, 
 and various dirty grey colors ; those of Lydian stone, which form the 
 second kind of flinty slate, possess an even, glimmering fracture, and 
 a greyish-black color. Flint is a compound mineral, like the two prece- 
 ding ones, but translucent, at least on the edges, and possesses a perfect, 
 flat conchoidal, glimmering fracture. Float-stone, a variety of Quartz, 
 which has likewise been considered as a particular species, consists of a 
 delicate tissue of minute crystals, visible under a powerful magnifier, and 
 demonstrates hornstone and flint, (into which it insensibly passes, by hav- 
 ing its grain closer, and of which it often contains nodules,) to be varie- 
 ties of the same natural-historical species. Common Quartz is some- 
 times found in reniform and stalactitic shapes, consisting of granular par- 
 ticles of composition, sufficiently large to be observed and separated 
 from each other. If the thickness of these individuals be so much di- 
 minished, that at last they become impalpable, the different varieties of 
 Calcedony are formed, occurring in the above mentioned external shapes. 
 The difference in the colors of these, has given occasion to the distinc- 
 tion of common Calcedony, and of Cornelian ; the former of which 
 comprehends greyish colors, or in general such as do not possess bright 
 tints of colors, while the latter refers to red colors. Common Carnelian, 
 moreover, occurs in globular and irregular tuberose shapes ; fibrous 
 Carnelian is found in reniform masses, and generally shows, very dis- 
 tinctly, the above mentioned composition. The rhomboidal crystals, of 
 smalt blue color, from Transylvania, are also enumerated among the va- 
 rieties of common Calcedony ; probably because there exist reniform va- 
 rieties of common Calcedony, possessing the same color, though they are 
 more nearly related to common Quartz. Common Quartz also occurs in 
 massive varieties, showing columnar composition. If they be thin, par- 
 allel, strongly coherent, and more or less bent, Fibrous Qnartz, (a par- 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 147 
 
 Quartz. 
 
 ticular species of the old systems,) is formed ; Cat' s eye, (another spe- 
 cies,) if they are nearly impalpable, and almost solely to be observed ia 
 the opalescent light, which they exhibit when cut into a convex sur- 
 face. Cat's eye is generally greenish grey ; but there are varieties of 
 other shades, sometimes even black. It preserves a small conchoidal 
 fracture, and is more or less translucent. If several of the preceding va- 
 rieties are distinctly colored by some foreign mineral substance, or inti- 
 mately mixed with it, various other pretended species are formed. 
 Chrysoprase is a variety of common Quartz, consisting of small granu- 
 lar particles of composition, colored apple green by oxide of nickel ; 
 Plasma is a variety of Calcedony, colored leek-green, and almost grass 
 green, by some substance which is not exactly ascertained. Heliotrope, 
 likewise a variety of Calcedony, but mixed and colored by green earth, 
 containing blood-red spots of Jasper. The brownish-red color of the 
 commonly so called Hyacinth of Compost ell a, is produced by the admix- 
 ture of oxide of iron. If the same thing takes place in compound varie- 
 ties, the individuals of which are still recognizable, Iron Flint is produ- 
 ced ; and Jasper, with its various kinds, is formed, if besides the oxide 
 of iron, clay enters into the mixture ; and if, moreover, the individuals 
 can, on account of their diminutive size, be no longer recognized. Stri- 
 ped Jasper probably contains a good deal of clay, and is distinguished on 
 account of its striped delineations. The varieties of Egyptian Jasper, 
 both Red and Brown, occur in globular shapes ; the latter of which are, 
 beyond a doubt, formed in open spaces, as appears from the concentric 
 layers of which they consist, and the drusy cavities lined with crystals of 
 Quartz, often found in their interior. Agate Jasper, being less impure, 
 is more properly referred to Hornstone. Opal Jasper may be said to be 
 a variety of Opal, and does not belong to the present species ; nor does 
 Porcelain Jasper, which is nothing else but burnt clay. 
 
 3. Quartz is infusible before the blow-pipe, on charcoal, but with soda 
 it is easily dissolved, with effervescence. 
 
 4. Analysis. 
 
 The most perfect varieties of Quartz, consist of pure silica. Bu- 
 CHOLZ obtained 99*375 of silica from Rock crystal, with traces of iron 
 and alumina. Hornstone, Flint and Calcedony, agree with it according 
 to various analyses. Several varieties contain small quantities of alu- 
 mina, lime, oxide of iron, &c. Chrysoprase contains 0-01 of oxide of 
 Nickel, according to KL.APROTH. Crystals of Quartz may be obtained 
 as deposits from a solution of silica in fluoric acid, or in potash diluted 
 
148 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Quartz. 
 
 with water. The fluid from which crystals of this species are formed in 
 geodes and other natural cavities of rocks, has been observed to be chief- 
 ly water; and often leaves behind it a mass resembling Opal on desicca- 
 tion, when suddenly exposed to the air. 
 
 5. Common Quartz enters into the regular mixture of various rocks, 
 of granite, gneiss, mica-slate, topaz-rock, &c. In others, they occur in 
 single crystals, and in grains, as, for instance, in porphyry, and are fre- 
 quently met with in vesicular cavities, particularly of amygdaloidal rocks. 
 Here also are found the finest varieties of Calcedony, Carnelian, of the 
 brown, and probably also the red, Egyptian Jasper, the agate balls, &c. 
 Hornstone frequently forms globules in compact limestone ; and Flint, 
 globular and tuberose masses in chalk, often disposed in beds, and inclu- 
 ding petrifactions. Many varieties occur in irregular nodules and large 
 massive concretions, in various rocks. Thus common quartz is found in 
 all those rocks, into whose composition it enters as an ingredient, some- 
 times forming masses, whose interior is lined with crystals. Hornstone 
 and Chrysoprase occur in serpentine rocks, and Fibrous Quartz and 
 Cat's eye in some varieties of slate. Quartz also forms beds by itself, 
 as in quartz-rock and certain kinds of sandstone. It is very frequent in 
 all kinds of veins, where .are found for the most part Amethyst, rock 
 crystals, Hornstone and Calcedony, but chiefly common Quartz, consti- 
 tuting the greater part, and sometimes the whole body of the vein. The 
 agate veins are thus found, which consist of different varieties of Quartz, 
 alternating in various stripes or bands with each other. Rock Crystal, 
 Amethyst, Flinty Slate, but particularly common Quartz, are found in 
 pebbles. The river sand, arid that of deserts, consists of common Quartz. 
 It is also found filling up the space of petrified bodies, as, for instance, 
 echinites in chalk, and petrified wood in sandstone, and in alluvial de- 
 posites. 
 
 6. The numerous varieties of the present species are spread all over 
 the globe, but some of the most distinguished varieties are found only in 
 a few localities. The finest and largest rock crystals are found in the 
 Alps of Salzburg, the Tyrol, Switzerland, Dauphiny, Piedmont, and Sa- 
 voy ;* also in the isle of Madagascar, Ceylon and Brazil. Several vari- 
 
 * About one hundred years ago, a great drusy cavity, lined with crys- 
 tals of this species, was opened in Zinken, which afforded 1000 cwt. of 
 rock crystals, and at that early period sold for $30,000. One crystal 
 weighed eight cwt, others from four to live cwt. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 149 
 
 Quartz. 
 
 eties from Hungary and Siberia, are pale violet blue ; some, called 
 smoky-topaz, from Bohemia, are brown and yellow. The Scottish Cairn- 
 gorm-crystals, sometimes possess seTeral bright tints of these colors, in 
 one and the same specimen. Amethysts, of various colors, are brought 
 from Brazil ; but the finest, violet-blue colors, come from Ceylon, India, 
 and Persia, where some of them are found in pebbles. Less transparent 
 or well colored specimens, occur in original repositories, at Porkura and 
 other places in Transylvania, in Hungary, Siberia, &c. -Some varieties 
 are also found in Scotland, in Saxony, in the Hartz,in Bohemia, in Sile- 
 sia, &c. ; and they are met with in veins, in agate balls, or in secondary 
 deposits. Rose Quartz occurs at Rabenstein near Zvviesel in Bavaria, 
 and in Siberia ; the rnilk-white varieties of it are known from Norway, 
 Spain, France, &c. The locality of Prase, is Breitenbrunn in the min- 
 ing district of Schwarzenberg in Saxony. Smalt blue Calcedony, some- 
 times crystallized, occurs at Tresztyan in Transylvania; the stalactitic 
 and renifonn shapes, occur in fine varieties in Iceland and the Faroe 
 islands, in amygdaloid ; at Hiittenberg and Loben in Carinthia, in beds 
 of iron-stone : also in Hungary, Transylvania, in Scotland and other 
 countries. Most beautiful specimens have been found in Trevascus 
 mine in Cornwall. Carnelian is brought from Arabia, India, Surinam, 
 and Siberia; it is met with also in Bohemia, Saxony, &c. ; fibrous Car- 
 nelian, in Hungary; Chrysoprase, at KosemGtz in Silesia, in serpentine. 
 It is not known from whence the ancients received the Plasma found 
 among the ruins of Rome; but several varieties, resembling it, have 
 been recently discovered in Moravia and Bavaria. It occurs in India, 
 from whence it is occasionally brought in beads and other ornaments. 
 Flint is a common mineral in England, France, the islands of Rilgen and 
 Seeland, in Poland and Spain. Near Grafz in Stiria, it occurs as one of 
 the ingredients of gneiss. Splintery Hornstone produces the remarkable 
 pseudomorphic crystals from Schneeberg in Saxony ; it also occurs in 
 veins in Hungary and other mining countries ; in beds, it is found in 
 Norway, and in spheroidal masses in limestone in the Tyrol. Flinty 
 slate forms beds in numerous countries. Fibrous Quartz occurs in the 
 Hartz ; Cat's eye in Ceylon, the coast of Malabar, and also in the Hartz, 
 Heliotrope used formerly to be brought from Ethiopia, but is now gene-^ 
 rally obtained from Bucharia, from Tartary and Siberia. Iron-flint is 
 frequent in the iron-stone veins of Saxony, Bohemia, Hungary, Tran- 
 sylvania, &c. ; and along with it, often also, common Jasper. Striped 
 Jasper occurs in Siberia, at Grandlsteen in Saxony, at Ivybridgein Dev- 
 
 13* 
 
150 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Quartz. 
 
 onshire ; the brown Egyptian Jasper comes from the banks of the Nile; 
 the red variety, from Baden. The petrifactions, still preserving the 
 rings of wood, in the shape of trunks, branches and roots, are met with in 
 many countries, particularly in Hungary, and Antigua in the West In- 
 dies. Rare crystallizations of Quartz occur in the black limestone of 
 Quebec ; and large crystals of smoky Quartz, are brought from Nova- 
 Scotia. 
 
 The United States have not afforded very remarkable varieties of 
 Rock crystal. The primitive mountains of New Hampshire and Ver- 
 mont, produce occasionally large crystals of this variety ; but their oc- 
 currence is rare. The transition limestone of New York affords at nu- 
 merous places, very beautiful crystals, chiefly of the form represented m 
 figs. 362, and 367, and which vary in dimensions from four inches in 
 diameter, down to the smallest size. Occasionally they are somewhat 
 smoky, and are often penetrated by anthracite. One of the oldest local- 
 ities, is Diamond Island, Lake George ; but that which still affords them 
 in the greatest abundance, is Canada Creek, near F airfield, St. Law- 
 rence county. The granite of Chesterfield, (Mass.) contains small crys- 
 tals, like fig. 360, in which scarcely any faces, excepting those belong- 
 ing to the primary rhomboid, are visible. The faces are destitute of 
 polish. The trap region of Massachusetts and Connecticut, occasionally 
 affords the Amethyst ; loose crystals of which are also found in the soil, 
 near Bristol, (R. I.) The notch of tfce White Mountains, (New Hamp- 
 shire,) and the Tourmaline deposit of Paris, (Me.) have both afforded 
 handsome crystals of brown or smoky Quartz. Iron-flint occurs at 
 Pittsfield, (Mass.) Druses of Quartz crystals, colored of a delicate 
 apple green, occur along with Chrysoprase, at New Fane, (Vt.) ; Prase, 
 at Cumberland, (R. I.) ; Rose Quartz, at Paris, (Me.) Southbury, (Conn.) 
 Acworth, (N. H.) ; leek- green Hornstone, in rolled masses, at Amherst 
 and Pelhara, (Mass.) ; common Hornstone, throughout the secondary 
 region of New York, Ohio, and other western states. Calcedony and 
 Carnelian occur, though rarely, forming agate, throughout the trap re- 
 gion of Connecticut and Massachusetts ; Red Jasper, at Saugus near 
 Boston, and yellow Jasper, with Calcedony, at Chester, (Mass.) ; the 
 latter found in large rolled masses. Pseudomorphous crystals, consist- 
 ing of coatings over six-sided prisms, and scalene dodecahedrons, of Cal- 
 careous Spar, are found in a galena vein, at Williamsburgh, (Mass.) 
 
 7. Several varieties of Quartz are of important use in the arts and 
 manufactures. Those possessing good degrees of transparency, or fine 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 151 
 
 Quartz. 
 
 colors and delineations, as Rock crystal, Amethyst, Rose Quartz, Chry- 
 soprase, several varieties of Calcedony, called Onyx, Sard, Sardonyx, 
 &c., are cut and polished into ring stones, seals, and various other orna- 
 ments. Agate is also used for the same purposes. The most important 
 application, however, is that for the manufacture of glass, and pottery. 
 It is used also as a flux in the melting of several kinds of ores. Its use 
 in gun locks is also well known. Sandstones yield various applications 
 for architectural and other purposes, as the construction of melting fur- 
 naces, mill-stones, &c. Sand, with slaked lime, forms mortar. 
 
 QuiNCYTE. 
 
 Massive ; composition granular. 
 Color carmine-red. 
 
 1. It loses its color by heat, and is with difficulty fusible before the 
 blow-pipe. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By BERTHIER. 
 
 Silica 54-00 
 
 Magnesia 19-00 
 
 Protoxide of iron 8-00 
 
 Water 17-00 
 
 3. It is found in the fresh water limestone of Mehun and Quincy, in 
 the department of Cher. 
 
 4. The description is too imperfect, to lead to any opinion of its spe- 
 cific character. 
 
 RADIOLITE. 
 
 Massive : composition columnar, particles of composition radia- 
 ting : compact. Cleavage, distinct in one direction. 
 Lustre silky, glistening. Color white. 
 Hardness, above Fluor.' Sp. gr. = 2-275 . . . 2-286. 
 
 1. Analysis. 
 By HUJTXEFIELD. 
 
 Silica 41-88 
 
 Alumina 23-79 
 
 Soda 14-07 
 
 Potash 1-01 
 
 Water 1-00 
 
 Oxide of iron 0-91 
 
 Carbonate of lime 2-50 
 
 Gangue 5-50 
 
 2. It is found at Eckefiord in Norway. 
 
152 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Realgar. 
 
 RATOFKITE. 
 
 An earthy, impure variety of Fluor, which, according to 
 JOHX, consists of 
 
 - - - - 49-00 
 
 20-00 
 
 2-00 
 
 3-75 
 
 - - - - 10-00 
 
 Fluate of lime 
 Phosphate of lime 
 Sulphate of lime 
 Phosphate of iron 
 Water 
 
 Insoluble matters 
 
 6-25 
 
 REALGAR. Red Malacone-Blen d e. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. M on M== 
 74 14'. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 375. 
 
 JMon M 
 
 I on / 
 
 P on / 
 
 n on n over P 
 
 - 74 30' 
 
 - 113 20 
 
 - 113 16 
 
 - 131 59 
 
 Fig. 376. 
 

 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Realgar. 
 
 153 
 
 M on M - 
 
 74 15'^ 
 
 
 'M'on e'2 
 
 - 135 2 7 
 
 P onM - 
 
 104 6 
 
 
 M' on e'3 
 
 - 141 20 
 
 P on b - 
 
 149 12 
 
 
 M' on il 
 
 - 172 6 
 
 P on c2 - 
 
 80 00 
 
 
 M' on t'2 
 
 - 160 42 
 
 P on el - 
 
 156 30 
 
 
 M' on k 
 
 - 142 42 
 
 P on e2 - 
 
 138 22 
 
 TJ 
 
 M' on I 
 
 - 163 35 
 
 P on e3 - 
 
 126 50 
 
 
 
 cl on c2 
 
 - 150 38 
 
 P on & - 
 
 90 00 1 cl on dl 
 
 - 155 10 
 
 M on b 
 
 133 2 
 
 C/l 
 
 cl on d2 
 
 - 137 20 
 
 M on cl - 
 
 99 30 
 
 
 cl on d3 
 
 - 125 41 
 
 M on c2 - 
 
 115 52 
 
 
 cl on k 
 
 - 90 00 
 
 M' on dl - 
 
 119 30 
 
 
 c2 on d4 
 
 - 161 20 
 
 M' on d2 - 
 
 131 34 
 
 
 12 on z'2' 
 
 - 112 55 
 
 M' on el - 
 
 122 50 
 
 t 
 
 
 Cleavage, parallel to P and the shorter diagonal of the 
 prism, rather perfect; parallel taw and M less distinct. 
 Fracture conchoidal. Surface, the prisms streaked in the 
 direction of the principal axis, parallel to that line : the rest 
 of the faces commonly rough. 
 
 Lustre resinous. Color, aurora-red, several shades, lit- 
 tle differing from each other. Streak orange yellow . . . 
 aurora-red. 
 
 Sectile. Hardness =1-5 ... 2-0. Sp. gr. =3-566. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 of various sizes of individuals, strongly connected. Frac- 
 ture conchoidal, uneven. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, upon charcoal, it burns with a blue flame, 
 and emits fumes of sulphur and arsenic. It is soluble in nitric, muriatic 
 and sulphuric acids. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KLAPROTH. By LATJGIER. 
 
 Sulphur , - - 31-00 - - - - 30-43 
 Arsenic - - * 69-00 .... 69-57 
 3. Some of the varieties of Realgar occur along with Orpiment, in 
 beds of clay, as at Tajowa in Hungary. It is found in small nodules along 
 
154 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Realgar Red Antimony. 
 
 With Fahlerz and Iron Pyrites, engaged in Dolomite, at St. Gothard in 
 Switzerland. More generally, it is met with in metalliferous veins, par- 
 ticularly with ores of silver and lead, with Native Arsenic, several spe- 
 cies of Pyrites and Heavy Spar. The chief localities are K'apnik and 
 Nagyag in Transylvania, Felsobanya in Upper Hungary, Joachimsthal 
 in Bohemia, Schneeberg in Saxony, Andreasberg in the Hartz, and ma- 
 ny other places. It also occurs in Peru. 
 
 4. Like Orpiment, it is employed as a pigment. 
 
 RED ANTIMONY. Prismatic Malacone Blende. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M=101 
 19'. 
 
 Secondary form. Primary form, having the edges trun- 
 cated. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with M and the shorter diagonal, per- 
 fect ; traces in other directions. 
 
 Fracture not observable. Surface more or less deeply 
 streaked, longitudinally. 
 
 Lustre common or metallic adamantine. Color cherry- 
 red. Streak cherry-red, or brownish-red. Translucent 
 in thin lamina. 
 
 Sectile. Thin laminae are slightly flexible. Hardness 
 = 1-0... 1-5. Sp. gr.=4-493. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Tufts of capillary crystals. Mas- 
 sive : composition very thin columnar, straight and diver- 
 gent from common centres. 
 
 1. The variety of Red Antimony, called Tinder- Ore, comprises those 
 varieties which, originally consisting of short capillary fibres interlaced 
 with each other, appear in flakes resembling tinder. 
 
 2. Alone before the blow-pipe, it melts easily upon charcoal, by which 
 it is absorbed, but is at last entirely volatilized. When immersed in ni- 
 tric acid, it is covered with a white coating. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 155 
 
 Red Antimony Red Copper-Ore. 
 
 3. Analysis. 
 By KLAPROTH. By ROSE, 
 
 from Braunsdorf. 
 
 Antimony . 67-50 . . . 74-45 
 
 Oxygen . 10-80 . . . 4-27 
 
 Sulphur . 19-70 . . . 20-47 
 
 4. It is almost always accompanied by Grey Antimony, which has led 
 to the opinion among some mineralogists, that it owes its origin to the 
 decomposition of that species. It occurs in veins. 
 
 5. It is found at Braunsdorf near Freiberg in Saxony, at Malazka near 
 Posing in Hungary, and at Allemont in Dauphiny in France. The 
 Tinder-Ore occurs at Clausthal and Andreasberg in the Hartz. 
 
 RED COPPER-ORE. Octahedral Eruthrone- 
 Ore. 
 
 Primary form. Regular octahedron. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 i. 2. 
 
 Octahedron, with edges truncated. Rhombic dodecahedron. 
 
 3. 4. 
 
 Rhombic dodecahedron, with Octahedron, with an- 
 
 acute solid angles truncated. gles truncated. 
 
 5. 6. 
 
 Cube. Cube, with edges truncated. 
 
 7. 
 Cube, with edges and angles truncated. 
 
 8. 
 
 Cube, with edges truncated, and angles re- 
 placed by three planes, inclining to 
 the faces of the cube, the angle 
 of the acumination be- 
 ing truncated. 
 
 9. 10. 
 
 Octahedron, with the Octahedron, with the angles repla- 
 
 edges bevelled. ced by four plances resting on 
 
 the primary planes. 
 
156 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Red Copper-Ore. 
 
 11. Fig. 378. 
 
 12. Fig. 379. 
 
 Pon P 
 P on a 
 P on b 
 a on b 
 e on e 
 
 109 30' PHILLIPS. 
 125 10 " 
 
 160 42 i 
 
 144 38 " 
 
 120 00 " 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with the primary planes, but much 
 interrupted. Fracture conchoidal, uneven. Surface gen- 
 erally very smooth and shining, and every where the same. 
 
 Lustre adamantine, sometimes metallic adamantine, or 
 imperfectly metallic. Color between cochineal-red, and in 
 capillary crystals almost carmine-red. Streak several shades 
 of brownish-red, shining. Semi-transparent . . . translucent 
 on the edges. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 3-5 . . . 4-0. Sp. gr. ^=8*992. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 individuals of various sizes, or even impalpable. In the 
 latter case, fracture becomes flat conchoidal, or even, the 
 surface of the fracture glimmering. Sometimes earthy. 
 
 1. Those varieties which consist of friable particles, and present an 
 earthy fracture, and which are besides often mixed with oxide of iron or 
 malachite, constitute the Tile- Ore, which was formerly considered as a 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 157 
 
 Red Copper-Ore Red Lead-Ore. 
 
 particular species, and divided into earthy and indurated Tile- Ore, 
 Red Copper- Ore itself (the remaining varieties of the present species,) 
 was divided into three subspecies the foliated, which contains those 
 crystallized varieties which are not capillary, together with compound 
 cleavable ones ; the capillary, which comprehends very thin filiform 
 crystals, reticulated, or in velvety groups ; and the compact, which re- 
 fers to impalpable compositions. 
 
 2. In the reducing flame of the blow-pipe, it is reduced upon char- 
 coal into a globule of copper. It is soluble with effervescence in nitric 
 acid, but without effervescence in muriatic acid. 
 
 3. Analysis. 
 
 By KLAPROTH. By CHENEVIX. 
 
 Copper . . . 91-00 . . . 83-50 
 
 Oxygen . . . 9 00 . . . 11-50 
 
 4. It is found in beds and veins in several rocks, accompanied by vari- 
 ous other ores of copper and iron, and by Quartz. 
 
 5. Nearly one hundred modifications of form have been observed in 
 the crystals of Cornwall, at which place the species occurs in tin and 
 copper veins. Handsome crystallizations also occur in the Bannat of 
 Temeswar, in the vicinity of Moldawa ; near Catharineburgh in Siberia, 
 and at Chessy near Lyons in Fiance. Other localities of this species are 
 found in Prussia and Saxony, but particularly in Chili and Peru. The prin- 
 cipal deposits of the capillary variety, are Cornwall, and Kheinbreitbach 
 on the Rhine. Tile-Ore is found among other varieties in the Bannat, 
 and at Camsdorf and Saalfeld in Thuringia. This species has been ob- 
 tained massive, along with Chrysocolla and Native Copper, in the U. 
 States, at Schuyler's mine in New Jersey. 
 
 Red Copper-Ore is frequently produced in the slags formed in the last 
 process of melting copper. Copper vessels, long exposed to the action of 
 the weather, are, to a great extent, converted into a tissue of crystals, of 
 the present species, while the outside is covered with chloride of copper, 
 
 6. It is valuable as an ore of copper. . 
 
 RED LEAD-ORE. H em i-prismatic Lead- 
 
 Baryte. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. M on M'=s 
 93 30'. 
 
 VOL.. II. 14 
 
158 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Red Lead-Ore. 
 
 Secondary forms. 1. The primary, having the obtuse 
 terminal edges replaced by single planes, and then so far 
 extended as to obliterate the terminal plane ; the lateral 
 edges of the prisms being replaced by tangent planes. 
 
 2. The same as the above, having in addition the acute 
 terminal edges replaced, so as to impart four-sided sum- 
 mits to the crystals. 
 
 3. The same as 2, with the exception of having the ob- 
 lique edges of the prism replaced, instead of the lateral, as in 
 
 Fig. 379. 
 
 P onM 
 
 _ 
 
 99 
 
 10' 
 
 PHILLIPS. /-?) 
 
 P on e 
 
 
 
 119 
 
 10 
 
 AO( 
 
 P on/ 
 
 - 
 
 133 
 
 00 
 
 (( 
 
 / 
 
 P on A 
 
 - 
 
 102 
 
 5 
 
 " 
 
 MX 
 
 M or M 
 
 on cl 
 
 133 
 
 10 
 
 it 
 
 n 
 
 M or M 
 
 on / 
 
 146 
 
 25 
 
 a 
 
 C 
 
 M or M 
 
 on h 
 
 136 
 
 35 
 
 \ / 
 
 e on / 
 
 - 
 
 140 
 
 o 
 O 
 
 V c, 
 
 /on/ 
 
 - 
 
 118 
 
 58 
 
 \_ 
 
 M 
 
 Cleavage, parallel to the primary, tolerably distinct: less 
 so to the bases, than to the sides of the prism. Fracture 
 small conchoidal, uneven. Surface, M streaked longitudi- 
 nally. The faces mostly smooth and shining. 
 
 Lustre adamantine. Color various shades of hyacinth- 
 red. Streak orange-yellow. Translucent. 
 
 Sectile. Hardness =2-5 . . . 3-0. Sp. gr. 6-004. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition imperfectly 
 columnar, or granular. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it becomes black and decrepitates, if quickly 
 heated; it may be melted, however, into a shining slag, containing glob- 
 ules of metallic lead. It colors glass of borax green, is soluble without 
 effervescence in nitric acid, and affords a yellow solution in that acid. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Red Lead-Ore Red Silver. 
 
 159 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By PFAFF. By BERZELITJS. 
 
 Oxide oflead . . 68-00 . . . 68-14 
 
 Chromic acid . . 32-00 . . . 3186 
 
 3. Red Lead-Ore has been found in Siberia, in the neighborhood of 
 Beresof ; where it occurs in narrow veins, traversing a rock, the true 
 nature of which is not ascertained. It is accompanied by cubical crys- 
 tals of Iron Pyrites, generally in a state of partial decomposition ; also by 
 Galena, several salts of Lead, and sometimes by Native Gold. In Bra- 
 zil, it is met with in sandstone, probably under similar circumstances, 
 
 RED SILVER. Red M a lacone -Blende. 
 Primary form. Rhomboid. P on P = 108 39' 39". 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 380. 
 
 Similar to those of Proustite, (q. v.) and several others 
 resembling the secondary forms of Calcareous Spar. An- 
 nexed is a crystal, measured by PHILLIPS, which com- 
 bines the principal modifications, under which Red Silver 
 is seen. It is obvious from an inspection of the figure, 
 that the planes z tend by their extension to the production of 
 an obtuse rhomboid ; the planes g, to acute rhomboids ; 
 the planes d, and the four planes without letters, situated 
 
160 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Red Silver. 
 
 directly above them, to obtuse scalene dodecahedrons; the 
 planes h, and the three sets of planes around g, I and the 
 three elongated planes between h and d, all tend to acute 
 scalene dodecahedrons; / and n lead to regular six-sided 
 prisms. 
 
 Fig. 381. 
 
 P on z (c. g.) - 172 00' 
 
 P onh - 141 50 
 
 PonZ - 158 22 
 
 d on d (c. g.) - 125 
 
 h on h - 134 40 
 
 n on n - - - 120 
 
 Cleavage parallel with P, pretty distinct in some varie- 
 ties. Fracture conchoidal. Surface, /and n striated ver- 
 tically ; P, z, and g*, and most of the adjoining faces streak- 
 ed parallel to their common edges of combination. 
 
 Lustre metallic-adamantine. Color, iron-black, lead- 
 grey, sometimes approaching cochineal-red. Streak, coch- 
 ineal-red, in shades corresponding to the color. Translu- 
 cent to opake. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Red Silver. 
 
 161 
 
 Sectile. Hardness =2'5 . . . 3-0. Sp. gr. =5-787 . . . 
 5*844. BREITHAUPT. 
 
 Compound Varieties. 1. Twin-crystals. Face of com- 
 position perpendicular, axis of revolution parallel, to an 
 edge of z. 
 
 Fig. 382. 
 
 This kind of regular composition is frequently repeated, 
 contiguous to all the terminal edges of z, as in 
 Fiff. 333. 
 
 2. Face of composition parallel, axis of revolution per- 
 pendicular to g. 
 
162 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Red Silver. 
 
 3. Face of composition parallel to n, axis of revolution 
 perpendicular to it. The individuals are sometimes con- 
 tinued beyond the face of composition. Massive : compo- 
 sition granular, of various sizes of individuals, strongly con- 
 nected. If the composition becomes impalpable, fracture 
 is uneven 3 even, or flat conchoidal. Plates, superficial 
 coatings. 
 
 1. When heated before the blow-pipe, it first decrepitates, then melts, 
 burning with a bluish flame, and emitting sulphurous acid together 
 with the white smoke of antimony. By continuing the heat, a globule 
 of silver is obtained. Its powder heated in nitric acid, turns black, 
 emits red fumes, and dissolves leaving behind some sulphur and oxide 
 of antimony. The solution yields with water a white precipitate, on 
 the separation of which, muriatic acid occasions the deposition of chlo- 
 ride of silver. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By BONSDORFF. 
 
 A var. from Andreasberg. 
 
 Sulphur . 16-609 
 
 Antimony 22-846 
 
 Silver 58-949 
 
 Earthy matter . . . . . . . 0-299 
 
 3. It has hitherto been found in veins associated with various other 
 ores of silver, particularly with Proustite, and Native Silver, also with Ga- 
 lena, Blende, and several species of Pyrites. 
 
 4. It is found in beautiful crystals, at Andreasberg in the Hartz, and 
 is also met with at Schemnitz, Cremnitz, Nagybanya, &c. in Hungary, 
 in Alsace and Dauphiny in France and at Kongsberg in Norway. It 
 occurs in the greatest abundance at Zacatecas in Mexico, from whence 
 very splendid crystallizations are procured. 
 
 5. It is of considerable value as an ore of silver. The mine of Veta- 
 Negra, near Sombrerete, produced in the space of a few months 700,000 
 marcs of silver from this species. 
 
 RED VITRIOL. (See Cob alt- Vitriol.) 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 163 
 
 Red Zinc-Ore. 
 
 RED ZINC-ORE. Hemi-prismatic Eruthrone- 
 Ore. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism ? 
 
 Cleavage, in one direction perfect, in three others less 
 so, and apparently different in each. Two angles are af- 
 forded by the reflective goniometer, one of 125, the oth- 
 er of 90. Fracture conchoidal. 
 
 Lustre adamantine. Color red, inclining to yellow. 
 Streak, orange-yellow. Translucent on the edges. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =4-0 ... 4-5. Sp. gr. =5-432... 
 5-523. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive ; composition granular, 
 individuals strongly connected. 
 
 1. On exposure to the air, it suffers partial decomposition at the sur- 
 face, becoming invested with a while coating, which is carbonate of 
 zinc. Alone before the blow-pipe, it is infusible, but yields a yellow 
 transparent glass with borax. It is soluble without effervescence, in 
 nitric acid. 
 
 2. .Analysis. 
 
 By BRUCE. By BERTHIER. 
 
 Oxide of zinc . . . 9200 . . . 88-00 
 Oxide of iron and manganese 8-00 . . . 12-00 
 
 3. It occurs massive, mixed with Calcareous Spar and Franklinite, at 
 Franklin and Stirling, (N. J.) It is set free in several metallurgic pro- 
 cesses, and occurs crystallized in six-sided prisms of a yellow color, in 
 the foundaries of Konigshiltte in Silesia. 
 
 RETINASPHALT. (See Retinite.) 
 
 RETINITE. 
 
 Roundish, and blunt-edged masses. Fracture conchoidal. 
 
 Lustre resinous. Color green, yellow, red, brown, sometimes 
 in striped delineations. Semi-transparent to opake. 
 Hardness =1-5 . . . 2-0, of the variety from Halle. Sp. gr. = 
 1-135. 
 
164 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Red Zinc-Ore Rhomb Spar. 
 
 1. Retinite, if rubbed in an isolated state, acquires negative electricity. 
 In the flame of a candle, it melts and takes fire with a particular odor. 
 It is partly soluble in alcohol, leaving behind an unctuous residue. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By HATCHETT. By BUCHOLZ. 
 
 Vegetable resin . . 55 00 . . . 91-00 
 
 Asphalt or bitumen . 42-00 . . . 9-00 
 
 Earthy matter . . 3 00 . . . 0-00 
 
 3. It has been found in the beds of earthy brown coal near Halle on 
 the Saale ; at Bovey in Devonshire, also in Upper Austria, Moravia, 
 &c. The variety from Halle very much resembles a vegetable resin. 
 The purer specimens frequently consist of alternating layers more or 
 less transparent, corresponding to the external shape, and commonly in- 
 cluding a cavity. Its Sp. gr. =1-079. 
 
 REUSSIN. (See Bloedite.) 
 RHAETIZITE. (See Kyanite.) 
 RHODONITE. (See Manganese Spar.) 
 
 RHOMB SPAR. Brachytypous Lime-Halo- 
 id e. MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Rhomboid. P on P =107 22'. 
 
 Cleavage, highly perfect parallel with the primary form. 
 Fracture, often conchoidal, at right angles to the axis. 
 Surface, even, 'or rather rough. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, sometimes inclining to pearly upon fa- 
 ces of cleavage. Color white or grey, generally inclining 
 to yellow ; also yellow and brown. Streak greyish-white. 
 Transparent . . . translucent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =4-0 C 3-001, clove brown ) 
 ...4-5. Specific gravity = (3-112, pale yellow $ V ' 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 individuals strongly coherent ; face of composition uneven 
 and rough. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 165 
 
 Rhomb Spar Rionite. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, and also from long exposure to the weather, 
 it turns brownish-black. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By BROOKE. 
 
 Carbonate of iron and carbonate of magnesia, in the ratio of 1-315 of 
 the former to 8-685 of the latter. 
 
 3. The varieties of the present species have often been found accom- 
 panying those of Dolomite ; it also occurs in chloritic steatite. 
 
 4. It occurs at various places in Salzburg, Tyrol and Switzerland, 
 also in Unst, one of the Shetland Isles. In the U. S. at Marlborough, 
 (Vt.) in steatite ; at Middlefield, (Mass.) and generally, in most of the 
 soapstone quarries of New England. 
 
 APPENDIX TO RHOMB SPAR. 
 i. Hystatic Carbon- Spar. BREITHAUPT. 
 P on P =107 28' 20". 
 
 Cleavage, very perfect parallel with the primary form. 
 Hardness =5-5 . . . 5-75 (scale of BREITHAUPT.) Sp. gr. = 
 3-040 . . . 3-089. 
 
 It is not believed to be a very rare species. Localities quoted, are 
 the Hartz, Erbendorf in the Fichtelgebirge. 
 
 RIONITE. Selenious Malacon e-Blen de. 
 
 Primary form. Unknown. Massive : composition gran- 
 ular. 
 
 Color cochineal-red, to lead-grey. Streak of the lead- 
 grey variety, blackish. 
 
 Sp. gr. =5'5 . . . 5-6. 
 
 1. Under the blow-pipe, it burns with a beautiful, violet-colored 
 flame, attended by much smoke, and the peculiar odor of selenium. 
 2. Analysis. 
 By DEL Rio. 
 The grey colored variety. 
 Selenium 49-00 
 
 Zinc 24-00 
 
 Mercury 19-00 
 
 Sulphur 1-50 
 
 which, with the addition of 6 p. c. of lime mechanically intermingled, 
 
166 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Rionite. 
 
 will amount to 99-5. It is, therefore, a bi-seleniuret of zinc united to a 
 proto-sulphuret of mercury ; the latter giving the grey color to the min- 
 eral. The red mineral is regarded as a bi-seleniuret of zinc, the mer- 
 cury being in the state of a bi-sulphuret, which communicates the red 
 color. 
 
 3. It is found at Calebras, near the mining district of El Doctor, in 
 limestone, overlying^ the red sandstone, and is accompanied by Native 
 Quicksilver. 
 
 4. A fuller examination of the red and grey varieties, may show that 
 they form distinct species. 
 
 ROSELITE. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M =132 48'. 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 384. 
 
 a on a over d = 45 0' 
 
 Cleavage perfect parallel to d. Surface M rough and hollow- 
 ed out in the middle. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color deep rose-red. Streak white. Trans- 
 lucent. 
 
 Hardness =3-0. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it gives off water and becomes black. It im- 
 parts a blue color to borax and salt of phosphorus ; and is entirely so- 
 luble in muriatic acid. According to CHILDREN, it contains water, ox- 
 ide of cobalt, lime, arsenic acid and magnesia. 
 
 2. It occurs at Sclmeeberg in Saxony, disposed on Quartz, and was 
 formerly considered as a variety of Cobalt-Bloom. 
 
 3. It is nearly related to Pharmacolite. 
 
 RUBELLAN. 
 
 In six-sided prisms, whose angles are not known. 
 Cleavage perfect in one direction. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Rutile. 
 
 167 
 
 Color reddish-brown. 
 
 Hardness rather below 3.0. Sp. gr. =2-7. 
 1. In the flame of a candle, it exfeliates. 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 Silica . 
 Oxide of iron 
 Alumina 
 Magnesia . 
 Potash and Soda . 
 Volatile matter . 
 
 By KLAPROTH. 
 
 45-00 
 2000 
 10-00 
 10-00 
 10-00 
 5-00 
 
 3. It is found with Mica and Pyroxene, at Schima in the Mittelgebirge, 
 in Bohemia. 
 
 4. It appears to be a Mica which has become .altered by heat. 
 
 RUBELLITE. (See Tourmaline.) 
 RUBINGLIMMER. (See Ltimonite.) 
 
 RUTILE. Peritomous Eruthron e-Ore. 
 Primary form. Right square prism. 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 385. 
 
 Mon d - 135 5' 
 
 Mon e - 161 40 
 
 Mon c - - 122 45 
 
 a on a - 123 15 
 
 a on c - 151 42 
 
 a on d - - 123 15 
 
 e ond - - 153 33 
 a on a over summit - 90 00 
 
 c on c " " - 109 47 
 
 PHILLIPS. 
 el 
 
 <c 
 
 it 
 
 (C 
 U 
 (C 
 (C 
 
168 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Rutile. 
 
 Cleavage parallel with M perfect, with d interrupted. 
 Fracture conchoidal, uneven. Surface, a and c, either 
 smooth or rough, but both of the same quality ; d, e and M 
 vertically streaked. 
 
 Lustre metallic-adamantine. Color reddish brown, pas- 
 sing into red, sometimes yellowish. Streak very pale- 
 brown. Translucent . . . opake, sometimes in a strong light, 
 transparent. 
 
 Hardness =6-0 . . . 6-5. Sp. gr. =4-249. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals very frequent, ax- 
 is of revolution perpendicular, face of composition parallel 
 to face a. The composition produces geniculated groups, 
 and is often repeated in several geniculations, as in fig. 
 387. 
 
 Fig. 386. Fig. 387. 
 
 Thin and long individuals, produce after this law, a re- 
 ticulated composition. Massive, composition granular, the 
 individuals being of various sizes and strongly connected. 
 
 1. Alone before the blow-pipe, it is infusible, but gives with borax in 
 the reducing flame a yellow glass, which assumes an amethyst-color, 
 when farther reduced. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 If pure, it is entirely composed of oxide of titanium, which according 
 to ROSE, consists of metal 66-05, and of oxygen 33-95. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 169 
 
 Rutile Sal- Ammoniac. 
 
 3. It occurs, generally, in imbedded crystals, either in masses of 
 Quartz engaged in gneiss or mica-slate, or in Feldspar in chlorite-slate. 
 It is sometimes found massive in metalliferous veins, and is often enclo- 
 sed in crystals of Quartz : besides, it occurs in the shape of pebbles in 
 gome gold stream-works. 
 
 4. Imbedded crystals in Quartz have been found at Rosenau in Hun- 
 gary, Teinach on the Bacher in Stiria, and at various places along the 
 chain of the Alps ; also at Crianlarich in Perthshire and other places in 
 Scotland. Very perfect crystals occur in the Saualpe, and massive va- 
 rieties at Arendal in Norway. Switzerland and Savoy afford several 
 localities. Pebbles have been found at Ohlapian in Transylvania which 
 on account of their dark color, have been called Nigrine. At St. Yrieix 
 in Fiance, and in the province of Guadalaxara in Spain, the well known 
 twin-crystals occur, often of very considerable dimensions. Finely crys- 
 tallized individuals are brought from St. Gothard, and beautiful capilla- 
 ry crystals engaged in transparent Quartz, from Brazil. 
 
 The locality affording Rutile in the greatest quantity in the United 
 States, is a very extensive ledge of chlorife-slate at Windsor, (Mass.) 
 The crystals of Rutile are here thickly disseminated through narrow 
 vejns of Feldspar traversing this rock, and also occur in seams in the 
 rock itself. Large compound crystals of a dark color, occur at Monroe 
 and Huntington, (Conn.) rarely in the form of fig. 387. The mica- 
 slate of Hampshire, Berkshire and Fianklin counties, (Mass.) affords 
 this species, but no where, in any considerable quantity. It is found in 
 small brilliant crystals in white limestone with Spinel, Serpentine, Talc, 
 Mica, &c. at Amity, (N. Y.) and with blue Corundum, Tourmaline and 
 Spinel in the same rock at Newton, (N. J.) also in loose crystals in 
 North Carolina and Virginia. It is on the whole, one of the most wide- 
 ly diffused of the scarce metals, existing in small quantity at numerous 
 localities, but no where in the United States, excepting Windsor, in 
 abundance. 
 
 SAHLITE. (See Pyroxene.) 
 
 SAL-AMMONI AQ. Octahedral Ammoniac- 
 Salt. MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Regular octahedron. 
 Secondary forms. Cube. Trapezohedron. 
 
 VOL. II. 15 
 
170 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Sal-Am moniac. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with the primary faces. Fracture 
 conchoidal. Surface smooth. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color generally white, often inclining 
 to yellow or grey. Sometimes it is stained green, yellow, 
 or black. Transparent . . . translucent. 
 
 Very sectile. Hardness = 1-5 .. .2-0. Sp. gr. = l*528. 
 Taste acute and pungent. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Stalactitic, botryoidal, globular, 
 reniform shapes, also in crusts ; composition columnar. 
 Massive, composition impalpable. Fracture conchoidal. 
 Sometimes in a state of mealy efflorescence. 
 
 1. It is perfectly volatile at a high temperature, dissolves readily in 
 water, but does not attract water from the atmosphere. It emits a pun- 
 gent smell of ammonia, if brought into contact with moistened quick- 
 lime. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KLAPROTH. 
 
 From Mt. Vesuvius. 
 
 Muriate of ammonia 99 5 
 
 Muriate of soda ....... 0-5 
 
 3. It occurs in fissures in the immediate vicinity of active volcanoes; 
 and is a product of sublimation. It is also found near burning coal 
 seams. 
 
 4. The best known localities, are Mount Etna and Vesuvius, the Sol- 
 fataras, the Lipari islands, England, (particularly the neighborhood of 
 New Castle) Scotland, Iceland, the vicinity of Liege, the Bucharian 
 Tartary, &c. 
 
 This salt though much employed in the arts of dyeing, and in medi- 
 cine, is of very little importance, as found in nature, on account of its 
 scarcity. 
 
 SAPHIRINE. 
 
 Massive ; cleavable. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color sapphire-blue, with shades of green 
 and grey. Translucent. Streak white. 
 
 Hardness, scratches Quartz. Sp. gr. =3-42. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 171 
 
 Sassolin. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, alone and with borax, it is infusible. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By STROMEYER. 
 
 Alumina 63-1 
 
 Silica 14-5 
 
 Magnesia . 168 
 
 Lime 0-3 
 
 Protoxide of iron 3-9 
 
 Protoxide of manganese ..... 0-5 
 
 Water 0-5 
 
 3. It occurs at Fiskanaes in Greenland, in a mica-slate rock. 
 
 SAPPARE. (See Kyanite.) 
 
 SAPPARITE. 
 
 Crystals, right rectangular prisms. Cleavage perfect, parallel 
 with their lateral planes. Cross-fracture, uneven, to splintery. 
 Lustre, chatoyant. Color blue, very intense. Transparent. 
 Hardness, not sufficient to scratch glass. 
 Powder of a clear greyish-white color. 
 
 1. It comes from Pegu or Ceylon, and is found engaged in a druse of 
 Spinel. 
 
 SARCOLITE. (See Jlnalcime.) 
 
 SASSOLIN. Prismatic Bora cic-Acid. MOHS. 
 
 Loose scaly particles, crystalline grains, (probably six- 
 sided tables) sometimes aggregated in the form of crusts. 
 
 Lustre pearly. Color greyish and yellowish-white. 
 Streak white. Feebly translucent. 
 
 Sp. gr. =1'480. Taste acidulous, afterwards bitter and 
 cooling, lastly sweetish. 
 
 1. It is fusible in the flame of a candle, yielding a glassy globule, 
 which acquires resinous electricity by friction, even without being iso- 
 lated. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By BERZELIUS. 
 
 Borax . . 25-83 
 
 Oxygen 74-17 
 
172 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Saussurite. 
 
 3. It occurs in a state of perfect purity, or only mixed with a little 
 Sulphur, at the island of Volcano one of the Lipaii group. It is also de- 
 posited from hot springs near Sasso, and from the lagoni of Tuscany. 
 
 4. It is extensively employed in the manufacture of borax. 
 
 SAUSSURITE. Dusclaone Petal! n e-Sp ar. 
 
 Primary form, unknown. 
 
 Cleavage, affords two faces meeting at angles of 124 
 nearly, pretty distinct. Traces parallel to the short diago- 
 nal of that prism. Fracture uneven, splintery. Massive: 
 composition granular . . . impalpable, strongly coherent. 
 
 Lustre pearly, inclining to vitreous upon the faces of 
 cleavage; resinous in compound varieties, particularly when 
 cut and polished. Color white, passing into mountain 
 green, greenish-grey and ash-grey. Streak white. 
 
 Brittle, very difficultly frangible. Hardness =5*5. Sp. 
 gr. =3'256 of a granular variety from Piedmont, 3'342 of 
 a compact variety from the Pays de Vaud. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it melts with difficulty into a white glass. 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By SAUSSURE. By KLAPROTH. 
 
 Silica . . . 4900 . . . 44-00 
 
 Alumina . ,. . 24-00 . . . 30-00 
 Lime . . . 10-00 . . . 4-00 
 
 Magnesia . . . 3-75 Potash . 0-25 
 
 Oxide of iron . . 6-50 . . . 12-50 
 
 Oxide of manganese . 0-00 . . . 0-05 
 
 Soda , . . 550 . . . 6-00 
 
 Loss . . . 0-75 . . . 3-20 
 
 3. It is found in primitive mountains, and constitutes with Horn- 
 blende and Augite, the rocks called gabbro and euphotide. It occurs ni 
 large masses upon Monte Rosa, and in its neighborhood; in Corsica; in 
 the Bacher mountain in Lower Stiria, in Baryeuth, &c. In the Uni- 
 ted States at Canaan, (Conn.), it forms a mountain of some miles in 
 extent. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Sea polite. 
 
 173 
 
 SCAPOLITE. Pyramidal Pe t alin e-Sp a r. 
 Primary form. Right square prism. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 388. Fig. 389. Fig. 390. 
 
 Governeur, St. Law- 
 rence co., (N. Y.) 
 
 Vesuvius.. 
 
 Fig. 388. d on a =122 20'. M on d =135. M on 
 a =112 30'. Fig. 390. a on b =151 31'. M on b = 
 140 18'. a on a =136 22'. M on e =153 24'. don 
 e^!6l 35'. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with M and d distinct, but interrup- 
 ted ; traces of P, generally a small conchoidal fracture in 
 this last direction. Fracture imperfectly conchoidal, une- 
 ven. Surface of the prisms longitudinally streaked, but 
 generally of nearly the same physical quality. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to resinous upon the cleavage 
 and fracture, parallel with the bases; inclining to pearly up- 
 on M and d. Color various shades of white, grey, blue, 
 green and red. Streak greyish white. Transparent . . . 
 translucent on the edges. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 5-0 ... 5-5. Sp. gr< = 2-612, 
 Meionite; = 2-726, white crystallized Scapolite from 
 Finland. 
 
174 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Scapolite. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 of various sizes of individuals, sometimes elongated in one 
 direction, or wedge shaped, and passing into columnar, or 
 fibrous ; generally strongly coherent. 
 
 1. The varieties of the present species have been treated of as consti- 
 tuting several distinct species. Meionite contains the purest and most 
 transparent varieties of the species, of a white color. Scapolite consists 
 of the translucent crystals and massive varieties, which are tinged green, 
 black and red. Wernerite occurs in crystals of the form of fig. 389, which 
 possess a greyish, or greenish grey, color. Nuttallite scarcely differs 
 from Wernerite except in possessing a tinge of blue with the grey, and 
 a feeble chatoyement. Dypire differs from Scapolite chiefly in its 
 reddish white color, and thin columnar composition in massive va- 
 rieties. 
 
 2. In a strong heat of the blow-pipe, Scapolite melts into a vesicular 
 glass, and intumesces considerably; it then assumes the appearance of 
 ice, and does not melt any longer. It is dissolved by borax with effer- 
 vescence, melting into a clear globule. 
 
 3. Analysis. 
 
 Analysts. 
 
 Varieties. 
 
 Alumi- 
 na. 
 
 Silica. 
 
 Potash 
 & Soda. 
 
 Lime. 
 
 Protox. 
 of iron. 
 
 Wa- 
 
 ter. 
 
 JOHN. 
 
 - Wernerite. 
 
 - 30-000 - 
 
 50-250 - 
 
 $ 2-000 j 
 
 ( potash * 
 
 > - 10-450 
 1 
 
 - 3-000 - 
 
 2-85 
 
 LAUGIER. 
 
 Scapolite. 
 
 - 33-000 - 
 
 45-000 - 
 
 2-000 
 
 - 17-600 
 
 - 1-000 - 
 
 0.00 
 
 NORDENSKIOLD. 
 
 - do. fr. Pargas. 
 
 - 35-430 - 
 
 43-830 - 
 
 o-ooo 
 
 - 18-960 
 
 - 0-000 - 
 
 1-03 
 
 STROMEYER. 
 
 - Meionite. 
 
 - 32-726 - 
 
 40-530 - 
 
 1-812 
 
 - 24-245 
 
 - 0-182 - 
 
 o-oo 
 
 GMELIN. 
 
 - Meionite. 
 
 - 30-600 - 
 
 40-800 - 
 
 2-400 
 
 - 22-100 
 
 - 1-000 - 
 
 o-oo 
 
 THOMSON. 
 
 - Nuttallite. 
 
 - 37-808 - 
 
 25-104 - 
 
 $ 7-305 , 
 I potash ( 
 
 | - 18-336 
 
 - 1-500 - 
 
 o-oo 
 
 4. Meionite is met with among the minerals ejected by volcanoes. 
 The varieties of Scapolite occur in primitive rocks, as in the beds of 
 Magnetic Iron in Sweden and Norway, and are generally accompanied 
 by Pyroxene and Hornblende; also in beds of white limestone, associated 
 with the above minerals, and in addition with Sphene and Petalite. 
 
 5. Scapolite is found at Arendal in Norway and in Wermeland in 
 Sweden ; also in large and beautiful crystals in the parish of Pargas, Fin- 
 land, at Akudlek in Greenland, and some varieties near Chursdorf in 
 Saxony. Dypire is found at Mauleon in the Western Pyrenees. Mei- 
 onite occurs at Mt. Vesuvius. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 175 
 
 Scapolite Scheeletine. 
 
 Numerous localities of Scapolite are found in the United States. Beau- 
 tiful crystals of the form of fig. 388, are found at Governeur, (N. Y) dis- 
 seminated through a coarsely granular Calcareous Spar. Large crys- 
 tals of a white variety rarely terminated with regularity, occur penetra- 
 ting Quartz, which itself forms veins in white limestone at Bolton and 
 Boxborough, (Mass.) Nuttallite is found also at Bolton in implanted 
 crystals, rarely surmounted by four-sided pyramids. A purple variety 
 exists at the same place, forming considerable masses, made up of large 
 columnar individuals. Compact varieties occur at Boxborough and 
 Westfield, (Mass.) A fibrous one is found at Monroe, (Connecticut.) 
 Crystallized specimens are afforded by the white limestone of Amity, 
 (N. Y.) 
 
 SCARBROITE. 
 
 Massive : composition impalpable. Fracture conchoidal. 
 
 Dull. Color white. 
 
 Very fragile. Sp. gr. 1-485. 
 
 1. It absorbs water without becoming more transparent. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 Silica . . 10-50 . . . 7-90 
 
 Alumina . , 42-50 . . . 42-75 
 
 Oxide of iron . . 0-25 . . . 0-80 
 
 Water . . 4675 . . . 48-55 
 
 3. It is found in little veins in greywacke in the great hill of Scar- 
 borough, England. 
 
 4. It is probably a mere mechanical aggregate, similar to clays in 
 general. 
 
 SCHAALSTEIN. (See Tabular Spar.) 
 SCHEELETINE. Tungstic Lead-Baryte. 
 
 Primary form. Octahedron with a square base. P on 
 P over the base =131 29' 33". 
 
 Secondary form, the primary, having the edges of the 
 base and the pyramidal edges truncated, together with the 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Scheeletine Schiller-Spar. 
 
 replacement of the angles at the summit, by four planes, 
 resting on the primary planes. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with the primary faces, indistinct. 
 
 Lustre resinous. Color green, grey, brown and red. 
 Streak white. 
 
 Hardness =2-75 . . . 3-0. Sp. gr. = 7-904 . . . 8-088. 
 
 1. It is fusible before the blow-pipe, yielding oxide of lead upon the 
 charcoal. With soda, it affords globules of metallic lead. 
 
 2. Jlnalysis. 
 Tungstic acid . . . . . . . 52-00 
 
 Oxide of lead ..... . . 48-00 
 
 3. It is a very rare substance ; and is found in minute crystals, in the 
 tin mines of Zinwald, Bohemia. 
 
 SCHEEVERITE. 
 
 In crystalline grains. 
 
 Lustre pearly, and feebly shining. Color whitish. 
 
 Friable. Rather heavier than water. 
 
 1. By heating, it emits a feeble aromatic empyreurna. It melts, very 
 readily, into a colorless liquid. The melted mineral, on cooling, crys- 
 tallizes into four-sided, acicular crystals. It burns with flame, attended 
 with feeble odor, and without leaving behind any residue. 
 
 2. Jlnalysis. 
 Carbon . . . . . . . 73-00 
 
 Hydrogen ....... 24-00 
 
 3. It is found in loosely aggregated grains, forming nests in a bed of 
 brown coal, at St. Galen in Switzerland. 
 
 SCHILLER-SPAR. Diatomous Schiller-Spar. 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Doubly oblique prism ? 
 
 Cleavage in two directions, one of them being highly 
 perfect and easily obtained, while the other appears only in 
 slight traces. Inclination between 135 and 145. Frac- 
 ture uneven, splintery. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Schiller-Spar Selencuprite. 
 
 Lustre, metallic pearly, eminently so upon the perfect 
 faces- of cleavage ; indistinctly vitreous upon the other faces. 
 Color olive-green and blackish green, inclining to pinch- 
 beck-brown upon the perfect faces of cleavage. Streak 
 greyish white, inclining a little to yellow. Translucent on 
 the edges. 
 
 Rather sectile. Hardness = 3-5 ... 4-0. Sp. gr. = 
 
 2-692. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 of various sizes of individuals. The individuals are often 
 intermingled with Serpentine. 
 
 1. Exposed to* high degree of heat, it hardens into a porcelainous 
 
 mass. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By HEYER. By VAUQUELIN. By DRAPPIER. 
 
 Silica . 52-00 ,. 62-00 .... 41-00 
 
 Magnesia . 600 . 10-00 .... 29 C 
 
 Alumina - 23-33 . 13 00 .... 
 
 Lime . 7-00 . 0-00 .... 
 
 Oxide of iron 17-50 .{JS 
 
 Water . 0-00 . 00 .... 10-00 
 
 3. The varieties of Schiller-Spar occur imbedded in simple and com- 
 pound crystalline masses in serpentine, with which they are mixed. The 
 only locality in Europe, which can be quoted with certainty, is the 
 Baste in the forest of Harzgeburg in the Hartz. It is found of a black- 
 ish color, with Serpentine and Kerolite, at Blandford, (Mass.) 
 
 SCHORL. (See Tourmaline.) 
 
 SCOLEZITE. (See Mesotype.) 
 
 SELENCUPRITE. Selencupreous Polypoione- 
 Glance. 
 
 Massive : composition impalpable. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color silver-white. Streak shining. 
 Ductile ? 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Selencuprite Serpentine. 
 
 1. Fusible before the blow-pipe into a grey globule, which is slightly 
 malleable. It is decomposed by nitric acid, and the solution deposits 
 metallic copper on a piece of clean iron. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By BERZEI.HJS. 
 
 Selenium . . . . . m 40-00 
 
 . ..... 64 . 00 
 
 3. It occurs forming black coatings upon Calcareous Spar, or in mi- 
 nute seams traversing this substance, at the copper-mine of Skrickerum 
 in Smoland. 
 
 SELENIURET OF COPPER. (See Selencuprite.) 
 SELENIURET OF LEAD. (See Clausthalite.) 
 SELENIURET OF PALLADIUM. (See Selenpalladite.) 
 
 SELENIURET OF SILVER AND COPPER. (See Eukai- 
 rite.) 
 
 SELENIURET OF SULPHUR. (See Sulpho-selenite.) 
 SELENIURET OF ZINC AND MERCURY. (See Rionite.) 
 SELENPALLADITE. 
 
 Primary form. Regular hexagonal prism. 
 ^Cleavage, parallel with the base, perfect. 
 Lustre metallic. Color white to grey. Opake. 
 Brittle. 
 
 1. Heated in a glass tube, it gives a red ring of selenium. It is fu- 
 sible into a brittle metallic globule, and dissolves with borax into a color- 
 less glass. The roasted ore affords in nitro- muriatic acid a brown solu- 
 tion, from which some chloride of silver, and crystalline chloride of lead, 
 is precipitated. The addition of cyanide of mercury, colors the solution, 
 and throws down cyanide of palladium. According to ZIJVKEN, it con- 
 sists of seleniuret of palladium, seleniuret of silver, and seleniuret of lead. 
 2. It is found with Native Gold and Clausthalite, at Zilkerode in the 
 Hartz. It is likewise said to occur in the Russian platina-mines. 
 
 SERPENTINE. Prismatic Atelene-Picrosmine. 
 Primary form. Right rectangular prism. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Serpentine. 
 
 179 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 391. 
 
 M 
 
 o on o 
 d on d 
 a on a 1 
 a on a 
 a on d 
 
 128 31' 
 97 33 
 139 34 
 105 26 
 134 13 
 
 Cleavage. Traces of, parallel with M and J, apparent 
 only in a strong light. Fracture flat conchoidal, splintery, 
 uneven. Surface almost dull, very little glistening, but 
 rather even. 
 
 Lustre resinous, indistinct, low degrees of intensity. Co- 
 lor dark blackish green and leek-green, seldom lighter 
 shades of oil-green and siskin-green colors, none of them 
 being bright : they pass into yellowish-grey. Streak white, 
 acquires some lustre. Translucent . . . opake. 
 
 Sectile. Hardness = 3-0. Sp. gr.=2-507, of a green- 
 ish black crystallized variety; =2*56, of an oil-green, 
 translucent one. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 impalpable. Varieties of this kind present also, red, brown, 
 black, yellow, and grey colors, in different veined, spotted 
 and other delineations. The purer varieties sometimes 
 possess an indistinctly slaty structure. 
 
180 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Serpentine. 
 
 1. Serpentine is divided into two subspecies, the common and pre- 
 cious ; the latter embracing those varieties which possess handsome col- 
 ors, and a tendency to conchoidal fracture ; the former includes the 
 duller colors and the slaty varieties. 
 
 2. It hardens on being exposed to fire, and melts only with great dif- 
 ficulty on the edges. 
 
 3. Analysis. 
 By JOHJV. 
 
 Silica 42-50 
 
 Magnesia 38-63 
 
 Alumina 1-00 
 
 Lime . . 0-25 
 
 Oxide of iron . . ! . . . . 1-50 
 
 Oxide of manganese ...... 0-62 
 
 Oxide of chrome ...... 0-25 
 
 Water ,. 15-20 
 
 4. Serpentine forms mountain masses and beds in^primitive rocks, and 
 frequently contains crystals, grains, or compound nodules of various oth- 
 er species. Precious Serpentine, in particular, is often mixed with 
 white limestone. 
 
 5. The different varieties of Serpentine are met with in Saxony, Sile- 
 sia, Austria, Hungary, Stiria* Italy, Corsica, Sweden, England, Scot- 
 land, and other foreign countries. 
 
 Crystallized vaiieties, of a blackish green color, sometimes of conside- 
 rable dimensions, occur at Amity, (N. Y.) disseminated through lime- 
 stone, along with black Spinel arid Ilmenite ; also at Byram, (N. J.) in 
 the same rock with red Spinel. At the last place, the color of the Ser- 
 pentine is oil-green. Serpentine, of a handsome green color, and con- 
 choidal fracture, is found at Newburyport, (Mass.) and at Newport, 
 (R. I.) ; of a very light green color, at Phillipstown, in the Highlands of 
 New York. Extensive formations of Serpentine exist in the neighbor- 
 hood of New-Fane, (Vt.) and of Middlefield, (Mass.) 
 
 SIDERITE. (See Quartz.} 
 SIDEROSCHISOLITE. (See Limonite.) 
 SILICATE OF IRON. 
 
 SILICEOUS OXIDE OF MANGANESE. (See Manganese 
 Spar.) 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Skorodite. 
 
 181 
 
 SILICO-CALCAREOUS OXIDE OF TITANIUM. (SeeSphene.) 
 SILLIMANITE. (See Bucholzite.) 
 
 SlLVER-BlSMUTH. 
 
 In acicular and capillary crystals. Massive ; composition im- 
 palpable. Fracture uneven. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color, light lead-grey. 
 
 1. Before the blow- pipe it melts with ease, and covers the charcoal 
 with oxide of lead and bismuth, leaving a globule of silver behind. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By KLAPROTH. 
 
 Lead 3300 
 
 Bismuth 27-00 
 
 Silver 15-00 
 
 Iron 4-30 
 
 Copper 090 
 
 Sulphur 16-30 
 
 3. It occurs at Schlapbach in Baden. 
 
 SILVER-BLACK. 
 
 Massive ; composition impalpable, in crusts, pulverulent. 
 Color bluish-black, sometimes blackish lead-grey. 
 
 1. It melts easily before the blow-pipe into a slaggy mass, leaving a 
 metallic button on farther heat. 
 
 2. It is found in the silver mines of Saxony, Hungary, in Siberia, and 
 in South America. 
 
 SKORODITE. Prismatic Malachite-Haloide. 
 PARTSCH. 
 
 Primary .form. Right rhombic prism. M on M=.120', 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 392. Fig. 393. 
 
 Cornwall. 
 VOL. II. 
 
 16 
 
 Saxony-. 
 
182 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Skorodite. 
 
 M on di 
 dlon d\' 
 
 141 26' 
 103 00 
 
 M on / - 103 5' 
 
 Fig. 394. 
 
 Carinthia. 
 
 Cleavage, imperfect parallel to M and f. Fracture un- 
 even. Surface, d uneven and irregularly streaked parallel 
 to its own edges. M and /streaked vertically. The rest 
 of the faces commonly very smooth and even. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to adamantine on the surface, 
 and to resinous in the interior. Color, principally leek- 
 green, which passes almost into white ; also bluish-white, 
 olive-green and liver-brown. Streak white. Semi-trans- 
 parent . . . translucent on the edges. 
 
 Rather brittle. Hardness 3-5 . . .4-0. Sp. gr. = 3'162. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it emits an arsenical odor, and melts into a 
 reddish -brown scoria, which acts upon the magnet, if it has been heated 
 long enough to drive off all the arsenic. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By CHENEVIX. By FICINUS. 
 
 from Saxony. 
 
 0000 
 
 lime & manganese. 47-80 
 . ^ . 31-40 
 18-00 
 000 
 154 
 
 from Cornwall. 
 
 Oxide of copper 
 
 225 
 
 Oxide of iron 
 
 27-5 wifh magnesia 
 
 Arsenic acid 
 
 33-5 
 
 Water 
 
 120 
 
 Silica 
 
 30 
 
 Sulphuric acid 
 
 00 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Skorodile Smaltine. 
 
 183 
 
 3. It occurs in the primitive mountains of Schwarzenberg in Saxony, 
 with Arsenical Pyrites ; at Loling near Httttenberg in Carinfhia, with 
 Leucopyrite. Beautiful specimens have been brought from Brazil.* It 
 occurs also in several of the Cornish mines, where it has commonly 
 been called Martial Arseniate of Copper. 
 
 SMALTINE. Octahedral Eruthleucone- 
 
 Py rites. 
 
 Primary form. Regular octahedron. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 i. 
 
 Primary, with the angles truncated. 
 
 Dcbschau, Saxony. 
 
 3. 
 
 Cube, with edges truncated. 
 Schneeberg, Saxony. 
 
 5. Fig. 395. 
 
 2. 
 
 Cube. 
 Schladming, Stiria. 
 
 4. 
 Rhombic dodecahedron. 
 
 6. Fig. 396. 
 
 Schneeberg. 
 
 Schneeberg. 
 
 Cleavage, traces in the direction of the primary faces, as 
 well as those parallel with the cube and dodecahedron ; the 
 first, a little the most distinct. Fracture uneven. Surface 
 
 * A considerable quantity of this rare mineral was a few years since 
 brought from the western coast of South America to Baltimore, to be 
 smelted, from whence it was re-shipped to England, before its true nature 
 was detected by the mineralogists of this country. 
 
184 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Smaltine. 
 
 generally pretty smooth; the faces of the cube often curved. 
 Subject to tarnish. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color tin-white, inclining to steel- 
 grey. Streak greyish-black. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 5-5. Sp. gr. =6*466, a cleava- 
 ble variety. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Reticulated and other imitative 
 shapes; the individuals of them being often discernible. 
 Massive : composition granular, individuals of various sizes. 
 
 1. Heated in an open tube, it emits a good deal of arsenious acid. On 
 charcoal, before tbe blow-pipe, it yields a strong smell of arsenic, and 
 melts into a greyish-black pearl, which is magnetic. With borax and 
 salt of phosphorus, it produces a sapphire-blue glass. In powder, with 
 concentrated nitric acid, it immediately developes red fumes, attended 
 with effervescence and the extrication of heat. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By STROMEYER. By JOHN. By LAUGIER. 
 
 fr. Riegelsdorf. fr. Schneeberg. fr. Bieber. 
 
 Arsenic . 74-22 . . . 65-75 . . 68-50 
 Cobalt . 20-31 . . . 2800 . . 9-60 . 
 
 Iron . 3-42 (with mang.) 6-25 . . 9-70 
 
 Copper . 16 . . . 0-00 silica . 1-00 
 
 Sulphur . 0-89 . . . 0-00 . . 7-00 
 
 3. It is principally met with in veins, traversing rocks of various ages, 
 more rarely in beds. It is accompanied by ores of silver, or by ores of 
 copper. In beds, it is attended by Mispickel and Copper-Nickel. 
 
 4. It is found in veins, traversing primitive rocks, at Schneeberg and 
 Annaberg in Saxony; also at Freiberg and Marienberg; likewise at 
 Joachimsthal in Bohemia, and in veins in killas, at Wheal Sparnon in 
 Cornwall. The veins of the counties of Sayn and Siegen, which con- 
 tain it, are included in greywacke ; and those of Thuringia and Mans- 
 feld, and of Riechelsdorf in Hessia, in cupriferous shale. It occurs in 
 beds at Schladming in Stiria, at Orawitza in the Bannat, and at Dobschau 
 in Hungary. But a single locality of Smaltine is known to exist in the 
 U. States, which is at Chatham, (Conn.), where it occurs in veins trav- 
 ersing gneiss, accompanied by Mispickel and Copper-Nickel. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 185 
 
 Sodalite. 
 
 5. It is a valuable ore for the preparation of blue enamel-colors, and 
 particularly for smalt. 
 
 SMARAGDITE. (See Pyroxene.) 
 SOAPSTONE. (See Talc.) 
 SODA-ALUM. (See Solfatarite.) 
 
 SODALITE. Dodecahedral Kouphone-Spar. 
 
 MOHS. 
 Primary form. Rhombic dodecahedron. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 i. 2. 
 
 Primary form, with the acute Cube, with edges 
 
 angles truncated. truncated. 
 
 Lake Laach. Greenland. 
 
 Grains. 
 
 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with the primary, with different de- 
 grees of perfection. Fracture conchoidal, uneven. Sur- 
 face even, though sometimes rough. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color greyish-black, passing into ash- 
 grey and brown, sometimes a whitish play of light parallel 
 to the planes of the cube, white passing to green and blue, 
 the latter often deep azure-blue. Streak paler than the 
 color. Transparent . . . translucent on the edges. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness -= 5-5 . . . 6-0. Sp. gr. =2-2 . . . 2-3. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 individuals strongly connected ; fracture uneven. 
 
 1. The present species consists of what was once believed to constitute 
 four different ones: 1. Lapis-lazuli, the deep azure blue massive va- 
 rieties, commonly found along with massive Iron Pyrites; 2. Hatiyne t 
 crystallized in dodecahedra, and in grains of a bright blue color ; 3. Sod- 
 alite, in white transparent crystals ; 4. Spinellane, in ash-grey and 
 brown crystals. 
 
 16 
 
186 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Sodalite Soda-Nitre. 
 
 2. Before the blow-pipe, Lapis-lazuli melts with difficulty into a glassy 
 globule, which is first of a bluish tinge, but soon becomes white. The 
 compact varieties melt more easily, and with a slight effervescence. It 
 is dissolved with considerable effervescence by borax, and forms with it 
 a clear globule. If previously burnt and reduced to powder, it loses its 
 color, and forms a jelly with acids. Haiiyne melts into a vesicular glass, 
 and loses its color. It effervesces if melted with glass of borax, and 
 forms a transparent globule, which becomes yellow on cooling. Soda- 
 lite, before the blow-pipe, melts with intumescence and the develope- 
 mentof air bubbles, into a colorless, glassy globule : with borax, it melts 
 with difficulty, and only when added in small proportion. Spinellane is 
 infusible, whether alone, or with additions. 
 3. Analysis. 
 
 Analysts and Sili- 
 ioarie,ties. ca. 
 
 Magne- 
 sia. 
 
 Alumi- 
 na. 
 
 Lime. 
 
 Potash fy 
 soda. 
 
 Oxide 
 of iron. 
 
 Sulphuric 
 acid. 
 
 GMELIN. 
 Lapis-lazuli. 
 
 49-00 - 
 
 2-00 
 
 - 11-00- 
 
 16-00 - 
 
 8-00 
 
 -4-00- 
 
 2-00 
 
 ECKEBERG. 
 Sodalite. 
 
 36-00 - 
 
 000 
 
 - 32-00 - 
 
 o-oo- 
 
 25-00 
 
 -0-15- 
 
 \ 6-75 
 ( mur.acid 
 
 THOMSON. 
 Sodalite. 
 
 38-52 - 
 
 0-00 
 
 - 27-48 - 
 
 2-10 - 
 
 25-50 
 
 - 1-00- 
 
 \ 3-00 
 I mur.acid 
 
 GMELIN > - 354g . 
 
 o-oo 
 
 - 18-87 - 
 
 12-00 - 
 
 15-45 
 
 |- M6- 
 
 12-39 
 
 llauyne. S 
 
 
 
 
 potash. 
 
 
 
 KLAPROTH. 
 Spinellane. 
 
 43-00 - 
 
 \ i-oo ; 
 
 ( sulphur < 
 
 - 29-50 - 
 
 1-50- 
 
 19-00 
 soda. 
 
 l - 2-00 - 
 
 o-oo 
 
 4. Lapis-lazuli has been brought from Lesser Bucharia, Thibet and 
 China. It has lately been found at Lake Baikal in Siberia, in veins with 
 Iron Pyrites, Feldspar and Garnet. Hatt.yne occurs at Albanoand Fres- 
 cati near Rome, among the products of Vesuvius; also in the neighbor- 
 hood of Puy de Dome, on the Lake of Laach, in the quarries of Nieder- 
 meunich, and in several other places near Andernach, partly imbedded 
 in pumice. Sodalite is found in West Greenland, in a bed in mica-slate, 
 from six to twelve feet thick ; and is accompanied by several species of 
 Augite-Spar and Feldspar, as well as by Zircon anl Eudyalite. It occurs 
 likewise among the minerals ejected by Mount Vesuvius. Spinellane 
 is found on the shores of Lake Laach, with Feldspar, Hornblende and 
 Magnetic Iron-Ore. 
 
 5. The variety Lapis-lazuli is cut into various ornamental articles, as 
 ring stones, snuffboxes, &.c. It is manufactured into a very costly pig- 
 ment, called Ultramarine. 
 
 SODA-NITRE. Rhombohedral Natron-S*alt. 
 Primary form. Rhomboid. Pon P =106 33'. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 1S1 
 
 Soda-Nitre Solfatarite. 
 
 Cleavage, perfect parallel with the primary faces. Frac- 
 ture conchoidal, almost imperceptible. Surface smooth. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color white. Streak white. Trans- 
 parent. 
 
 Rather sectile. Hardness = 1-5 ... 2-0. Sp. gr. = 
 2-0964. Taste cooling. 
 
 Compound Varieties. In efflorescences. 
 
 1. It melts and deflagrates with a yellow light upon red-hot charcoal, 
 but not so violently as Nitre. It is soluble in three times its weight of 
 water, at 60 F. If rubbed in an isolated state, it acquires a very strong 
 negative electricity. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By BERZELIUS. 
 
 Nitric acid .-.'.... 54-97 
 
 Soda - 45-03 
 
 It contains a little sulphate of potash. 
 
 3. It is found in immense quantity in the District of Tarapaca in Peru, 
 near the frontiers of Chili, three days' journey from La Conception, a 
 port of Chili. It also comes from Iquiqui, a port in the south pf Peru. 
 In these countries, it forms a bed many feet thick, which in some places 
 appears on the surface, occupying aji extent of more than forty leagues. 
 It is frequently mixed with clay and sand. 
 
 4. Very large quantities of this salt, purified by solution and crystal- 
 lization, are carried into Europe, and imported into the United States. 
 
 SOLFATAR1TE. Prismatic Alum-Salt.' 
 
 Massive ; composition columnar, individuals thin, straight 
 and parallel. Cleavage in one direction, perfect. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, to pearly. Color white ; transparent 
 to translucent. 
 
 Hardness=2-0...2-5. Sp. gr.==l-88. Taste sweet- 
 ish astringent. 
 
 1. It is more soluble in water than alum. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Solfatarite. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By THOMSON. By BOUSSINQAULT. ByHARTWALL. 
 from from from 
 Mendoza, S.A. Rio-Saldana. Milo. 
 
 By Ross, 
 from 
 Copiapo. 
 
 Sulphuric acid 
 
 37-700 
 
 36-40 
 
 - 40-31 - 
 
 36-97 
 
 Alumina 
 
 12-000 
 
 16-00 
 
 - 14-98 - 
 
 14-63 
 
 Water 
 
 41-900 
 
 46-60 
 
 - 40-94 - 
 
 44-64 
 
 Soda 
 
 7-960 
 
 0-00 
 
 1-13 - 
 
 0-00 
 
 Potash 
 
 0-000 
 
 0-00 
 
 0-26 - 
 
 000 
 
 Silica 
 
 0-022 
 
 0-00 
 
 1-13 - 
 
 137 
 
 Lime 
 
 2256 
 
 0-02 
 
 o-oo - 
 
 000 
 
 Peroxide of iron - 
 
 0-207 
 
 0-04 
 
 - traces. - 
 
 2-58 
 
 Magnesia 
 Protox. manganese 
 
 } 0-796 
 
 C 00 
 
 c o-oo 
 
 085 - 
 
 o-oo - 
 
 0-14 
 000 
 
 Muriatic acid 
 
 0-100 
 
 o-oo 
 
 0-400 - 
 
 0-00 
 
 3. This substance is found in the solfataras of Guadaloupe, the Lipari 
 islands, at Milo and other islands in the Grecian archipelago ; at Copi- 
 apo, a province of Coquimbo in Chili, where it forms with White Cop- 
 peras a large mass ; and at Mendoza near the foot of the Andes. 
 
 SOMMERVILLITE. (See Idocrase.) 
 SOMMITE. (See JVepheline.) 
 
 SORDAWALLITE. 
 
 Massive : composition impalpable ; no trace of cleavage. Frac- 
 ture conchoidal. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to semi-metallic. Color greenish 
 black or greyish black. Opake. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness, equal to that of glass. Sp. gr. = 2-53. 
 1. It becomes reddish by exposure to the atmosphere. Before the 
 blow-pipe, it forms with difficulty a blackish globule. With a small 
 quantity of soda, it yields a blackish green globule ; with a larger quan- 
 tity, a rough slaggy mass is produced. Borax dissolves it into a green 
 It is partly soluble in muriatic acid. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By NORDEJVSKIOL.D. 
 
 Silica 
 
 Alumina ..... 
 
 Peroxide of iron - - 
 Magnesia ..... 
 
 Phosphoric acid - .... 
 
 Water 
 
 49-40 
 13-80 
 1817 
 10-67 
 228 
 4-38 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Spathic Iron. 
 
 189 
 
 3. It occurs near the town of Sordawala in Finland, in layers from 
 aalf an inch to one inch in thickness, in a primitive rock. 
 
 SPATHIC IRON. Brachy_;ypous Parachrose- 
 Baryte. MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Rhomboid. P on P=107. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Przibram, Bohemia. 
 
 Wheal Maudlin, 
 Cornwall, 
 
 Przibram, Bohemia' 
 
 Fig. 402. 
 
 Fig. 400. 
 
 Fig. 401. 
 
 Cornwall. 
 
 Cornwall, 
 
 Fig. 397. Primary form, with the summits truncated. 
 Fig. 398. Primary form, with the lateral angles trunca- 
 ted. Fig. 399. Similar to Fig. 398, but having the upper 
 edges of the rhomboid so deeply truncated, as to give rise 
 
190 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Spathic Iron. 
 
 to new planes g. g on g = 136 34'. Fig. 400. o on v 
 
 Cleavage, perfect parallel with P ; rarely, traces of g. 
 Fracture imperfectly conchoidal. 
 
 Surface, o generally rough ; P often rounded, which 
 terminates in the saddle shaped lens. Fig. 403. o streaked 
 parallel to the edges of combination with P ; u rough. The 
 common lens is produced by continued striae between g 
 and P. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to pearly. Color various 
 shades of yellowish grey, passing into ash-grey and green- 
 ish grey ; also into several kinds of yellow, white and red. 
 Streak white. Translucent, in different degrees. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness=3*5 . . . 4-5. Sp. gr. = 3-829. 
 
 Compound J^arieties. Striae upon the faces of P in the 
 direction of the horizontal diagonals ; and faces of compo- 
 sition parallel to g prove the existence of a regular compo- 
 sition. Botryoidal and globular shapes : composition co- 
 lumnar, surface drusy. Massive : composition granular, 
 passing into impalpable. 
 
 1. The massive varieties of the present species are often regularly 
 compound in the direction of the faces of g, as in the annexed figure. 
 Fig. 403. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 191 
 
 Spathic Iron. 
 
 It is sometimes possible to obtain from them by fracture the form of g, 
 bounded on all sides by faces of composition, without presenting a single 
 real face of cleavage. There is no distinct cleavage parallel to the face 
 of g. The saddle shape lenses are in part composed of several individu- 
 als nearly in parallel position, but the axes of which are slightly di- 
 verging. 
 
 2. Before the blow-pipe, it becomes black, and acts upon the mag- 
 netic needle, but does not melt. It colors glass of borax green. It is 
 soluble with difficulty, and effervesces but little in nitric acid, particu- 
 larly if not reduced to powder. On being exposed to the air, it is gradu- 
 ally decomposed ; first the color of the surface becomes brown or black ; 
 afterwards the streak is changed into red or brown, hardness and sp. gr. 
 are diminished, and even the chemical constitution is altered, the whole 
 being converted into hydrate of iron. 
 
 3. Analysis. 
 
 By KLAPROTH. 
 
 A botryoidal variety. A cleavable variety. 
 
 Protoxide of iron - 63 75 - - - 57-50 
 
 Carbonic acid - 34-00 - - - 36 00 
 
 Oxide of manganese - 0-75 - - - 3-30 
 
 Lime 00 - - - 1-25 
 
 Magnesia 0-52 - 000 
 
 4. Spathic Iron is frequently found along with compound varieties of 
 Calcareous Spar in beds in gneiss, mica slate, clay-slate and newer- 
 rocks ; sometimes with Limonite and Specular Iron, Heavy Spar, and 
 other species. It likewise occurs in metalliferous veinsTaccornpanied 
 by Galena, Fahlerz, Iron Pyrites, &c. More rarely, it occurs in the 
 cavities of trap rocks. 
 
 5. The beds in which the varieties of the present species are found in 
 immense quantities in Stiria. Carinthia, and the bordering countries, 
 form connected tracts, which extend along the chain of the Alps, on one 
 side into Austria, and on the other into Salzburg. The celebrated Erz- 
 berg near Eisenerz, is situated in one of them At Freiberg, it is found 
 in silver veins. It is found with Tin-Ore, at Ehrenfreidersdorf in Saxo- 
 ny, Wheal Maudlin, St. Just, and other places in Cornwall. It is also 
 found, in more or less considerable masses, in Bohemia, Bayreuth, WUr- 
 temberg, Switzerland, France, Spain, and many other countries. 
 
 A very considerable vein of Spathic Iron exists in the United States, 
 atRoxbury, (Conn.) which traverses in a vein of Quartz, a mountain of 
 
192 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Spathic Iron. 
 
 gneiss for the distance of a mile. A bed of it also exists at Plymouth, 
 (Vt.) It is found in small quantity at Lane's mine in Monroe, (Conn.) 
 
 APPENDIX TO SPATHIC IRON. 
 i. Kaminoxene Carbon- Spar. BREITHAUPT. 
 
 P on P = 107. 
 
 Cleavage, perfect parallel with P, traces parallel with o. 
 Hardness (scale of BREITHAUPT) = 5. Sp. gr. = 3-765. 
 1. It appears that 1 p. c. of oxide of manganese is essential to the pres- 
 ent species. To it belongs the white Sparry-iron from Vorgtlande, from 
 Bayreuth, and from Siegen in Prussia. 
 
 ii. Olizone Carbon-Spar. BREITHAUPT. 
 
 Pon P = 107 3'. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with P perfect. 
 
 Hardness (scale of BREITHAUPT) = 5-0 . . . 5-25. 
 
 Sp. gr. = 3-7453, from Ehrenfriedersdorf. 
 
 Analysis. 
 By MAGNUS. 
 
 Carbonate of iron - - - - - 59-99 
 Carbonate of manganese ----- 40-66 
 
 iii. Mlotropose Carbon-Spar. BREITHAUPT. 
 Pon P = 107o H/. 
 Cleavage, parallel with P perfect. 
 Hardness (scale of BREITHAUPT) = 5-25 . . . 5-50. 
 Sp. gr. = 2 992, from Hall in Tyrol. 
 
 = 3-001, a liver-brown variety. * 
 
 Analysis. 
 By STROMEYER. 
 
 Carbonate of magnesia - 89-70 
 
 Carbonate of iron 8-02 
 
 Carbonate of manganese - 2-44 
 
 iv. Mesitine Carbon- Spar. BREITHAUPT. 
 PonP=107 14'. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with P very perfect; traces parallel with o. 
 Color dark greyish and yellowish grey. Transparent and trans- 
 lucent. 
 
 Hardness (scale of BREITHAUPT) = 5-00. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Spathic Iron Specular Iron. 
 
 193 
 
 C 3'350 7 
 Sp. gr. = 2 Q.Qgo from Traversella, Piedmont. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe it decrepitates; in muriatic acid, and in nitric 
 acid, a feeble effervescence takes place, but it is entirely soluble. It 
 probably contains magnesia, lime, protoxide of iron, and oxide of manga- 
 nese. 
 
 2. It occurs at Freiberg, as well as in Piedmont and the island of Elba. 
 
 SPECULAR IRON. Rhombohedral Iron-Ore. 
 
 MOHS. 
 Primary form. Rhomboid. P on P = 85 58' . . . 86 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 i. 404. 
 
 Fig. 405. 
 
 Vesuvius. 
 
 Elba. 
 
 Fig. 406. 
 
 Fig. 407. 
 
 Framont. 
 
 Elba. 
 
 VOL. II. 
 
 17 
 
194 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Specular Iron. 
 
 Fig. 408. 
 
 Fig. 409. 
 
 Framont. 
 
 Fig. 410. 
 
 Elba. 
 
 Fig. 404. Primary form with summits truncated. P on 
 = 122 40'. (base, HAUY.) Fig. 205. Primary, with the 
 summits replaced by three planes, which, if extended, would 
 lead to an obtuse rhomboid, s on 5=142 56'. (birhom- 
 boidal, HAUY.) Fig. 406. The same with Fig. 405, but 
 having the upper edges of the rhomboid bevelled by planes 
 n. nonn=128. (binoternaire. HAUY.) Fig. 407. n 
 on = 1 19 34', (trapezien. HAUY.) Fig. 409. P on b 
 = 113 32. oonz = 90. (equivalent, HAUY.) Fig. 410. 
 / = 13853'. Pong-=166 25'. equipollent, HAUY.) 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 195 
 
 Specular Iron. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with P and o. In some varieties 
 scarcely any traces appear, while in others it seems to be 
 perfect, which however, must in a great measure be attrib- 
 uted to composition. Fracture conchoidal, uneven. Sur- 
 face, s is horizontally streaked, sometimes so deeply that it 
 appears rounded ; P is sometimes streaked parallel to the 
 edges of combination with n; y is uneven, and often curved. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color dark steel-grey, iron-black. 
 Streak cherry-red, reddish brown. Surface frequently 
 tarnished ; generally with the exception of o, which may 
 be useful in finding the true position of the crystals, when 
 they become complicated. Opake ; very thin laminae are 
 faintly translucent, and show a deep blood red color. 
 
 Brittle. Sometimes feeble action upon the magnetic 
 needle. Hardness = 5*5 . . . 6*5. Sp. gr. = 5*251, a crys- 
 talline variety from Sweden. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals. 1. Axis of rev- 
 olution perpendicular; face of composition parallel to o ; 
 the individuals are continued beyond the face of composi- 
 tion. (Altenberg, Saxony.) Sometimes two individuals in 
 ^the same position are joined in a face of w, and terminate at 
 this face. (Stromboli.) 2. Axis of revolution perpendicu- 
 lar, face of composition parallel to a face of P. 
 
 Globular, reniform, botryoidal, and stalactitic shapes : 
 surface generally smooth, composition more or less thin co- 
 lumnar, sometimes even, impalpable ; in this case the lustre 
 becomes imperfectly metallic, and the color red ; fracture 
 of impalpable compound varieties, even, flat conchoidal, or 
 uneven. Compound varieties often join in a second and 
 third composition, which are curved lamellar and granular; 
 the junction of granular masses produces frequently very 
 
196 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Specular Iron. 
 
 smooth faces, while the reniform surface of the curved la- 
 mellar compositions is rough, and obtained with more diffi- 
 culty, by separating the particles, than the first. Massive : 
 composion, 1. Columnar, generally imperfect, thick, and 
 diverging from common centres. 2. Granular, and often 
 impalpable ; sometimes very distinct and easily separated ; 
 often, however, they are strongly coherent : if they are im- 
 palpable, their lustre decreases, their color becomes red, 
 and the fracture even, uneven, or flat conchoidal. 3. La- 
 mellar, joined in the face of o, thick and variously bent ; 
 sometimes, however, they are so thin, that they allow blood- 
 red light to pass ; if they are still thinner, their color be- 
 comes red altogether, and their lustre imperfectly metallic ; 
 the faces of composition are often irregularly streaked. 
 When the cohesion among the particles is diminished, the 
 lamellar varieties become scaly and glimmering, the granu- 
 lar ones earthy and dull. Pseudornorphoses in the shape 
 of Calcareous Spar, Fluor, &c. 
 
 1. Owing to a want of attention to the simple and compound state of 
 he contents of the present species, has arisen its subdivision into two 
 species by the majority of mineralogists; viz. into Specular Iron- Ore 
 and Red Iron- Ore. Specular Iron contains all the simple varieties, and 
 those of the compound ones which have not lost their metallic appear- 
 ance by the too small size of their component individuals. Those in 
 thin lamellar compositions have been called Micaceous Specular Iron, 
 while the rest form the Common Specular Iron. Those varieties 
 which have lost their metallic appearance, are included within the Red 
 Iron-Ore, divided into Fibrous Red Iron or Red Hematite, which oc- 
 curs in reniform and other imitative shapes, and consists of columnar 
 particles of composition ; into Compact and Ochrey Red Iron, which are 
 massive, and consist of impalpable, granular individuals, more or less 
 firmly connected; and into Scaly Red Iron, or Red Iron- Foam, consist- 
 ing of very small scaly particles, which in most cases are but slightly 
 coherent. This variety is in immediate connexion with the micaceous 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 197 
 
 Specular Iron. 
 
 Specular Iron, between which and the crystallized Specular Iron 
 there exists an uninterrupted transition. Among the varieties of Clay 
 Iron- Ore, the following may be considered as an appendix to the pres- 
 ent species, all of which are of a red color, but more or less impure, and 
 mixed with earthy substances, Reddle possesses an earthy, coarse slaty 
 fracture; it soils and writes, and maybe used as a drawing material. 
 Jaspery Clay Iron- Ore, has an even or large flat conchoidal fracture, 
 and a hardness which is considerable, if compared with other minerals of 
 a similar formation. Columnar and Lenticular Clay Iron- Ore are dis- 
 tinguished, the first by the columnar form, the latter by the flattish gran- 
 ular form of its particles of composition. 
 
 2. Specular Iron is infusible before the blow-pipe, but melts with 
 borax, and forms a green or yellow glass, like pure oxide of iron. It is 
 likewise soluble in heated muriatic acid. 
 
 3. Analysis. 
 
 A _, t Varieties and Ox. of Ox. Si- ,. Alu- Wa- To- 
 
 localities. iron. man?, lica. Lllrie - mina. ter. tal. 
 
 BUCHOLZ. Micaceous Tron-Oro. . 100-00 . O'O . 0-00 . O'O . 0-00 . O'O. 100-00 
 
 D'AUBISSON. Red Hematite. Framont. . 90-00 .trace. 2-00 . 1-0 . 000 . 3'0. 96-00 
 
 " " " . 94-00 .trace. 2-00 .trace. 0.00 . 2.0. 98'00 
 
 BUCHOLZ. Compact Red Iron. . 100-00 . 0-0 . 0-00 . 0-0 . 0-00 . 0-0. 100-00 
 
 LAMPADIUS. Compact Red Iron. . 65-40 . 2'7 . 20-70? 00 . 9'3 .0-0. 98-10 
 
 BUCHOLZ. Red Iron-Foam. . 100-00 . 0-0 . 00 . 0-0 . 0-0 . 0-0. 100-00 
 
 HENRY. " " . 94-50.0.0. 4-25? . 1-25 . 00. 100-00 
 
 The clay iron-ores, being more or less mixed with earthy substances, 
 vary in their contents, and several of their properties are dependent upon 
 the nature of these admixtures. Thus lenticular clay iron-ore is very 
 'rich, while the columnar variety contains hut little iron, and is produced 
 from nodoK of common clay, which have been converted by the influ- 
 ence of heat from burning coal seams, the one into columnar clay iron- 
 ore, the other into porcelain Jasper. 
 
 4. It occurs most commonly in beds and veins in ancient rocks. Clay 
 iron-ore forms either by itself beds in secondary mountains, or it is in- 
 cluded in beds of clay in the shape of nodules or irregular masses. Spec- 
 ular Iron-Ore occurs in crystals among the rocks ejected by Vesuvius, 
 and lining the cavities and fissures of lava, where it seems to be a pro- 
 duct of sublimation. In beds, it is generally accompanied by other ores 
 of iron, several species of earthy minerals, as Epidote, Hornblende and 
 Augite, Calcareous Spar and Quartz. 
 
 17* 
 
198 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Specular Iron Sphene. 
 
 5. The most beautiful crystals hitherto known, for size and form, are 
 found in the island of Elba, along with Iron Pyrites and Quartz. Splen- 
 did geodes of crystals also come from Framontin Loraine, St. Gothardin 
 Switzerland, and Dauphiny; at the last mentioned place, they occur in 
 veins in primitive rocks. Other localities are, the vicinity of Vesuvius 
 and the island of Stromboli, Norway, Sweden and Stiria. Micaceous 
 Iron-Ore is very common in the beds of Spathic Iron, in Stiria and Ca- 
 rinthia. Red Iron-Ore is found in Saxony, Bohemia, the Hartz, the 
 Fichtelgebiirge, at Ulverstone in Lancashire, and other places in Eng- 
 land, and in many other countries. Jasper clay iron-ore is almost entire- 
 ly confined to Lower Austria ; the columnar variety occurs in several 
 lecalities of the north of Bohemia, in the countries of Elbogen and Leit- 
 meritz ; the lenticular Clay Iron-Ore forms a bed in the transition dis- 
 trict of Central Bohemia, in the counties of Pilsen, Beraun, &c. 
 
 But few localities of crystallized Specular Iron are known in the U. 
 States. What was believed to be Specular Iron, from Amity, (N. Y.), 
 and which occurs along with Spinel in limestone and Serpentine, is Crich- 
 tonite. Druses of lenticular or micaceous crystals, are found at Fow- 
 ler, St. Lawrence co. (N.Y.) The Micaceous Iron, in large masses, 
 consisting of thin waved laminae, themselves composed of the finest 
 scales, occurs at Hawley, (Mass.) Red Hematite is found atTicondero- 
 ga, upon Lake George ; and Lenticular clay-Iron ore is abundant 
 throughout the western part of New York. Pebbles of compact Red 
 Iron-Ore are found throughout the hills in the vicinity of Marietta, 
 (Ohio.) 
 
 6. Specular Iron is an ore of the highest importance, and yields a con- 
 siderable proportion of the iron annually produced in the different quar* 
 fers of the globe. Red Hematite, sometimes also, compact Red Iron- 
 Ore, are used for polishing metals, and Reddle as a writing material. 
 
 SPHENE. Prismatic Er uthrone-Ore. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. M on M = 
 133 30'. P on M =121 50'. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Sphene. 
 
 199 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 411. 
 
 Fig. 413. 
 
 c 
 
 Fig. 414. 
 
 Arendal, Norway- 
 Roger's Rock, 
 Lake George. 
 
 P on a 
 
 159 
 
 44 X> 
 
 P on c 
 
 140 
 
 52 
 
 P on e2 - 
 
 158 
 
 18 
 
 P on e3 - 
 
 154 
 
 20 
 
 P on e4 - 
 
 146 
 
 30 
 
 P on e5 - 
 
 120 
 
 2 
 
 M on a 
 
 139 
 
 30 ; 
 
 M on b 
 
 124 
 
 35 
 
 M on c 
 
 86 
 
 20 
 
 M on e2 - 
 
 119 
 
 35 
 
 M on eS - 
 
 116 
 
 42 
 
 M on e5 - 
 
 138 
 
 42 
 
 Mon / - 
 
 151 
 
 20 
 
 Arendal, Norway Roger's 
 Rock, Lake George. 
 
 Fig. 415. 
 
 St. 
 
 Gothard. 
 
 
 * M on c 
 
 120 
 
 2' 
 
 b on b - 
 
 167 
 
 
 
 b on c 
 
 139 
 
 30 
 
 c on e?l - 
 
 146 
 
 44 
 
 c on e2 - 
 
 145 
 
 18 
 
 c on e4 - 
 
 154 
 
 52 
 
 dlondl' - 
 
 113 
 
 24 
 
 e?2 on d2' - 
 
 135 
 
 60 
 
 c?2 on e4 - 
 
 152 
 
 30 
 
 dl on e2 - 
 
 152 
 
 45 
 
 el on el' - 
 
 175 
 
 42 
 
 e2 on e2' - 
 
 136 
 
 40 
 
 e4 on e4' - 
 
 113 
 
 50 
 
200 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Sphene. 
 
 Cleavage sometimes distinct in the direction of d : tra- 
 ces parallel with M. Fracture imperfectly conchoidal, un- 
 even. Surface, b and M almost always faintly streaked, par- 
 allel to the edges of combination with d. The remaining 
 faces are mostly smooth, and often possess high degrees of 
 lustre. 
 
 Lustre adamantine, sometimes inclining to resinous. 
 Color brown, yellow, grey, green ; they are not lively, some 
 pistachio-green ones excepted. Streak white. Translu- 
 cent . . . translucent on the edges. 
 
 Hardness =5*0 . . . 5-5. Sp. gr. =3*468, of a massive 
 yellowish grey variety from Norway. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals : faces of compo- 
 sition parallel, axis of revolution perpendicular to c; some- 
 times the individuals are continued beyond the faceofecJm- 
 position. Massive : composition granular or lamellar, the 
 first are strongly connected. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, the yellow varieties do not change their col- 
 or; all the rest become yellow. They intumesce a little* and melt on 
 the edges into a dark colored enamel. They are soluble in heated nitric 
 acid, leaving behind a siliceous residue. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KLAPROTH. By CORDIER. 
 
 Lime . . 33-00 . . . 3220 
 
 Oxide of titanium . 33-00 . . . 33 30 
 Silica . . 35-00 . . . 28-00 
 
 Oxide of manganese . a trace . . . 0-00 
 
 3. Sphene occurs in small nodules or crystals imbedded in gneiss and 
 beds of sienite and other trap rocks, belonging to them, or to more re- 
 cent classes of mountains. It is met with in metalliferous beds with ores 
 of iron, several species of Augite Spar and Feldspar: likewise in beds of 
 primitive limestone, and in veins which traverse primitive rocks. 
 
 4. It occurs in several districts of the Saualpe in Carinthia, imbedded 
 in coarse grained gneiss; at Hafnerzell in the district of Passau, it occurs. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 201 
 
 Sphene. 
 
 in a bed in gneiss, consisting almost entirely of Augite Spars and Feld- 
 spars. At \Tindisch-Kappel in Carinthia and near Dresden in Saxony, in 
 similarly compound rocks of a newer date. It occurs in beds of iron ore 
 at Arendal in Norway; in veins at St. Gothard in Switzerland, in the 
 Felbcrthal in Salzburg, and in many other places in the Alps. It is 
 found besides, in France and at several places in Scotland. It occurs in 
 Canada, at Grenville associated with Tabular Spar and Plumbago.* 
 
 It is found in the greatest abundance in the United States, at Roger's 
 Rock on Lake George, disseminated in small brown crystals through an 
 aggregate of Feldspar and Pyroxene. A similar variety is found, crys- 
 tallized and massive, in nodules and geodes with Pyroxene and Petalite, 
 in the limestone of Bolton, (Mass.) In small quantity also, in round- 
 ed grains and imperfect crystals, disseminated through limestone with 
 Hornblende, &c., at Edenville and Amity, (N. Y.), and at Trumbull, 
 (Conn.) 
 
 SPHEROSIDERITE. (See Spathic Iron.) 
 
 SPHEROSTILBITE. * 
 
 Massive : globules formed in vesicular cavities. Composition 
 columnar, radiating from the centre. 
 
 Lustre pearly, very brilliant on the fracture. 
 
 Fibres flexible. Surface of the globules scratched by the nail. 
 Sp. gr. =2-31. 
 
 1 Fusible before the blow -pipe, with exfoliation and effervescence. 
 Forming a jelly with the acids. The solution yields a precipitate with 
 the oxalate of ammonia. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By BEUDANT. 
 
 from Faroe. 
 
 Silica 55-91 
 
 Alumina 16-61 
 
 Lime 9-03 
 
 Soda 068 
 
 Water 17.84 
 
 * The specimens from this locality cleave constantly and with great 
 perfection, parallel with a rhombic prism of 123 30', which is oblique 
 from an acute edge. 
 
202 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Spinel. 
 
 3. It occurs, implanted upon Stilbite from Faroe. 
 
 4. Its properties as given above, do not appear to justify the formation 
 of a new species. 
 
 SPHERULITE. (See Pitchstone.) 
 
 SPINEL. Do decahedral Corundum. MOHS. 
 Primary form. Regular octahedron. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 1. 2. 3. 
 
 Primary with edges Primary with edg- Primary with edges 
 
 truncated. 
 Hamburg, (N. J.) 
 
 es bevelled. 
 Vesuvius. 
 
 4. Fig. 416. 
 
 and angles truncated. 
 Hamburg, (N. J.) 
 
 Hamburg, (N. J.) 
 
 5. 
 
 Primary with edges replaced by three planes, 
 
 and angles by four planes resting 
 
 on the primary faces. 
 
 Vesuvius. 
 
 Cleavage parallel with the primary form difficult. Frac- 
 ture conchoidal. Surface smooth, the faces t sometimes 
 striated parallel to the edges of combination with the octa- 
 hedron. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color red, passing into blue and green, 
 also into yellow, brown and black. Sometimes nearly 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 203 
 
 Spinel. 
 
 white. Streak white. Transparent . . . translucent, only 
 on the edges, if the color be very dark. 
 
 Hardness =8-0. Sp. gr. =3-523, of a transparent va- 
 riety, between cochineal-red and carmine-red. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals, face of composi- 
 tion parallel, axis of revolution perpendicular to a face of 
 the octahedron. Sometimes parallel to several faces of the 
 octahedron. 
 
 1. The red varieties, exposed to heat, become black andopake; on 
 cooling they appear first green, then almost colorless, and at last, reas- 
 sume their red color. With borax, they fuse with difficulty, with salt 
 of phosphorus a little more easily. The dark colored varieties yield a 
 deep green globule. Spinel assumes positive electricity by friction. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 - Silica. Ma s ? ne ' 
 
 * of 
 
 Analysts. Varieties and localities. J 
 
 BERZELIUS. Blue, Aken. - 72-250 - 5-450 - 14-830 - 4-260 
 
 KLAPROTH. Red. -74-500-15-500- 8-250- 1-500 
 
 DESCOTILS. Gr 6 ^ 8 ^ 1 ^ ^ . 68 000 - 2-000 - 12-000 - 16-000 - 0-000 - 98-00 
 THOMSON. Gree ,? Hamburg, ? . 73.308 - 5.620 - 13-622 - 
 
 Lime. Total. 
 
 - 0-000 - 96-58 
 
 - 0-750 - 98-50 
 
 THOMSON. 
 ABICH. 
 
 ABICH. 
 
 (N. J.) 
 
 Black, Amity, 
 
 (N. Y.) 
 
 Black, Vesuvius. 
 Red! Ceylon. 
 
 - 61-788 - 5-596 - 17-868 - 
 
 - 67-460 - 2-380 - 25-950 - 
 
 - 69 010 - 2-020 - 26-210 - 
 
 $ 7-420 ; 
 ( protox. \ 
 \ 16-564 ; 
 \ protox. \ 
 \ 5-060 , 
 I protox. < 
 
 - trace - 99-98 
 
 - 2-804 - 98-72 
 
 - 1-100-100-00 
 
 c MOO ; 
 
 0-710 - < protox. 
 ( chrome. 
 
 3. Crystals from Ceylon and from several places in the United States, 
 occur imbedded in white limestone. It is found also in veins with Cal- 
 careous Spar in serpentine, and in gneiss. Other varieties belong to 
 druses in volcanic rocks. Besides which, it is found abundantly in more 
 recent deposits, formed by diluvial or alluvial action, along with crystals 
 of Corundum, Zircon and other gems. 
 
 4. The red, transparent crystals are almost exclusively brought from 
 Ceylon, where they occur in the sand of rivers. In Sadermanland in 
 Sweden, bluish and pearl-grey varieties occur imbedded in granular 
 limestone. Dark colored crystals, called Pleonaste, are found in Ceylon 
 in sand, and in implanted crystals on Vesuvius. 
 
204 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Spinel Spodumene. 
 
 The United States afford some very remarkable varieties of the pres- 
 ent species; the most distinguished of which is one of a black color in 
 crystals, varying from one to sixteen inches in circumference, which is 
 found at Amity, (N. Y.) These crystals exist in groups, often lining the 
 sides of partial veins with Calcareous Spar and Crichtonite in serpentine. 
 They are often in twin-crystals. The same neighborhood produces an 
 abundance of smaller crystals of various shades of green, black, red and 
 brown, and which are imbedded in granular limestone, usually associated 
 with Brucite, Hornblende and Pyroxene. The secondary forms above 
 quoted are found at Hamburg, (N. J.) where they are found in Cal- 
 careous Spar and Quartz, associated with Scapolite. They present rich 
 shades of green and blue, and frequently the crystals are transparent 
 Pearl-grey crystals, simple and compound are found at Newton, (N. 
 J.) in limestone accompanying the blue Corundum, Tourmaline and 
 Rutile. Black Spinel has been found at Munroe, (N. Y.) Green and 
 blue, and more rarely red varieties occur in Bolton, Boxborough and 
 Littleton, (Mass.) imbedded in white limestone. 
 
 SPINELLANE. (See Sodalite.) 
 
 SPODUMENE. Prismatoidal Disthene-Spar. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. M on M = 
 93. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel to the shorter diagonal of the prism? 
 perfect also to bases crblique to the obtuse edge of the prism 
 and forming with it angles of 135 . . . 138, less perfect 
 than the former. In distinct cleavages also, apparently 
 forming tangent truncations of the acute solid angles. 
 Fracture uneven. 
 
 Lustre pearly. Color various shades of greyish-green ; 
 passing into greenish-white. Streak white. Translucent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 6-5 ... 7-0. Sp. gr. = 3-170. 
 
 Compound J^arieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 of various sizes of individuals, generally large. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Spodumene. 
 
 205 
 
 1. If exposed to the heat of the blow-pipe, it loses transparency and 
 color, intumesces, exfoliates and then melts into a nearly colorless 
 transparent glass. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By ARFVEDSON. 
 
 Silica . . 66-40 
 
 Alumina . . 25-30 
 
 Lithia . . 8-85 
 
 Oxide of iron . . 1 45 
 
 Oxide of manganese . 0-00 
 
 By THOMSON. 
 
 from Ireland. 
 
 63-313 
 
 28-508 
 
 5604 
 
 0-728 
 
 0-828 
 
 3. It occurs in primitive rocks, particularly in granite, associated with 
 Quartz, Mica, Albite and Tourmaline. 
 
 4. It was first discovered at Uton in Sudermanlan, Sweden; but was 
 afterwards found also at Sterzing in the Tyrol, and Killiney in Ireland. 
 
 It was first found in the United States, at Goshen, (Mass.) though 
 it passed for some time under the name of Augite. Two deposits of it 
 exist in that town, both of which are in granite ; at one of them, it is 
 associated with blue Tourmaline and Beryl. It exists also in the neigh- 
 boring town of Chesterfield, and at Sterling, in the same state. 
 
 APPENDIX TO SPODUMENE. 
 
 1. Killinite. The mineral described under this name, is found at Kil- 
 liney near Dublin in Ireland, associated with Spodumene, with which 
 it agrees in the cleavages, and from which it differs in hardness and sp. 
 gr. Its hardness = 4 00 and Sp. gr. =2-698. These differences how- 
 ever, appear to depend upon incipient decomposition. Before the blow- 
 pipe it becomes white, intumesces and melts into a white enamel. 
 
 Jin a lysis. 
 By BARKER. 
 
 Silica . . 5249 
 
 Alumina . . 2450 
 
 Potash . . 500 
 
 Protoxide of iron . 2-49 
 Lime . . 000 
 
 Magnesia with manganese 00 
 Protoxide of manganese 0-75 
 Water . . 5-00 
 
 VOL. II. 18 
 
 By LEHUNT. 
 49-08 
 
 By BLYTHE. 
 47975 
 
 3060 
 
 31041 
 
 6-72 
 
 6063 
 
 227 
 
 2328 
 
 0-68 
 
 0724 
 
 1-08 
 
 0-459 
 
 0-00 
 
 1-255 
 
 1000 
 
 10-000 
 
206 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Staurotide. 
 
 Its difference in composition from the Spodumene, it will be seen, 
 arises from the presence of water, and the substitution of potash for, 
 lithia. 
 
 STAUROTIDE. Prismatoidal Garnet. MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M = 
 129 31'. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 1. 
 
 Primary form with the acute 
 lateral edges truncated. 
 
 2. Fig. 417. 
 
 M on a =137 58'. 
 
 Cleavage, h perfect but interrupted, M in traces. 
 Fracture conchoidal, uneven. Surface P sometimes very 
 rough and corroded, hollowed out in the centre. The rest 
 of the faces generally of the same quality either rough or 
 smooth. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to resinous. Color reddish- 
 brown, or brownish-red, very dark. Streak while. Trans- 
 lucent, frequently on the edges. 
 
 Hardness =7-0 . . . 7-5. Sp. gr. =3-724, crystals from 
 St. Gothard ; that of columnar twin-crystals from Spain, 
 the substance of which is less homogeneous, is between 
 3-3 and 3-4. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Staurotide. 
 
 207 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals. Face of com- 
 position parallel, axis of revolution perpendicular to the 
 longer diagonal of the prism. Angle of revolution =90; 
 fig. 418. Face of composition parallel, and axis of rev- 
 olution perpendicular to a face replacing the terminal edg- 
 es, angle of revolution = 60, fig. 419. The individuals 
 in both cases, are continued beyond the face of composi- 
 tion, and produce cruciform groupes. By the addition of 
 a third individual to the latter, groupes resembling stars with 
 six radii, are formed. 
 
 Fig. 418. Fig. 419. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe this species does not fuse, but only assumes a 
 dark color. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By VAUQUELIN. By KLAPROTH. 
 
 from Brittany. from St. Gothard. 
 
 3300 . . . 37-50 
 
 44-00 . . 41-00 
 
 Silica 
 
 Alumina 
 
 Lime . . 3-84 
 
 Magnesia . . 0-00 
 
 Oxide of iron . . 13-00 
 
 Oxide of manganese 1-00 
 
 000 
 
 0-50 
 
 18-25 
 
 0-50 
 
 3. It occurs in imbedded crystals in primitive rocks, particularly in 
 mica-slate, in simple and compound crystals, accompanied by Kyanite, 
 Garnet, &c. 
 
 4. Simple crystals occur on St. Gothard in Switzerland, and the Grein- 
 er Mountain in Zillerthal in the Tyrol, sometimes curiously aggregated 
 
208 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Staurotide. 
 
 with crystals of Kyanite, into a continuous mass with parallel axes, the 
 perfect planes of cleavage of the two crystals being coincident. Twin- 
 crystals occur in Spain, Portugal, France, Scotland and Brazil. 
 
 It is particularly abundant in the mica-slate region of the United 
 States. The most interesting localities for the size and perfection of its 
 crystals are, Franconia, (N. H.) New York, three and a half miles 
 from the city, Bolton and Tolland, (Conn.) Chesterfield, (Mass.) Harps- 
 well and Winthrop, (Maine.) 
 
 STEATITE. See Talc.) 
 STEINHEIJLITE. (See lolite.) 
 
 STERNBERGITE. Monotomous Polypoione- 
 G Ian c e. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M =119 
 30'. 
 
 Secondary form. Primary form, with the acute edges 
 truncated. 
 
 Cleavage, highly perfect parallel to P ; the lamina? may 
 be torn asunder like thin sheet-lead. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color dark pinch-beck brown. Streak 
 black. Tarnish often violet-blue. 
 
 Very sectile. Thin laminae perfectly flexible. Hard- 
 ness = 1-0 . . . 1-5. Sp. gr. =4-215. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Globular, or rose-like aggrega- 
 tions. Massive : composition granular. 
 
 1. Alone on charcoal, it burns with a blue flame and sulphurous odor, 
 and melts into a globule generally hollow, with a crystalline surface, 
 and covered with metallic silver. The globules act strongly on the mag- 
 netic needle. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By ZIPPE. 
 
 Silver 33-20 
 
 Iron . . . . . . 36-00 
 
 Sulphur 30-00 
 
 3. It is found along with other ores of silver, at Joachimsthal in Bo- 
 hemia. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Stilbite. 
 
 209 
 
 STILBITE. Prismatoidal Kouphone Spar. 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Right rectangular prism. 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 420. 
 
 Faroe. 
 
 M on a' 120 30' PHILLIPS. 
 
 a on a 1 118 50 " 
 
 M on d 133 30 " 
 
 Cleavage, parallel to M and T, the former of which, on- 
 ly is perfect. Fracture uneven. Surface P often curved, 
 M vertically streaked, T still more so. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. The faces M, both as faces of crys- 
 tallization and of cleavage, exhibit a perfect pearly lus- 
 tre. Color white prevalent, various shades of yellow, red 
 and brown. Streak white. Semi-transparent . . . translu- 
 cent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 3-5 . . . 4-0. Sp. gr. =2-161, 
 white crystals from Iceland. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals which assume a 
 cruciform aspect, but rare. The crystals are frequently 
 aggregated in the form of a sheaf. Implanted globules, sur- 
 face very drusy, composition, imperfectly columnar, and 
 
 18* 
 
210 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Stilbite. 
 
 strongly cohering. Massive : composition imperfectly co- 
 lumnar, individuals broad 5 straight, and radiating from com- 
 mon centres strongly coherent. Often these compositions 
 are again aggregated iuto granular masses. "Globular shapes 
 formed in vasicular cavities. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it yields an opake vesicular globule. It does 
 not gelatinize with acids. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By HISINGER. 
 
 Alumina 16-10 
 
 Silica . . . . . . . 58-00 
 
 Lime . . . - v 9 ' 20 
 
 Water . . . . * . ' . . . 16-40 
 
 3. Its principal repositories are, the vesicular cavities of amygdaloidal 
 rocks, and certain metalliferous veins. It is also found lining seams in 
 gneiss. The accompanying minerals are Heulandite and Chabasie, and 
 when in metallic veins, it is generally attended by ores of silver, lead, 
 copper and iron. 
 
 4. Magnificent crystals of a white color are met with in the vesicular 
 cavities of the amygdaloids of Iceland and the Faroe Islands. Similar va- 
 rieties have been brought alsofrom Indore in the Vendyah mountains in 
 the East Indies. Those from the Tyrol are mostly compound and of a 
 brick-red color. Beautiful crystals of this color occur near Campsie in 
 Stirlingshire, though the present species is less common in Scotland 
 and the Western Isles, than that of Heulandite. The crystals from the 
 silver veins of Andreasberg in the Hartz are generally small, so are also 
 those which occur in the iron mines of Arendal and in the beds of cop- 
 per-ore in the Bannat of Temeswar. Handsome varieties of a white col- 
 or occur in the Basin of Mines, Nova Scotia, in trap, attended with other 
 species of this family. 
 
 But few localities of Stilbite are known in the United States; and 
 these generally unimportant. The most interesting is that at Hadlyme, 
 (Conn.) where it lines the walls of seams in gneiss in stellular concre- 
 tions of considerable dimensions, associated with Chabasie, Heulandite 
 and Epidote. Under similar circumstances, it occurs at West Farms, 
 (N. Y.) and Bellows falls, (Vt.) It has been met with at Saybrook in 
 gneiss in small reddish crystals associated with Molybdenite. Also in 
 small quantity, in vesicular cavities of greenstone trap at various 
 places in Connecticut and Massachusetts. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 211 
 
 
 
 Stromeyerite. 
 
 STILPNOMELAN. 
 
 Massive ; composition laminar and granular. Cleavage in one 
 direction perfect. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color black. Streak, olive-green to liver- 
 brown. 
 
 Hardness = 3-0 ... 4-0. Sp. gr. = 2-769, BREITHAUPT, 3-0 
 . . .3-4, GLOCKER. 
 
 1. It is found at Obergrund in Silesia. 
 STILPNOSIDERITE. (See Limonite.) 
 STRIEGISAN. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M =122 15'. 
 
 Secondary foam, the obtuse angles of the primary form repla- 
 ced so as to give rise to dihedral summits inclining to each other 
 under angles of 107 26', and the lateral edges also replaced. 
 
 Cleavage parallel to the sides and the shorter diagonal of the 
 primary form. 
 
 Lustre vitreous to pearly. Color grey, brown and black. 
 
 Hardness (scale of BREITHAUPT,) =6-0 . . .7-0. Sp. gr. = 
 2 354 ... 2-379. 
 
 1. It is found at Striegis in Frankenberg. 
 
 2. It is probably identical with Wavellite. 
 
 STROMEYERITE. Uncleavable Polypoione- 
 Glance. 
 
 Massive : composition impalpable. Fracture flat con- 
 choidal to uneven. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color blackish lead-grey. Streak 
 shining. 
 
 Hardness =2-5. Sp. gr. =6.225. 
 
 1. It fuses very easily before the blow-pipe, attended with the odor 
 of sulphureous acid, but without effervescence or the formation of a sco- 
 ria. The globule has a grey color, a metallic lustre, is tarnished on the 
 upper side, is semi-ductile and grey within. It is soluble in nitric acid ; 
 the solution affording the indication of copper on the immersion of an 
 iron-plate, and of silver on the introduction of a copper one. 
 
212 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Stromeyerite Strontianite. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By STROMEYER. 
 
 Sulphur 15-96 
 
 Silver 52-87 
 
 Copper 30-83 
 
 Iron 0.34 
 
 3. It is found in small masses in the mines of Schlangenberge in Si- 
 beria. 
 
 STROMNITE. 
 
 Massive ; composition thin columnar, and showing traces of 
 crystallization. 
 
 Color yellowish-white internally ; on the outside where it ap- 
 pears to be disintegrated, it is greyish-white. Lustre inclining to 
 pearly, faint. Translucent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =3-5. Scratches Calcareous Spar, but not 
 Fluor, Sp.gr. =3703. 
 
 1. It effervesces with acids, but is infusible before the blow-pipe. 
 2. Analysis. 
 By TRAILL. 
 
 Carbonate of strontita 
 Sulphate of barytes 
 Carbonate of lime 
 Oxide of iron 
 
 68-6 
 27-5 
 2-6 
 01 
 
 3. It occurs in veins with Galena in a kind of clay-slate, at Stromness 
 in Orkney. 
 
 4. It seems probable that the Stromnite is a mixed mineral, consisting 
 of an intimate aggregation of Strontianite and Heavy-Spar. 
 
 STRONTIANITE. Peritomous Hal-Baryte. 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M 117 
 32'. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 421. Fig. 422. 
 
 Braundsdorf, Saxony. 
 
 Leogang, Salzburg. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Strontianite. 
 
 213 
 
 Fig. 424. 
 
 Schoharie, (N. Y.) 
 
 M on h - 
 e 1 on el - 
 el on e2 - 
 h on cl - 
 h on c2 - 
 cl on c2 - 
 
 121 30' PHILLIPS. 
 
 108 12 " 
 
 144 20 " 
 
 126 
 143 
 160 
 
 5 
 
 30 
 35 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with M rather perfect ; with c less ea- 
 sily obtained, faint traces observable in the direction A, or 
 at least, small conchoidal fracture. Fracture in other di- 
 rections, uneven. Surface P often rough, though even, 
 and streaked, parallel to the edges of combination with c. 
 M deeply streaked in a horizontal direction, and hence the 
 crystals often in curved, barrel-shaped, prisms. The other 
 planes generally smooth. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, slightly inclining to resinous upon the 
 uneven faces of fracture. Color asparagus-green, and ap- 
 ple-green ; pale yellowish-brown, yellow and grey ; white. 
 Streak white. Transparent . . . translucent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =3-5. Sp. gr. =3-605, the variety 
 in acicular crystals from Braunsdorf, near Frieberg. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals : axis of revolu- 
 tion perpendicular, face of composition parallel to a face of 
 M. The individuals generally continued beyond the face 
 
214 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Strontianite. 
 
 of composition. This composition is very similar to some 
 that occur in Arragonite. The product of it is a six-sided 
 prism, having four edges of 117 19' and two of 128 22'. 
 As in that species, particles of the two individuals alter- 
 nate in parallel layers with each other. Indistinct globular 
 masses. Surface drusy, composition columnar. Mass- 
 ive : composition columnar, the individuals generally 
 straight, long and a little divergent; the composition is sel- 
 dom granular. 
 
 1. It melts before the blow-pipe at a temperature not very elevated, 
 but only on the thinnest edges. It intumesces -and spreads a brilliant 
 light, the flame at the same time assumes a reddish hue. It is dissolved 
 by borax with a violent effervescence into a clear globule. It is solu- 
 ble with effervescence in muriatic and nitric acids : and paper dipped 
 into this solution and afterwards dried, will burn with a red flame. 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KLAPROTH. 
 
 Strontita 69-50 
 
 Carbonic acid 30-00 
 
 Water . 00-50 
 
 3. The repositories of this species, are metallic veins traversing prim- 
 itive and transition mountains. It seems also to occur in beds. 
 
 4. It was first discovered at Strontian in Argyleshire in Scotland, and 
 found afterwards at Braunsdorf in Saxony in large crystals, at Leogang in 
 Salzburg, and also in Peru. It has of late been found, in abundance at 
 Schoharie, (N. Y.) disseminated in geodes and nests through water- 
 limerock ; also in large veins or beds. In one of these last, it exists in a 
 mass of such extent and purity as to have attracted attention as a marble 
 quarry. 
 
 SULPHATE OF ALUMINE. (See Solfatarite.) 
 
 SULPHATE OF AMMONIA. (See Mascagnine.) 
 
 SULPHATE OF BARYTES. (See Heavy Spar.) 
 
 SULPHATE OE COBALT. (See Cob alt- Vitriol.) 
 
 SULPHATE OF COPPER. (See Blue-Vitriol.) 
 
 SULPHATE OF IRON. (See Copperas, Pittizite White 
 
 Copperas and Yellow Copperas.) 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Sulpho-Selenite Sulphur. 
 
 215 
 
 SULPHATE OF LEAD. (See Jlnglesite.) 
 SULPHATE OF LIME. (See Gypsum.) 
 SULPHATE OF MAGNESIA. (See Epsom-Salt.) 
 SULPHATE OF POTASH. (See rfphthitalite.) 
 SULPHATE OF SODA. (See Glauber- Salt.) 
 SULPHATE OF STRONTIAM. (See Celestine.) 
 SULPHATE OF ZINC. (See White- Vitriol.) 
 SULPHATO-CARBONATE OF LEAD. (See Dyoxylite.) 
 SULPHATO-TRI-CARBONATE OF LEAD. (See Leadhil- 
 lite.) 
 
 SULPHO-SELENITE. Selenous Brittle-Sul- 
 phur. 
 
 Massive : in thin seams. 
 Color brown. 
 
 1. It is a sulphuret of selenium. 
 
 2. It occjirs with Sal-Ammoniac in the crater of Volcano, one of the 
 Lipari islands; and probably with Iron Pyrites at Fahlun, Sweden. 
 
 SULPHUR. Prismatic Brittle-Sulphur. 
 
 Primary form. Octahedron with rhombic base. P on 
 P"=106 20'. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 425. Fig. 426. Fig. 427. 
 
216 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY* 
 
 Sulphur. 
 
 Fig. 429. 
 
 Fig. 428. 
 
 PonF 
 
 P on P over n - 
 
 s on s 
 
 n on n 
 
 m on m 
 
 P on P over m - 
 
 s on r 
 
 106 38' 
 
 84 58 
 
 127 1 
 
 124 24 
 
 101 59 
 
 143 26 
 
 179 45 
 
 Fig. 425. Primary having the obtuse angles of the base 
 truncated, (unitaire. HAUY.) Fig. 426. Primary having 
 the edges of the base replaced by tangent planes, (pris- 
 me. H.) Fig. 427. Primary having the acute, pyramidal 
 edges replaced by tangent planes, (emousse. H.) Fig. 
 428. Primary with summit, replaced by four planes rest- 
 ing upon the primary faces, (dioctaedre. H.) Fig. 429. 
 (equivalent. H.) 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with P and m imperfect, obtained 
 with difficulty, and interrupted. Fracture conchoidal, 
 sometimes highly perfect. Surface n commonly rough, the 
 rest of the faces generally smooth and shining, possessing 
 nearly the same physical quality. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 217 
 
 Sulphur. 
 
 Lustre resinous. Color, several shades of sulphur-yel- 
 low, inclining sometimes to red or green. Streak sulphur- 
 yellow, passing into white. Transparent . . . translucent on 
 the edges. 
 
 Sectile. Hardness = 1-5 ... 2-5. Sp. gr. = 2-072. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals : axis of revolu- 
 tion perpendicular, face of composition parallel to a face 
 of r. Imbedded globules : surface uneven ; composition 
 impalpable, often impure. Massive : composition granu- 
 lar, often impalpable, strongly coherent ; fracture uneven, 
 even, flat conchoidal. Sometimes pulverulent. 
 
 1. Sulphur as it occurs in nature is pure, or is only mixed with bitu- 
 men or clay. It acquires resinous electricity by friction, is easily in- 
 flammable, and burns with a blue or white flame, and a pungent smell 
 of sulphurous acid. It is insoluble in water, but unites readily with 
 potash or soda. It may be obtained crystallized by sublimation, or still 
 more easily from solutions in liquids. The forms of sulphur, crystalli- 
 zed from fusion, are incompatible with those of the present species. 
 They are generally oblique rhombic prisms of 90 J 32', the terminal face 
 of which is inclined to the obtuse edge of the prism, which is itself com- 
 monly replaced at an angle of 95 46 / . It occurs almost always in reg- 
 ular compositions. The crystals are at first transparent, but they soon 
 become opake. 
 
 2. Sulphur is generally met with in beds of Gypsum or in the accom- 
 panying strata of clay. It is generally associated with Calcareous Spar 
 and with Celestine. It occurs in veins with Copper Pyrites, Galena, 
 and Orpiment. It is deposited from several thermal springs and in large 
 quantities from volcanos ; sometimes it occurs in beds of Bituminous 
 Coal. 
 
 3. Sulphur is found in splendid crystals and pure massive varieties, 
 also, in globular concretions, (which however, are seldom without earthy 
 or bituminous admixtures) in Sicily, and several provinces of Italy. It 
 occurs in imbedded spheroidal masses of a brown color, which is owing 
 to bitumen at Radoboy, near Crapina in Croatia. Near Cracovia in 
 Poland, it is likewise met with more or less in pure massive varieties 
 and small crystals. The finest crystals, excepting those from Sicily, 
 
 VOL. II. . 19 
 
218 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Sulphur Sulphureous Acid. 
 
 come from Cadiz in Spain. Small crystals have been observed investing 
 the brown coal from Artern in Thuringia. It occurs in veins in Swabia, 
 in Spain and in Transylvania. The earthy Sulphur is found in Poland, 
 in Moravia, and other countries; the volcanic Sulphur in Iceland, near 
 Vesuvius, in Milo and several islands of the Grecian Archipelago; in 
 great profusion near the volcanos of Java and the Sandwich islands. 
 Sulphur also occurs in Savoy, in Piedmont, in Switzerland, at Lauenstein 
 in Hanover, in South America, and many other countries. 
 
 4. It requires to be purified, either by melting or by sublimation, in 
 order to be employed in the arts. It is used in the manufacture of gun- 
 powder, of cinnabar, sulphuric acid, and of several pharmaceutical prep- 
 arations. 
 
 SULPHUREOUS ACID. Aeriform Sulphurous- 
 Acid. MOHS. 
 
 Gaseous. Transparent. 
 
 Sp. gr. =2-2553. THENARD and GAY-LUSSAC. 
 
 =2-2295. DAVY. 
 Odor pungent. Taste acid. 
 
 1. According to BERZELIUS, Sulphurous-Acid Gas is composed of 
 
 Sulphur 50-144 
 
 Oxygen 49856 
 
 It is fatal to life, and extinguishes combustion. It reddens, and final- 
 ly destroys vegetable blues. It becomes liquid at a temperature of 
 FAHR., or under a pressure equal to two atmospheres. Water, at 61 
 FAHR., absorbs 33 times its bulk of this gas, or nearly one eleventh of 
 its weight. 
 
 2. It is evolved in great quantities from the waters of active volca- 
 nos, as those of Etna and Mount Vesuvius, and those of (he Sandwich 
 Islands. When emitted along with sulphuretted hydrogen, a mutual 
 decomposition results, and incrustations of sulphur are formed, as in the 
 volcano of Purace, near Popayan. It occurs likewise, along with car- 
 bonic acid, in a cave which is situated in the Bildos hegy, a porphyry 
 hill in Transylvania, on the frontiers of Moldavia. 
 
 3. Sulphurous-Acid Gas, artificially generated by the combustion of 
 sulphur in common air, is used in bleaching silks; likewise, for dischar- 
 ging vegetable stains and iron-moulds from linen. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 219 
 
 Sulphuretted Hydrogen. 
 
 SULPHURET OF ANTIMONY. (See Grey Antimony.} 
 SULPHURET OF BISMUTH. (See Bismuthine.) 
 SULPHURET OF COBALT. (See Cobalt Pyrites.) 
 SULPHURET OF COPPER. (See Vitreous Copper.) 
 SULPHURET OF LEAD. (See Galena.) 
 SULPHURET OF MANGANESE. (See Mangariblende.) 
 SULPHURET OF MERCURY. (See Cinnabar.) 
 SULPHURET OF MOLYBDENA. (See Molybdenite.) 
 SULPHURET OF SILVER. (See Vitreous Silver.) 
 SULPHURET OF TIN. (See Tin Pyrites.) 
 SULPHURET OF ZINC. (See Blende.) 
 
 SULPHURETTED HYDROGEN. Sulphureous 
 
 Hydrogen-Gas. MOHS. 
 Amorphous. Transparent. Expansible. 
 Sp. gr.=M81. 
 Odor of putrid eggs. 
 
 1. It does not support combustion ; it blackens most of the metals, and 
 becomes fatal to animals, if inhaled in any considerable quantity. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By BERZELIUS. 
 
 Hydrogen 5-824 
 
 Sulphur 94-176 
 
 3. It is developed from sulphureous waters, both cold and warm, as at 
 Neundorf in Westphalia, and at Baaden near Vienna ; also from swamps 
 and marshes. In Italy, it is disengaged from the soil of the Solfataras, 
 and of the Fumacchio, sometimes mixed with other kinds of gas. 
 
 In the U. States, it has been observed at numerous springs through- 
 out New York, Ohio, and other western states. On the western bank 
 of Niagara river, a mile south of the Falls, it issues from a bank, 
 which consists of a shelly limestone, including thin beds of coal and 
 Iron Pyrites; under similar circumstances also at Otsquaga creek. It 
 abounds particularly in the boiling springs of Florida. 
 
220 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Sulphuric Acid. 
 
 SULPHURIC ACID. Liquid Sulphuric-Acid. 
 MOHS. 
 
 Liquid. Transparent, in different degrees. 
 
 Sp. gr. = l'846 URE, when pure, but varies to a little 
 above 1*0 according to its dilution. Taste strongly acid 
 and caustic. 
 
 1. The anhydrous sulphuric acid is solid, and, according to BERZEL- 
 lus, consists of 
 
 Sulphur 40-14 
 
 Oxygen 59-86 
 
 This is obtained from the first portions which come over from the distil- 
 lation of fuming sulphuric acid ; the fumes concrete upon the sides of the 
 receiver in tough, silky filaments, which are entirely free from water. 
 The strong, liquid sulphuric acid, contains at least 18-5 p. c. of water. 
 When it is diluted to a sp. gr. of 1-780, it crystallizes at 45 F. ; when 
 of a sp. gr. between 1-786 and 1-775 at 32, and when it is as high as 
 1-843, at 15. The crystals have the figure of six-sided prisms termi- 
 nated by six-sided pyramids. Common sulphuric acid is an oily looking 
 fluid^ limpid and inodorous, and eminently destructive of animal and veg- 
 etable bodies. It rapidly absorbs moisture from the air, and evolves heat 
 when mingled with water in every proportion. 
 
 2. It is produced in many places from the decomposition of water and 
 Iron Pyrites. A remarkable locality of it, called the sour spring, ex- 
 ists in Byron, Genesee co. (N. Y.) near the Erie canal. The acid is 
 produced from a hillock 230 feet long and 100 broad, elevated about five 
 feet above the surrounding plane. It contains an abundance of Iron- 
 Pyrites in exceedingly minute grains ; and is covered with a coat of 
 charred vegetable matter to the depth of four or five inches, occasioned 
 by the action of the sulphuric acid. Wherever holes have been sunk in 
 this hill, the acid accumulates ; also in the depressions in the contiguous 
 meadow ground. When the season is dry, it collects in a perfectly con- 
 centrated state. This acid, similarly produced, occurs in a cavern near 
 Sienna in Tuscany, and at Aix in Savoy. A considerable lake of it ex- 
 ists in the ancient crater of Mount Idienne in Java ; and a stream of it, 
 called the Rio de Vinegro, flows from the extinct volcano Purace neap 
 Popayan, whose waters are fatal to fish, and the spray arising from them 
 irritating to the eyes of animals. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Tabular-Spar. 
 
 221 
 
 3. Sulphuric acid, or oil of vitriol, which is artificially produced from 
 the combustion of sulphur in contact with a little nitre, is of very exten- 
 sive use in chemistry, as well as in metallurgy, bleaching and some of 
 the processes for dyeing ; it is also employed in the formation of nume- 
 rous salts, as copperas, sulphate of magnesia, &c., and is administered in 
 medicine as a tonic and stimulant', and sometimes used externally as a 
 caustic. 
 
 SYLVITE. 
 
 Soluble with the taste of Common Salt, and crystallizable from solu- 
 tion in cubes, parallel to whose faces it cleaves. The aqueous solution 
 affords a yellow precipitate on the addition of muriate of platina. Treat- 
 ed with sulphuric acid, it leaves after evaporation aciculaa* crystals, 
 which do not effloresce in the air. It. is supposed to be muriate of pot- 
 ash ; and is found in small quantity, mingled with Common Salt, in the 
 mines of Hallein, and of Berchtesgaden. 
 
 TABULAR-SPAR. Tetarto-pri srnatic Tabular- 
 Spa r. 
 
 Primary form. Doubly oblique prism. PonT = 126i l 
 P on M = 93 40'. SI on T==95 15'. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 430. 
 
 M on i 
 T on i 
 P on a 
 P on e 
 
 1 39 '48' PHILLIPS. 
 1 35 30 
 156 30 
 94 15 " 
 
 Cleavage, in the direction of M and T easily obtained, but 
 one of them more perfect than the other ; parallel with P 
 indistinct. Fracture uneven. 
 19* 
 
222 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Tabular-Spar. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to pearly upon M and T. Co- 
 lor white, inclining to grey, yellow, red and brown. Streak 
 white. Semi-transparent . . . translucent. 
 
 Rather brittle. Hardness = 4'0 ... 5*0. Sp. gr. = 
 2-805. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Long individuals produce a re- 
 reticulated composition ; the composition apparently taking 
 place parallel with a plane in the direction of a, and inclin- 
 ing to T under about 140. (Grenville, Lower Canada.) 
 Massive : composition lamellar, generally longish, and ag- 
 gregated into a second large grained and angular composi- 
 tion. Strongly coherent. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it melts on the edges into a semi-transparent 
 colorless enamel. It requires a strong heat for melting, and sometimes 
 boils a little. It is easily dissolved by borax, forming with it a transpa- 
 rent globule. By fusing lime and silica in the required proportions, 
 cleavable masses of the present species have been obtained. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By STROMEYER. By ROSE. 
 
 Silica . . . 51-455 . . . 5160 
 
 Lime . . . 47-412 . . . 46-41 
 
 Protoxide of iron . . 0-401 . . . a trace. 
 
 Oxide of manganese . . 0-257 . . . 00 
 
 Water and loss by heating . 0076 . . . 000 
 
 Mechanical admixtures . 0-000 . . . 1-11 
 
 3. The oldest variety known is fiom Czcklowa near Orawitza, in the 
 Bannat of Temeswar, where it occurs in several copper mines. In Fin^ 
 land, it occurs in limestone ; at Edinburgh, in the greenstone of Castle- 
 hill. The variety called Wollastonite, from Capo di Bove near Rome, 
 occurs in lava, resembling basalt. A very handsome greenish white va- 
 riety, in large individuals, occurs in limestone bowlders at Grenville in 
 Lower Canada. 
 
 In the United States are two localities; one at Willsborough, (N.Y.) 
 where the mineral forms the sides of a powerful vein of Garnet, which 
 traverses a mountain of gneiss : the other is at Easton in Pennsylvania, 
 where it exists in limestone. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 223 
 
 Talc. 
 
 TACHYLITE. (See Pitchstone.) 
 TALC. Prismatic Talc- Mica. MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M = 120 
 nearly. 
 
 Secondary form. Primary, having its acute lateral 
 edges replaced by tangent planes. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with P, commonly very perfect. 
 Fracture not observable. Surface, P smooth, the other 
 3lanes striated horizontally.. 
 
 Lustre pearly upon P, both as faces of crystallization and 
 cleavage. The other faces possess vitreous lustre, inclin- 
 ing to 'adamantine, generally low degrees. 
 
 Color various shades of green, as blackish green, leek 
 green, celandine-green, and apple-green, passing into 
 greenish grey, greenish white and greyish white. Streak 
 corresponding to the color, green . . . white. Semi-trans- 
 parent . . . translucent. Different colors in different direc- 
 tions. Some individuals are of a bright green color if 
 viewed in a direction perpendicular to the laminae, while 
 parallel to them they exhibit a fine brown tinge. In the 
 latter direction they are much more transparent than in the 
 former. 
 
 Sectile, in a high degree. Thin laminae are easily flexi- 
 ble, Hardness = l-0...1-5. Sp. gr. =2-713, a dark 
 green variety. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Imperfect globules and stellular 
 groupes : composition imperfectly columnar. Sometimes 
 several crystals are engaged with each other, so as to pro- 
 duce conical and cylindrical aggregations. Massive : com- 
 position granular, of various sizes of individuals, often im- 
 palpable ; sometimes imperfectly columnar. The individu- 
 
224 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Talc. 
 
 als are sometimes strongly coherent with each other or flat, 
 so as to give rise to an imperfectly slaty structure. Often 
 earthy, without connexion of its particles. 
 
 1. The, differences among the varieties comprehended within the pres- 
 ent species, depend upon various properties of the individuals themselves, 
 upon diversities in their composition, and Ihe presence of foreign matter. 
 The varieties of dark green (leek-green, celandine green, &c.) colors, 
 inclining to brown, constitute the chlorite,, subdivided into foliated and 
 common, slaty and earthy chlorite. The first of these contains the 
 crystallized varieties, and such compound ones as consist of easily sepa- 
 rable individuals, not presenting a slaty structure. The second contains 
 those granularly compound varieties in which the individuals can scarce- 
 ly be traced, or in which they are not observable at all. Chlorite-slate, 
 or slaty-chlorite, refers to such compound varieties as have a slaty text- 
 ure ; and earthy-chlorite to such as are but loosely coherent, or already 
 in a state of loose scaly particles. Immediately with those varieties of 
 Chlorite whose composition is impalpable, the Green Earth is connect- 
 ed ; from which, however, must be excepted what has been termed 
 crystallized Green Earth, and which, consists of decomposed crystals of 
 Pyroxene. Common Talc embraces crystallized varieties, and such 
 compound ones in which cleavage is transformed into slaty structure,. 
 the latter being generally very perfect; or such as consist of columnar 
 particles of composition. Earthy Talc, or JVacrite, consists of loose par- 
 ticles, or such as are but slightly cohering; ; Indurated Talc refers to 
 imperfect and coarse slaty varieties, in which this kind of structure is 
 more the consequence of composition than of imperfect cleavage. If 
 this structure be sufficiently imperfect to become coarse, and indistinctly 
 granular, Pot-stone, or Lapis ollaris is formed, which possessing the 
 united properlie^of softness and tenacity, may be easily turned into ves- 
 sels; for which reason only it appears to have been regarded as a dis- 
 tinct species. Closely connected with this variety, is the Steatite, which 
 often occurs in coatings and pseudomorphoses, and the soapstone, which 
 is white, or mottled red and green. 
 
 2. Before the blow pipe, Talc offers, according to its color and foreign 
 admixtures, various appearances. In general it loses its color, and is 
 with difficulty fused, or changed into a black scoria, or is altogether infu^ 
 rible. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Talc. 
 
 225 
 
 & 
 
 .."__._.__. $9 
 
 ggH-sgiisowS^-^-^-^- 
 
 & 
 
 SOO^OOGCOOOOOr^ X 3 X X X 
 
 p -p p c 
 
 ! QO i o o ob i-o o ;;> o o o in o o to o o o o 
 
 to ^OQ. GO o o o >-* x oooooooo ( 
 
 ^d ^D *Td /-v 
 
 "H 
 
 s.-v^^^^^^^-^^ 
 
 ? T P T P P ~ 
 
 ^ ^ I 
 
 H-*Ci^Qpt '^>i 'COtp^ppc^optpp'^itpprfj'Crs <j 
 
 ^o^tOH^^tbci^coi-loc^o^iocooooo S. 
 
 tOCIQ^tOOOOOC^CiOO'OOOOCOOOO 
 
 oooooooo-ooooooooooooo ^ 
 
 ^COOOOOOOO'-OCDCD^COOOOOOO H 
 
 opappppp'papap-iapapcp-^opoptop o 
 
 s 
 
 a 
 
 c* 
 
226 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Talc. 
 
 4. Common Talc, indurated Talc, Potstone and slaty Chlorite, consti- 
 tute beds in primitive mountains. The latter frequently contains imbed- 
 ded crystals of Magnetic Iron ; some of the former contain Apatite and 
 Rhomb Spar. Common Chlorite in particular, is found in beds in primitive 
 rocks, consisting chiefly of limestone, Hornblende and Magnetic Iron. 
 Soapstone is found in veins in serpentine, and Steatite, in beds in chlo- 
 rite slate and in serpentine. The latter often contains the variety of 
 Dolomite called Bitter Spar. Other varieties, and among them the small 
 scaly crystals of foliated Chlorite, occur in veins of various descriptions, 
 and in the crystal caves of the Alps. Green-Earth, and sometimes also 
 foliated Chlorite, occur in arnygdaloidal rocks, where they are found ei- 
 ther lining the vesicular cavities, or as imbedded nodules in the body of 
 the rock itself. Earthy Talc, or Nacrite, has been found in lead veins. 
 
 5. Those varieties which by themselves form mountain masses, are 
 met with in the primitive districts of the Tyrol, Salzburg, Switzerland, 
 Sweden, Norway, Corsica, &c. ; in the Grampians in Scotland ; in Unst, 
 one of the Shetland isles. Upon beds and veins with metallic ores, &c., 
 they occur in considerable quantity in Cornwall ; also in Saxony, Salz- 
 burg, and Sweden, &c. The crystallized varieties occur in veins, fre- 
 quently in Mount St. Gothard, Salzburg and other countries. The chief 
 localities of the green- earth are the Monte Baldo near Verona, Iceland, 
 the Faroe Islands, Tyrol, Hungary and Transylvania. 
 
 The United States abound in the present species. Soapstone and 
 Steatite form powerful beds and veins in the western parts of Massachu- 
 setts, in New Hampshire, Vermont, and in Rhode Island. At Marlbor- 
 ough, (Vt.) it embraces very perfect crystals of the Rhomb Spar. The 
 same mineral is found in the Steatite of North Providence, (R. I.), but 
 not in distinct crystals. Crystallized varieties are of rare occurrence, ex- 
 cept in globular forms, and then in small quantities. Beautiful colum- 
 nar specimens, of a delicate green color, occur at Smithfield, (R. I.) in 
 Steatite ; and white granular varieties at SmithfieM, in limestone, in the 
 same vicinity. A handsome green Talc is found at Bridgewater in the 
 talcose slate region, with which is intermingled a transparent massive 
 Dolomite. Chlorite abounds throughout New England, and the chlo- 
 rite slate formation is traceable from Vermont to Georgia. 
 
 6. Some of the varieties of Talc, as Soapstone and Steatite, are used as 
 fire stones in iron- furnaces, in stoves for heating houses, and in cu- 
 linary vessels. Green earth is used, both raw as a green color, and burnt 
 as a reddish-brown color, for painting houses, &c. The Venetian Talc 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 227 
 
 Tautolite. 
 
 ras formerly used in medicine, and is now employed in removing oil- 
 tains from woollen cloth. 
 
 TANTALITE. (See Columbite.) 
 TAUTOLITE. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M = 109 46'. 
 
 Secondary form. The primary, having the acute angles, and 
 the acute lateral edges truncated ; the former so deeply as to pro- 
 duce a dihedral summit of 51 52'. The acute lateral edges are 
 also bevelled, the bevelling planes meeting at an angle of 86 22'. 
 
 Cleavage, cnly in traces, and interrupted parallel to M. Frac- 
 ture conchoidal . . . uneven. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color velvet-black. Streak grey. Opake. 
 
 Hardness = 6 5 ... 7-0. Sp. gr. = 3-865. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, on charcoal, it melts to a blackish scoria, 
 which is attracted by the magnet ; with borax, it melts to a clear green 
 rlass. Hence it may be presumed to consist of silica, protoxide of iron, 
 magnesia and alumina. 
 
 2. It is fourivl in the volcanic rocks in the neighborhood of Lake Laach 
 n Prussia. 
 
 3. It is closely related to Peridot. 
 
 TELLURIC BISMUTH. (See Bornine.) 
 
 TELLURIC LEAD. 
 
 Massive. 
 
 Cleavages in three directions, apparently leading to the cube. 
 Lustre shining. Color, tin-white. 
 Hardness =3-0. Sp. gr. =8-159. 
 
 1. It colors the flame of the blow- pipe blue. It melts, and is at length 
 reduced to a little button of silver, surrounded by a sublimate of telluret 
 of lead, and a yellowish brown deposit. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By ROSE. 
 
 Lead - 60-36 
 
 Silver 1-28 
 
 Tellurium 38-37 
 
 3. It is found with Blende, Iron Pyrites and Telluric Silver, at the 
 mine of Sawodinski in Siberia. 
 
 4. It approaches in its properties the Black Tellurium. 
 
228 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY, 
 
 Telluric Silver. 
 
 TELLURIC SILVER. Telluric Polypoione- 
 
 Glanc e. 
 
 Massive. Cleavage, in one direction distinct. 
 Lustre shining. Color between lead grey and steel grey. 
 Hardness- 2-5... 2-75. Sp. gr. = 8412. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it melts upon charcoal into a black mass, in 
 which dendrites of silver are visible. It is soluble in cold nitric acid, 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By ROSE. 
 Silver . . . . . . 82-63 
 
 Tellurium 3737 
 
 3. It is found with Iron Pyrites, Blende and Telluric Lead, in the 
 mine of Sawodinski, in Siberia. 
 
 TENNANTITE. 
 
 Primary form. Tetrahedron. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 1. Tetrahedron, with angles truncated. 
 
 3. Fig. 432. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with d, imperfect. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color blackish lead-grey. Streak reddish 
 grey. Opake. 
 
 Brittle. Scratches Fahlerz. Sp. gr. =4-375 . . .4-491. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals : axis of revolution per- 
 pendicular, face of composition parallel to a face of the octahe- 
 dron ; the individuals are continued beyond the face of composi- 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 229 
 
 Tephroite. 
 
 tion.* Massive*, composition granular . . . impalpable. Fracture 
 uneven. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it decrepitates a little, and burns with a blue 
 flame, emitting copious arsenical vapors, and melting at last into a black 
 scoria, which affects the magnetic needle. 
 2. Analysis. 
 By R. PHILLIPS. 
 Copper 45-32 
 
 Arsenic 11-84 
 
 Iron 9-26 
 
 Sulphur 28-74 
 
 Silica 5-00 
 
 3. It occurs in several of the Cornish copper mines, in veins travers- 
 ing granite and clay-slate ; and is accompanied by several ores of copper. 
 
 4. It is probable that Tennantite, which was formerly included under 
 Fahlerz, will prove to be a distinct species. Its inferior specific gravity, 
 and greater hardness, are favorable to this idea. 
 
 TEPHROITE. 
 
 Massive : composition granular, of various sizes of individuals. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with the sides of a prism, but indistinct ; with 
 the faces of an octahedron, only in traces. Fracture even to sub- 
 conchoidal. 
 
 Lustre adamantine. Color ash-grey, dark liver-brown to black. 
 Streak pale ash-grey. 
 
 Hardness =5-00. Sp. gr. = 4-104 .. .4-116. 
 
 1. Fusible before the blow-pipe into a black scoria. 
 
 2. Its locality is given as Sparta, (N.J.) where it is said to occur along 
 with Franklinite. 
 
 3. It appears to be a variety of Troostite. 
 
 TESS ELITE. - (See Apophyllite.) 
 TESSERAL-PYRITES. 
 
 Massive. Cleavage, parallel with the faces of a cube, distinct ; 
 with the faces of the dodecahedron only in traces. 
 
 * The existence of the regular composition is most easily ascertained 
 by the strise upon the faces of the cube, which are parallel to the edges 
 of combination with one of the tetrahedrons. 
 
 VOL. II. 20 
 
230 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Thenardite. 
 
 Color tin-white. 
 
 Hardness (scale of BREITHAUPT) = 7-25 . . . 7-75. Sp. gr.= 
 6-74 . . .6-84. 
 1. It occurs at Skutterud in Norway. 
 
 TETARTIN. (See Jllbite.) 
 TETRAD YMITE. 
 
 Primary form. Rhomboid. P on P = 81 2'. 
 Cleavage, perfect at right angles to the axis. 
 Color lead-grey. 
 
 In thin laminae, somewhat flexible. Hardness = 1-50 ... 20 
 Sp. gr. = 7-460 . . . 7-514. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin- crystals. 
 
 THENARDITE. Peritomous Brythin e-Salt. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M = 125. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 1. The primary, having the terminal edges deeply re- 
 placed ; sometimes producing an octahedron with a rhom- 
 bic base. 
 
 Cleavage, perfect parallel with the faces of the primary 
 form ; most distinct parallel with P. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color white. Transparent. After 
 exposure to the light, it becomes coated with a white pow- 
 der. 
 
 Sp. gr.=2-73. 
 
 1. It is wholly soluble in water. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By CORDIER. 
 
 Sulphate of soda 99-78 
 
 Sub-carbonate of soda 0-22 
 
 3. It occurs five leagues from Madrid, and two and a half leagues 
 from Aranjues in Spain, at a place called Salines d'Espartines. It is de- 
 posited by evaporation, every summer, from a lake which holds it in so- 
 lution. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Thomsonite. 
 
 231 
 
 THOMSONITE. Orthotombus Kouphone-Spar. 
 
 Primary form. Right square prism. 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 433. 
 
 M on d - 
 P on a - 
 P on c - 
 
 135 00' 
 134 38 
 125 00 
 
 Cleavage, perfect parallel with M, with P only in traces. 
 Fracture uneven. Surface smooth. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, much inclining to pearly. Color white. 
 Transparent . . . translucent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness=5-0. Sp. gr.=2-37. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition columnar, 
 radiating from common centres. 
 
 1. It intumesces before the blow-pipe, and becomes snow-white and 
 opake, but does not melt. 
 
 Silica 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By THOMSON. 
 38-80 
 
 By BERZELIUS. 
 38-30 
 
 Alumina 
 
 31-36 
 
 30-20 
 
 Lime 
 
 15-40, 
 
 13-54 
 
 Soda 
 
 0-00 
 
 4-53 
 
 Magnesia 
 Peroxide of iron . 
 
 0-20 
 0-60 
 
 0-40 
 0-00 
 
 Water 
 
 13-00 
 
 13-10 
 
 3. It is found with Analcime in the trap rocks of Kilpatrick, near 
 Dumbarton in Scotland. 
 
232 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Thorite. 
 
 THORITE. Peritomoiis Tungstic-Bary te. 
 
 Primary form. Octahedron with a square base ? P on 
 P=120'. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 434. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with e, imperfect. Fracture uneven 
 and splintery. 
 
 Lustre resinous. Color brown. Streak yellowish grey 
 to brown. 
 
 Hardness=5-0 . . . 5-50. Sp. gr.=4-5 . . . 4-6. 
 
 1. Alone, before the blow-pipe, it is infusible, but becomes paler. It 
 melts slowly with borax into a colorless glass. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 Thorina 57-41 
 
 Lime 2-58 
 
 Oxide of iron ....'.. 3-40 
 
 Oxide of manganese 2-39 
 
 Magnesia 0-36 
 
 Oxide of uranium 161 
 
 Oxide of lead 0-80 
 
 Oxide of tin 0-01 
 
 Silica 18-98 
 
 Water 9-50 
 
 Potash 0-14 
 
 Soda 0-10 
 
 Alumina .' 0-06 
 
 Powder not examined T7Q 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Tin-Ore. 
 
 233 
 
 It was found in sienite, in the isle of L6v-6n, near Brevig in Norway ; 
 but is now no longer to be obtained. 
 
 THRAULITE. (See Hisingerite.) 
 THULITE. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel to the sides of a rhombic prism, of 92o 30'. 
 
 Color rose-red. Streak greyish white. 
 
 Scratched by Quartz, and yielding to the knife with difficulty. 
 
 1. It occurs at Tellemarken in Norway with Quartz, Fluor and Ido- 
 crase. 
 
 THURINGITE. 
 
 Massive : composition lamellar, and granular. 
 
 Cleavage, in one direction perfect. 
 
 Lustre pearly. Color olive-green. Streak siskin-green, and 
 shining with a resinous lustre. 
 
 Greasy to the feel. Hardness (scale of BREITHAUPT) =2-5 
 ...3-0. Sp. gr. = 3-151 . ..3-157. 
 1. Found at Schmiedefeld in Saalfeld. 
 
 TILE-ORE. (See Red Copper-Ore.) 
 
 TINDER-ORE. (See Red Antimony.) 
 TIN-ORE. Peritomous Baryte-Ore. 
 
 Primary form. Octahedron with a square base. P on 
 P"=67 50'. P on P'=133 30'. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 435. Fig. 436. 
 
 Cornwall. 
 
 Goshen, (Mass.) 
 
234 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Tin-Ore. 
 
 s on s 
 
 s on s over g 
 
 z on z 
 
 z on z over r 
 
 r on r 
 
 Cornwall. 
 
 - 121 35' 
 
 87 17 
 
 - 159 6' and 118 16 
 
 135 17 
 
 - 112 27' and 157 23 
 
 Frac- 
 
 Cleavage, s and g not very distinct, traces of P. 
 ture imperfectly conchoidal, uneven. 
 
 Surface, g often uneven, s sometimes irregularly striated 
 parallel to the edges of combination with P, and the latter 
 pyramid parallel to those with s. The prisms are some- 
 times vertically streaked. 
 
 Lustre adamantine. Color various shades of white, 
 grey, yellow, red, brown, black. Streak pale grey ; in 
 some varieties, it is pale brown. Semi-transparent, some- 
 times almost transparent . . . nearly opake. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 6*0 . . . 7-0. Sp. gr. = 6-960, a 
 crystallized variety ; =6*514, thin columnar composition; 
 = 7*100, from Cornwall. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals : axis of revolu- 
 tion perpendicular, face of composition parallel to one of 
 the faces of P. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Tin-Ore. 
 
 235 
 
 Fig. 438. 
 
 Small reniform, rarely botryoidal shapes : composition 
 very thin columnar, divergent from common centres, strong- 
 ly connected, and often forming a second curved lamellar 
 composition. Massive : composition granular, sometimes 
 almost impalpable, strongly connected, fracture uneven. 
 The hardness of very thin columnar compositions is often 
 found as low as 5-5, owing to the delicacy of the individu- 
 als in this composition. 
 
 1. The Wood- Tin of the Cornish miners is only a variety of Tin- 
 Ore, in the same manner as Red Hematite is of Specular Iron. 
 
 2. When heated in the pla(ina forceps before the blow-pipe, it is unal- 
 terable. Upon charcoal, in a strong heat, it is reduced to the metallic 
 state. The reduction is promoted by the addition of carbonate of soda. 
 It is not attacked by acids. Fused with caustic potash, it yields a mass, 
 which is mostly soluble in water. Muriatic acid, added to the solution, 
 occasions a while precipitate, which is again dissolved. Hydriodic acid 
 produces a yellow precipitate. 
 
 3. Analysis. 
 By KLAPROTH. By DESCOTILS. 
 
 Crystallized var. Compound var. 
 
 Oxide of tin . . 99-00 . . . 95-00 
 Oxide of iron . . 0-25 . . . 5-00 
 
 Silica . . 075 . . . 0-00 
 
 4. Tin-Ore occurs disseminated in rocks, particularly in granite ; also 
 in beds and veins. It is frequently accompanied by Wolfram and Molyb- 
 
236 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Tin-Ore Tin-Pyrites. 
 
 denite. It occurs in pebbles and is extracted, in this shape from stream- 
 works, The variety wood-tin has only been met with in these reposito- 
 ries. 
 
 5. Its principal deposits are in Saxony, Cornwall and Bohemia. It is 
 found in considerable abundance, both on the Bohemian and Saxon sides 
 of the Erzgebirge, disseminated in granite and in beds alternating with 
 it ; particular localities in this region, are Schlaggenwald, Altenberg, 
 Gezer, Ehrenfi iedersdorf, M;rienberg. Twin-crystals abound at Schlag- 
 genwald. In Cornwall, it exists in veins traversing granite and schist, 
 and is accompanied by green Talc, (var. Chlorite,) Fluor, Quartz, To- 
 paz, Tourmaline, Mispickel, Wolfram and Blende. At St. Michael's 
 Mount, it is disseminated through granite. The ore is chiefly in the 
 state of single crystals. Stream-works exist both in Cornwall and Saxo- 
 ny. It is found in Galicia, Spain, in mica-slate, in the granite hill of 
 Puy des Vignes, Haute Vienne, in France, and in the mountain chains 
 of Fichtel and RiesengebQrge in Germany. Other localities are in Asia, 
 on the east coast of Sumatra, Siarn and Pegu ; also at Banca and Malac- 
 ca, and in Mexico and Chili. A few black crystals have been found 
 with Tourmaline in Albite, at Goshen, (Mass.) 
 
 TIN-PYRITES. Hexahedral Copper-Glance. 
 
 Primary form. Cube. 
 
 Massive : composition granular, strongly coherent. Frac- 
 ture uneven, imperfectly conchoidal. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color steel-grey, inclining to yellow. 
 Streak black. Opake. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =4'0. Sp. gr. =4-479 . . .4-515. 
 
 1. Heated in an open tube, it gives the smell of sulphurous acid. 
 On charcoal before the blow-pipe, it melts, depositing at the same time 
 a white powder, which U not volatile and consists of oxide of tin, a brit- 
 tle globule remaining behind. On moistening the mass with muriatic 
 acid, and exposing it to the flame of a lamp, it colors it of a beautiful 
 blue. The mineral being treated with fluxes, gives the reactions of 
 copper and iron. It is soluble in nitro- muriatic acid, during which the 
 sulphur is precipitated. 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KJ.APROTH. 
 
 Sulphur . . . 2085 . . . 3500 
 Tin 38- 1 i 3400 
 
 Copper . . . 41 04 . . . 39 00 
 Iron . . . 000 . . . 2-00 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Topaz. 
 
 237 
 
 3. It is found near St. Agnes in Cornwall, and at Zinnwald in 
 Saxony. 
 
 TITANITE. (See Sphene.) 
 TITANITIC IRON. (See Crichtonite.) 
 
 TOPAZ. Prismatic Topaz. MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M=-124 
 19'. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 439. Fig. 440. 
 
 M 
 
 M 
 
 M 
 
 M 
 
 Trumbull, (Conn.) 
 
 Trumbull, (Conn.) 
 
 Fig. 441. 
 
 M 
 
 M 
 
 Trumbull, (Conn.) 
 
200 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Topaz. 
 
 M on I 
 
 161 16' HAUY. 
 
 M on o 
 
 135 59 " 
 
 I on I 
 
 93 6 " 
 
 M on u 
 
 150 6 " 
 
 n on n 
 
 91 58 
 
 o on o 
 
 140 46 " 
 
 o on s 
 
 168 37 " 
 
 P on o 
 
 134 1 
 
 (C 
 
 P on n 
 
 135 59 " 
 
 P on x 
 
 138 26 " 
 
 P on u 
 
 117 21 
 
 a 
 
 Fig. 442. 
 
 X>5^ 
 
 Sf 
 
 
 
 /a /a/ * > 
 
 
 2 \\ 
 
 
 L ^^^^ii 
 
 \ 
 
 tz^r 
 
 V 
 
 fw 
 
 
 
 \ 
 
 i ^ 3 M 
 
 / 
 
 M *' 
 
 i? 
 
 P on 61 - 124 36' P. 
 
 P 
 
 on 62 
 
 - 134 r p. 
 
 P on 62 - 135 59 " 
 
 62 
 
 on 62 
 
 - 140 46 " 
 
 Monti - 150 6 " 
 
 62 
 
 on 63 
 
 - 162 00 " 
 
 Mont'2 - 151 16 
 
 63 
 
 on i2 
 
 - 148 22 " 
 
 Mont'3 - 169 34 " 
 
 al 
 
 on f 
 
 - 134 00 " 
 
 P on cl - 128 26 H. 
 
 f 
 
 on i2 
 
 - 122 17 H. 
 
 Ponc2 - 135 59 P. 
 
 c2onc2,overP 92 45 P. 
 
 Ponc3 - 117 21 " 
 
 d on i'2 
 
 - 131 34 H. 
 
 P on d - 138 26 " 
 
 63 on a2 
 
 - 155 30 P. 
 
 Pon6l - 145 24 " 
 
 
 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. * 239 
 
 Topaz. 
 
 Cleavage ; parallel with P highly perfect ; with n im- 
 perfect ; traces of M and I. Fracture more or less per- 
 fectly small conchoidal, uneven. Surface, P rough, some- 
 times faintly striated, parallel to the edges of combination 
 with I. The vertical planes always striated, sometimes 
 deeply, parallel to their common edges of combination. 
 The pyramidal planes always smooth. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color, white, yellow, green, blue, va- 
 rious, but generally pale shades. Streak white. Trans- 
 parent . . . translucent, sometimes only on the edges. 
 
 Hardness = 8*0. Sp. gr. = 3*499, of a transparent 
 crystallized variety ; = 3'494 variety Pycnite. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 of various sizes of individuals ; faces of composition rough. 
 There occurs also columnar composition, the individuals 
 being thin, long and parallel, and easily separated, and their 
 faces of composition longitudinally streaked. 
 
 1. Two varieties of Topaz have been treated of by many writers as 
 distinct species : viz. the Physalite and Pycnite. The first of these 
 consists of imbedded crystals, whose surface is rough and uneven, or 
 large massive individuals, whose color is a pale greenish grey. The lat- 
 ter occurs in thin and straight columnar particles of composition, forming 
 larger or smaller imbedded masses, and not possessing bright colors or 
 high degrees of transparency. 
 
 2. In a strong heat, the faces of crystallization, but not those of cleav- 
 age, are covered with small blisters, which however, immediately 
 crack. With borax, it melts slowly into a transparent glass. Its pow- 
 der colors the tincture of violets green. Those crystals which possess 
 different faces of crystallization on opposite ends, acquire different kinds 
 of electricity on being heated. By friction, it acquires positive elec- 
 tricity. 
 
240 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Topaz. 
 
 3. Analysis. 
 
 By BERZELITJS. 
 
 Crystals. Physalite. Pycnite. 
 
 Alumina - 57-45 - 57-74 - 51-00 
 
 Silica - 34-24 - 34-36 - 38-43 
 
 fluoric acid - 7-75 - 7"77 - 8-84 
 
 4. Topaz enters into the composition of granitic rocks ; thus it forms 
 with Quartz and Tourmaline the Topaz-rock of Saxony. It occurs also 
 in irregular beds, either with Quartz and Mica, like the variety Pyc- 
 nite ; or with Feldspar, Quartz, Beryl, &c. like the Physalite. It is also 
 found in veins, traversing'gneiss, where it is associated with Fluor, Mica 
 and Wolfram, as at Trumbull, (Conn.) It is met with besides in tin 
 stream-works, and in the alluvial deposits of rivers along with other 
 gems. 
 
 5. The most perfect crystals are found with Beryl in the Uralian and 
 Altai mountains, . and in Kamtschatka ; in Brazil, where they are met 
 with in loose crystals, and at Mucla in Asia Minor. They occur in the 
 Topaz-rock at Danneberb in Saxony, and at Ehrenfriedersdorf and Zinn- 
 wald associated with Tin-ore; in similar repositories at Schlaggenwald 
 in Bohemia and St. Michaels mount in Cornwall ; with Lepedolite near 
 Rozena in Moravia. Physalite is found at Finboand Broddbo near Fah- 
 lun in Sweden. Pycnite at Altenberg in Saxony. Topaz pebbles are 
 found in the stream-works of Eubenstock in Saxony, in the granitic dis- 
 tricts of Cairngorm in Aberdeenshire, and in New South Wales. 
 
 But a single locality is known in the United States, which exists at 
 Trumbull, (Conn.) in a vein upwards of one foot in width, where it is 
 associated with Fluor, Magnetic Pyrites, Mica, and rarely with Wolfram 
 and Tungsten. The Topaz is chiefly white, but when imbedded in the 
 magnetic Pyrites its color is green. It presents small druses occuring in the 
 veins, lined with tolerably perfect crystals, which are white and trans- 
 parent. Occasionally the crystals are several inches in diameter, and 
 perfect in some of their planes, but they are generally deficient in 
 transparency and lustre. Rarely, the massive individuals and imperfect 
 crystals are six or eight inches in diameter. 
 
 6. It is much used as an ornamental stone. The blue varieties are 
 called Oriental Aquamarine, by Lapidaries. If exposed to heat, the 
 Topaz from Saxony loses its color and becomes white ; the deep yellow 
 Brazilian varieties assume a pale pink color, and are then sometimes mis- 
 taken for Spinel, or Ballas-ruby. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Tourmaline. 
 
 241 
 
 TOPAZOLITE. (See Garnet.) 
 TORRELITE. (See Quartz.) 
 
 TOURMALINE. RhombohedralTourmaline. 
 Primary form. Rhomboid. P on P=133 26'. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 443. Fig. 444. 
 
 Fig. 445. 
 
 (Brown.) 
 Monroe, (Conn.) 
 
 Fig. 443. 
 
 (Brown.) 
 
 Mouroo, (Conn.) 
 
 Fig. 447. 
 
 (Black.) 
 IJiuldam, (Conn.) 
 
 Fig. 448. 
 
 (Black.) 
 Brunswick, (Me.) 
 
 VOL. II. 
 
 (Black.) 
 
 Brunswick, (Me.)- 
 Monroe, (Conn.) 
 
 21 
 
 (Cinnamon-red.) 
 
 Newton, (N. J.) Qov- 
 
 erneur, (N. Y.) 
 
242 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Tourmaline. 
 
 (Green.) 
 Paris, (Me.) 
 
 P on s 
 Pon / 
 s on I 
 Pon o 
 o on I 
 Pon n 
 n on n 
 n on s 
 Pon a: 
 Pon t 
 x on x 
 t on t 
 Pon A: 
 
 Fig. 450. 
 
 V 
 
 (fJreen, red and white.) 
 
 Chesterfield, (Mass.) 
 
 Paris, (Me.) 
 
 113 13' 
 
 117 9 
 
 150 00 
 
 141 
 
 135 
 
 156 
 
 155 
 
 102 
 
 158 
 
 151 
 
 HAUY. 
 
 40 
 44 
 43 
 
 9 
 
 26 
 25 
 
 5 
 
 136 
 149 
 152 
 
 50 
 26 
 51 
 
 a 
 
 u 
 
 u 
 u 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with P and s difficult. Fn cture im- 
 perfectly conchoidal, uneven. Surface, the pnsms deep- 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 243 
 
 Tourmaline. 
 
 ly striated, parallel to the axis ; k rough, the rest of the 
 faces generally smooth, and of nearly the same physical 
 quality. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color, brown, green, blue, red, white, 
 frequently black ; generally dark colors, rarely bright. 
 Streak white. Transparent . . . almost opake, agreeably to 
 the color. Less transparent if viewed in a direction paral- 
 lel to the axis than when perpendicular to it, and generally 
 different colors in these directions. 
 
 Hardness = 7-0 ... 7-5. Sp. gr. = 3-076 ; = 3-021, 
 transparent Rubellite from Paris; =3-009, of a transpar- 
 ent green variety from Paris; =3-055 of transparent In- 
 dicolite from Paris. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition seldom 
 granular, of various sizes of individuals ; generally colum- 
 nar, of various sizes of individuals, often very thin, straight 
 and parallel or divergent; sometimes again aggregated into 
 larger granular, or wedge-shaped masses ; faces of compo- 
 sition smooth and longitudinally streaked. 
 
 1. Tourmaline and Schorl were formerly distinguished as two par- 
 ticular species, though they differ in no other respects than in color and 
 transparency. Tourmaline included the green, blue, red, brown and 
 white color, (the blue being called Indicolite and the red Rubellite) , 
 while Schorl comprised the black varieties. 
 
 2. This species offers a variety of results when heated before the 
 blow-pipe. Some varieties (especially those containing lithia) intu- 
 mesce and assume a slaggy appearance, but do not melt; others (which 
 contain lime) intumesce still more and melt into a white slag. It as- 
 sumes by heat, opposite kinds of electricity on the opposite ends of the 
 crystals. The finest, transparent crystals, especially when cut by the 
 lapidary, are constantly electric without artificial heat. 
 
244 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 | >/S| co 
 
 00 
 
 00 
 
 10 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 1C 
 
 !* 
 
 QO 
 
 
 
 < 
 < 
 
 8 
 
 3 
 
 
 J^^l *H 
 
 1 1 
 
 ** 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 O t-< 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 oo oo co Oi 
 
 nf i ^ 
 
 O 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 Oi 
 
 c 
 
 O 00 
 
 Si 
 
 
 s- w 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 * *o 
 
 m 
 
 
 & 
 
 Tt< 
 
 o 
 
 g 
 
 /^ta^i 
 
 s*\ 
 
 .j O 
 
 o o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 9 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 o o 
 
 o o 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 3 
 
 N 
 
 <M 
 
 CO ^ 
 V-^v^ 
 
 o-o 
 x^ 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 d 
 o 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 J^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 1O CO 
 
 g 
 
 
 i 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 <N 
 
 CO 
 
 * 
 
 o 
 
 f-i co G 
 
 o 
 
 Tt*- 
 
 <fq 
 
 CM 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 o 
 o 
 o 
 
 f* 
 
 O CO 
 O (N 
 
 *^ 
 
 B 
 
 Cw 
 
 <?~\ 
 
 d ^ 
 
 o o 6 
 
 o ^ 
 
 H C3 
 
 x-x 
 
 1 
 
 b 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 V 
 
 *-v 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 v-^v 
 
 w 
 
 s 
 
 o 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 s 
 
 CO 
 
 00 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 CM 
 
 Si 
 
 00 
 Oi 
 
 
 3 
 
 I I 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 tf o 
 
 
 
 
 1 | |i co 
 
 (M 
 
 O 
 
 2 
 
 CO 
 
 rf 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 8, 
 
 
 
 05 2 ^ 
 
 00 o fH 
 
 3Z 2,i ^ 
 
 VO 
 
 CM 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 (M 
 
 
 
 
 -H 2 
 
 PH 
 
 
 O bCl 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 *J 
 
 
 
 &'-- 
 
 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 QO 
 
 
 1* ^H 
 
 1^ 
 
 
 5 ~' 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 Oi 
 
 00 
 
 00 
 
 
 
 ' 
 
 f 00 
 
 1> 
 
 
 l 3 '^ 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 XO 
 
 if* 
 
 CO 
 
 1> 
 
 Oi 
 
 * 
 
 - 10 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 ^ 
 
 CO 
 
 lfi> Si fH 
 
 g 8 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 
 CM 
 
 CO 
 
 
 1 
 
 - I 1 
 
 CO 
 
 
 <s^ 
 
 CO 
 CO 
 
 3 
 
 o 
 
 Tf 
 
 CO 
 
 GO 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 1? 
 
 CO CO 
 
 CO 
 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 g 
 
 s 
 
 oo Oi 
 
 00 
 
 
 i 
 
 CNJ 
 
 rf 
 
 s 
 
 C5 
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 1C QO 
 CO CO 
 
 CO 
 
 
 all 
 
 3 
 
 .00 
 
 Ci 
 
 a 
 
 Si 
 00 
 
 S8 
 
 S5 
 
 <N CO 
 
 O CO 
 
 00 
 I 
 
 
 SH C3 
 
 O 
 
 "*. 
 
 Tf 
 
 * 
 
 fl 
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 
 f CO 
 
 Tj* 
 
 
 
 ^~K^ 
 
 O 
 CO 
 
 eg 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 co c>i 
 
 pi 
 
 g 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 H 
 <N 
 
 CO 
 CM 
 
 o 
 
 1 
 
 
 CM CO g CO 
 
 H 9 II ? || 
 
 CO 
 
 11 
 
 CO 
 
 I 
 
 CO 
 
 I! 
 
 1 
 
 c 
 
 11! 
 
 
 
 
 bn ; 
 
 fa ; 
 
 bfl 
 
 tL 
 
 bC 
 
 hC 
 
 h| 
 
 I 
 
 aCW) 
 
 
 
 _0 
 
 OH * 
 
 ^v* 
 
 ci. * 
 03 
 
 cc 
 
 c/r 
 
 OH 
 
 QQ 
 
 OH 
 
 0- 
 
 o- a, 
 Wl CG 
 
 1 
 
 
 ^w^ 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 2* 
 
 
 
 
 t3 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 T3 
 
 
 
 ies and 1 
 
 ozna. 
 
 I-J 
 
 PH 00 
 
 1 
 
 evonsh 
 
 d c 
 
 to O 
 
 OQ 
 
 =-i en 
 
 2 ^ 
 
 G 
 cu 
 
 ? 
 
 > 
 
 avaria. 
 re en Ian 
 
 "o 
 
 o 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 V^v^ 
 
 w 
 
 w 
 
 
 
 
 09 
 
 PQO 02 
 
 ca 
 
 o 
 
 CJ 
 
 d 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 d 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 es 
 
 cd 
 
 :_, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 G 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 c 
 
 -ij 
 
 ^ 
 
 c 
 
 u 
 
 
 ; ^ 
 
 G 
 
 
 
 CD 
 
 I 
 
 OS 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 ea 
 
 u 
 
 C3 
 
 g 
 
 o 
 
 s 
 
 c. 
 
 a 
 
 s 
 
 i 
 
 35 
 
 o 
 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 245 
 
 Tourmaline. 
 
 4. Tourmaline is frequently met with in rocks, particularly in gran- 
 ite, but without forming a regular ingredient of any, and is found im- 
 bedded in them in larger or smaller masses, or crystallized in the drusy 
 cavities, as in the Topaz-rock of Saxony and the granite of Paris, (Me.) 
 The dark brown variety of Monroe, (Conn.) forms with Mica a bed in 
 mica-slate. The cinnamon-red occurs disseminated through dolomite 
 and granular limestone ; and the green and red varieties with smoky 
 Quartz form a vein embraced on each side by Albite, traversing granite 
 at Chesterfield, (Mass.) It is also met with in the shape of pebbles, in 
 the stream-works, and in the san4 of many rivers. 
 
 5. Some of the most remarkable among the foreign localities of Tour- 
 maline are the following; black crystals in Greenland, in the mountains 
 called Horlberg near Bodenmais in Bavaria, and near Bovey in Devon- 
 shire, England; red varieties from Perme in Siberia, Rozena in Mora- 
 via; pale green with a tinge of yellow at St. Gothard in dolomite, and 
 green and blue varieties from Brazil and Ceylon, where they are found 
 in the sand of rivers. 
 
 The United States is particularly rich in Tourmaline. Paris, (Me.) 
 has thus far yielded the most remarkable crystals for size, color 
 and transparency, and which were found loose in the soil, covering a 
 decomposing ledge of graphic granite. Some of these were upwards of 
 an inch in diameter, transparent, red at one end and green at the other. 
 The granite still continues to afford blue and pink crystals and compound 
 varieties, which are mostly imbedded in Lepidolite; also long slender 
 green crystals and columnar aggregations traversing large individuals 
 of brown Mica. The vein of Tourmalines of Chesterfield, (Mass.) is 
 about one foot in width. The crystals are small, rarely perfect in form, 
 deeply striated, often much curved, and rifted by cross seams into which 
 the Quartz is thrust. The green crystals especially those situated in 
 the smoky Quartz, often contain in their centres prisms of Rubellite, 
 while the single crystals of Tourmaline which have shot into the Al- 
 bite, are frequently pure red or green. Similar varieties are found at 
 Goshen, where the interior of the crystals is sometimes blue or green, 
 and the exterior a pale rose-color, or some different shade of green or 
 blue. The deep indigo-blue varieties, particularly, abound at Goshen. 
 Monroe, (Conn.) furnishes the most perfect crystals in form, found in 
 the United States. They are of a dark yellowish brown color, and trans- 
 lucent only on their edges. They vary in size from a hazle-nut to two 
 or three inches in length, and one or two in diameter, being universally 
 
 21* 
 
246 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Tourmaline Triplite. 
 
 perfect at both extremities. A cinnamon-red, and brown variety occurs 
 at Governeur, St. Lawrence co., (N. Y.) in granular limestone with 
 Scapolite, Pyroxene and Apatite, though it is chiefly imbedded by itself 
 in veins of white Quartz. A similar variety is found at Grenville, Low- 
 er Canada, Newton, (N. J.) with Corundum, Spinel and Rutile, at 
 Kingsbridge, (N. Y.) and at Carlisle, (Mass.) with Garnet. Black va- 
 rieties are found at numerous places. The most beautiful have been ob- 
 tained from Brunswick, (Me.), Monroe and Haddarn, (Conn.) and Green- 
 field, (N. Y.) 
 
 6. The red varieties of Tourmaline are highly esteemed in jewellery ; 
 when they are transparent and of a fine color, they rank on a level with 
 the oriental ruby. The green and blue varieties are also cut when their 
 color is not too intense. 
 
 TREMOLITE. (See Hornblende.) 
 TRICLASITE. (See Fafdunite.) 
 
 TRIPLITE. Prismatic Par ach rose-Bary te. 
 
 Massive : cleavage in three directions perpendicular to 
 each other, one of them more distinct. Fracture small 
 conchoidal. 
 
 Lustre resinous, inclining to adamantine. Color black- 
 ish-brown. Streak yellowish-grey. Translucent on the 
 edges. Opake. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 5-0 ... 5-5. Sp. gr. =3-439 . . . 
 3-775. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it melts easily into a black scoria, and is 
 readily dissolved in nitric acid without effervescence. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By VAUQUELIIV. 
 
 Chfideofiron 31-00 
 
 Oxide of manganese 42-00 
 
 Phosphoric acid 27 00 
 
 3. It has been found near Limoges in France, in a vein of Quartz in 
 granite, accompanied by Apatite. In the United States, it occurs in con- 
 siderable quantity at Washington, (Conn.) where it exists as at Limoges 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 247 
 
 Trona Troostite. 
 
 in France, but is associated with pulverulent Diallogite. In small 
 quantity, also, at Sterling, (Mass ) along with Spodumene. 
 
 TRONA. Te tart o-prismatic Natron-Salt. 
 
 Primary form. Doubly oblique prism. MonT=103 
 15'. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 451. 
 
 Tonn - - - 103 15' 
 
 n on n - 132 30 
 
 Cleavage, perfect parallel to M. Fracture uneven. 
 Surface, M and n smooth, T streaked. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color white, sometimes passing to yel- 
 lowish-grey. Streak white. Transparent . . . translucent. 
 Rather brittle. Hardness = 2*5 ... 3-0. Sp. gr. = 
 2-11. Taste, sharply alcaline. 
 
 1. It does net deliquesce in the air. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 Carbonic acid - 40 24 
 
 Soda - 37-93 
 
 Water - 21-83 
 
 3. It is found at Fezzan in Tripoli, where it occurs mingled with the 
 soil and dissolved in water, 
 
 TROOSTITE. Rhombohedral Parachrose- 
 
 Bary te. 
 Primary form. Rhomboid. P on P =115 (c. g.) 
 
248 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHF. 
 
 Troostite. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 452. 
 
 P on a - 
 P on b - 
 a on b - 
 b on 6 - 
 
 J 47 30' c. g. 
 122 00 
 
 109 00 " 
 
 120 00 " 
 
 Irregular forms, grains. 
 
 Cleavage parallel with b perfect, at right angles to the 
 axis less distinct, with P in traces. Surface, b smooth and 
 shining, P and a dull. Fracture conchoidal. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to resinous. Color pale as- 
 paragus-green, yellow, grey, and reddish-brown ; none of 
 them bright. Transparent to translucent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =5-5. Sp. gr. =4*0 . . . 4-1. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular. 
 
 1. Heated before the blow-pipe, it becomes transparent and melts on 
 the edges. With borax, it dissolves giving the violet tinge of oxide of 
 manganese. It is dissolved with effervescence in muriatic acid, at the 
 same time giving out chlorine, and leaving a residue of silica. 
 2. Analysis. 
 By THOMSON. 
 Silica 30-650 
 
 Protoxide of manganese 46215 
 
 Peroxide of iron 15-450 
 
 Loss by heat 7-300 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Tungsten. 
 
 249 
 
 3. It is found at Sterling, (N. J.) associated with Franklinite. 
 crystals are sometimes above an inch in length. 
 
 Its 
 
 TUNGSTATE OF IRON. (See Wolfram.) 
 TUNGSTATE OF LEAD. (See Schtehtine.) 
 TUNGSTATE OF LIME. (See Tungsten.) 
 
 TUNGSTEN. Pyramidal Tungst ic-Bary te. 
 
 Primary form. Octahedron with a square base P on P 
 over the base =130 SO', over the pyramidal edge =100 
 '8'. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 453. Fig. 454, 
 
 Trumbull and Monroe, (Conn.) 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with P and a ; more splendent in the 
 direction of the former, though more interrupted *by 
 small conchoidal fracture. Fracture imperfectly conchoid- 
 al, uneven. Surface, a irregularly streaked, sometimes 
 concave, P and the other faces are generally smooth. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to adamantine. Color gener- 
 ally white, often inclining and passing into yellowish-grey, 
 yellowish and reddish brown, sometimes almost orange-yel- 
 low. Streak while. Semi-transparent . . . translucent. 
 
250 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Tungsten Tungstic Ochre. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =4-0 . . . 4-5. Sp. gr. = 6-076, a 
 white cleavable variety from Schlaggenwald. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals. Axis of revolu- 
 tion perpendicular, face of composition parallel to faces 
 truncating the base of the octahedron, a. The individuals 
 are continued beyond the face of composition. Reniform 
 shapes; surface drusy, composition columnar. Massive: 
 composition granular, faces of composition sometimes irreg- 
 ularly streaked. 
 
 1. Heated upon charcoal, it decrepitates at first, and then fuses, but 
 only with great difficulty and on the thinnest edges into a semi-transpa- 
 rent, vitrified mass. It gives a white glass with borax, the transparen- 
 cy of which is proportioned to the quantity of the salt employed. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By BERZELIUS. 
 
 Lime . . . . . . . 19-40 
 
 Tungstic acid 80-42 
 
 3. Tungsten occurs mostly in the repositories of Tin-Ore, and is ac- 
 companied by Wolfram, Topaz, Fluor and Quartz. It is also found ia 
 lead veins with Wolfram and Spathic Iron. 
 
 4. Its most remarkable localities are Schlackenwald and Zinnwald in 
 Bohemia, Zinnwald and Ehrenfriedersdorf in Saxony, and Cornwall, 
 England. It is also found in Sweden and Dauphiny. It occurs in large 
 irregular crystals and massive at Monroe, in Quartz with Wolfram, Ga- 
 lena, Native Bismuth and Tungstic-ochre ; also in the adjoining town of 
 Trumbull in a vein of Topaz, Quartz and Fluor. 
 
 TUNGSTIC OCHRE. Tungstic Lusine-Ore. 
 
 Massive : composition impalpable ; earthy and pulveru- 
 lent. Fracture earthy. 
 
 Color lemrnon-yellow. 
 
 Soft. Sp. gr. =6-0. 
 
 1. It assumes a greenish hue when strongly heated. It combines 
 with the acids and is soluble in caustic alkalies. 
 
 2. It is probably tungstic acid in a state of perfect purity, and there- 
 fore consists of Oxygen 13-55. and Tungsten 86-45, 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Turnerite. 
 
 251 
 
 3. It is found associated with Wolfram and Tungsten at Lanes' mine 
 in Monroe, (Conn.) usually in very thin coatings, rarely rilling up small 
 cavities. 
 
 TURNERITE. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. 
 96 10'. P on M =99 40'. 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 455. 
 
 M onM = 
 
 m 
 
 142 29' 
 
 LEVY. 
 
 - 
 
 133 50 
 
 PHILLIPS* 
 
 _ 
 
 126 10 
 
 b< 
 
 - 
 
 140 50 
 
 LEVY. 
 
 - 
 
 138 5 
 
 ii 
 
 - 
 
 161 2 
 
 (C 
 
 - 
 
 155 17 
 
 If 
 
 - 
 
 139 25 
 
 PHILLIPS* 
 
 P on a 
 
 Pn/ 
 M on a 
 M on gl 
 M on h 
 M on / 
 P on ci 
 P on c2 
 
 Cleavage parallel to both diagonals of the primary form, 
 one of them more perfect. 
 
 Lustre nearly adamantine. Color several shades of yel- 
 low, often inclining to brown. Sireak white, sometimes 
 greyish. Transparent . . . translucent. 
 
 Scratches Fluor pretty readily, but yields to the knife. 
 
 1. According to the blow-pipe experiment of Mr. CHILDREN, it con- 
 sists chiefly of alumina, lime, magnesia, and a little iron with traces of 
 silica. 
 
252 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Turquoise Uranite. 
 
 2. It is found at Mt. Sorel in Dauphiny, attended by Quartz, Feldspar, 
 Albite, Crichtonite and Anatase. 
 
 TURQUOISE. Uncleavable Azure-Spar. 
 Massive: composition impalpable. Fracture conchoidaL 
 Color blue . . . green, rather bright. Streak uncolored. 
 
 Feebly translucent on the edges . . . opake. 
 
 Hardness = 6-0. Sp. gr. =2-83 . . . 3-00. FISCHER. 
 
 1. It is not dissolved by muriatic acid. Before the blow-pipe, it be- 
 comes brown in the reducing'flame, and gives a green color to it. It is 
 infusible by itself, but melts easily with borax or salt of phosphorus. 
 
 2. According to B.ERZEL.IUS, it consists of phosphate of alumina and 
 lime, silica, oxide of iron and copper, and a little water. 
 
 3. It is found in Persia, either in pebbles, or in small veins, traver- 
 sing a kind of trap. 
 
 4. Cut and polished, it is used for different ornamental purposes. 
 
 URANITE. Pyramidal Eu ch lore-Mica. 
 MOMS. 
 
 Primary form. Right square prism. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 456. Fig. 457. 
 
 Fig. 458. 
 
 Cornwall. 
 
 Cornwall. 
 
 Cornwall. 
 Fig. 459. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 253 
 
 Uranite. 
 
 p on cl . 145 32' PHILLIPS. 
 
 P on c2 - 140 40 
 
 P on c3 - 137 10 
 
 P onc4 - HI 50 
 
 P on2 - 134 00 
 
 C 4onc4 - 97 32 
 
 Cleavage, P highly perfect and easily obtained. Traces 
 of d. Fracture not observable. Surface, P smooth, c 
 horizontally streaked, M rough. 
 
 Lustre pearly upon P, both as faces of crystallization 
 and of cleavage ; adamantine upon the other faces. Color 
 emerald-green, and grass-green, less frequently leek-green, 
 apple-green, or siskin-green. Streak corresponding to the 
 color, though paler. Transparent . . . translucent, some- 
 times only on the edges. 
 
 Sectile. Hardness = 2-0 . . . 2-5. Sp. gr. -3-115. 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 of various sizes, faces of composition rarely observable. 
 
 1. Alone before the blow-pipe, it turns yellow and loses its transpa- 
 rency. Upon charcoal, it intumesces a little, and melts into a black 
 globule, with traces of crystallization upon the surface. With borax, 
 it yields a yellowish green bead, and produces a yellow solution in ni- 
 tric acid. . 
 2. JfnwysiSj 
 
 By BERZELIUS. By R. PHILLIPS, 
 
 fr. Cornwall. 
 16-00 
 60-00 
 900 
 14-50 
 000 
 0-50 
 
 3. Uranite is found in veins of copper, silver, tin and iron ores, and 
 sometimes also in beds; and is gene. ally accompanied by the other ores 
 of uranium. 
 
 VOL. II. 22 
 
 
 fr. Cornwall. 
 
 fr. Autun. 
 
 Phosphoric acid 
 
 14-62 . 
 
 1496 
 
 Oxide of uranium 
 
 6252 , 
 
 , 64-03 
 
 Oxide of copper 
 
 8-12 , 
 
 o-oo 
 
 Water 
 
 1474 
 
 . 1504 
 
 Lime 
 
 000 
 
 5-97 
 
 Silica 
 
 0-00 
 
 000 
 
254 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Uranium-Ochre Variegated Copper. 
 
 4. Beautiful varieties are found in Cornwall. It also occurs at Jo- 
 hanngeorgenstadt, Schneeberg, and Eubenstock; at St. Symphoriennear 
 Autun, and at St. Yrieix near Limoges in France. 
 
 URANIUM-OCHRE. Uranium Lusine-Ore. 
 
 Massive : composition impalpable; earthy and pulverulent. 
 
 Color, sulphur-yellow, citron yellow, to brownish or red- 
 dish yellow. 
 
 1. It affords moisture on being heated in a glass tube. It turns green 
 in the reduction flame of the blow-pipe, without melting. 
 
 2. It is believed to be an oxide of uranium, though according to ZIPPED 
 the variety from Joachimsthal contains carbonic acid. 
 
 3. It is found accompanying the Pitchblende in Cornwall and in Bo- 
 hemia. 
 
 URANIUM-ORE. (See Pitchblende.) 
 URANIUM- VITRIOL. (See Johannite.) 
 
 UWAROWITE. 
 
 Crystals small rhombic dodecahedrons. 
 Lustre vitreous. 
 Color emerald-green. 
 
 Hardness (scale of BREITHAUFT) = 10 and above. 
 1. Locality not mentioned. 
 
 VALENCIANITE. (See Perildin.) 
 VANADIATE OF LEAD. (See PyromorpJiite.) 
 
 VARIEGATED COPPER. Octahedral Bronze- 
 Pyrites. 
 
 Primary form. Regular octahedron. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 1. Primary, having its angles truncated. 
 
 2. Regular octahedron. Cornwall. 
 
 3. Octahedron, with the angles truncated. Cornwall. 
 Cleavage, traces in the direction of the primary faces- 
 Fracture small conchoidal, uneven. Surface generally 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 255 
 
 Variegated Copper. 
 
 rough, particularly those of the cube, and often curved ; 
 much subject to tarnish. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color intermediate between copper- 
 red and pinchbeck-brown. Streak pale greyish-black, a 
 little shining. 
 
 Rather sectile. Hardness=3-0. Sp. gr. = 5-003, from 
 the Bannat. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals ; axis of revolu- 
 tion perpendicular, face of composition parallel to a face of 
 the octahedron, the individuals being continued beyond the 
 face of composition. Massive; composition granular, 
 strongly connected ; fracture conchoidal and uneven. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, on charcoal, it melts into a globule, which 
 becomes magnetic, if kept in the blast for some time. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By PHILLIPS. 
 
 Copper 61-07 
 
 Sulphur . 23 ' 75 
 
 Iron 14 ' 
 
 Silica ' 50 
 
 3. It occurs in beds and veins ; the crystallized varieties only in veins. 
 It is accompanied chiefly by various other ores of copper. 
 
 4. It occurs at Orawitza and other places in the Bannat, associated 
 with Garnet. It is found likewise in beds in the cupriferous shale of the 
 Mansfeld, included in thin layers in the bituminous marl-slate. But it is 
 particularly found in Cornwall, in the vicinity of Redruth. In smaller 
 quantities, it is found in Ireland, Hessia, Silesia, Norway, Sweden, &c. 
 
 It has only been met with in a few places in the United States. Thin 
 seams occur in granite, at Chesterfield, (Mass.), and in Pennsylvania, 
 where it occurs under circumstances similar to those mentioned at Mans- 
 field. 
 
 VARVICITE. 
 
 In radiating and twin-crystals. Cleavage prismatic. 
 Lustre sub-metallic. Color iron-black to steel-grey. Streak black. 
 Hardness (scale of BREITHAUPT) = 30... 3-75. Sp. gr. == 
 4-531, from Warwick ; = 4-623, from the Hartz. 
 
256 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Vauquelinite. 
 
 VAUQUELINITE. Lead-Baryte. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. 
 
 Minute crystals, nearly resembling the annexed figure, 
 
 Fig. 460. 
 
 if the obtuse edges o a be replaced, and the figure be com- 
 pressed parallel with P, and joined in regular compositions, 
 parallel to a plane, which passes through the crystals in the 
 direction of e e, and intersects the acute lateral edges. In- 
 clination of P on P 7 from the other individual, nearly 134 
 30'; of the edge o a, or its replacement on P, about 149. 
 
 Fracture uneven. Surface, P smooth and even, the rest 
 of the faces a little curved. 
 
 Lustre adamantine, often faint. Color blackish green, 
 olive-green. Streak siskin-green, often inclining to brown. 
 Faintly translucent, with a fine olive-green tint, opake. 
 
 Rather brittle. Hardness =2-5 . . . 3-0. Sp. gr. = 5'5 
 ...5-78. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Botryoidal, reniform, massive : 
 composition generally impalpable, surface drusy or roqgh, 
 fracture imperfect and flat conchoidal, lustre faintly resinous. 
 
 1. Alone, before the blow-pipe, it intumesces a little, and then froths 
 and melts into a greyish globule, giving at the same time some globules 
 of lead. In the oxidating flame, a small quantity effervesces with, and 
 imparts a green color to, borax and salt of phosphorus, which remains 
 transparent on cooling ; but in the reducing flame, the globule turns red 
 and transparent, or red and opake, or finally black, according to the quan- 
 tity of the mineral employed. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Vauquelinite Vitreous Copper. 
 
 257 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 Oxide of lead 60-87 
 
 Oxide of copper 10-80 
 
 Chromic acid 28 33 
 
 3. It occurs at Beresof in Siberia, along with Red Lead-Ore and Py- 
 romorphite, and is said to be found in Brazil. 
 
 VELVET-BLUE COPPER. 
 
 Short capillary crystals, in velvety druses and coatings. 
 Lustre pearly. Color bright smalt-blue. Translucent. 
 
 1. It has been found lining drusy cavities in Limonite, at Moldawa in 
 the Bannat of Temeswar. 
 
 VlGNITE. 
 
 Massive : composition granular. 
 Color dark greenish blue. 
 Sp.gr. = 3-71. It is magnetic. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By KARSTEN. 
 
 Oxide of iron 49-14 
 
 Protoxide of iron 35-30 
 
 Caibouic arid 1106 
 
 Phosphoric acid 4-50 
 
 2. It is found in Jura limestone, at Vignes. 
 
 3. It appears to belong to the species Magnetic-Iron. 
 
 VITREOUS COPPER. Prismatic Copper- 
 Glance. MoHS. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M = 
 35'. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 461. 
 
 Fig. 462. 
 
258 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Vitreous Copper. 
 
 o on o - 126 52' 
 
 d on d 63 00 
 
 o on o over c? 80 6 
 
 Cleavage, traces of M, very imperfect. Fracture con- 
 choidal. Surface, most of the faces smooth, only the faces 
 at right angles to the axis, and particularly c, are streaked 
 horizontally. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color blackish lead grey. Streak un- 
 changed, sometimes shining. 
 
 Very sectile. Hardness = 2*5 . . . 3-0. Sp. gr. = 5'695, 
 the compact variety from Bannat. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals: 1. Axis of revo- 
 lution perpendicular to one or both faces of M ; face of 
 
 Fig. 463. 
 
 composition parallel to it, as in the accompanying figure, 
 only that the ra-entering angles are rilled up. 2. Axis of 
 revolution perpendicular, face of composition parallel to a 
 face of a ; the individuals being continued beyond the face 
 of composition. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Vitreous Copper. 
 
 259 
 
 Fig. 464. 
 
 The inclination of P to P' is equal to that of the acute 
 terminal edge of a on a' on one side, and of 91 51' on 
 the other ; the respective inclinations of a on a! are 
 = 153 37', and =157 19'. Massive; composition 
 granular, of various sizes of individuals, generally small, 
 and often impalpable ; in the last case the fracture becomes 
 uneven, even or flat conchoidal. Plates. 
 
 1. In the oxidating flame of the blow-pipe, it melts and emits glowing 
 globules, attended with some noise. In the reducing flame, it becomes 
 covered with a coat, and does not melt. When the sulphur is driven off, 
 a globule of copper remains. If the mineral be treated with nitric acid, 
 the copper is dissolved, forming a green solution; but the sulphur re- 
 mains undissolved. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KLAPROTH. By UL.LMAJVN. 
 
 Sulphur - - 18-50 - - 19-00 
 
 Copper - - 78-50 - - - 79-50 
 
 Iron 2-25 -' - - 0-75 
 
 Silica - - 075 - - - 1-00 
 
 3. It occurs abundantly in beds and veins, and is accompanied by 
 other ores of copper, by Iron-Pyrites and Quartz. 
 
 4. Large and well defined crystals occur in several mines near Red- 
 ruth in Cornwall. Compound varieties, and rarely distinct crystals, are 
 found in beds in the Bannat of Temeswar, near Catherinenburg in Sibe- 
 
260 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Vitreous Silver. 
 
 ria, in Mansfield, in Hessia, &c. A foliated variety is found in Corn- 
 wall, in the Bannat, in Siegen, and in Mansfeld. 
 
 Compact virieties are found at Schuyler's mines, New Jersey, in 
 the old red sandstone, and in the same rock in Connecticut, at Simsbury 
 and Cheshire. 
 
 VITREOUS SILVER. Dodecahedral Polypoi- 
 one-Glance. 
 
 Primary form. Cube. 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Cube, with angles truncated. 
 
 Freiberg. 
 
 3. 
 Cube, with edges truncated. 
 
 5. Fig. 465. 
 
 Regular octahedron. 
 Joachimsthal. 
 
 4. 
 Rhombic dodecahedron. 
 
 6. Fig. 466. 
 
 Freiberg. 
 
 Freiberg. 
 
 Cleavage, sometimes traces parallel to the rhombic do- 
 decahedron. Fracture imperfect and small conchoidal, 
 uneven. Surface, nearly of the same description in all the 
 forms, often uneven, and possessing low degrees of lustre. 
 Subject to tarnish. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color blackish lead-grey. Streak 
 shining. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 261 
 
 Vitreous Silver Vivianite. 
 
 Malleable. Hardness = 2-0 . . . 2-5. Sp. gr. = 7-196 
 ...7-366. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Reticulated, arborescent, denti- 
 form, filiform, and capillary shapes : individuals sometimes 
 distinguishable, sometimes impalpable; the dentiform and 
 some other imitative shapes are longitudinally streaked. 
 Massive : composition impalpable; fracture uneven. Plates, 
 and superficial coatings. 
 
 1. It is easily fusible before the blow-pipe, attended by intumescence, 
 and it gives a globule of silver by a continuation of the heat. It is solu- 
 ble in nitric acid. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KL.APROTH. By BERZELIUS. 
 
 Silver . . . 85-00 . . . 87-05 
 
 Sulphur . . . 15-00 . . . 12-96 
 
 3. It has been found almost exclusively in veins, accompanied by a 
 great variety of species, particularly by ores of silver, lead, and antimo- 
 ny ; by Blende, several species of Pyrites, and by Calcareous Spar. 
 Rarely, it is found with Native Gold. The rock adjoining the veins is 
 often impregnated with it, and it is itself covered with Silver-black, 
 which sometimes owes its formation to the decomposition of Vitreous 
 Silver. 
 
 4. It occurs at Freiberg, Marienberg, Annaberg, Schneeberg and Jo- 
 hanngeorgenstadt in Saxony; in Bohemia, principally at Joachimsthal; 
 at Schemnitz and Cremnitz in Hungary. Other localities are Siberia, 
 Mexico and Peru. 
 
 5. It is a valuable ore for the extraction of silver. 
 
 VIVIANITE. Prismatic Iron-Mica. 
 
 Primary form. Right oblique-angled prism. M on T 
 = 125 18'. 
 
262 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Vivianite. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 P on cl 
 P on d 
 T oncl 
 T on c2 
 T on 6 
 M on cl 
 M on d 
 
 
 Fig. 467. 
 
 
 *<>._ 
 
 * V" 
 
 " 
 C1 
 
 
 7\ 
 
 /r 
 
 % 
 
 
 I b 
 
 tf 
 
 *>&- 
 
 T 
 
 
 J 
 
 -^x 
 125 
 
 56^ 
 
 
 r j 
 
 on 
 
 
 135 
 
 35 
 
 ti 
 
 cl 
 
 on 
 
 a - 
 
 143 
 
 40 
 
 W 
 
 cl 
 
 on 
 
 d - 
 
 165 
 
 25 ;> <! 
 
 cl 
 
 on 
 
 6 - 
 
 125 
 
 25 
 
 SJ 
 
 c 
 
 on 
 
 cl- 
 
 117 
 
 40 
 
 Cfi 
 
 cl 
 
 on 
 
 c2- 
 
 150 
 
 30 
 
 
 d 
 
 on 
 
 d - 
 
 148 5' 
 
 140 35 
 
 134 
 
 125 
 
 108 
 
 157 
 
 120 
 
 5 
 
 40 
 30 
 45 
 45 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with P highly perfect ; traces in oth- 
 er directions. Fracture, not observable. Surface, P 
 smooth ; the rest of the faces streaked parallel to the edg- 
 es of combination of P. 
 
 Lustre pearly, almost metallic on P. The rest of the 
 faces possess vitreous lustre. 
 
 Color pale blackish-green ... indigo blue. It is green at 
 right angles to the axis, but of a pure blue color parallel to 
 it. The united effect of both, produces the common dirty 
 indigo-blue color. Streak bluish white, very soon chang- 
 ing to indigo-blue. The powder produced by crushing 
 the mineral in a dry state, is liver-brown. Transparent... 
 translucent ; least transparent in the direction of the axis. 
 
 Sectile. Thin laminae are perfectly flexible. 
 
 Hardness = 1-5 ... 2-0, the lowest degrees upon P. 
 Sp. gr.=2'661, crystal from Cornwall. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Small reniform and globular 
 shapes, and imbedded nodules ; also superficial coatings of 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY* 263 
 
 Vivianite. 
 
 dusty particles. Composition impalpable, earthy or easily 
 reduced to powder. 
 
 1. When heated before the blow-pipe, it decrepitates, but if reduced 
 to powder, melts into a dark brown or black scoria, which affects the 
 magnetic needle. It is soluble in dilute sulphuric, and nitric acids. 
 The friable varieties are found white in their original repositories, but 
 like the white powder of the crystals, they soon assume a blue tinge, on 
 being exposed to the air. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By VOGEL. By THOMSON. By STROMEYER. 
 
 fr. Bodenmais. fr. N. Jersey. fr. Cornwall. 
 
 Protoxide of iron 41-00 . . 42-65 . . 4238 
 Phosphoric acid 2640 . . 24-00 . . 2869 
 Water 31-00 . . 25-00 . . 28-93 
 
 3. It is found attending Iron Pyrites in copper and tin veins, in narrow 
 veins traversing greywacke with Native Gold, along with Magnetic 
 Iron, and in trap rocks. The compound friable varieties are imbedded 
 in clay, and in bog-iron ojre. 
 
 4. It is found with Native Gold at Vorospatak in Transylvania, at St. 
 Agnes, Cornwall, and in Bodenmais;, Bavaria. The earthy variety is 
 found in Caiinthia, Stiria, and Thuringia, in the Shetland Islands, and 
 the Isle of Man. 
 
 It occurs in considerable abundance at Allentown, Monmouth county, 
 (N. J.) and in its vicinity, imbedded in bog-iron ore, and associated with 
 clays : in the former instance, it is crystallized in nodules, as well as 
 massive; and in the latter, earthy. It is often found in this region fill- 
 ing up Belemnites and Gryphites, in the ferruginous sand formation. 
 
 VOLKONSKOTTE. 
 
 Massive ; divisible into laminae in one direction. 
 Color grass-green. 
 
 1. When thrown into water, it falls to fragments with a hissing noise. 
 
 2. It contains about 07 oxide of chrome. 
 
 3. It is found in the district of Okhousk, Perm in Russia, where it oc- 
 curs in beds and veins. 
 
 VULPINITE. (See Anhydrite.) 
 WAD. (See Pyrohsite.) 
 
264 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Wagnerite. 
 
 WAGNERITE. Hemi-prismatic Fluor-Haloide. 
 PARTSCH. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. M on M= 
 95 25'. PonM=10920'. 
 
 Secondary form. The primary, having its lateral edges 
 bevelled, the new planes upon the obtuse edges inclining 
 under angles of 117 32', those upon the lateral edges un- 
 der angles of 122 25'. The bevelling faces on the obtuse 
 edges are likewise truncated. The annexed figure repre- 
 
 Fig. 468. 
 
 sents the top of the crystal, a is not a right angle ; 6, k, 
 and g, if enlarged, would produce parallel edges of combi- 
 nation. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color several shades of yellow, some- 
 times nearly orange-yellow, often inclining to grey. Streak 
 white. Translucent. 
 
 Hardness=5-0 . . . 5-5. Sp. gr. = 3-01 ... 3-13. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it melts with difficulty into a dark greenish 
 grey glass. It easily dissolves with borax and salt of phosphorus, into a 
 transparent glass. Treated with warm sulphuric acid, it evolves fluoric 
 acid in the state of powder. 
 
 Phosphoric acid 
 Magnesia 
 Fluoric acid 
 Oxide of iron 
 Oxide of manganese 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By FUCHS. 
 
 41-73 
 
 46-66 
 
 650 
 
 5-00 
 
 0-50 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Wagnerite Wavellite. 
 
 265 
 
 3. It occurs in short and irregular veins of Quartz, in clay-slate, in 
 the valley of Hollgraben, near Werfen in Salzburg. 
 
 WATER. Pure Atmospheric-Water. MOHS. 
 Amorphous. Transparent. Liquid. 
 Sp. gr. = l-0. Without odor or taste. 
 
 1. It consists of oxygen 88-94, and hydrogen 11 06; but contains va- 
 rious proportions of earthy substances, salts and acids, which considera- 
 bly affect its taste, odor and specific gravity. If the temperature be be- 
 low 32, it assumes the con lition of ice, snow or hail, or if sufficiently 
 elevated, it is converted into vapor or steam. The crystals of ice or 
 snow resemble the regular compositions of White Lead-Ore. The grains 
 of hail are compound; those which fall during the changeable season of 
 spring have the form of spheric sections, consisting of thin prisms, radia- 
 ting from the centre, which prisms are columnar particles of composi- 
 tion, and commonly opake. The hail formed during heavy thunder 
 storms, usually assumes the shape of irregular flattish globules; it is al- 
 so compound, but often perfectly transparent, and including air hubbies. 
 2. Water in its ordinary state, or in the form of dew, mist, rain, snow., 
 hail and ice, is spread over the entire surface of the globe. 
 
 WAVELLITE. 
 
 Primary form. 
 122 15. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Prismatic Wavelline-Spar. 
 Right rhombic prism.- M on M ~ 
 
 Fia. 469. 
 
 \ 
 
 M 
 
 a on a 
 a on gi 
 gl on g% 
 g\ on k 
 g2 on h 
 VOL. n. 
 
 M 
 
 107 26' 
 122 24 
 174 45? 
 112 30? 
 Ii2 25 
 
 PHILLIPS. 
 
 u 
 u 
 u 
 
266 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Wavellite Websterite. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with M and the longer diagonal of the 
 base, perfect. Implanted globules ; composition columnar. 
 Surface drusy. 
 
 Lustre of the faces of cleavage intermediate between 
 pearly and vitreous. Color white, passing into several 
 shades of green, blue, yellow, brown and black. Translu- 
 cent. 
 
 Hardness=3'5 . . .4-0. Sp. gr. 2-337, of the variety 
 from Barnstaple. 
 
 1. Before the blowpipe it loses its lustre and transparency, but does 
 not melt. With boracic acid and iron wire, it yields a globule of phos- 
 
 phuret of iron. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By BERZELIUS. By FTJCHS. By STEINMANJV. 
 
 var. Kakoxene. 
 Alumina 35-35 . 37-20 . . . 10 01 
 
 Phosphoric acid 33-40 . 35-12 . . . 17-86 
 
 Fluoric acid 2-06 . 0-00 . . . 0-00 
 
 Lime 0-50 . 0-00 . . . 0-15 
 
 Ox. of iron and mang. 0-00 . 0-00 Peroxide of iron 36-82 
 Silica 0-00 . 00 ... 890 
 
 Water 28-00 . 28-00 With fluoric acid 25 95 
 
 3. It occurs at Barnstaple in Devonshire, in small veins in clay slate ; 
 at St. Austle in Cornwall, in veins traversing granite, accompanied by 
 Fluor, Tin-Ore, Yellow Copper Pyrites, &c. ; in (he Shiant isles in Scot- 
 land ; at Zbirow near Beraun in Bohemia, in a kind of sandstone or grit; 
 at Arnberg in the Upper Palatinate, with Limonite ; and in handsome 
 bluish green varieties near Cork in Ireland, and in Brazil. The variety 
 called Kakoxene, of an ochre-yellow color from Bohemia, has, accord- 
 ing to BREITHAUPT, a sp. gr. =3 38, or rather less. It appears, how- 
 ever, to belong lo Wavellite, though a large intermixture of decomposed 
 Limonite, or Iron-Ochre, tends to disguise its properties. 
 
 WEBSTERITE. 
 
 Reniform, massive : composiiion impalpable. Surface 
 dull. Fracture fine grained and earthy. Friable. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 267 
 
 Websterite White Antimony. 
 
 Color white. Streak white, a little glimmering. It soils. 
 Opake. 
 
 Sp. gr.= l-669. 
 
 1. It is fusible with difficulty. It is readily soluble in the acids. It 
 imbibes water, but does not in consequence, fall to pieces. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By STROMEYER. By DUMAS. 
 
 fr. Halle. fr. Newhaven. fr. AuteuiL 
 
 Alumina 30-262 29863 - - 30-0 
 
 Sulphuric acid 23-365 23-270 - - 23-0 
 
 Water 46-327 46-762 - - 47-0 
 
 3. It is found at Halle in Prussia, in beds of plastic clay, and also fill- 
 ing up fissures in chalk, and in small globular masses, at Newhaven 
 in Sussex, and at Auteuil near Paris. 
 
 WEISSITE. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. 
 Lustre pearly. Color ash-grey. Translucent. 
 Hardness, scratches glass. 
 
 1. Analysis. 
 
 By WACHMEISTER. 
 
 Silica 53-69 
 
 Alumina 21-70 
 
 Magnesia 8-99 
 
 Protoxide of iron 1-43 
 
 Protoxide of manganese 0-63 
 
 Potash 4-1X) 
 
 Soda 0-68 
 
 Oxide of zinc 0-30 
 
 Water 3-20 
 
 2. It is found with a chloritic Talc in Erik-Matts, at Fahlun in Swe- 
 den. 
 
 WERNERITE. (See Scapolite.) 
 
 WHITE ANTIMONY. Prismatic Antimony- 
 
 Baryte. MOHS. 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M = 136 
 
 58'. 
 
268 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 White Antimony. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 470. 
 
 M 
 
 h on a - 144 44' 
 
 Cleavage, parallel to M highly perfect, and easily ob- 
 tained. Fracture not observable. Surface, M very even, 
 though sometimes a little rough ; h smooth and even $ a 
 and o curved. 
 
 Lustre adamantine, particularly upon the curved faces ; 
 upon A, often pearly lustre. Color while, prevalent ; pass- 
 ing into peach-blossom-red and ash-grey. Streak white. 
 Semi-transparent . . . translucent. 
 
 Sectile. Hardness = 2-5 . . .3-0. Sp. gr. = 5'566, the 
 simple crystals from Braunsdorf. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Crystals, compressed between 
 h and A, are joined parallel to this face. If the individuals 
 be very thin, the common varieties of this species are form- 
 ed, which were formerly considered as simple forms, and 
 the faces of composition as faces of cleavage. Massive : 
 composition granular, lamellar, columnar ; faces of compo- 
 sition of the granular individuals, in general, irregularly 
 streaked. 
 
 1. It melts in the flame of the candle. Before the blow-pipe upon 
 charcoal, it is entirely volatilized, and produces a white coating upon the 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 269 
 
 White Antimony White Arsenic. 
 
 support. It is soluble in nitro-muriatic acid. It is frequently produced 
 during chemical operations, and crystallized from sublimation. 
 
 2. It consists of 
 
 Antimony 84-32 
 
 Oxygen 15-68 
 
 3. It occurs in small quantities in veins, traversing primitive or grey- 
 wacke rocks, associated with ores of lead and antimony, with Blende, 
 Calcareous Spar and Quartz. 
 
 4. Beautiful varieties of aggregated tabular crystals are found at 
 Przibram in Bohemia, and prisms of considerable thickness at Brauns- 
 dorf in Saxony. Other localitities are Malaczka in Hungary, Baden in 
 Nassau, and Allemont in Dauphiny. 
 
 WHITE ARSENIC. Octahedral Arsenic-Acid. 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Regular octahedron. 
 
 Reniform, botryoidal, stalactitic, thin crusts. Massive : 
 pulverulent.. 
 
 Color white, often inclining to yellow. Streak white. 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to adamantine. Translucent . . . 
 opake. 
 
 Sp. gr. = 3-69S. Taste sweetish astringent. 
 
 1. If exposed to a high degree of temperature, it is entirely volatil- 
 ized ; upon ignited charcoiil, it emits a strong garlick smell. Its while 
 smoke condenses itself again upon cold bodies. It is .soluble in water, 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By BERZEL.IUS. 
 
 Arsenic 75-82 
 
 Oxygen . \ 24-18 
 
 3. It is found in metalliferous veins, where it probably owes its exist- 
 ence to the decomposition of other minerals. It has been found at An- 
 dreasberg in the Hartz, at Joachimsthal in Bohemia, and at Bieber in 
 the principality of Hanau, &c. 
 
 23* 
 
270 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 White Copperas White Iron-Pyrites. 
 
 WHITE COPPERAS. 
 
 Crystals, having six lateral faces terminated by pyra- 
 mids, with six truncated faces ; the angle which two faces 
 of the pyramid, form = 128 8', their inclination to the 
 lateral faces 119, and their angles with the truncature 
 = 151. 
 
 Color white, with a pale tinge of violet. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive: granular. 
 
 1. It is wholly dissolved in cold water ; but in hot, it deposits oxide of 
 iron and silica. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By ROSE. 
 
 0-37 
 4355 
 25-21 
 
 Silica . 
 
 Sulphuric acid 
 
 Oxide of iron 
 
 Alumina 
 
 Lime 
 
 Magnesia 
 
 Water 
 
 031 
 43-55 
 24 11 
 
 0-92 
 
 0-73 
 
 032 
 
 30-10 
 
 0-78 
 
 0-14 
 
 0-21 
 
 29 98 
 
 3. It is found in abundance in the province of Copiapo, a province in 
 the north of Chili, near Bolivia ; and is apparently derived from the de- 
 composition of a bed of Iron and Copper Pyrites, mingled with Feldspar. 
 
 WHITE IRON-PYRITES. Prismatic Chlorone- 
 Pyrites. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M = 
 106 2'.* 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 471. Fig. 472. 
 
 Cornwall. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 271 
 
 White Iron-Pyrites. 
 
 P on c 
 
 - 160 48' 
 
 P on a 
 
 - 130 00 
 
 a on c 
 
 - 141 30 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with M rather perfect. Fracture un- 
 even. Surface, c and a deeply streaked parallel to their 
 edges of combination with P. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color pale bronze-yellow, sometimes 
 inclining to green or grey. Streak greyish-black, or 
 brownish black. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 6-0 ... 6-5. Sp. gr. = 4*678, 
 crystals from Schemnitz ; 4-847, crystals from Littmitz. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals: 1. Face of com- 
 position parallel, axis of revolution perpendicular to a face 
 of M. This composition is generally repeated, as in the 
 annexed figure, where a group of five individuals is formed. 
 
 Fig. 473. 
 
 having much the appearance of a five-sided pyramid with 
 truncated apices, each of the five solid angles at the base 
 presenting a re-entering angle. 2. Face of composition 
 parallel, axis of revolution perpendicular to a and c. This 
 composition takes place in varieties already compounded by 
 the first law. They assume a grooved appearance. The 
 re-entering angle formed by the faces P=114 19'. 
 Globular, reniform, stalactitic and other imitative shapes : 
 surface drusy ; composition columnar, individuals straight. 
 
272 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 White Iron-Pyrites. 
 
 and generally small, or even impalpable. There is some- 
 times a second curved lamellar or granular composition, the 
 faces of composition being uneven or rough. Massive ; 
 composition as in the imitative shapes ; fracture even, flat 
 conchoidal, uneven. Pseudomorphoses in low, nearly reg- 
 ular, six-sided prisms. Cellular. 
 
 1. The present species has been subdivided into varieties depending 
 upon the shape and composition of the crystals, and several accidental 
 circumstances. The crystals of Radiated Pyrites are generally simple. 
 Spear Pyrites is found only in compound crystals, consisting of two, 
 three, or a greater number of individuals regularly grouped. Cockscomb 
 Pyrites occurs both in simple and in compound crystals of a parti- 
 cular form, with indentations along their edges, and a color much inclin- 
 ing to green or grey. 
 
 2. Before the blow-pipe, it becomes red upon charcoal, the sulphur is 
 driven off, and oxide of iron remains. Some of the varieties are particu- 
 larly liable 'to decomposition. 
 
 3. Analysis. 
 By BERZELIUS. 
 
 Sulphur 53-35 
 
 Iron 45-07 
 
 Manganese 0-70 
 
 4. It abounds in beds of coal, and in the accompanying strata of clay. 
 It also occurs in metalliferous veins, with ores of silver, lead and copper. 
 
 5. Radiated, hepatic, (pseudomorphoses, consisting of Iron Pyrites,) 
 and cellular Pysites, are found in several parts of Saxony ; hepatic py- 
 rites at Johanngeorgenstadt, radiated and spear Pyrites at Joachirnsthal, 
 Littmitz and Altsattel in Bohemia ; the former also at Schemnitz in Hun- 
 gary, and Almerode in Hessia ; Cockscomb Pyrites in Derbyshire. 
 Spear Pyrites and Radiated Pyrites, in beautiful stalactitic groups, abound 
 in Cornwall. 
 
 Crystallized varieties of this species are only known from Warwick, 
 (N.Y.) in the United States, where they occur in single crystals, im- 
 bedded, with Zircon, in granite. Massive, fibrous varieties, abound 
 throughout the mica-slate formation of New England, in particular with 
 Curnmingtonite and Garnet, in Cummington, (Mass.) It is found at 
 Lane's mine in Monroe, and in the Topaz and Fluor vein at Trumbull, 
 (Conn.) ; in gneiss at East Haddam, and in numerous other places. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 White Lead-Ore. 
 
 273 
 
 5. It is employed, like the Iron Pyrites, in the manufacture of sul- 
 phur, copperas and sulphuric acid. 
 
 WHITE LEAD-ORE. Di-prismatic Lead- 
 
 Baryte. MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M=117 C . 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 474. 
 
 Nertechinsk, Siberia. 
 
 Fig. 475. 
 
 Johanngeorgenstadt. 
 
274 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 White Lead-Ore. 
 
 Fig. 477. 
 
 M 
 
 M 
 
 Fig. 478. 
 
 u 7 
 
 M 
 
 Fig. 480. 
 
 Fig. 474. Primary, having the acute angles deeply trun- 
 cated, x on # = 127 20'. (octaedre. H.) Fig. 475. Pri- 
 mary, having the acute angles replaced by single planes, 
 and the acute lateral edges truncated. / on w = H4 44 X , 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 275 
 
 White Lead-Ore. 
 
 (H.) M on Z=121 28'. (H.) (quadrihexagonal. H.) 
 Fig. 476. The same, with the addition of the replacement 
 of the obtuse angles by two planes, t on f' = 107 6'. (do- 
 decaedre. H.) Fig. 477. A combination of fig. 475 and 
 fig. 476. M on t = 143 33'. (H.) (trihexoedre. H.) 
 Fig. 478. / on s= 109 29'. (H.) (sexduodccimal H.) 
 Fig. 479. P on * = 126 27'. (H.) P on w=125 16'. 
 (H.) Poriff = 11620'. (H.) P on z=109 29'. (H.) 
 (octovigesimal. H.) 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with M and h often perfect, generally 
 interrupted by conchoidal fracture. Fracture conchoidal. 
 Surface, M and h almost always much streaked vertically, 
 and several of the pyramidal faces horizontally. 
 
 Lustre adamantine, passing into resinous. The former 
 is often metallic if the colors be dark. Very thin crystals, 
 and columnar compositions of them, often possess pearly- 
 lustre. Color white, prevalent, passing into yellowish grey, 
 ash-grey, and smoke-grey, or even into greyish black. 
 Sometimes, tinged green or blue by several of the salts of 
 copper. Streak white. Transparent . . . translucent. 
 
 Rather brittle. Hardness = 3-0... 3-5. Sp. gr. = 
 6*465, of a white translucent variety. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals ; axis of revolu- 
 tion perpendicular, face of composition parallal to one of 
 the faces of M. The composition is often repeated, not 
 only in parallel laminae, as in Arragonite, but likewise par- 
 allel to both the faces of M. The individuals are generally 
 continued beyond the face of composition. Thus are 
 formed the star-like crystals represented in the annexed 
 
276 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 White Lead-Ore. 
 
 figure. Massive : compostion often granular, or even im- 
 palpable, and strongly connected, more rarely columnar. 
 Faces of composition rough, or longitudinally or irregularly 
 streaked. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it decrepitates, and changes its color into 
 yellow and red ; if properly managed, it yields a globule of metallic 
 lead. Reduced to powder, and thrown upon ignited charcoal, it emits a 
 phosphorescent light. It dissolves with effervescence in dilute nitric 
 
 acid. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KLAPROTH. 
 
 Oxide of lead 
 Carbonic acid 
 Water 
 
 82-00 
 16-00 
 2-00 
 
 3. It occurs in veins and beds in various classes of rocks, accompani- 
 ed chiefly by Galena and other salts of lead. 
 
 4. Fine crystallized varieties occur in the various mining districts of 
 Saxony, Hartz, Bohemia, Carinthia and France. Splendid crystals are 
 brought from the Daurian mountains in Siberia, on the frontiers of China. 
 Very beautiful varieiies are found at Wanlockhead and the Lead Hills in 
 Scotland, in the mines of Cumberland and of Cornwall. 
 
 Very distinct and beautiful crystals were formerly obtained at the 
 Perkiomen Lead mine near Philadelphia. It also exists in Missouri, at 
 Valle's Diggings, Jefferson co. ; and in small quantity at the Southamp- 
 ton lead mine, (Mass.) 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 277 
 
 White Vitriol. 
 
 WHITE VITRIOL. Prismatic Vitriol-Salt. 
 MOHS. 
 
 In efflorescences and crusts. It crystallizes in right 
 rhombic prisms. M on M =90 42'. 
 
 Lustre vitreous. Color white. Translucent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 2-0 ... 2-5. Sp. gr. = 2-036. 
 Taste astringent, nauseous and metallic. 
 
 1. It is very easily soluble in water; before the blow-pipe it froths, 
 and covers the charcoal with a white coating. 
 i 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KLAPROTH. 
 
 Oxide of zinc 27-5 
 
 Oxide of manganese 0-5 
 
 Sulphuric acid 20-0 
 
 Water 500 
 
 3. It arises from the decomposition of Blende, and is found in small 
 quantity in the Rammelsherg near Goslar in the Hartz, at Schemnita in 
 Hungary, at Fahlun in Sweden, at Holy well in Flintshire. 
 
 WILLEMITE. Axotomous Zinc-Baryte. 
 
 Primary form. Rhomboid. P on P about, =133. 
 
 Secondary form. Six-sided prism terminated by the fa- 
 ces of the primary rhomboid. 
 
 Cleavage, indistinct, perpendicular to the axis of the 
 rhomboid, or parallel with the base of the six-sided prism. 
 
 Lustre resinous. Color white, yellowish or red. Trans- 
 lucent or opake. 
 
 Hardness =5'0 . . . 5-5. Sp. gr .=4-0 . . . 4-1. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Reniform. Massive, impalpa- 
 ble. Color reddish brown. 
 
 1. It consists of a silicate of zinc with a very little oxide of iron. 
 
 2. It occurs with Calamine upon the Old mountain in Limburg. 
 
 WITHAMITE. (See Epidote.) 
 VOL. ii. 24 
 
278 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Witherite. 
 
 WITHERITE. Di-prismatic Hal-Baryte. 
 MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M= 118 
 30'. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 482. 
 
 X 
 
 M 
 
 M on M 7 
 h on s 
 h on a 
 h on x 
 
 Anglesack. 
 
 61 30' 
 
 145 30 
 
 126 16 
 
 110 30 
 
 PHILLIPS. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with M and h imperfect. Fracture 
 uneven. Surface, M horizontally streaked. 
 
 Lustre vitreous, inclining to resinous. The latter more 
 distinct in the fracture. Color white, generally yellowish, 
 approaching to orange-yellow; sometimes passing into va- 
 rious shades of grey. Streak white. Semi-transparent... 
 translucent. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =3-0 ... 3-5. Sp. gr. =4-301, a 
 white semi-transparent cleavahle variety. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals : axis of revolu- 
 tion perpendicular, face of composition parallel to a face 
 of M. The individuals continued beyond the face of com- 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 279 
 
 Witherite Wolfram. 
 
 position. The 'composition repeated, so as to give rise to 
 a six-sided prism, as in Arragonite. Globular, tuberose, 
 reniform, botryoidal shapes : surface rough, uneven, and 
 drusy ; composition granular, often strongly coherent. 
 Massive: composition either granular, or columnar; more 
 frequently the latter. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it decrepitates slightly, and melts easily into 
 a transparent bead, which loses its transparency on cooling. It is solu- 
 ble with effervescence in dilute nitric acid. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By BUCHOLZ. 
 
 Baryta 79-66 
 
 Carbonic acid 20-00 
 
 Water 0-33 
 
 3. It occurs in veins traversing limestone which rests upon red sand- 
 stone ; it is also found in lead-veins traversing greywacke, and in irreg- 
 ular beds along with Ankerite in clay-slate. 
 
 4. It exists abundantly in the counties of Durham, Westmoreland, 
 Lancaster, and Salop, (England) in veins; also near Neuberg in Stiria 
 in irregular beds. It has been mentioned from Hungary, Salzburg, Si- 
 beria, Sicily, and other places. . 
 
 5. It is a violent poison. 
 
 (See Kyanite.) 
 
 WoLCHOUSKOIT. 
 
 Massive : composition impalpable. Fracture conchoid al. 
 Color bluish green. Streak similar to color. Opake, adheres 
 slightly to the tongue. 
 
 1. It consists of silica, alumina, oxide of chrome and water. 
 
 2. It is found in Siberia. 
 
 WOLFRAM. Prismatic Baryte-Ore. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism. M on M = 
 98 12'. " 
 
280 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Wolfram. 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 483. 
 
 M 
 
 Zinnwald. 
 
 116 34' 
 98 12 
 
 Fracture uneven- 
 P sometimes curv- 
 
 P on a 
 
 u on u over P - 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with a perfect. 
 Surface, M and a streaked vertically, 
 ed. 
 
 Lustre metallic adamantine,, or imperfectly metallic. 
 Color dark greyish or brownish black. Streak dark red- 
 dish-brown. Opake. 
 
 Not very brittle. Hardness = 5-0 . . . 5-5. Sp. gr. = 
 7-155. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals : 1 . Face of com- 
 position parallel, axis of revolution perpendicular to a. 2. 
 Face of composition parallel, axis of revolution perpendic- 
 ular to a face of u. There is often a curious composition 
 in the exterior of crystals parallel to all their faces. Mas- 
 sive : composition irregularly lamellar, easily separated, fa- 
 ces of composition irregularly streaked ; also columnar, the 
 individuals being generally of a considerable size, straight 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 281 
 
 Wolfram Xenotime. 
 
 and divergent, and often rather strongly coherent. Pseudo- 
 morphoses in the shape of Tungsten. 
 
 1. When heated before the blow-pipe, it decrepitates, but may be 
 melted in a sufficiently elevated temperature into a globule, having its 
 surface covered with crystals possessing a metallic lustre. It dissolves 
 readily in borax. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By BERZELIUS. 
 
 Tungstic acid 78-77 
 
 Protoxi le of manganese 6-22 
 
 Protoxide of iron 18 32 
 
 Silica 1-25 
 
 3. It is frequently met with attending; Tin-ore, in veins and beds. It 
 also accompanies Galena in veim, traversing greywacke, and is found 
 in beds and veins of Quartz, with Galena, Native Bismuth, Blende, &c. 
 
 4. It abounds in nearly all the tin-mines of Europe, and occurs in sev- 
 eral places at Cornwall. It exists in greywacke in the principality of 
 Anhalt ; in the island of Rona one of the Hebrides, in graphic granite, 
 and in Siberia with Beryl. 
 
 It is found in cleavable masses, columnar and nearly impalpable, and 
 in lar^e pse uloiiioiphous crystals, at Lane's mine in Monroe, (Conn.) 
 where it is associated 'with Tungsten, Tungstic-Ochre, Blende, Galena, 
 Iron Pyrites, Native Bismuth, &c. ; also in Trumbull, (Conn.) in the To- 
 paz vein, but in smaller quantity. 
 
 WOLLASTONITE. (See Tabular-Spar.) 
 WOLNIN. (See Heavy -Spar.) 
 WOOD-COPPER. (See Olivenite.) 
 WOOD-OPAL. (See Opal.) 
 WOOD TIN. (See Tin-Ore.) 
 XANTHITE. (See Idocrase.) 
 
 XENOTIME. Prismatoidal Tungstic-Ba- 
 r y t e . 
 
 Pimary form. Octahedron with a square base. 
 24* 
 
282 PHYSIOGAPHRY. 
 
 Xenotime. 
 
 Secondary form. The primary having the edges of the 
 base deeply truncated. 
 
 Lustre resinous. Color yellowish brown. 
 Hardness = 4-5 ... 5-5 ? Sp. gr. = 4-557. 
 
 1. Alone before the blow-pipe, it is infusible ; but with soda, it affords 
 a brisk effervescence and an infusible scoria. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By BERZELIUS. 
 
 Phosphoric acid with a little fluoric acid . . 33-49 
 
 Yttria 62.58 
 
 Sub- phosphate of iron 3-93 
 
 3. It has been found in small, imperfect crystals, near Lindenaes in 
 Norway, in granite with Orthite. 
 
 XYLOKRYPTITE. 
 
 In delicate crystals. 
 Lustre vitreous. Color yellow. 
 1. It occurs in Lignite. Locality not mentioned. 
 
 YELLOW COPPERAS. 
 
 In irregular six-sided tables, and in grains. Lustre pearly. 
 Color yellow. Transparent. 
 
 1. Analysis. 
 
 By ROSE. 
 Sulphuric acid 39-60 
 
 Oxide of iron 26-11 
 
 Alumina 1-95 
 
 Magnesia 2-64 
 
 Silica . . , 1-37 
 
 Water 2967 
 
 2. It is found investing white Copperas in the district of Copiapo, a 
 province of Coquirnbo. 
 
 APPENDIX TO WHITE COPPERAS. 
 
 i. Fibrous Yellow Copperas. 
 In fibrous concretions. 
 Lustre silky. Color yellowish green. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Yellow Copper Pyrites. 
 
 283 
 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By ROSE. 
 
 Sulphuric acid .... 
 Oxide of iron .... 
 Lime .... 
 
 Magnesia .... 
 
 Water .... 
 
 Silica .... 
 
 2. It is found with the above. 
 
 31-73 
 
 28-11 
 
 091 
 
 0-59 
 
 36-56 
 
 1-43 
 
 YELLOW COPPER PYRITES. Pyramidal 
 Chlorone- Pyrites. 
 
 Primary form. Octahedron with a square base. P on 
 P"=102 55'. 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 484. Fig. 485. 
 
 Pon I 
 I on I 
 I on I 1 " 
 P on P" 
 
 141 
 
 110 
 
 71 
 
 125 
 
 15' 
 
 00 
 10 
 30 
 
 PHILLIPS. 
 
 M 
 
 Fracture conchoidal, more or less perfect. Surface, 
 P streaked, parallel with the base ; the alternating faces 
 enlarged, faces of / are irregularly streaked. The re- 
 maining faces are almost all smooth, and often possess a 
 high lustre. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color brass-yellow. Streak greenish- 
 black, a little shining. 
 
284 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Yellow Copper Pyrites Yellow Lead-Ore. 
 
 Rather sectile. Hardness = 3-5 . . . 4-0. Sp. gr. = 
 4-169. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Twin-crystals : face of compo- 
 sition perpendicular to a face of P, similar to the common 
 hemitrope in the regular octahedron. Globular, reniform, 
 botryoidal, stalactitic, and other imitative shapes : surface 
 generally rough, sometimes also smooth, composition im- 
 palpable, fracture flat conchoidal. Massive : composition 
 granular, of various sizes of individuals, often impalpable, 
 and strongly coherent, fracture uneven or flat conchoidal. 
 
 1. Upon charcoal, it becomes black before the blow-pipe, and red on 
 cooling. It melts into a globule, which becomes magnetic if kept in the 
 blast for some time. With borax, it yields a globule of copper. It is 
 partly soluble in dilute nitric acid; the solution is green, and the undis- 
 solved part consists of sulphur. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By ROSE. 
 
 Sulphur 35-37 
 
 Iron 29-82 
 
 Copper 34-81 
 
 3. It is found in veins and beds. In the latter, it is attended by vari- 
 ous ores of iron and copper, by Galena, Blende, &c. In veins by a great 
 variety of species among which several ores of silver frequently occur. 
 
 4. It occurs in numerous countries; but the finest crystals come from 
 Freiberg and Cornwall. It occurs in the United States at several 
 places; at the Southampton (Mass.) lead-mine with Galena and Blende, 
 at Franconia, (N. H.) in gneiss, at Stratford and Schrewsbury, (Vt.) 
 with Magnetic Iron Pyrites, &c. 
 
 5. It is a very valuable ore for the production of copper. 
 
 YELLOW LEAD-ORE. Pyramidal Lead-Ba- 
 
 ry t e. MOHS. 
 
 Primary form. Octahedron with a square base. P on 
 P"=130 II 7 . 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Yellow Lead-Ore. 
 
 285 
 
 Secondary forms, 
 i. 
 
 Primary with the sum- 
 mits truncated. 
 
 The same as 1. with the angles 
 of the base truncated. 
 
 The same, with the edges 
 of the base truncated. 
 
 Right square prism. 
 
 5. Fig. 486. 
 
 Annaberg, Austria. 
 
 7. Fig. 48g. 
 
 Bleiberg, Carinthia. 
 
 Bleiberg, Carinthia. 
 
 1. (base. H.) 2. (sexoctonal. H.) 3. (epointe. H.) 
 1. (bisunitaire. H.) 5. b on 6=99 40'. 6. c on c 
 = 128 9'. 7. d on d =118 26', e on e =106 44'. 
 
 Cleavage parallel to b very smooth, but often interrupted 
 by conchoidal fracture : parallel to P and a less distinct, 
 and not observable in every individual. Fracture con- 
 choidal, generally imperfect. Surface a and particularly 
 J, smooth \ a sometimes striated parallel to the edges of 
 
286 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Yellow Lead-Ore Yenite. 
 
 combination with b. c commonly, P often, and e always, 
 rough. 
 
 Lustre resinous. Color generally wax-yellow ; passing 
 into siskin-green and olive-green, also into orange-yellow, 
 yellowish-grey and greyish white. Streak white. Semi- 
 transparent, translucent on the edges. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness = 3-0. Sp. gr. = 6-760, orange 
 yellow, crystals from Annaberg in Austria. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition granular, 
 of various sizes of individuals and firmly coherent. 
 
 1. Before the blow- pipe, it decrepitates briskly, and assumes a darker 
 color, which however, again disappears. Alone upon charcoal, it melts 
 and is absorbed by it leaving behind some reduced globules of metallic 
 lead. It is with difficulty soluble in acids. 
 
 2. Jlnalysis. 
 
 By KiLAPKOTH. By HATCHETT. 
 
 Oxide of lead . . 64-42 . . . 58-40 
 Molybdic acid . . 34-25 . . . 38-00 
 Oxide of iron . . 0-00 . . . 2-08 
 Silica . . 0-00 . . . 0-28 
 
 3. The present species is found in beds and veins in newer limestone, 
 with ores of lead and zinc ; more rarely also in veins with similar min- 
 erals in primitive rocks. 
 
 4. It occurs in many of the lead mines of Carinthia, as at Deutsch- 
 Bleiberg and Windisch-Bleiberg, Windisch Kappel, &c. also at Anna- 
 berg in Austria. It is likewise found in limestone at Annaberg; and in 
 the copper mines of Rezbanya in Upper Hungary. Other localities are 
 Zimapan, Mexico and Moldawa, Bannat; at the latter place it is found 
 in crystals of a hyacinth-red color. In the United States it occurs at the 
 Perkiomen lead-mines, near Philadelphia, and in the lead-mine of South- 
 ampton, (Mass.) ; but at both of these places in limited quantities. 
 
 YELLOW TELLURIUM. (See Mullerite.) 
 YENITE. Di-prismatic Iron-Ore. MOHS. 
 Primary form. Right rhombic prism. M on M = 1 12 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Yenite. 
 
 287 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 
 M 
 
 M 
 
 Elba. 
 
 oon o - 
 
 o on o over M - 
 
 139 37' 
 77 16 
 
 2. The same with edges bevelled, together with planes 
 between the bevelling planes and the summits. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with the longer diagonal of the prism 
 distinct; less so, parallel with M. Fracture imperfectly 
 conchoidal, uneven. Surface, lateral planes streaked ver- 
 tically, o parallel to its edges of combination between M 
 and a. 
 
 Lustre imperfectly metallic. Color intermediate be- 
 tween iron-black and dark greyish black, passing into green- 
 ish black. Streak black, sometimes inclining to green or 
 brown. Opake. 
 
 Brittle. Hardness =5-5 ... 6-0. Sp. gr. = 3-994, a 
 crystalline variety from Elba. 
 
 Compound Varieties. Massive : composition columnar, 
 thin and straight, sometimes granular, the individuals being 
 scarcely distinguishable. 
 
 1. After having been exposed to heat, it acts on the magnetic nee- 
 dle. Before the blow-pipe, it melts easily and without effervescence 
 
288 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Yenite Yttro-Cerite. 
 
 into an opake glass, which is likewise magnetic. Glass of borax is col- 
 ored by it, yellowish green. It is soluble in muriatic acid. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By STROMEYER. 
 
 Silica 29-278 
 
 Protoxide of iron 52-542 
 
 Lime 13777 
 
 Protoxide of manganese ..... 1-587 
 
 Alumina 0-614 
 
 "Water 1-268 
 
 3. It is found in beds in primitive rocks, with Pyroxene, Hornblende, 
 Garnet, Quartz and Magnetic Iron. 
 
 4. Its principal locality is the island of Elba, where it is found in crys- 
 tals of considerable size. Other places where it is found, are Kapfer- 
 berg in Silesia, Norway, and Siberia. But a single locality is known 
 in the United States, which is at Cumberland, (R. I.) where it ex- 
 ists in long slender crystals traversing Quartz in seams and associated 
 with Magnetic Iron and Hornblende. 
 
 YTTRO-CERITE. Prismatic Fluor-Haloide. 
 
 Primary form. Oblique rhombic prism ? 
 
 Massive : composition granular. Cleavage parallel with 
 the sides of an oblique rhombic prism, whose lateral planes 
 incline under angles of about 108 30'. Fracture uneven. 
 Lustre vitreous to pearly. 
 
 Color vitriol-blue, inclining to grey and white ; some- 
 times white on the surface. Opake. 
 
 Hardness =4*5. Sp. gr. =3-447. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it loses its color and becomes white before 
 it glows, but is infusible by itself. With sulphate of lime, it melts into a 
 globule, which becomes white on cooling. 
 2. Analysis. 
 By BERZELIUS. 
 
 Lime 47-63 
 
 Fluoric acid 25-05 
 
 Yttria 911 
 
 Oxide of cerium 18.22 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 289 
 
 Yttro-Tantalite Zinkenite. 
 
 3, It occurs at Finbo and Broddbo, near Fahlun in Sweden with Al- 
 bite and Beryl, and is imbedded in Quartz. 
 
 YTTRO-TANTALITE. Monotoraous Eru- 
 ihron e-Or e. 
 
 Primary form. Octahedron with a square base ? P on 
 P over the base =129 32'. 
 
 In grains. 
 
 Cleavage in one direction pretty distinct. ' Fracture con- 
 choidal, uneven, granular. 
 
 Lustre, iron-black, brownish black, yellowish brown. 
 Streak grey, or greyish white. Translucent to opake. 
 
 Bcittle. Hardness, scratches glass. Sp. gr. =5*39 . . . 
 5-88. 
 
 1. It is infusible before the blow- pipe. In a powerful heat it assumes 
 a yellowish or white color. It fuses with borax into a glass colored by 
 iron. It is not attacked by acids. 
 
 2. Jinalysis. 
 By BERZEL.IUS. 
 
 black variey. 
 
 yellow variety. brown variety. 
 
 Columbic acid 
 
 57-00 
 
 60124 
 
 51815 
 
 Yttria 
 
 20-25 
 
 29-780 
 
 38515 
 
 Lime 
 
 625 
 
 0500 
 
 3-260 
 
 Oxide of iron 
 
 350 
 
 1 155 
 
 0-555 
 
 Oxide of uranium 
 
 050 
 
 6622 
 
 1 111 
 
 Tungstic acid 
 
 8-25 
 
 1024 
 
 with tin 2-592 
 
 3. It occurs at Ytterby, and near Fahlun in Sweden. 
 
 ZEAGONITE. (See Gismondin.) 
 ZEOLITE. (See Mesotype.) 
 
 ZINKENITE. Peritomous Antimony-Glance. 
 PARTSCH. 
 
 Primary form, Right rhombic prism. M on M = 120 
 39'. 
 
 VOL. ii. 26 
 
290 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Zinkenite Zircon. 
 
 In twin-crystals, and massive. The twin-crystals are 
 six-sided prisms surmounted by six-sided pyramids whose 
 faces correspond to the edges of the prism. The faces of 
 the pyramid incline to one another under angles of 165 
 30', and to the lateral faces under 103. The composi- 
 tion takes place like that of Witherite. Surface, the pris- 
 matic faces striated lengthwise. 
 
 Cleavage not observable. Fracture uneven. Lustre 
 metallic. Color steel-grey. 
 
 Hardness=3-5. Sp. gr. = 5'30 . . . 5-35. 
 
 1. Heated before the blow-pipe on charcoal, it decrepitates and melts 
 very easily into small metallic globules, which are volatilized; during 
 which, the charcoal is covered with a yellowish white crust. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By ROSE. 
 
 Sulphur . . . 21-68 . . . 22-58 
 
 Antimony . . . 43-45 . . . 44-39 
 
 Lead . . . 34.87 . . . 31-84 
 
 Copper - . . . 0.00 . . . 0-42 
 
 3. It is found at Wolfsberg in the Hartz, where it occurs imbedded in 
 Quartz. 
 
 ZIRCON. Pyramidal Zircon. Mons. 
 
 Primary form. Octahedron with a square base. P on 
 P over the base =84 20', over a pyramidal edge =123 
 19'. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Zircon. 
 
 291 
 
 Secondary forms. 
 
 Fig. 490. 
 
 Haddam, (Conn.) 
 Fig. 492. 
 
 Buncombe co. (N. C.) 
 Fig. 493. 
 
 P\ 
 
 Warwick, (N. Y.) 
 
 Edenville, (N. Y.) 
 
292 
 
 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Zircon. 
 
 Fig. 494. 
 
 x^ 
 J? 
 
 Buncombe GA. (N. C.) 
 
 Fig. 496. 
 
 Middlebury, (Vt.) 
 Munroe, (N. Y.) 
 
 Fig. 495. 
 
 Middlebury, (Vt.) 
 
 Fig. 490. The primary, having the angles of the base 
 truncated. P on s =117 48'. (dodecaedre. H.) Fig. 
 491. The primary having the edges of the base truncated. 
 
PHYSIOGRAPHY. 293 
 
 Zircon. 
 
 Pon I =131 49'. (prisme. H.) Fig. 492. The prima- 
 ry having both the edges and angles of the base truncated. 
 (dioctaedre. H.) Fig. 493. P on u =152 8'. u on /= 
 159 17'. (quadrisexdccimal H.) Fig. 494. P on x = 
 150 5'. / on x =142 55'. x on x =147 12'. (plagie- 
 dre. H.) Fig. 495. (binoiriunitaire. H.) 
 
 Irregular forms and grains. 
 
 Cleavage, parallel with P and /, the latter more distinct ; 
 but rather perfect. Surface, t and s rough. The other 
 faces are mostly smooth and shining. 
 
 Lustre, more or less perfectly adamantine. Color red, 
 brown, yellow, grey, green, white ; excepting some red 
 tints, none of them bright. Streak white. Transparent to 
 translucent. 
 
 Hardness =7-5. Sp. gr. =4-505. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, it lo^es its color but does not melt. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By BERZELIUS. 
 
 Silica . . . 33-62 . . . 3330 
 
 Zirconia . . . 66.38 . . . 66-70 
 
 3. Zircon is found in imbedded crystals in mountain masses, or in beds 
 included in them, from whence it is washed into the sand of rivers. 
 
 4. It occurs with Epidole in the Saualpe in Carinthia, in sienite at 
 Frederiksvai n in Norway. In Ceylon, in France, at Bilin in Bohemia, 
 at Ohlapian in Transylvania, it occurs in the sand of rivers. 
 
 The largest and most perfect crystals afforded by the United States, 
 have been found loose in the soil in Buncombe co. (N. C.) Handsome 
 crystals are tound in gneiss at Warwick, and in Magnetic Iron, at Mun- 
 roe, and in Scapolite at Edenville, (N. Y.) Crystals closely resembling 
 the variety from Norway, were found in loose masses of sienite at Mid- 
 dlebury, (Vt.) Large and handsome brown crystals occur in talcose 
 slate at Easton, (Penn ) Small but very perfect forms are met with at 
 Haddam, (Conn.) with Chrysoberyl, Garnet, &c. 
 
 5. Zircon is sometimes used as a gem, but it is not much esteemed. 
 
 25* 
 
 
294 PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
 
 Zurlite. 
 
 ZOISITE. (See Epidote.) 
 ZURLITE. 
 
 Form, rectangular four-sided prisms, lengthened in the direc- 
 tion of the axis, and having sometimes their lateral edges repla- 
 ced. 
 
 Cleavage indistinct. Fracture conchoidal. Surface rough, 
 generally covered with a white coating, sometimes convex. 
 
 Lustre resinous. Color asparagus-green. Streak pearl-grey. 
 
 Hardness about 6-0. Sp. gr. =3-274. 
 
 1. It is infusible before the blow-pipe, but yields with borax, a bluish 
 glass. Nitric acid dissolves it, partly, with effervescence and assumes a 
 yellow color. 
 
 It is found at Somma, with Dolomite. 
 
295 
 
 CHEMICAL ARRANGEMENT 
 
 OF THE 
 
 SPECIES. 
 
 PRELIMINARY OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 THE nomenclature adopted in the present Tabular view 
 of the chemical relations of the species, has been taken 
 from an unpublished manuscript, by Mr. J. D. DANA. It 
 resembles in several points that by BEKZELIUS. Its pecul- 
 iarities, however, are numerous, and hence a brief outline 
 of its rules becomes necessary. 
 
 The elements are divided into two classes, \moJlmphi- 
 gen and Oudegen Elements ; the former containing those 
 which are electro-negative in acid and basic compounds, the 
 second those whose mutual combinations produce neither 
 acids nor bases.* 
 
 The binary compounds are named as follows : the adjec- 
 tive part of the name is derived from the name of the most 
 electro-positive element, if the two elements of the com- 
 pound are of the same class : but from the oudegen ele- 
 
 * This distinction is natural, each element which is electro-negative 
 in a clas of acids, is also electro-negative in a class of bases, with which 
 'the acid may unite and form salts. On the contrary, those elements 
 which lo not give rise to acids, do not give rise to bases. 
 
296 TABULAR VIEW OF 
 
 ment, if one is from each of the classes. It is formed by 
 the termination ic or ous. The substantive part of the 
 name is formed by affixing to the other element the termi- 
 nation acid, if the compound will unite with bases and form 
 salts, otherwise the syllable ide. Thus we have mercuric 
 chloracid, (Horn Quicksilver,) and zincic sulphide, (Blende.) 
 The different proportions in which any two elements com- 
 bine, are expressed by the prefixes, hypo, hyper and per in 
 the usual manner. The particle sur is prefixed to the sub- 
 stantive in the non-acid compounds of the Amphigen ele- 
 ments, when the electro-negative element exists in too large 
 a proportion to enable them to act the part of bases ; and 
 the particle sub, when it is in too small a proportion. 
 
 Numerals are seldom used, except in the salts. They 
 are prefixed to the substantive part of the name, unless 
 they refer to the whole compound expressed by both adjec- 
 tive and substantive, in which case they are affixed to the 
 adjective. The number of atoms of the substantive ele- 
 ment are expressed by the Latin numerals, bis, ter, quater, 
 &c. ; that of the adjective element, by the Greek numerals, 
 dis, tris, &c. Several atoms of both base and acid are 
 expressed by a prefix, formed by combining the Latin and 
 Greek numerals. 
 
 The names of the salts are formed as follows: The ad- 
 jective of the name of the salt is derived from the adjective 
 of the name of the base, and the substantive from the name 
 of the acid, by changing the termination acid into ate if the 
 adjective ends in ic, but into ite if it ends in ous, and prefix- 
 ing to these terminations the initial syllable or syllables of the 
 acidified substance. 
 
 For the sake of brevity, the distinguishing prefix ox in 
 the oxncids is dropped ; consequently the name for Coppe- 
 
THE CHEMICAL ARRANGEMENT. 297 
 
 ras is the ferrous sulphate^ sulphate being a contraction 
 for sulpho-oxate. 
 
 The compound salts are named by combining the names 
 of the simple salts. 
 
 Whenever a star is prefixed to the chemical name of a 
 species, or of a group of species in the following table, no- 
 tice is given that the expression is not intended to convey 
 an idea of the atomic constitution of the species or group* 
 In such cases, the ingredients only are indicated. 
 
 TABULAR VIEW. 
 
 The mineralogical species constitute five Classes ; which 
 are variously subdivided into families, orders and genera. 
 
 CLASS I. 
 
 consists of Elements, and embraces two families, the Am- 
 phigen family, and the Oudegen family.* 
 
 AMPHIGEN FAMILY. OUDEGEN FAMILY. 
 
 Oxygen. Nitrogen. 
 
 Sulphur. Arsenic. 
 
 Carbon, &c. 
 
 CLASS II. 
 
 embraces Acid compounds of the Amphigen elements, 
 and includes three genera, which are named from the 
 
 * The order of succession in the families, orders, genera and species, 
 is the electro- negative, according to the table of BERZELIUS, the most 
 electro-negative being placed first. 
 
298 TABULAR VIEW OF 
 
 electro-negative element in the compounds. The species 
 derive their names from the electro-positive element of the 
 combination. 
 
 GENUS I. GENUS II. GENUS III. 
 
 OXACID. CHLORACID. SULPHACID. 
 
 Sp. Sulphurous. Sp. Hydric. Sp. Selenous. 
 
 Arsenic, Hypo-arsenous, 
 
 &c. , &c. 
 
 CLASS III. 
 
 consists of non-acid compounds of Amphigen elements, 
 and contains seven genera, which, together with the spe- 
 cies, are named as in Class II. 
 
 GENUS I. GENUS II. GENUS III. 
 
 OXIDE. FLUORIDE. CHLORIDE. 
 
 Sp. Chromic. Sp. Ceric. Sp. Mercuric. 
 
 AntimoniC; &c. Aluminic 5 &c. Argentic, &c. 
 
 CLASS IV. 
 
 contains salts, or those compounds resulting from the un- 
 ion of acids and bases. It consists of two orders, Oxisalt 
 and Sulphisalt. The genera and species are named as in 
 the foregoing classes. 
 
 ORDER I. OXISALT. 
 
 GEN. I. Sulphate. GEN. II. Nitrate. 
 
 Sp. Cupric. Sp. Magnesic. 
 
 Plumbic, &c. Calcic, &c. 
 
 ORDER II. SULPHISALT. 
 
 GEN. I. ARSENO- GEN. II. ANTIMONO- 
 
 SULPHITE. HYPO-SULPHITE. 
 
 Sp. Argentic tris- Sp. Argentic, 
 
 Argentic tris- 
 
THE CHEMICAL ARRANGEMENT. 
 
 299 
 
 CLASS V. 
 
 consists of compounds of the Oudegen elements, and 
 forms five genera, which derive their names from the most 
 electro-negative element in the compound. 
 
 GEN. I. ARSENIDE. GEN. II. CARBONIDE. 
 
 Sp. Cobaltic. Sp. Hydrous. 
 
 Nickelic. 
 
 CLASS I. 
 
 AMPIIIGEN FAMILY. 
 
 Oxygen. 
 Native Sulphur. 
 OUDEGEN FAMILY. 
 
 Nitrogen. 
 Native Arsenic. 
 Diamond. 
 Anthracite. 
 Plumbago. 
 Native Antimony. 
 Hydrogen. 
 Native Gold. 
 Native PI a tin a. 
 Native Palladium. 
 Native Mercury. 
 Native Silver. 
 Native Copper. 
 
 * The remaining Amphigen Elements in Chemistry are, Fluorine, 
 Chlorine, Bromine, Iodine, Selenium and Tellurium. 
 
300 
 
 TABULAR VIEW OF 
 
 Bismuth Native Bismuth. 
 
 Lead Native Lead. 
 
 Iron Native Iron. 
 
 CLASS II. 
 
 Genus I. OXACID. 
 
 Sulphurous Sulphurous Add. 
 
 Sulphuric Sulphuric Acid. 
 
 Arsenic White Arsenic. 
 
 Molybdic Molybic- Ochre. 
 
 Tungstic Tungstic- Ochre. 
 
 Boric Sassolin. 
 
 Carbonic Carbonic Acid. 
 
 Antimonic White Antimony. 
 
 Titanic Rutile. 
 
 Anatase ? 
 
 Silicic Quartz. 
 
 Hydrated Opal. 
 
 Genus II. CHLORACID. 
 
 Hydric Muriatic Acid. 
 
 Genus III. SULPHACID. 
 
 Selenous Sulphoselenite. 
 
 Hydric Sulphuretted Hydrogen. 
 
 Hypo-arsenous Realgar. 
 
 Arsenous Orpiment. 
 
 Hy po-antimonous Grey Antimony. 
 
THE CHEMICAL ARRANGEMENT. 
 
 CLASS III. 
 
 Genus I. OXIDE. 
 
 SECTION A. SIMPLE. 
 
 Nitric sub- Atmospheric Air. 
 
 Chromic Chrome- Ochre. 
 
 Antimonic Antimony -Ochre. 
 
 Hydric Water. 
 
 Cuprous Red Copper-Ore. 
 
 Cupric Melaconite. 
 
 Uranous Pitchblende. 
 
 Bisrnuthic Bismuth- Ochre. 
 
 Stannic Tin-Ore. 
 
 Plumbous sur- Minium. 
 
 Cobaltic sur- Cobalt-Ochre. 
 
 Ferric Specular Iron. 
 
 Hydrated Limonite. 
 
 Manganous Pyrolusite. 
 
 Manganic Braunite. 
 
 Hydrated Manganite. 
 
 Aluminic Corundum. 
 
 Hydrated Gibbsite. 
 
 Diaspore. 
 Magnesic 
 
 Hydrated Native Magnesia. 
 
 SECTION B. MIXED. 
 
 Ferrous b bi- ferric Magnetic Iron. 
 VOL. ii. 26 
 
 301 
 
302 TABULAR VIEW OF 
 
 Manganous &; bi-manganic Slack Manganese. 
 
 ^Ferric, ferrous, manganous, bi- 
 manganic & zincic Franklinite. 
 
 Genus II. FLUORIDE. 
 
 SECTION A. SIMPLE. 
 
 Ceric Fluocerite. 
 
 Alurninic Fluellite ? 
 
 Calcic Fluor. 
 
 SECTION B. MIXED. 
 
 Aluminic & sodic Cryolite. 
 
 *Ceric, yttric fc calcic Yttrocerite. 
 
 Genus III. CHLORIDE. 
 
 Mercuric Horn Quicksilver. 
 
 Argentic Horn Silver. 
 
 Plumbic Kerasite. 
 
 Sodic Common Salt. 
 
 Ammonic Sal-Ammoniac. 
 
 APPENDIX TO GENUS III. 
 (Combination of a chloride with an oxide.) 
 
 *Cupric ox. & chloride 
 
 Hydrated Jltacamite. 
 
 Genus IV. IODIDE. 
 Argentic lodic Silver. 
 
THE CHEMICAL ARRANGEMENT. 
 
 303 
 
 Genus V. SULPHIDE. 
 
 SECTION A. SIMPLE. 
 
 Molybdic Molybdenite. 
 
 Mercuric Cinnabar. 
 
 Argentic Vitreous Silver. 
 
 Bismuthic Bismuthine. 
 
 Cuprous Vitreous Copper. 
 
 Plumbic Galena. 
 
 Cobakic Cobalt Pyrites. 
 
 Nickelic Capillary Pyrites. 
 
 Per-ferric Iron Pyrites. 
 
 White Iron Pyrites. 
 
 Zincic Blende. 
 
 Manganic Mangan- Blende. 
 
 SECTION B. MIXED. 
 
 Per-ferric &; quinqui-ferrous Magnetic Iron Pyrites. 
 
 Argentic & cuprous 
 
 Argentic &t ferrous 
 
 Ferrous &; bi-cuprous 
 
 *Copper, tin & iron 
 
 * Copper, bismuth &; lead 
 
 APPENDIX TO GENUS V. 
 (Combination of a sulphide with an oxide.) 
 *Antimonic oxide & sulphide Red Antimony. 
 
 Genus VI. SELENIDE. 
 
 SECTION A. SIMPLE. 
 
 Cupric Selencuprite. 
 
 Plumbic Ckttsthattte* 
 
 Stromeyerite. 
 Sternbergite. 
 Variegated Copper. 
 Tin Pyrites. 
 Cupreous Bismuth. 
 
304 
 
 TABULAR VIEW OF 
 
 SECTION B. MIXED. 
 
 Cuprous fa argentic Eukairite. 
 
 Genus VII. TELLURIDE. 
 
 SECTION A. SIMPLE. 
 
 Argentic Telluric Silver. 
 
 Bismuthic Bornite. 
 
 Plumbic Black Tellurium. 
 
 SECTION B. MIXED, 
 
 Auric fa argentic Graphic Gold. 
 
 Mercuric fa zincic Rionite. 
 
 Bi-auric, argentic & plumbic Mullerite. 
 
 CLASS IV. SALTS. 
 
 ORDER I. OXISALT. 
 
 Genus I. SULPHATE. 
 
 SECTION A. SIMPLE. 
 
 Brochantite. 
 Blue Vitriol. 
 Anglesite. 
 
 Cupric 
 
 Hydrated 
 Plumbic 
 Cobaltic 
 
 Hydrated 
 Ferrous 
 
 Hydrated 
 Ferric 
 
 Hydrated 
 Zincic 
 
 Cobalt Vitriol. 
 Copperas. 
 
 White Copperas. 
 White Vitriol. 
 
THE CHEMICAL ARRANGEMENT. 
 
 305 
 
 Aluminic 
 
 Hydrated 
 Aluminic tri- 
 
 Hydrated 
 Magnesic 
 
 Hycl rated 
 Calcic 
 
 Hydrated 
 Strontic 
 Baric 
 Sodic 
 
 Hydrated 
 Potassic 
 
 Solfatarite. 
 Websterite. 
 
 Epsom Salt. 
 Anhydrite. 
 Gypsum. 
 Celestine. 
 Heavy Spar. 
 Thenardite. 
 Glauber ite. 
 Aphthitalite. 
 
 SECTION B. MIXED. 
 
 Cupric & uranic 
 
 Hydrated Johannite. 
 
 *Ferric & magnesic 
 
 Hydrated Botryogene. 
 
 Ter-aluminic & potassic 
 
 Hydrated Alum. 
 
 Calcic & sodic Glauberite. 
 
 *Calcic, potassic &; magnesic 
 
 Hydrated PolyhaUite. 
 
 APPENDIX TO GENUS I. 
 (Combination of a sulphate and an oxide.) 
 
 ^Plumbic sulphate & cupric oxide Cupreous Anglesite. 
 
 26* 
 
306 
 
 TABULAR VIEW OF 
 
 Magnesic 
 Hydrated 
 
 Calcic 
 Sodic 
 Potassic 
 
 Cupric 
 
 Hydrated 
 Ferrous 
 
 Hydrated 
 Aluminic 
 
 Hydrated 
 
 Yttric 
 Calcic 
 
 Genus II. NITRATE. 
 
 Nitro-Magnesite. 
 Nitrocalcite. 
 Soda Mire. 
 Nitre. 
 
 Genus III. PHOSPHATE. 
 
 SECTION A. SIMPLE. 
 
 Pseudo-Malachite. 
 
 Vivianite. 
 
 Wavellile. 
 Xenotime. 
 Apatite. 
 
 SECTION B. MIXED. 
 
 *Uranic &; cupric, (or calcic) 
 
 Hydrated Uranite. 
 
 Ferrous & manganous Triplite. 
 
 * Aluminic &; magnesic Blue Spar. 
 
 Lazulite. 
 Aluminic ter- & lithic Amblygonite. 
 
 APPENDIX TO GENUS III. 
 (Combination of a phosphate and a chloride.) 
 
 ^Magnesic phosphate & chloride JVagnerite. 
 
 Ter-plumbic phosphate St plumbic 
 
 chloride Pyromorphite. 
 
THE CHEMICAL ARRANGEMENT. 
 
 307 
 
 Genus IV. ARSENATE. 
 Cupric Olivenite. 
 
 *Hydrated 
 
 Cobaltic 
 
 Hydrated 
 Nickelic 
 
 Hydrated 
 Ferric 
 
 Hydrated 
 
 Calcic 
 Hydrated 
 
 Erinite. 
 Copper Mica. 
 Aphanesite. 
 Euchroite. 
 
 Cobalt Bloom. 
 Nickel Green. 
 
 Cube Ore. 
 Skorodite. 
 
 Pharmacolite. 
 Haidingerite. 
 APPENDIX TO GENUS IV. 
 (Combination of a phosphate with an arsenate.) 
 
 *Calcic phosphate & plumbic ar- 
 senate Hedyphane. 
 
 Genus V. CHROMATE. 
 
 SECTION A. SIMPLE. 
 
 Plumbic Red Lead Ore. 
 
 SECTION B. MIXED. 
 *Cupric fe plumbic Vauquelinite. 
 
 Genus VI. MOLYBDATE. 
 Plumbic Yellow Lead Ore. 
 
308 
 
 TABULAR VIEW OF 
 
 Plumbic 
 Calcic .^ 
 
 ^Ferrous & 
 
 Magnesic 
 Sodic 
 Hydrated 
 
 Cupric di- 
 Hy (3 rated 
 
 Cupric tri-bi- 
 Hydrated 
 
 Uranic 
 
 Plumbic 
 
 Ferrous 
 
 Zincic 
 
 Manganic 
 
 Calcic 
 
 Strontic 
 Baric 
 Sodic 
 Hydrated 
 
 Genus VII. TUNGSTATE. 
 
 SECTION A. SIMPLE. 
 
 Scheeletine. 
 Tungsten. 
 
 SECTION B. MIXED. 
 
 manganous Wolfram. 
 
 Genus VIII. BORATE. 
 
 Boracite. 
 
 Borax. 
 
 Genus IX. CARBONATE. 
 SECTION A. SIMPLE. 
 
 Green Malachite. 
 
 Blue Malachite. 
 Uran-Bloom. 
 White Lead Ore. 
 Spathic Iron. 
 Calamine. 
 Diallogite. 
 Calcareous Spar. 
 Arragonite. 
 Strontian ite. 
 Wither it e. 
 
 Natron. 
 Trona. 
 
THE CHEMICAL ARRANGEMENT. S09 
 
 SECTION B. MIXED. 
 
 *Ferrous & magnesic Rhomb Spar. 
 
 Magnesic & calcic Dolomite. 
 
 Ankerite. 
 Baric & calcic Baryto-Calcite. 
 
 Calcic & sodic 
 
 Hydrated Gay Lussite. 
 
 APPENDIX TO GENUS IX. 
 (Combination of a carbonate and a chloride.) 
 Plumbic Corneous Lead. 
 
 (Combination of a carbonate and a telluride.) 
 *Nickelic Herrerite. 
 
 (Combination of a carbonate and a sulphate.) 
 Plumbic Lead Hillite. 
 
 Dyoxilite. 
 *Plumbic & cupric carbonate & 
 
 cupric sulphate Caledonile. 
 
 (Combination of a carbonate and an arsenate.) 
 *Cupric arsenate & calcic carbonate Kupaphrite. 
 
 Genus X. COLUMBATE. 
 *Ferrous&manganous (sometimes 
 
 stannic) Columbite. 
 
 *Yttric & eerie Fergusonite. 
 
 *Yttric & calcic (or uranic) Yttro-tantalite. 
 
 Genus XI. TITANATE. 
 
 SECTION A. SIMPLE. 
 Calcic Pyrochlore. 
 
310 
 
 TABULAR VIEW OF 
 
 SECTION B. MIXED. 
 
 *Ferrous & ferric (also manganous) Crichtonite. 
 Ceric & zirconic Aischynite. 
 
 *Ferrous, zirconic & yttric Polymignite. 
 
 Genus XII. SILICATE. 
 SECTION A. SIMPLE. 
 
 Cupric 
 Hydrated 
 
 Manganous 
 Ceric 
 
 Hydrated 
 Zirconic 
 Aluminic-di . 
 *Hydrated 
 
 Glucinic bi- 
 *Magnesic 
 Hydrated 
 
 Magnesic bi- 
 Calcic 
 Calcic bi- 
 
 Chrysocolla. 
 
 Dioptase. 
 
 Red Manganese. 
 
 Ccrite. 
 
 Zircon. 
 
 Kyanite. 
 
 Gmelinite. 
 
 Allophane. 
 
 PhenaJcite. 
 
 Pyrallolite. 
 
 Picrosmine. 
 
 Picrolite. 
 
 Talc. 
 
 Serpentine. 
 
 Kerolite. 
 
 Boltonite. 
 
 Gismondin. 
 
 Tabular Spar. 
 
THE CHEMICAL ARRANGEMENT. 
 
 311 
 
 ^Ferrous b manganous 
 ^Ferric & aluminic 
 
 ^Ferrous & magnesic 
 
 ^Ferrous & calcic 
 *Ferric & sodic 
 ^Aluminic & manganous 
 ^Aluminic & zirconic 
 *Aluminic &t calcic 
 ^Hydrated 
 
 * Aluminic & glucinic 
 *Aluminic &t magnesic 
 
 SECTION B. MIXED. 
 (Double.) 
 
 Troostite. 
 
 Helvin. 
 
 Staurotide. 
 
 Bronzite. 
 
 Peridot. 
 
 Yenite. 
 
 jJchmite. 
 
 Karpholite. 
 
 Bucholzite. 
 
 Sea polite. 
 
 Prehnile. 
 
 Mesotype. 
 
 Breivsterite. 
 
 Heulandite. 
 
 Thomsonite. 
 
 Edingtonite. 
 
 Epislilbite. 
 
 Stilbite. 
 
 Laumonite. 
 
 Levyne. 
 
 Chabasie. 
 
 Beryl. 
 
 Enclose. 
 
 Nephrite. 
 Mite. 
 
312 
 
 TABULAR VIEW OF 
 
 *Aluminic fa baric 
 
 Hydrated 
 *Aluminic fa lithic 
 
 *Aluminic fa sodic 
 
 Hydrated 
 *Aluminic fa potassic 
 
 *Calcic fa potassic 
 Hydrated 
 
 (Ternary.) 
 
 ^Ferrous, manganous & sodic 
 *Thoric, ferrous fa manganous 
 *Zirconic, calcic & sodic 
 *Yttric 3 cerous &t ferrous 
 *Aluminic, ferrous fa manganous 
 ^Aluminic, magnesic fa ferrous 
 *Aluminic 3 calcic fa ferrous 
 
 *Aluminic, calcic fa sodic 
 *Aluminic, calcic fa potassic 
 
 Harmotome. 
 
 Petalite. 
 
 Spodumene. 
 
 JLlbite. 
 
 Pitchstone. 
 
 Jlnaldme. 
 
 Leucite. 
 
 Feldspar. 
 
 Periklin. 
 
 Andalusite. 
 
 Nepheline. 
 
 Figure-stone. 
 
 ApopJiyllite. 
 
 Cummingtonite. 
 
 Thorite. 
 
 Eudyalite. 
 
 Gadolinite. 
 
 Schiller Spar. 
 
 Fahlunite. 
 
 Epidote. 
 
 Ido erase. 
 
 Labradorite. 
 
 Pyroxene. 
 
THE CHEMICAL ARRANGEMENT. 313 
 
 (Quaternary.) 
 
 *Ferrous, alurainic, sodic &; calcic Saussurite. 
 
 * Aluminic, calcic, ferrous &; eerie Mlanite. 
 
 * Aluminic, potassic, ferrous & 
 
 lithic Mica. 
 
 *Magnesic, calcic, aluminic &; 
 
 ferrous (or manganous) Hornblende. 
 
 ^Calcic, aluminic, ferrous & 
 
 manganous Garnet. 
 
 Axinite. 
 
 APPENDIX TO GENUS XII. 
 (Combination of a silicate with a fluoride.) 
 *Aluminic silicate & fluoride Topaz. 
 
 *Magnesic silicate &; fluoride Brucite. 
 
 (Combination of a silicate with a chloride.) 
 *Ferrous Sc manganous silicate 
 
 & ferric chloride Pyrosmallte. 
 
 (Combination of a silicate with a borate ) 
 
 * Aluminic, ferrous (or manga- 
 
 nous) & potassic (or sodic, 
 
 lithic or magnesic) Tourmaline. 
 
 (Combination of a silicate with a carbonate.) 
 
 *Bismuthic Bismuth Blende. 
 
 (Combination of a silicate with a titanate.) 
 
 *Calcic Sphene. 
 
 VOL. ii. 27 
 
314 TABULAR VIEW OF 
 
 Genus XIII. MANGANITE. 
 
 Cupric Cupreous Manganese. 
 
 *Zincic Red Zinc-Ore. 
 
 Baric Psilomelane. 
 
 Genus XIV. ALLUMINATE. 
 
 SECTION A, SIMPLE. 
 
 Plu mbic Plumbo- Gummite. 
 
 SECTION B. MIXED. 
 
 *Chroraic fa ferrous Chrome-Ore. 
 
 *Zincic fa magnesic Automalite. 
 
 *Glucinic fa ferrous Chrysoberyl. 
 
 Genus XV. MELLATE. 
 Aluminic Mellite. 
 
 ORDER II. SFLPHISALT. 
 
 Genus I. ARSENO-SULPHITE. 
 
 SECTION A. SIMPLE. 
 
 Argentic tris- Proustite. 
 
 SECTION B. MIXED. 
 *Ctiprous fa ferric Tennantite. 
 
 Genus II. ANTIMONO-HYPO-SULPHITE. 
 
 SECTION A. SIMPLE. 
 
 Argentic Myargyrite. 
 
THE CHEMICAL ARRANGEMENT. 315 
 
 Argentic tris- Red Silver. 
 
 Argentic hex- Black Silver. 
 
 Plumbic bis- Zinkenite. 
 
 SECTION B. MIXED. 
 
 *Cuprous & plumbic Bournonite. 
 
 ^Cuprous, zincic &; ferrous Fahlerz. 
 
 APPENDIX TO GENUS II. 
 (Combination of an antimono-hypo-sulphite with an arseno sulphite.) 
 
 Cuprous arseno-sulphile &, ar- 
 gentic antimono-hypo-sulphite Polybasite. 
 
 Genus 111. ANTIMONO-SULPHITE. 
 Plumbic di-ter- Jamesonite. 
 
 CLASS V. 
 
 Genus I. ARSENIDE. 
 
 Cobaltic . Cobaltine. 
 
 Nickelic * Copper Nickel. 
 
 ^Ferric Leucopyrite. 
 
 APPENDIX TO GENUS I. 
 (Combination of an arsenide with a sulphide.) 
 Ferric Mispickel. 
 
 Genus II. CAHBONIDE. 
 
 *Hydrous Carburetted Hydrogen. 
 
 Bituminous Coal. 
 Bitumen. 
 
316 TABULAR VIEW OF THE CHEMICAL ARRANGEMENT, 
 
 Genus III. ANTIMONIDE. 
 ^Argentic Antimonial Silver. 
 
 APPENDIX TO GENUS III. 
 (Combination of an antimonide with a sulphide.) 
 
 Nickelic Nickel Glance. 
 
 Genus IV. OSMIDE. * 
 Iridic Irid-osmium. 
 
 Genus V. MERCURIDE. 
 Argentic Native Amalgam. 
 
317 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 ALBITE. 
 
 Very distinct^ crystals of this species are found at Williamstown, 
 (Mass.,) where it is associated with Dolomite ?. Some of the crystals 
 arc three quarters of an inch in diameter, and highly transparent. They 
 are pretty constantly twin-crystals, and very much modified. A similar 
 variety is also found at Middletown, occupying druses in a coarse 
 grained granite, consisting chiefly of Feldspar. The crystals at the last 
 Mentioned place are invariably compound. 
 
 ALLANITE. (See Vol.. I. p. 6.) 
 
 The variety from Iglorsoit in Greenland, has a sp. gr. 3-44P. Be- 
 fore the blow-pipe, it swells up on first feeling the heat, but on contin- 
 uing the heat, it melts into a black and very brittle vitreous pearl, which, 
 while it is hot, exhibits a honey yellow color, and becomes greenish 
 yellow when cold. The mineral gelatinizes in nitric, as well as in mu- 
 riatic acid. According to STROMEYER, it contains 
 
 Silica 33-021 
 
 Alumina 15226 
 
 Protoxide of cerium 21600 
 
 Protoxide of iron 15-101 
 
 Protoxide of manganese ----- 0-404 
 
 Lime 11-080 
 
 Water - - - - - - 3-000 
 
 ALUMOCALCITE. 
 
 Massive. Color Milk- white, inclining to blue. Fracture conchoidal. 
 Small fragments may be rubbed to pieces between the fingers. Sp. gr. 
 = 2-174. Adheres strongly to the tongue. 
 
 It yields water in the glass tube, and becomes opake and grey colored 
 when exposed to heat in the platina forceps. With borax, it forms a 
 colorless glass. It is soluble in salt of phosphorus, with the exception of 
 a silica-skeleton. In concentrated muriatic acid, it forms a transparent 
 jelly. KERSTE.V found it tp consist of 
 27* 
 
318 APPENDIX. 
 
 Silica 86-60 
 
 Lime 6-25 
 
 Alumina . . . . . . 2-23 
 
 Water 4-00 
 
 It is found in the fissures of iron-stone veins at Eybenstock in the 
 Erzgebirge. It was formerly confounded with Opal. 
 
 ANALCIME. 
 
 In large crystals in trap, at Keweena Point, Lake Superior. 
 
 ANTHOPHYLLITE. (See Vol. I. p. 26.) 
 
 Its angles are precisely the same as those of Hornblende, with which 
 species it is identical in ether properties. 
 
 APATITE. 
 
 This species is found in crystals above an inch in length, and smaller, 
 as well as massive, at Middletown, (Conn.), in granite. Its colors are 
 bluish green, greyish and pinkish white. It is associated with Colum- 
 bite, Uranite and Albile. 
 
 ARFWEDSONITE. (See Vol. I. p. 38.) 
 
 Analysis. 
 By THOMSON. 
 
 Silica 50-50 
 
 Peroxide of iron 35-14 
 
 Deutoxide of manganese 892 
 
 Alumina 249 
 
 Lime 1-56 
 
 Water . . . . Y 0-96 
 
 ARRAGONITE. 
 
 Very beautiful massive varieties of this mineral, abound at Ball's 
 Cave, Schoharie, (N.Y.) It forms stalactites and stalagmites of a snowy 
 whiteness. 
 
 ARSENICAL SILVER. 
 
 Mammillary, or consisting of very thin crystalline coats. Fracture un- 
 even. Color resembling Native Silver, but tarnished externally. Lus- 
 tre metallic, shining or glimmering. Sectile. Brittle. Streak shining 
 
APPENDIX. 319 
 
 Before the blow-pipe, it emits a strong arsenical odor, and a globule of 
 
 pure silver remains, surrounded by a slag. It consists, according to 
 KLAPROTH, of 
 
 Silver 12-75 
 
 Arsenic 35-00 
 
 Iron - - - - - - 44-25 
 
 Antimony ------- 4-00 
 
 It occurs at Andreasberg in the Hartz, in Estremadura in Spain, and 
 at Kongsberg in Norway. 
 
 ARSENIURET OF MANGANESE. 
 
 Botiyoidal. Massive. Composition granular. Fracture uneven. 
 Color greyish- white. Sp. gr. ==5-55. 
 
 1. In the air it becomes coated by a black powder. Before the blow- 
 pipe, it burns with a blue flame, attended by a white smoke, and the 
 odor of garlic. It is soluble in nitric acid. 
 2. Analysis. 
 By KASTE. 
 
 Manganese 45-50 
 
 Arsenic 51-80 
 
 Oxide of iron 2-70 
 
 3. It is found in Saxony. 
 
 BERZELINE. 
 
 In extremely minute white crystals. Lustre vitreous. Feebly trans- 
 lucent. Jt is fusible with difficulty into a pale glass, and gelatinizes 
 with heated acids. It appears to be anhydrous. 
 
 Its locality is Galloro, near La Ricia in the Roman states, where it is 
 accompanied by black crystals of Garnet and pinchbeck Mica, in the dru- 
 sy cavities of an augite-rock. 
 
 BlOTINE. 
 
 Fracture vitreous to conchoidal. Lustre brilliant. Color white or 
 yellowish. Transparent. Presents double refraction. Hardness, 
 scratches glass. Sp. gr. = 3-11. 
 
 It is not affected by the blow-pipe, and is only partly soluble in nitric 
 acid. 
 
 It is found among the volcanic debris of Vesuvius. 
 
320 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 BLACK TELLURIUM. (See Vol. I. p. 68.) 
 
 Analysis, by BERTHIER, of a variety from Nagyag. Sp. gr. =6-84. 
 
 Gold 6-70 
 
 Tellurium 13 00 
 
 Lead . . . . . . . 63-10 
 
 Antimony 4-50 
 
 Copper 1-00 
 
 Sulphur 11-70 
 
 BOTRYOGENE. (See Vol. I. p. 82.) 
 
 Secondary form. 
 
 Fig. 497. 
 
 \ 
 
 M on M - 119 56' 
 
 s on 8 1 11 00 
 
 The above figure does not perfectly represent the crystals of Botry- 
 ogene, inasmuch as face r does not exist, and the acute lateral edges are 
 bevelled, the bevelling faces meeting under 81 44'. The lateral planes 
 striated vertically, and less perfect^ formed, than the terminal planes. 
 
 BUCKLANDITE. D y s t o m e A u g i t e- S p a r. 
 HAIDINGER. (See Vol. I. p. 93.) 
 
 Sp. gr. = 3-945. ROSE; brilliant crystals in the lava of Lacher-See. 
 1. It is completely soluble in muriatic acid. 
 
 CARBONATE OF CERIUM. 
 
 In thin, four sided crystalline plates of a greyish-white color, and in 
 coatings on Cetite, It does not change its appearance, though it loses 
 
APPENDIX. 321 
 
 19 p. c. of its weight when exposed to a slight red heat. It occurs in 
 very small quantity at Bastnaes in Sweden. 
 
 CARBONATE OF LIME AND SODA. 
 
 Massive. Cleavage like Calcareous Spar. Transparent. Possesses 
 double refraction. Before the blow-pipe it decrepitates a little, becomes 
 brown, and is eventually reduced to lime. It is entirely soluble with ef- 
 fervescence in nitric acid. It contains 
 
 Carbonate of lime 70-00 
 
 Carbonate of soda 1400 
 
 Water ...... 9-7 
 
 Peroxide of iron TO 
 
 Its locality is not known. 
 
 CELESTINE. Analysis. 
 
 By DAURIER. 
 
 Sulphate of strontian 68-900 
 
 Sulphate of lime 0-105 
 
 Carbonate of lime 27-785 
 
 Oxide of iron 0-150 
 
 Oxide of manganese 0-050 
 
 Water 3'000 
 
 CHONIKRITE. 
 
 Massive : composition impalpable. Fracture uneven, and imperfect- 
 ly conchoidal. Lustre glimmering, or dull. Color white, with shades 
 of yellow and grey. Translucent, often only on the edges. Scratches 
 Common Salt; is scratched by Fluor. 
 
 1. It melts before the blow-pipe easily, into a greyish glass. With 
 horax, it slowly melts into a glass colored by iron. It is easily deconv- 
 posed by concentrated muriatic acid. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By KOBELL. 
 
 Silica 3569 
 
 Alumina 17-12 
 
 Magnesia 2250 
 
 Lime 12-00 
 
 Protoxide of iron 1-46 
 
 Water 9-00 
 
 3, It occurs in rounded masses at Elba. 
 
322 APPENDIX. 
 
 CHROME ORE. 
 
 Alumina 
 
 Analysis* 
 By AEICH. 
 
 11-85 
 
 Protoxide of chrome . 
 Magnesia 
 
 
 60-04 
 7-45 
 
 Protoxide of iron 
 
 
 20-13 
 
 CHRYSOCOLLA. 
 
 It appears to be abundant at Keweena Point, Lake Superior, in con- 
 nexion with the trap and sandstone formation. 
 
 COBALTIC GALENA. 
 
 In minute moss-like groups of crystals, and massive. Cleavable. 
 Lustre metallic. Color lead-grey, inclining to blue. Opake. Soils 
 a little. 
 
 When heated before the blow-pipe, it splits into fragments, and com- 
 municates a smalt-blue color to borax. 
 
 Analysis. 
 
 By DuMENiL. 
 
 Lead ....... 62-89 
 
 Arsenic* . t . . . . . 22-47 
 
 Sulphur ....... 0-47 
 
 Iron . ...... 2-11 
 
 Cobalt ....... 094 
 
 Arsenical pyrites ...... 1-44 
 
 It occurs in a vein of clay-slate, in one of the Clausthal mines in the 
 Hartz. 
 
 COBALT PYRITES. Cobaltic Eruthleucone- 
 Py rites. 
 
 Primary form. Regular octahedron ? 
 
 Massive; composition granular . . . impalpable. Individ- 
 uals indistinctly cleavable. Fracture conchoidal, uneven. 
 
 Lustre metallic. Color pale steel-grey, rarely present- 
 ing a reddish tinge. 
 
 Hardness =5-0... 6-0. 
 
 1. Heated before the blow-pipe, it decrepitates briskly. Upon char- 
 coal, it emits the odor of sulphurous acid, and melts into a magnetic glob* 
 ule, which 13 steel-grey on the surface, and bronze-yellow within, 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 323 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By WERNEKINCK. By HISINGER. 
 
 Sulphur . . 42-25 ... 38-50 
 
 Cobalt . . 53-35 . . . 43-20 
 
 Iron . . 2-30 . . . 3-53 
 
 Copper . . 097 . . . 14-40 
 
 3. It is found in beds, at Riddarhyttan in Sweden, in gneiss. 
 
 COLUMBITE. 
 
 A very interesting deposit of this species has lately been discovered at 
 Middletown, (Conn.) It exists in granite. The crystals are occasion- 
 ally distinguished for their regularity and high degree of lustre, and are 
 very generally of unusual dimensions for the species. One of these in 
 the possession of Mr. F. MERRICK, the discoverer of the locality, 
 weighs three or four ounces. Several of the angles of the annexed fig- 
 ure were obtained by means of the reflective goniometer. 
 
 T onv 
 T on a 
 T on i 
 v on a 
 a on i 
 Mon a 
 M on v 
 P on c 
 M on c 
 c on o 
 a on o 
 M on o 
 e on e 
 a on e 
 P on e 
 P on o 
 
 157 40' 
 
 129 30 
 
 112 10?? 
 
 150 10 
 
 162 30? 
 
 140 40 
 
 107 45? 
 
 160 23 
 
 109 37 
 
 140 30 
 
 144 00 
 
 128 30 
 
 149 30 
 
 126 30 
 137 20? 
 
 127 00 
 
 Fig. 498. 
 
 Associated with the crystals of Columbite are Apatite, Uranite and 
 Albite. 
 
324 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 COPPER PYRITES. (See Yellow Copper Pyrites, 
 Vol. II. p. 283.) 
 
 CUPREOUS ANGLESITE. (See Vol. I. p. 159.) 
 
 Fig. 499. 
 
 M 
 
 \ 
 
 \ 
 
 M on T - - 95 45' | b on b - - 119 
 Cleavage, very perfect parallel to M ; less so parallel to c. Fig. 166 
 
 is probably a compound crystal. 
 
 CUPREOUS BISMUTH. (See Vol. I. p. 160.) 
 
 Analysis. 
 By H. FRICK. 
 
 Sulphur 
 Bismuth 
 Lead 
 Copper 
 
 16-61 
 36-45 
 36C5 
 10-69 
 
 EDINGTON1TE. (See Vol. I. p. 178.) 
 
 Inclination of a on a ove- the summit = 129 8'; of 6 to b = 92o 41'. 
 It is referred by HAIDIWGER to the genus Feldspar. 
 
 FLUOR. 
 
 It is very abundant on the banks of the Muscolonge lake, in the town 
 of Alexandria, Jefferson co. (N.Y.) It occurs with Calcareous Spar in 
 cavities in gneiss. It is limpid and colorless, or slightly tinged with 
 green, and in cubical crystals of very great size, sometimes above a foot 
 in diameter. 
 
APPENDIX. 325 
 
 FORSTERITE. (See Vol. I. p. 214.) 
 
 Its cleavage, perpendicular to the axis, is very distinct. Hardness 
 = about 7-0. 
 
 FOWLERITE. (See Manganese Spar.) 
 GANSEKOTHIG-ERZ. 
 
 Mammillary. Color yellow or pale green. Lustre resinous. Frac- 
 ture conchoidal. Translucent. Shining, with a white streak. Hard- 
 ness =2-0. . .3-0. 
 
 Before the blow-pipe, it emits copious fumes of arsenic, and fuses into 
 a blackish scoria ; when the heat is continued on charcoal, the scoria 
 melts, and yields a button of silver, but the slag contains metallic iron, 
 which strongly affects the magnet. It is supposed to be an arseniate of 
 silver and iron. 
 
 It occurs mostly in the mines of Clausthal in the Hartz, where it is of 
 some importance as an ore of silver. It is likewise met with in Corn- 
 wall, and at Allemont in Dauphiny. 
 
 GlGANTOLITE. 
 
 A mineral composed of alumina, lime and iron, found in the granitic 
 rocks of Tamela in Finland. 
 
 GREEN VITRIOL. 
 
 Massive, granular. Lustre dull. Color sometimes a fine green, 
 more often of a greyish green. 
 
 1. It dissolves readily, and without alteration, in muriatic acid; slow- 
 ly in ammonia, and rapidly in carbonate of ammonia. 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 Ty BERTHIER. 
 Deuloxide of copper 66-20 
 
 Sulphuric acid 16-60 
 
 Water 17-40 
 
 3. It is found in Mexico. 
 
 HUMBOLDTILITE. 
 
 In right square prisms. Lustre vitreous. Semi-transparent. Frac- 
 ture uneven. Color yellow, or yellowish grey. Hardness = 5-00. Sp . 
 gr. =3-104. 
 
 VOL. ii, 28 
 
326 APPENDIX. 
 
 1. It fuses easily before the blow-pipe into a spongy, sinning and 
 transparent glass ; with acids it forms a jelly. 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By MONTICELLI & COVELLI. By KOBELL. 
 
 Silica . . 54-16 . . . 43-96 
 
 Lime . . 31-67 . . . 31-96 
 
 Magnesia . . 8-83 . . , 6-10 
 
 Alumina . . 0-50 . . . 11-20 
 
 Oxide of iron . . 2-00 . . . 232 
 
 Soda . . 0-00 . . . 4-28 
 
 Potash . . 0-00 . . . 0-38 
 
 3. It occurs among the ejected minerals of Mount Vesuvius. 
 
 HYDROBORACITE. HESS. (See Neues Jahrbuch fur 
 Min. Geog. Geol. u. Petre. von. LEONHARD u. BRONN, 
 1834. ' p. 353.) 
 
 IRIDOSM1NE. (See Vol. I, p. 281.) 
 
 M 
 
 P on z 
 
 1183 
 
 Sp. gr. =19-38... 19 47. 
 
 The crystals are shorter than in the annexed figure. Color tin white. 
 Hardness =7 0. Undergoes no change before the blow-pipe, and emits 
 no odor. They are found in the gold-sands of Newransk 95 wersts from 
 Catharineburg, and in many other places in the Ural. 
 
 Crystals from Nischne Tagil have the same form, but a lead-grey col- 
 or and a Sp. gr. =21-118. Before the blow-pipe their surface becomes 
 dull, turns black and gives out the smell of osmium. 
 
APPENDIX. 327 
 
 ISOPYRE. Isopyric Quartz. HAIDINGER. (See 
 Vol. I, p. 287.) 
 
 It forms compact masses occasionally two inches in diameter in the 
 granite of St. Just near Penzance, where it occurs associated with Tin 
 Ore and Tourmaline. The Tachylite is found in basalt and wacke, at 
 Sasebiihl near Gottingcn. 
 
 KUPAPHRITE. (See Vol. I, p. 295.) 
 
 It is found at the mines of Cohonas do Campo in Brazil, associated 
 with Quartz and Magnetic Iron Pyrites. 
 
 LAUMONITE. 
 
 It is found in considerable quantity at Keweena Point, Lake Superi- 
 or, in amygdaloid. Its color is reddish white, sometimes nearly- brick- 
 red, and its structure coarse granular. It is mingled with Calcareous 
 Spar, and appears to be less prone to decomposition than the white 
 varieties. 
 
 LEADHILLITE. (See Vol. II, p. 6.) 
 
 The primary form of this species according to HAIDINGER and 
 BREWSTER is prismatic, instead of rhombohedral. The left hand e fig. 
 275, inclines to the central e under 120 20', and the central e to that 
 on the right hand under 119 50' ; a on the left hand e =90 29'. 
 
 NATRON.* (See Vol. II, p. 77.) 
 
 It is often observed within the crater of Vesuvius sublimated among 
 the crevices of hot lava. It is common also on the walls of old mines 
 and cellars. The most abundant deposit is the soda-lakes of Egypt ; it 
 likewise occurs in the hot springs of Carlsbad in Bohemia and Kykum in 
 Iceland. 
 
 ONKOSIN. 
 
 Massive : composition impalpable. Fracture splintery to imperfectly 
 conchoidal. Color light apple-green, to greyish and brownish. Lustre 
 vitreous to resinous. Translucent. Hardness between 2-0 and 3-0. Sp. 
 gr. =2-80. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe, swells up and easily melts into a white, 
 blebby, vitreous and somewhat translucent glass. With borax, it grad- 
 ually forms a transparent and colorless glass. 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 By KOBELL. 
 
 Silica . 52-52 
 
 Alumina 30 88 
 
 Magnesia . 3-82 
 
 Protoxide of iron ...:.. 0-80 
 
 Potasli . . 6-38 
 
 Water . . . ... . . 4-60 
 
 3. It occurs in small roundish masses in Dolomite at Possegen neur 
 Tarnsweg in Salzburg. It closely resembles Figure-Stone. 
 
 PHILLIPSITE. Staurotypous Kouphone- 
 Spar. HAIDINGER. 
 
 Crystalline form, scarcely different from that of Harmo- 
 tome. 
 
 Lustre, color, transparency and hardness also identical 
 with those of the same species. 
 
 Sp. gr. =2-0... 2-2. 
 
 1. Analysis. 
 
 By GMELIN. 
 
 from Marburg. 
 
 Silica 48-02 
 
 Alumina 22-61 
 
 Potash . . .> * 7-50 
 
 Lime . 6-56 
 
 Water 16-75 
 
 2. It occurs in large translucent crystals in the cavities of amygda- 
 loid at the Giant's Causeway in Ireland ; forming groups of sheaf-shape 
 aggregations at Capo di Bove near Rome ; at Aci Reale, on the eastern 
 coast of Sicily, Marburg in Hessia, Lowenstein in Silesia and among the 
 Lavas of Vesuvius. The specimens from Aci Reale present elongated 
 crystals, which adhere closely together, and radiate from a centre in 
 globular concretions. It has also been found with Gmelinite in the isl- 
 and of Magee, Antrim county, in minute flesh-red colored crystals, 
 coating cavities of amygdaloid. 
 
 PURPLE COPPER-ORE. (See Variegated Copper.) 
 
APPENDIX. 329 
 
 PYROSKLERITE. 
 
 Massive. Cleavage parallel with the faces of a rhombic prism. 
 Fracture uneven arid splintery. Lustre on the cleavage faces feebly 
 pearly, in other directions it is dull. Color, apple-green to light green- 
 ish grey. Hardness between 2-5 and 3-5. Sp. gr. =2-74. Streak 
 white. 
 
 1. Before the blow-pipe it fuses with difficulty into a greyish glass. 
 With borax, it slowly yields a glass colored by chrome. It is decompo- 
 sed, when in the state of powder by concentrated sulphuric acid. 
 
 2. Analysis. 
 
 By KOBELI,. 
 
 Silica . . . ' . . . . 37-03 
 
 Alumina 13-50 
 
 Magnesia 31-62 
 
 Protoxide of iron 3-52 
 
 Green oxide of chrome T43 
 
 Water 11-00 
 
 3- It occurs at Elba with Chonikrite. It seems to be closely rela- 
 ted to Picrolite. 
 
 RAPHYLLILE. (See Hornblende.) 
 RETINALITE. (See Serpentine.) 
 
 RHOMB SPAR. (See Vol. II, p. 164.) 
 
 Analysis. 
 By STROMEYER. 
 
 Magnesia . 41-06 . . . 42-40 
 
 Protoxide of iron . 8-57 . . . 7-47 
 
 Oxide of manganese . 0-43 . . . 0-62 
 
 Carbonic acid . 48-94 . . . 49-67 
 
 SASSOLIN. (See Vol. II, p. 171.) 
 
 The deposit of this mineral occurs within the crater of Volcano, one of 
 the Lipari Islands, where it forms thin coatings on the surface of sul- 
 phur, and around the openings, whence the subterranean exhalations 
 are discharged. The variety deposited by the lagunes of Tuscany and 
 the hot-springs of Sasso is of a greyer color, and harder than that from 
 Volcano. According to KLAPROTH, it contains 11 p. c. of sulphate of 
 magnesia, and 3 p. c. of sulphate of lime. 
 
330 APPENDIX. 
 
 For economical purposes, it is obtained at Pomorance in Tuscany, by 
 causing the volcanic vapors which arise in that vicinity to pass through 
 water, and then evaporating the impregnated fluid in leaden vessels, 
 
 SILICATE OF CERIUM. 
 
 In regular hexagonal prisms. Cleavage parallel to the axis of the 
 prism. Color pale, yellowish brown. Translucent. 
 
 It is found with Emerald in Dolomite at Santa Fe de Bogota in Peru. 
 
 SODA-NITRE. (See Vol. II, p. 186.) 
 
 This salt is employed in the manufacture of nitric acid and salt-petre. 
 
 STEINMANNITE. 
 
 Primary form. Cube. Secondary form. Regular octahedron. 
 
 Cleavage parallel to the cube imperfect and scarcely visible. Frac- 
 ture uneven. Surface of the crystals smooth. Lustre metallic. Color 
 pure lead-grey. Hardness =2-5. Sp. gr. =6-833. Compound Vari- 
 eties. Botryoidal. Massive, composition fine granular. In some 
 varieties a curved lamellar composition is visible. Composition also 
 compact, sometimes porous. 
 
 1. When he-ated before the blow-pipe, on charcoal, it decrepitates 
 with violence. Its powder heated, emits the odor of sulphurous acid, 
 and a metallic globule remains as in the case of Galena, but which fi- 
 nally yields a distinct button of silver. It appears to consist of lead, 
 antimony, silver and sulphur. 
 
 2. It is found at Przibram with Quartz, Blende and Iron Pyrites. 
 
 TlTANIFEROUS CERITE. 
 
 Color blackish brown. Lustre vitreous. Fracture conchoidal. Hard- 
 ness equal to that of Gadolinite. When heated it swells up ; it is acted 
 upon both by acids and alkalies. 
 
 Analysis. 
 
 By LAUGIER. 
 
 Oxide of cerium " 36-00 
 
 Oxide of iron 19-00 
 
 Lime 8-00 
 
 Alumina 6-00 
 
 Water 11-00 
 
 Oxide of manganese 1 80 
 
 Silica 19-00 
 
 Oxide of titanium . . . . . . 8-00 
 
 It is found on the Coromandel coast. 
 
APPENDIX. 331 
 
 URAN- BLOOM. 
 
 In small crystalline flakes. Color bright yellow, be- 
 tween lemon-yellow and sulphur-yellow. Opake with lit- 
 tle lustre. 
 
 1. When slightly heated before the blow-pipe, its color becomes or- 
 ange-yellow. It is soluble with effervescence in acid, yielding a yellow 
 solution, which affords a brown precipitate with prussiate of potash, thus 
 proving it to be a carbonate of uranium. 
 
 2. It occurs in silver veins at Joachimsthal in Bohemia, with Pitch- 
 blende and Phannacolite. 
 
 URANITE. 
 
 It is found in small quantity in thin yellow scales at Middletown, 
 (Conn.) where it exists in granite associated with Columbite, Apatite 
 and Albite. 
 
 VANADIATE OF LEAD. 
 
 There appears to be no reason for separating this mineral from Pyro- 
 morphite. It is imperfectly crystallized in hexagonal prisms, and bo- 
 tryoidal, as well as in thin coatings. Color straw-yellow to reddish- 
 brown. Opake and dull. Before the blow-pipe, in a pair of forceps, it 
 fuses, and on cooling retains its yellow color ; if kept for some time in 
 fusion, however, it is changed into a steel-grey porous mass, which upon 
 charcoal, yield immediately globules of lead. Alone, on charcoal, it fu- 
 ses readily, exhales the odor of arsenic, is reduced, and leaves, after 
 heating in the inner flame, a steel-grey, very fusible slag, which exhib- 
 its the reactions of chromium. It forms green solutions with the sul- 
 phuric and muriatic acids, and a beautiful yellow solution with nitric 
 acid. The variety from Mexico, according to BERZELIUS, consists of 
 
 Chloride of lead 25-33 
 
 Vanadiate of lead 74-00 
 
 Hydrous ox. iron 0-67. 
 
 It occurs at Wanlockhead in Dumfriesshire, sprinkled over Calamine. 
 
 END OF THE SECOND VOLUME. 
 
r